Ts 136331v150300p

ETSI TS 136 331 V15.3.
0 (2018-10)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
LTE;
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA);
Radio Resource Control (RRC);
Protocol specification
(3GPP TS 36.331 version 15.3.0 Release 15)
3GPP TS 36.331 version 15.3.0 Release 15 1 ETSI TS 136 331 V15.3.0 (2018-10)
Reference
RTS/TSGR-0236331vf30
Keywords
LTE
ETSI
650 Route des Lucioles

F-06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex - FRANCE
Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16
Siret N° 348 623 562 00017 - NAF 742 C

Association à but non lucratif enregistrée à la
Sous-Préfecture de Grasse (06) N° 7803/88
Important notice
The present document can be downloaded from:

http://www.etsi.org/standards-search
The present document may be made available in electronic versions and/or in print. The content of any electronic and/or
print versions of the present document shall not be modified without the prior written authorization of ETSI. In case of any
existing or perceived difference in contents between such versions and/or in print, the only prevailing document is the
print of the Portable Document Format (PDF) version kept on a specific network drive within ETSI Secretariat.
Users of the present document should be aware that the document may be subject to revision or change of status.
Information on the current status of this and other ETSI documents is available at
https://portal.etsi.org/TB/ETSIDeliverableStatus.aspx
If you find errors in the present document, please send your comment to one of the following services:
https://portal.etsi.org/People/CommiteeSupportStaff.aspx
Copyright Notification
No part may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying
and microfilm except as authorized by written permission of ETSI.
The content of the PDF version shall not be modified without the written authorization of ETSI.
The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.
© ETSI 2018.
All rights reserved.
DECTTM, PLUGTESTSTM, UMTSTM and the ETSI logo are trademarks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members.
3GPPTM and LTETM are trademarks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and
of the 3GPP Organizational Partners.
oneM2M logo is protected for the benefit of its Members.
GSM® and the GSM logo are trademarks registered and owned by the GSM Association.
ETSI
Intellectual Property Rights

Essential patents
IPRs essential or potentially essential to normative deliverables may have been declared to ETSI. The information
pertaining to these essential IPRs, if any, is publicly available for ETSI members and non-members, and can be found
in ETSI SR 000 314: "Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs); Essential, or potentially Essential, IPRs notified to ETSI in
respect of ETSI standards", which is available from the ETSI Secretariat. Latest updates are available on the ETSI Web
server (https://ipr.etsi.org/).
Pursuant to the ETSI IPR Policy, no investigation, including IPR searches, has been carried out by ETSI. No guarantee
can be given as to the existence of other IPRs not referenced in ETSI SR 000 314 (or the updates on the ETSI Web
server) which are, or may be, or may become, essential to the present document.
Trademarks
The present document may include trademarks and/or tradenames which are asserted and/or registered by their owners.
ETSI claims no ownership of these except for any which are indicated as being the property of ETSI, and conveys no
right to use or reproduce any trademark and/or tradename. Mention of those trademarks in the present document does
not constitute an endorsement by ETSI of products, services or organizations associated with those trademarks.
Foreword
This Technical Specification (TS) has been produced by ETSI 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The present document may refer to technical specifications or reports using their 3GPP identities, UMTS identities or
GSM identities. These should be interpreted as being references to the corresponding ETSI deliverables.
The cross reference between GSM, UMTS, 3GPP and ETSI identities can be found under
http://webapp.etsi.org/key/queryform.asp.
Modal verbs terminology

In the present document "shall", "shall not", "should", "should not", "may", "need not", "will", "will not", "can" and
"cannot" are to be interpreted as described in clause 3.2 of the ETSI Drafting Rules (Verbal forms for the expression of
provisions).
"must" and "must not" are NOT allowed in ETSI deliverables except when used in direct citation.
ETSI
Contents
Intellectual Property Rights ................................................................................................................................2
Foreword.............................................................................................................................................................2
Modal verbs terminology....................................................................................................................................2
Foreword...........................................................................................................................................................22
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................23
2 References ..............................................................................................................................................23
3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations .................................................................................................27
3.1 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................................ 27
3.2 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................................................... 29
4 General ...................................................................................................................................................32
4.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 32
4.2 Architecture ...................................................................................................................................................... 34
4.2.1 UE states and state transitions including inter RAT ................................................................................... 34
4.2.2 Signalling radio bearers .............................................................................................................................. 36
4.3 Services ............................................................................................................................................................ 36
4.3.1 Services provided to upper layers ............................................................................................................... 36
4.3.2 Services expected from lower layers .......................................................................................................... 37
4.4 Functions .......................................................................................................................................................... 37
4.5 Data available for transmission for NB-IoT ..................................................................................................... 38
5 Procedures ..............................................................................................................................................38
5.1 General ............................................................................................................................................................. 38
5.1.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 38
5.1.2 General requirements .................................................................................................................................. 39
5.2 System information .......................................................................................................................................... 40
5.2.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 40
5.2.1.1 General .................................................................................................................................................. 40
5.2.1.2 Scheduling............................................................................................................................................. 41
5.2.1.2a Scheduling for NB-IoT ......................................................................................................................... 41
5.2.1.3 System information validity and notification of changes ...................................................................... 42
5.2.1.4 Indication of ETWS notification ........................................................................................................... 44
5.2.1.5 Indication of CMAS notification........................................................................................................... 44
5.2.1.6 Notification of EAB parameters change ............................................................................................... 45
5.2.1.7 Access Barring parameters change in NB-IoT ...................................................................................... 45
5.2.2 System information acquisition .................................................................................................................. 45
5.2.2.1 General .................................................................................................................................................. 45
5.2.2.2 Initiation ................................................................................................................................................ 46
5.2.2.3 System information required by the UE ................................................................................................ 46
5.2.2.4 System information acquisition by the UE............................................................................................ 47
5.2.2.5 Essential system information missing ................................................................................................... 51
5.2.2.6 Actions upon reception of the MasterInformationBlock message ......................................................... 51
5.2.2.7 Actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message ............................................... 51
5.2.2.8 Actions upon reception of SystemInformation messages ...................................................................... 54
5.2.2.9 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType2 ................................................................... 54
5.2.2.17 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType10 ................................................................. 58
ETSI

5.2.2.29 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType22-NB ........................................................... 61
5.2.2.30 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType23-NB ........................................................... 61
5.2.2.34 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockPos ....................................................................... 62
5.2.3 Acquisition of an SI message ...................................................................................................................... 62
5.2.3a Acquisition of an SI message by BL UE or UE in CE or a NB-IoT UE..................................................... 62
5.2.3b Acquisition of an SI message from MBMS-dedicated cell ......................................................................... 63
5.3 Connection control ........................................................................................................................................... 63
5.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 63
5.3.1.1 RRC connection control ........................................................................................................................ 63
5.3.1.2 Security ................................................................................................................................................. 66
5.3.1.2a RN security ........................................................................................................................................... 67
5.3.1.3 Connected mode mobility ..................................................................................................................... 67
5.3.1.4 Connection control in NB-IoT .............................................................................................................. 68
5.3.2 Paging ......................................................................................................................................................... 69
5.3.2.1 General .................................................................................................................................................. 69
5.3.2.2 Initiation ................................................................................................................................................ 70
5.3.2.3 Reception of the Paging message by the UE ........................................................................................ 70
5.3.3 RRC connection establishment ................................................................................................................... 71
5.3.3.1 General .................................................................................................................................................. 71
5.3.3.1a Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink communication/ discovery/ V2X
sidelink communication ........................................................................................................................ 74
5.3.3.1b Conditions for initiating EDT ............................................................................................................... 75
5.3.3.2 Initiation ................................................................................................................................................ 76
5.3.3.3 Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message ................................................... 81
5.3.3.3a Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionResumeRequest message ....................................... 82
5.3.3.3b Actions related to transmission of RRCEarlyDataRequest message ..................................................... 85
5.3.3.3c UE actions upon receiving EDT fallback indication from lower layers ................................................ 85
5.3.3.4 Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup by the UE................................................................................ 85
5.3.3.4a Reception of the RRCConnectionResume by the UE ............................................................................ 89
5.3.3.4b Reception of the RRCEarlyDataComplete by the UE ........................................................................... 92
5.3.3.5 Cell re-selection while T300, T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 is running ........................................ 93
5.3.3.6 T300 expiry ........................................................................................................................................... 94
5.3.3.7 T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 expiry or stop ................................................................................. 95
5.3.3.8 Reception of the RRCConnectionReject by the UE .............................................................................. 96
5.3.3.9 Abortion of RRC connection establishment .......................................................................................... 97
5.3.3.9a Abortion of UP-EDT ............................................................................................................................. 97
5.3.3.10 Handling of SSAC related parameters .................................................................................................. 98
5.3.3.11 Access barring check............................................................................................................................. 99
5.3.3.12 EAB check ............................................................................................................................................ 99
5.3.3.13 Access barring check for ACDC ......................................................................................................... 101
5.3.3.14 Access Barring check for NB-IoT ....................................................................................................... 101
5.3.3.15 Failure to deliver NAS information in RRCConnectionSetupComplete message .............................. 103
5.3.3.16 Integrity check failure from lower layers while T300 is running for UP-EDT ................................... 103
5.3.4 Initial security activation .......................................................................................................................... 103
5.3.4.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 103
5.3.4.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 104
5.3.4.3 Reception of the SecurityModeCommand by the UE .......................................................................... 104
5.3.5 RRC connection reconfiguration .............................................................................................................. 105
5.3.5.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 105
5.3.5.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 105
ETSI
5.3.5.3 Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the mobilityControlInfo by the

UE ....................................................................................................................................................... 106
5.3.5.4 Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE
(handover) ........................................................................................................................................... 108
5.3.5.5 Reconfiguration failure ....................................................................................................................... 113
5.3.5.6 T304 expiry (handover failure) ........................................................................................................... 114
5.3.5.7 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 115
5.3.5.7a T307 expiry (SCG change failure) ...................................................................................................... 115
5.3.5.8 Radio Configuration involving full configuration option.................................................................... 115
5.3.6 Counter check ........................................................................................................................................... 117
5.3.6.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 117
5.3.6.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 117
5.3.6.3 Reception of the CounterCheck message by the UE ........................................................................... 117
5.3.7 RRC connection re-establishment............................................................................................................. 118
5.3.7.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 118
5.3.7.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 119
5.3.7.3 Actions following cell selection while T311 is running ...................................................................... 120
5.3.7.4 Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message ....................... 120
5.3.7.5 Reception of the RRCConnectionReestablishment by the UE ............................................................ 121
5.3.7.6 T311 expiry ......................................................................................................................................... 125
5.3.7.7 T301 expiry or selected cell no longer suitable ................................................................................... 125
5.3.7.8 Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject by the UE ........................................................ 125
5.3.8 RRC connection release ............................................................................................................................ 125
5.3.8.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 125
5.3.8.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 125
5.3.8.3 Reception of the RRCConnectionRelease by the UE .......................................................................... 125
5.3.8.4 T320 expiry ......................................................................................................................................... 128
5.3.8.5 T322 expiry ......................................................................................................................................... 128
5.3.8.6 UE actions upon receiving the expiry of DataInactivityTimer............................................................ 128
5.3.8.7 UE actions upon entering RRC_INACTIVE ...................................................................................... 128
5.3.9 RRC connection release requested by upper layers .................................................................................. 129
5.3.9.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 129
5.3.9.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 129
5.3.10 Radio resource configuration .................................................................................................................... 129
5.3.10.0 General ................................................................................................................................................ 129
5.3.10.1 SRB addition/ modification................................................................................................................. 130
5.3.10.2 DRB release ........................................................................................................................................ 131
5.3.10.3 DRB addition/ modification ................................................................................................................ 131
5.3.10.3a1 DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration ..................................................................................... 133
5.3.10.3a2 LWA specific DRB addition or reconfiguration ................................................................................. 134
5.3.10.3a3 LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration................................................................................. 135
5.3.10.3a SCell release ........................................................................................................................................ 136
5.3.10.3b SCell addition/ modification ............................................................................................................... 136
5.3.10.3c PSCell addition or modification .......................................................................................................... 136
5.3.10.4 MAC main reconfiguration ................................................................................................................. 137
5.3.10.5 Semi-persistent scheduling reconfiguration ........................................................................................ 137
5.3.10.6 Physical channel reconfiguration ........................................................................................................ 137
5.3.10.7 Radio Link Failure Timers and Constants reconfiguration ................................................................. 139
5.3.10.8 Time domain measurement resource restriction for serving cell......................................................... 139
5.3.10.9 Other configuration ............................................................................................................................. 139
5.3.10.10 SCG reconfiguration ........................................................................................................................... 142
5.3.10.11 SCG dedicated resource configuration ................................................................................................ 144
5.3.10.12 Reconfiguration SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList ................................................................ 144
5.3.10.13 Neighbour cell information reconfiguration........................................................................................ 144
5.3.10.14 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 145
5.3.10.15 Sidelink dedicated configuration ......................................................................................................... 145
5.3.10.15a V2X sidelink Communication dedicated configuration ...................................................................... 146
5.3.10.16 T370 expiry ......................................................................................................................................... 146
5.3.10.17 SRB release ......................................................................................................................................... 146
5.3.10.18 Scheduling Request Configuration for NB-IoT .................................................................................. 147
5.3.11 Radio link failure related actions .............................................................................................................. 147
5.3.11.1 Detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED ........................................................... 147
ETSI
5.3.11.1a Early detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED .................................................. 147

5.3.11.1b Detection of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED ................................................... 147
5.3.11.2 Recovery of physical layer problems .................................................................................................. 147
5.3.11.2a Recovery of early detection of physical layer problems ..................................................................... 148
5.3.11.2b Cancellation of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED .............................................. 148
5.3.11.3 Detection of radio link failure ............................................................................................................. 148
5.3.11.3a Detection of early-out-of-sync event ................................................................................................... 150
5.3.11.3b Detection of early-in-sync event ......................................................................................................... 150
5.3.12 UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE ...................................................... 150
5.3.13 UE actions upon PUCCH/ SPUCCH/ SRS release request ...................................................................... 151
5.3.13a UE actions upon SR release request for NB-IoT ...................................................................................... 152
5.3.14 Proximity indication ................................................................................................................................. 152
5.3.14.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 152
5.3.14.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 152
5.3.14.3 Actions related to transmission of ProximityIndication message........................................................ 153
5.3.15 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 153
5.3.16 Unified Access Control ............................................................................................................................. 153
5.3.16.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 153
5.3.16.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 153
5.3.16.3 Conditions for stopping of barring timers T309 .................................................................................. 155
5.3.16.4 Barring alleviation............................................................................................................................... 155
5.3.16.5 Access barring check........................................................................................................................... 155
5.3.17 RAN notification area update ................................................................................................................... 156
5.3.17.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 156
5.3.17.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 156
5.4 Inter-RAT mobility......................................................................................................................................... 156
5.4.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 156
5.4.2 Handover to E-UTRA ............................................................................................................................... 157
5.4.2.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 157
5.4.2.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 157
5.4.2.3 Reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration by the UE............................................................. 157
5.4.2.4 Reconfiguration failure ....................................................................................................................... 160
5.4.2.5 T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure)........................................................................................ 161
5.4.3 Mobility from E-UTRA ............................................................................................................................ 161
5.4.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 161
5.4.3.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 162
5.4.3.3 Reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand by the UE ............................................................. 162
5.4.3.4 Successful completion of the mobility from E-UTRA ........................................................................ 163
5.4.3.5 Mobility from E-UTRA failure ........................................................................................................... 164
5.4.4 Handover from E-UTRA preparation request (CDMA2000) ................................................................... 164
5.4.4.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 164
5.4.4.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 165
5.4.4.3 Reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest by the UE ........................................... 165
5.4.5 UL handover preparation transfer (CDMA2000) ..................................................................................... 165
5.4.5.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 165
5.4.5.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 165
5.4.5.3 Actions related to transmission of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message ............................ 166
5.4.5.4 Failure to deliver the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message ...................................................... 166
5.4.6 Inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN ............................................................................................... 166
5.4.6.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 166
5.4.6.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 166
5.4.6.3 UE fails to complete an inter-RAT cell change order ......................................................................... 166
5.5 Measurements................................................................................................................................................. 167
5.5.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 167
5.5.2 Measurement configuration ...................................................................................................................... 169
5.5.2.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 169
5.5.2.2 Measurement identity removal ............................................................................................................ 170
5.5.2.2a Measurement identity autonomous removal ....................................................................................... 170
5.5.2.3 Measurement identity addition/ modification ..................................................................................... 170
5.5.2.4 Measurement object removal .............................................................................................................. 171
5.5.2.5 Measurement object addition/ modification ........................................................................................ 172
5.5.2.6 Reporting configuration removal ........................................................................................................ 174
ETSI
5.5.2.7 Reporting configuration addition/ modification .................................................................................. 174

5.5.2.8 Quantity configuration ........................................................................................................................ 175
5.5.2.9 Measurement gap configuration .......................................................................................................... 175
5.5.2.9a Measurement gap configuration for RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration ................. 177
5.5.2.10 Discovery signals measurement timing configuration ........................................................................ 177
5.5.2.11 RSSI measurement timing configuration ............................................................................................ 177
5.5.2.12 Measurement gap sharing configuration ............................................................................................. 177
5.5.2.13 NR measurement timing configuration ............................................................................................... 178
5.5.3 Performing measurements ........................................................................................................................ 178
5.5.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 178
5.5.3.2 Layer 3 filtering .................................................................................................................................. 182
5.5.3.3 Derivation of NR cell quality .............................................................................................................. 183
5.5.3.4 Derivation of NR beam quality ........................................................................................................... 183
5.5.4 Measurement report triggering ................................................................................................................. 183
5.5.4.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 183
5.5.4.2 Event A1 (Serving becomes better than threshold) ............................................................................. 189
5.5.4.3 Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold) ............................................................................ 189
5.5.4.4 Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than PCell/ PSCell) ....................................................... 190
5.5.4.5 Event A4 (Neighbour becomes better than threshold) ........................................................................ 191
5.5.4.6 Event A5 (PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than threshold1 and neighbour becomes better than
threshold2) .......................................................................................................................................... 191
5.5.4.6a Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell) .................................................................... 192
5.5.4.7 Event B1 (Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold) ........................................................ 193
5.5.4.8 Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than
threshold2) .......................................................................................................................................... 193
5.5.4.9 Event C1 (CSI-RS resource becomes better than threshold) ............................................................... 194
5.5.4.10 Event C2 (CSI-RS resource becomes offset better than reference CSI-RS resource) ......................... 195
5.5.4.11 Event W1 (WLAN becomes better than a threshold) .......................................................................... 195
5.5.4.12 Event W2 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than threshold1 and a WLAN
outside WLAN mobility set becomes better than threshold2) ............................................................ 196
5.5.4.13 Event W3 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than a threshold) ........................ 197
5.5.4.14 Event V1 (The channel busy ratio is above a threshold) ..................................................................... 197
5.5.4.15 Event V2 (The channel busy ratio is below a threshold) ..................................................................... 198
5.5.4.16 Event H1 (The Aerial UE height is above a threshold) ....................................................................... 198
5.5.4.17 Event H2 (The Aerial UE height is below a threshold)....................................................................... 199
5.5.5 Measurement reporting ............................................................................................................................. 199
5.5.5.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 199
5.5.5.2 Determination of available NR measurement results .......................................................................... 205
5.5.5.3 Selection of NR sorting quality ........................................................................................................... 206
5.5.6 Measurement related actions..................................................................................................................... 206
5.5.6.1 Actions upon handover and re-establishment...................................................................................... 206
5.5.6.2 Speed dependant scaling of measurement related parameters ............................................................. 207
5.5.7 Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication ....................................................................................... 208
5.5.7.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 208
5.5.7.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 208
5.5.7.3 Actions related to transmission of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message ......................... 209
5.6 Other ............................................................................................................................................................... 209
5.6.0 General...................................................................................................................................................... 209
5.6.1 DL information transfer ............................................................................................................................ 210
5.6.1.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 210
5.6.1.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 210
5.6.1.3 Reception of the DLInformationTransfer by the UE .......................................................................... 210
5.6.2 UL information transfer ............................................................................................................................ 210
5.6.2.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 210
5.6.2.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 211
5.6.2.3 Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransfer message .................................................. 211
5.6.2.4 Failure to deliver ULInformationTransfer message ............................................................................ 211
5.6.2a UL information transfer for MR-DC ........................................................................................................ 212
5.6.2a.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 212
5.6.2a.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 212
5.6.2a.3 Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransferMRDC message....................................... 212
5.6.2a.4 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 212
ETSI
5.6.3 UE capability transfer ............................................................................................................................... 212

5.6.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 212
5.6.3.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 213
5.6.3.3 Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE ............................................................................. 213
5.6.4 CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer ................................................................................................................. 217
5.6.4.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 217
5.6.4.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 217
5.6.4.3 Actions related to transmission of CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message ............................ 217
5.6.4.4 Reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message ..................................................... 217
5.6.5 UE Information ......................................................................................................................................... 217
5.6.5.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 217
5.6.5.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 218
5.6.5.3 Reception of the UEInformationRequest message .............................................................................. 218
5.6.6 Logged Measurement Configuration ........................................................................................................ 219
5.6.6.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 219
5.6.6.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 220
5.6.6.3 Reception of the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration by the UE ........................................................ 220
5.6.6.4 T330 expiry ......................................................................................................................................... 220
5.6.7 Release of Logged Measurement Configuration....................................................................................... 221
5.6.7.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 221
5.6.7.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 221
5.6.8 Measurements logging .............................................................................................................................. 221
5.6.8.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 221
5.6.8.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 221
5.6.9 In-device coexistence indication ............................................................................................................... 224
5.6.9.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 224
5.6.9.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 224
5.6.9.3 Actions related to transmission of InDeviceCoexIndication message ................................................. 225
5.6.10 UE Assistance Information ....................................................................................................................... 226
5.6.10.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 226
5.6.10.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 227
5.6.10.3 Actions related to transmission of UEAssistanceInformation message .............................................. 228
5.6.11 Mobility history information..................................................................................................................... 229
5.6.11.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 229
5.6.11.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 229
5.6.12 RAN-assisted WLAN interworking .......................................................................................................... 230
5.6.12.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 230
5.6.12.2 Dedicated WLAN offload configuration ............................................................................................. 230
5.6.12.3 WLAN offload RAN evaluation ......................................................................................................... 230
5.6.12.4 T350 expiry or stop ............................................................................................................................. 231
5.6.12.5 Cell selection/ re-selection while T350 is running .............................................................................. 231
5.6.13 SCG failure information ........................................................................................................................... 231
5.6.13.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 231
5.6.13.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 231
5.6.13.3 Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformation message ................................................. 232
5.6.13a NR SCG failure information ..................................................................................................................... 232
5.6.13a.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 232
5.6.13a.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 233
5.6.13a.3 Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformationNR message ............................................ 233
5.6.14 LTE-WLAN Aggregation ......................................................................................................................... 233
5.6.14.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 233
5.6.14.2 Reception of LWA configuration ........................................................................................................ 233
5.6.14.3 Release of LWA configuration ........................................................................................................... 234
5.6.15 WLAN connection management............................................................................................................... 234
5.6.15.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 234
5.6.15.2 WLAN connection status reporting..................................................................................................... 234
5.6.15.2.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 234
5.6.15.2.2 Initiation ........................................................................................................................................ 235
5.6.15.2.3 Actions related to transmission of WLANConnectionStatusReport message ................................ 235
5.6.15.3 T351 Expiry (WLAN connection attempt timeout) ............................................................................ 235
5.6.15.4 WLAN status monitoring .................................................................................................................... 235
5.6.16 RAN controlled LTE-WLAN interworking .............................................................................................. 236
ETSI
5.6.16.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 236

5.6.16.2 WLAN traffic steering command ........................................................................................................ 236
5.6.17 LTE-WLAN aggregation with IPsec tunnel ............................................................................................. 237
5.6.17.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 237
5.6.17.2 LWIP reconfiguration ......................................................................................................................... 237
5.6.17.3 LWIP release ....................................................................................................................................... 238
5.6.18 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 238
5.6.19 Application layer measurement reporting ................................................................................................. 238
5.6.19.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 238
5.6.19.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 238
5.6.20 Idle Mode Measurements.......................................................................................................................... 239
5.6.20.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 239
5.6.20.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 239
5.6.20.3 T331 expiry or stop ............................................................................................................................. 239
5.6.21 Failure information ................................................................................................................................... 240
5.6.21.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 240
5.6.21.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 240
5.6.21.3 Actions related to transmission of FailureInformation message ......................................................... 240
5.7 Generic error handling.................................................................................................................................... 240
5.7.1 General...................................................................................................................................................... 240
5.7.2 ASN.1 violation or encoding error............................................................................................................ 241
5.7.3 Field set to a not comprehended value ...................................................................................................... 241
5.7.4 Mandatory field missing ........................................................................................................................... 241
5.7.5 Not comprehended field............................................................................................................................ 242
5.8 MBMS ............................................................................................................................................................ 242
5.8.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 242
5.8.1.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 242
5.8.1.2 Scheduling........................................................................................................................................... 243
5.8.1.3 MCCH information validity and notification of changes .................................................................... 243
5.8.2 MCCH information acquisition ................................................................................................................ 244
5.8.2.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 244
5.8.2.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 244
5.8.2.3 MCCH information acquisition by the UE.......................................................................................... 244
5.8.2.4 Actions upon reception of the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message ................................................... 245
5.8.2.5 Actions upon reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message........................................................ 245
5.8.3 MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration................................................................................................... 245
5.8.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 245
5.8.3.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 245
5.8.3.3 MRB establishment ............................................................................................................................. 245
5.8.3.4 MRB release ........................................................................................................................................ 246
5.8.4 MBMS Counting Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 246
5.8.4.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 246
5.8.4.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 246
5.8.4.3 Reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message by the UE ........................................................... 246
5.8.5 MBMS interest indication ......................................................................................................................... 247
5.8.5.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 247
5.8.5.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 247
5.8.5.3 Determine MBMS frequencies of interest........................................................................................... 248
5.8.5.4 Actions related to transmission of MBMSInterestIndication message ................................................ 249
5.8a SC-PTM ......................................................................................................................................................... 249
5.8a.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 249
5.8a.1.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 249
5.8a.1.2 SC-MCCH scheduling ........................................................................................................................ 250
5.8a.1.3 SC-MCCH information validity and notification of changes .............................................................. 250
5.8a.1.4 Procedures ........................................................................................................................................... 250
5.8a.2 SC-MCCH information acquisition .......................................................................................................... 251
5.8a.2.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 251
5.8a.2.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 251
5.8a.2.3 SC-MCCH information acquisition by the UE ................................................................................... 251
5.8a.2.4 Actions upon reception of the SCPTMConfiguration message ........................................................... 252
5.8a.3 SC-PTM radio bearer configuration ......................................................................................................... 252
5.8a.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 252
ETSI
5.8a.3.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 252

5.8a.3.3 SC-MRB establishment ....................................................................................................................... 252
5.8a.3.4 SC-MRB release ................................................................................................................................. 252
5.9 RN procedures ................................................................................................................................................ 253
5.9.1 RN reconfiguration ................................................................................................................................... 253
5.9.1.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 253
5.9.1.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 253
5.9.1.3 Reception of the RNReconfiguration by the RN ................................................................................. 253
5.10 Sidelink .......................................................................................................................................................... 253
5.10.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 253
5.10.1a Conditions for sidelink communication operation .................................................................................... 254
5.10.1d Conditions for V2X sidelink communication operation ........................................................................... 255
5.10.2 Sidelink UE information ........................................................................................................................... 255
5.10.2.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 255
5.10.2.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 255
5.10.2.3 Actions related to transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message .................................................. 261
5.10.3 Sidelink communication monitoring......................................................................................................... 263
5.10.4 Sidelink communication transmission ...................................................................................................... 264
5.10.5 Sidelink discovery monitoring .................................................................................................................. 265
5.10.6 Sidelink discovery announcement ............................................................................................................ 266
5.10.6a Sidelink discovery announcement pool selection ..................................................................................... 269
5.10.6b Sidelink discovery announcement reference carrier selection .................................................................. 269
5.10.7 Sidelink synchronisation information transmission .................................................................................. 270
5.10.7.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 270
5.10.7.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 271
5.10.7.3 Transmission of SLSS ......................................................................................................................... 273
5.10.7.4 Transmission of MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message ............ 275
5.10.7.5 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 276
5.10.8 Sidelink synchronisation reference ........................................................................................................... 276
5.10.8.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 276
5.10.8.2 Selection and reselection of synchronisation reference ....................................................................... 276
5.10.8a Selection and reselection of synchronisation carrier frequency ................................................................ 279
5.10.9 Sidelink common control information ...................................................................................................... 282
5.10.9.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 282
5.10.9.2 Actions related to reception of MasterInformationBlock-SL/ MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
message ............................................................................................................................................... 282
5.10.10 Sidelink relay UE operation ...................................................................................................................... 282
5.10.10.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 282
5.10.10.2 AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by sidelink relay UE ............. 282
5.10.10.3 AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink relay UE ................. 283
5.10.10.4 Sidelink relay UE threshold conditions ............................................................................................... 283
5.10.11 Sidelink remote UE operation................................................................................................................... 283
5.10.11.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 283
5.10.11.2 AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by sidelink remote UE .......... 283
5.10.11.3 AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink remote UE .............. 284
5.10.11.4 Selection and reselection of sidelink relay UE .................................................................................... 284
5.10.11.5 Sidelink remote UE threshold conditions ............................................................................................ 284
5.10.12 V2X sidelink communication monitoring................................................................................................. 285
5.10.13 V2X sidelink communication transmission .............................................................................................. 286
5.10.13.1 Transmission of V2X sidelink communication ................................................................................... 286
5.10.13.1a Transmission of P2X related V2X sidelink communication ............................................................... 288
5.10.13.2 V2X sidelink communication transmission pool selection ................................................................. 289
5.10.13.3 V2X sidelink communication transmission reference cell selection ................................................... 290
5.10.14 DFN derivation from GNSS ..................................................................................................................... 290
6 Protocol data units, formats and parameters (tabular & ASN.1) ..........................................................291
6.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 291
6.2 RRC messages ................................................................................................................................................ 293
6.2.1 General message structure ........................................................................................................................ 293
– EUTRA-RRC-Definitions .................................................................................................................... 293
– BCCH-BCH-Message ......................................................................................................................... 293
– BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS ............................................................................................................. 293
ETSI
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ................................................................................................................... 293

– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR ............................................................................................................. 294
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS ....................................................................................................... 294
– MCCH-Message .................................................................................................................................. 294
– PCCH-Message ................................................................................................................................... 295
– DL-CCCH-Message ............................................................................................................................ 295
– DL-DCCH-Message ............................................................................................................................ 295
– UL-CCCH-Message ............................................................................................................................ 296
– UL-DCCH-Message ............................................................................................................................ 296
– SC-MCCH-Message ............................................................................................................................ 297
6.2.2 Message definitions .................................................................................................................................. 297
– CounterCheck...................................................................................................................................... 297
– CounterCheckResponse....................................................................................................................... 298
– CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 ................................................................................................. 299
– CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 .............................................................................................. 299
– DLInformationTransfer ....................................................................................................................... 300
– FailureInformation.............................................................................................................................. 301
– HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000) ................................................................ 301
– InDeviceCoexIndication...................................................................................................................... 303
– InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication.............................................................................................. 305
– LoggedMeasurementConfiguration .................................................................................................... 307
– MasterInformationBlock ..................................................................................................................... 309
– MasterInformationBlock-MBMS ......................................................................................................... 310
– MBMSCountingRequest ...................................................................................................................... 310
– MBMSCountingResponse .................................................................................................................... 311
– MBMSInterestIndication ..................................................................................................................... 312
– MBSFNAreaConfiguration ................................................................................................................. 312
– MeasReportAppLayer ......................................................................................................................... 313
– MeasurementReport ............................................................................................................................ 314
– MobilityFromEUTRACommand.......................................................................................................... 314
– Paging ................................................................................................................................................. 317
– ProximityIndication............................................................................................................................. 318
– RNReconfiguration.............................................................................................................................. 319
– RNReconfigurationComplete .............................................................................................................. 320
– RRCConnectionReconfiguration ......................................................................................................... 320
– RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete .......................................................................................... 328
– RRCConnectionReestablishment ......................................................................................................... 330
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ......................................................................................... 330
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject ............................................................................................... 331
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ............................................................................................ 332
– RRCConnectionReject ......................................................................................................................... 333
– RRCConnectionRelease ...................................................................................................................... 334
– RRCConnectionRequest ...................................................................................................................... 339
– RRCConnectionResume ...................................................................................................................... 340
– RRCConnectionResumeComplete ....................................................................................................... 341
– RRCConnectionResumeRequest .......................................................................................................... 342
– RRCConnectionSetup .......................................................................................................................... 343
– RRCConnectionSetupComplete ........................................................................................................... 343
– RRCEarlyDataComplete ..................................................................................................................... 345
– RRCEarlyDataRequest ........................................................................................................................ 346
– SCGFailureInformation ...................................................................................................................... 347
– SCGFailureInformationNR ................................................................................................................. 348
– SCPTMConfiguration ......................................................................................................................... 348
– SCPTMConfiguration-BR ................................................................................................................... 349
– SecurityModeCommand ...................................................................................................................... 350
– SecurityModeComplete ....................................................................................................................... 350
– SecurityModeFailure........................................................................................................................... 351
– SidelinkUEInformation ....................................................................................................................... 351
– SystemInformation .............................................................................................................................. 354
– SystemInformationBlockType1 ............................................................................................................ 355
– SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS ............................................................................................... 363
– UEAssistanceInformation ................................................................................................................... 365
ETSI
– UECapabilityEnquiry.......................................................................................................................... 369
– UECapabilityInformation ................................................................................................................... 370
– UEInformationRequest........................................................................................................................ 371
– UEInformationResponse ..................................................................................................................... 372
– ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000) ................................................................................ 377
– ULInformationTransfer ....................................................................................................................... 378
– ULInformationTransferMRDC............................................................................................................ 379
– WLANConnectionStatusReport ........................................................................................................... 379
6.3 RRC information elements ............................................................................................................................. 380
6.3.1 System information blocks ....................................................................................................................... 380
– SystemInformationBlockPos................................................................................................................ 380
– SystemInformationBlockType10 .......................................................................................................... 403
6.3.2 Radio resource control information elements ........................................................................................... 421
– AntennaInfo ......................................................................................................................................... 421
– AntennaInfoUL .................................................................................................................................... 424
– AUL-Config ......................................................................................................................................... 424
– CQI-ReportAperiodic .......................................................................................................................... 425
– CQI-ReportBoth .................................................................................................................................. 429
– CQI-ReportConfig ............................................................................................................................... 430
– CQI-ReportPeriodic ............................................................................................................................ 433
– CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId............................................................................................................ 437
– CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig ........................................................................................................... 437
– CSI-IM-Config .................................................................................................................................... 438
– CSI-IM-ConfigId ................................................................................................................................. 438
– CSI-Process ......................................................................................................................................... 439
– CSI-ProcessId ..................................................................................................................................... 440
– CSI-RS-Config..................................................................................................................................... 441
– CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed ................................................................................................................ 442
– CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO ....................................................................................................................... 443
– CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded ............................................................................................................... 444
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZP ............................................................................................................................. 445
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId .......................................................................................................................... 447
– CSI-RS-ConfigZP ................................................................................................................................ 447
– CSI-RS-ConfigZPId ............................................................................................................................. 447
– DataInactivityTimer ............................................................................................................................ 447
– DMRS-Config ...................................................................................................................................... 448
– DRB-Identity ....................................................................................................................................... 448
– EPDCCH-Config ................................................................................................................................ 448
– EIMTA-MainConfig ............................................................................................................................ 450
– LogicalChannelConfig ........................................................................................................................ 451
ETSI
– LWA-Configuration ............................................................................................................................. 453

– LWIP-Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 454
– MAC-MainConfig................................................................................................................................ 454
– P-C-AndCBSR ..................................................................................................................................... 460
– PDCCH-ConfigSCell .......................................................................................................................... 461
– PDCP-Config ...................................................................................................................................... 462
– PDSCH-Config.................................................................................................................................... 466
– PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId ................................................................................................... 470
– PerCC-GapIndicationList ................................................................................................................... 470
– PHICH-Config .................................................................................................................................... 471
– PhysicalConfigDedicated .................................................................................................................... 471
– P-Max .................................................................................................................................................. 481
– PRACH-Config.................................................................................................................................... 482
– PresenceAntennaPort1........................................................................................................................ 485
– PUCCH-Config ................................................................................................................................... 485
– PUSCH-Config.................................................................................................................................... 490
– RACH-ConfigCommon ........................................................................................................................ 496
– RACH-ConfigDedicated ...................................................................................................................... 499
– RadioResourceConfigCommon ........................................................................................................... 499
– RadioResourceConfigDedicated ......................................................................................................... 504
– RCLWI-Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 512
– RLC-Config ......................................................................................................................................... 513
– RLF-TimersAndConstants ................................................................................................................... 516
– RN-SubframeConfig ............................................................................................................................ 517
– SchedulingRequestConfig ................................................................................................................... 519
– SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config ............................................................................................................. 520
– SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config ............................................................................................................. 521
– SoundingRS-UL-Config....................................................................................................................... 522
– SPDCCH-Config ................................................................................................................................. 525
– SPS-Config .......................................................................................................................................... 527
– SPUCCH-Config ................................................................................................................................. 533
– SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config ................................................................................................................... 534
– TDD-Config ........................................................................................................................................ 535
– TimeAlignmentTimer ........................................................................................................................... 536
– TimeReferenceInfo .............................................................................................................................. 536
– TPC-PDCCH-Config .......................................................................................................................... 537
– TunnelConfigLWIP ............................................................................................................................. 538
– UplinkPowerControl ........................................................................................................................... 538
– WLAN-Id-List ...................................................................................................................................... 543
– WLAN-MobilityConfig ........................................................................................................................ 543
6.3.3 Security control information elements ...................................................................................................... 544
– NextHopChainingCount ...................................................................................................................... 544
– SecurityAlgorithmConfig..................................................................................................................... 545
– ShortMAC-I ......................................................................................................................................... 545
6.3.4 Mobility control information elements ..................................................................................................... 545
– AdditionalSpectrumEmission .............................................................................................................. 545
– AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR ......................................................................................................... 546
– ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 .................................................................................................................. 546
– ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ......................................................................................................................... 546
– ARFCN-ValueGERAN......................................................................................................................... 546
– ARFCN-ValueNR ................................................................................................................................ 547
– ARFCN-ValueUTRA ........................................................................................................................... 547
– BandclassCDMA2000 ......................................................................................................................... 547
– BandIndicatorGERAN......................................................................................................................... 547
– CarrierFreqCDMA2000 ..................................................................................................................... 547
– CarrierFreqGERAN ............................................................................................................................ 548
– CarrierFreqsGERAN .......................................................................................................................... 548
– CarrierFreqListMBMS ........................................................................................................................ 549
– CDMA2000-Type ................................................................................................................................ 549
– CellIdentity .......................................................................................................................................... 549
– CellIndexList ....................................................................................................................................... 549
– CellReselectionPriority ....................................................................................................................... 550
ETSI
– CellSelectionInfoCE ............................................................................................................................ 550

– CellSelectionInfoCE1 .......................................................................................................................... 550
– CellReselectionSubPriority ................................................................................................................. 551
– CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT ........................................................................................................ 551
– CellGlobalIdEUTRA ........................................................................................................................... 552
– CellGlobalIdUTRA.............................................................................................................................. 552
– CellGlobalIdGERAN ........................................................................................................................... 553
– CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 .................................................................................................................... 553
– CellSelectionInfoNFreq....................................................................................................................... 554
– CSG-Identity........................................................................................................................................ 554
– FreqBandIndicator.............................................................................................................................. 554
– FreqBandIndicatorNR......................................................................................................................... 554
– MobilityControlInfo ............................................................................................................................ 555
– MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT) ........................................................................................... 558
– MobilityStateParameters..................................................................................................................... 559
– MultiBandInfoList ............................................................................................................................... 559
– MultiFrequencyBandListNR................................................................................................................ 559
– NS-PmaxList........................................................................................................................................ 560
– NS-PmaxListNR .................................................................................................................................. 560
– PhysCellId ........................................................................................................................................... 560
– PhysCellIdRange ................................................................................................................................. 560
– PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList ....................................................................................................... 561
– PhysCellIdCDMA2000 ........................................................................................................................ 561
– PhysCellIdGERAN .............................................................................................................................. 561
– PhysCellIdNR ...................................................................................................................................... 562
– PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD ....................................................................................................................... 562
– PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD ........................................................................................................................ 562
– PLMN-Identity .................................................................................................................................... 562
– PLMN-IdentityList3............................................................................................................................. 563
– PmaxNR .............................................................................................................................................. 563
– PreRegistrationInfoHRPD .................................................................................................................. 563
– Q-QualMin .......................................................................................................................................... 564
– Q-RxLevMin ........................................................................................................................................ 564
– Q-OffsetRange ..................................................................................................................................... 564
– Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT ...................................................................................................................... 565
– ReselectionThreshold .......................................................................................................................... 565
– ReselectionThresholdQ ....................................................................................................................... 565
– SCellIndex ........................................................................................................................................... 565
– ServCellIndex ...................................................................................................................................... 565
– SpeedStateScaleFactors ...................................................................................................................... 566
– SystemInfoListGERAN ........................................................................................................................ 566
– SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 ................................................................................................................ 566
– ThresholdNR ....................................................................................................................................... 567
– TrackingAreaCode .............................................................................................................................. 567
– T-Reselection ....................................................................................................................................... 568
– T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE .................................................................................................................... 568
6.3.5 Measurement information elements .......................................................................................................... 568
– AllowedMeasBandwidth ...................................................................................................................... 568
– BT-NameList ....................................................................................................................................... 568
– CSI-RSRP-Range ................................................................................................................................ 569
– Hysteresis ............................................................................................................................................ 569
– LocationInfo ........................................................................................................................................ 569
– LogMeasResultListBT ......................................................................................................................... 570
– LogMeasResultListWLAN ................................................................................................................... 570
– MBSFN-RSRQ-Range ......................................................................................................................... 571
– MeasConfig ......................................................................................................................................... 571
– MeasDS-Config ................................................................................................................................... 574
– MeasGapConfig .................................................................................................................................. 575
– MeasGapConfigDensePRS ................................................................................................................. 576
– MeasGapConfigPerCC-List ................................................................................................................ 577
– MeasGapSharingConfig...................................................................................................................... 577
– MeasId................................................................................................................................................. 578
ETSI
– MeasIdleConfig ................................................................................................................................... 578

– MeasIdToAddModList ......................................................................................................................... 579
– MeasObjectCDMA2000 ...................................................................................................................... 579
– MeasObjectEUTRA ............................................................................................................................. 580
– MeasObjectGERAN............................................................................................................................. 584
– MeasObjectId ...................................................................................................................................... 584
– MeasObjectNR .................................................................................................................................... 585
– MeasObjectToAddModList ................................................................................................................. 585
– MeasObjectUTRA ............................................................................................................................... 586
– MeasObjectWLAN ............................................................................................................................... 587
– MeasResults ........................................................................................................................................ 587
– MeasScaleFactor ................................................................................................................................ 596
– MeasSensing-Config ........................................................................................................................... 596
– MTC-SSB-NR ...................................................................................................................................... 597
– QuantityConfig .................................................................................................................................... 597
– ReportConfigEUTRA........................................................................................................................... 599
– ReportConfigId.................................................................................................................................... 603
– ReportConfigInterRAT ........................................................................................................................ 604
– ReportConfigToAddModList ............................................................................................................... 607
– ReportInterval ..................................................................................................................................... 607
– RS-IndexNR ......................................................................................................................................... 607
– RSRP-Range ........................................................................................................................................ 608
– RSRP-RangeNR ................................................................................................................................... 608
– RSRQ-Range ....................................................................................................................................... 609
– RSRQ-RangeNR .................................................................................................................................. 609
– RSRQ-Type .......................................................................................................................................... 609
– RS-SINR-Range ................................................................................................................................... 609
– RS-SINR-RangeNR .............................................................................................................................. 610
– RSSI-Range-r13 .................................................................................................................................. 610
– SS-RSSI-Measurement......................................................................................................................... 610
– TimeToTrigger .................................................................................................................................... 611
– UL-DelayConfig .................................................................................................................................. 611
– WLAN-CarrierInfo .............................................................................................................................. 611
– WLAN-NameList ................................................................................................................................. 612
– WLAN-RSSI-Range ............................................................................................................................. 612
– WLAN-RTT .......................................................................................................................................... 612
– WLAN-Status ....................................................................................................................................... 613
– WLAN-SuspendConfig......................................................................................................................... 613
6.3.6 Other information elements ...................................................................................................................... 613
– AbsoluteTimeInfo ................................................................................................................................ 613
– AMF-Identifier .................................................................................................................................... 614
– AreaConfiguration .............................................................................................................................. 614
– C-RNTI ................................................................................................................................................ 615
– DedicatedInfoCDMA2000................................................................................................................... 615
– DedicatedInfoNAS ............................................................................................................................... 615
– FilterCoefficient .................................................................................................................................. 615
– FlightPathInfoReportConfig ............................................................................................................... 615
– GNSS-ID ............................................................................................................................................. 616
– I-RNTI ................................................................................................................................................. 616
– LoggingDuration ................................................................................................................................. 616
– LoggingInterval ................................................................................................................................... 616
– MeasSubframePattern ......................................................................................................................... 617
– MMEC ................................................................................................................................................. 617
– NeighCellConfig.................................................................................................................................. 617
– NG-5G-S-TMSI ................................................................................................................................... 618
– OtherConfig ........................................................................................................................................ 618
– RAN-AreaCode.................................................................................................................................... 621
– RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT) ............................................................................................................... 621
– RAT-Type ............................................................................................................................................ 621
– ResumeIdentity .................................................................................................................................... 621
– RRC-TransactionIdentifier .................................................................................................................. 621
– SBAS-ID .............................................................................................................................................. 622
ETSI
– ShortI-RNTI......................................................................................................................................... 622
– S-NSSAI ............................................................................................................................................... 622
– S-TMSI ................................................................................................................................................ 622
– TraceReference ................................................................................................................................... 623
– UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ....................................................................................................... 623
– UE-EUTRA-Capability ....................................................................................................................... 624
– UE-RadioPagingInfo........................................................................................................................... 678
– UE-TimersAndConstants..................................................................................................................... 679
– VisitedCellInfoList .............................................................................................................................. 680
– WLAN-OffloadConfig.......................................................................................................................... 680
6.3.7 MBMS information elements ................................................................................................................... 682
– MBMS-NotificationConfig .................................................................................................................. 683
– MBMS-ServiceList............................................................................................................................... 683
– MBSFN-AreaId ................................................................................................................................... 683
– MBSFN-AreaInfoList .......................................................................................................................... 684
– MBSFN-SubframeConfig .................................................................................................................... 685
– PMCH-InfoList.................................................................................................................................... 686
6.3.7a SC-PTM information elements ................................................................................................................. 688
– SC-MTCH-InfoList .............................................................................................................................. 688
– SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR ........................................................................................................................ 689
– SCPTM-NeighbourCellList ................................................................................................................. 691
6.3.8 Sidelink information elements .................................................................................................................. 692
– SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X ......................................................................................................... 692
– SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList ........................................................................................................... 692
– SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList .............................................................................................................. 693
– SL-CommConfig .................................................................................................................................. 694
– SL-CommResourcePool ...................................................................................................................... 695
– SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig .......................................................................................................... 699
– SL-CP-Len........................................................................................................................................... 700
– SL-DiscConfig ..................................................................................................................................... 700
– SL-DiscResourcePool ......................................................................................................................... 703
– SL-DiscSysInfoReport ......................................................................................................................... 704
– SL-DiscTxPowerInfo ........................................................................................................................... 705
– SL-GapConfig ..................................................................................................................................... 705
– SL-GapRequest.................................................................................................................................... 706
– SL-HoppingConfig .............................................................................................................................. 706
– SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X .................................................................................................................... 707
– SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList ....................................................................................................................... 708
– SL-OffsetIndicator ............................................................................................................................... 709
– SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig ....................................................................................................... 709
– SL-PeriodComm .................................................................................................................................. 710
– SL-Priority .......................................................................................................................................... 710
– SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList ..................................................................................................................... 710
– SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList ........................................................................................ 712
– SLSSID ................................................................................................................................................ 712
– SL-SyncAllowed .................................................................................................................................. 712
– SL-SyncConfig ..................................................................................................................................... 713
– SL-TF-ResourceConfig ....................................................................................................................... 714
– SL-TxPower ......................................................................................................................................... 715
– SL-TypeTxSync .................................................................................................................................... 715
– SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List ................................................................................................................ 715
– SL-TxParameters ................................................................................................................................ 716
– SL-TxPoolIdentity ............................................................................................................................... 716
– SL-TxPoolToReleaseList ..................................................................................................................... 716
– SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated .................................................................................................................... 717
– SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList ........................................................................................................ 718
– SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig ...................................................................................................... 719
– SL-V2X-SyncFreqList .......................................................................................................................... 719
– SL-ZoneConfig .................................................................................................................................... 720
6.4 RRC multiplicity and type constraint values .................................................................................................. 720
– Multiplicity and type constraint definitions .............................................................................................. 720
– End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions ............................................................................................................. 724
ETSI
6.5 PC5 RRC messages ........................................................................................................................................ 724

6.5.1 General message structure ........................................................................................................................ 724
– PC5-RRC-Definitions .......................................................................................................................... 724
– SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message .................................................................................................................. 724
– SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X .......................................................................................................... 724
– MasterInformationBlock-SL ................................................................................................................ 725
– MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X........................................................................................................ 725
– End of PC5-RRC-Definitions .............................................................................................................. 726
6.6 Direct Indication Information ......................................................................................................................... 726
6.6a Direct Indication FeMBMS ............................................................................................................................ 726
6.7 NB-IoT RRC messages .................................................................................................................................. 727
6.7.1 General NB-IoT message structure ........................................................................................................... 727
– BCCH-BCH-Message-NB ................................................................................................................... 728
– BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB .......................................................................................................... 728
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB ............................................................................................................. 728
– PCCH-Message-NB ............................................................................................................................ 728
– DL-CCCH-Message-NB ...................................................................................................................... 729
– DL-DCCH-Message-NB ..................................................................................................................... 729
– UL-CCCH-Message-NB ...................................................................................................................... 729
– SC-MCCH-Message-NB ..................................................................................................................... 730
– UL-DCCH-Message-NB ..................................................................................................................... 730
6.7.2 NB-IoT Message definitions ..................................................................................................................... 730
– DLInformationTransfer-NB ................................................................................................................ 730
– MasterInformationBlock-NB ............................................................................................................... 731
– MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB...................................................................................................... 732
– Paging-NB........................................................................................................................................... 735
– RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB .................................................................................................. 735
– RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB ................................................................................... 736
– RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB .................................................................................................. 737
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB ................................................................................... 737
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB ...................................................................................... 738
– RRCConnectionReject-NB .................................................................................................................. 739
– RRCConnectionRelease-NB ................................................................................................................ 740
– RRCConnectionRequest-NB ................................................................................................................ 741
– RRCConnectionResume-NB ................................................................................................................ 742
– RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB ................................................................................................. 742
– RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB ................................................................................................... 743
– RRCConnectionSetup-NB ................................................................................................................... 744
– RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB .................................................................................................... 744
– RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB ............................................................................................................... 745
– RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB ................................................................................................................. 746
– SCPTMConfiguration-NB ................................................................................................................... 747
– SystemInformation-NB ........................................................................................................................ 747
– SystemInformationBlockType1-NB ..................................................................................................... 748
– UECapabilityEnquiry-NB ................................................................................................................... 751
– UECapabilityInformation-NB ............................................................................................................. 752
– ULInformationTransfer-NB ................................................................................................................ 753
6.7.3 NB-IoT information elements ................................................................................................................... 753
6.7.3.1 NB-IoT System information blocks .................................................................................................... 753
– SystemInformationBlockType14-NB ................................................................................................... 758
– SystemInformationBlockType23-NB ................................................................................................. 767
6.7.3.2 NB-IoT Radio resource control information elements ........................................................................ 768
– CarrierConfigDedicated-NB ............................................................................................................... 768
ETSI
– CarrierFreq-NB .................................................................................................................................. 770

– DL-Bitmap-NB .................................................................................................................................... 770
– DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB .......................................................................................................... 771
– DL-GapConfig-NB .............................................................................................................................. 772
– LogicalChannelConfig-NB .................................................................................................................. 772
– MAC-MainConfig-NB ......................................................................................................................... 773
– NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB.......................................................................................................... 774
– NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB ............................................................................................................ 775
– NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB ..................................................................................................................... 775
– NPUSCH-Config-NB........................................................................................................................... 780
– PDCP-Config-NB................................................................................................................................ 781
– PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB ............................................................................................................. 782
– RACH-ConfigCommon-NB ................................................................................................................. 783
– RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB ............................................................................................... 784
– RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB ................................................................................................... 785
– RLC-Config-NB ................................................................................................................................... 786
– RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB ............................................................................................................ 787
– SchedulingRequestConfig-NB ............................................................................................................. 788
– UplinkPowerControl-NB..................................................................................................................... 790
– WUS-Config-NB .................................................................................................................................. 790
6.7.3.3 NB-IoT Security control information elements ................................................................................... 791
6.7.3.4 NB-IoT Mobility control information elements .................................................................................. 791
– AdditionalBandInfoList-NB................................................................................................................. 791
– FreqBandIndicator-NB ....................................................................................................................... 792
– MultiBandInfoList-NB ......................................................................................................................... 792
– NS-PmaxList-NB ................................................................................................................................ 792
– T-Reselection-NB ................................................................................................................................ 792
6.7.3.5 NB-IoT Measurement information elements ...................................................................................... 793
– CQI-NPDCCH-NB .............................................................................................................................. 793
– CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB .................................................................................................................... 793
– MeasResultServCell-NB ...................................................................................................................... 793
– NSSS-RRM-Config-NB ........................................................................................................................ 794
6.7.3.6 NB-IoT Other information elements ................................................................................................... 794
– EstablishmentCause-NB ...................................................................................................................... 794
– UE-Capability-NB ............................................................................................................................... 794
– UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB .................................................................................................................... 798
– UE-TimersAndConstants-NB .............................................................................................................. 799
6.7.3.7 NB-IoT MBMS information elements ................................................................................................ 800
6.7.3.7a NB-IoT SC-PTM information elements .............................................................................................. 800
– SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB ....................................................................................................................... 800
– SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB ........................................................................................................... 801
6.7.4 NB-IoT RRC multiplicity and type constraint values ............................................................................... 802
– Multiplicity and type constraint definitions .............................................................................................. 802
– End of NBIOT-RRC-Definitions .............................................................................................................. 802
6.7.5 Direct Indication Information ................................................................................................................... 802
7 Variables and constants ........................................................................................................................803
7.1 UE variables ................................................................................................................................................... 803
– EUTRA-UE-Variables ......................................................................................................................... 803
– VarConnEstFailReport ....................................................................................................................... 804
– VarLogMeasConfig ............................................................................................................................. 804
– VarLogMeasReport ............................................................................................................................. 805
– VarMeasConfig ................................................................................................................................... 805
– VarMeasIdleConfig ............................................................................................................................. 806
– VarMeasIdleReport ............................................................................................................................. 806
– VarMeasReportList ............................................................................................................................. 806
– VarMobilityHistoryReport .................................................................................................................. 807
– VarPendingRnaUpdate ....................................................................................................................... 807
– VarRLF-Report ................................................................................................................................... 807
– VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input ......................................................................................................... 807
– VarShortMAC-Input ............................................................................................................................ 808
– VarShortResumeMAC-Input................................................................................................................ 808
ETSI
– VarWLAN-MobilityConfig .................................................................................................................. 809

– VarWLAN-Status ................................................................................................................................. 809
– Multiplicity and type constraint definitions ........................................................................................ 809
– End of EUTRA-UE-Variables ............................................................................................................. 809
7.1a NB-IoT UE variables...................................................................................................................................... 810
– NBIOT-UE-Variables .......................................................................................................................... 810
– End of NBIOT-UE-Variables .............................................................................................................. 810
7.2 Counters ......................................................................................................................................................... 810
7.3 Timers ............................................................................................................................................................ 811
7.3.1 Timers (Informative)................................................................................................................................. 811
7.3.2 Timer handling.......................................................................................................................................... 815
7.4 Constants ........................................................................................................................................................ 815
8 Protocol data unit abstract syntax .........................................................................................................815
8.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 815
8.2 Structure of encoded RRC messages .............................................................................................................. 816
8.3 Basic production ............................................................................................................................................. 816
8.4 Extension ........................................................................................................................................................ 816
8.5 Padding ........................................................................................................................................................... 816
9 Specified and default radio configurations ...........................................................................................817
9.1 Specified configurations ................................................................................................................................. 817
9.1.1 Logical channel configurations ................................................................................................................. 817
9.1.1.1 BCCH configuration ........................................................................................................................... 817
9.1.1.2 CCCH configuration ........................................................................................................................... 817
9.1.1.3 PCCH configuration ............................................................................................................................ 818
9.1.1.4 MCCH and MTCH configuration ....................................................................................................... 818
9.1.1.5 SBCCH configuration ......................................................................................................................... 818
9.1.1.6 STCH configuration ............................................................................................................................ 818
9.1.1.7 SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH configuration ........................................................................................... 819
9.1.1.8 BR-BCCH configuration ..................................................................................................................... 819
9.1.2 SRB configurations ................................................................................................................................... 819
9.1.2.1 SRB1 ................................................................................................................................................... 819
9.1.2.1a SRB1bis .............................................................................................................................................. 820
9.1.2.2 SRB2 ................................................................................................................................................... 820
9.1.2.3 SRB4 ................................................................................................................................................... 820
9.2 Default radio configurations ........................................................................................................................... 820
9.2.1 SRB configurations ................................................................................................................................... 820
9.2.1.1 SRB1 ................................................................................................................................................... 820
9.2.1.2 SRB2 ................................................................................................................................................... 821
9.2.2 Default MAC main configuration ............................................................................................................. 822
9.2.3 Default semi-persistent scheduling configuration ..................................................................................... 822
9.2.4 Default physical channel configuration .................................................................................................... 822
9.2.5 Default values timers and constants .......................................................................................................... 823
9.3 Sidelink pre-configured parameters................................................................................................................ 824
9.3.1 Specified parameters ................................................................................................................................. 824
9.3.2 Pre-configurable parameters ..................................................................................................................... 824
– SL-Preconfiguration............................................................................................................................ 825
– SL-V2X-Preconfiguration ................................................................................................................... 827
10 Radio information related interactions between network nodes ..........................................................831
10.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 831
10.2 Inter-node RRC messages .............................................................................................................................. 831
10.2.1 General...................................................................................................................................................... 831
– EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions ................................................................................................................... 831
– HandoverCommand ............................................................................................................................ 832
– HandoverPreparationInformation ...................................................................................................... 833
– SCG-Config ......................................................................................................................................... 835
– SCG-ConfigInfo .................................................................................................................................. 836
– UEPagingCoverageInformation ......................................................................................................... 838
– UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation ............................................................................................... 839
– UERadioPagingInformation ............................................................................................................... 839
ETSI
10.3 Inter-node RRC information element definitions ........................................................................................... 840

– AS-Config ............................................................................................................................................ 840
– AS-Context .......................................................................................................................................... 842
– ReestablishmentInfo ............................................................................................................................ 843
– RRM-Config ........................................................................................................................................ 844
10.4 Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values ................................................................................ 845
– Multiplicity and type constraints definitions ............................................................................................ 845
– End of EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions ....................................................................................................... 845
10.5 Mandatory information in AS-Config ............................................................................................................. 845
10.6 Inter-node NB-IoT messages .......................................................................................................................... 846
10.6.1 General...................................................................................................................................................... 846
– NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions ................................................................................................................... 846
– HandoverPreparationInformation-NB ................................................................................................ 846
– UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB ................................................................................................... 847
– UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB ......................................................................................... 847
– UERadioPagingInformation-NB ......................................................................................................... 848
10.7 Inter-node NB-IoT RRC information element definitions ............................................................................. 849
– AS-Config-NB...................................................................................................................................... 849
– AS-Context-NB .................................................................................................................................... 849
– ReestablishmentInfo-NB ...................................................................................................................... 849
– RRM-Config-NB .................................................................................................................................. 850
10.8 Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values ................................................................................ 850
– Multiplicity and type constraints definitions ............................................................................................ 850
– End of NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions ....................................................................................................... 850
10.9 Mandatory information in AS-Config-NB....................................................................................................... 851
11 UE capability related constraints and performance requirements ........................................................851
11.1 UE capability related constraints .................................................................................................................... 851
11.2 Processing delay requirements for RRC procedures ...................................................................................... 852
11.3 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 855
Annex A (informative): Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1 ...........................................................856

A.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 856
A.2 Procedural specification ................................................................................................................................. 856
A.2.1 General principles ..................................................................................................................................... 856
A.2.2 More detailed aspects................................................................................................................................ 856
A.3 PDU specification........................................................................................................................................... 856
A.3.1 General principles ..................................................................................................................................... 856
A.3.1.1 ASN.1 sections .................................................................................................................................... 856
A.3.1.2 ASN.1 identifier naming conventions ................................................................................................. 857
A.3.1.3 Text references using ASN.1 identifiers ............................................................................................. 858
A.3.2 High-level message structure .................................................................................................................... 859
A.3.3 Message definition .................................................................................................................................... 859
A.3.4 Information elements ................................................................................................................................ 861
A.3.5 Fields with optional presence.................................................................................................................... 862
A.3.6 Fields with conditional presence ............................................................................................................... 862
A.3.7 Guidelines on use of lists with elements of SEQUENCE type ................................................................. 863
A.4 Extension of the PDU specifications .............................................................................................................. 863
A.4.1 General principles to ensure compatibility ............................................................................................... 863
A.4.2 Critical extension of messages and fields ................................................................................................. 864
A.4.3 Non-critical extension of messages .......................................................................................................... 865
A.4.3.1 General principles ............................................................................................................................... 865
A.4.3.2 Further guidelines ............................................................................................................................... 866
A.4.3.3 Typical example of evolution of IE with local extensions .................................................................. 867
A.4.3.4 Typical examples of non critical extension at the end of a message ................................................... 868
A.4.3.5 Examples of non-critical extensions not placed at the default extension location .............................. 868
– ParentIE-WithEM ............................................................................................................................... 868
– ChildIE1-WithoutEM .......................................................................................................................... 869
– ChildIE2-WithoutEM .......................................................................................................................... 869
A.5 Guidelines regarding inclusion of transaction identifiers in RRC messages .................................................. 870
A.6 Protection of RRC messages (informative) .................................................................................................... 870
ETSI
A.7 Miscellaneous ................................................................................................................................................. 872
Annex B (normative): Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling ..........................................................873

B.1 Feature group indicators ................................................................................................................................. 873
B.2 CSG support ................................................................................................................................................... 883
Annex C (normative): Release 10 AS feature handling ..................................................................884

C.1 Feature group indicators ................................................................................................................................. 884
Annex D (informative): Descriptive background information .........................................................888

D.1 Signalling of Multiple Frequency Band Indicators (Multiple FBI) ................................................................ 888
D.1.1 Mapping between frequency band indicator and multiple frequency band indicator ............................... 888
D.1.2 Mapping between inter-frequency neighbour list and multiple frequency band indicator........................ 888
D.1.3 Mapping between UTRA FDD frequency list and multiple frequency band indicator............................. 889
Annex E (normative): TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA ............891

Annex F (normative): UE requirements on ASN.1 comprehension ..............................................893
Annex G (informative): Change history .............................................................................................894
History ............................................................................................................................................................915
ETSI
Foreword
This Technical Specification has been produced by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal
TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an
identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows:
Version x.y.z
where:
x the first digit:
1 presented to TSG for information;
2 presented to TSG for approval;
3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.
y the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections,
updates, etc.
z the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.
ETSI
1 Scope
The present document specifies the Radio Resource Control protocol for the radio interface between UE and E-UTRAN
as well as for the radio interface between RN and E-UTRAN.
The scope of the present document also includes:
- the radio related information transported in a transparent container between source eNB and target eNB upon
inter eNB handover;
- the radio related information transported in a transparent container between a source or target eNB and another
system upon inter RAT handover.
2 References
The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present
document.
- References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or
non-specific.
- For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.
- For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including
a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same
Release as the present document.
[1] 3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".
[2] Void.
[3] 3GPP TS 36.302: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Services provided by
the physical layer ".
[4] 3GPP TS 36.304: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); UE Procedures in Idle
Mode".
[5] 3GPP TS 36.306 "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); UE Radio Access
Capabilities".
[6] 3GPP TS 36.321: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Medium Access
Control (MAC) protocol specification".
[7] 3GPP TS 36.322:"Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Link Control
(RLC) protocol specification".
[8] 3GPP TS 36.323: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Packet Data
Convergence Protocol (PDCP) Specification".
[9] 3GPP TS 36.300: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal
Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); Overall description; Stage 2".
[10] 3GPP TS 22.011: "Service accessibility".
[11] 3GPP TS 23.122: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle
mode".
[12] 3GPP2 C.S0002-F v1.0: "Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[13] ITU-T Recommendation X.680 (07/2002) "Information Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation
One (ASN.1): Specification of basic notation" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8824-
1).
ETSI
[14] ITU-T Recommendation X.681 (07/2002) "Information Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation
One (ASN.1): Information object specification" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard
8824-2).
[15] ITU-T Recommendation X.691 (07/2002) "Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rules:
Specification of Packed Encoding Rules (PER)" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard
8825-2).
[16] 3GPP TS 36.133: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements for
support of radio resource management".
[17] 3GPP TS 25.101: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio
transmission and reception (FDD)".
[18] 3GPP TS 25.102: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio
transmission and reception (TDD)".
[19] 3GPP TS 25.331:"Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC);
Protocol specification".
[20] 3GPP TS 45.005: "Radio transmission and reception".
[21] 3GPP TS 36.211: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical Channels and
Modulation".
[22] 3GPP TS 36.212: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Multiplexing and
channel coding".
[23] 3GPP TS 36.213: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer
procedures".
[24] 3GPP2 C.S0057-E v1.0: "Band Class Specification for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[25] 3GPP2 C.S0005-F v1.0: "Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling Standard for cdma2000 Spread
Spectrum Systems".
[26] 3GPP2 C.S0024-C v2.0: "cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specification".
[27] 3GPP TS 23.003: "Numbering, addressing and identification".
[28] 3GPP TS 45.008: "Radio subsystem link control".
[29] 3GPP TS 25.133: "Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)".
[30] 3GPP TS 25.123: "Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (TDD)".
[31] 3GPP TS 36.401: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Architecture
description".
[32] 3GPP TS 33.401: "3GPP System Architecture Evolution (SAE); Security architecture".
[33] 3GPP2 A.S0008-C v4.0: "Interoperability Specification (IOS) for High Rate Packet Data (HRPD)
Radio Access Network Interfaces with Session Control in the Access Network"
[34] 3GPP2 C.S0004-F v1.0: "Signaling Link Access Control (LAC) Standard for cdma2000 Spread
Spectrum Systems"
[35] 3GPP TS 24.301: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for Evolved Packet System (EPS); Stage
3".
[36] 3GPP TS 44.060: "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Mobile Station (MS) - Base Station
System (BSS) interface; Radio Link Control/Medium Access Control (RLC/MAC) protocol".
[37] 3GPP TS 23.041: "Technical realization of Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)".
[38] 3GPP TS 23.038: "Alphabets and Language".
ETSI
[39] 3GPP TS 36.413: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); S1 Application
Protocol (S1 AP)".
[40] 3GPP TS 25.304: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRAN); User Equipment (UE)
procedures in idle mode and procedures for cell reselection in connected mode".
[41] 3GPP TS 23.401: "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) enhancements for Evolved Universal
Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) access".
[42] 3GPP TS 36.101: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE)
radio transmission and reception".
[43] 3GPP TS 45.005: "GSM/EDGE Radio transmission and reception".
[44] 3GPP2 C.S0087-A v2.0: "E-UTRAN - cdma2000 HRPD Connectivity and Interworking Air
Interface Specification"
[45] 3GPP TS 44.018: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource Control (RRC)
protocol".
[46] 3GPP TS 25.223: "Spreading and modulation (TDD)".
[47] 3GPP TS 36.104: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS)
radio transmission and reception".
[48] 3GPP TS 36.214: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer -
Measurements".
[49] 3GPP TS 24.008: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core network protocols; Stage 3".
[50] 3GPP TS 45.010: "Radio subsystem synchronization".
[51] 3GPP TS 23.272: "Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage 2".
[52] 3GPP TS 29.061: "Interworking between the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) supporting
packet based services and Packet Data Networks (PDN)".
[53] 3GPP2 C.S0097-0 v3.0: "E-UTRAN - cdma2000 1x Connectivity and Interworking Air Interface
Specification".
[54] 3GPP TS 36.355: "LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP)".
[55] 3GPP TS 36.216: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer for
relaying operation".
[56] 3GPP TS 23.246: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Architecture and functional
description".
[57] 3GPP TS 26.346: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Protocols and codecs".
[58] 3GPP TS 32.422: "Telecommunication management; Subsriber and equipment trace; Trace control
and confiuration management".
[59] 3GPP TS 22.368: "Service Requirements for Machine Type Communications; Stage 1".
[60] 3GPP TS 37.320: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial
Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio measurement collection for Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT);
Overall description; Stage 2".
[61] 3GPP TS 23.216: "Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC); Stage 2".
[62] 3GPP TS 22.146: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Stage 1".
[63] 3GPP TR 36.816: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Study on signalling
and procedure for interference avoidance for in-device coexistence".
[64] IS-GPS-200F: "Navstar GPS Space Segment/Navigation User Segment Interfaces".
ETSI
[65] 3GPP TS 25.307: "Requirement on User Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent

frequency band".
[66] 3GPP TS 24.312: "Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) Management
Object (MO)".
[67] IEEE 802.11-2012, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer
(PHY) specifications, IEEE Std.
[68] 3GPP TS 23.303: "Proximity-based services (ProSe); Stage 2".
[69] 3GPP TS 24.334: "Proximity-services (ProSe) User Equipment (UE) to ProSe function protocol
aspects; Stage 3".
[70] 3GPP TS 24.333: "Proximity-services (ProSe) Management Objects (MO)".
[71] 3GPP TS 36.314: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Layer 2-
Measurements".
[72] 3GPP TS 24.105: "Application specific Congestion control for Data Communication (ACDC)
Management Object (MO)".
[73] 3GPP TS 23.179: "Functional architecture and information flows to support mission critical
communication services; Stage 2".
[74] 3GPP TS 24.302: "Access to the 3GPP Evolved Packet Core (EPC) via non-3GPP access
networks".
[75] 3GPP TS 23.402: "Architecture enhancements for non-3GPP accesses; Stage-2".
[76] Wi-Fi Alliance® Technical Committee, Hotspot 2.0 Technical Task Group Hotspot 2.0 (Release
2) Technical Specification Version 3.11.
[77] 3GPP TS 22.101: "Service aspects; Service principles".
[78] 3GPP TS 23.285: "Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Architecture
enhancements for V2X services".
[79] 3GPP TS 36.307: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements on User
Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent frequency band".
[80] Military Standard WGS84 Metric MIL-STD-2401 (11 January 1994): "Military Standard
Department of Defence World Geodetic System (WGS)".
[81] 3GPP TS 37.340: "NR; Multi-connectivity; Overall description; Stage-2".
[82] 3GPP TS 38.331: "NR; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification".
[83] 3GPP TS 38.323: "NR; Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) Specification".
[84] 3GPP TS 38.133: "NR; Requirements for support of radio resource management".
[85] 3GPP TS 38.101: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception".
[86] 3GPP TS 33.501: "Security Architecture and Procedures for 5G System".
[87] 3GPP TS 38.306: "NR; UE Radio Access Capabilities".
[88] 3GPP TS 38.213: "NR; Physical layer procedures".
[89] 3GPP TS 38.215: "NR; Physical layer measurements".
[90] 3GPP TS 26.247: "Transparent end-to-end Packet-switched Streaming Service (PSS); Progressive
Download and Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (3GP-DASH)".
[91] 3GPP TS 38.104: "NR; Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception".
ETSI
[92] 3GPP TS 38.304: "NR; User Equipment (UE) procedures in Idle mode and RRC Inactive state".
[93] Bluetooth Special Interest Group: "Bluetooth Core Specification v5.0", December 2016.
[94] 3GPP TS 37.213: "Physical layer procedures for shared spectrum channel access".
[95] 3GPP TS 24.501: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3".
[96] 3GPP TS 22.261: "Service requirements for the 5G System".
[97] 3GPP TS 37.324: "Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) specification".
[98] ATIS 0700041: "WEA 3.0: Device-Based Geo-Fencing".
3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations

3.1 Definitions
For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. A
term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR 21.905 [1].
Anchor carrier: In NB-IoT, a carrier where the UE assumes that NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH/SIB-NB for FDD or
NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH for TDD are transmitted.
Bandwidth Reduced: Refers to operation in downlink and uplink with a limited channel bandwidth of 6 PRBs.
Cellular IoT EPS Optimisation: Provides improved support of small data transfer, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
Commercial Mobile Alert System: Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning
Notification Providers to CMAS capable UEs.
Common access barring parameters: The common access barring parameters refer to the access class barring
parameters that are broadcast in SystemInformationBlockType2 outside the list of PLMN specific parameters (i.e. in ac-
BarringPerPLMN-List).
Control plane CIoT EPS optimisation: Enables support of efficient transport of user data (IP, non-IP or SMS) over
control plane via the MME without triggering data radio bearer establishment, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
Control plane EDT: Early Data Transmission used with the Control plane CIoT EPS optimisation.
CSG member cell: A cell broadcasting the identity of the selected PLMN, registered PLMN or equivalent PLMN and
for which the CSG whitelist of the UE includes an entry comprising cell's CSG ID and the respective PLMN identity.
Dual Connectivity: A UE in RRC_CONNECTED is configured with Dual Connectivity when configured with a
Master and a Secondary Cell Group.
Early Data Transmission: Allows one uplink data transmission optionally followed by one downlink data
transmission during the random access procedure as specified in TS 36.300 [9] without establishing or resuming the
RRC connection. The S1 connection is established or resumed upon reception of the uplink data and may be released or
suspended along with the transmission of the downlink data. Early data transmission refers to both CP-EDT and UP-
EDT.
E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity: A form of dual connectivity, defined in TS 37.340 [81], in which a UE in
RRC_CONNECTED is configured with MCG cells using E-UTRA and SCG cells using NR as defined in TS 37.340
[81].
EU-Alert: Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers
using the same AS mechanisms as defined for CMAS.
Field: The individual contents of an information element are referred as fields.
Floor: Mathematical function used to 'round down' i.e. to the nearest integer having a lower or equal value.
Information element: A structural element containing a single or multiple fields is referred as information element.
ETSI
Korean Public Alert System (KPAS): Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by
Warning Notification Providers using the same AS mechanisms as defined for CMAS.
Master Cell Group: For a UE not configured with DC, the MCG comprises all serving cells. For a UE configured with
DC, the MCG concerns a subset of the serving cells comprising of the PCell and zero or more secondary cells.
Mixed Operation Mode: In NB-IoT FDD, multi-carrier operation where the anchor carrier is in standalone mode while
the non-anchor carrier is in inband or guardand mode, and vice versa. See TS 36.300 [9].
MBMS service: MBMS bearer service as defined in TS 23.246 [56] (i.e. provided via an MRB or an SC-MRB).
NB-IoT: NB-IoT allows access to network services via E-UTRA with a channel bandwidth limited to 200 kHz.
NB-IoT UE: A UE that uses NB-IoT.
NCSG: Network controlled small gap as defined in TS 36.133 [16].
Non-anchor carrier: In NB-IoT, a carrier where the UE does not assume that NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH/SIB-NB for FDD
or NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH for TDD are transmitted.
Primary Cell: The cell, operating on the primary frequency, in which the UE either performs the initial connection
establishment procedure or initiates the connection re-establishment procedure, or the cell indicated as the primary cell
in the handover procedure.
Primary Secondary Cell: The SCG cell in which the UE is instructed to perform random access or initial PUSCH
transmission if random access procedure is skipped when performing the SCG change procedure.
Primary Timing Advance Group: Timing Advance Group containing the PCell or the PSCell.
PUCCH SCell: An SCell configured with PUCCH.
RLC bearer configuration: The lower layer part of the radio bearer configuration comprising the RLC and logical
channel configurations.
Secondary Cell: A cell, operating on a secondary frequency, which may be configured once an RRC connection is
established and which may be used to provide additional radio resources. Except for the case of EN-DC, the PSCell is
considered to be an SCell.
Secondary Cell Group: For a UE configured with DC, the subset of serving cells not part of the MCG, i.e. comprising
of the PSCell and zero or more other secondary cells.
Secondary Timing Advance Group: Timing Advance Group neither containing the PCell nor the PSCell. A secondary
timing advance group contains at least one cell with configured uplink.
Serving Cell: For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED not configured with CA/ DC there is only one serving cell comprising
of the primary cell. For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED configured with CA/ DC the term 'serving cells' is used to denote
the set of one or more cells comprising of the primary cell and all secondary cells.
Sidelink: UE to UE interface for sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication and sidelink discovery. The
sidelink corresponds to the PC5 interface as defined in TS 23.303 [68].
Sidelink communication: AS functionality enabling ProSe Direct Communication as defined in TS 23.303 [68],
between two or more nearby UEs, using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node. In this version, the
terminology "sidelink communication" without "V2X" prefix only concerns PS unless specifically stated otherwise.
Sidelink discovery: AS functionality enabling ProSe Direct Discovery as defined in TS 23.303 [68], using E-UTRA
technology but not traversing any network node.
Sidelink operation: Includes sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication and sidelink discovery.
Split SRB: in MR-DC, an SRB between the MN and the UE, allowing selection of either the direct path or the path via
the SN as well as duplication of RRC PDUs across both paths as defined in TS 37.340 [81].
UE in CE: Refers to a UE that is capable of using coverage enhancement, and requires coverage enhancement mode to
access a cell or is configured in a coverage enhancement mode.
ETSI
User plane CIoT EPS optimisation: Enables support for change from EMM-IDLE mode to EMM-CONNECTED
mode without the need for using the Service Request procedure, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
User plane EDT: Early Data Transmission used with the User plane CIoT EPS optimisation.
Timing Advance Group: A group of serving cells that is configured by RRC and that, for the cells with an UL
configured, use the same timing reference cell and the same Timing Advance value. A Timing Advance Group only
includes cells of the same cell group i.e. it either includes MCG cells or SCG cells.
V2X Sidelink communication: AS functionality enabling V2X Communication as defined in TS 23.285 [78], between
nearby UEs, using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node.
3.2 Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR 21.905 [1], TS 36.300 [9] and the following
apply. An abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if
any, in TR 21.905 [1] or TS 36.300 [9].
1xRTT CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission Technology

AB Access Barring
ACDC Application specific Congestion control for Data Communication
ACK Acknowledgement
AILC Assistance Information bit for Local Cache
AM Acknowledged Mode
ANDSF Access Network Discovery and Selection Function
ARQ Automatic Repeat Request
AS Access Stratum
ASN.1 Abstract Syntax Notation One
AUL Autonomous Uplink
BCCH Broadcast Control Channel
BCD Binary Coded Decimal
BCH Broadcast Channel
BL Bandwidth reduced Low complexity
BLER Block Error Rate
BR Bandwidth Reduced
BR-BCCH Bandwidth Reduced Broadcast Control Channel
CA Carrier Aggregation
CBR Channel Busy Ratio
CCCH Common Control Channel
CCO Cell Change Order
CE Coverage Enhancement
CG Cell Group
CIoT Cellular IoT
CMAS Commercial Mobile Alert Service
CP Control Plane
CP-EDT Control Plane EDT
C-RNTI Cell RNTI
CRS Cell-specific Reference Signal
CSFB CS fallback
CSG Closed Subscriber Group
CSI Channel State Information
DC Dual Connectivity
DCCH Dedicated Control Channel
DCI Downlink Control Information
DCN Dedicated Core Networks
DFN Direct Frame Number
DL Downlink
DL-SCH Downlink Shared Channel
DRB (user) Data Radio Bearer
DRX Discontinuous Reception
DTCH Dedicated Traffic Channel
EAB Extended Access Barring
ETSI
eDRX Extended DRX

EDT Early Data Transmission
EHPLMN Equivalent Home Public Land Mobile Network
eIMTA Enhanced Interference Management and Traffic Adaptation
ENB Evolved Node B
EN-DC E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity
EPC Evolved Packet Core
EPDCCH Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
EPS Evolved Packet System
ETWS Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System
E-UTRA Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
E-UTRA/5GC E-UTRA connected to 5GC
E-UTRA/EPC E-UTRA connected to EPC
E-UTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
FDD Frequency Division Duplex
FFS For Further Study
GERAN GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
G-RNTI Group RNTI
GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
HFN Hyper Frame Number
HPLMN Home Public Land Mobile Network
HRPD CDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data
HSDN High Speed Dedicated Network
H-SFN Hyper SFN
IDC In-Device Coexistence
IE Information element
IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IoT Internet of Things
ISM Industrial, Scientific and Medical
kB Kilobyte (1000 bytes)
L1 Layer 1
L2 Layer 2
L3 Layer 3
LAA Licensed-Assisted Access
LWA LTE-WLAN Aggregation
LWAAP LTE-WLAN Aggregation Adaptation Protocol
LWIP LTE-WLAN Radio Level Integration with IPsec Tunnel
MAC Medium Access Control
MBMS Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
MBSFN Multimedia Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network
MCG Master Cell Group
MCOT Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
MCPTT Mission Critical Push To Talk
MDT Minimization of Drive Tests
MIB Master Information Block
MO Mobile Originating
MPDCCH MTC Physical Downlink Control Channel
MRB MBMS Point to Multipoint Radio Bearer
MRO Mobility Robustness Optimisation
MSI MCH Scheduling Information
MT Mobile Terminating
MTSI Multimedia Telephony Service for IMS
MUST MultiUser Superposition Transmission
N/A Not Applicable
NACC Network Assisted Cell Change
NAICS Network Assisted Interference Cancellation/Suppression
NAS Non Access Stratum
NB-IoT NarrowBand Internet of Things
NPBCH Narrowband Physical Broadcast channel
ETSI
NPDCCH Narrowband Physical Downlink Control channel

NPDSCH Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared channel
NPRACH Narrowband Physical Random Access channel
NPSS Narrowband Primary Synchronization Signal
NPUSCH Narrowband Physical Uplink Shared channel
NR NR Radio Access
NRS Narrowband Reference Signal
NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
NSSS Narrowband Secondary Synchronization Signal
OS OFDM Symbol
P2X Pedestrian-to-Everything
PCCH Paging Control Channel
PCell Primary Cell
PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
PMK Pairwise Master Key
PO Paging Occasion
posSIB Positioning SIB
ProSe Proximity based Services
PS Public Safety (in context of sidelink), Packet Switched (otherwise)
PSCell Primary Secondary Cell
PSK Pre-Shared Key
PTAG Primary Timing Advance Group
PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
QCI QoS Class Identifier
QoE Quality of Experience
QoS Quality of Service
RACH Random Access CHannel
RAI Release Assistance Indication
RAT Radio Access Technology
RB Radio Bearer
RCLWI RAN Controlled LTE-WLAN Integration
RLC Radio Link Control
RMTC RSSI Measurement Timing Configuration
RN Relay Node
RNA RAN-based Notification Area
RNAU RAN-based Notification Area Update
RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
ROHC RObust Header Compression
RPLMN Registered Public Land Mobile Network
RRC Radio Resource Control
RSCP Received Signal Code Power
RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
RSS Resynchronisation signal
RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
SAE System Architecture Evolution
SAP Service Access Point
SBAS Satellite Based Augmentation System
SC Sidelink Control
SCell Secondary Cell
SCG Secondary Cell Group
SC-MRB Single Cell MRB
SC-RNTI Single Cell RNTI
SD-RSRP Sidelink Discovery Reference Signal Received Power
SFN System Frame Number
SI System Information
SIB System Information Block
SI-RNTI System Information RNTI
SL Sidelink
ETSI
SLSS Sidelink Synchronisation Signal

SMC Security Mode Control
SPDCCH Short PDCCH
SPS Semi-Persistent Scheduling
SPT Short Processing Time
SPUCCH Short PUCCH
SR Scheduling Request
SRB Signalling Radio Bearer
S-RSRP Sidelink Reference Signal Received Power
SSAC Service Specific Access Control
SSTD SFN and Subframe Timing Difference
STAG Secondary Timing Advance Group
S-TMSI SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier
STTI Short TTI
TA Tracking Area
TAG Timing Advance Group
TDD Time Division Duplex
TDM Time Division Multiplexing
TM Transparent Mode
TPC-RNTI Transmit Power Control RNTI
T-RPT Time Resource Pattern of Transmission
TTI Transmission Time Interval
TTT Time To Trigger
UDC Uplink Data Compression
UE User Equipment
UICC Universal Integrated Circuit Card
UL Uplink
UL-SCH Uplink Shared Channel
UM Unacknowledged Mode
UP User Plane
UP-EDT User Plane EDT
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
UTRAN Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
V2X Vehicle-to-Everything
VoLTE Voice over Long Term Evolution
WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
WT WLAN Termination
WUS Wake-up Signal
In the ASN.1, lower case may be used for some (parts) of the above abbreviations e.g. c-RNTI.
4 General
4.1 Introduction
In this specification, (parts of) procedures and messages specified for the UE equally apply to the RN for functionality
necessary for the RN. There are also (parts of) procedures and messages which are only applicable to the RN in its
communication with the E-UTRAN, in which case the specification denotes the RN instead of the UE. Such
RN-specific aspects are not applicable to the UE.
This specification covers EN-DC i.e. the case in which the UE is configured with resources belonging to a secondary
node using NR RAT. The NR related configuration is performed using NR RRC as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
NB-IoT is a non backward compatible variant of E-UTRAN supporting a reduced set of functionality. In this
specification, (parts of) procedures and messages specified for the UE equally apply to the UE in NB-IoT. There are
also some features and related procedures and messages that are not supported by UEs in NB-IoT.
In particular, the following features are not supported in NB-IoT and corresponding procedures and messages do not
apply to the UE in NB-IoT:
- Connected mode mobility (Handover and measurement reporting);
ETSI
- Inter-RAT cell reselection or inter-RAT mobility in connected mode;
- CSG;
- Relay Node (RN);
- Carrier Aggregation (CA);
- Dual connectivity (DC);
- PDCP duplication;
- GBR (QoS);
- ACB, EAB, SSAC and ACDC;
- MBMS, except for MBMS via SC-PTM in Idle mode;
- Self-configuration and self-optimisation;
- Measurement logging and reporting for network performance optimisation;
- Public warning systems e.g. CMAS, ETWS and PWS;
- Real time services (including emergency call);
- CS services and CS fallback;
- In-device coexistence;
- RAN assisted WLAN interworking;
- Network-assisted interference cancellation/suppression;
- Sidelink (including direct communication and direct discovery).
NOTE: In regard to mobility, NB-IoT is a separate RAT from E-UTRAN.
In this specification, there are also (parts of) procedures and messages which are only applicable to UEs in NB-IoT, in
which case this is stated explicitly.
This specification is organised as follows:
- sub-clause 4.2 describes the RRC protocol model;
- sub-clause 4.3 specifies the services provided to upper layers as well as the services expected from lower layers;
- sub-clause 4.4 lists the RRC functions;
- clause 5 specifies RRC procedures, including UE state transitions;
- clause 6 specifies the RRC message in a mixed format (i.e. tabular & ASN.1 together);
- clause 7 specifies the variables (including protocol timers and constants) and counters to be used by the UE;
- clause 8 specifies the encoding of the RRC messages;
- clause 9 specifies the specified and default radio configurations;
- clause 10 specifies the RRC messages transferred across network nodes;
- clause 11 specifies the UE capability related constraints and performance requirements.
ETSI
4.2 Architecture
4.2.1 UE states and state transitions including inter RAT
A UE is in RRC_CONNECTED when an RRC connection has been established or in RRC_INACTIVE (if the UE is
connected to 5GC) when RRC connection is suspended. If this is not the case, i.e. no RRC connection is established, the
UE is in RRC_IDLE state. The RRC states can further be characterised as follows:
- RRC_IDLE:
- A UE specific DRX may be configured by upper layers (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- UE controlled mobility;
- The UE:
- Monitors a Paging channel to detect incoming calls (by CN paging), system information change, for
ETWS capable UEs, ETWS notification, and for CMAS capable UEs, CMAS notification;
- Performs neighbouring cell measurements and cell (re-)selection;
- Acquires system information.
- Performs logging of available measurements together with location and time for logged measurement
configured UEs.
- RRC_INACTIVE:
- A UE specific DRX may be configured by upper layers or by RRC layer;
- A RAN-based notification area is configured by RRC layer;
- The UE:
- Applies RRC_IDLE procedures unless specified otherwise;
- Monitors a Paging channel for CN paging using 5G-S-TMSI and RAN paging using I-RNTI;
- Performs periodic RAN-based notification area update;
- Performs RAN-based notification area update when moving out of the configured RAN-based
notification area;
- RRC_CONNECTED:
- Transfer of unicast data to/from UE.
- At lower layers, the UE may be configured with a UE specific DRX.
- For UEs supporting CA, use of one or more SCells, aggregated with the PCell, for increased bandwidth;
- For UEs supporting DC, use of one SCG, aggregated with the MCG, for increased bandwidth;
- For UEs supporting EN-DC, option to configure one NR SCG in conjunction with the MCG for DRBs and
SRBs, for improved performance (SRBs) and increased bandwidth (DRBs);
- Network controlled mobility, i.e. handover and cell change order with optional network assistance (NACC)
to GERAN (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- The UE:
- Monitors a Paging channel and/ or System Information Block Type 1 contents to detect system
information change, for ETWS capable UEs, ETWS notification, and for CMAS capable UEs, CMAS
notification (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- Monitors control channels associated with the shared data channel to determine if data is scheduled for it;
ETSI
- Provides channel quality and feedback information (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- Performs neighbouring cell measurements and measurement reporting (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- Acquires system information (not applicable for NB-IoT).
The following figure not only provides an overview of the RRC states in E-UTRA, but also illustrates the mobility
support between E-UTRAN, E-UTRA connected to 5GC, UTRAN and GERAN.
GSM_Connected
CELL_DCH Handover E-UTRA Handover
RRC_CONNECTED
GPRS Packet
transfer mode
CELL_FACH Connection CCO with
resume/suspend optional CCO,
NACC Reselection
CELL_PCH
Reselection
URA_PCH E-UTRA
RRC_INACTIVE Connection
establishment/release
Reselection
Reselection
Connection
Connection release
Connection
Reselection
Reselection
Reselection E-UTRA GSM_Idle/GPRS
UTRA_Idle
RRC_IDLE CCO, Reselection Packet_Idle
Figure 4.2.1-1: E-UTRA states and inter RAT mobility procedures, 3GPP
The following figure illustrates the mobility support between E-UTRAN, E-UTRA connected to 5GC, CDMA2000
1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD. The details of the CDMA2000 state models are out of the scope of this specification.
1xRTT CS Active Handover E-UTRA Handover HRPD

RRC_CONNECTED HRPD Dormant
Active
Connection
resume/suspend
E-UTRA
RRC_INACTIVE
Reselection Connection
release Connection
establishment/release Reselection
Reselection E-UTRA Reselection HRPD Idle

1xRTT Dormant
RRC_IDLE
Figure 4.2.1-2: Mobility procedures between E-UTRA and CDMA2000
The inter-RAT handover procedure(s) supports the case of signalling, conversational services, non-conversational
services and combinations of these.
ETSI
In addition to the state transitions shown in Figure 4.2.1-1 and Figure 4.2.1-2, there is support for connection release
with redirection information from E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN, UTRAN and CDMA2000 (HRPD Idle/
1xRTT Dormant mode). A UE in RRC_INACTIVE enters RRC_IDLE when it enters another RAT or switches to
another CN type.
For NB-IoT, mobility between E-UTRA and UTRAN, GERAN and between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 1xRTT and
CDMA2000 HRPD is not supported at AS level and hence only the E-UTRA states depicted in Figure 4.2.1-1 are
applicable.
4.2.2 Signalling radio bearers

"Signalling Radio Bearers" (SRBs) are defined as Radio Bearers (RB) that are used only for the transmission of RRC
and NAS messages. More specifically, the following SRBs are defined:
- SRB0 is for RRC messages using the CCCH logical channel;
- SRB1 is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages
prior to the establishment of SRB2, all using DCCH logical channel;
- For NB-IoT, SRB1bis is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for
NAS messages prior to the activation of security, all using DCCH logical channel;
- SRB2 is for RRC messages which include logged measurement information as well as for NAS messages, all
using DCCH logical channel. SRB2 has a lower-priority than SRB1 and is always configured by E-UTRAN after
security activation. SRB2 is not applicable for NB-IoT;
- SRB4 is for RRC messages which include application layer measurement reporting information, all using DCCH
logical channel. SRB4 can only be configured by E-UTRAN after security activation.
In downlink piggybacking of NAS messages is used only for one dependant (i.e. with joint success/ failure) procedure:
bearer establishment/ modification/ release. In uplink NAS message piggybacking is used only for transferring the
initial NAS message during connection setup.
NOTE 1: The NAS messages transferred via SRB2 are also contained in RRC messages, which however do not
include any RRC protocol control information.
Once security is activated, all RRC messages on SRB1, SRB2 and SRB4, including those containing NAS or non-3GPP
messages, are integrity protected and ciphered by PDCP. NAS independently applies integrity protection and ciphering
to the NAS messages.
For a UE configured with DC, all RRC messages, regardless of the SRB used and both in downlink and uplink, are
transferred via the MCG. In case of EN-DC, after connection establishment NR PDCP may be configured for both
SRB1 and SRB2 and if so, these SRBs may be configured as split SRB. For a split SRB, the UE receives RRC
messages via both MCG and NR SCG i.e. handles out of order and duplicate PDUs as specified in TS 38.323 [83]. For
a split SRB, the network configures via the cell group(s) the UE sends uplink RRC messages.
NOTE 2: In case of EN-DC, SRB3 may be configured for the transfer of some NR RRC messages between UE and
SgNB via the NR radio interface, see TS 38.331 [82].
Editor's note: Duplication in UL, for split SRB and DRBs, is FFS and completed in June 2018.
4.3 Services
4.3.1 Services provided to upper layers
The RRC protocol offers the following services to upper layers:
- Broadcast of common control information;
- Broadcast of positioning assistance data;
- Notification of UEs in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE, e.g. about a terminating call, for ETWS, for CMAS;
- Transfer of dedicated control information, i.e. information for one specific UE.
ETSI
4.3.2 Services expected from lower layers

In brief, the following are the main services that RRC expects from lower layers:
- PDCP: integrity protection and ciphering;
- RLC: reliable and in-sequence transfer of information, without introducing duplicates and with support for
segmentation and concatenation.
Further details about the services provided by Packet Data Convergence Protocol layer (e.g. integrity and ciphering) are
provided in TS 36.323 [8]. The services provided by Radio Link Control layer (e.g. the RLC modes) are specified in TS
36.322 [7]. Further details about the services provided by Medium Access Control layer (e.g. the logical channels) are
provided in TS 36.321 [6]. The services provided by physical layer (e.g. the transport channels) are specified in TS
36.302 [3].
4.4 Functions
The RRC protocol includes the following main functions:
- Broadcast of system information:
- Including NAS common information;
- Information applicable for UEs in RRC_IDLE, e.g. cell (re-)selection parameters, neighbouring cell
information and information (also) applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, e.g. common channel
configuration information;
- Including ETWS notification, CMAS notification (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- Including positioning assistance data.
- RRC connection control:
- Paging;
- Establishment/ modification/ suspension / resumption / release of RRC connection, including e.g.

assignment/ modification of UE identity (C-RNTI), establishment/ modification/ suspension/ resumption/
release of SRB1, SRB1bis, SRB2 and SRB4, access class barring;
- Initial security activation, i.e. initial configuration of AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering
(SRBs, DRBs);
- For RNs, configuration of AS integrity protection for DRBs;
- RRC connection mobility including e.g. intra-frequency and inter-frequency handover, associated security
handling, i.e. key/ algorithm change, specification of RRC context information transferred between network
nodes;
NOTE 1: In NB-IoT, only key change (but no re-keying) at RRC Connection Resumption and RRC context
information transfer are applicable.
- Establishment/ modification/ release of RBs carrying user data (DRBs);
- Radio configuration control including e.g. assignment/ modification of ARQ configuration, HARQ
configuration, DRX configuration;
- For RNs, RN-specific radio configuration control for the radio interface between RN and E-UTRAN;
- In case of CA, cell management including e.g. change of PCell, addition/ modification/ release of SCell(s)
and addition/modification/release of STAG(s);
- In case of DC, cell management including e.g. change of PSCell, addition/ modification/ release of SCG
cell(s) and addition/modification/release of SCG TAG(s).
ETSI
- In case of EN-DC, transparent transfer of NR RRC messages (e.g. DL: reconfiguration messages used to add
or modify the NR SCG configuration or to (re-)configure measurements; UL: measurement reports and
reconfiguration complete messages) and of configurations of radio bearers using NR PDCP.
- QoS control including assignment/ modification of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) configuration

information for DL and UL, assignment/ modification of parameters for UL rate control in the UE, i.e.
allocation of a priority and a prioritised bit rate (PBR) for each RB (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- Recovery from radio link failure;
- In case of LWA, RCLWI and LWIP, WLAN mobility set management including e.g. addition/ modification/
release of WLAN(s) from the WLAN mobility set;
- Inter-RAT mobility including e.g. security activation, transfer of RRC context information (not applicable for
NB-IoT);
- Measurement configuration and reporting (not applicable for NB-IoT):
- Establishment/ modification/ release of measurements (e.g. intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT
measurements);
- Setup and release of measurement gaps;
- Measurement reporting;
- Other functions including e.g. transfer of dedicated NAS information and non-3GPP dedicated information,
transfer of UE radio access capability information, support for E-UTRAN sharing (multiple PLMN identities);
- Generic protocol error handling;
- Support of self-configuration and self-optimisation (not applicable for NB-IoT);
- Support of measurement logging and reporting for network performance optimisation [60] (not applicable for
NB-IoT);
NOTE 2: Random access is specified entirely in the MAC including initial transmission power estimation.
4.5 Data available for transmission for NB-IoT

For the purpose of MAC Data Volume and Power Headroom reporting, the NB-IoT UE shall consider the following as
data available for transmission in the RRC layer:
- For SDUs to be submitted to lower layers:
- the SDU itself, if the SDU has not yet been processed by RRC, or
- the PDU if the SDU has been processed by RRC; or
- The data available for transmission in upper layers not submitted to the RRC layer.
5 Procedures
5.1 General
5.1.1 Introduction
The procedural requirements are structured according to the main functional areas: system information (5.2), connection
control (5.3), inter-RAT mobility (5.4) and measurements (5.5). In addition, sub-clause 5.6 covers other aspects e.g.
NAS dedicated information transfer, UE capability transfer, sub-clause 5.7 specifies the generic error handling, sub-
clause 5.8 covers MBMS (i.e. MBMS service reception via MRB), sub-clause 5.8a covers SC-PTM (i.e. MBMS service
reception via SC-MRB), sub-clause 5.9 covers RN-specific procedures and sub-clause 5.10 covers sidelink.
ETSI
For NB-IoT, only a subset of the above procedural requirements applies: system information (5.2), connection control
(5.3), some part of other aspects (5.6), general error handling (5.7), and SC-PTM (5.8a). Subclauses inter-RAT mobility
(5.4), measurements (5.5), MBMS (5.8), RN procedures (5.9) and Sidelink (5.10) are not applicable in NB-IoT.
5.1.2 General requirements

The UE shall:
1> process the received messages in order of reception by RRC, i.e. the processing of a message shall be completed
before starting the processing of a subsequent message;
NOTE 1: E-UTRAN may initiate a subsequent procedure prior to receiving the UE's response of a previously
initiated procedure.
1> within a sub-clause execute the steps according to the order specified in the procedural description;
1> consider the term 'radio bearer' (RB) to cover SRBs and DRBs but not MRBs or SC-MRBs unless explicitly
stated otherwise;
1> set the rrc-TransactionIdentifier in the response message, if included, to the same value as included in the
message received from E-UTRAN that triggered the response message;
1> upon receiving a choice value set to setup:
2> apply the corresponding received configuration and start using the associated resources, unless explicitly
specified otherwise;
1> upon receiving a choice value set to release:
2> clear the corresponding configuration and stop using the associated resources;
NOTE 1a: Following receipt of choice value set to release, the UE considers the field as if it was never configured.
1> upon handover to E-UTRA; or
1> upon receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the fullConfig:
2> apply the Conditions in the ASN.1 for inclusion of the fields for the DRB/PDCP/RLC setup during the
reconfiguration of the DRBs included in the drb-ToAddModList;
NOTE 2: At each point in time, the UE keeps a single value for each field except for during handover when the UE
temporarily stores the previous configuration so it can revert back upon handover failure. In other words:
when the UE reconfigures a field, the existing value is released except for during handover.
NOTE 3: Although not explicitly stated, the UE initially considers all functionality to be deactivated/ released until
it is explicitly stated that the functionality is setup/ activated. Correspondingly, the UE initially considers
lists to be empty e.g. the list of radio bearers, the list of measurements.
1> upon receiving an extension field comprising the entries in addition to the ones carried by the original field
(regardless of whether E-UTRAN may signal more entries in total); apply the following generic behaviour if
explicitly stated to be applicable:
2> create a combined list by concatenating the additional entries included in the extension field to the original
field while maintaining the order among both the original and the additional entries;
2> for the combined list, created according to the previous, apply the same behaviour as defined for the original
field;
NOTE 4: A field comprising a list of entries normally includes 'list' in the field name. The typical way to extend
(the size of) such a list is to introduce a field comprising the additional entries, which should include
'listExt' in the name of the field/ IE. E.g. field1List-RAT, field1ListExt-RAT.
1> consider the term DC to cover the case of an E-UTRA MCG and SCG, while the term EN-DC covers the case of
an E-UTRA MCG and NR SCG (as well as an E-UTRA MCG with NR PDCP configuration in a secondary
node); Likewise, MCG covers the case of an E-UTRA MCG, SCG covers the case of an E-UTRA SCG, serving
ETSI
cell covers the case of an E-UTRA serving cell, PDCP covers the case of PDCP defined by E-UTRA
specifications;
NOTE 5: In this specification, UE configuration refers to the parameters configured by E-UTRA RRC unless stated
otherwise.
5.2 System information

5.2.1 Introduction
5.2.1.1 General
System information is divided into the MasterInformationBlock (MIB) and a number of SystemInformationBlocks
(SIBs) and SystemInformationBlockPos (posSIBs). The MIB includes a limited number of most essential and most
frequently transmitted parameters that are needed to acquire other information from the cell, and is transmitted on BCH.
SIBs other than SystemInformationBlockType1 and posSIBs are carried in SystemInformation (SI) messages. The
mapping of SIBs and posSIBs to SI messages is flexibly configurable by schedulingInfoList and posSchedulingInfoList,
respectively, included in SystemInformationBlockType1, with restrictions that: each SIB is contained only in a single SI
message and each SIB and posSIB is contained at most once in that SI message; only SIBs and posSIBs having the
same scheduling requirement (periodicity) can be mapped to the same SI message; SystemInformationBlockType2 is
always mapped to the SI message that corresponds to the first entry in the list of SI messages in schedulingInfoList.
There may be multiple SI messages transmitted with the same periodicity. SystemInformationBlockType1 and all SI
messages are transmitted on DL-SCH.
The Bandwidth reduced Low Complexity (BL) UEs and UEs in Coverage Enhancement (CE) apply Bandwidth
Reduced (BR) version of the SIB, posSIB or SI messages. A UE considers itself in enhanced coverage as specified in
TS 36.304 [4]. In this and subsequent clauses, anything applicable for a particular SIB, posSIB or SI message equally
applies to the corresponding BR version unless explicitly stated otherwise.
For NB-IoT, a reduced set of system information block with similar functionality but different content is defined; the
UE applies the NB-IoT (NB) version of the MIB and the SIBs. These are denoted MasterInformationBlock-NB,
MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB and SystemInformationBlockTypeX-NB in this specification. All other system
information blocks (without NB suffix) are not applicable to NB-IoT; this is not further stated in the corresponding text.
NOTE 1: The physical layer imposes a limit to the maximum size a SIB can take. When DCI format 1C is used the
maximum allowed by the physical layer is 1736 bits (217 bytes) while for format 1A the limit is 2216 bits
(277 bytes), see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. For BL UEs and UEs in CE, the maximum SIB and
SI message size is 936 bits, see TS 36.213 [23]. For NB-IoT, the maximum SIB and SI message size is
680 bits, see TS 36.213 [23].
In addition to broadcasting, E-UTRAN may provide SystemInformationBlockType1 and/or

SystemInformationBlockType2, including the same parameter values, via dedicated signalling i.e., within an
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.
The UE applies the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedures for the PCell, except when being
a BL UE or a UE in CE or a NB-IoT UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode while T311 is not running. For an SCell, E-
UTRAN provides, via dedicated signalling, all system information relevant for operation in RRC_CONNECTED when
adding the SCell. However, a UE that is configured with DC shall aquire the MasterInformationBlock of the PSCell but
use it only to determine the SFN timing of the SCG, which may be different from the MCG. Upon change of the
relevant system information of a configured SCell, E-UTRAN releases and subsequently adds the concerned SCell,
which may be done with a single RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. If the UE is receiving or interested to
receive an MBMS service in a cell, the UE shall apply the system information acquisition and change monitoring
procedure to acquire parameters relevant for MBMS operation and apply the parameters acquired from system
information only for MBMS operation for this cell.
NOTE 2: E-UTRAN may configure via dedicated signalling different parameter values than the ones broadcast in
the concerned SCell.
In MBMS-dedicated cell, non-MBSFN subframes are used for providing MasterInformationBlock-MBMS (MIB-
MBMS) and SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS. SIBs other than SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS are carried
in SystemInformation-MBMS message which is also provided on non-MBSFN subframes.
ETSI
An RN configured with an RN subframe configuration does not need to apply the system information acquisition and
change monitoring procedures. Upon change of any system information relevant to an RN, E-UTRAN provides the
system information blocks containing the relevant system information to an RN configured with an RN subframe
configuration via dedicated signalling using the RNReconfiguration message. For RNs configured with an RN subframe
configuration, the system information contained in this dedicated signalling replaces any corresponding stored system
information and takes precedence over any corresponding system information acquired through the system information
acquisition procedure. The dedicated system information remains valid until overridden.
NOTE 3: E-UTRAN may configure an RN, via dedicated signalling, with different parameter values than the ones
broadcast in the concerned cell.
5.2.1.2 Scheduling
The MIB uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 40 ms and repetitions made within 40 ms. The first transmission of
the MIB is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 4 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in
subframe #0 of all other radio frames. For TDD/FDD system with a bandwidth larger than 1.4 MHz that supports BL
UEs or UEs in CE, MIB transmission may additionally be repeated in subframe#0 of the same radio frame, and in
subframe#9 of the previous radio frame for FDD and subframe #5 of the same radio frame for TDD.
NOTE: The UE may assume the scheduling of MIB repetitions does not change. E-UTRAN may indicate in
MobilityControlInfo whether optional MIB repetitions are enabled or not.
The MIB-MBMS uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 160 ms and repetitions made within 160 ms. The first
transmission of the MIB-MBMS is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 16 = 0, and
repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames for which the SFN mod 4 = 0.
The SystemInformationBlockType1 uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 80 ms and repetitions made within 80 ms.
The first transmission of SystemInformationBlockType1 is scheduled in subframe #5 of radio frames for which the SFN
mod 8 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #5 of all other radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0.
For BL UEs or UEs in CE, MIB is applied which may be provided with additional repetitions, while for SIB1 and
further SI messages, separate messages are used which are scheduled independently and with content that may differ.
The separate instance of SIB1 is named as SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. The SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
uses a schedule with a periodicity of 80ms. TBS for SystemInformationBlockType1-BR and the repetitions made within
80ms are indicated via schedulingInfoSIB1-BR in MIB or optionally in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
including the MobilityControlInfo.
The SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS uses fixed schedule with a periodicity of 160 ms. The first transmission of
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 16 = 0, and
repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames for which SFN mod 8 = 0. Additionally, the
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and other system informations blocks may be scheduled in additional non-
MBSFN subframes indicated in MasterInformationBlock-MBMS.
The SI messages are transmitted within periodically occurring time domain windows (referred to as SI-windows) using
dynamic scheduling. Each SI message is associated with a SI-window and the SI-windows of different SI messages do
not overlap. That is, within one SI-window only the corresponding SI is transmitted. The length of the SI-window is
common for all SI messages, and is configurable. Within the SI-window, the corresponding SI message can be
transmitted a number of times in any subframe other than MBSFN subframes, uplink subframes in TDD, and subframe
#5 of radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0. The UE acquires the detailed time-domain scheduling (and other
information, e.g. frequency-domain scheduling, used transport format) from decoding SI-RNTI on PDCCH (see TS
36.321 [6]). For a BL UE or a UE in CE, the detailed time/frequency domain scheduling information for the SI
messages is provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
For UEs other than BL UE or UEs in CE SI-RNTI is used to address SystemInformationBlockType1 as well as all SI
messages. On MBMS-dedicated cell and on FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell, SI-RNTI with value in accordance with TS
36.321 [6] is used to address all SI messages whereas SI-RNTI with value in accordance with TS 36.321 [6] is used to
address SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS.
SystemInformationBlockType1 configures the SI-window length and the transmission periodicity for the SI messages.
5.2.1.2a Scheduling for NB-IoT

The MasterInformationBlock-NB (MIB-NB) uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 640 ms and repetitions made
within 640 ms. The first transmission of the MIB-NB is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN
ETSI
mod 64 = 0 and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames. The transmissions are arranged in 8
independently decodable blocks of 80 ms duration.
The MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB (MIB-TDD-NB) uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 640 ms and
repetitions made within 640 ms. The first transmission of the MIB-TDD-NB is scheduled in subframe #9 of radio
frames for which the SFN mod 64 = 0 and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #9 of all other radio frames. The
transmissions are arranged in 8 independently decodable blocks of 80 ms duration.
The SystemInformationBlockType1-NB (SIB1-NB) uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 2560 ms.
For FDD, SIB1-NB transmission occurs in subframe #4 of every other frame in 16 continuous frames. The starting
frame for the first transmission of the SIB1-NB is derived from the cell PCID and the number of repetitions within the
2560 ms period and repetitions are made, equally spaced, within the 2560 ms period (see TS 36.213 [23]). TBS for
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB and the repetitions made within the 2560 ms are indicated by schedulingInfoSIB1
field in the MIB-NB. If additionalTransmissionSIB1 is set to TRUE in the MIB-NB, additional SIB1-NB transmission
occurs in subframe #3 of the same radio frames where SIB1-NB transmission occurs with the same number of
repetitions.
For TDD, SIB1-NB transmission on the anchor carrier occurs in either subframe #0 or subframe #4 of every other
frame in 16 continuous frames and SIB1-NB transmission on a non-anchor carrier occurs in subframe #0 and next in
subframe #5 of every other frame in 16 continuous frames. The starting frame for the first transmission of the SIB1-NB
is derived from the cell PCID and the number of repetitions within the 2560 ms period and repetitions are made, equally
spaced, within the 2560 ms period (see TS 36.213 [23]). TBS for SystemInformationBlockType1-NB, the repetitions
made within the 2560 ms, and the subframe index (#0 or #4) are indicated by schedulingInfoSIB1 field in the MIB-
TDD-NB.
The SI messages are transmitted within periodically occurring time domain windows (referred to as SI-windows) using
scheduling information provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. Each SI message is associated with a SI-
window and the SI-windows of different SI messages do not overlap. That is, within one SI-window only the
corresponding SI is transmitted. The length of the SI-window is common for all SI messages, and is configurable.
Within the SI-window, the corresponding SI message can be transmitted a number of times over 2 or 8 consecutive NB-
IoT downlink subframes depending on TBS.The UE acquires the detailed time/frequency domain scheduling
information and other information, e.g. used transport format for the SI messages from schedulingInfoList field in
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. The UE is not required to accumulate several SI messages in parallel but may need
to accumulate a SI message across multiple SI windows, depending on coverage condition.
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB configures the SI-window length and the transmission periodicity for all SI
messages.
5.2.1.3 System information validity and notification of changes

Change of system information (other than for ETWS, CMAS and EAB parameters and other than for AB parameters for
NB-IoT) only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used. System information may
be transmitted a number of times with the same content within a modification period, as defined by its scheduling. The
modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio
frames comprising the modification period. The modification period is configured by system information. If H-SFN is
provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, modification period boundaries for BL UEs and UEs in CE are defined
by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0. For NB-IoT, H-SFN is always provided and the
modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0.
To enable system information update notification for RRC_IDLE UEs configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the
modification period, an eDRX acquisition period is defined. The boundaries of the eDRX acquisition period are
determined by H-SFN values for which H-SFN mod 256 =0. For NB-IoT, the boundaries of the eDRX acquisition
period are determined by H-SFN values for which H-SFN mod 1024 =0.
NOTE 1: If the UE in RRC_IDLE is configured to use extended DRX cycle, e.g., in the order of several minutes or
longer, in case the eNB is reset the UE SFN may not be synchronized to the new eNB SFN. The UE is
expected to recover, e.g., acquire MIB within a reasonable time, to avoid repeated paging failures.
When the network changes (some of the) system information, it first notifies the UEs about this change, i.e. this may be
done throughout a modification period. In the next modification period, the network transmits the updated system
information. These general principles are illustrated in figure 5.2.1.3-1, in which different colours indicate different
system information. Upon receiving a change notification, the UE not configured to use a DRX cycle that is longer than
ETSI
the modification period acquires the new system information immediately from the start of the next modification period.
Upon receiving a change notification applicable to eDRX, a UE in RRC_IDLE configured to use a DRX cycle that is
longer than the modification period acquires the updated system information immediately from the start of the next
eDRX acquisition period. The UE applies the previously acquired system information until the UE acquires the new
system information. The possible boundaries of modification for SystemInformationBlockType1-BR are defined by SFN
values for which SFN mod 512 = 0 except for notification of ETWS/CMAS for which the eNB may change
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR content at any time. For NB-IoT, the possible boundaries of modification for
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod 4096 = 0.
Change notification Updated information
BCCH modification period (n) BCCH modification period (n+1)
Figure 5.2.1.3-1: Change of system Information
The Paging message is used to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about a system information
change. If the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED or is not configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the modification
period in RRC_IDLE, and receives a Paging message including the systemInfoModification, it knows that the system
information will change at the next modification period boundary. A UE in RRC_IDLE that is configured to use a DRX
cycle longer than the modification period, and receives in an eDRX acquisition period at least one Paging message
including the systemInfoModification-eDRX, shall acquire the updated system information at the next eDRX acquisition
period boundary. Although the UE may be informed about changes in system information, no further details are
provided e.g. regarding which system information will change, except if systemInfoValueTagSI is received by BL UEs
or UEs in CE.
In RRC_CONNECTED, BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs are not required to acquire system information except
when T311 is running or upon handover where the UE is only required to acquire the MasterInformationBlock in the
target PCell. In RRC_IDLE, E-UTRAN may notify BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs about SI update, and except
for NB-IoT, ETWS and CMAS notification and EAB modification, using Direct Indication information, as specified in
6.6 (or 6.7.5 in NB-IoT) and TS 36.212 [22].
NOTE 2: Upon system information change essential for BL UEs, UEs in CE, or NB-IoT UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED, E-UTRAN may initiate connection release.
SystemInformationBlockType1 (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) includes

a value tag systemInfoValueTag, that indicates if a change has occurred in the SI messages. UEs may use
systemInfoValueTag, e.g. upon return from out of coverage, to verify if the previously stored SI messages are still valid.
MasterInformationBlock (using systemInfoUnchanged-BR) and optionally RSS may indicate that a change has not
occurred in the SIB1-BR and SI messages of the current cell at least over the SI validity time, and the BL UEs or UEs in
CE may use systemInfoUnchanged-BR or RSS, e.g. upon return from out of coverage, to verify if the previously stored
SIB1-BR and SI messages are still valid. Additionally, for other than BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs, the UE
considers stored system information to be invalid after 3 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid,
unless specified otherwise. BL UE or UE in CE considers stored system information to be invalid after 24 hours from
the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid, unless the UE is configured by parameter si-ValidityTime to
consider stored system information to be invalid 3 hours after validity confirmation. NB-IoT UE considers stored
system information to be invalid after 24 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid. If a BL UE,
UE in CE or NB-IoT UE in RRC_CONNECTED state considers the stored system information invalid, the UE shall
continue using the stored system information while in RRC_CONNECTED state in the serving cell.
For BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs, the change of specific SI message can additionally be indicated by a SI
message specific value tag systemInfoValueTagSI. If systemInfoValueTag included in the
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) is
different from the one of the stored system information and if systemInfoValueTagSI is included in the
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) for a specific SI message and is
different from the stored one, the UE shall consider this specific SI message to be invalid. If only systemInfoValueTag is
included and is different from the stored one, the BL UE or UE in CE should consider any stored system information
except SystemInformationBlockType10, SystemInformationBlockType11, SystemInformationBlockType12 and
ETSI
SystemInformationBlockType14 to be invalid; the NB-IoT UE should consider any stored system information except
SystemInformationBlockType14-NB to be invalid.
On MBMS-dedicated cell and on FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell, the change of system information and ETWS/CMAS
notification is indicated by using Direct Indication FeMBMS defined in 6.6a. The modification periodicity follows
MCCH modification periodicity as defined in 5.8.1.3.
E-UTRAN may not update systemInfoValueTag upon change of some system information e.g. ETWS information,
CMAS information, regularly changing parameters like time information (SystemInformationBlockType8,
SystemInformationBlockType16, hyperSFN-MSB in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB), EAB and AB parameters, or
positioning system information blocks. Similarly, E-UTRAN may not include the systemInfoModification within the
Paging message upon change of some system information.
The UE that is not configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the modification period verifies that stored system
information remains valid by either checking systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 (or
MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) after the modification period boundary, or
attempting to find the systemInfoModification indication at least modificationPeriodCoeff times during the modification
period in case no paging is received, in every modification period. If no paging message is received by the UE during a
modification period, the UE may assume that no change of system information will occur at the next modification
period boundary. If UE in RRC_CONNECTED, during a modification period, receives one paging message, it may
deduce from the presence/ absence of systemInfoModification whether a change of system information other than
ETWS information, CMAS information and EAB parameters will occur in the next modification period or not.
When the RRC_IDLE UE is configured with a DRX cycle that is longer than the modification period, and at least one
modification period boundary has passed since the UE last verified validity of stored system information, the UE
verifies that stored system information remains valid by checking the systemInfoValueTag before establishing or
resuming an RRC connection.
ETWS and/or CMAS capable UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, other than BL UEs and UEs in CE, shall attempt to read
paging at least once every defaultPagingCycle to check whether ETWS and/or CMAS notification is present or not.
5.2.1.4 Indication of ETWS notification

ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification can occur at any point in time. The Paging message is
used to inform ETWS capable UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about presence of an ETWS
primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification. If the UE receives a Paging message including the etws-
Indication, it shall start receiving the ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification according to
schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives Paging message including the etws-
Indication while it is acquiring ETWS notification(s), the UE shall continue acquiring ETWS notification(s) based on
the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE: The UE is not required to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in
SystemInformationBlockType1, but Paging message including the etws-Indication triggers the UE to re-
acquire schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1 for scheduling changes for
SystemInformationBlockType10 and SystemInformationBlockType11. The UE may or may not receive a
Paging message including the etws-Indication and/or systemInfoModification when ETWS is no longer
scheduled.
ETWS primary notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType10 and ETWS secondary notification is

contained in SystemInformationBlockType11. Segmentation can be applied for the delivery of a secondary notification.
The segmentation is fixed for transmission of a given secondary notification within a cell (i.e. the same segment size for
a given segment with the same messageIdentifier, serialNumber and warningMessageSegmentNumber). An ETWS
secondary notification corresponds to a single CB data IE as defined according to TS 23.041 [37].
5.2.1.5 Indication of CMAS notification
CMAS notification can occur at any point in time. The Paging message is used to inform CMAS capable UEs in
RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about presence of one or more CMAS notifications. If the UE receives a
Paging message including the cmas-Indication, it shall start receiving the CMAS notifications according to
schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives Paging message including the cmas-
Indication while it is acquiring CMAS notification(s), the UE shall continue acquiring CMAS notification(s) based on
the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
ETSI
NOTE: The UE is not required to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in

SystemInformationBlockType1, but Paging message including the cmas-Indication triggers the UE to re-
acquire schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1 for scheduling changes for
SystemInformationBlockType12. The UE may or may not receive a Paging message including the cmas-
Indication and/or systemInfoModification when SystemInformationBlockType12 is no longer scheduled.
CMAS notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType12. Segmentation can be applied for the delivery of a
CMAS notification. The segmentation is fixed for transmission of a given CMAS notification within a cell (i.e. the
same segment size for a given segment with the same messageIdentifier, serialNumber and
warningMessageSegmentNumber). E-UTRAN does not interleave transmissions of CMAS notifications, i.e. all
segments of a given CMAS notification transmission are transmitted prior to those of another CMAS notification. A
CMAS notification corresponds to a single CB data IE as defined according to TS 23.041 [37].
5.2.1.6 Notification of EAB parameters change
Change of EAB parameters can occur at any point in time. The EAB parameters are contained in
SystemInformationBlockType14. The Paging message is used to inform EAB capable UEs in RRC_IDLE about a
change of EAB parameters or that SystemInformationBlockType14 is no longer scheduled. If the UE receives a Paging
message including the eab-ParamModification, it shall acquire SystemInformationBlockType14 according to
schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives a Paging message including the eab-
ParamModification while it is acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14, the UE shall continue acquiring
SystemInformationBlockType14 based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires
schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE: The EAB capable UE is not expected to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in
SystemInformationBlockType1.
5.2.1.7 Access Barring parameters change in NB-IoT

Change of Access Barring (AB) parameters can occur at any point in time. The AB parameters are contained in
SystemInformationBlockType14-NB. Update of the AB parameters does not impact the systemInfoValueTag in the
MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB or the systemInfoValueTagSI in
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
A NB-IoT UE checks ab-Enabled indication in theMasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB to

know whether access barring is enabled. If access barring is enabled the UE shall not initiate the RRC connection
establishment / resume for all access causes except mobile terminating calls until the UE has a valid version of
5.2.2 System information acquisition

5.2.2.1 General
UE E-UTRAN
MasterInformationBlock
SystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformation
Figure 5.2.2.1-1: System information acquisition, normal
The UE applies the system information acquisition procedure to acquire the AS- and NAS- and positioning-system
information that is broadcasted by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED.
For BL UE, UE in CE and NB-IoT UE, specific conditions apply, as specified below.
ETSI
5.2.2.2 Initiation
The UE shall apply the system information acquisition procedure upon selecting (e.g. upon power on) and upon re-
selecting a cell, after handover completion, after entering E-UTRA from another RAT, upon return from out of
coverage, upon receiving a notification that the system information has changed, upon receiving an indication about the
presence of an ETWS notification, upon receiving an indication about the presence of a CMAS notification, upon
receiving a notification that the EAB parameters have changed, upon receiving a request from CDMA2000 upper
layers, upon receiving a request from positioning upper layers and upon exceeding the maximum validity duration.
Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the system information acquisition procedure
overwrites any stored system information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for system information and the UE
discontinues using a field if it is absent in system information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
In RRC_CONNECTED, BL UEs and UEs in CE are required to acquire system information when T311 is running or
upon handover where the UE is only required to acquire the MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell.
NOTE: Upon handover, E-UTRAN provides system information required by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED
except MIB with RRC signalling, i.e. systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated and mobilityControlInfo.
5.2.2.3 System information required by the UE

The UE shall:
1> ensure having a valid version, as defined below, of (at least) the following system information, also referred to as
the 'required' system information:
2> if in RRC_IDLE:
3> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
4> the MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB and

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB as well as SystemInformationBlockType2-NB through
SystemInformationBlockType5-NB, SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
3> else:
4> the MasterInformationBlock and SystemInformationBlockType1 (or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR

depending on whether the UE is a BL UE or the UE in CE) as well as SystemInformationBlockType2
through SystemInformationBlockType8 and SystemInformationBlockType24 (depending on support of
the concerned RATs), SystemInformationBlockType17 (depending on support of RAN-assisted
WLAN interworking), SystemInformationBlockType25 (depending on support of E-UTRA/5GC);
2> if in RRC_INACTIVE:
3> the MasterInformationBlock and SystemInformationBlockType1 as well as SystemInformationBlockType2

through SystemInformationBlockType8 (depending on support of the concerned RATs),
SystemInformationBlockType25;
2> if in RRC_CONNECTED; and
2> the UE is not a BL UE; and
2> the UE is not in CE; and
2> the UE is not a NB-IoT UE:
3> the MasterInformationBlock, SystemInformationBlockType1 and SystemInformationBlockType2 as well as

SystemInformationBlockType8 (depending on support of CDMA2000), SystemInformationBlockType17
(depending on support of RAN-assisted WLAN interworking), SystemInformationBlockType25
(depending on support of E-UTRA/5GC);
2> if in RRC_CONNECTED and T311 is running; and
2> the UE is a BL UE or the UE is in CE or the UE is a NB-IoT UE;
3> the MasterInformationBlock (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-

IoT), SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) and
ETSI
SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT), and for NB-IoT

SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
1> delete any stored system information after 3 hours or 24 hours from the moment it was confirmed to be valid as
defined in 5.2.1.3, unless specified otherwise;
1> consider any stored system information except SystemInformationBlockType10, SystemInformationBlockType11,

systemInformationBlockType12 and systemInformationBlockType14 (systemInformationBlockType14-NB in NB-
IoT) to be invalid if systemInfoValueTag included in the SystemInformationBlockType1
(MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) is different from the one of the
stored system information and in case of NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, systemInfoValueTagSI is not
broadcasted. Otherwise consider system information validity as defined in 5.2.1.3;
5.2.2.4 System information acquisition by the UE

The UE shall:
1> apply the specified BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.1 or BR-BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.8;
1> if the procedure is triggered by a system information change notification:
2> if the UE uses an idle DRX cycle longer than the modification period:
3> start acquiring the required system information, as defined in 5.2.2.3, from the next eDRX acquisition
period boundary;
2> else
3> start acquiring the required system information, as defined in 5.2.2.3, from the beginning of the
modification period following the one in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1: The UE continues using the previously received system information until the new system information has
been acquired.
1> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and enters a cell for which the UE does not have stored a valid version of the system
information required in RRC_IDLE, as defined in 5.2.2.3:
2> acquire, using the system information acquisition procedure as defined in 5.2.3, the system information
required in RRC_IDLE, as defined in 5.2.2.3;
1> following successful handover completion to a PCell for which the UE does not have stored a valid version of
the system information required in RRC_CONNECTED, as defined in 5.2.2.3:
2> acquire, using the system information acquisition procedure as defined in 5.2.3, the system information
required in RRC_CONNECTED, as defined in 5.2.2.3;
2> upon acquiring the concerned system information:
3> discard the corresponding radio resource configuration information included in the
radioResourceConfigCommon previously received in a dedicated message, if any;
1> following a request from CDMA2000 upper layers:
2> acquire SystemInformationBlockType8, as defined in 5.2.3;
1> neither initiate the RRC connection establishment/resume procedure nor initiate transmission of the
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message until the UE has a valid version of the
MasterInformationBlock (MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) and
SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) messages as well as
SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT), and for NB-IoT,
SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
1> not initiate the RRC connection establishment/resume procedure subject to EAB until the UE has a valid version
of SystemInformationBlockType14, if broadcast;
1> if the UE is ETWS capable:
ETSI
2> upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3> discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
3> clear, if any, the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for
2> when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following ETWS indication, upon entering a cell
during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3> if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType10 is present:
4> if the UE is in CE:
5> start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10;
4> else
5> start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10 immediately;
NOTE 2: UEs shall start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10 and SystemInformationBlockType11 as

described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
1> if the UE is CMAS capable:
2> upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3> clear, if any, stored values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType12
associated with the discarded warningMessageSegment;
2> when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following CMAS indication, upon entering a cell
during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover and upon connection re-establishment:
4> acquire SystemInformationBlockType12;
NOTE 3: UEs shall start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType12 as described above even when
systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
1> if the UE is interested to receive MBMS services:
2> if the UE is capable of MBMS reception as specified in 5.8:
3> if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is present and the UE does not have
stored a valid version of this system information block:
3> else if SystemInformationBlockType13 is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and the UE

does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4> acquire SystemInformationBlockType13 from SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS;
2> if the UE is capable of SC-PTM reception as specified in 5.8a:
3> if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB

in NB-IoT) is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4> acquire SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT);
2> if the UE is capable of MBMS Service Continuity:
ETSI
3> if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType15 (SystemInformationBlockType15-NB

in NB-IoT) is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4> acquire SystemInformationBlockType15 (SystemInformationBlockType15-NB in NB-IoT);
1> if the UE is EAB capable:
2> when the UE does not have stored a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType14 upon entering
RRC_IDLE, or when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following EAB parameters change
notification, or upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, or before establishing an RRC connection if using
eDRX with DRX cycle longer than the modification period:
3> else:
4> discard SystemInformationBlockType14, if previously received;
NOTE 4: EAB capable UEs start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 as described above even when
systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
NOTE 5: EAB capable UEs maintain an up to date SystemInformationBlockType14 in RRC_IDLE.
1> if the UE is capable of sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit sidelink
communication:
2> if the cell used for sidelink communication meets the S-criteria as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and
2> if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType18 is present and the UE does not have
1> if the UE is capable of sidelink discovery and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit sidelink
discovery announcements on the primary frequency:
2> if schedulingInfoList of the serving cell/ PCell indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is present and
the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
1> if the UE is capable of sidelink discovery and, for each of the one or more frequencies included in
discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 and for which the UE is configured by upper
layers to receive sidelink discovery announcements on:
2> if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell does not provide the corresponding reception
resources; and
2> if schedulingInfoList of the cell on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is
present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
1> if the UE is capable of sidelink discovery and, for each of the one or more frequencies included in
discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 and for which the UE is configured by upper
layers to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on:
2> if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell includes discTxResourcesInterFreq which is set
to acquireSI-FromCarrier; and
2> if schedulingInfoList of the cell on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is
present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
ETSI
1> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and if ab-Enabled included in MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-

TDD-NB is set to TRUE:
2> not initiate the RRC connection establishment/resume procedure for all access causes except mobile
terminating calls until the UE has acquired the SystemInformationBlockType14-NB;
1> if the UE is capable of V2X sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit
V2X sidelink communication on a frequency:
2> if schedulingInfoList on the serving cell/PCell indicates that SystemInformationBlockType21 is present and
the UE does not have stored valid version of this system information block:
3> acquire SystemInformationBlockType21 from serving cell/PCell;
2> if schedulingInfoList on the serving cell/PCell indicates that SystemInformationBlockType26 is present and
the UE does not have stored valid version of this system information block;
3> acquire SystemInformationBlockType26 from serving cell/PCell;
1> if the UE is capable of V2X sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink
communication on a frequency, which is not primary frequency:
2> if neither SystemInformationBlockType21 nor SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell

provide reception resource pool for V2X sidelink communication for the concerned frequency; and
2> if the cell used for V2X sidelink communication on the concerned frequency meets the S-criteria as defined
in TS 36.304 [4]:
3> if schedulingInfoList on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType21 is present

and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4> acquire SystemInformationBlockType21 from the concerned frequency;

1> if the UE is capable of V2X sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink
communication on a frequency, which is not primary frequency and is not included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in
SystemInformationBlockType21 nor SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/PCell:
2> if the cell used for V2X sidelink communication on the concerned frequency meets the S-criteria as defined
in TS 36.304 [4]:


1> if the NB-IoT UE supports NPRACH resources using preamble format 2:
2> if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType23-NB is present and the UE does not have
3> acquire SystemInformationBlockType23-NB;
1> following a request from positioning upper layers:
2> acquire SystemInformationBlockPos, as defined in 5.2.3;
ETSI
The UE may apply the received SIBs or posSIBs immediately, i.e. the UE does not need to delay using a SIB or posSIB
until all SI messages have been received. The UE may delay applying the received SIBs until completing lower layer
procedures associated with a received or a UE originated RRC message, e.g. an ongoing random access procedure.
NOTE 6: While attempting to acquire a particular SIB/posSIB, if the UE detects from schedulingInfoList/
posSchedulingInfoList that it is no longer present, the UE should stop trying to acquire the particular SIB/
posSIB.
5.2.2.5 Essential system information missing
The UE shall:
1> if in RRC_IDLE, RRC_INACTIVE or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2> if the UE is unable to acquire the MasterInformationBlock (MasterInformationBlock-NB/

MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT); or
2> if the UE is neither a BL UE nor in CE nor in NB-IoT and the UE is unable to acquire the
SystemInformationBlockType1; or
2> if the BL UE or UE in CE is unable to acquire SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or

SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled; or
2> if the NB-IoT UE is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType1-NB:
3> consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; and
3> perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to allowed, and as if the csg-Indication is set to FALSE;
2> else:
3> if the UE is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB

in NB-IoT) and for NB-IoT, SystemInformationBlockType22-NB if scheduled; or
3> if SystemInformationBlockType25 is broadcasted and if the UE is connected to 5GC and is unable to

acquire the SystemInformationBlockType25:
4> treat the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4];
5.2.2.6 Actions upon reception of the MasterInformationBlock message

Upon receiving the MasterInformationBlock message the UE shall:
1> apply the radio resource configuration included in the phich-Config;
1> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE or if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2> if the UE has no valid system information stored according to 5.2.2.3 for the concerned cell:
3> apply the received value of dl-Bandwidth to the ul-Bandwidth until SystemInformationBlockType2 is
received;
Upon receiving the MasterInformationBlock-NB or MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB message the UE shall:
1> apply the radio resource configuration included in accordance with the operationModeInfo.
No UE requirements related to the contents of MasterInformationBlock-MBMS apply other than those specified
elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field
descriptions.
5.2.2.7 Actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message

Upon receiving the SystemInformationBlockType1 or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR either via broadcast or via
dedicated signalling, the UE shall:
1> if the upper layers indicate the selected core network type as 5GC:
ETSI
2> if the cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC contains an entry with the plmn-Identity or plmn-Index of the selected
PLMN:
3> in the remainder of the procedures use plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode, and cellIdentity for the cell
as received in the corresponding cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC containing the selected PLMN;
1> else if the cellAccessRelatedInfoList contains an entry with the PLMN-Identity of the selected PLMN:
2> in the remainder of the procedures use plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode, and cellIdentity for the cell as
received in the corresponding cellAccessRelatedInfoList containing the selected PLMN;
1> if in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running; and
1> if the UE is a category 0 UE according to TS 36.306 [5]; and
1> if category0Allowed is not included in SystemInformationBlockType1:
2> consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4];
1> if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running, and the UE supports multi-band cells as defined by bit 31
in featureGroupIndicators:
2> disregard the freqBandIndicator and multiBandInfoList, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
2> forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
2> forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
1> else:
2> if the frequency band indicated in the freqBandIndicator is part of the frequency bands supported by the UE
and it is not a downlink only band; or
2> if the UE supports multiBandInfoList, and if one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the
multiBandInfoList are part of the frequency bands supported by the UE and they are not downlink only
bands:
3> forward the ims-EmergencySupport to upper layers, if present;
3> forward the eCallOverIMS-Support to upper layers, if present;
3> if the UE is capable of 5G NAS:
4> forward the ims-EmergencySupport-5GC to upper layers, if present;
4> forward the eCallOverIMS-Support-5GC to upper layers, if present;
3> if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from freqBandIndicator or multiBandInfoList), the
freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList-v10j0 is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at
least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-
v10j0:
4> apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-
PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfolist-v10j0;
4> if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within
NS-PmaxList:
5> apply the additionalPmax;
4> else:
5> apply the p-Max;
ETSI
3> else:
4> apply the additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2 and the p-Max;
2> else:
3> perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to notAllowed, and as if the csg-Indication is set to
FALSE;
2> if the cell does not belong to the RAN notification area configured by RAN-NotificationAreaInfo:
3> initiate the RAN notification area update procedure as specified in 5.3.17;
Upon receiving the SystemInformationBlockType1-NB, the UE shall:
1> if the frequency band indicated in the freqBandIndicator is part of the frequency bands supported by the UE; or
1> if one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the multiBandInfoList are part of the frequency bands
supported by the UE:
2> if attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is received for the selected PLMN:
3> forward the attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity to upper layers;
2> else
3> indicate to upper layers that attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is not present;
2> if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from freqBandIndicator or multiBandInfoList), the
freqBandInfo is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one
additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo:
PmaxList within freqBandInfo;
3> if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-
PmaxList:
3> else:
4> apply the p-Max;
2> else:
3> apply the additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB and the p-Max;
1> else:
2> perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to notAllowed.
No UE requirements related to the contents of SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS apply other than those specified
descriptions.
ETSI
5.2.2.8 Actions upon reception of SystemInformation messages

No UE requirements related to the contents of the SystemInformation messages apply other than those specified
descriptions.
5.2.2.9 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType2

Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType2, the UE shall:
1> apply the configuration included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
2> apply the shortest of the ran-PagingCycle (if configured), the (UE specific) paging cycle (if indicated by upper
layers), and the defaultPagingCycle included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1> else if upper layers indicate that a (UE specific) paging cycle is configured:
2> apply the shortest of the (UE specific) paging cycle and the defaultPagingCycle included in the
radioResourceConfigCommon;
1> if the mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is included:
2> consider that DL assignments may occur in the MBSFN subframes indicated in the mbsfn-
SubframeConfigList under the conditions specified in [23, 7.1];
1> apply the specified PCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.3;
1> not apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon;
1> if in RRC_CONNECTED and UE is configured with RLF timers and constants values received within rlf-
TimersAndConstants:
2> not update its values of the timers and constants in ue-TimersAndConstants except for the value of timer
T300;
1> if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running; and the UE supports multi-band cells as defined by bit 31
in featureGroupIndicators or multipleNS-Pmax:
2> disregard the additionalSpectrumEmission and ul-CarrierFreq, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
1> if attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is received for the selected PLMN:
2> forward attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity to upper layers;
1> else:
2> indicate to upper layers that attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is not present;
1> if cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is received for the selected PLMN:
2> forward cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation to upper layers;
1> else:
2> indicate to upper layers that cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is not present;
1> if up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is received for the selected PLMN:
2> forward up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation to upper layers;
1> else:
2> indicate to upper layers that up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is not present;
1> to upper layers either forward upperLayerIndication, if present for the selected PLMN, or otherwise indicate
absence of this field;
ETSI
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType2-NB, the UE shall:
1> apply the configuration included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1> apply the defaultPagingCycle included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1> if SystemInformationBlockType22-NB is scheduled:
2> read and act on information sent in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
1> apply the specified PCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.3.
1> if in RRC_CONNECTED and UE is configured with RLF timers and constants values received within rlf-
TimersAndConstants:
2> not update its values of the timers and constants in ue-TimersAndConstants except for the value of timer
T300;

1> if in RRC_IDLE, the redistributionServingInfo is included and the UE is redistribution capable:
2> perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4, 5.2.4.10];
1> if in RRC_IDLE, or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2> if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from the procedure in Section 5.2.2.7) to represent the serving
cell's carrier frequency, the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList-v10j0 is present in
SystemInformationBlockType3 and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one
additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0:
PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0;
PmaxList:
3> else:
4> apply the p-Max;
2> else:
3> apply the p-Max;
2> if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from the procedure in subclause 5.2.2.7) to represent the
serving cell's carrier frequency, the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList is present in
SystemInformationBlockType3-NB and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one
additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList:
PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList;
PmaxList:
3> else:
ETSI
4> apply the p-Max;
2> else:
3> apply the p-Max;

No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock (SystemInformationBlockType4 or
SystemInformationBlockType4-NB) apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the
concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.

1> if in RRC_IDLE, the redistributionInterFreqInfo is included and the UE is redistribution capable:
2> perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4, 5.2.4.10];
2> if the frequency band selected by the UE to represent a non-serving E UTRA carrier frequency is not a
downlink only band:
3> if, for the selected frequency band, the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList-v10j0 is present and the UE
capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within
freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0:
PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0;
4> if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within
NS-PmaxList:
4> else:
5> apply the p-Max;
3> else:
4> apply the p-Max;
1> if in RRC_IDLE and UE has stored VarMeasIdleConfig and SIB5 includes the measIdleConfigSIB and the UE is
capable of IDLE mode measurements for CA:
2> if T331 is running and VarMeasIdleConfig does not contain measIdleConfig:
3> store the contents of measIdleConfigSIB within measIdleConfig;
2> start performing idle mode measurements on supported carriers as specified in 5.6.20;
2> if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from multiBandInfoList) to represent a non-serving NB-IoT
carrier frequency, the freqBandInfo is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one
additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo:
PmaxList within freqBandInfo;
PmaxList:
ETSI
3> else:
4> apply the p-Max;
2> else:
3> apply the p-Max;

No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere
e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.


1> if sib8-PerPLMN-List is included and the UE is capable of network sharing for CDMA2000:
2> apply the CDMA2000 parameters below corresponding to the RPLMN;
1> if the systemTimeInfo is included:
2> forward the systemTimeInfo to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and if searchWindowSize is included:
2> forward the searchWindowSize to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1> if parametersHRPD is included:
2> forward the preRegistrationInfoHRPD to CDMA2000 upper layers only if the UE has not received the
preRegistrationInfoHRPD within an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after entering this cell;
2> if the cellReselectionParametersHRPD is included:
3> forward the neighCellList to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1> if the parameters1XRTT is included:
2> if the csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included:
3> forward the csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers which will use this
information to determine if a CS registration/re-registration towards CDMA2000 1xRTT in the EUTRA
cell is required;
2> else:
3> indicate to CDMA2000 upper layers that CSFB Registration to CDMA2000 1xRTT is not allowed;
2> if the longCodeState1XRTT is included:
3> forward the longCodeState1XRTT to CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> if the cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is included:
3> forward the neighCellList to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> if the csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs is included:
3> forward csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
ETSI
2> else:
3> forward csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> if ac-BarringConfig1XRTT is included:
3> forward ac-BarringConfig1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> if the csfb-DualRxTxSupport is included:
3> forward csfb-DualRxTxSupport to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> else:
3> forward csfb-DualRxTxSupport, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;

1> if hnb-Name is included, forward the hnb-Name to upper layers;

1> forward the received warningType, messageIdentifier and serialNumber to upper layers;

1> if there is no current value for messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11; or
1> if either the received value of messageIdentifier or of serialNumber or of both are different from the current
values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11:
2> use the received values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11 as the
current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2> if all segments of a warning message have been received:
3> assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
3> forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper
layers;
3> stop reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
3> discard the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2> else:
3> store the received warningMessageSegment;
3> continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
1> else if all segments of a warning message have been received:
2> forward the received complete warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to
upper layers;
2> stop reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
2> discard the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
ETSI
1> else:
The UE should discard any stored warningMessageSegment and the current value of messageIdentifier and
serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11 if the complete warning message has not been assembled within a
period of 3 hours.

1> if the SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a complete warning message and the complete geographical area
coordinates (if any):
2> forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber, dataCodingScheme and the
geographical area coordinates (if any) to upper layers;
1> else:
2> if the received values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber are the same (each value is the same) as a pair
for which a warning message and the geographical area coordinates (if any) are currently being assembled:
3> store the received warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any);
3> if all segments of a warning message and geographical area coordinates (if any) have been received:
4> assemble the geographical area coordinates from the received warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if
any);
4> forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber, dataCodingScheme and
geographical area coordinates (if any) to upper layers;
4> stop assembling a warning message and warning area coordinates (if any) for this messageIdentifier
and serialNumber and delete all stored information held for it;
2> else if the received values of messageIdentifier and/or serialNumber are not the same as any of the pairs for
which a warning message is currently being assembled:
3> start assembling a warning message for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber pair;
3> start assembling the geographical area coordinates (if any) for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber
pair;
3> store the received warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any);
The UE should discard warningMessageSegment and warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any) and the associated
values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType12 if the complete warning message and
the warning area coordinates (if any) have not been assembled within a period of 3 hours.
NOTE: The number of warning messages that a UE can re-assemble simultaneously is a function of UE
implementation.
ETSI




Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType16 with timeReferenceInfo, the UE may perform the related actions as
specified in subclause 5.6.1.3.

1> if wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is included:
2> if the UE is not configured with rclwi-Configuration with command set to steerToWLAN:
3> apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN;
2> if not configured with the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated:
3> apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN;

1> if SystemInformationBlockType18 message includes the commConfig:
2> if configured to receive sidelink communication:
3> from the next SC period, as defined by sc-Period, use the resource pool indicated by commRxPool for
sidelink communication monitoring, as specified in 5.10.3;
2> if configured to transmit sidelink communication:
3> from the next SC period, as defined by sc-Period, use the resource pool indicated by
commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or by commTxPoolExceptional for
sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.4;

1> if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discConfig or discConfigPS:
2> from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discRxPool,
discRxResourcesInterFreq or discRxPoolPS for sidelink discovery monitoring, as specified in 5.10.5;
2> if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolPS-Common; and

the UE is in RRC_IDLE:
ETSI
3> from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by
discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolPS-Common for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in
5.10.6;
2> if the SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discTxPowerInfo:
3> use the power information included in discTxPowerInfo for sidelink discovery transmission on the
serving frequency, as specified in TS 36.213 [23];
1> if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discConfigRelay:
2> if the SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the txPowerInfo:
3> use the power information included in txPowerInfo for sidelink discovery transmission on the
corresponding non-serving frequency, as specified in TS 36.213 [23];


1> if SystemInformationBlockType21 message includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon:
2> if configured to receive V2X sidelink communication:
3> use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommRxPool in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon for V2X sidelink
communication monitoring, as specified in 5.10.12;
2> if configured to transmit V2X sidelink communication:
3> use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon,

v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, p2x-CommTxPoolNormal or by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X
3> perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool(s) indicated by v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X
5.2.2.29 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType22-NB

5.2.2.30 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType23-NB




ETSI
1> if configured to receive V2X sidelink communication:
2> use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommRxPool for V2X sidelink communication monitoring, as
specified in 5.10.12;
1> if configured to transmit V2X sidelink communication:
2> use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, p2x-CommTxPoolNormal or by v2x-

CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.13;
2> perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool(s) indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
5.2.2.34 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockPos

No UE requirements related to the contents of the SystemInformationBlockPos apply other than those specified
elsewhere e.g. within 3GPP TS 36.355 [54], and/or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.3 Acquisition of an SI message

When acquiring an SI message, the UE shall:
1> determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
2> for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the
concatenated list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList and pos-schedulingInfoList in
2> determine the integer value x = (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength;
2> the SI-window starts at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod T =
FLOOR(x/10), where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
NOTE: E-UTRAN should configure an SI-window of 1 ms only if all SIs are scheduled before subframe #5 in
radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0.
1> receive DL-SCH using the SI-RNTI from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window
whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, or until the SI message was received, excluding the
following subframes:
2> subframe #5 in radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0;
2> any MBSFN subframes;
2> any uplink subframes in TDD;
1> if the SI message was not received by the end of the SI-window, repeat reception at the next SI-window occasion
for the concerned SI message;
5.2.3a Acquisition of an SI message by BL UE or UE in CE or a NB-IoT UE

When acquiring an SI message, the BL UE or UE in CE or NB-IoT UE shall:
2> for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the
concatenated list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList and pos-schedulingInfoList in
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT);
2> determine the integer value x = (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength-BR (or si-WindowLength in NB-
IoT);
ETSI
3> the SI-window starts at the subframe #0 in the radio frame for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod T =
FLOOR(x/10) + Offset, where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message and, Offset is the offset
of the start of the SI-Window (si-RadioFrameOffset);
2> else:
3> the SI-window starts at the subframe #0 in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10), where
T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
2> receive and accumulate SI message transmissions on DL-SCH from the start of the SI-window and continue
until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, starting from the
radio frames as provided in si-RepetitionPattern and in subframes as provided in downlinkBitmap, or until
successful decoding of the accumulated SI message transmissions excluding the subframes used for
transmission of NPSS, NSSS, MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB and
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. If there are not enough subframes for one SI message transmission in the
radio frames as provided in si-RepetitionPattern, the UE shall continue to receive the SI message
transmission in the radio frames following the radio frame indicated in si-RepetitionPattern;
1> else:
2> receive and accumulate SI message transmissions on DL-SCH on narrowband provided by si-Narrowband,
from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is
given by si-WindowLength-BR, only in radio frames as provided in si-RepetitionPattern and subframes as
provided in fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR in bandwidthReducedAccessRelatedInfo, or until
successful decoding of the accumulated SI message transmissions;
1> if the SI message was not possible to decode from the accumulated SI message transmissions by the end of the
SI-window, continue reception and accumulation of SI message transmissions on DL-SCH in the next SI-
window occasion for the concerned SI message;
5.2.3b Acquisition of an SI message from MBMS-dedicated cell

When acquiring an SI message, the UE shall:
2> for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the list of
SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS;
2> determine the integer value x = (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength;
2> the SI-window starts always at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod
T = FLOOR(x/10), where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
1> receive DL-SCH using SI-RNTI with value in accordance with 36.321 [6] from the start of the SI-window and
continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, or until the
SI message was received, excluding the following subframes:
2> any MBSFN subframes;
1> if the SI message was not received by the end of the SI-window, repeat reception at the next SI-window occasion
for the concerned SI message;
5.3 Connection control

5.3.1 Introduction
5.3.1.1 RRC connection control
RRC connection establishment involves the establishment of SRB1. Except for EDT, E-UTRAN completes RRC
connection establishment prior to completing the establishment of the S1 connection, i.e. prior to receiving the UE
context information from the EPC. Consequently, AS security is not activated during the initial phase of the RRC
ETSI
connection. During this initial phase of the RRC connection, the E-UTRAN may configure the UE to perform
measurement reporting, but the UE only sends the corresponding measurement reports after successful security
activation. However, the UE only accepts a handover message when security has been activated.
NOTE 1: In case the serving frequency broadcasts multiple overlapping bands, E-UTRAN can only configure
measurements after having obtained the UE capabilities, as the measurement configuration needs to be set
according to the band selected by the UE.
Upon receiving the UE context from the EPC, E-UTRAN activates security (both ciphering and integrity protection)
using the initial security activation procedure. The RRC messages to activate security (command and successful
response) are integrity protected, while ciphering is started only after completion of the procedure. That is, the response
to the message used to activate security is not ciphered, while the subsequent messages (e.g. used to establish SRB2 and
DRBs) are both integrity protected and ciphered.
After having initiated the initial security activation procedure, E-UTRAN initiates the establishment of SRB2 and
DRBs, i.e. E-UTRAN may do this prior to receiving the confirmation of the initial security activation from the UE. In
any case, E-UTRAN will apply both ciphering and integrity protection for the RRC connection reconfiguration
messages used to establish SRB2 and DRBs. E-UTRAN should release the RRC connection if the initial security
activation and/ or the radio bearer establishment fails (i.e. security activation and DRB establishment are triggered by a
joint S1-procedure, which does not support partial success).
For SRB2 and DRBs, security is always activated from the start, i.e. the E-UTRAN does not establish these bearers
prior to activating security.
For some radio configuration fields, a critical extension has been defined. A switch from the original version of the field
to the critically extended version is allowed using any connection reconfiguration. The UE reverts to the original
version of some critically extended fields upon handover and re-establishment as specified elsewhere in this
specification. Otherwise, switching a field from the critically extended version to the original version is only possible
using the handover or re-establishment procedure with the full configuration option. This also applies for fields that are
critically extended within a release (i.e. original and extended version defined in same release).
After having initiated the initial security activation procedure, E-UTRAN may configure a UE that supports CA, with
one or more SCells in addition to the PCell that was initially configured during connection establishment. The PCell is
used to provide the security inputs and upper layer system information (i.e. the NAS mobility information e.g. TAI).
SCells are used to provide additional downlink and optionally uplink radio resources. When not configured with any
kind of DC, all SCells the UE is configured with, if any, are part of the MCG.
When configured with DC, some of the SCells are part of a SCG. In this case, user data carried by a DRB may either be
transferred via MCG (i.e. MCG-DRB), via SCG (SCG-DRB) or via both MCG and SCG in DL while E-UTRAN
configures the CG used in UL (split DRB). An RRC connection reconfiguration message may be used to change the
DRB type from MCG-DRB to SCG-DRB or to split DRB, as well as from SCG-DRB or split DRB to MCG-DRB.
DC employs SCG change, which is a synchronous SCG reconfiguration procedure (i.e. involving RA to the PSCell)
including reset/ re-establishment of layer 2 and, if SCG DRBs are configured, refresh of security. The procedure is used
in a number of different scenarios e.g. SCG establishment, PSCell change, Key refresh, change of DRB type. The UE
performs the SCG change related actions upon receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including
mobilityControlInfoSCG, see 5.3.10.10.
In case of EN-DC, the SCG cells use another RAT, namely NR. The configuration of an NR SCG, as used in case of
EN-DC, is specified in TS 38.331 [82]. When configured with EN-DC, user data carried by a DRB may either be
transferred via MCG, via NR SCG or via both MCG and NR SCG. Also RRC signalling carried by a SRB may either be
transferred via MCG or via both MCG and NR SCG. When DRBs and SRBs are configured with transmission via both
MCG and SCG, duplication may be used in both DL and UL.
Change to NR PDCP or vice versa, for both SRBs and DRBs, can be performed using an
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo (handover) by release and addition of the
concerned RB (for DRBs) or of the concerned PDCP entity (for SRBs). The same RRCConnectionReconfiguration
message may be used to make changes regarding the CG(s) used for transmission. For SRBs, change from E-UTRA
PDCP to NR PDCP type may, before initial security activation, also be performed using an
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message not including the mobilityControlInfo.
In case of EN-DC, there are three types of NR SCG reconfigurations:
ETSI
- Reconfiguration with sync and key change i.e. a procedure involving RA to the PSCell, including NR MAC
reset, re-establishment of NR RLC and NR PDCP and refresh of NR SCG security; and
- Reconfiguration with sync but without key change i.e. a procedure involving RA to the PSCell, including NR
MAC reset and NR RLC re-establishment and PDCP data recovery (for AM DRB); and
- Regular NR SCG reconfiguration neither involving refresh of NR SCG security, nor RA to the PSCell, NR MAC
reset or NR RLC re-establishment;
The network is only required to use the NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change in case the NR SCG
security key changes (i.e. handover, change of SNs, S-KgNB refresh). Further details are specified in NR RRC TS
38.331 [82].
NOTE 2: In case of EN-DC, E-UTRA RRC configuration parameters should only affect E-UTRA operation. E.g.,
s-Measure only affects measurements configured by parameters defined in this specification. Should an
E-UTRA RRC configuration change require a change of NR RRC configuration, the network should
indicate such NR change by NR RRC signalling. E.g. a specific indication is used to trigger RLC re-
establishment upon reconfigurations changing the CG(s) used for transmission (in DL or UL) that
otherwise would only involve NR RRC signalling.
In this release of the specification, change between DC and EN-DC is not supported (i.e. neither the direct
reconfiguration nor specific measurement events). Likewise, the direct transition between EN-DC and NR DC is not
supported in this release of the specification.
The release of the RRC connection normally is initiated by E-UTRAN. The procedure may be used to re-direct the UE
to an E-UTRA frequency or an inter-RAT carrier frequency. Only in exceptional cases, as specified within this
specification, TS 36.300 [9], TS 36.304 [4] or TS 24.301 [35], may the UE abort the RRC connection, i.e. move to
RRC_IDLE without notifying E-UTRAN.
The suspension of the RRC connection is initiated by E-UTRAN. When the RRC connection is suspended, the UE
stores the UE AS context and the resumeIdentity, and transitions to RRC_IDLE state. The RRC message to suspend the
RRC connection is integrity protected and ciphered. Suspension can only be performed when at least 1 DRB is
successfully established.
The resumption of a suspended RRC connection is initiated by upper layers when the UE has a stored UE AS context,
RRC connection resume is permitted by E-UTRAN and the UE needs to transit from RRC_IDLE state to
RRC_CONNECTED state. When the RRC connection is resumed, RRC configures the UE according to the RRC
connection resume procedure based on the stored UE AS context and any RRC configuration received from E-UTRAN.
The RRC connection resume procedure re-activates security and re-establishes SRB(s) and DRB(s). The request to
resume the RRC connection includes the resumeIdentity. The request is not ciphered, but protected with a message
authentication code.
In response to a request to resume the RRC connection, E-UTRAN may resume the suspended RRC connection, reject
the request to resume and instruct the UE to either keep or discard the stored context, or setup a new RRC connection.
In case of CP-EDT, the data are appended in the RRCEarlyDataRequest and RRCEarlyDataComplete messages, if
available, and sent over SRB0. In case of UP-EDT, security is re-activated prior to transmission of RRC message using
the nextHopChainingCount provided in the RRCConnectionRelease message with suspend indication during the
preceding suspend procedure and the radio bearers are re-established. The uplink data are transmitted ciphered on
DTCH multiplexed with the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message on CCCH. In the downlink, the data, if available,
are transmitted on DTCH multiplexed with the RRCConnectionRelease message on DCCH. In response to a request for
EDT, E-UTRAN may also choose to establish or resume the RRC connection.
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED enters RRC_INACTIVE when the network indicates RRC connection suspension in
RRCConnectionRelease message. When entering RRC_INACTIVE, the UE stores the UE AS context and any RRC
configuration received from the network.
The resumption of an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE is initiated by upper layers when the UE needs to transit
from RRC_INACTIVE state to RRC_CONNECTED state or by RRC layer for, e.g. RNAU or reception of RAN
paging. When the RRC connection is resumed, network configures the UE according to the RRC connection resume
procedure based on the stored UE AS context and any RRC configuration received from the network. The RRC
connection resume procedure re-activates security and re-establishes SRB(s) and DRB(s).
ETSI
In response to a request to resume the RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE, the network may resume the suspended
RRC connection and UE enters to RRC_CONNECTED, or reject the request to resume using RRC message without
security protection and send UE to RRC_INACTIVE with wait time, or directly re-suspend the RRC connection and
send UE to RRC_INACTIVE, or directly release the RRC connection and send UE to RRC_IDLE, or instruct the UE to
discard the stored context and initiate NAS level recovery.
5.3.1.2 Security
AS security comprises of the integrity protection of RRC signalling (SRBs) as well as the ciphering of RRC signalling
(SRBs) and user data (DRBs).
RRC handles the configuration of the security parameters which are part of the AS configuration: the integrity
protection algorithm, the ciphering algorithm and two parameters, namely the keyChangeIndicator and the
nextHopChainingCount, which are used by the UE to determine the AS security keys upon handover, connection re-
establishment and/ or connection resume.
The integrity protection algorithm is common for signalling radio bearers SRB1, SRB2 and SRB4. When configured
with MCG only, the ciphering algorithm is common for all radio bearers (i.e. SRB1, SRB2, SRB4 and DRBs). Neither
integrity protection nor ciphering applies for SRB0.
RRC integrity and ciphering are always activated together, i.e. in one message/ procedure. RRC integrity and ciphering
are never de-activated. However, it is possible to switch to a 'NULL' ciphering algorithm (eea0).
The 'NULL' integrity protection algorithm (eia0) is used only for the UE in limited service mode [32, TS33.401]. In
case the 'NULL' integrity protection algorithm is used, 'NULL' ciphering algorithm is also used.
NOTE 1: Lower layers discard RRC messages for which the integrity check has failed and indicate the integrity
verification check failure to RRC.
The AS applies three different security keys: one for the integrity protection of RRC signalling (KRRCint), one for the
ciphering of RRC signalling (KRRCenc) and one for the ciphering of user data (KUPenc). All three AS keys are derived
from the KeNB key. The KeNB is based on the KASME key for E-UTRA connected to EPC, or KAMF for E-UTRA connected
to 5GC, which is handled by upper layers.
Upon connection establishment new AS keys are derived. No AS-parameters are exchanged to serve as inputs for the
derivation of the new AS keys at connection establishment.
The integrity and ciphering of the RRC message used to perform handover is based on the security configuration used
prior to the handover and is performed by the source eNB.
The integrity and ciphering algorithms can only be changed upon handover. The four AS keys (KeNB, KRRCint, KRRCenc
and KUPenc) change upon every handover, connection re-establishment and connection resume. The keyChangeIndicator
is used upon handover and indicates whether the UE should use the keys associated with the KASME key for E-UTRA
connected to EPC, or KAMF for E-UTRA connected to 5GC, taken into use with the latest successful NAS SMC
procedure. The nextHopChainingCount parameter is used upon handover, connection re-establishment and connection
resume by the UE when deriving the new KeNB that is used to generate KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc (see TS 33.401 [32]).
An intra cell handover procedure may be used to change the keys in RRC_CONNECTED.
For each radio bearer an independent counter (COUNT, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] for E-UTRA connected to EPC,
and TS 38.323 [83] for E-UTRA connected to 5GC) is maintained for each direction. For each DRB, the COUNT is
used as input for ciphering. For each SRB, the COUNT is used as input for both ciphering and integrity protection. It is
not allowed to use the same COUNT value more than once for a given security key. At connection resume the COUNT
is reset. In order to limit the signalling overhead, individual messages/ packets include a short sequence number (PDCP
SN, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] for E-UTRA connected to EPC, and TS 38.323 [83] for E-UTRA connected to 5GC).
In addition, an overflow counter mechanism is used: the hyper frame number (TX_HFN and RX_HFN, as specified in
TS 36.323 [8] for E-UTRA connected to EPC, and TS 38.323 [83] for E-UTRA connected to 5GC). The HFN needs to
be synchronized between the UE and the eNB. The eNB is responsible for avoiding reuse of the COUNT with the same
RB identity and with the same KeNB, e.g. due to the transfer of large volumes of data, release and establishment of new
RBs. In order to avoid such re-use, the eNB may e.g. use different RB identities for successive RB establishments,
trigger an intra cell handover or by triggering a transition from RRC_CONNECTED to RRC_IDLE or
RRC_INACTIVE and then back to RRC_CONNECTED.
For each SRB, the value provided by RRC to lower layers to derive the 5-bit BEARER parameter used as input for
ciphering and for integrity protection is the value of the corresponding srb-Identity with the MSBs padded with zeroes.
ETSI
In case of DC, a separate KeNB is used for SCG-DRBs (S-KeNB). This key is derived from the key used for the MCG
(KeNB) and an SCG counter that is used to ensure freshness. To refresh the S-KeNB e.g. when the COUNT will wrap
around, E-UTRAN employs an SCG change, i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including
mobilityControlInfoSCG. When performing handover, while at least one SCG-DRB remains configured, both KeNB and
S-KeNB are refreshed. In such case E-UTRAN performs handover with SCG change i.e. an
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including both mobilityControlInfo and mobilityControlInfoSCG. The
ciphering algorithm is common for all radio bearers within a CG but may be different between MCG and SCG. The
ciphering algorithm for SCG DRBs can only be changed upon SCG change.
In case of EN-DC, the network indicates whether the UE shall use either KeNB or S-KgNB for a particular DRB. S-KgNB is
derived in the same way as S-KeNB as defined in 33.501[86], uses a different counter (sk-Counter) and is used only for
DRBs using NR PDCP. Whenever there is a need to refresh S-KgNB, e.g. upon change of MN or SN, the NR SCG
reconfiguration with sync and key change is used (see 5.3.1.1). E-UTRAN provides a UE configured with EN-DC with
an sk-Counter even when no DRB is setup using S-KgNB i.e. to facilitate configuration of SRB3. The same ciphering
algorithm is used for all radio bearers using the same key (i.e. KeNB or S-KgNB). Likewise, the same integrity algorithm
is used for all SRBs using the same key. Although NR RRC uses different values for the security algorithms than E-
UTRA, the actual algorithms are the same in case of EN-DC in this version of the specification. Hence, for such
algorithms, the security capabilities supported by a UE are consistent across these RATs.
NOTE 2: The network ensures that different values are used for the SCG counter and for the sk-Counter when
deriving S-KgNB and/or S-KeNB from the same KeNB.
5.3.1.2a RN security
For RNs, AS security follows the procedures in 5.3.1.2. Furthermore, E-UTRAN may configure per DRB whether or
not integrity protection is used. The use of integrity protection may be configured only upon DRB establishment and
reconfigured only upon handover or upon the first reconfiguration following RRC connection re-establishment.
To provide integrity protection on DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN, the KUPint key is derived from the KeNB
key as described in TS33.401 [32]. The same integrity protection algorithm used for SRBs also applies to the DRBs.
The KUPint changes at every handover and RRC connection re-establishment and is based on an updated KeNB which is
derived by taking into account the nextHopChainingCount. The COUNT value maintained for DRB ciphering is also
used for integrity protection, if the integrity protection is configured for the DRB.
5.3.1.3 Connected mode mobility

In RRC_CONNECTED, the network controls UE mobility, i.e. the network decides when the UE shall connect to
which E-UTRA cell(s), or inter-RAT cell. For network controlled mobility in RRC_CONNECTED, the PCell can be
changed using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo (handover), whereas the
SCell(s) can be changed using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message either with or without the
mobilityControlInfo.
In DC, an SCG can be established, reconfigured or released by using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with
or without the mobilityControlInfo. In case Random Access to the PSCell or initial PUSCH transmission to the PSCell
if rach-SkipSCG is configured is required upon SCG reconfiguration, E-UTRAN employs the SCG change procedure
(i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfoSCG). The PSCell can only be
changed using the SCG change procedure and by release and addition of the PSCell.
In EN-DC, an NR SCG can be established or reconfigured by using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message

containing nr-secondaryCellGroupConfig and nr-RadioBearerConfig. The contents of nr-secondaryCellGroupConfig
and nr-RadioBearerConfig, of other EN-DC fields as well as the associated procedures are specified in TS 38.331 [82].
The network triggers the handover procedure e.g. based on radio conditions, load. To facilitate this, the network may
configure the UE to perform measurement reporting (possibly including the configuration of measurement gaps). The
network may also initiate handover blindly, i.e. without having received measurement reports from the UE.
Before sending the handover message to the UE, the source eNB prepares one or more target cells. The source eNB
selects the target PCell. The source eNB may also provide the target eNB with a list of best cells on each frequency for
which measurement information is available, in order of decreasing RSRP. The source eNB may also include available
measurement information for the cells provided in the list. The target eNB decides which SCells are configured for use
after handover, which may include cells other than the ones indicated by the source eNB. If an SCG is configured,
handover involves either SCG release or either SCG change (in case of DC) or an NR SCG reconfiguration with sync
and key change (in case of EN-DC). In case the UE was configured with (EN-) DC, the target eNB indicates in the
handover message whether the UE shall release the entire (NR) SCG configuration. Upon connection re-establishment,
ETSI
the UE releases the entire SCG configuration except for the DRB configuration, while E-UTRAN in the first
reconfiguration message following the re-establishment either releases the DRB(s) or reconfigures the DRB(s) to MCG
DRB(s).
The target eNB generates the message used to perform the handover, i.e. the message including the AS-configuration to
be used in the target cell(s). The source eNB transparently (i.e. does not alter values/ content) forwards the handover
message/ information received from the target to the UE. When appropriate, the source eNB may initiate data
forwarding for (a subset of) the DRBs.
After receiving the handover message, the UE attempts to access the target PCell at the first available RACH occasion
according to Random Access resource selection defined in TS 36.321 [6], i.e. the handover is asynchronous, or at the
first available PUSCH occasion if rach-Skip is configured. Consequently, when allocating a dedicated preamble for the
random access in the target PCell, E-UTRA shall ensure it is available from the first RACH occasion the UE may use.
The first available PUSCH occasion is provided by ul-ConfigInfo, if configured, otherwise UE shall monitor the
PDCCH of target eNB. Upon successful completion of the handover, the UE sends a message used to confirm the
handover.
If the target eNB does not support the release of RRC protocol which the source eNB used to configure the UE, the
target eNB may be unable to comprehend the UE configuration provided by the source eNB. In this case, the target eNB
should use the full configuration option to reconfigure the UE for Handover and Re-establishment. Full configuration
option includes an initialization of the radio configuration, which makes the procedure independent of the configuration
used in the source cell(s) with the exception that the security algorithms are continued for the RRC re-establishment.
The same behavior applies in EN-DC, if upon handover the target eNB is unable to comprehend the MCG part of the
UE configuration i.e. the target eNB uses the full configuration option which involves release and configuration of
(most of the) MCG and NR SCG configuration. In case of EN-DC, the target SgNB may be unable to comprehend the
NR SCG configuration provided by the source SgNB. In such a case, release and addition may be applied for the NR
SCG part of the configuration.
NOTE 1: When using release and addition for the NR SCG configuration, E-UTRAN includes drb-ToReleaseList
for the SN terminated RBs.
After the successful completion of handover, PDCP SDUs may be re-transmitted in the target cell(s). This only applies
for DRBs using RLC-AM mode and for handovers not involving full configuration option. The further details are
specified in TS 36.323 [8]. After the successful completion of handover not involving full configuration option, the SN
and the HFN are reset except for the DRBs using RLC-AM mode (for which both SN and HFN continue). For
reconfigurations involving the full configuration option, the PDCP entities are newly established (SN and HFN do not
continue) for all DRBs irrespective of the RLC mode. The further details are specified in TS 36.323 [8].
One UE behaviour to be performed upon handover is specified, i.e. this is regardless of the handover procedures used
within the network (e.g. whether the handover includes X2 or S1 signalling procedures).
The source eNB should, for some time, maintain a context to enable the UE to return in case of handover failure. After
having detected handover failure, the UE attempts to resume the RRC connection either in the source PCell or in
another cell using the RRC re-establishment procedure. This connection resumption succeeds only if the accessed cell is
prepared, i.e. concerns a cell of the source eNB or of another eNB towards which handover preparation has been
performed. The cell in which the re-establishment procedure succeeds becomes the PCell while SCells and STAGs, if
configured, are released.
Normal measurement and mobility procedures are used to support handover to cells broadcasting a CSG identity. In
addition, E-UTRAN may configure the UE to report that it is entering or leaving the proximity of cell(s) included in its
CSG whitelist. Furthermore, E-UTRAN may request the UE to provide additional information broadcast by the
handover candidate cell e.g. global cell identity, CSG identity, CSG membership status.
NOTE 2: E-UTRAN may use the 'proximity report' to configure measurements as well as to decide whether or not
to request additional information broadcast by the handover candidate cell. The additional information is
used to verify whether or not the UE is authorised to access the target PCell and may also be needed to
identify handover candidate cell (PCI confusion i.e. when the physical layer identity that is included in
the measurement report does not uniquely identify the cell).
5.3.1.4 Connection control in NB-IoT

In NB-IoT, during the RRC connection establishment procedure, SRB1bis is established implicitly with SRB1.
SRB1bis uses the logical channel identity defined in 9.1.2a, with the same configuration as SRB1 but no PDCP entity.
ETSI
SRB1bis is used until security is activated. The RRC messages to activate security (command and successful response)
are sent over SRB1 being integrity protected and ciphering is started after completion of the procedure. In case of
unsuccessful security activation, the failure message is sent over SRB1 and subsequent messages are sent over
SRB1bis. Once security is activated, new RRC messages shall be transmitted using SRB1. A NB-IoT UE that only
supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation (see TS 24.301 [35]) only establishes SRB1bis.
A NB-IoT UE only supports 0, 1 or 2 DRBs, depending on its capability. A NB-IoT UE that only supports the Control
Plane CIoT EPS optimisation (see TS 24.301 [35]) does not need to support any DRBs and associated procedures.
Table 5.3.1.4-1 lists the procedures that are applicable for NB-IoT. All other procedures are not applicable; this is not
further stated in the corresponding procedures.
Table 5.3.1.4-1: Connection control procedures applicable to a NB-IoT UE
Sub-clause Procedures
5.3.2 Paging
5.3.3 RRC connection establishment
RRC connection resume (see NOTE)
CP-EDT
UP-EDT (see NOTE)
5.3.4 Initial security activation (see NOTE)
5.3.5 RRC connection reconfiguration (see NOTE)
5.3.7 RRC connection re-establishment
5.3.8 RRC connection release
5.3.9 RRC connection release requested by upper layers
5.3.10 Radio resource configuration
5.3.11 Radio link failure related actions
5.3.12 UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
NOTE: Not applicable for a UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation (see TS 24.301
[35]).
5.3.2 Paging
5.3.2.1 General
UE EUTRAN
Paging
Figure 5.3.2.1-1: Paging
The purpose of this procedure is:
- to transmit CN initiated paging information to a UE in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and/ or;
- to transmit RAN initiated paging information to a UE in RRC_INACTIVE and/or;
- to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE, UEs in RRC_INACTIVE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED other than NB-IoT
UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, about a system information change and/ or;
- to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE other than NB-IoT UEs, UEs in RRC_INACTIVE and UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED other than NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, about an ETWS primary notification and/
or ETWS secondary notification and/ or;
- to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE other than NB-IoT UEs, UEs in RRC_INACTIVE and UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED other than NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, about a CMAS notification and/ or;
- to inform UEs other than NB-IoT UEs in RRC_IDLE, and other than UEs connected to 5GC about an EAB
parameters modification and/ or;
ETSI
- to inform UEs other than NB-IoT UEs in RRC_IDLE, and UEs in RRC_INACTIVE to perform E-UTRAN
inter-frequency redistribution procedure.
The paging information of CN initiated paging is provided to upper layers, which in response may initiate RRC
connection establishment, e.g. to receive an incoming call.
5.3.2.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the paging procedure by transmitting the Paging message at the UE's paging occasion as specified
in TS 36.304 [4]. E-UTRAN may address multiple UEs within a Paging message by including one PagingRecord for
each UE. E-UTRAN may also indicate a change of system information, and/ or provide an ETWS notification or a
CMAS notification in the Paging message.
5.3.2.3 Reception of the Paging message by the UE

Upon receiving the Paging message, the UE shall:
1> if in RRC_IDLE, for each of the PagingRecord, if any, included in the Paging message:
2> if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches one of the UE identities allocated by upper layers:
3> forward the ue-Identity, accessType (if present) and, except for NB-IoT, the cn-Domain to the upper
layers;
1> if in RRC_INACTIVE, for each of the PagingRecord, if any, included in the Paging message:
2> if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches the stored I-RNTI:
3> if UE is configured with one or more access identities equal to 1, 2 or 11-15 applicable in the selected
PLMN:
4> initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3.2 with cause value set to 'highProrityAccess';
3> else:
4> initiate the RRC connection resumption procedure according to 5.3.3.2 with cause value set to 'mt-
access';
2> else if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches one of the UE identities allocated by upper
layers:
3> forward the ue-Identity, accessType (if present) and the cn-Domain to the upper layers;
3> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
1> if the UE is not configured with a DRX cycle longer than the modification period and the
systemInfoModification is included; or
1> if the UE is configured with a DRX cycle longer than the modification period and the systemInfoModification-
eDRX is included:
2> re-acquire the required system information using the system information acquisition procedure as specified in
5.2.2.
1> if the etws-Indication is included and the UE is ETWS capable:
2> re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information
modification period boundary;
2> if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType10 is present:
NOTE: If the UE is in CE, it is up to UE implementation when to start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10.
ETSI
1> if the cmas-Indication is included and the UE is CMAS capable:
modification period boundary as specified in 5.2.1.5;
1> if in RRC_IDLE, the eab-ParamModification is included and the UE is EAB capable:
2> consider previously stored SystemInformationBlockType14 as invalid;
modification period boundary as specified in 5.2.1.6;
2> re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType14 using the system information acquisition procedure as specified in
5.2.2.4;
1> if in RRC_IDLE, the redistributionIndication is included and the UE is redistribution capable:
2> Perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 (5.2.4.10, [4]);
5.3.3 RRC connection establishment

5.3.3.1 General
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionRequest
RRCConnectionSetup
RRCConnectionSetupComplete
Figure 5.3.3.1-1: RRC connection establishment, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionRequest
RRCConnectionReject
Figure 5.3.3.1-2: RRC connection establishment, network reject
ETSI
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionResumeRequest
RRCConnectionResume
RRCConnectionResumeComplete
Figure 5.3.3.1-3: RRC connection resume (suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE), or UP-
EDT fallback to RRC connection resume, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionSetup
Figure 5.3.3.1-4: RRC connection resume (suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE) or UP-EDT
fallback to RRC connection establishment, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReject
Figure 5.3.3.1-5: RRC connection resume or UP-EDT, network reject (suspended RRC connection or
RRC_INACTIVE) or release (suspended RRC connection)
ETSI
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionRelease
Figure 5.3.3.1-6: RRC connection resume (RRC_INACTIVE), network release or suspend or UP-EDT,
successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCEarlyDataRequest
RRCEarlyDataComplete
Figure 5.3.3.1-7: CP-EDT, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCEarlyDataRequest
RRCConnectionSetup
Figure 5.3.3.1-8: CP-EDT fallback to RRC connection establishment, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCEarlyDataRequest
RRCConnectionReject
Figure 5.3.3.1-9: CP-EDT, network reject
The purpose of this procedure is to establish an RRC connection, to resume a suspended RRC connection, to move the
UE from RRC_INACTIVE to RRC_CONNECTED or to perform EDT. RRC connection establishment involves SRB1
ETSI
(and SRB1bis for NB-IoT) establishment. The procedure is also used to transfer the initial NAS dedicated information/
message from the UE to E-UTRAN.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
- When establishing an RRC connection:
- to establish SRB1 and, for NB-IoT, SRB1bis;
- When resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection or from RRC_INACTIVE:
- to restore the AS configuration from a stored context including resuming SRB(s) and DRB(s);
- When performing EDT.
5.3.3.1a Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink communication/

discovery/ V2X sidelink communication
For sidelink communication an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related sidelink communication and related data is available
for transmission:
2> if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if the valid version of
SystemInformationBlockType18 does not include commTxPoolNormalCommon;
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related sidelink communication:
2> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on
which the UE camps; or
2> if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in
5.10.11.5 are met and if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and
if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType18 does not include commTxPoolNormalCommon or
commTxAllowRelayCommon;
For V2X sidelink communication an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication and related data is
available for transmission:
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication
concerns the camped frequency; and if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the cell on which the
UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; and
sl-V2X-ConfigCommon does not include v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon; or
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication is
included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26
broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if neither the valid version of
SystemInformationBlockType21 nor that of SystemInformationBlockType26 includes v2x-
CommTxPoolNormal for the concerned frequency;
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication and related data is available
for transmission:
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication
concerns the camped frequency; and if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the cell on which the
UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; and
sl-V2X-ConfigCommon does not include p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon; or
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication is
included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26
broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if neither the valid version of
SystemInformationBlockType21 nor that of SystemInformationBlockType26 includes p2x-
CommTxPoolNormal for the concerned frequency;
ETSI
For sidelink discovery an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements
concerns the camped frequency; and SystemInformationBlockType19 of the cell on which the UE camps does
not include discTxPoolCommon-r12; or
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements
is included in discInterFreqList in SystemInformationBlockType19 broadcast by the cell on which the UE
camps, with discTxResourcesInterFreq included within discResourcesNonPS and set to requestDedicated;
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery
announcements concerns the camped frequency; and SystemInformationBlockType19 of the cell on which the
UE camps includes discConfigPS but does not include discTxPoolPS-Common; or
2> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery
announcements (e.g. group member discovery) is included in discInterFreqList in
SystemInformationBlockType19 broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps, with
discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesPS included and set to requestDedicated;
1> if configured by upper layers to transmit relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
2> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in
5.10.10.4 are met; or
2> if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE
threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
3> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit relay PS related sidelink discovery
announcements concerns the camped frequency; and SystemInformationBlockType19 of the cell on which
the UE camps includes discConfigRelay and discConfigPS but does not include discTxPoolPS-Common;
NOTE: Upper layers initiate an RRC connection. The interaction with NAS is left to UE implementation.
5.3.3.1b Conditions for initiating EDT

A BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE can initiate EDT when all of the following conditions are fulfilled:
1> for CP-EDT, the upper layers request establishment of an RRC connection, the UE supports CP-EDT, and
SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) includes cp-EDT; or
1> for UP-EDT, the upper layers request resumption of an RRC connection, the UE supports UP-EDT,
SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) includes up-EDT, and the UE has
a stored value of the nextHopChainingCount provided in the RRCConnectionRelease message with suspend
indication during the preceding suspend procedure;
1> the establishment or resumption request is for mobile originating calls and the establishment cause is mo-Data or
mo-ExceptionData or delayTolerantAccess;
1> SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) includes edt-Parameters;
1> the size of the resulting MAC PDU including the total UL data is expected to be smaller than or equal to the TBS
signalled in edt-TBS as specified in TS 36.321 [6, 5.1.1];
1> EDT fallback indication has not been received from lower layers for this establishment or resumption procedure;
NOTE 1: Upper layers request or resume an RRC connection. The interaction with NAS is up to UE
implementation.
NOTE 2: It is up to UE implementation how the UE determines whether the size of UL data is suitable for EDT.
ETSI
5.3.3.2 Initiation
The UE initiates the procedure when upper layers request establishment or resume of an RRC connection while the UE
is in RRC_IDLE or when upper layers request resume of an RRC connection or RRC layer requests resume of an RRC
connection for, e.g. RNAU or reception of RAN paging while the UE is in RRC_INACTIVE.
Except for NB-IoT, upon initiation of the procedure, if the UE is connected to EPC, the UE shall:
1> if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the ac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains

an AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers
(see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2> select the AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by
upper layers;
2> in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected AC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of
access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the common access barring parameters included in
1> else
2> in the remainder of this procedure use the common access barring parameters (i.e. presence or absence of
these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1> if SystemInformationBlockType2 contains acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List and the acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List

contains an ACDC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by
upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2> select the ACDC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected
by upper layers;
2> in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected ACDC-BarringPerPLMN entry for ACDC barring check
(i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the acdc-
BarringForCommon parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1> else:
2> in the remainder of this procedure use the acdc-BarringForCommon (i.e. presence or absence of these
parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2 for ACDC barring check;
1> if upper layers indicate that the RRC connection is subject to EAB (see TS 24.301 [35]):
2> if the result of the EAB check, as specified in 5.3.3.12, is that access to the cell is barred:
3> inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC
connection with suspend indication and that EAB is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1> if upper layers indicate that the RRC connection is subject to ACDC (see TS 24.301 [35]),
SystemInformationBlockType2 contains BarringPerACDC-CategoryList, and acdc-HPLMNonly indicates that
ACDC is applicable for the UE:
2> if the BarringPerACDC-CategoryList contains a BarringPerACDC-Category entry corresponding to the

ACDC category selected by upper layers:
3> select the BarringPerACDC-Category entry corresponding to the ACDC category selected by upper
layers;
2> else:
3> select the last BarringPerACDC-Category entry in the BarringPerACDC-CategoryList;
2> stop timer T308, if running;
2> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.13, using T308 as "Tbarring" and acdc-BarringConfig in
the BarringPerACDC-Category as "ACDC barring parameter";
ETSI
2> if access to the cell is barred:
connection with suspend indication and that access barring is applicable due to ACDC, upon which the
procedure ends;
1> else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile terminating calls:
2> if timer T302 is running:
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile terminating calls is applicable,
upon which the procedure ends;
1> else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for emergency calls:
2> if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes the ac-BarringInfo:
3> if the ac-BarringForEmergency is set to TRUE:
4> if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15,
which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]:
NOTE 1: ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the
HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
5> if the ac-BarringInfo includes ac-BarringForMO-Data, and for all of these valid Access Classes
for the UE, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ac-BarringForMO-
Data is set to one:
6> consider access to the cell as barred;
4> else:
connection with suspend indication, upon which the procedure ends;
1> else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating calls:
2> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T303 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data
as "AC barring parameter";
3> if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB or the UE does not support CS fallback:
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls is applicable,
3> else (SystemInformationBlockType2 does not include ac-BarringForCSFB and the UE supports CS
fallback):
4> if timer T306 is not running, start T306 with the timer value of T303;
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls and mobile
originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1> else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating signalling:
2> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T305 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-
Signalling as "AC barring parameter";
ETSI
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating signalling is applicable,
1> else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating CS fallback:
2> if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB:
3> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T306 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForCSFB
as "AC barring parameter";
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating CS fallback is
applicable, due to ac-BarringForCSFB, upon which the procedure ends;
2> else:
3> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T306 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-
Data as "AC barring parameter";
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating CS fallback and
mobile originating calls is applicable, due to ac-BarringForMO-Data, upon which the procedure ends;
1> else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice, mobile originating
MMTEL video, mobile originating SMSoIP or mobile originating SMS:
2> if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice and
SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice; or
2> if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and
SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo; or
2> if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating SMSoIP or SMS and
SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForSMS:
3> consider access to the cell as not barred;
2> else:
3> if establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-Signalling (including the case that mo-
Signalling is replaced by highPriorityAccess according to 3GPP TS 24.301 [35] or by mo-VoiceCall
according to the subclause 5.3.3.3):
4> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T305 as "Tbarring" and ac-
BarringForMO-Signalling as "AC barring parameter";
connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating signalling is
applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
3> if establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-Data (including the case that mo-Data is
replaced by highPriorityAccess according to 3GPP TS 24.301 [35] or by mo-VoiceCall according to the
subclause 5.3.3.3):
4> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T303 as "Tbarring" and ac-
BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
ETSI
5> if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB or the UE does not support CS

fallback:
6> inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the
RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls is
applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
5> else (SystemInformationBlockType2 does not include ac-BarringForCSFB and the UE supports CS
fallback):
6> inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the
RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls
and mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
Upon initiation of the procedure, if the UE is connected to 5GC, the UE shall:
1> if the upper layers provide an Access Category and one or more Access Identities upon requesting establishment
of an RRC connection:
2> perform the unified acccess control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the Access Category and Access
Identities provided by upper layers;
3> if the access attempt is barred, the procedure ends;
1> if the upper layers provide an Access Category and one or more Access Identities upon requesting the
resumption of an RRC connection:
2> perform the unified acccess control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the Access Category and Access
Identities provided by upper layers;
1> if the resumption of the RRC connection is triggered due to an RNAU:
2> if an emergency service is ongoing:
3> select '2' as the Access Category;
2> else:
3> select [the standardised RAN specific access category] as the Access Category;
Editor's Note: Which value to use for the standardised RAN specific access category needs to be confirmed by SA1.
2> perform the unified acccess control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the selected Access Category and
one or more Access Identities provided by upper layers;
3> if the access attempt is barred:
4> set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'TRUE';
4> the procedure ends;
1> if the resumption of the RRC connection is triggered by response to NG-RAN paging:
2> select '0' as the Access Category;
2> perform the unified acccess control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the selected Access Category and
one or more Access Identities provided by upper layers;
Except for NB-IoT, upon initiating the procedure, if connected to EPC or 5GC, the UE shall:
ETSI
1> if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection or from RRC_INACTIVE:
2> if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection:
3> if the UE was configured with EN-DC:
4> perform EN-DC release, as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.10];
2> release the MCG SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;
2> release powerPrefIndicationConfig, if configured and stop timer T340, if running;
2> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
2> release obtainLocationConfig, if configured;
2> release idc-Config, if configured;
2> release sps-AssistanceInfoReport, if configured;
2> release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
2> release the entire SCG configuration, if configured, except for the DRB configuration (as configured by drb-
ToAddModListSCG);
2> release naics-Info for the PCell, if configured;
2> release the LWA configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.14.3;
2> release the LWIP configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.17.3;
2> release bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer, if configured and stop timer T341, if running;
2> release delayBudgetReportingConfig, if configured and stop timer T342, if running;
2> release ailc-BitConfig, if configured;
2> release uplinkDataCompression, if configured;
1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1> apply the CCCH configuration as specified in 9.1.1.2;
1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1> start timer T300;
1> if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection or from RRC_INACTIVE:
2> stop T380 if the UE is resuming from RRC_INACTIVE;
2> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
1> else:
2> if stored, discard the UE AS context, resumeIdentity and I-RNTI;
2> if the UE is initiating CP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b:
3> initiate transmission of the RRCEarlyDataRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3b;
2> else:
3> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
ETSI
NOTE 2: Upon initiating the connection establishment procedure, the UE is not required to ensure it maintains up
to date system information applicable only for UEs in RRC_IDLE state or UEs in RRC_INACTIVE.
However, the UE needs to perform system information acquisition upon cell re-selection.
For NB-IoT, upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1> if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating exception data; or
1> if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating data; or
1> if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for delay tolerant access; or
1> if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating signalling;
2> perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.14;
connection with suspend indication and that access barring is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1> apply the CCCH configuration as specified in 9.1.1.2;
1> if the UE is establishing an RRC connection:
2> if the UE is initiating CP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b:
3> initiate transmission of the RRCEarlyDataRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3b;
2> else:
3> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
1> else if the UE is resuming an RRC connection:
NOTE 3: Upon initiating the connection establishment or resumption procedure, the UE is not required to ensure it
maintains up to date system information applicable only for UEs in RRC_IDLE state. However, the UE
needs to perform system information acquisition upon cell re-selection.
NOTE 4: For EDT, upon initiating the connection establishment or resumption procedure, it is up to UE
implementation whether to continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection
evaluation and, if the conditions for cell re-selection are fulfilled, whether to perform cell re-selection as
specified in 5.3.3.5.
5.3.3.3 Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionRequest message as follows:
1> set the ue-Identity as follows:
2> if upper layers provide an S-TMSI:
3> set the ue-Identity to the value received from upper layers;
2> else if upper layers provide a 5G-S-TMSI:
3> set the ue-Identity to the rightmost 40 bits of the value received from upper layers;
2> else:
ETSI
3> draw a random value in the range 0 .. 240-1 and set the ue-Identity to this value;
NOTE 1: Upper layers provide the S-TMSI if the UE is registered in the TA of the current cell.
1> if the UE is connected to EPC:
2> if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause and UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile
originating MMTEL voice and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes voiceServiceCauseIndication and the
establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to highPriorityAccess:
3> set the establishmentCause to mo-VoiceCall;
2> else if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause for mobile originating MMTEL video and UE is
establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and SystemInformationBlockType2
includes videoServiceCauseIndication and the establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to
highPriorityAccess:
3> set the establishmentCause to mo-VoiceCall;
2> else:
3> set the establishmentCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
1> if the UE is connected to 5GC:
2> if the UE supports multi-tone transmission, include multiToneSupport;
2> if the UE supports multi-carrier operation, include multiCarrierSupport;
2> if the UE supports DL channel quality reporting and cqi-Reporting is present in

SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3> set the cqi-NPDCCH to include the latest results of the downlink channel quality measurements of the
serving cell as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 2: The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS
36.133 [16]. In case period T2 is used the RRC-MAC interactions are left to UE implementation.
2> set earlyContentionResolution to TRUE;
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
The UE shall continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection evaluation. If the conditions for
cell re-selection are fulfilled, the UE shall perform cell re-selection as specified in 5.3.3.5.
5.3.3.3a Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionResumeRequest message

If the UE is resuming the RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection, the UE shall set the contents of
RRCConnectionResumeRequest message as follows:
1> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE; or
1> if the UE is initiating UP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b; or
1> if field useFullResumeID is signalled in SystemInformationBlockType2:
2> set the resumeID to the stored resumeIdentity;
1> else:
2> set the truncatedResumeID to include bits in bit position 9 to 20 and 29 to 40 from the left in the stored
resumeIdentity.
ETSI
1> if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause and UE is resuming the RRC connection for mobile
originating MMTEL voice and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes voiceServiceCauseIndication and the
establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to highPriorityAccess:
2> set the resumeCause to mo-VoiceCall;
1> else if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause for mobile originating MMTEL video and UE is
resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes
videoServiceCauseIndication and the establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to
highPriorityAccess:
2> set the resumeCause to mo-VoiceCall;
1> else:
2> set the resumeCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
1> set the shortResumeMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
2> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortResumeMAC-Input (or
VarShortResumeMAC-Input-NB in NB-IoT);
2> with the KRRCint key and the previously configured integrity protection algorithm; and
2> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

NOTE 0: The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS
1> restore the RRC configuration and security context from the stored UE AS context;
1> if the UE is initiating UP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b:
2> restore the PDCP state and re-establish PDCP entities for all SRBs and all DRBs;
2> if drb-ContinueROHC has been provided in immediately preceding RRC connection release message, and the
UE is requesting to resume RRC connection in the same cell:
3> indicate to lower layers that stored UE AS context is used and that drb-ContinueROHC is configured;
3> continue the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression
protocol;
2> else:
3> indicate to lower layers that stored UE AS context is used;
3> reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression
protocol;
2> resume all SRBs and all DRBs;
2> derive the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the stored value of
nextHopChainingCount, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
ETSI
2> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as
specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2> configure lower layers to resume integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the
KRRCint key derived in this subclause to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
2> configure lower layers to resume ciphering and to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KRRCenc key derived
in this subclause to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
2> configure lower layers to resume ciphering and to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KUPenc key derived in
this subclause immediately to the user data sent and received by the UE;
2> configure the lower layers to use EDT;
1> else:
2> if SRB1 was configured with NR PDCP:
3> for SRB1, release the NR PDCP entity and establish an E-UTRA PDCP entity with the current (MCG)
security configuration;
NOTE 1: The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the
previously configured NR security algorithms.
2> else:
3> for SRB1, restore the PDCP state and re-establish the PDCP entity;
If the UE is resuming the RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE, the UE shall set the contents of
RRCConnectionResumeRequest message as follows:
2> if field useFullResumeID is signalled in SystemInformationBlockType2:
3> set the fullI-RNTI to the stored fullI-RNTI value provided in suspend;
2> else:
3> set the shortI-RNTI to the stored shortI-RNTI value provided in suspend;
2> set the resumeCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers or from AS layer;
NOTE 1a: if the resume is triggered by upper layers and AS layer simultaneously, set the resumeCause in
accordance with the information received from upper layers.
2> set the shortResumeMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarINACTIVE-MAC-Input;
3> with the KRRCint key and the previously configured integrity protection algorithm; and
2> restore the RRC configuration and security context from the stored UE AS context except physical layer and
MAC configuration;
2> update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the stored nextHopChainingCount value, as
2> derive the KRRCenc key, the KRRCint and the KUPenc key;
2> configure lower layers to resume integrity protection for all SRBs except SRB0 using the previously
configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all
subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
2> configure lower layers to resume ciphering for all radio bearers except SRB0 and to apply the previously
configured ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key, i.e. the ciphering configuration shall be
applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
ETSI
2> apply the default configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1;
2> apply the default NR PDCP configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 9.2.1.1 for SRB1;
Following procedures are applied for both suspended RRC connection and RRC_INACTIVE:
2> resume SRB1;
NOTE 2: Until successful connection resumption, the default physical layer configuration and the default MAC
Main configuration are applied for the transmission of SRB0 and SRB1, and SRB1 is used only for the
transfer of RRCConnectionResume message.
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
The UE shall continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection evaluation. If the conditions for
cell re-selection are fulfilled, the UE shall perform cell re-selection as specified in 5.3.3.5.
5.3.3.3b Actions related to transmission of RRCEarlyDataRequest message

The UE shall set the contents of RRCEarlyDataRequest message as follows:
1> set the s-TMSI to the value received from upper layers;

NOTE: The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS
1> set the dedicatedInfoNAS to include the information received from upper layers;
The UE shall configure the lower layers to use EDT and submit the RRCEarlyDataRequest message to the lower layers
for transmission.
5.3.3.3c UE actions upon receiving EDT fallback indication from lower layers
Upon indication from lower layers that EDT is cancelled, the UE shall:
1> start or restart timer T300;
1> if the fallback is indicated by lower layers in response to the RRCEarlyDataRequest:
2> initiate transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
1> else if the fallback is indicated by lower layers in response to the RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT and
the fallback is not due to the UL grant provided in Random Access Response not being for EDT:
2> perform the actions upon abortion of UP-EDT as specified in 5.3.3.9a;
5.3.3.4 Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup by the UE

NOTE 1: Prior to this, lower layer signalling is used to allocate a C-RNTI. For further details see TS 36.321 [6];
The UE shall:
1> if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest from a suspended RRC

connection:
ETSI
2> release all radio resources, including release of the RLC entity, the MAC configuration and the associated
PDCP entity for all established or suspended RBs, except for SRB0;
2> discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
2> if stored, discard the stored nextHopChainingCount;
2> if stored, discard the stored drb-ContinueROHC;
2> indicate to upper layers fallback of the RRC connection;
1> if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest from

RRC_INACTIVE:
2> set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'FALSE', if that is set to TRUE;
2> discard the stored UE AS context, the fullI-RNTI and the shortI-RNTI;
2> indicate to upper layers fallback of the RRC connection;
1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received
radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
1> if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or
inherited from another RAT;
1> if stored, discard the dedicated offset provided by the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated;
1> stop timer T300;
1> perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
1> release rclwi-Configuration, if configured, as specified in 5.6.16.2;
1> enter RRC_CONNECTED;
1> stop the cell re-selection procedure;
1> consider the current cell to be the PCell;
1> set the content of RRCConnectionSetupComplete message as follows:
2> if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest:
3> if upper layers provide an S-TMSI:
4> set the s-TMSI to the value received from upper layers;
ETSI
4> set the ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits to ng-5G-S-TMSI with the value received from upper layers;
3> set the ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits to ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2 to the leftmost 8 bits of 5G-S-TMSI received from
upper layers;
2> set the selectedPLMN-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35])
from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1 (or
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT);
2> if upper layers provide the 'Registered MME', include and set the registeredMME as follows:
3> if the PLMN identity of the 'Registered MME' is different from the PLMN selected by the upper layers:
4> include the plmnIdentity in the registeredMME and set it to the value of the PLMN identity in the
'Registered MME' received from upper layers;
3> set the mmegi and the mmec to the value received from upper layers;
2> if upper layers provided the 'Registered MME':
3> include and set the gummei-Type to the value provided by the upper layers;
Editor's Note: FFS Whether the gummei-Type is applicable for E-UTRA5GC
2> if upper layers provide the 'Registered AMF', include and set the registeredAMF as follows:
3> if the PLMN identity of the 'Registered AMF' is different from the PLMN selected by the upper layers:
4> include the plmnIdentity in the registeredAMF and set it to the value of the PLMN identity in the
'Registered AMF' received from upper layers;
3> set the amf-Identifier to the value received from upper layers;
2> if upper layers provide one or more S-NSSAI (see TS 23.003 [27]):
3> include the s-NSSAI-list and set the content to the values provided by the upper layers;
2> if the UE supports CIoT EPS optimisation(s):
3> include attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity if received from upper layers;
3> include up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation if received from upper layers;
3> except for NB-IoT, include cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation if received from upper layers;
2> if the upper layers indicate the selected core network type as 5GC:3> include the connectTo5GC;
2> if connecting as an RN:
3> include the rn-SubframeConfigReq;
2> if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to RRCEarlyDataRequest:
3> set the dedicatedInfoNAS to a zero-length octet string;
2> else:
2> if the UE has flight path information available:
3> include flightPathInfoAvailable;
2> except for NB-IoT and the UE connected to EPC:
ETSI
3> if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the
RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
4> include rlf-InfoAvailable;
3> if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in
plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
4> include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
3> else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-
IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
4> include logMeasAvailable;
3> if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-
4> include logMeasAvailableBT;
3> if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList
stored in VarLogMeasReport:
4> include logMeasAvailableWLAN;
3> if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the
RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
4> include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
3> include the mobilityState and set it to the mobility state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]) of the UE just prior
to entering RRC_CONNECTED state;
3> if the UE supports storage of mobility history information and the UE has mobility history information
available in VarMobilityHistoryReport:
4> include the mobilityHistoryAvail;
3> if the SIB2 contains idleModeMeasurements, and the UE has IDLE mode measurement information
available in VarMeasIdleReport:
4> include the idleMeasAvailable;
4> stop T331 (if running);
2> for NB-IoT:
3> if the UE supports serving cell idle mode measurements reporting and servingCellMeasInfo is present in
4> set the measResultServCell to include the measurements of the serving cell;
NOTE 2: The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection
evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS
36.133 [16].
2> include dcn-ID if a DCN-ID value (see TS 23.401 [41]) is received from upper layers;
2> if UE needs UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
3> include ue-CE-NeedULGaps;
2> submit the RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1> if the UE is connected to 5GC:
2> apply the default NR PDCP configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 9.2.1.1] for SRB1;
ETSI
2> use NR PDCP for all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE via SRB1;
1> the procedure ends:
5.3.3.4a Reception of the RRCConnectionResume by the UE

The UE shall:
1> stop timer T300;
1> except if the RRCConnectionResume is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2> if resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection:
3> restore the PDCP state and re-establish PDCP entities for SRB2, if configured with E-UTRA PDCP, and
for all DRBs that are configured with E-UTRA PDCP;
3> if drb-ContinueROHC is included:
4> continue the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header
compression protocol;
3> else:
protocol;
2> else if the RRCConnectionResume message includes the fullConfig (for resuming an RRC connection from
RRC_INACTIVE):
3> perform the radio configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.5.8;
2> else (for resuming an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE)
3> restore the PDCP state, reset COUNT value and re-establish PDCP entities for SRB2 and all DRBs;
3> restore the physical layer configuration , the MAC configuration, the RLC configuration and the PDCP
configuration from the stored UE AS context;
3> if drb-ContinueROHC is included:
4> continue the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header
compression protocol;
3> else:
protocol;
3> discard the stored UE AS context, the fullI-RNTI and the shortI-RNTI except ran-NotificationAreaInfo;
NOTE: When performing the radio resource configuration procedure, for the physical layer configuration and the
MAC Main configuration, the restored RRC configuration from the stored UE AS context is used as basis
for the reconfiguration.
ETSI
1> if the received RRCConnectionResume message includes the sk-Counter:
2> perform key update procedure as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.8];
1> if the received RRCConnectionResume message includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:
2> perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.6];
1> if the received RRCConnectionResume message includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
1> except if the RRCConnectionResume is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2> resume SRB2 and all DRBs, if any, including RBs configured with NR PDCP;
1> if the RRCConnectionResume message includes the measConfig:
2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1> if the RRCConnectionResume is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2> ignore the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionResume message;
1> else:
3> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the
nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionResume message, as specified in TS 33.401
[32];
3> store the nextHopChainingCount value;
33.401 [32];
3> request lower layers to verify the integrity protection of the RRCConnectionResume message, using the
previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key;
2> if the integrity protection check of the RRCConnectionResume message fails:
ETSI
3> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with
release cause 'other' for the resume from a suspended RRC connection, with release cause 'RRC Resume
failure' for the resume from RRC_INACTIVE, upon which the procedure ends;
3> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm,
as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3> configure lower layers to resume integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the
KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and
sent by the UE;
3> configure lower layers to resume ciphering and to apply the ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the
KUPenc key, i.e. the ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent
by the UE;
1> enter RRC_CONNECTED;
1> indicate to upper layers that the suspended RRC connection has been resumed;
1> stop the cell re-selection procedure;
1> set the content of RRCConnectionResumeComplete message as follows:
2> set the selectedPLMN-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35])
from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
2> except for NB-IoT:
4> if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in
4> else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in
5> include logMeasAvailable;
4> if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-
4> if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if
the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
ETSI
4> include the mobilityState and set it to the mobility state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]) of the UE just
prior to entering RRC_CONNECTED state;
3> if the UE supports storage of mobility history information and the UE has mobility history information
available in VarMobilityHistoryReport:
4> include mobilityHistoryAvail;
3> if the SIB2 contains idleModeMeasurements, and the UE has IDLE mode measurement information
available in VarMeasIdleReport:
4> include the idleMeasAvailable;
4> stop T331 (if running);
2> for NB-IoT:
NOTE: The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection
36.133 [16].
1> submit the RRCConnectionResumeComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1> the procedure ends.
5.3.3.4b Reception of the RRCEarlyDataComplete by the UE

The UE shall:
1> stop timer T300;
1> forward the dedicatedInfoNAS, if received, to the upper layers;
1> reset MAC and release the MAC configuration;
1> if the RRCEarlyDataComplete message includes redirectedCarrierInfo indicating redirection to geran; and
1> if upper layers indicate that redirect to GERAN without AS security is not allowed:
ETSI
2> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other', upon
which the procedure ends;
1> if the RRCEarlyDataComplete message includes idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
2> store the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo;
2> if the t320 is included:
3> start timer T320, with the timer value set according to the value of t320;
1> else:
2> apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information;
1> for NB-IoT, if the RRCEarlyDataComplete message includes redirectedCarrierInfo:
2> if the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated is included in the redirectedCarrierInfo:
3> store the dedicated offset for the frequency in redirectedCarrierInfo;
3> start timer T322, with the timer value set according to the value of T322 in redirectedCarrierInfo;
1> if the extendedWaitTime is present; and
1> if the UE supports delay tolerant access or the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2> forward the extendedWaitTime to upper layers;
1> indicate the release of the RRC connection to upper layers together with the release cause 'other', upon which the
procedure ends;
5.3.3.5 Cell re-selection while T300, T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 is running
The UE shall:
2> if cell reselection occurs while T300 or T302 is running:
3> set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'FALSE', if that is set to TRUE;
4> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12 with release cause 'RRC
Resume failure';
1> else if cell reselection occurs while T300, T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 is running:
2> if UE has initiated UP-EDT:
2> if timer T302, T303, T305, T306, and/or T308 is running and if the UE is connected to EPC:
3> stop timer T302, T303, T305, T306, and T308, whichever ones were running;
2> else if timer T302 is running and if the UE is connected to 5GC:
3> stop timer T302;
3> stop timer T300;
ETSI
3> if UE has sent RRCConnectionResumeRequest message and has not received RRCConnectionResume
message:
4> reset MAC and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
4> suspend SRB1;
3> else:
4> reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
connection with suspend indication;
5.3.3.6 T300 expiry

The UE shall:
1> if timer T300 expires:
2> if UE has sent RRCConnectionResumeRequest message and has not received RRCConnectionResume
message:
3> reset MAC and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
3> suspend SRB1;
2> else:
3> if connEstFailOffset is included in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
4> use connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell
selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4];
3> else:
4> use value of infinity for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell
selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4];
NOTE 0: For NB-IoT, the number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying
connEstFailOffset and the amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the
offset from evaluation of the cell is up to UE implementation.
2> else if the UE supports RRC Connection Establishment failure temporary Qoffset and T300 has expired a
consecutive connEstFailCount times on the same cell for which txFailParams is included in
SystemInformationBlockType2:
3> for a period as indicated by connEstFailOffsetValidity:
4> use connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell
selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4] and TS 25.304 [40];
NOTE 1: When performing cell selection, if no suitable or acceptable cell can be found, it is up to UE
implementation whether to stop using connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp during
connEstFailOffsetValidity for the concerned cell.
2> except for NB-IoT, store the following connection establishment failure information in the
VarConnEstFailReport by setting its fields as follows:
3> clear the information included in VarConnEstFailReport, if any;
3> set the plmn-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]) from the
PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
ETSI
3> set the failedCellId to the global cell identity of the cell where connection establishment failure is
detected;
3> set the measResultFailedCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the cell where connection
establishment failure is detected and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected
the failure;
3> if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-
selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements for at most the following number of neighbouring
cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency as well as 3 inter-RAT
neighbours, per frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) per RAT and according to the following:
4> for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 2: The UE includes the latest results of the available measurements as used for cell reselection evaluation,
which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3> if available, set the logMeasResultListWLAN to include the WLAN measurement results, in order of
decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
3> if available, set the logMeasResultListBT to include the Bluetooth measurement results, in order of
decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
3> if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4> include the locationCoordinates;
4> include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3> set the numberOfPreamblesSent to indicate the number of preambles sent by MAC for the failed random
access procedure;
3> set contentionDetected to indicate whether contention resolution was not successful as specified in TS
36.321 [6] for at least one of the transmitted preambles for the failed random access procedure;
3> set maxTxPowerReached to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last
transmitted preamble, see TS 36.321 [6];
2> if UE has initiated UP-EDT:
3> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC
connection failure';
2> else inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC
connection with suspend indication, upon which the procedure ends;
The UE may discard the connection establishment failure information, i.e. release the UE variable
VarConnEstFailReport, 48 hours after the failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
5.3.3.7 T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 expiry or stop

If the UE is connected to EPC, the UE shall:
1> if timer T302 expires or is stopped:
2> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile terminating access;
2> if timer T303 is not running:
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating calls;
ETSI
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating signalling;
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating CS fallback;
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for ACDC;
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating calls;
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating signalling;
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating CS fallback;
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for ACDC;
5.3.3.8 Reception of the RRCConnectionReject by the UE

The UE shall:
1> stop timer T300;
1> reset MAC;
1> except for NB-IoT, start timer T302, with the timer value set to the waitTime;
1> if the extendedWaitTime is present and the UE supports delay tolerant access:
1> if deprioritisationReq is included and the UE supports RRC Connection Reject with deprioritisation:
2> start or restart timer T325 with the timer value set to the deprioritisationTimer signalled;
2> store the deprioritisationReq until T325 expiry;
NOTE: The UE stores the deprioritisation request irrespective of any cell reselection absolute priority
assignments (by dedicated or common signalling) and regardless of RRC connections in E-UTRAN or
other RATs unless specified otherwise.
1> if the RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest sent to resume a

suspended RRC connection:
2> if the rrc-SuspendIndication is not present:
PDCP entity for all established or suspended RBs;
ETSI
3> inform upper layers about the failure to resume the RRC connection without suspend indication and that
access barring for mobile originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and
except for NB-IoT for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
2> else:
3> if the RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
3> else:
4> suspend SRB1;
3> inform upper layers about the failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that
access barring for mobile originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and
except for NB-IoT for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1> else if the RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest sent while in

RRC_INACTIVE:
2> set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'FALSE';
2> if RRCConnectionReject is received in response to a request from upper layers:
3> inform the upper layer that access barring is applicable for all access categories except categories '0'and
'2';
2> if RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest:
3> if resume is triggered by upper layers:
4> inform upper layers about the failure to resume the RRC connection;
3> if resume is triggered by RRC:
4> set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'TRUE';
3> discard the security context including the KRRCenc key, the KRRCint, the KUPint key and the KUPenc key;
3> suspend SRB1, upon which the procedure ends;
Editor's note: 'FS Handling of timer T380 upon Reject e.g. stop, re-start, etc.
2> The UE shall continue to monitor RAN and CN paging while the timer T302 is running.
1> else:
2> release the MAC configuration;
2> inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile
originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and except for NB-IoT, for mobile
originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.3.9 Abortion of RRC connection establishment

If upper layers abort the RRC connection establishment procedure while the UE has not yet entered
RRC_CONNECTED, the UE shall:
5.3.3.9a Abortion of UP-EDT

The UE shall:
ETSI
1> delete the KeNB, KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc keys derived in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
1> re-establish RLC entities for all SRBs and DRBs;
1> suspend all SRB(s) and DRB(s) except SRB0;
1> configure lower layers to suspend integrity protection and ciphering.
5.3.3.10 Handling of SSAC related parameters

Upon request from the upper layers, the UE shall:
1> if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the ac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains

an AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers
(see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2> select the AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by
upper layers;
2> in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected AC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of
access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the common access barring parameters included in
1> else:
2> in the remainder of this procedure use the common access barring parameters (i.e. presence or absence of
these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1> set the local variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice as follows:
2> if ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is present:
3> if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which
is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
NOTE: ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the
HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
3> if, for at least one of these Access Classes, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC
contained in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is set to zero:
4> set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to zero;
3> else:
4> set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to the value of ac-

BarringFactor and ac-BarringTime included in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice, respectively;
2> else set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to zero;
1> set the local variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video as follows:
2> if ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video is present:
3> if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which
is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
3> if, for at least one of these Access Classes, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC
contained in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video is set to zero:
4> set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to zero;
3> else:
4> set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to the value of ac-

BarringFactor and ac-BarringTime included in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video, respectively;
ETSI
2> else set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to zero;
1> forward the variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice, BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice,

BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to the upper layers;
5.3.3.11 Access barring check

1> if timer T302 or "Tbarring" is running:
1> else if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes "AC barring parameter":
2> if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is
valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
NOTE: ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the
HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
2> for at least one of these valid Access Classes the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained
in "AC barring parameter" is set to zero:
2> else:
3> draw a random number 'rand' uniformly distributed in the range: 0 ≤ rand < 1;
3> if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by ac-BarringFactor included in "AC barring parameter":
3> else:
1> else:
1> if access to the cell is barred and both timers T302 and "Tbarring" are not running:
2> draw a random number 'rand' that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1;
2> start timer "Tbarring" with the timer value calculated as follows, using the ac-BarringTime included in "AC
barring parameter":
"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * ac-BarringTime;
5.3.3.12 EAB check

The UE shall:
1> if SystemInformationBlockType14 is present:
2> if eab-PerRSRP is included:
3> if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to a value other than emergency; and
3> if the UE has no Access Class, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for
the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11] :
4> if eab-PerRSRP is set to thresh0:
5> consider access to the cell as barred when in enhanced coverage as specified in TS 36.304 [4];
4> else if eab-PerRSRP is set to thresh1:
ETSI
5> if the measured RSRP is less than the first entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList:
5> else:
6> consider that only the resources indicated for the first CE level are configured;
5> if the measured RSRP is less than the second entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList:
5> else:
6> consider that only the resources indicated for the first and second CE levels are configured;
5> if the measured RSRP is less than the third entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList:
5> else:
6> consider that only the resources indicated for the first, second, and third CE levels are
configured;
2> if access to the cell is not barred due to eab-PerRSRP and eab-Param is included:
3> if the eab-Common is included in the eab-Param:
4> if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the eab-Category contained in eab-Common;
and
4> if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the
corresponding bit in the eab-BarringBitmap contained in eab-Common is set to one:
4> else:
5> consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
3> else (the eab-PerPLMN-List is included in the eab-Param):
4> select the entry in the eab-PerPLMN-List corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see
TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]);
4> if the eab-Config for that PLMN is included:
5> if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the eab-Category contained in eab-
Config; and
corresponding bit in the eab-BarringBitmap contained in eab-Config is set to one:
5> else:
4> else:
ETSI
1> else:
5.3.3.13 Access barring check for ACDC

The UE shall:
1> else if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes "ACDC barring parameter":
2> if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by ac-BarringFactor included in "ACDC barring parameter":
2> else:
1> else:
1> if access to the cell is barred and timer T302 is not running:
2> start timer "Tbarring" with the timer value calculated as follows, using the ac-BarringTime included in
"ACDC barring parameter":
"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * ac-BarringTime.
5.3.3.14 Access Barring check for NB-IoT

The UE shall:
1> if ab-Enabled included in MasterInformationBlock-NB is set to TRUE and SystemInformationBlockType14-NB is

broadcast:
2> if ab-PerNRSRP is included:
3> if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to a value other than mo-ExceptionData; and
3> if the UE has no Access Class, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for
the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]:
4> if ab-PerNRSRP is set to thresh1:
5> if the measured RSRP is less than the first entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList;
5> else:
6> consider that only the resources indicated for the first NPRACH repetition level are configured;
4> if ab-PerNRSRP is set to thresh2:
5> if the measured RSRP is less than the second entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList;
5> else:
ETSI
6> consider that only the resources indicated for the first and second NPRACH repetition levels
are configured;
2> if access to the cell is not barred due to ab-PerNRSRP and ab-Param is included:
3> if the ab-Common is included in ab-Param:
4> if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the ab-Category contained in ab-Common;
and
corresponding bit in the ab-BarringBitmap contained in ab-Common is set to one:
5> if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-ExceptionData and ab-
BarringForExceptionData is set to FALSE in the ab-Common:
5> else:
6> if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range
11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11] and
for at least one of these valid Access Classes for the UE, the corresponding bit in the ab-
BarringForSpecialAC contained in ab-Common is set to zero:
HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
6> else:
4> else:
3> else (the ab-PerPLMN-List is included in the ab-Param):
4> select the ab-PerPLMN entry in ab-PerPLMN-List corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper
layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]);
4> if the ab-Config for that PLMN is included:
5> if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the ab-Category contained in ab-Config;
and
corresponding bit in the ab-BarringBitmap contained in ab-Config is set to one:
6> if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-ExceptionData and ab-
BarringForExceptionData is set to FALSE in the ab-Config:
6> else:
7> if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range
11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]
and for at least one of these valid Access Classes for the UE, the corresponding bit in the
ab-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ab-Config is set to zero:
HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
ETSI
7> else:
5> else:
4> else:
1> else:
5.3.3.15 Failure to deliver NAS information in RRCConnectionSetupComplete

message
The UE shall:
1> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and radio link failure occurs before the successful delivery of
RRCConnectionSetupComplete message has been confirmed by lower layers:
2> inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the NAS information contained in the
RRCConnectionSetupComplete message;
5.3.3.16 Integrity check failure from lower layers while T300 is running for UP-EDT
The UE shall:
1> upon receiving integrity check failure indication from lower layers concerning SRB1 or SRB2 while T300 is
running for UP-EDT:
2> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.4 Initial security activation

5.3.4.1 General
UE EUTRAN
SecurityModeCommand
SecurityModeComplete
Figure 5.3.4.1-1: Security mode command, successful
ETSI
UE EUTRAN
SecurityModeCommand
SecurityModeFailure
Figure 5.3.4.1-2: Security mode command, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to activate AS security upon RRC connection establishment.
5.3.4.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the security mode command procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. Moreover, E-UTRAN
applies the procedure as follows:
- when only SRB1, or for NB-IoT SRB1 and SRB1bis, is established, i.e. prior to establishment of SRB2 and/ or
DRBs.
5.3.4.3 Reception of the SecurityModeCommand by the UE

The UE shall:
1> derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32] for E-UTRA connected to EPC, and TS 33.501 [86] for E-
UTRA connected to 5GC;
1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand
message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1> request lower layers to verify the integrity protection of the SecurityModeCommand message, using the
algorithm indicated by the integrityProtAlgorithm as included in the SecurityModeCommand message and the
KRRCint key;
1> if the SecurityModeCommand message passes the integrity protection check:
2> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm indicated in the
SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2> if connected as an RN:
3> derive the KUPint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand
2> configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the indicated algorithm and the KRRCint key
immediately, i.e. integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE,
including the SecurityModeComplete message;
2> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the indicated algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key
after completing the procedure, i.e. ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent
by the UE, except for the SecurityModeComplete message which is sent unciphered;
3> configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the indicated algorithm and the KUPint key, for
DRBs that are subsequently configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
2> consider AS security to be activated;
2> upon RRC connection establishment, if UE does not need UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
ETSI
3> configure lower layers to stop using UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD for
SecurityModeComplete message and subsequent uplink transmission in RRC_CONNECTED except for
UL transmissions as specified in TS36.211 [21];
2> submit the SecurityModeComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
1> else:
2> continue using the configuration used prior to the reception of the SecurityModeCommand message, i.e.
neither apply integrity protection nor ciphering.
2> submit the SecurityModeFailure message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.5 RRC connection reconfiguration

5.3.5.1 General
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
Figure 5.3.5.1-1: RRC connection reconfiguration, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRC connection re-establishment
Figure 5.3.5.1-2: RRC connection reconfiguration, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to modify an RRC connection, e.g. to establish/ modify/ release RBs, to perform
handover, to setup/ modify/ release measurements, to add/ modify/ release SCells. As part of the procedure, NAS
dedicated information may be transferred from E-UTRAN to the UE.
5.3.5.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN may initiate the RRC connection reconfiguration procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. E-UTRAN
applies the procedure as follows:
- the mobilityControlInfo is included only when AS-security has been activated, and SRB2 with at least one DRB
are setup and not suspended;
- the establishment of RBs (other than SRB1, that is established during RRC connection establishment) is included
only when AS security has been activated;
- the addition of SCells is performed only when AS security has been activated;
ETSI
5.3.5.3 Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the

mobilityControlInfo by the UE
If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply
with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:
1> if this is the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after successful completion of the RRC connection
re-establishment procedure:
2> re-establish PDCP for SRB2 configured with E-UTRA PDCP entity and for all DRBs that are established and
configured with E-UTRA PDCP, if any;
2> re-establish RLC for SRB2 and for all DRBs that are established and configured with E-UTRA RLC, if any;
2> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig:
2> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
3> perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
NOTE 1: Void
NOTE 2: Void
1> else:
NOTE 3: If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the establishment of radio bearers other than
SRB1, the UE may start using these radio bearers immediately, i.e. there is no need to wait for an
outstanding acknowledgment of the SecurityModeComplete message.
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToReleaseList:
2> perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2> perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or
1> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs configured with pdcp-Config and the received
RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
2> perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-Config and it is set to release: or
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes endc-ReleaseAndAdd and it is set to TRUE:
2> perform EN-DC release as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.10;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sk-Counter:
2> perform key update procedure as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.7;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:
2> perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
ETSI
1> if this is the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after successful completion of the RRC connection
re-establishment procedure:
2> resume SRB2 and all DRBs that are suspended, if any, including RBs configured with NR PDCP;
NOTE 4: The handling of the radio bearers after the successful completion of the PDCP re-establishment, e.g. the
re-transmission of unacknowledged PDCP SDUs (as well as the associated status reporting), the handling
of the SN and the HFN, is specified in TS 36.323 [8].
NOTE 5: The UE may discard SRB2 messages and data that it receives prior to completing the reconfiguration
used to resume these bearers.
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated:
2> perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in 5.2.2.7;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the dedicatedInfoNASList:
2> forward each element of the dedicatedInfoNASList to upper layers in the same order as listed;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
1> perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2> perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig or sl-CommConfig:
2> perform the sidelink dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated:
2> perform the V2X sidelink communication dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15a;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2> perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes rclwi-Configuration:
2> perform the WLAN traffic steering command procedure as specified in 5.6.16.2;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwa-Configuration:
2> perform the LWA configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.14.2;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwip-Configuration:
2> perform the LWIP reconfiguration procedure as specified in 5.6.17.2;
1> upon RRC connection establishment, if UE does not need UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and subsequent uplink transmission in
RRC_CONNECTED except for UL transmissions as specified in TS36.211 [21];
1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:
2> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes perCC-GapIndicationRequest:
ETSI
3> include perCC-GapIndicationList and numFreqEffective;
2> if the frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance:
3> include numFreqEffectiveReduced;
2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];
1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new
configuration, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.5.4 Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including the

mobilityControlInfo by the UE (handover)
If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the
configuration included in this message, the UE shall:
1> start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;
1> if the carrierFreq is included:
2> consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity
indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1> else:
2> consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency of the source PCell with a physical cell identity indicated
by the targetPhysCellId;
1> start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;
NOTE 1: The UE should perform the handover as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message
triggering the handover, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this
message.
1> if BL UE or UE in CE:
2> if sameSFN-Indication is not present in mobilityControlInfo:
3> acquire the MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell;
1> if makeBeforeBreak is configured:
2> perform the remainder of this procedure including and following resetting MAC after the UE has stopped the
uplink transmission/downlink reception with the source cell(s);
NOTE 1a: It is up to UE implementation when to stop the uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source
cell(s) to initiate re-tuning for connection to the target cell [16], if makeBeforeBreak is configured.
1> reset MCG MAC and SCG MAC, if configured;
1> re-establish PDCP for all RBs configured with pdcp-config that are established;
NOTE 2: The handling of the radio bearers after the successful completion of the PDCP re-establishment, e.g. the
re-transmission of unacknowledged PDCP SDUs (as well as the associated status reporting), the handling
of the SN and the HFN, is specified in TS 36.323 [8].
ETSI
NOTE 2a: At handover the pdcp-reestablish flag will be set for all RBs configured with NR PDCP in nr-
RadioBearerConfig TS 38.331 [82] which will cause the PDCP entity to be re-established also for these
RBs.
1> re-establish MCG RLC and SCG RLC, if configured, for all RBs that are established;
1> for each SCell configured for the UE other than the PSCell:
2> if sCellState is configured for the SCell and indicates activated:
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in activated state;
2> else if sCellState is configured for the SCell and indicates dormant:
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in dormant state;
2> else:
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in deactivated state;
1> apply the value of the newUE-Identity as the C-RNTI;
1> configure lower layers in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommon;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the rach-Skip:
2> configure lower layers to apply the rach-Skip for the target MCG, as specified in TS 36.213 [23] and 36.321
[6];
1> configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the
received mobilityControlInfo;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToReleaseList:
2> perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or
1> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs and the received
RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
2> perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;
1> if the securityConfigHO (without suffix) is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
2> if the keyChangeIndicator received in the securityConfigHO is set to TRUE:
3> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key taken into use with the latest successful NAS SMC
procedure, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2> else:
3> update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the nextHopChainingCount value
indicated in the securityConfigHO, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2> if the securityAlgorithmConfig is included in the securityConfigHO:
3> derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
ETSI
4> derive the KUPint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
2> else:
3> derive the KRRCint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
4> derive the KUPint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the current ciphering algorithm, as specified in
TS 33.401 [32];
1> else if the securityConfigHO-v1530 is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
2> if the nas-Container is received:
3> forward the nas-Container to upper layers;
2> if the keyChangeIndicator-r15 is received and is set to TRUE:
3> update the KeNB key based on the KAMF key, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2> else:
3> update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the received nextHopChainingCount-r15,
as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2> store the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value;
2> if the securityAlgorithmConfig-r15 is received:
3> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
2> else:
3> derive the KRRCint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the current ciphering algorithm, as specified in
33.401 [32];
1> configure lower layers to apply the integrity protection algorithm and the KRRCint key, i.e. the integrity protection
configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message
used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1> configure lower layers to apply the ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key, i.e. the ciphering
configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message
used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-Config and it is set to release; or
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes endc-ReleaseAndAdd and it is set to TRUE:
2> perform EN-DC release as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.10;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sk-Counter:
2> perform key update procedure as specified in in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.7;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
ETSI
2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3.
2> perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6.
2> configure lower layers to apply the integrity protection algorithm and the KUPint key, for current or
subsequently established DRBs that are configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated:
2> perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in 5.2.2.7;
1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;
1> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig or sl-CommConfig:
2> perform the sidelink dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15;
1> if handoverWithoutWT-Change is not configured:
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated or

mobilityControlInfoV2X:
2> perform the V2X sidelink communication dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15a;
ETSI
2> if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-
IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
3> include the logMeasAvailable;
2> if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList
2> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes perCC-GapIndicationRequest:
3> include perCC-GapIndicationList and numFreqEffective;
2> if the frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance:
3> include numFreqEffectiveReduced;
2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];
1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1> if MAC successfully completes the random access procedure; or
1> if MAC indicates the successful reception of a PDCCH transmission addressed to C-RNTI and if rach-Skip is
configured:
2> stop timer T304;
2> release rach-Skip;
2> apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS
configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell, if any;
2> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN
of the target PCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration,
sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PCell;
NOTE 3: Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it
applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
2> if the UE is configured to provide IDC indications:
ETSI
3> if the UE has transmitted an InDeviceCoexIndication message during the last 1 second preceding
reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4> initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
2> if the UE is configured to provide power preference indications, overheating assistance information, SPS
assistance information, delay budget report or maximum bandwidth preference indications:
3> if the UE has transmitted a UEAssistanceInformation message during the last 1 second preceding
reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4> initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
2> if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell:
3> if the UE has transmitted a MBMSInterestIndication message during the last 1 second preceding reception
of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4> ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell;
4> determine the set of MBMS frequencies of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3;
4> determine the set of MBMS services of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3a;
4> initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
2> if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the target PCell; and the UE transmitted a

SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of sidelink communication related parameters relevant
in target PCell (i.e. change of commRxInterestedFreq or commTxResourceReq, commTxResourceReqUC if
SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed or
commTxResourceInfoReqRelay if PCell broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19 including
discConfigRelay) during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration
message including mobilityControlInfo; or

SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of sidelink discovery related parameters relevant in
target PCell (i.e. change of discRxInterest or discTxResourceReq, discTxResourceReqPS if
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS or discRxGapReq or discTxGapReq if the UE is
configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true or if the UE is not configured with
gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and SystemInformationBlockType19 includes gapRequestsAllowedCommon)
during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including
mobilityControlInfo; or

SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of V2X sidelink communication related parameters
relevant in target PCell (i.e. change of v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList or v2x-CommTxResourceReq) during
the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including
mobilityControlInfo:
3> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
NOTE 4: The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PCell by acquiring system information from
that cell before performing RACH access in the target PCell, except for BL UEs or UEs in CE when
sameSFN-Indication is not present in mobilityControlInfo.
5.3.5.5 Reconfiguration failure

The UE shall:
1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration
message:
2> continue using the configuration used prior to the reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message;
ETSI
2> if security has not been activated:
3> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause other;
2> else:
3> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7, upon which the connection
reconfiguration procedure ends;
NOTE 1: The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall
ignore the message.
NOTE 2: If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the
configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/ failure.
NOTE 3: The compliance also covers the NR configuration carried within octet strings e.g. field nr-
SecondaryCellGroupConfig. I.e. the failure behaviour defined also applies in case the UE cannot comply
with the NR configuration or with the combination of (parts of) the LTE and NR configurations.
5.3.5.6 T304 expiry (handover failure)

The UE shall:
1> if T304 expires (handover failure):
NOTE 1: Following T304 expiry any dedicated preamble, if provided within the rach-ConfigDedicated, is not
available for use by the UE anymore.
2> revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the
physicalConfigDedicated, the mac-MainConfig and the sps-Config;
NOTE 1a: In the context above, "the configuration" includes state variables and parameters of each radio bearer.
PDCP entities associtated with RLC UM and SRB bearers are reset after the successful RRC connection
re-establishment procedure according to Section 5.2 in TS 36.323 [8]. In EN-DC, "the configuration"
includes the RB configuration using NR PDCP (i.e. as configured by nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-
RadioBearerConfig2).
2> store the following handover failure information in VarRLF-Report by setting its fields as follows:
3> clear the information included in VarRLF-Report, if any;
3> set the plmn-IdentityList to include the list of EPLMNs stored by the UE (i.e. includes the RPLMN);
3> set the measResultLastServCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the source PCell based on
measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected handover failure and in accordance with the
following;
4> if the UE includes rsrqResult, include the lastServCellRSRQ-Type;
3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells, other than the source PCell, ordered such
that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected
handover failure, and set its fields as follows;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more EUTRA frequencies, include the
measResultListEUTRA;
4> if the UE includes rsrqResult, include the rsrq-Type;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring UTRA
frequencies, include the measResultListUTRA;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring GERAN
frequencies, include the measResultListGERAN;
ETSI
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring
CDMA2000 frequencies, include the measResultsCDMA2000;
NOTE 2: The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement
configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if
configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
3> set the failedPCellId to the global cell identity, if available, and otherwise to the physical cell identity and
carrier frequency of the target PCell of the failed handover;
3> include previousPCellId and set it to the global cell identity of the PCell where the last
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
3> set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration
message including the mobilityControlInfo;
3> set the connectionFailureType to 'hof';
3> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell;
2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7, upon which the RRC connection
reconfiguration procedure ends;
The UE may discard the handover failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarRLF-Report, 48 hours after the
failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
NOTE 3: E-UTRAN may retrieve the handover failure information using the UE information procedure with rlf-
ReportReq set to true, as specified in 5.6.5.3.
5.3.5.7 Void
5.3.5.7a T307 expiry (SCG change failure)
The UE shall:
1> if T307 expires:
NOTE 1: Following T307 expiry any dedicated preamble, if provided within the rach-ConfigDedicatedSCG, is not
available for use by the UE anymore.
2> initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13 to report SCG change failure;
5.3.5.8 Radio Configuration involving full configuration option

The UE shall:
2> release/ clear all current dedicated radio configurations except the MCG C-RNTI, the MCG security
configuration and the PDCP, RLC, logical channel configurations for the RBs and the logged measurement
configuration;
1> else if the UE is connected to 5GC:
ETSI
2> release/ clear all current dedicated radio configurations except the MCG C-RNTI, the MCG security
configuration and the configuration (PDCP, RLC and logical channel) for the SRBs;
NOTE 1: Radio configuration is not just the resource configuration but includes other configurations like
MeasConfig and OtherConfig. In case EN-DC is configured, this also includes the entire NR SCG
configuration. Such NR SCG configuration does not include the DRB configuration as configured by nr-
RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2).
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo:
2> release/ clear all current common radio configurations;
2> use the default values specified in 9.2.5 for timer T310, T311 and constant N310, N311;
1> else:
2> use values for timers T301, T310, T311 and constants N310, N311, as included in ue-TimersAndConstants
received in SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT);
1> for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList (SRB reconfiguration):
2> apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
2> apply the corresponding default RLC configuration for the SRB specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2
for SRB2;
2> apply the corresponding default logical channel configuration for the SRB as specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or
in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
2> if the corresponding SRB was configured with NR PDCP and the UE is connected to EPC:
3> release the NR PDCP entity and establish it with an E-UTRA PDCP entity and with the current (MCG)
NOTE 1a: The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the
3> associate the RLC bearer of this SRB with the established PDCP entity;
NOTE 2: This is to get the SRBs (SRB1 and SRB2 for handover and SRB2 for reconfiguration after
reestablishment) to a known state from which the reconfiguration message can do further configuration.
2> else if the UE is connected to 5GC:
3> apply the corresponding default PDCP configuration for the SRB as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause
9.2.1;
1> for each eps-BearerIdentity value included in the drb-ToAddModList or nr-RadioBearerConfig1 or nr-
RadioBearerConfig2 that is part of the current E-UTRA and NR UE configuration:
2> release the E-UTRA or NR PDCP entity;
2> release the RLC entity or entities;
2> release the DTCH logical channel;
2> release the drb-identity;
ETSI
NOTE 3: This will retain the eps-bearerIdentity but remove the DRBs including drb-identity of these bearers from
the current UE configuration and trigger the setup of the DRBs within the AS in Section 5.3.10.3 using
the new configuration. The eps-bearerIdentity acts as the anchor for associating the released and re-setup
DRB. In the AS the DRB re-setup is equivalent with a new DRB setup (including new PDCP and logical
channel configurations).
1> for each eps-BearerIdentity value that is part of the current E-UTRA and NR UE configuration but not added
with same eps-BearerIdentity in drb-ToAddModList nor in nr-RadioBearerConfig1 nor in nr-
RadioBearerConfig2:
2> perform DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
5.3.6 Counter check

5.3.6.1 General
UE EUTRAN
CounterCheck
CounterCheckResponse
Figure 5.3.6.1-1: Counter check procedure
The counter check procedure is used by E-UTRAN to request the UE to verify the amount of data sent/ received on
each DRB. More specifically, the UE is requested to check if, for each DRB, the most significant bits of the COUNT
match with the values indicated by E-UTRAN.
NOTE: The procedure enables E-UTRAN to detect packet insertion by an intruder (a 'man in the middle').
5.3.6.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending a CounterCheck message.
NOTE: E-UTRAN may initiate the procedure when any of the COUNT values reaches a specific value.
5.3.6.3 Reception of the CounterCheck message by the UE

Upon receiving the CounterCheck message, the UE shall:
1> for each DRB that is established:
2> if no COUNT exists for a given direction (uplink or downlink) because it is a uni-directional bearer
configured only for the other direction:
3> assume the COUNT value to be 0 for the unused direction;
2> if the drb-Identity is not included in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList:
3> include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-
Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of the corresponding COUNT;
2> else if, for at least one direction, the most significant bits of the COUNT are different from the value
indicated in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList:
Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of the corresponding COUNT;
ETSI
1> for each DRB that is included in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList in the CounterCheck message that is not
established:
Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink with the most significant bits set identical to the
corresponding values in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList and the least significant bits set to zero;
1> submit the CounterCheckResponse message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.7 RRC connection re-establishment

5.3.7.1 General
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
RRCConnectionReestablishment
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
Figure 5.3.7.1-1: RRC connection re-establishment, successful
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
Figure 5.3.7.1-2: RRC connection re-establishment, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to re-establish the RRC connection, which involves the resumption of SRB1 (SRB1bis
for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated) operation, the re-activation of security (except for a NB-
IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated) and the configuration of only the PCell.
Except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated, a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, for which security
has been activated, may initiate the procedure in order to continue the RRC connection. The connection re-
establishment succeeds only if the concerned cell is prepared i.e. has a valid UE context. In case E-UTRAN accepts the
re-establishment, SRB1 operation resumes while the operation of other radio bearers remains suspended. If AS security
has not been activated, the UE does not initiate the procedure but instead moves to RRC_IDLE directly.
When AS security has not been activated, a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control
Plane CIoT EPS optimisation in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in order to continue the RRC
connection.
- When AS security has been activated:
- to reconfigure SRB1 and to resume data transfer only for this RB;
- to re-activate AS security without changing algorithms.
ETSI
- For a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation,
when AS security has not been activated:
- to re-establish SRB1bis and to continue data transfer for this RB.
5.3.7.2 Initiation
The UE shall only initiate the procedure either when AS security has been activated or for a NB-IoT UE supporting
RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation. The UE initiates the procedure when
one of the following conditions is met:
1> upon detecting radio link failure, in accordance with 5.3.11; or
1> upon handover failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.6; or
1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or
1> upon integrity check failure indication from lower layers concerning SRB1 or SRB2; or
1> upon an RRC connection reconfiguration failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.5; or
1> upon an RRC connection reconfiguration failure, in accordance with TS38.331 [82, 5.3.5.5].
Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1> suspend all RBs, including RBs configured with NR PDCP, except SRB0;
1> reset MAC;
1> release the MCG SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;
1> except for NB-IoT, for the MCG, apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1> for the MCG, apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1> release powerPrefIndicationConfig, if configured and stop timer T340, if running;
1> release reportProximityConfig, if configured and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
1> release obtainLocationConfig, if configured;
1> release idc-Config, if configured;
1> release sps-AssistanceInfoReport, if configured;
1> release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
1> release the entire SCG configuration, if configured, except for the DRB configuration (as configured by drb-
ToAddModListSCG);
1> if EN-DC is configured:
ETSI
2> perform EN-DC release, as specified in TS 38.331[82, 5.3.5.10];
1> release naics-Info for the PCell, if configured;
1> if connected as an RN and configured with an RN subframe configuration:
2> release the RN subframe configuration;
1> release delayBudgetReportingConfig, if configured and stop timer T342, if running;
1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];
1> release bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer, if configured and stop timer T341, if running;
1> release overheatingAssistanceConfig, if configured and stop timer T345, if running;
1> release ailc-BitConfig, if configured;
5.3.7.3 Actions following cell selection while T311 is running

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:
1> if the UE is connected to 5GC and the selected cell is only connected to EPC; or
1> if the UE is connected to EPC and the selected cell is only connected to 5GC:
2> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC
1> else:
2> stop timer T311;
2> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
2> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS
optimisation and AS security has not been activated; and
2> if cp-reestablishment is not included in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
2> else:
3> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;
NOTE: This procedure applies also if the UE returns to the source PCell.
Upon selecting an inter-RAT cell, the UE shall:
1> if the selected cell is a UTRA cell, and if the UE supports Radio Link Failure Report for Inter-RAT MRO,
include selectedUTRA-CellId in the VarRLF-Report and set it to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency
of the selected UTRA cell;
5.3.7.4 Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

message
Except for NB-IoT, if the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:
ETSI
1> set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;
The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:
1> except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated, set the ue-Identity as follows:
2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used
in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);
2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA
failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);
2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input (or
VarShortMAC-Input-NB in NB-IoT);
3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and
mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred
(other cases); and
1> for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated, set the ue-Identity as follows:
2> request upper layers for calculated ul-NAS-MAC and ul-NAS-Count using the cellIdentity indicated in
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB of the current cell;
2> set the s-TMSI to the S-TMSI provided by upper layers;
2> set the ul-NAS-MAC to the ul-NAS-MAC value provided by upper layers;
2> set the ul-NAS-Count to the ul-NAS-Count value provided by upper layers;
1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:
2> if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to reconfiguration failure as specified in 5.3.5.5 (the UE is
unable to comply with the reconfiguration):
3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value reconfigurationFailure;
2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE
handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):
3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;
2> else:
3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value otherFailure;

NOTE: The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
5.3.7.5 Reception of the RRCConnectionReestablishment by the UE

NOTE 1: Prior to this, lower layer signalling is used to allocate a C-RNTI. For further details see TS 36.321 [6];
ETSI
The UE shall:
1> stop timer T301;
1> except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated:
2> if SRB1 was configured with NR PDCP and the UE is connected to EPC:
3> for SRB1, release the NR PDCP entity and establish an E-UTRA PDCP entity with the current (MCG)
NOTE 1a: The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the
2> else:
3> for SRB1, re-establish the PDCP entity;
2> re-establish RLC for SRB1;
2> resume SRB1;
NOTE 2: E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.
2> if UE is connected to EPC, update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is
associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment
2> else if UE is connected to 5GC, update the KeNB key based on the KAMF key to which the current KeNB is
associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment
33.401 [32];
2> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as
3> derive the KUPint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
2> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the
KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and
sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
3> configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the
KUPint key, for subsequently resumed or subsequently established DRBs that are configured to apply
integrity protection, if any;
2> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the
KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the
UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2> if the UE is not a NB-IoT UE:
ETSI
4> set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:
5> if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if
the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
6> include the rlf-InfoAvailable;
5> if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included
in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
5> else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in
6> include the logMeasAvailableBT;
5> if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-
6> include the logMeasAvailableWLAN;
5> if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and
if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
6> include the connEstFailInfoAvailable;
3> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;
2> else:
NOTE 2a: The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/
reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as
specified in TS 36.133 [16].
2> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
3> if the UE has transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message during the last 1 second preceding
detection of radio link failure:
4> determine the set of MBMS frequencies of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3;
4> determine the set of MBMS services of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3a;
ETSI
2> if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation

message indicating a change of sidelink communication related parameters relevant in PCell (i.e. change of
commRxInterestedFreq or commTxResourceReq, commTxResourceReqUC if SystemInformationBlockType18
includes commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed or commTxResourceInfoReqRelay if PCell broadcasts
SystemInformationBlockType19 including discConfigRelay) during the last 1 second preceding detection of
radio link failure; or
2> if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation

message indicating a change of sidelink discovery related parameters relevant in PCell (i.e. change of
discRxInterest or discTxResourceReq, discTxResourceReqPS if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes
discConfigPS or discRxGapReq or discTxGapReq if the UE is configured with
gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true or if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated
and SystemInformationBlockType19 includes gapRequestsAllowedCommon) during the last 1 second
preceding detection of radio link failure; or
2> if SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE

transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of V2X sidelink communication related
parameters relevant in PCell (i.e. change of v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList or v2x-CommTxResourceReq)
during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure:
3> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
1> for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated:
2> validate dl-NAS-MAC, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2> if dl-NAS-MAC check fails:
connection failure', upon which the procedure ends;
2> except for a UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;
3> re-establish RLC for SRB1;
2> re-establish RLC for SRB1bis;
2> except for a UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3> resume SRB1;
2> resume SRB1bis;
NOTE 3: E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1bis prior to receiving the
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.
NOTE 4: The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection
36.133 [16].
2> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
ETSI
5.3.7.6 T311 expiry

Upon T311 expiry, the UE shall:
5.3.7.7 T301 expiry or selected cell no longer suitable

The UE shall:
1> if timer T301 expires; or
1> if the selected cell becomes no longer suitable according to the cell selection criteria as specified in TS 36.304
[4]:
5.3.7.8 Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject by the UE

Upon receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message, the UE shall:
5.3.8 RRC connection release

5.3.8.1 General
UE EUTRAN
RRCConnectionRelease
Figure 5.3.8.1-1: RRC connection release, successful
- to release the RRC connection, which includes the release of the established radio bearers as well as all radio
resources; or
- to suspend the RRC connection for both suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE, which includes the
suspension of the established radio bearers.
5.3.8.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the RRC connection release procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED or in RRC_INACTIVE.
5.3.8.3 Reception of the RRCConnectionRelease by the UE

The UE shall:
1> except for NB-IoT, BL UEs or UEs in CE, delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 60 ms from the
moment the RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the
receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier;
1> for BL UEs or UEs in CE, delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 1.25 seconds from the moment
the RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the receipt of the
RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier;
ETSI
1> for NB-IoT, delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 10 seconds from the moment the
RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the receipt of the
RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier.
NOTE: For BL UEs, UEs in CE and NB-IoT, when STATUS reporting, as defined in TS 36.322 [7], has not been
triggered and the UE has sent positive HARQ feedback (ACK), as defined in TS 36.321 [6], the lower
layers can be considered to have indicated that the receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has
been successfully acknowledged.
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2> stop timer T300;
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes redirectedCarrierInfo indicating redirection to geran; or
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes idleModeMobilityControlInfo including freqPriorityListGERAN:
2> if AS security has not been activated; and
2> if upper layers indicate that redirect to GERAN without AS security is not allowed or if the UE is connected
to 5GC:
3> ignore the content of the RRCConnectionRelease;
release cause 'other', upon which the procedure ends;
1> if AS security has not been activated:
2> ignore the content of redirectedCarrierInfo, if included and indicating redirection to nr;
2> ignore the content of idleModeMobilityControlInfo, if included and including freqPriorityListNR;
2> if the UE ignores the content of redirectedCarrierInfo or of idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
3> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other',
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes redirectedCarrierInfo indicating redirection to eutra and if UE
is connected to 5GC:
2> if cn-Type is included:
3> the received cn-Type is provided to upper layers;
NOTE 1: Handling the case if the E-UTRA cell selected after the redirection does not support the core network type
specified by the cn-Type, is up to UE implementation.
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
ETSI
2> store the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo;
2> if the t320 is included:
3> start timer T320, with the timer value set according to the value of t320;
1> else:
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the measIdleConfig:
2> clear VarMeasIdleConfig and VarMeasIdleReport;
2> store the received measIdleDuration in VarMeasIdleReport;
2> start T331 with the value of measIdleDuration;
2> if the measIdleConfig contains measIdleCarrierListEUTRA:
3> store the received measIdleCarrierListEUTRA in VarMeasIdleConfig;
2> else:
3> store the measIdleCarrierListEUTRA received in SIB5 in VarMeasIdleConfig;
2> start performing idle mode measurements as specified in 5.6.20;
1> for NB-IoT, if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the redirectedCarrierInfo:
2> if the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated is included in the redirectedCarrierInfo:
3> store the dedicated offset for the frequency in redirectedCarrierInfo;
3> start timer T322, with the timer value set according to the value of T322 in redirectedCarrierInfo;
1> if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates loadBalancingTAURequired:
2> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'load
balancing TAU required';
1> else if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates cs-FallbackHighPriority:
2> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'CS Fallback
High Priority';
1> else:
2> if the extendedWaitTime is present; and
2> if the UE supports delay tolerant access or the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2> if the extendedWaitTime-CPdata is present and the NB-IoT UE only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS
optimisation:
3> forward the extendedWaitTime-CPdata to upper layers;
2> if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates rrc-Suspend:
3> if rrc-InactiveConfig is included:
4> perform the actions upon entering RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.8.7;
3> else:
suspension';
ETSI
2> else:
release cause 'other';
5.3.8.4 T320 expiry

The UE shall:
1> if T320 expires:
5.3.8.5 T322 expiry

The UE shall:
1> if T322 expires:
2> discard the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated provided in RRCConnectionRelease message;
5.3.8.6 UE actions upon receiving the expiry of DataInactivityTimer

Upon receiving the expiry of DataInactivityTimer from lower layers while in RRC_CONNECTED, the UE shall:
5.3.8.7 UE actions upon entering RRC_INACTIVE

Upon entering RRC_INACTIVE, the UE shall:
1> reset MAC;
1> stop all timers that are running except T320 and T325;
1> re-establish RLC entities for all SRBs and DRBs;
1> apply the received rrc-InactiveConfig;
1> if the RRCConnectionRelease message was received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest:
2> replace any previously stored security context with newly received security context in the rrc-InactiveConfig;
2> replace the previously stored C-RNTI with the temporary C-RNTI which the UE has used to receive the
RRCConnectionRelease message;
2> replace the previously stored cellIdentity with the cellIdentity of the PCell at the time the UE has received the
RRCConnectionRelease message;
2> replace the previously stored physical cell identity with the physical cell identity of the PCell at the time the
UE has received the RRCConnectionRelease message;
1> else:
2> store the UE AS Context including the current RRC configuration, the current security context, the PDCP
state including ROHC state, SDAP configuration, C-RNTI used in the source PCell, the cellIdentity and the
physical cell identity of the source PCell;
1> start timer T380, with the timer value set to the periodic-RNAU-timer;
1> suspend all SRB(s) and DRB(s), except SRB0;
1> indicate the suspension of the RRC connection to upper layers;
ETSI
1> enter RRC_INACTIVE and perform procedures as specified in TS 36.304 [4, 5.2.7];
Upon selecting to an inter-RAT cell or switching to another CN type, the UE shall:
1> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.9 RRC connection release requested by upper layers

5.3.9.1 General
The purpose of this procedure is to release the RRC connection. Access to the current PCell may be barred as a result of
this procedure.
NOTE: Upper layers invoke the procedure, e.g. upon determining that the network has failed an authentication
check, see TS 24.301 [35].
5.3.9.2 Initiation
The UE initiates the procedure when upper layers request the release of the RRC connection. The UE shall not initiate
the procedure for power saving purposes.
The UE shall:
1> if the upper layers indicate barring of the PCell:
2> treat the PCell used prior to entering RRC_IDLE as barred according to TS 36.304 [4];
5.3.10 Radio resource configuration

5.3.10.0 General
The UE shall:
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the srb-ToAddModList:
2> perform the SRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.1;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the drb-ToReleaseList:
2> perform DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the drb-ToAddModList:
2> perform DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the mac-MainConfig:
2> perform MAC main reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.4;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes sps-Config:
2> perform SPS reconfiguration according to 5.3.10.5;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the physicalConfigDedicated:
2> reconfigure the physical channel configuration as specified in 5.3.10.6.
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the rlf-TimersAndConstants:
2> reconfigure the values of timers and constants as specified in 5.3.10.7;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the measSubframePatternPCell:
2> reconfigure the time domain measurement resource restriction for the serving cell as specified in 5.3.10.8;
ETSI
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the naics-Info:
2> perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the PCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1> if the received RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell includes the naics-Info:
2> perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the PSCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1> if the received RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 includes the naics-Info:
2> perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the SCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the srb-ToReleaseList:
2> perform SRB release as specified in 5.3.10.17;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the schedulingRequestConfig:
2> perform scheduling request reconfiguration for the SCell as specified in 5.3.10.18.
5.3.10.1 SRB addition/ modification

The UE shall:
1> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and SRB1 is not established; or
1> for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration
(SRB establishment):
2> if the UE is not a NB-IoT UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3> establish an (MCG) RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
3> establish a (MCG) DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig and with
the logical channel identity set in accordance with 9.1.2;
3> if the same srb-Identity is included in NR srb-ToAddModList:
4> after processing nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2 if present in the

RRCConnectionReconfiguration message which triggered the execution of the SRB
addition/modification procedure, associate MCG RLC bearer with the NR PDCP entity associated
with the same value of srb-Identity in the current UE configuraton as specified in TS 38.331 [82];
3> else:
4> establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current (MCG) security configuration, if applicable;
3> apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for SRB1bis;
3> establish an (MCG) RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
3> establish a (MCG) DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig and with
the logical channel identity set in accordance with 9.1.2.1a;
1> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and SRB1 is established; or
1> for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (SRB
reconfiguration):
2> if pdcp-verChange is included (i.e, NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP change):
3> establish an (E-UTRA) PDCP entity and configure it with the current (MCG) security configuration;
ETSI
NOTE: The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the
3> release the NR PDCP entity of this SRB;
2> reconfigure the RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
2> reconfigure the DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
5.3.10.2 DRB release

The UE shall:
1> for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToReleaseList that is part of the current UE configuration (DRB
release); or
1> for each drb-identity value that is to be released as the result of full configuration option according to 5.3.5.8:
2> if release of this DRB is result of full configuration option according to 5.3.5.8:
3> release the E-UTRA or NR PDCP entity;
2> else if this DRB is configured with pdcp-config:
3> release the E-UTRA PDCP entity;
2> else (release the RLC bearer configuration of MCG):
3> re-establish the RLC entity as specified in 36.322 for this DRB;
2> release the RLC entity or entities;
2> release the DTCH logical channel;
2> if the DRB was configured with pdcp-config and new DRB is not added with same eps-BearerIdentity in drb-
ToAddModList nor radioBearerConfig1 nor in radioBearerConfig2:
3> if the procedure was triggered due to handover:
4> indicate the release of the DRB and the eps-BearerIdentity of the released DRB to upper layers after
successful handover;
3> else:
4> indicate the release of the DRB and the eps-BearerIdentity of the released DRB to upper layers
immediately.
NOTE 1: The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the drb-ToReleaseList includes any drb-Identity
value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
NOTE 2: The association of eps-BearerIdentity to an NR PDCP configuration as defined in TS 38.331 [82] can be
included in the same message that releases an DRB associated to the same eps-BearerIdentity.
5.3.10.3 DRB addition/ modification

The UE shall:
1> for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration
(DRB establishment including the case when full configuration option is used):
2> if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWA set to TRUE (i.e. add LWA DRB):
3> perform the LWA specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a2;
2> if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWIP (i.e. add LWIP DRB):
ETSI
3> perform LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a3;
2> else if drb-ToAddModListSCG is not received or does not include the drb-Identity value (i.e. add MCG DRB
or MCG RLC bearer for EN-DC):
3> if pdcp-Config is received, establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current MCG security
configuration and in accordance with the received pdcp-Config;
3> if rlc-Config is received, establish an MCG RLC entity or entities in accordance with the received rlc-
Config;
3> if logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig are received, establish an MCG DTCH logical
channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelIdentity and the received logicalChannelConfig;
3> if pdcp-Config is not received, after processing nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2 if

present in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message which triggered the execution of the DRB
addition/modification procedure, associate MCG RLC bearer with the NR PDCP entity associated with
the same value of drb-Identity in the current UE configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82];
2> if a DRB was configured with the same eps-BearerIdentity (fullConfig or change to E-UTRA PDCP):
3> associate the established DRB with corresponding included eps-BearerIdentity;
2> else if the entry of drb-ToAddModList includes pdcp-config (establishment of bearer with E-UTRA PDCP):
3> indicate the establishment of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB(s) to upper
layers;
1> for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (DRB
reconfiguration):
2> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an LWA DRB (i.e. LWA to LTE only or reconfigure LWA DRB):
3> perform the LWA specific DRB reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a2;
2> else if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWA set to TRUE (i.e. LTE only to
LWA DRB):
3> perform the LWA specific DRB reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a2;
2> if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWIP (i.e. add or reconfigure LWIP
DRB):
3> perform LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a3;
2> if drb-ToAddModListSCG is not received or does not include the drb-Identity value:
3> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB or configured with MCG RLC bearer in EN-DC
(reconfigure MCG RLC bearer for EN-DC or reconfigure MCG DRB):
4> if the pdcp-Config is included:
5> reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the received pdcp-Config;
4> if the rlc-Config is included:
5> if reestablishRLC is received, re-establish the RLC entity of this DRB;
5> reconfigure the RLC entity or entities in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
4> if the logicalChannelConfig is included:
5> reconfigure the DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
NOTE: Removal and addition of the same drb-Identity in a single radioResourceConfigDedicated is not
supported. In case drb-Identity is removed and added due to handover or re-establishment with the full
configuration option, the eNB can use the same value of drb-Identity.
ETSI
5.3.10.3a1 DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration

For the drb-Identity value for which this procedure is initiated, the UE shall:
1> if drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value; and drb-Identity value is not part of
the current UE configuration (i.e. DC specific DRB establishment):
2> if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value (i.e. add split DRB):
3> establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance
with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModList;
3> establish an MCG RLC entity and an MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config,
logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig included in drb-ToAddModList;
3> establish an SCG RLC entity and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG,
logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2> else (i.e. add SCG DRB):
3> establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current SCG security configuration and in accordance
with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3> establish an SCG RLC entity or entities and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-
ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-
ToAddModListSCG;
2> indicate the establishment of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB(s) to upper
layers;
1> else (i.e. DC specific DRB modification; drb-ToAddModList and/ or drb-ToAddModListSCG received):
2> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is a split DRB:
3> if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-TypeChange
is included and set to toMCG (i.e. split to MCG):
4> release the SCG RLC entity and the SCG DTCH logical channel;
4> reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4> reconfigure the MCG RLC entity and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-
Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
3> else (i.e. reconfigure split):
4> reconfigure the SCG RLC entity and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-
ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an SCG DRB:
3> if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-TypeChange
is included and set to toMCG (i.e. SCG to MCG):
4> reconfigure the PDCP entity with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the
pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4> reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and the SCG DTCH logical channel to be an MCG RLC
entity or entities and an MCG DTCH logical channel;
ETSI
4> reconfigure the MCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance
with the rlc-Config, logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-
ToAddModList;
3> else (i.e. drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value i.e. reconfigure SCG):
4> reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-
ToAddModListSCG;
4> reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with
the rlc-ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB:
3> if drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-Type is
included and set to split (i.e. MCG to split):
4> establish an SCG RLC entity and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-
ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, included in drb-
ToAddModListSCG;
3> else (i.e. drb-Type is included and set to scg i.e. MCG to SCG):
4> reconfigure the PDCP entity with the current SCG security configuration and in accordance with the
pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4> reconfigure the MCG RLC entity or entities and the MCG DTCH logical channel to be an SCG RLC
entity or entities and an SCG DTCH logical channel;
4> reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with
the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-
ToAddModListSCG;
5.3.10.3a2 LWA specific DRB addition or reconfiguration

1> if the drb-Identity value is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. add LWA DRB):
2> establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current security configuration and in accordance with the
pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModList;
2> establish an RLC entity and an DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config,
logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig included in drb-ToAddModList;
2> enable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
2> if lwa-WLAN-AC is configured:
3> apply the received lwa-WLAN-AC when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN;
2> indicate the establishment of the DRB and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB to upper layers;
1> else if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is not an LWA DRB (i.e. LTE only to LWA DRB):
2> reconfigure the RLC entity and/ or the DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and
logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2> enable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
ETSI
3> apply the received lwa-WLAN-AC when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN;
1> else if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWA set to FALSE (i.e. LWA to LTE
only DRB):
2> perform PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8] if bearer is configured with RLC AM;
2> disable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
1> else (i.e. reconfigure LWA DRB):
3>apply the received lwa-WLAN-AC when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN;
5.3.10.3a3 LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration

1> if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to lwip:
2> indicate to higher layers to use LWIP resources in both UL and DL for the DRB associated with the drb-
Identity;
2> if lwip-DL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3> indicate to higher layers to apply decoding of LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE
and WLAN DL reception for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2> if lwip-DL-Aggregation is set to FALSE:
3> indicate to higher layers to stop decoding of LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE
2> if lwip-UL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3> indicate to higher layers to insert LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN
UL transmissions for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2> if lwip-UL-Aggregation is set to FALSE:
3> indicate to higher layers to stop inserting LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and
WLAN UL transmissions for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
1> if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to lwip-DL-only:
2> indicate to higher layers to use LWIP resources in the DL only for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2> if lwip-DL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3> indicate to higher layers to apply decoding of LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE
1> if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to lwip-UL-only:
2> indicate to higher layers to use LWIP resources in the UL only for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
ETSI
2> if lwip-UL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3> indicate to higher layers to insert LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN
UL transmissions for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
1> if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to eutran:
2> indicate to higher layers to stop using LWIP resources for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
5.3.10.3a SCell release

The UE shall:
1> if the release is triggered by reception of the sCellToReleaseList or the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
2> for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToReleaseList or in the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
3> if the current UE configuration includes an SCell with value sCellIndex:
4> release the SCell;
1> if the release is triggered by RRC connection re-establishment:
2> release all SCells that are part of the current UE configuration;
5.3.10.3b SCell addition/ modification

The UE shall:
1> for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG that is not
part of the current UE configuration (SCell addition):
2> add the SCell, corresponding to the cellIdentification, in accordance with the
radioResourceConfigCommonSCell and radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell, both included either in the
sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG;
2> if sCellState is configured for the SCell and indicates activated:
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in activated state;
2> else if sCellState is configured for the SCell and indicates dormant:
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in dormant state;
2> else:
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in deactivated state;
2> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
3> if SCells are not applicable for the associated measurement; and
3> if the concerned SCell is included in cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this
measId:
4> remove the concerned SCell from cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this
measId;
1> for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG that is
part of the current UE configuration (SCell modification):
2> modify the SCell configuration in accordance with the radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell, included either
in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG;
5.3.10.3c PSCell addition or modification

The UE shall:
ETSI
1> if the PSCell is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. PSCell addition):
2> add the PSCell, corresponding to the cellIdentification, in accordance with the received
radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell and radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell;
2> configure lower layers to consider the PSCell to be in activated state;
1> if the PSCell is part of the current UE configuration (i.e. PSCell modification):
2> modify the PSCell configuration in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell;
5.3.10.4 MAC main reconfiguration

Except for NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1> if the procedure is triggered to perform SCG MAC main reconfiguration:
2> if SCG MAC is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. SCG establishment):
3> create an SCG MAC entity;
2> reconfigure the SCG MAC main configuration as specified in the following i.e. assuming it concerns the
SCG MAC whenever MAC main configuration is referenced and that it is based on the received mac-
MainConfigSCG instead of mac-MainConfig:
1> reconfigure the MAC main configuration in accordance with the received mac-MainConfig other than stag-
ToReleaseList and stag-ToAddModList;
1> if the received mac-MainConfig includes the stag-ToReleaseList:
2> for each STAG-Id value included in the stag-ToReleaseList that is part of the current UE configuration:
3> release the STAG indicated by STAG-Id;
1> if the received mac-MainConfig includes the stag-ToAddModList:
2> for each stag-Id value included in stag-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (STAG
addition):
3> add the STAG, corresponding to the stag-Id, in accordance with the received timeAlignmentTimerSTAG;
2> for each stag-Id value included in stag-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (STAG
modification):
3> reconfigure the STAG, corresponding to the stag-Id, in accordance with the received
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG;
For NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1> reconfigure the MAC main configuration in accordance with the received mac-MainConfig;
5.3.10.5 Semi-persistent scheduling reconfiguration

The UE shall:
1> reconfigure the semi-persistent scheduling in accordance with the received sps-Config;
5.3.10.6 Physical channel reconfiguration

Except for NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1> if the antennaInfo-r10 is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated and the previous version of this field
that was received by the UE was antennaInfo (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8):
2> apply the default antenna configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
ETSI
1> if the cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated and the previous version of this
field that was received by the UE was cqi-ReportConfig (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8):
2> apply the default CQI reporting configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
NOTE: Application of the default configuration involves release of all extensions introduced in REL-9 and later.
1> reconfigure the physical channel configuration in accordance with the received physicalConfigDedicated;
1> if the antennaInfo is included and set to explicitValue:
2> if the configured transmissionMode is tm1, tm2, tm5, tm6 or tm7; or
2> if the configured transmissionMode is tm8 and pmi-RI-Report is not present; or
2> if the configured transmissionMode is tm9 and pmi-RI-Report is not present; or
2> if the configured transmissionMode is tm9 and pmi-RI-Report is present and antennaPortsCount within csi-
RS is set to an1:
3> release ri-ConfigIndex in cqi-ReportPeriodic, if previously configured;
1> else if the antennaInfo is included and set to defaultValue:
2> release ri-ConfigIndex in cqi-ReportPeriodic, if previously configured;
1> if the pusch-EnhancementsConfig is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated, for the associated
serving cell:
2> if PUSCH enhancement mode is previously released or not configured and pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set
to setup, or
2> if PUSCH enhancement mode is previously configured and pusch-EnhancementConfig is set to release:
3> instruct the associated MAC entity to perform partial reset;
1> if the procedure was not triggered due to handover and ce-Mode is included in the received
physicalConfigDedicated, for the associated serving cell:
2> if ce-Mode is not currently configured and ce-Mode is set to setup, or
2> if ce-Mode is currently configured and ce-Mode is set to release:
3> instruct the associated MAC entity to perform partial reset;
For NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1> if the carrierConfigDedicated is not included in the received physicalConfigDedicated:
2> if the UE is configured with a carrier configuration previously received in carrierConfigDedicated:
3> use the carrier configuration received in carrierConfigDedicated;
2> else:
3> use the carrier configuration received in system information for the uplink and downlink carrier used
during the random access procedure;
1> else:
2> use the carrier configuration received in carrierConfigDedicated;
2> start to use the new carrier immediately after the last transport block carrying the RRC message has been
acknowledged by the MAC layer, and any subsequent RRC response message sent for the current RRC
procedure is therefore sent on the new carrier;
1> reconfigure the physical channel configuration in accordance with the received physicalConfigDedicated.
ETSI
5.3.10.7 Radio Link Failure Timers and Constants reconfiguration

The UE shall:
1> if the received rlf-TimersAndConstants is set to release:
2> use values for timers T301, T310, T311 and constants N310, N311, as included in ue-TimersAndConstants
received in SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT);
1> else:
2> reconfigure the value of timers and constants in accordance with received rlf-TimersAndConstants;
1> if the received rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG is set to release:
2> stop timer T313, if running, and
2> release the value of timer t313 as well as constants n313 and n314;
1> else:
2> reconfigure the value of timers and constants in accordance with received rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG;
5.3.10.8 Time domain measurement resource restriction for serving cell

The UE shall:
1> if the received measSubframePatternPCell is set to release:
2> release the time domain measurement resource restriction for the PCell, if previously configured
1> else:
2> apply the time domain measurement resource restriction for the PCell in accordance with the received
measSubframePatternPCell;
5.3.10.9 Other configuration

The UE shall:
1> if the received otherConfig includes the reportProximityConfig:
2> if proximityIndicationEUTRA is set to enabled:
3> consider itself to be configured to provide proximity indications for E-UTRA frequencies in accordance
with 5.3.14;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide proximity indications for E-UTRA frequencies;
2> if proximityIndicationUTRA is set to enabled:
3> consider itself to be configured to provide proximity indications for UTRA frequencies in accordance
with 5.3.14;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide proximity indications for UTRA frequencies;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the obtainLocation:
2> attempt to have detailed location information available for any subsequent measurement report;
NOTE: The UE is requested to attempt to have valid detailed location information available whenever sending a
measurement report for which it is configured to include available detailed location information. The UE
may not succeed e.g. because the user manually disabled the GPS hardware, due to no/poor satellite
coverage. Further details, e.g. regarding when to activate GNSS, are up to UE implementation.
ETSI
1> if the received otherConfig includes the BT-NameList:
2> attempt to have Bluetooth measurement results available for subsequent measurement report;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the WLAN-NameList:
2> attempt to have WLAN measurement results available for subsequent measurement report;
NOTE: The UE is requested to attempt to have valid Bluetooth measurements and WLAN measurements
whenever sending a measurement report for which it is configured to include these measurements. The
UE may not succeed e.g. because the user manually disabled the WLAN or Bluetooth hardware. Further
details, e.g. regarding when to activate WLAN or Bluetooth, are up to UE implementation.
1> if the received otherConfig includes the idc-Config:
2> if idc-Indication is included (i.e. set to setup):
3> consider itself to be configured to provide IDC indications in accordance with 5.6.9;
3> if idc-Indication-UL-CA is included (i.e. set to setup):
4> consider itself to be configured to indicate UL CA related information in IDC indications in

accordance with 5.6.9;
3> if idc-HarwareSharingIndication is included (i.e. set to setup):
4> consider itself to be configured to indicate IDC hardware sharing problem indications in IDC
indications in accordance with 5.6.9;
3> if idc-Indication-MRDC is included (i.e. set to setup):
4> consider itself to be configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC in accordance with 5.6.9;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide IDC indications;
2> if autonomousDenialParameters is included:
3> consider itself to be allowed to deny any transmission in a particular UL subframe if during the number of
subframes indicated by autonomousDenialValidity, preceeding and including this particular subframe, it
autonomously denied fewer UL subframes than indicated by autonomousDenialSubframes;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be allowed to deny any UL transmission;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the powerPrefIndicationConfig:
2> if powerPrefIndicationConfig is set to setup:
3> consider itself to be configured to provide power preference indications in accordance with 5.6.10;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide power preference indications;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the sps-AssistanceInfoReport:
2> if sps-AssistanceInfoReport is set to TRUE:
3> consider itself to be configured to provide SPS assistance information in accordance with 5.6.10;
2> else
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide SPS assistance information;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer:
ETSI
2> consider itself to be configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference indication in
accordance with 5.6.10;
1> else:
2> consider itself not to be configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth indication preference;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the delayBudgetReportingConfig:
2> if delayBudgetReportingConfig is set to setup:
3> consider itself to be configured to send delay budget reports in accordance with 5.6.18;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to send delay budget reports and stop timer T342, if running;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the overheatingAssistanceConfig:
2> if overheatingAssistanceConfig is set to setup:
3> consider itself to be configured to provide overheating assistance information in accordance with 5.6.10;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide overheating assistance information and stop timer T345, if
running;
1> for BL UEs or UEs in CE, if the received otherConfig includes the rlm-ReportConfig:
2> if rlm-ReportConfig is set to setup:
3> consider itself to be configured to detect "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" RLM events as specified
in 5.3.11;
3> if rlmReportRep-MPDCCH is set to setup:
4> consider itself to be configured to report rlmReportRep-MPDCCH in accordance with 5.6.10;
2> else:
3> consider itself not to be configured to detect "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" RLM events and stop
timer T343, timer T344, timer T314 and timer T315 if running;
1> if the received otherConfig includes the measConfigAppLayer:
2> if measConfigAppLayer is set to setup:
3> forward measConfigAppLayerContainer to upper layers considering the serviceType;
3> consider itself to be configured to send application layer measurement report in accordance with 5.6.19;
2> else:
3> inform upper layers to clear the stored application layer measurement configuration;
3> discard received application layer measurement report information from upper layers;
3> consider itself not to be configured to send application layer measurement report.
1> if the received otherConfig includes the ailc-BitConfig:
2> if ailc-BitConfig is set to TRUE:
3> consider itself to be configured to provide assistance information bit for local cache as specified in TS
36.323 [8], clause 6.2.3;
2> else:
ETSI
3> consider itself not to be configured to provide assistance information bit for local cache;
5.3.10.10 SCG reconfiguration

The UE shall:
1> if makeBeforeBreakSCG is configured:
2> start timer T307 with the timer value set to t307, as included in the mobilityControlInfoSCG;
2> start synchronising to the DL of the target PSCell, if needed;
2> perform the remainder of this procedure including and following resetting MAC after the UE has stopped the
uplink transmission/downlink reception with the source SCG cell(s);
NOTE 0a: It is up to UE implementation when to stop the uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source
SCG cell(s) to initiate re-tuning for the connection to the target cell [16], if makeBeforeBreakSCG is
configured.
1> if the received scg-Configuration is set to release or includes the mobilityControlInfoSCG (i.e. SCG release/
change):
2> if mobilityControlInfo is not received (i.e. SCG release/ change without HO):
3> reset SCG MAC, if configured;
3> for each drb-Identity value that is part of the current UE configuration:
4> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an SCG DRB:
5> re-establish the PDCP entity and the SCG RLC entity or entities;
4> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is a split DRB:
5> perform PDCP data recovery and re-establish the SCG RLC entity;
4> if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB; and
4> drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-Type
is included and set to scg (i.e. MCG to SCG):
5> re-establish the PDCP entity and the MCG RLC entity or entities;
3> configure lower layers to consider the SCG SCell(s), except for the PSCell, to be in deactivated state;
1> if the received scg-Configuration is set to release:
2> release the entire SCG configuration, except for the DRB configuration (i.e. as configured by drb-
ToAddModListSCG);
2> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split or SCG DRBs and the received
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-
ToAddModList:
3> reconfigure the SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList as specified in 5.3.10.12;
1> else:
2> if the received scg-ConfigPartMCG includes the scg-Counter:
ETSI
3> update the S-KeNB key based on the KeNB key and using the received scg-Counter value, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
3> derive the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithmSCG included in mobilityControlInfoSCG
within the received scg-ConfigPartSCG, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3> configure lower layers to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KUPenc key;
2> if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG:
3> reconfigure the dedicated radio resource configuration for the SCG as specified in 5.3.10.11;
2> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split or SCG DRBs and the received
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-
ToAddModList:
3> reconfigure the SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList as specified in 5.3.10.12;
2> if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
3> perform SCell release for the SCG as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
2> if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the pSCellToAddMod:
3> perform PSCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3c;
NOTE 0: This procedure is also used to release the PSCell e.g. PSCell change, SI change for the PSCell.
2> if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the sCellToAddModListSCG:
2> configure lower layers in accordance with mobilityControlInfoSCG, if received;
2> if rach-SkipSCG is configured:
3> configure lower layers to apply the rach-SkipSCG for the target SCG, as specified in TS 36.213 [23] and
TS 36.321 [6];
2> if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the mobilityControlInfoSCG (i.e. SCG change):
3> resume all SCG DRBs and resume SCG transmission for split DRBs, if suspended;
3> start timer T307 with the timer value set to t307, as included in the mobilityControlInfoSCG, if
makeBeforeBreakSCG is not configured;
3> start synchronising to the DL of the target PSCell;
3> initiate the random access procedure on the PSCell, as specified in TS 36.321 [6], if rach-SkipSCG is not
configured:
NOTE 1: The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PSCell by acquiring system information from
that cell before performing RACH access in the target PSCell.
3> the procedure ends, except that the following actions are performed when MAC successfully completes
the random access procedure on the PSCell or when MAC indicates the successful reception of a PDCCH
transmission addressed to C-RNTI and if rach-skipSCG is configured:
4> stop timer T307;
4> release rach-SkipSCG;
4> apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the
sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PSCell, if any;
ETSI
4> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know
the SFN of the target PSCell (e.g. periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding
RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PSCell;
5.3.10.11 SCG dedicated resource configuration

The UE shall:
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the drb-ToAddModListSCG:
2> for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModListSCG perform the DC specific DRB addition or
reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a1
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the mac-MainConfigSCG:
2> perform the SCG MAC main reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.4;
1> if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG:
2> reconfigure the values of timers and constants as specified in 5.3.10.7;
5.3.10.12 Reconfiguration SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList

The UE shall:
1> for each split or SCG DRBs that is part of the current configuration:
2> if the corresponding drb-Identity value is included in the received drb-ToAddModList; and
2> if the corresponding drb-Identity value is not included in the received drb-ToAddModListSCG (i.e.
reconfigure split, split to MCG or SCG to MCG):
3> perform the DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a1;
5.3.10.13 Neighbour cell information reconfiguration

The UE shall:
1> if the received naics-Info is set to release:
2> instruct lower layer to release all the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell, if previously
configured;
1> if the received naics-Info includes the neighCellsToReleaseList-r12:
2> for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToReleaseList-r12 that is part of the current NAICS
neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3> instruct lower layer to release the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell;
1> if the received naics-Info includes the NeighCellsToAddModList-r12:
2> for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToAddModList-r12 that is not part of the current
NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3> instruct lower layer to add the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell;
2> for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToAddModList-r12 that is part of the current NAICS
neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3> instruct lower layer to modify the NAICS neighbour cell information in accordance with the received
NeighCellsInfo for the concerned cell;
ETSI
5.3.10.14 Void
5.3.10.15 Sidelink dedicated configuration
The UE shall:
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-CommConfig:
2> if commTxResources is included and set to setup:
3> from the next SC period use the resources indicated by commTxResources for sidelink communication
transmission, as specified in 5.10.4;
2> else if commTxResources is included and set to release:
3> from the next SC period, release the resources allocated for sidelink communication transmission
previously configured by commTxResources;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig:
2> if discTxResources is included and set to setup:
3> from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxResources
for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2> else if discTxResources is included and set to release:
3> from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, release the resources allocated for sidelink
discovery announcement previously configured by discTxResources;
2> if discTxResourcesPS is included and set to setup:
discTxResourcesPS for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2> else if discTxResourcesPS is included and set to release:
discovery announcement previously configured by discTxResourcesPS;
2> if discTxInterFreqInfo is included and set to setup:
discTxInterFreqInfo for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2> else if discTxInterFreqInfo is included and set to release:
discovery announcement previously configured by discTxInterFreqInfo;
2> if discRxGapConfig is included and set to setup:
3> from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, use the gaps indicated by discRxGapConfig for
sidelink discovery monitoring, as specified in 5.10.5;
2> else if discRxGapConfig is included and set to release:
3> from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, release the gaps configured for sidelink discovery
monitoring previously configured by discRxGapConfig;
2> if discTxGapConfig is included and set to setup:
3> from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, use the gaps indicated by discTxGapConfig for
sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2> else if discTxGapConfig is included and set to release:
ETSI
3> from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, release the gaps configured for sidelink discovery
announcement previously configured by discTxGapConfig;
2> if discSysInfoToReportConfig is included and set to setup:
3> start timer T370 with the timer value set to 60s;
2> else if discSysInfoToReportConfig is included and set to release:
3> stop timer T370 and release discSysInfoToReportConfig;
5.3.10.15a V2X sidelink Communication dedicated configuration

The UE shall:
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated:
2> if commTxResources is included and set to setup:
3> use the resources indicated by commTxResources for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as
specified in 5.10.13;
3> perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool indicated in commTxResources for V2X
2> else if commTxResources is included and set to release:
3> release the resources allocated for V2X sidelink communication transmission previously configured by
commTxResources;
2> if v2x-InterFreqInfoList is included:
3> use the synchronization configuration and resource configuration parameters for V2X sidelink
communication on frequencies included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList, as specified in 5.10.13;
3> perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool indicated in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for V2X
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfoV2X:
2> if v2x-CommRxPool is included:
3> use the resources indicated by v2x-CommRxPool for V2X sidelink communication reception, as specified
in 5.10.12;
2> if v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included:
3> use the resources indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication
transmission, as specified in 5.10.13;
3> perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
5.3.10.16 T370 expiry

The UE shall:
1> if T370 expires:
2> release discSysInfoToReportConfig;
5.3.10.17 SRB release

The UE shall for the SRB with SRB identity corresponding to srb-ToReleaseList:
1> release the PDCP entity.
ETSI
5.3.10.18 Scheduling Request Configuration for NB-IoT

The UE shall:
1> apply sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config, if included;
1> apply sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config, if included;
1> apply sr-SPS-BSR-Config, if included;
5.3.11 Radio link failure related actions

5.3.11.1 Detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED
The UE shall:
1> upon receiving N310 consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while neither T300,
T301, T304 nor T311 is running:
1> upon receiving N313 consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PSCell from lower layers while T307 is not
running:
2> start T313;
NOTE: Physical layer monitoring and related autonomous actions do not apply to SCells except for the PSCell.
5.3.11.1a Early detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED

The UE shall:
1> upon receiving N310 consecutive "early-out-of-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers:
2> start timer T314 with the timer value set to the value of T310;
5.3.11.1b Detection of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED

The UE shall:
1> upon receiving N311 consecutive "early-in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers:
2> start timer T315 with the timer value set to the value of T310;
5.3.11.2 Recovery of physical layer problems

Upon receiving N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while T310 is running, the UE
shall:
1> stop timer T310;
NOTE 1: In this case, the UE maintains the RRC connection without explicit signalling, i.e. the UE maintains the
entire radio resource configuration.
NOTE 2: Periods in time where neither "in-sync" nor "out-of-sync" is reported by layer 1 do not affect the
evaluation of the number of consecutive "in-sync" or "out-of-sync" indications.
Upon receiving N314 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PSCell from lower layers while T313 is running, the UE
shall:
1> stop timer T313;
ETSI
5.3.11.2a Recovery of early detection of physical layer problems

shall:
1> stop timer T314;
5.3.11.2b Cancellation of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED

shall:
1> stop timer T315;
5.3.11.3 Detection of radio link failure

The UE shall:
1> upon T310 expiry; or
1> upon random access problem indication from MCG MAC while neither T300, T301, T304 nor T311 is running;
or
1> upon indication from MCG RLC, which is allowed to be send on PCell, that the maximum number of
retransmissions has been reached for an SRB or DRB:
2> consider radio link failure to be detected for the MCG i.e. RLF;
2> except for NB-IoT, store the following radio link failure information in the VarRLF-Report by setting its
fields as follows:
3> clear the information included in VarRLF-Report, if any;
3> set the plmn-IdentityList to include the list of EPLMNs stored by the UE (i.e. includes the RPLMN);
3> set the measResultLastServCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the PCell based on
measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected radio link failure;
3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells, other than the PCell, ordered such that
the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected radio
link failure, and set its fields as follows;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more EUTRA frequencies, include the
measResultListEUTRA;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring UTRA
frequencies, include the measResultListUTRA;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring GERAN
frequencies, include the measResultListGERAN;
4> if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring
CDMA2000 frequencies, include the measResultsCDMA2000;
ETSI
3> set the failedPCellId to the global cell identity, if available, and otherwise to the physical cell identity and
carrier frequency of the PCell where radio link failure is detected;
3> set the tac-FailedPCell to the tracking area code, if available, of the PCell where radio link failure is
detected;
3> if an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo was received before the
connection failure:
4> if the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo concerned an

intra E-UTRA handover:
5> include the previousPCellId and set it to the global cell identity of the PCell where the last
5> set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
4> if the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo concerned a

handover to E-UTRA from UTRA and if the UE supports Radio Link Failure Report for Inter-RAT
MRO:
5> include the previousUTRA-CellId and set it to the physical cell identity, the carrier frequency and
the global cell identity, if available, of the UTRA Cell in which the last
5> set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
3> if the UE supports QCI1 indication in Radio Link Failure Report and has a DRB for which QCI is 1:
4> include the drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1;
3> set the connectionFailureType to rlf;
3> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the PCell;
3> set the rlf-Cause to the trigger for detecting radio link failure;
2> if AS security has not been activated:
4> if the UE supports RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
5> initiate the RRC connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
4> else:
5> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause
'RRC connection failure';
3> else:
4> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause
'other';
2> else:
ETSI
3> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
In case of DC, the UE shall:
1> upon random access problem indication from SCG MAC; or
1> upon indication from SCG RLC, which is allowed to be sent on PSCell, that the maximum number of
retransmissions has been reached for an SCG or split DRB:
2> consider radio link failure to be detected for the SCG i.e. SCG-RLF;
2> initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13 to report SCG radio link failure;
In case of CA PDCP duplication, the UE shall:
1> upon indication from an RLC entity, which is restricted to be sent on SCell only, that the maximum number of
retransmissions has been reached:
2> consider radio link failure to be detected for the RLC entity;
2> initiate the failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.21 to report PDCP duplication failure;
The UE may discard the radio link failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarRLF-Report, 48 hours after the
radio link failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
5.3.11.3a Detection of early-out-of-sync event

The UE shall:
1> upon T314 expiry;
2> consider "early-out-of-sync" event to be detected and initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation
message in accordance with 5.6.10;
5.3.11.3b Detection of early-in-sync event

The UE shall:
1> upon T315 expiry;
2> consider "early-in-sync" event to be detected and initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation
message in accordance with 5.6.10;
5.3.12 UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE

Upon entering RRC_IDLE, the UE shall:
1> reset MAC;
1> stop all timers that are running except T320, T322, T325, T330;
1> if leaving RRC_CONNECTED was triggered by suspension of the RRC:
2> re-establish RLC entities for all SRBs and DRBs, including RBs configured with NR PDCP;
2> store the UE AS Context including the current RRC configuration, the current security context, the PDCP
state including ROHC state, C-RNTI used in the source PCell, the cellIdentity and the physical cell identity
of the source PCell;
2> store the following information provided by E-UTRAN:
3> the resumeIdentity;
3> the nextHopChainingCount, if present;
ETSI
3> the drb-ContinueROHC, if present;
2> suspend all SRB(s) and DRB(s), including RBs configured with NR PDCP, except SRB0;
2> indicate the suspension of the RRC connection to upper layers;
2> configure lower layers to suspend integrity protection and ciphering;
NOTE 1: Ciphering is not applied for the subsequent RRCConnectionResume message used to resume the
connection. An integrity check is performed by lower layers, but merely upon request from RRC.
1> else:
PDCP entity for all established RBs;
2> indicate the release of the RRC connection to upper layers together with the release cause;
1> if leaving RRC_CONNECTED was triggered neither by reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand

message nor by selecting an inter-RAT cell while T311 was running:
2> if timer T350 is configured:
3> apply rclwi-Configuration if configured, otherwise apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN
included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
2> else:
3> release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated, if received;
3> if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
4> apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in

4> apply steerToWLAN if configured, otherwise apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN
2> enter RRC_IDLE and perform procedures as specified in TS 36.304 [4, 5.2.7];
1> else:
2> release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated, if received;
NOTE 2: BL UEs or UEs in CE verifies validity of SI when released to RRC_IDLE.
5.3.13 UE actions upon PUCCH/ SPUCCH/ SRS release request

Upon receiving a PUCCH release request from lower layers, for an indicated serving cell the UE shall:
1> apply the default physical channel configuration for cqi-ReportConfig for the indicated serving cell as specified
in 9.2.4 and release cqi-ReportConfigSCell, for each SCell that sends HARQ feedback on the indicated serving
cell, if any;
1> apply the default physical channel configuration for schedulingRequestConfig as specified in 9.2.4, for the
concerned CG;
Upon receiving a sPUCCH release request from lower layers, the UE shall:
1> for each serving cell in the UE configuration:
2> apply the value release to the field schedulingRequest-SPUCCH;
ETSI
Upon receiving an SRS release request from lower layers, for an indicated serving cell the UE shall:
1> apply the default physical channel configuration for soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated, as specified in 9.2.4;
NOTE: Upon PUCCH/ SRS release request, the UE does not modify the soundingRS-UL-
ConfigDedicatedAperiodic i.e. it does not apply the default for this field (release).
5.3.13a UE actions upon SR release request for NB-IoT

Upon receiving a SR release request from lower layers, the UE shall:
1> apply the value FALSE for sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config and release sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config, if configured;
1> apply the value release for sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config and release sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config, if
configured;
1> apply the value release for sr-SPS-BSR-Config and release sr-SPS-BSR-Config, if configured;
5.3.14 Proximity indication

5.3.14.1 General
UE EUTRAN
RRC connection reconfiguration
ProximityIndication
Figure 5.3.14.1-1: Proximity indication
The purpose of this procedure is to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more CSG
member cells. The detection of proximity is based on an autonomous search function as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
5.3.14.2 Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED shall:
1> if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency while proximity
indication is enabled for such E-UTRA cells; or
1> if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s) on an UTRA frequency while proximity
indication is enabled for such UTRA cells; or
1> if the UE leaves the proximity of all CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency while proximity indication is
enabled for such E-UTRA cells; or
1> if the UE leaves the proximity of all CSG member cell(s) on an UTRA frequency while proximity indication is
enabled for such UTRA cells:
2> if the UE has previously not transmitted a ProximityIndication for the RAT and frequency during the current
RRC connection, or if more than 5 s has elapsed since the UE has last transmitted a ProximityIndication
(either entering or leaving) for the RAT and frequency:
3> initiate transmission of the ProximityIndication message in accordance with 5.3.14.3;
NOTE: In the conditions above, "if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s)" includes the
case of already being in the proximity of such cell(s) at the time proximity indication for the
corresponding RAT is enabled.
ETSI
5.3.14.3 Actions related to transmission of ProximityIndication message

The UE shall set the contents of ProximityIndication message as follows:
1> if the UE applies the procedure to report entering the proximity of CSG member cell(s):
2> set type to entering;
1> else if the UE applies the procedure to report leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s):
2> set type to leaving;
1> if the proximity indication was triggered for one or more CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency:
2> set the carrierFreq to eutra with the value set to the E-ARFCN value of the E-UTRA cell(s) for which
proximity indication was triggered;
1> else if the proximity indication was triggered for one or more CSG member cell(s) on a UTRA frequency:
2> set the carrierFreq to utra with the value set to the ARFCN value of the UTRA cell(s) for which proximity
indication was triggered;
The UE shall submit the ProximityIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.3.15 Void
5.3.16 Unified Access Control
5.3.16.1 General
The purpose of this procedure is to perform access barring check for an access attempt associated with a given Access
Category and one or more Access Identities upon request from upper layers according to TS 24.501 [95] or the RRC
layer.
5.3.16.2 Initiation
Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1> if T309 is running for the Access Category:
2> consider the access attempt as barred;
1> if timer T302 is running and the Access Category is neither '2' nor '0':
1> else:
2> if the Access Category is '0':
3> consider the access attempt as allowed;
2> else if SystemInformationBlockType25 is not broadcasted:
2> else:
3> if SystemInformationBlockType25 includes uac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the uac-BarringPerPLMN-

List contains an UAC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN
selected by upper layers (see TS 24.501 [95]):
4> select the UAC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN
selected by upper layers;
ETSI
4> in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected UAC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or
absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the uac-BarringForCommon
3> else if SystemInformationBlockType25 includes uac-BarringForCommon:
4> in the remainder of this procedure use the uac-BarringForCommon (i.e. presence or absence of these
parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType25;
3> else:
3> if uac-BarringForCommon is applicable or the uac-AC-BarringListType indicated that uac-ExplicitAC-

BarringList is used:
4> if the corresponding UAC-BarringPerCatList contains a UAC-BarringPerCat entry corresponding to

the Access Category:
5> select the UAC-BarringPerCat entry;
5> if the uac-BarringInfoSetList contain a UAC-BarringInfoSet entry corresponding to the uac-

barringInfoSetIndex in the UAC-BarringPerCat:
6> select the UAC-BarringInfoSet entry;
6> perform access barring check for the Access Category as specified in 5.3.16.5, using the UAC-
BarringInfoSet as "UAC barring parameter";
5> else:
4> else:
3> else if the uac-AC-BarringListType indicated that uac-ImplicitAC-BarringList is used:
4> if the uac-BarringInfoSetList contain a UAC-BarringInfoSet entry corresponding to the uac-

barringInfoSetIndex in the UAC-BarringPerCat:
5> select the UAC-BarringInfoSet entry;
6> perform access barring check for the Access Category as specified in 5.3.16.5, using the UAC-
BarringInfoSet as "UAC barring parameter";
4> else:
3> else:
1> if the access barring check was requested by RRC for an RRC establishment or for an RRC resumption
requested by upper layers; or
1> if the access barring check was requested by upper layers:
2> if the access attempt is considered as barred:
3> inform upper layers that the access attempt for the Access Category is barred, upon which the procedure
ends;
2> else:
ETSI
3> inform upper layers that the access attempt for the Access Category is allowed, upon which the procedure
ends;
1> else:
5.3.16.3 Conditions for stopping of barring timers T309

The UE shall:
1> if cell reselection occurs; or
1> if cell selection occurs; or
1> if a state change to RRC_CONNECTED occurs; or
1> if a change of PCell occurs while in RRC_CONNECTED; or
1> upon reception of a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message:
2> if T309 is running;
3> stop timer T309 for all access categories;
3> perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
5.3.16.4 Barring alleviation

The UE shall:
1> if timer T302 expires or is stopped, and if timer T309 corresponding to an Access Category is not running; or
1> if timer T309 corresponding to an Access Category expires or is stopped, and if timer T302 is not running:
2> consider the barring for this Access Category to be alleviated;
1> When barring for an access category is considered being alleviated:
2> if the Access Category was provided upon access barring check requested by upper layers:
3> inform upper layers about barring alleviation for the Access Category;
5.3.16.5 Access barring check

The UE shall:
1> if one or more Access Identities are indicated by upper layers according to TS 24.501 [95] or obtained by the
RRC layer, and
1> if for at least one of these Access Identities the corresponding bit in the uac-BarringForAccessIdentity contained
in "UAC barring parameter" is set to zero:
1> else:
2> if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by uac-BarringFactor included in "UAC barring parameter":
2> else:
1> if the access attempt is considered as barred:
ETSI
2> start timer T309 for the Access Category with the timer value calculated as follows, using the uac-
BarringTime included in "AC barring parameter":
"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * uac-BarringTime;
5.3.17 RAN notification area update

5.3.17.1 General
- to notify the network that a UE in RRC_INACTIVE has re-selected to a cell not belonging to the configured
RAN notification area; or
- to periodically notify the network by a UE in RRC_INACTIVE;
5.3.17.2 Initiation
In RRC_INACTIVE state, the UE shall:
1> if T380 expires, or:
1> if upon cell reselection the UE enters an RNA not belonging to the configured ran-NotificationAreaInfo:
2> if upper layers request resumption of an RRC connection;
3> initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3 with cause value set in accordance with the
information received from upper layers;
2> else:
3> initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3 with cause value set to 'rna-Update';
Editor's note: FFS How to handle simultaneous NAS triggered events and AS triggered events (except TAU and
RNAU, which has been explicitly agreed).
1> if barring is alleviated for Access Category [the standardised RAN specific access category], as specified in
5.3.16.4:
Editor's Note: Which value to use for the standardised RAN specific access category needs to be confirmed by SA1.
2> if upper layers do not request RRC the resumption of an RRC connection, and
2> if the variable pendingRnaUpdate is set to 'TRUE':
3> set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'FALSE';
3> initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3 with cause value set to 'rna-Update';
5.4 Inter-RAT mobility

5.4.1 Introduction
The general principles of connected mode mobility are described in 5.3.1.3. The general principles of the security
handling upon connected mode mobility are described in 5.3.1.2.
For the (network controlled) inter RAT mobility from E-UTRA for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, a single procedure is
defined that supports both handover, cell change order with optional network assistance (NACC) and enhanced CS
fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. In case of mobility to CDMA2000, the eNB decides when to move to the other RAT
while the target RAT determines to which cell the UE shall move.
ETSI
5.4.2 Handover to E-UTRA

5.4.2.1 General
UE EUTRAN
(sent via other RAT)
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
Figure 5.4.2.1-1: Handover to E-UTRA, successful
The purpose of this procedure is to, under the control of the network, transfer a connection between the UE and another
Radio Access Network (e.g. GERAN, UTRAN or NR) to E-UTRAN, or transfer a connection between the UE and the
E-UTRAN with one type of CN to the E-UTRAN with a different type of CN.
The handover to E-UTRA procedure applies when SRBs, possibly in combination with DRBs, are established in
another RAT or in E-UTRA connected to another type of CN. Handover from UTRAN to E-UTRAN applies only after
integrity has been activated in UTRAN.
5.4.2.2 Initiation
The RAN using another RAT or the E-UTRA connected to a different type of CN initiates the handover to E-UTRA
procedure, in accordance with the specifications applicable for the other RAT or for the E-UTRA connected to a
different type of CN, by sending the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message via the radio access technology from
which the inter-RAT handover is performed.
- to activate ciphering, possibly using NULL algorithm, if not yet activated in the other RAT or in the E-UTRA
connected to a different type of CN;
- to establish SRB1, SRB2 and one or more DRBs, i.e. at least the DRB associated with the default EPS bearer is
established if the target CN is EPC and at least one DRB if the target CN is 5GC.
5.4.2.3 Reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration by the UE

If the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, the UE
shall:
2> start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;
2> release/ clear all current dedicated radio configurations except the MCG C-RNTI, the MCG/MN security
configurations;
Editor's note: It is FFS on how to handle the MCG/MN security configuration since the UE will have MCG security
configuration and for 5GC, UE will have a security configuration associated with master key.
NOTE 1: Radio configuration is not just the resource configuration but includes other configurations like
MeasConfig and OtherConfig.
2> release/ clear all current common radio configurations;
2> for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList (SRB reconfiguration):
ETSI
3> apply the corresponding default RLC configuration for the SRB specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in
9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
3> apply the corresponding default logical channel configuration for the SRB as specified in 9.2.1.1 for
SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
3> if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to ngc-ToEPC:
4> release the NR PDCP entity of this SRB and establish it with an E-UTRA PDCP entity and with the
received security configuration;
3> if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to epc-ToNGC:
4> release the E-UTRA PDCP entity of this SRB and establish it with an NR PDCP entity and with the
received security configuration;
NOTE 2: This is to get SRB1 and SRB2 to a known state from which the reconfiguration message can do further
configuration.
1> start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo, if not previously started;
1> consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity
indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1> start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;
1> set the C-RNTI to the value of the newUE-Identity;
1> for the target PCell, apply the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth;
1> for the target PCell, apply the uplink bandwidth indicated by (the absence or presence of) the ul-Bandwidth;
1> configure lower layers in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommon;
1> configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the
received mobilityControlInfo;
1> if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to ngc-ToEPC:
2> indicate to higher layer that the CN has changed from 5GC to EPC;
2> derive the key KeNB based on the mapped KASME key as specified for interworking between EPS and 5GS in
TS 33.501 [86];
1> else if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to intraNGC:
2> if the keyChangeIndicator-r15 received in the securityConfigHO is set to TRUE:
3> forward nas-Container to the upper layers, if included;
3> update the KeNB key based on the KAMF key, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2> else:
ETSI
3> update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value
indicated in the SecurityConfigHO, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2> update the key KeNB based on the current key KgNB or the NH, using the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value
indicated in the securityConfigHO, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
1> else if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to epc-ToNGC:
2> forward the nas-Container to the upper layers
2> derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
1> else:
2> forward the nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA to the upper layers;
2> derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
Editor's note: It is FFS whether setup of EN-DC or MR-DC can be performed upon inter-RAT (inter-system or
intra-system) HO from NR, or for inter-system intra-LTE HO.
2> perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.6].
1> if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is not set to intra5GC or if the handoverType-v1530 is not present:
2> configure lower layers to apply the indicated integrity protection algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately,
i.e. the indicated integrity protection configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and
sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2> configure lower layers to apply the indicated ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key
immediately, i.e. the indicated ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received
and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2> perform SCell addition as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
ETSI
2> if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-
IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
2> if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList
1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new
configuration;
1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include rlf-TimersAndConstants set to setup:
2> use the default values specified in 9.2.5 for timer T310, T311 and constant N310, N311;
1> if MAC successfully completes the random access procedure:
2> stop timer T304;
2> apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS
configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell, if any;
2> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN
of the target PCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration,
sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PCell;
2> enter E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED, upon which the procedure ends;
NOTE 2: The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PCell by acquiring system information from
that cell before performing RACH access in the target PCell.
5.4.2.4 Reconfiguration failure

The UE shall:
ETSI
1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration
message:
2> if the source RAT is E-UTRA:
3> perform the actions defined in intra-RAT handover failure procedure as specified in 5.3.5.5;
2> else:
3> perform the actions defined for this failure case as defined in the specifications applicable for the other
RAT;
NOTE 1: The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall
ignore the message.
NOTE 2: If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the
configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/ failure.
5.4.2.5 T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure)

The UE shall:
1> upon T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure):
2> if the source RAT is E-UTRA:
3> perform the actions defined in intra-RAT handover failure procedure as specified in 5.3.5.6;
2> else:
3> reset MAC;
3> perform the actions defined for this failure case as defined in the specifications applicable for the other
RAT;
5.4.3 Mobility from E-UTRA

5.4.3.1 General
UE EUTRAN
MobilityFromEUTRACommand
Figure 5.4.3.1-1: Mobility from E-UTRA, successful
UE EUTRAN
MobilityFromEUTRACommand
RRC connection re-establishment
Figure 5.4.3.1-2: Mobility from E-UTRA, failure
ETSI
The purpose of this procedure is to move a UE in RRC_CONNECTED to a cell using another Radio Access
Technology (RAT), e.g. GERAN, UTRA, CDMA2000 systems or NR. The mobility from E-UTRA procedure covers
the following type of mobility:
- handover, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes radio resources that have been allocated for
the UE in the target cell;
- cell change order, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message may include information facilitating access
of and/ or connection establishment in the target cell, e.g. system information. Cell change order is applicable
only to GERAN; and
- enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes radio
resources that have been allocated for the UE in the target cell. The enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT
may be combined with concurrent handover or redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
NOTE: For the case of dual receiver/transmitter enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, the
DLInformationTransfer message is used instead of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message (see TS
36.300 [9]).
5.4.3.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the mobility from E-UTRA procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, possibly in response to a
MeasurementReport message or in response to reception of CS fallback indication for the UE from MME, by sending a
MobilityFromEUTRACommand message. E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
- the procedure is initiated only when AS-security has been activated, and SRB2 with at least one DRB are setup
and not suspended;
5.4.3.3 Reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand by the UE

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN,
even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.
The UE shall:

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:
2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:
3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in
the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;
3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;
3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the
target RAT;
3> if the targetRAT-Type is set to geran:
4> use the contents of systemInformation, if provided for PS Handover, as the system information to
begin access on the target GERAN cell;
NOTE 1: If there are DRBs for which no radio bearers are established in the target RAT as indicated in the
targetRAT-MessageContainer in the message, the E-UTRA RRC part of the UE does not indicate the
release of the concerned DRBs to the upper layers. Upper layers may derive which bearers are not
established from information received from the AS of the target RAT.
NOTE 2: In case of SR-VCC, the DRB to be replaced is specified in [61].
2> else if the targetRAT-Type is set to eutra:
3> consider inter-system mobility as initiated towards E-UTRA;
ETSI
3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with section 5.4.2.3;
2> else if the targetRAT-Type is set to nr:
3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards NR;
3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers, if included;
3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications in TS
38.331 [82];
2> else if the targetRAT-Type is set to cdma2000-1XRTT or cdma2000-HRPD:
3> forward the targetRAT-Type and the targetRAT-MessageContainer to the CDMA2000 upper layers for
the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of
the CDMA2000 target-RAT;
1> else if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to cellChangeOrder:
2> start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;
2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to geran:
3> if networkControlOrder is included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message:
4> apply the value as specified in TS 44.060 [36];
3> else:
4> acquire networkControlOrder and apply the value as specified in TS 44.060 [36];
3> use the contents of systemInformation, if provided, as the system information to begin access on the target
GERAN cell;
2> establish the connection to the target cell indicated in the CellChangeOrder;
NOTE 3: The criteria for success or failure of the cell change order to GERAN are specified in TS 44.060[36].
1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to e-CSFB:
2> if messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT is present:
3> forward the messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the
cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specification of the target RAT;
2> if mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is present and is set to handover:
3> forward the messageContCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the
cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specification of the target RAT;
2> if mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is present and is set to redirection:
3> forward the redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
NOTE 4: When the CDMA2000 upper layers in the UE receive both the messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT and
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD the UE performs concurrent access to both CDMA2000 1xRTT and
CDMA2000 HRPD RAT.
NOTE 5: The UE should perform the handover, the cell change order or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback as soon as
possible following the reception of the RRC message MobilityFromEUTRACommand, which could be
before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.
5.4.3.4 Successful completion of the mobility from E-UTRA

Upon successfully completing the handover, the cell change order or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback, the UE shall:
1> if the targetRAT-Type in the received MobilityFromEUTRACommand is set to eutra or nr:
ETSI
1> else:
NOTE: If the UE performs enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback along with concurrent mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD
and the connection to either CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD succeeds, then the mobility from
E-UTRA is considered successful.
5.4.3.5 Mobility from E-UTRA failure

The UE shall:
1> if T304 configured in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or
1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or
1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand
message; or
1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message,
causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT (i.e. according
to sub-clause 5.3.5.6 if the targetRAT-Type in the received MobilityFromEUTRACommand is set to eutra):
2> stop T304, if running;
2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE or e-CSFB was
present:
3> indicate to upper layers that the CS fallback procedure has failed;
2> revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the
physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;
2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
NOTE: For enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, the above UE behavior applies only when the UE is
attempting the enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback and connection to the target radio access technology fails or
if the UE is attempting enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback along with concurrent mobility to CDMA2000
HRPD and connection to both the target radio access technologies fails.
5.4.4 Handover from E-UTRA preparation request (CDMA2000)

5.4.4.1 General
UE EUTRAN
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest
Figure 5.4.4.1-1: Handover from E-UTRA preparation request
The purpose of this procedure is to trigger the UE to prepare for handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback to
CDMA2000 by requesting a connection with this network. The UE may use this procedure to concurrently prepare for
handover to CDMA2000 HRPD along with preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. This
procedure applies to CDMA2000 capable UEs only.
This procedure is also used to trigger the UE which supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to redirect its second radio
to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
The handover from E-UTRA preparation request procedure applies when signalling radio bearers are established.
ETSI
5.4.4.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the handover from E-UTRA preparation request procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED,
possibly in response to a MeasurementReport message or CS fallback indication for the UE, by sending a
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message. E-UTRA initiates the procedure only when AS security has been
activated.
5.4.4.3 Reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest by the UE

Upon reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message, the UE shall:
1> if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present in the received message:
2> forward dualRxTxRedirectIndicator to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> forward redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers, if included;
1> else:
2> indicate the request to prepare handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback and forward the cdma2000-Type to
the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> if cdma2000-Type is set to type1XRTT:
3> forward the rand and the mobilityParameters to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> if concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD is present in the received message:
3> forward concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2> else:
3> forward concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
5.4.5 UL handover preparation transfer (CDMA2000)

5.4.5.1 General
UE EUTRAN
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer
Figure 5.4.5.1-1: UL handover preparation transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to tunnel the handover related CDMA2000 dedicated information or enhanced 1xRTT
CS fallback related CDMA2000 dedicated information from UE to E-UTRAN when requested by the higher layers. The
procedure is triggered by the higher layers on receipt of HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message. If
preparing for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and handover to CDMA2000 HRPD, the UE sends two
consecutive ULHandoverPreparationTransfer messages to E-UTRAN, one per addressed CDMA2000 RAT Type. This
procedure applies to CDMA2000 capable UEs only.
5.4.5.2 Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL handover preparation transfer procedure whenever there is a need to
transfer handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback related non-3GPP dedicated information. The UE initiates the UL
handover preparation transfer procedure by sending the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message.
ETSI
5.4.5.3 Actions related to transmission of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer

message
The UE shall set the contents of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message as follows:
1> include the cdma2000-Type and the dedicatedInfo;
1> if the cdma2000-Type is set to type1XRTT:
2> include the meid and set it to the value received from the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1> submit the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the
procedure ends;
5.4.5.4 Failure to deliver the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message

The UE shall:
1> if the UE is unable to guarantee successful delivery of ULHandoverPreparationTransfer messages:
2> inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the information contained in the concerned
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message;
5.4.6 Inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN

5.4.6.1 General
The purpose of the inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN procedure is to transfer, under the control of the source
radio access technology, a connection between the UE and another radio access technology (e.g. GSM/ GPRS) to E-
UTRAN.
5.4.6.2 Initiation
The procedure is initiated when a radio access technology other than E-UTRAN, e.g. GSM/GPRS, using procedures
specific for that RAT, orders the UE to change to an E-UTRAN cell. In response, upper layers request the establishment
of an RRC connection as specified in subclause 5.3.3.
NOTE: Within the message used to order the UE to change to an E-UTRAN cell, the source RAT should specify
the identity of the target E-UTRAN cell as specified in the specifications for that RAT.
The UE shall:
1> upon receiving an RRCConnectionSetup message:
2> consider the inter-RAT cell change order procedure to have completed successfully;
5.4.6.3 UE fails to complete an inter-RAT cell change order

If the inter-RAT cell change order fails the UE shall return to the other radio access technology and proceed as specified
in the appropriate specifications for that RAT.
The UE shall:
1> upon failure to establish the RRC connection as specified in subclause 5.3.3:
2> consider the inter-RAT cell change order procedure to have failed;
NOTE: The cell change was network ordered. Therefore, failure to change to the target PCell should not cause the
UE to move to UE-controlled cell selection.
ETSI
5.5 Measurements
5.5.1 Introduction
The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration as provided by E-
UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of
dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration or RRCConnectionResume message.
The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:
- Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).
- Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier
frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).
- Inter-RAT measurements of NR frequencies.
- Inter-RAT measurements of UTRA frequencies.
- Inter-RAT measurements of GERAN frequencies.
- Inter-RAT measurements of CDMA2000 HRPD or CDMA2000 1xRTT or WLAN frequencies.
- CBR measurements.
- Sensing measurements.
The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:
1. Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.
- For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier
frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets, a
list of 'blacklisted' cells and a list of 'whitelisted' cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation
or measurement reporting.
- For inter-RAT NR measurements a measurement object is a single NR carrier frequency. Associated with
this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of 'blacklisted' cells. Blacklisted cells are not
considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.
- For inter-RAT UTRA measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single UTRA carrier
frequency.
- For inter-RAT GERAN measurements a measurement object is a set of GERAN carrier frequencies.
- For inter-RAT CDMA2000 measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single (HRPD or
1xRTT) carrier frequency.
- For inter-RAT WLAN measurements a measurement object is a set of WLAN identifiers and optionally a set
of WLAN frequencies.
- For CBR measurements and sensing measurements a measurement object is a set of transmission resource
pools for V2X sidelink communication.
NOTE 1: Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g.
measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference, or a
pair of cells, e.g. SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell.
2. Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where each reporting configuration consists of the
following:
- Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be
periodical or a single event description.
- Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information
(e.g. number of cells to report).
ETSI
3. Measurement identities: A list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one
measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is
possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more
than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a
reference number in the measurement report.
4. Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration
defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of
that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity, except for NR where the network
may configure up to 2 sets of quantity configurations each comprising per measurement quantity seperate filters
for cell and RS index measurement results. The quantity configuration set that applies for a given measurement
is indicated within the NR measurement object.
5. Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements, i.e. no (UL, DL) transmissions are
scheduled.
E-UTRAN only configures a single measurement object for a given frequency (except for WLAN and except for CBR
measurements), i.e. it is not possible to configure two or more measurement objects for the same frequency with
different associated parameters, e.g. different offsets and/ or blacklists. E-UTRAN may configure multiple instances of
the same event e.g. by configuring two reporting configurations with different thresholds.
The UE maintains a single measurement object list, a single reporting configuration list, and a single measurement
identities list. The measurement object list includes measurement objects, that are specified per RAT type, possibly
including intra-frequency object(s) (i.e. the object(s) corresponding to the serving frequency(ies)), inter-frequency
object(s) and inter-RAT objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes E-UTRA and inter-RAT reporting
configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some
reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be
linked to a reporting configuration.
The measurement procedures distinguish the following types of cells:
1. The serving cell(s) - these are the PCell and one or more SCells, if configured for a UE supporting CA or DC.
Likewise, NR serving cell(s) are the NR PSCell and SCells, if the UE is configured with EN-DC.
2. Listed cells - these are cells listed within the measurement object(s) or, for inter-RAT WLAN, the WLANs
matching the WLAN identifiers configured in the measurement object or the WLAN the UE is connected to.
3. Detected cells - these are cells that are not listed within the measurement object(s) but are detected by the UE on
the carrier frequency(ies) indicated by the measurement object(s) or, for inter-RAT WLAN, the WLANs not
included in the measObjectWLAN but meeting the triggering requirements.
For E-UTRA, the UE measures and reports on the serving cell(s), listed cells, detected cells, transmission resource
pools for V2X sidelink communication, and, for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements, the UE measures and
reports on any reception on the indicated frequency. For inter-RAT NR, the UE measures and reports on detected cells
and, if configured with EN-DC, on NR serving cell(s). For inter-RAT UTRA, the UE measures and reports on listed
cells and optionally on cells that are within a range for which reporting is allowed by E-UTRAN. For inter-RAT
GERAN, the UE measures and reports on detected cells. For inter-RAT CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports on
listed cells. For inter-RAT WLAN, the UE measures and reports on listed cells.
NOTE 2: For inter-RAT UTRA and CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports also on detected cells for the
purpose of SON.
NOTE 3: This specification is based on the assumption that typically CSG cells of home deployment type are not
indicated within the neighbour list. Furthermore, the assumption is that for non-home deployments, the
physical cell identity is unique within the area of a large macro cell (i.e. as for UTRAN).
Whenever the procedural specification, other than contained in sub-clause 5.5.2, refers to a field it concerns a field
included in the VarMeasConfig unless explicitly stated otherwise i.e. only the measurement configuration procedure
covers the direct UE action related to the received measConfig.
ETSI
5.5.2 Measurement configuration

5.5.2.1 General
- to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig, it includes a measObject for each LTE serving frequency;
- to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with the purpose set to
reportCGI;
- for E-UTRA serving frequencies, set the EARFCN within the corresponding measObject according to the band
as used for reception/ transmission;
- to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with ul-DelayConfig;
- to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with reportSFTD-Meas;
- to configure at most one MeasObjectNR with the same carrierFreq and subcarrierSpacingSSB;
The UE shall:
1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToRemoveList:
2> perform the measurement object removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.4;
1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:
2> perform the measurement object addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;
1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToRemoveList:
2> perform the reporting configuration removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.6;
1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:
2> perform the reporting configuration addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;
1> if the received measConfig includes the quantityConfig:
2> perform the quantity configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.8;
1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToRemoveList:
2> perform the measurement identity removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.2;
1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:
2> perform the measurement identity addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;
1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List:
2> perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;
1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfigDensePRS:
2> perform the measurement gap configuration procedure for RSTD measurements with dense PRS
configuration as specified in 5.5.2.9a;
1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapSharingConfig:
2> perform the measurement gap sharing configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.12;
1> if the received measConfig includes the s-Measure:
2> set the parameter s-Measure within VarMeasConfig to the lowest value of the RSRP ranges indicated by the
received value of s-Measure;
ETSI
1> if the received measConfig includes the preRegistrationInfoHRPD:
2> forward the preRegistrationInfoHRPD to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1> if the received measConfig includes the speedStatePars:
2> set the parameter speedStatePars within VarMeasConfig to the received value of speedStatePars;
1> if the received measConfig includes the allowInterruptions:
2> set the parameter allowInterruptions within VarMeasConfig to the received value of allowInterruptions;
5.5.2.2 Measurement identity removal

The UE shall:
1> for each measId included in the received measIdToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in
VarMeasConfig:
2> remove the entry with the matching measId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig;
2> remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2> stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated
information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE: The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the measIdToRemoveList includes any measId
value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.2a Measurement identity autonomous removal

The UE shall:
2> if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a serving cell while the concerned serving cell is
not configured; or
2> if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a WLAN mobility set while the concerned WLAN
mobility set is not configured; or
2> if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a transmission resource pool for V2X sidelink
communication while the concerned resource pool is not configured; or
2> if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving reportSFTD-Meas set to pSCell while the nr-
Config is not configured:
3> remove the measId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig;
3> stop the periodical reporting timer if running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger)
for this measId;
NOTE 1: The above UE autonomous removal of measId's applies only for measurement events A1, A2, A6, and
also applies for events A3 and A5 if configured for PSCell and W2 and W3 and V1 and V2 and event
involving reportSFTD-Meas set to pSCell, if configured.
NOTE 2: When performed during re-establishment, the UE is only configured with a primary frequency (i.e. the
SCell(s) and WLAN mobility set are released, if configured).
5.5.2.3 Measurement identity addition/ modification

- configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and
the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;
ETSI
The UE shall:
1> for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:
2> if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:
3> replace the entry with the value received for this measId;
2> else:
3> add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;
2> if the triggerType is set to periodical and the purpose is set to reportCGI in the reportConfig associated with
this measId:
3> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:
4> if the si-RequestForHO is included in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
5> if the UE is a category 0 UE according to TS 36.306 [5]:
6> start timer T321 with the timer value set to 190 ms for this measId;
5> else:
6> start timer T321 with the timer value set to 150 ms for this measId;
4> else:
5> start timer T321 with the timer value set to 1 second for this measId;
3> else if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA:
4> if the si-RequestForHO is included in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
5> for UTRA FDD, start timer T321 with the timer value set to 2 seconds for this measId;
5> for UTRA TDD, start timer T321 with the timer value set to [1 second] for this measId;
4> else:
5> start timer T321 with the timer value set to 8 seconds for this measId;
3> else:
4> start timer T321 with the timer value set to 8 seconds for this measId;
Editor's Note: The value of T321 for NR is FFS.
5.5.2.4 Measurement object removal

The UE shall:
1> for each measObjectId included in the received measObjectToRemoveList that is part of the current UE
configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2> remove the entry with the matching measObjectId from the measObjectList within the VarMeasConfig;
2> remove all measId associated with this measObjectId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any;
2> if a measId is removed from the measIdList:
ETSI
NOTE: The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the measObjectToRemoveList includes any
measObjectId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.5 Measurement object addition/ modification

The UE shall:
1> for each measObjectId included in the received measObjectToAddModList:
2> if an entry with the matching measObjectId exists in the measObjectList within the VarMeasConfig, for this
entry:
3> reconfigure the entry with the value received for this measObject, except for the fields
cellsToAddModList, blackCellsToAddModList, whiteCellsToAddModList, altTTT-CellsToAddModList,
cellsToRemoveList, blackCellsToRemoveList, whiteCellsToRemoveList, altTTT-CellsToRemoveList,
measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, measDS-Config, wlan-ToAddModList, wlan-ToRemoveList, tx-
ResourcePoolToRemoveList and tx-ResourcePoolToAddList;
3> if the received measObject includes the cellsToRemoveList:
4> for each cellIndex included in the cellsToRemoveList:
5> remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the cellsToAddModList;
3> if the received measObject includes the cellsToAddModList:
4> for each cellIndex value included in the cellsToAddModList:
5> if an entry with the matching cellIndex exists in the cellsToAddModList:
6> replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5> else:
6> add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the cellsToAddModList;
3> if the received measObject includes the blackCellsToRemoveList:
4> for each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToRemoveList:
5> remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the blackCellsToAddModList;
NOTE 1: For each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a
cell is removed from the black list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3> if the received measObject includes the blackCellsToAddModList:
4> for each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToAddModList:
5> if an entry with the matching cellIndex is included in the blackCellsToAddModList:
5> else:
6> add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the blackCellsToAddModList;
3> if the received measObject includes the whiteCellsToRemoveList:
4> for each cellIndex included in the whiteCellsToRemoveList:
5> remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the whiteCellsToAddModList;
NOTE 2: For each cellIndex included in the whiteCellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a
cell is removed from the white list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
ETSI
3> if the received measObject includes the whiteCellsToAddModList:
4> for each cellIndex included in the whiteCellsToAddModList:
5> if an entry with the matching cellIndex is included in the whiteCellsToAddModList:
5> else:
6> add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the whiteCellsToAddModList;
3> if the received measObject includes the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList:
4> for each cellIndex included in the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList:
5> remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the altTTT-CellsToAddModList;
NOTE 3: For each cellIndex included in the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a
cell is removed from the list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3> if the received measObject includes the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
4> for each cellIndex value included in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
5> if an entry with the matching cellIndex exists in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
5> else:
6> add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the altTTT-CellsToAddModList;
3> if the received measObject includes measSubframePatternConfigNeigh:
4> set measSubframePatternConfigNeigh within the VarMeasConfig to the value of the received field
3> if the received measObject includes measDS-Config:
4> if measDS-Config is set to setup:
5> if the received measDS-Config includes the measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList:
6> for each measCSI-RS-Id included in the measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList:
7> remove the entry with the matching measCSI-RS-Id from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList;
5> if the received measDS-Config includes the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList, for each measCSI-RS-Id
value included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList:
6> if an entry with the matching measCSI-RS-Id exists in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList:
7> replace the entry with the value received for this measCSI-RS-Id;
6> else:
7> add a new entry for the received measCSI-RS-Id to the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList;
5> set other fields of the measDS-Config within the VarMeasConfig to the value of the received
fields;
5> perform the discovery signals measurement timing configuration procedure as specified in
5.5.2.10;
4> else:
5> release the discovery signals measurement configuration;
3> if the received measObject modifies fields other than cellsForWhichToReportSFTD:
ETSI
4> for each measId associated with this measObjectId in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if
any:
5> stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the
associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
3> if the received measObject includes the wlan-ToRemoveList:
4> for each WLAN-Identifiers included in the wlan-ToRemoveList:
5> remove the entry with the matching WLAN-Identifiers from the wlan-ToAddModList;
NOTE 3a: Matching of WLAN-Identifiers requires that all WLAN identifier fields should be same.
3> if the received measObject includes the wlan-ToAddModList:
4> for each WLAN-Identifiers included in the wlan-ToAddModList:
5> add a new entry for the received WLAN-Identifiers to the wlan-ToAddModList;
3> if the received measObject includes the tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList:
4> for each transmission resource pool indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList:
5> remove the entry with the matching identity of the transmission resource pool from the tx-
ResourcePoolToAddList;
3> if the received measObject includes the tx-ResourcePoolToAddList:
4> for each transmission resource pool indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToAddList:
5> add a new entry for the received identity of the transmission resource pool to the tx-
ResourcePoolToAddList;
2> else:
3> add a new entry for the received measObject to the measObjectList within VarMeasConfig;
NOTE 4: UE does not need to retain cellForWhichToReportCGI in the measObject after reporting cgi-Info.
5.5.2.6 Reporting configuration removal

The UE shall:
1> for each reportConfigId included in the received reportConfigToRemoveList that is part of the current UE
configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2> remove the entry with the matching reportConfigId from the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig;
2> remove all measId associated with the reportConfigId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any;
2> if a measId is removed from the measIdList:
NOTE: The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the reportConfigToRemoveList includes any
reportConfigId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.7 Reporting configuration addition/ modification

The UE shall:
1> for each reportConfigId included in the received reportConfigToAddModList:
ETSI
2> if an entry with the matching reportConfigId exists in the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig, for
this entry:
3> reconfigure the entry with the value received for this reportConfig;
3> for each measId associated with this reportConfigId included in the measIdList within the
VarMeasConfig, if any:
4> remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from in VarMeasReportList, if included;
2> else:
3> add a new entry for the received reportConfig to the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig;
5.5.2.8 Quantity configuration

The UE shall:
1> for each RAT for which the received quantityConfig includes parameter(s):
2> set the corresponding parameter(s) in quantityConfig within VarMeasConfig to the value of the received
quantityConfig parameter(s);
5.5.2.9 Measurement gap configuration

The UE shall:
1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:
2> if a measurement gap configuration measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List is already setup, release

the measurement gap configuration;
2> if the gapOffset in measGapConfig indicates a non-uniform gap pattern:
3> setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the
received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of the first gap of each non-uniform gap pattern occurs at an
SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe = gapOffset mod 10;
with T = LMGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
2> else:
3> setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the
received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the
following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
2> if EN-DC is configured:
ETSI
3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:
4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;
3> else:
4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;
2> if mgta is set to TRUE, apply a timing advance value of 0.5ms to the gap occurrences calculated above
according to TS 38.133 [16];
NOTE 1: The UE applies a single gap, which timing is relative to the MCG cells, even when configured with DC.
In case of EN-DC, the UE may either be configured with a single (common) gap or with two separate
gaps i.e. a first one for FR1 (configured by E-UTRA RRC) and a second one for FR2 (configured by NR
RRC).
1> else if measGapConfig is set to release:
2> release the measurement gap configuration measGapConfig;
1> if measGapConfigPerCC-List is set to setup:
2> if a measurement gap configuration measGapConfig is already setup, release measGapConfig;
2> if measGapConfigToRemoveList is included:
3> for each ServCellIndex included in the measGapConfigToRemoveList:
4> release measGapConfigCC for the serving cell indicated by servCellId;
2> if measGapConfigToAddModList is included:
3> for each ServCellIndex included in the measGapConfigToAddModList:
4> store measGapConfigCC for the serving cell indicated by servCellId;
2> for each serving cell with stored measGapConfigCC indicating a non-uniform gap pattern, setup the
measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfigCC in accordance with the received
gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of the first gap of each non-uniform gap pattern occurs at an SFN and
subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
with T = LMGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
2> for each serving cell with stored measGapConfigCC not indicating a non-uniform gap pattern, setup the
measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfigCC in accordance with the received
gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition
(SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
NOTE 2: The UE applies gap timing relative to the MCG cells, even when configured with DC.
1> else (measGapConfigPerCC-List is set to release):
2> release the measurement gap configuration measGapConfigPerCC-List;
NOTE 3: When a SCell is released, the UE is not required to apply a per CC measurement gap configuration
associated to the SCell.
ETSI
5.5.2.9a Measurement gap configuration for RSTD measurements with dense PRS
configuration
The UE shall:
1> if measGapConfigDensePRS is set to setup:
2> setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfigDensePRS in accordance with the
received gapOffsetDensePRS, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the
following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffsetDensePRS/10);
subframe = gapOffsetDensePRS mod 10;
5.5.2.10 Discovery signals measurement timing configuration

The UE shall setup the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) in accordance with the received
dmtc-PeriodOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each DMTC occasion occurs at an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting
the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(dmtc-Offset/10);
subframe = dmtc-Offset mod 10;
with T = dmtc-Periodicity/10;
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider discovery signals transmission in subframes outside the DMTC
occasion for measurements including RRM measurements.
5.5.2.11 RSSI measurement timing configuration

The UE shall setup the RSSI measurement timing configuraton (RMTC) in accordance with the received rmtc-Period,
rmtc-SubframeOffset if configured otherwise determined by the UE randomly, i.e. the first symbol of each RMTC
occasion occurs at first symbol of an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(rmtc-SubframeOffset/10);
subframe = rmtc-SubframeOffset mod 10;
with T = rmtc-Period/10;
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider RSSI measurements outside the configured RMTC occasion
which lasts for measDuration for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements.
5.5.2.12 Measurement gap sharing configuration

The UE shall:
1> if measGapSharingConfig is set to setup:
2> if a measurement gap sharing configuration is already setup, release the measurement gap sharing
configuration;
2> setup the measurement gap sharing configuration indicated by the measGapSharingConfig in accordance
with the received measGapSharingScheme as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE: In case of EN-DC, the UE may either be configured with a single (common) gap sharing or with two
separate gap sharing configurations, i.e. a first one for FR1 (configured by E-UTRA RRC) and a second
one for FR2 (configured by NR RRC). For the case of per FR gap configuration, the gap sharing
configured here (i.e. E-UTRA RRC) is applicable only for FR1 gap.
1> else:
ETSI
2> release the measurement gap sharing configuration;
5.5.2.13 NR measurement timing configuration

The UE shall setup the first SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration (SMTC) in accordance with the
received periodicityAndOffset parameter in the MTC-SSB-NR configuration i.e., the first subframe of each SMTC
occasion occurs at an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(Offset/10);
if the Periodicity is larger than sf5:
subframe = Offset mod 10;
else;
subframe = Offset or (Offset +5);
with T = CEIL(Periodicity/10).
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider SS/PBCH block transmission in subframes outside the SMTC
occasion for measurements including RRM measurements.
5.5.3 Performing measurements

5.5.3.1 General
For all measurements, except for UE Rx–Tx time difference measurements, RSSI, UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI
measurement, channel occupancy measurements, CBR measurement, sensing measurement and except for WLAN
measurements of Band, Carrier Info, Available Admission Capacity, Backhaul Bandwidth, Channel Utilization, and
Station Count, the UE applies the layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2, before using the measured results for
evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting. When performing measurements on NR carriers, the UE
derives the cell quality as specified in 5.5.3.3 and the beam quality as specified in 5.5.3.4.
The UE shall:
1> whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell as follows:
2> for the PCell, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with
measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
2> if the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement:
3> for each SCell in deactivated state, apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in
accordance with measDS-Config, if configured within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of
the SCell;
1> if the UE has a measConfig with rs-sinr-Config configured, perform RS-SINR (as indicated in the associated
reportConfig) measurements as follows:
2> perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject using
available idle periods or using autonomous gaps as necessary;
2> if the purpose for the associated reportConfig is set to reportCGI:
3> if si-RequestForHO is configured for the associated reportConfig:
4> perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency and RAT indicated in the associated
measObject using autonomous gaps as necessary;
3> else:
4> perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency and RAT indicated in the associated
measObject using available idle periods or using autonomous gaps as necessary;
ETSI
NOTE 1: If autonomous gaps are used to perform measurements, the UE is allowed to temporarily abort
communication with all serving cell(s), i.e. create autonomous gaps to perform the corresponding
measurements within the limits specified in TS 36.133 [16]. Otherwise, the UE only supports the
measurements with the purpose set to reportCGI only if E-UTRAN has provided sufficient idle periods.
3> try to acquire the global cell identity of the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the
associated measObject by acquiring the relevant system information from the concerned cell;
3> if an entry in the cellAccessRelatedInfoList includes the selected PLMN, acquire the relevant system
information from the concerned cell;
3> if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is an E-
UTRAN cell:
4> try to acquire the CSG identity, if the CSG identity is broadcast in the concerned cell;
4> try to acquire the trackingAreaCode in the concerned cell;
4> try to acquire the list of additional PLMN Identities, as included in the plmn-IdentityList, if multiple
PLMN identities are broadcast in the concerned cell;
4> if cellAccessRelatedInfoList is included, use trackingAreaCode and plmn-IdentityList from the entry
of cellAccessRelatedInfoList containing the selected PLMN;
4> if the includeMultiBandInfo is configured:
5> try to acquire the freqBandIndicator in the SystemInformationBlockType1of the concerned cell;
5> try to acquire the list of additional frequency band indicators, as included in the multiBandInfoList,
if multiple frequency band indicators are included in the SystemInformationBlockType1of the
concerned cell;
5> try to acquire the freqBandIndicatorPriority, if the freqBandIndicatorPriority is included in the

SystemInformationBlockType1of the concerned cell;
4> if cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC is broadcast in the concerned cell and the UE is E-UTRA/5GC

capable:
5> try to acquire the cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC;
NOTE 2: The 'primary' PLMN is part of the global cell identity.
3> if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a UTRAN
cell:
4> try to acquire the LAC, the RAC and the list of additional PLMN Identities, if multiple PLMN
identities are broadcast in the concerned cell;
4> try to acquire the CSG identity, if the CSG identity is broadcast in the concerned cell;
3> if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a GERAN
cell:
4> try to acquire the RAC in the concerned cell;
3> if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a
CDMA2000 cell and the cdma2000-Type included in the measObject is typeHRPD:
4> try to acquire the Sector ID in the concerned cell;
3> if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a
CDMA2000 cell and the cdma2000-Type included in the measObject is type1XRTT:
4> try to acquire the BASE ID, SID and NID in the concerned cell;
3> if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated MeasObject is an NR
cell:
ETSI
4> try to acquire the plmn-IdentityInfoList including plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode (if available),
ran-AreaCode (if available) and cellIdentity for each entry of the plmn-IdentityInfoList;
4> try to acquire the frequencyBandList, if multiple frequency bands are broadcasted in the concerned
cell;
2> if the ul-DelayConfig is configured for the associated reportConfig:
3> ignore the measObject;
3> configure the PDCP layer to perform UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement;
2> else:
3> if a measurement gap configuration is setup; or
3> if the UE does not require measurement gaps to perform the concerned measurements:
4> if s-Measure is not configured; or
4> if s-Measure is configured and the PCell RSRP, after layer 3 filtering, is lower than this value; or
4> if the associated measObject concerns NR; or
4> if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject:
5> if the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement; and
5> if the eventId in the associated reportConfig is set to eventC1 or eventC2, or if reportStrongestCSI-
RSs is included in the associated reportConfig:
6> perform the corresponding measurements of CSI-RS resources on the frequency indicated in
the concerned measObject, applying the discovery signals measurement timing configuration
in accordance with measDS-Config in the concerned measObject;
6> if reportCRS-Meas is included in the associated reportConfig, perform the corresponding

measurements of neighbouring cells on the frequencies indicated in the concerned measObject
as follows:
7> for neighbouring cells on the primary frequency, apply the time domain measurement
resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, if configured in
the concerned measObject;
7> apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-
Config in the concerned measObject;
5> else:
6> perform the corresponding measurements of neighbouring cells on the frequencies and RATs
indicated in the concerned measObject as follows:
7> for neighbouring cells on the primary frequency, apply the time domain measurement
resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, if configured in
the concerned measObject;
7> if the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, apply the discovery signals
measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config, if configured in the
concerned measObject;
4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the associated reportConfig:
5> perform the UE Rx–Tx time difference measurements on the PCell;
4> if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true or pSCell in the associated reportConfig:
5> perform SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell;
ETSI
4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the associated reportConfig:
5> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and the NR PSCell;
4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the associated reportConfig:
5> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and NR cell(s) on the frequency indicated in the
associated measObject;
4> if the measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured in the associated reportConfig:
5> perform the RSSI and channel occupancy measurements on the frequency indicated in the
associated measObject;
2> perform the evaluation of reporting criteria as specified in 5.5.4;
The UE capable of CBR measurement when configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication
shall:
1> if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication transmission as defined in TS 36.304 [4,
11.4]; or
1> if the concerned frequency is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-

InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
2> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE:
3> if the concerned frequency is the camped frequency:
4> perform CBR measurement on the pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon and v2x-

CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21;
3> else if v2x-CommTxPoolNormal or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for

the concerned frequency within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
4> perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional

in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in SystemInformationBlockType21 or
3> else if the concerned frequency broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21:
4> perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon and v2x-

CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 broadcast on the concerned
frequency;
2> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED:
3> if tx-ResourcePoolToAddList is included in VarMeasConfig:
4> perform CBR measurements on each resource pool indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToAddList;
3> if the concerned frequency is the PCell's frequency:
4> perform CBR measurement on the pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-

SchedulingPool if included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if
included in SystemInformationBlockType21 for the concerned frequency and v2x-
CommTxPoolExceptional if included in mobilityControlInfoV2X;
3> else if v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, v2x-SchedulingPool or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-

InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency within RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
4> perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, v2x-SchedulingPool, and v2x-

CommTxPoolExceptional if included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in
RRCConnectionReconfiguration;
3> else if the concerned frequency broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21:
ETSI
4> perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon and v2x-

CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 for the concerned frequency;
1> else:
2> perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned
frequency;
The UE capable of sensing measurement, with commTxResources set to scheduled, shall:
2> if measSensing-Config is configured in the associated measObject
3> perform the sensing measurement in accordance with TS 36.213 [23] on the pools of v2x-SchedulingPool
and also indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToAddList in the associated measObject, using
sensingSubchannelNumber, sensingPeriodicity, sensingResourceCounter and sensingPriority.
NOTE 3: The s-Measure defines when the UE is required to perform measurements. The UE is however allowed to
perform measurements also when the PCell RSRP exceeds s-Measure, e.g., to measure cells broadcasting
a CSG identity following use of the autonomous search function as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
NOTE 4: The UE may not perform the WLAN measurements it is configured with e.g. due to connection to another
WLAN based on user preferences as specified in TS 23.402 [75] or due to turning off WLAN.
5.5.3.2 Layer 3 filtering

The UE shall:
1> for each measurement quantity that the UE performs measurements according to 5.5.3.1:
NOTE 1: This does not include quantities configured solely for UE Rx-Tx time difference, SSTD measurements
and RSSI, channel occupancy measurements, WLAN measurements of Band, Carrier Info, Available
Admission Capacity, Backhaul Bandwidth, Channel Utilization, and Station Count, CBR measurement,
sensing measurement and UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement i.e. for those types of
measurements the UE ignores the triggerQuantity and reportQuantity.
2> filter the measured result, before using for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting, by
the following formula:
Fn = (1 − a) ⋅ Fn −1 + a ⋅ M n
where
Mn is the latest received measurement result from the physical layer;
Fn is the updated filtered measurement result, that is used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for
measurement reporting;
Fn-1 is the old filtered measurement result, where F0 is set to M1 when the first measurement result from
the physical layer is received; and
a = 1/2(k/4), where k is the filterCoefficient for the corresponding measurement quantity received by the
quantityConfig;
2> adapt the filter such that the time characteristics of the filter are preserved at different input rates, observing
that the filterCoefficient k assumes a sample rate equal to 200 ms;
NOTE 2: If k is set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable.
NOTE 3: The filtering is performed in the same domain as used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for
measurement reporting, i.e., logarithmic filtering for logarithmic measurements.
NOTE 4: The filter input rate is implementation dependent, to fulfil the performance requirements set in [16]. For
further details about the physical layer measurements, see TS 36.133 [16].
ETSI
5.5.3.3 Derivation of NR cell quality

The UE shall:
1> if the associated measObject includes maxRS-IndexCellQual; and
1> if there are multiple detected NR-SS beams associated to the cell; and
1> if threshRS-Index is configured and if for more than one of the NR-SS beams the measured result exceeds this
threshold:
2> consider the cell quality to be the linear average of the power values of the, up to maxRS-IndexCellQual, best
of the detected NR-SS beams exceeding threshRS-Index;
1> else:
2> consider the cell quality to be the measurement result of the detected NR-SS beam, associated to the cell,
with the highest measurement result;
5.5.3.4 Derivation of NR beam quality

The UE shall:
1> consider the beam quality to be the value resulting after layer 3 filtering, as specified in 5.5.3.2, of the
measurement results of the concerned beam, where each result is averaged as described in TS 38.215 [89];
5.5.4 Measurement report triggering

5.5.4.1 General
If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:
2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportStrongestCellsForSON:
3> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable;
2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportCGI:
3> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) which
has a physical cell identity matching the value of the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the
corresponding measObject within the VarMeasConfig to be applicable;
2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportLocation:
3> consider only the PCell to be applicable;
2> else:
3> if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:
4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5> consider only the PCell to be applicable;
4> else if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true in the corresponding reportConfig:
5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;
4> else if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;
4> else if eventC1 or eventC2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or if reportStrongestCSI-

RSs is included in the corresponding reportConfig:
ETSI
5> consider a CSI-RS resource on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned CSI-
RS resource is included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for
this measId;
4> else if measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5> consider the resource indicated by the rmtc-Config on the associated frequency to be applicable;
4> else if tx-ResourcePoolToAddList is configured in the measObject:
5> consider the transmission resource pools indicated by the tx-ResourcePoolToAddList defined
within the VarMeasConfig for this measId to be applicable;
4> else:
5> if useWhiteCellList is set to TRUE:
6> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the
concerned cell is included in the whiteCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig
for this measId;
5> else:
concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the
VarMeasConfig for this measId;
5> for events involving a serving cell on one frequency and neighbours on another frequency,
consider the serving cell on the other frequency as a neighbouring cell;
4> if the corresponding reportConfig includes alternativeTimeToTrigger and if the UE supports

alternativeTimeToTrigger:
5> use the value of alternativeTimeToTrigger as the time to trigger instead of the value of
timeToTrigger in the corresponding reportConfig for cells included in the altTTT-
CellsToAddModList of the corresponding measObject;
3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns UTRA or CDMA2000:
4> consider a neighbouring cell on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is
included in the cellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId (i.e. the cell is
included in the white-list);
NOTE 0: The UE may also consider a neighbouring cell on the associated UTRA frequency to be applicable when
the concerned cell is included in the csg-allowedReportingCells within the VarMeasConfig for this
measId, if configured in the corresponding measObjectUTRA (i.e. the cell is included in the range of
physical cell identities for which reporting is allowed).
3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns GERAN:
4> consider a neighbouring cell on the associated set of frequencies to be applicable when the concerned
cell matches the ncc-Permitted defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns WLAN:
4> consider a WLAN on the associated set of frequencies, as indicated by carrierFreq or on all WLAN
frequencies when carrierFreq is not present, to be applicable if the WLAN matches all WLAN
identifiers of at least one entry within wlan-Id-List for this measId;
3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:
4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:
5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;
4> else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:
ETSI
5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:
6> consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in
cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;
5> else:
6> consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be

applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined
within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
4> else:
concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig
for this measId;
2> if the triggerType is set to event, and if the corresponding reportConfig does not include
numberOfTriggeringCells, and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding
with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more
applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event
within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for
this measId (a first cell triggers the event):
3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this
measId;
3> if the UE supports T312 and if useT312 is included for this event and if T310 is running:
4> if T312 is not running:
5> start timer T312 with the value configured in the corresponding measObject;
3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2> if the triggerType is set to event, and if the corresponding reportConfig does not include
numberOfTriggeringCells, and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding
with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more
applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken
during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):
measId;
2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the corresponding reportConfig includes numberOfTriggeringCells,
and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the
corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all
measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the
VarMeasConfig:
3> If the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell
triggers the event):
ETSI
3> If the number of cells(s) in the cellsTriggeredList is larger than or equal to numberOfTriggeringCell:
measId;
3> else:
measId;
4> If the number of cells(s) in the cellsTriggeredList is larger than or equal to numberOfTriggeringCells:
2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or
more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for
all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for
this event:
3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this
measId;
3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if a6-ReportOnLeave is
set to TRUE or if a4-a5-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:
3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;
2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event
corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one
or more applicable CSI-RS resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger
defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an
measurement reporting entry for this measId (i.e. a first CSI-RS resource triggers the event):
3> include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the
VarMeasReportList for this measId;
or more applicable CSI-RS resources not included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList for all measurements after
layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (i.e. a
subsequent CSI-RS resource triggers the event):
3> include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the
ETSI
more of the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for
this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the
VarMeasConfig for this event:
3> remove the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the
3> if c1-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if c2-
ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:
3> if the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
or more applicable transmission resource pools for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for
this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement
reporting entry for this measId (a first transmission resource pool triggers the event):
3> include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the
or more applicable transmission resource pools not included in the poolsTriggeredList for all measurements
taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent transmission
resource pool triggers the event):
3> include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the
more applicable transmission resource pools included in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the
VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined within the
VarMeasConfig for this event:
3> remove the concerned transmission resource pool(s) from the poolsTriggeredList defined within the
3> if the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the eventId is set to eventH1 or eventH2 and if the entering condition
applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig
within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
ETSI
2> if measRSSI-ReportConfig is included and if a (first) measurement result is available:
3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately when RSSI sample values
are reported by the physical layer after the first L1 measurement duration;
2> else if the purpose is included and set to reportStrongestCells, reportStrongestCellsForSON, reportLocation
sidelink or sensing sidelink and if a (first) measurement result is available:
3> if the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is not included:
4> if the triggerType is set to periodical and the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-
DelayConfig:
5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first
measurement result is provided by lower layers;
4> else if the corresponding measurement object concerns WLAN:
5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity
to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the applicable WLAN(s);
4> else if the reportAmount exceeds 1:
to be reported becomes available for the PCell;
4> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):
to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable
cells, or becomes available for the pair of PCell and the PSCell in case of SSTD measurements, or
becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement
reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [84, 8.17.2.3] in case of SFTD measurements;
3> else if the purpose is set to reportLocation:
4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after both the quantity
to be reported for the PCell and the location information become available;
3> else if the purpose is set to sidelink:
4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately after both the quantity
to be reported for the PCell and the CBR measurement result become available;
3> else if the purpose is set to sensing:
4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately after both the quantity
to be reported for the PCell and the sensing measurement result become available;
3> else:
4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, when it has determined the
strongest cells on the associated frequency;
ETSI
2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:
2> if the purpose is included and set to reportCGI and if the UE acquired the information needed to set all fields
of cgi-Info for the requested cell:
3> stop timer T321;
2> upon expiry of the T321 for this measId:
NOTE 2: The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to event or to periodical while the
corresponding measurement is not performed due to the PCell RSRP being equal to or better than s-
Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.
NOTE 3: If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and
periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].
5.5.4.2 Event A1 (Serving becomes better than threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the
associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
Inequality A1-1 (Entering condition)
Ms − Hys > Thresh
Inequality A1-2 (Leaving condition)
Ms + Hys < Thresh
The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this
event).
Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.3 Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold)

The UE shall:
ETSI
1> for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the
Ms + Hys < Thresh
Ms − Hys > Thresh
event).
Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
5.5.4.4 Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than PCell/ PSCell)

The UE shall:
1> if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:
2> use the PSCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;
1> else:
2> use the PCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;
NOTE The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may
be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.
Mn + Ofn + Ocn − Hys > Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off
Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within
measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA
corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.
ETSI
Ofp is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within
measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell).
Ocp is the cell specific offset of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA
corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell), and is set to zero if not configured for the PCell/ PSCell.
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a3-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ofn, Ocn, Ofp, Ocp, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.5 Event A4 (Neighbour becomes better than threshold)

The UE shall:
Mn + Ofn + Ocn − Hys > Thresh
Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh
event).
Mn is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.6 Event A5 (PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than threshold1 and neighbour
becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition A5-1 and condition A5-2, as
specified below, are fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A5-3 or condition A5-4, i.e. at least
one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:
2> use the PSCell for Mp;
1> else:
ETSI
2> use the PCell for Mp;
NOTE: The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may
be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.
Inequality A5-1 (Entering condition 1)
Mp + Hys < Thresh1
Inequality A5-2 (Entering condition 2)
Mn + Ofn + Ocn − Hys > Thresh2
Inequality A5-3 (Leaving condition 1)
Mp − Hys > Thresh1
Inequality A5-4 (Leaving condition 2)
Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh2
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this
event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this
event).
Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.
Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.6a Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell)

The UE shall:
1> for this measurement, consider the (secondary) cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the
NOTE: The neighbour(s) is on the same frequency as the SCell i.e. both are on the frequency indicated in the
associated measObject.
Mn + Ocn − Hys > Ms + Ocs + Off
ETSI
Mn + Ocn + Hys < Ms + Ocs + Off
Ocs is the cell specific offset of the serving cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA
corresponding to the serving frequency), and is set to zero if not configured for the serving cell.
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a6-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Ms are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ocn, Ocs, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.7 Event B1 (Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold)

The UE shall:
1> for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)
Mn + Ofn − Hys > Thresh
Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)
Mn + Ofn + Hys < Thresh
Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA 2000
measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined
within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this
event). For CDMA2000, b1-Threshold is divided by -2.
Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.
Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.8 Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour
becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1> for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;
ETSI
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition B2-1 and condition B2-2, as
specified below, are fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B2-3 or condition B2-4, i.e. at least
one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality B2-1 (Entering condition 1)
Mp + Hys < Thresh1
Inequality B2-2 (Entering condition 2)
Mn + Ofn − Hys > Thresh2
Inequality B2-3 (Leaving condition 1)
Mp − Hys > Thresh1
Inequality B2-4 (Leaving condition 2)
Mn + Ofn + Hys < Thresh2
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA2000
measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined
within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell).
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for
this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for
this event). For CDMA2000, b2-Threshold2 is divided by -2.
Mp is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Mn is expressed in dBm or dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.
Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.
5.5.4.9 Event C1 (CSI-RS resource becomes better than threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality C1-1 (Entering condition)
Mcr + Ocr − Hys > Thresh
Inequality C1-2 (Leaving condition)
Mcr + Ocr + Hys < Thresh
ETSI
Mcr is the measurement result of the CSI-RS resource, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocr is the CSI-RS specific offset (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding
to the frequency of the CSI-RS resource), and set to zero if not configured for the CSI-RS resource.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. c1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this
event).
Mcr, Thresh are expressed in dBm.
Ocr, Hys are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.10 Event C2 (CSI-RS resource becomes offset better than reference CSI-RS
resource)
The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
NOTE: The CSI-RS resource(s) that triggers the event is on the same frequency as the reference CSI-RS resource,
i.e. both are on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject.
Inequality C2-1 (Entering condition)
Mcr + Ocr − Hys > Mref + Oref + Off
Inequality C2-2 (Leaving condition)
Mcr + Ocr + Hys < Mref + Oref + Off
Mcr is the measurement result of the CSI-RS resource, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocr is the CSI-RS specific offset of the CSI-RS resource (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within
measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the CSI-RS resource), and set to zero if not configured for
the CSI-RS resource.
Mref is the measurement result of the reference CSI-RS resource (i.e. c2-RefCSI-RS as defined within
reportConfigEUTRA for this event), not taking into account any offsets.
Oref is the CSI-RS specific offset of the reference CSI-RS resource (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within
measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the reference CSI-RS resource), and is set to zero if not
configured for the reference CSI-RS resource.
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. c2-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mcr, Mref are expressed in dBm.
Ocr, Oref, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.11 Event W1 (WLAN becomes better than a threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when wlan-MobilitySet within VarWLAN-
MobilityConfig does not contain any entries and condition W1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality W1-1 (Entering condition)
ETSI
Mn − Hys > Thresh
Inequality W1-2 (Leaving condition)
Mn + Hys < Thresh
Mn is the measurement result of WLAN(s) configured in the measurement object, not taking into account any
offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this
event).
Mn is expressed in dBm.
5.5.4.12 Event W2 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than
threshold1 and a WLAN outside WLAN mobility set becomes better than
threshold2)
The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both conditions W2-1 and W2-2 as specified
below are fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W2-3 or condition W2-4, i.e. at least
one of the two, as specified below is fulfilled;
Inequality W2-1 (Entering condition 1)
Ms + Hys < Thresh1
Inequality W2-2 (Entering condition 2)
Mn − Hys > Thresh2
Inequality W2-3 (Leaving condition 1)
Ms − Hys > Thresh1
Inequality W2-4 (Leaving condition 2)
Mn + Hys < Thresh2
Ms is the measurement result of WLAN(s) which matches all WLAN identifiers of at least one entry within wlan-
MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of WLAN(s) configured in the measurement object which does not match all WLAN
identifiers of any entry within wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig, not taking into account any
offsets.
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for
this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w2-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for
this event).
ETSI
Mn, Ms are expressed in dBm.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.13 Event W3 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than a
threshold)
The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W3-1, as specified below, is
fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality W3-1 (Entering condition)
Ms + Hys < Thresh
Inequality W3-2 (Leaving condition)
Ms − Hys > Thresh
Ms is the measurement result of WLAN(s) which matches all WLAN identifiers of at least one entry within wlan-
MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig, not taking into account any offsets.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w3-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this
event).
Ms is expressed in dBm.
5.5.4.14 Event V1 (The channel busy ratio is above a threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality V1-1 (Entering condition)
Ms − Hys > Thresh
Inequality V1-2 (Leaving condition)
Ms + Hys < Thresh
Ms is the measurement result of channel busy ratio of the transmission resource pool, not taking into account any
offsets.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. v1-Threshold as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA).
ETSI
Ms is expressed in decimal from 0 to 1 in steps of 0.01.
Hys is expressed is in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.15 Event V2 (The channel busy ratio is below a threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality V2-1 (Entering condition)
Ms + Hys < Thresh
Inequality V2-2 (Leaving condition)
Ms − Hys > Thresh
Ms is the measurement result of channel busy ratio of the transmission resource pool, not taking into account any
offsets.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. v2-Threshold as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA).
Ms is expressed in decimal from 0 to 1 in steps of 0.01.
Hys is expressed is in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.16 Event H1 (The Aerial UE height is above a threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality H1-1 (Entering condition)
Ms − Hys > Thresh + Offset

Inequality H1-2 (Leaving condition)
Ms + Hys < Thresh + Offset

Ms is the Aerial UE height, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter (i.e. h1-Hysteresis as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA) for this event.
Thresh is the reference threshold parameter for this event given in MeasConfig(i.e. heightThreshRef as defined
within MeasConfig).
Offset is the offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the absolute threshold for this event. (i.e. h1-ThresholdOffset
as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA)
Ms is expressed in meters.
ETSI
5.5.4.17 Event H2 (The Aerial UE height is below a threshold)

The UE shall:
1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality H2-1 (Entering condition)
Ms + Hys < Thresh + Offset

Inequality H2-2 (Leaving condition)
Ms − Hys > Thresh + Offset

Ms is the Aerial UE height, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter (i.e. h2-Hysteresis as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA) for this event.
Thresh is the reference threshold parameter for this event given in MeasConfig(i.e. heightThreshRef as defined
within MeasConfig).
Offset is the offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the absolute threshold for this event. (i.e. h2-ThresholdOffset
as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA)
Ms is expressed in meters.
5.5.5 Measurement reporting

5.5.5.1 General
UE EUTRAN
MeasurementReport
Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this
procedure only after successful security activation.
For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within
the MeasurementReport message as follows:
1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;
1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;
1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within
measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in
[16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting
is set to reportLocation;
1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes
reportAddNeighMeas:
ETSI
2> for each E-UTRA serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the
frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:
3> set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the
quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;
1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if the corresponding measObject concerns NR; and if eventId is set to
eventB1 or eventB2; or
1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5:
2> if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to
a value other than reportLocation:
3> set the measResultServFreqListNR to include for each NR serving frequency, if any, the following:
4> set measResultSCell to include the available results of the NR serving cell, as specified in 5.5.5.2;
4> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes
reportAddNeighMeas:
5> set measResultBestNeighCell to include the available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of the best
non-serving cell, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
5> for each (serving or neighbouring) cell for which the UE reports results according to the previous,
additionally include available beam results according to the following:
6> if maxReportRS-Index is configured, set measResultCellRS-Index to include available results,

as specified in 5.5.5.2, of up to maxReportRS-Index beams, ordered based on the quantity
determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:
2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with
the following:
3> if the triggerType is set to event:
4> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this
measId;
3> else:
4> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last
periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
NOTE 1: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency)
depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements
are specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;
3> if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to

reportStrongestCellsForSON:
4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the
reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:
5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:
6> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the
concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included
first;
5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:
ETSI
6> set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR
within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing quantity according to bN-
ThresholdYNR, i.e. the best cell is included first;
6> if maxReportRS-Index and reportQuantityRS-IndexNR are configured, set measResultCellRS-

Index to include results of the best beam and the beams whose quantity is above threshRS-
Index defined in the VarMeasConfig for the corresponding measObject, up to maxReportRS-
Index beams in total, and in order of decreasing quantity, same as used for cell reporting, and
as follows:
7> order beams based on the sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
7> include ssbIndex;
7> if reportRS-IndexResultsNR is configured, for each quantity indicated, include the

corresponding measurement result;
5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT
includes the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD:
6> set the measResult to include the quantities indicated by the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD in
order of decreasing measQuantityUTRA-FDD within the quantityConfig, i.e. the best cell is
included first;
5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT
does not include the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD; or
5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA TDD, GERAN or CDMA2000:
6> set the measResult to the quantity as configured for the concerned RAT within the
quantityConfig in order of either decreasing quantity for UTRA and GERAN or increasing
quantity for CDMA2000 pilotStrength, i.e. the best cell is included first;
3> else if the purpose is set to reportCGI and the corresponding measObject concerns a RAT other than NR:
4> if the mandatory present fields of the cgi-Info for the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI
in the associated measObject have been obtained:
5> if the includeMultiBandInfo is configured:
6> include the freqBandIndicator;
6> if the cell broadcasts the multiBandInfoList, include the multiBandInfoList;
6> if the cell broadcasts the freqBandIndicatorPriority, include the freqBandIndicatorPriority;
5> if the cell broadcasts a CSG identity:
6> include the csg-Identity;
6> include the csg-MemberStatus and set it to member if the cell is a CSG member cell;
5> if the si-RequestForHO is configured within the reportConfig associated with this measId:
6> include the cgi-Info containing all the fields other than the plmn-IdentityList that have been
successfully acquired;
6> include, within the cgi-Info, the field plmn-IdentityList in accordance with the following:
7> if the cell is a CSG member cell, determine the subset of the PLMN identities, starting from
the second entry of PLMN identities in the broadcast information, that meet the following
conditions:
a) equal to the RPLMN or an EPLMN; and
b) the CSG whitelist of the UE includes an entry comprising of the concerned PLMN
identity and the CSG identity broadcast by the cell;
ETSI
7> if the subset of PLMN identities determined according to the previous includes at least one
PLMN identity, include the plmn-IdentityList and set it to include this subset of the PLMN
identities;
7> if the cell is a CSG member cell, include the primaryPLMN-Suitable if the primary PLMN
meets conditions a) and b) specified above;
7> if the cell does not broadcast csg-Identity and the UE is capable of reporting the plmn-
IdentityList from cells not broadcasting csg-Identity:
8> include in the plmn-IdentityList the list of identities starting from the second entry of
PLMN identities in the broadcast information;
5> else:
6> include the cgi-Info containing all the fields that have been successfully acquired and in
accordance with the following:
7> include in the plmn-IdentityList the list of identities starting from the second entry of
PLMN Identities in the broadcast information;
4> if the cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC has been acquired:
5> include cgi-Info-5GC;
NOTE 1a: The UE may include the cgi-Info-5GC even when the N1 mode is disabled.
3> else if the purpose is set to reportCGI and the corresponding measObject concerns NR RAT:
4> if the Cell information of cgi-Info for the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the
associated measObject has been obtained:
5> include plmn-IdentityInfoList including plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode (if available), ran-

AreaCode (if available) and cellIdentity for each entry of the plmn-IdentityInfoList;
5> include frequencyBandList if broadcasted;
4> else if MIB associated with the concerned measObject indicates that SIB1 is not broadcast:
5> include the noSIB1 field;
1> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering the PCell, the SCells, the best non-serving cells on
serving frequencies as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if
corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in 36.133 [16];
1> if there is at least one applicable CSI-RS resource to report:
2> set the measResultCSI-RS-List to include the best CSI-RS resources up to maxReportCells in accordance with
the following:
4> include the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList as defined within the
3> else:
4> include the applicable CSI-RS resources for which the new measurement results became available
since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
NOTE 2: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest CSI-RS resources on the concerned
frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance
requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3> for each CSI-RS resource that is included in the measResultCSI-RS-List:
4> include the measCSI-RS-Id;
ETSI
4> include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId,
ordered as follow:
5> set the csi-RSRP-Result to include the quantity indicated in the reportQuantity within the
concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantityCSI-RS, i.e. the best CSI-RS
resource is included first;
4> if reportCRS-Meas is included within the associated reportConfig, and the cell indicated by
physCellId of this CSI-RS resource is not a serving cell:
5> set the measResultNeighCells to include the cell indicated by physCellId of this CSI-RS resource,
and include the physCellId;
5> set the rsrpResult to include the RSRP of the concerned cell, if available according to performance
requirements in [16];
5> set the rsrqResult to include the RSRQ of the concerned cell, if available according to performance
requirements in [16];
1> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;
2> set the ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult to the measurement result provided by lower layers;
2> set the currentSFN;
1> if the measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2> set the rssi-Result to the average of sample value(s) provided by lower layers in the reportInterval;
2> set the channelOccupancy to the rounded percentage of sample values which are beyond to the
channelOccupancyThreshold within all the sample values in the reportInterval;
1> if uplink PDCP delay results are available:
2> set the ul-PDCP-DelayResultList to include the uplink PDCP delay results available;
1> if the includeLocationInfo is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId or if purpose for the
reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation; and
detailed location information that has not been reported is available, set the content of the locationInfo as
follows:
2> if available, include the gnss-TOD-msec, except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId
that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;
2> include the verticalVelocityInfo, if available;
1> if the includeWLAN-Meas is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId, set the measResults
as follows:
2> if available, include the logMeasResultListWLAN, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
1> if the includeBT-Meas is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId, set the measResults as
follows:
2> if available, include the logMeasResultListBT, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
1> if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true or pSCell within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2> set the measResultSSTD to the measurement results provided by lower layers;
1> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells or pSCell within the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT for
this measId, for each applicable cell for which results are available:
2> set sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult to the measurement results provided by lower layers;
ETSI
2> optionally include rsrpResult set to the RSRP of the concerned cell, if available according to performance
requirements;
1> if there is at least one applicable transmission resource pool to report:
2> set the measResultListCBR to include the CBR measurement results in accordance with the following:
4> include the transmission resource pools included in the poolsTriggeredList as defined within the
3> else:
4> include the applicable transmission resource pools for which the new measurement results became
available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
3> for each transmission resource pool to be reported:
4> set the poolIdentity to the poolReportId of this transmission resource pool;
4> if adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to TRUE for this transmission resource pool:
5> set the cbr-PSSCH to the CBR measurement result on PSSCH and PSCCH of this transmission
resource pool provided by lower layers;
4> else:
5> set the cbr-PSSCH to the CBR measurement result on PSSCH of this transmission resource pool
provided by lower layers if available;
5> set the cbr-PSCCH to the CBR measurement result on PSCCH of this transmission resource pool
provided by lower layers if available;
2> set the measResultSensing to include the sensing measurement results in accordance with the following:
3> include the applicable transmission resource pools for which the new measurement results became
available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
3> for each transmission resource pool to be reported:
4> set the sensingResult to the sensing measurement results provided by the lower layers;
1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if eventId is set to eventH1 or eventH2:
2> set the heightUE to include the altitude of the UE;
1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;
1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;
1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the
reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding
reportConfig for this measId;
1> else:
2> if the triggerType is set to periodical:
3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;
1> if the measured results are for CDMA2000 HRPD:
2> set the preRegistrationStatusHRPD to the UE's CDMA2000 upper layer's HRPD preRegistrationStatus;
ETSI
1> if the measured results are for CDMA2000 1xRTT:
2> set the preRegistrationStatusHRPD to FALSE;
1> if the measured results are for WLAN:
2> set the measResultListWLAN to include the quantities within the quantityConfigWLAN for up to
maxReportCells WLAN(s), determined according to the following:
3> include WLAN the UE is connected to, if any;
3> if reportAnyWLAN is set to TRUE:
4> consider WLAN with any WLAN identifiers to be applicable for measurement reporting;
3> else:
4> consider only WLANs which do not match all WLAN identifiers of any entry within wlan-MobilitySet
in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to be applicable for measurement reporting;
3> include applicable WLAN in order of decreasing WLAN RSSI, i.e. the best WLAN is included first;
2> for each included WLAN:
3> set wlan-Identifiers to include all WLAN identifiers that can be acquired for the WLAN measured;
3> set connectedWLAN to TRUE if the UE is connected to the WLAN measured;
3> if reportQuantityWLAN exists within the ReportConfigInterRAT within the VarMeasConfig for this
measId:
4> if bandRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set bandWLAN to include WLAN band of the WLAN measured;
4> if carrierInfoRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set carrierInfoWLAN to include WLAN carrier information of the WLAN measured if it can be
acquired;
4> if availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set the measResult to include avaiableAdmissionCapacityWLAN if it can be acquired;
4> if backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set the measResult to include backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN if it can be acquired;
4> if backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set the measResult to include backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN if it can be acquired;
4> if channelUtilizationRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set the measResult to include channelUtilizationWLAN if it can be acquired;
4> if stationCountRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5> set the measResult to include stationCountWLAN if it can be acquired;
1> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.5.5.2 Determination of available NR measurement results

When configured to report measurement results of the serving and the best neighbouring cells on NR serving
frequencies, the UE shall consider NR measurement results to be available as follows:
ETSI
1> only SSB based results are available and only if configured to measure these for the concerned serving
frequency;
1> for the serving cell:
2> include cell quantities RSRP and RSRQ while SINR is included if the UE is configured to measure this
quantity on an NR frequency, possibly different from the concerned serving frequency, but only if configured
by NR measConfig:
2> include beam results and beam quantities if the UE is configured to measure these on an NR frequency,
possibly different from the concerned serving frequency, but only if configured by NR measConfig;
1> for a neighbouring cell:
2> include cell quantities, beam results and beam quantities if the UE is configured to measure these on an NR
frequency, possibly different from the concerned serving frequency, but only if configured by NR
measConfig.
1> filter available results according to the applicable field in NR quantityConfig:
5.5.5.3 Selection of NR sorting quality

When configured to report the best cells or beams, the UE shall determine the quantity that is used to order and select as
follows:
1> consider the quantities the UE reports as candidate sorting quantities i.e. as follows:
2> for NR cells for which measurement reporting is triggered (i.e. NR cells included in cellsTriggered):
3> the quantities defined by reportQuantityCellNR, when used for sorting cells;
3> the quantities defined by reportQuantityRS-IndexNR, when used for sorting beams;
2> for cells on NR serving frequencies:
3> the available quanties of available NR measurement results as specified in 5.5.5.2;
1> if reportType is set to eventTriggered; and if eventId is set to eventB1 or eventB2:
2> consider the trigger quantity to be the sorting quantity;
1> if reportType is set to periodical:
2> if there is a single candidate sorting quantity;
3> consider the concerned quantity to be the sorting quantity;
2> else:
3> if RSRP is one of the candidate sorting quantityies;
4> consider RSRP to be the sorting quantity;
3> else:
4> consider RSRQ to be the sorting quantity;
5.5.6 Measurement related actions

5.5.6.1 Actions upon handover and re-establishment
E-UTRAN applies the handover procedure as follows:
- when performing the handover procedure, as specified in 5.3.5.4, ensure that a measObjectId corresponding to
each handover target serving frequency is configured as a result of the procedures described in this sub-clause
and in 5.3.5.4;
ETSI
- when changing the band while the physical frequency remains unchanged, E-UTRAN releases the measObject
corresponding to the source frequency and adds a measObject corresponding to the target frequency (i.e. it does
not reconfigure the measObject);
E-UTRAN applies the re-establishment procedure as follows:
- when performing the connection re-establishment procedure, as specified in 5.3.7, ensure that a measObjectId
corresponding each target serving frequency is configured as a result of the procedure described in this sub-
clause and the subsequent connection reconfiguration procedure immediately following the re-establishment
procedure;
- in the first reconfiguration following the re-establishment when changing the band while the physical frequency
remains unchanged, E-UTRAN releases the measObject corresponding to the source frequency and adds a
measObject corresponding to the target frequency (i.e. it does not reconfigure the measObject);
The UE shall:
2> if the triggerType is set to periodical:
3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
1> if the procedure was triggered due to a handover or successful re-establishment and the procedure involves a
change of primary frequency, update the measId values in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig as follows:
2> if a measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency exists in the measObjectList within
VarMeasConfig:
3> for each measId value in the measIdList:
4> if the measId value is linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary
frequency:
5> link this measId value to the measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency;
4> else if the measId value is linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary
frequency:
5> link this measId value to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency;
2> else:
3> remove all measId values that are linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary
frequency;
1> remove all measurement reporting entries within VarMeasReportList;
1> stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, as well as associated information
(e.g. timeToTrigger) for all measId;
1> release the measurement gaps, if activated;
NOTE: If the UE requires measurement gaps to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurements, the UE
resumes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements after the E-UTRAN has setup the measurement
gaps.
5.5.6.2 Speed dependant scaling of measurement related parameters
The UE shall adjust the value of the following parameter configured by the E-UTRAN depending on the UE speed:
timeToTrigger. The UE shall apply 3 different levels, which are selected as follows:
The UE shall:
1> perform mobility state detection using the mobility state detection as specified in TS 36.304 [4] with the
following modifications:
ETSI
2> counting handovers instead of cell reselections;
2> applying the parameter applicable for RRC_CONNECTED as included in speedStatePars within
VarMeasConfig;
1> if high mobility state is detected:
2> use the timeToTrigger value multiplied by sf-High within VarMeasConfig;
1> else if medium mobility state is detected:
2> use the timeToTrigger value multiplied by sf-Medium within VarMeasConfig;
1> else:
2> no scaling is applied;
5.5.7 Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication

5.5.7.1 General
UE EUTRAN
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
Figure 5.5.7.1-1: Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication
The purpose of this procedure is to indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA inter-frequency
RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps as specified in [16, 8.1.2.6]. The procedure is also used to
indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA intra-frequency RSTD measurements which require
measurement gaps. This procedure is also used to indicate to the network the measurement gap that the category M1 or
M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table
8.1.2.1-3.
NOTE: It is a network decision to configure the measurement gap.
5.5.7.2 Initiation
The UE shall:
1> if and only if upper layers indicate to start performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements and the UE requires
measurement gaps for these measurements while measurement gaps are either not configured or not sufficient:
2> initiate the procedure to indicate start;
NOTE 1: The UE verifies the measurement gap situation only upon receiving the indication from upper layers. If at
this point in time sufficient gaps are available, the UE does not initiate the procedure. Unless it receives a
new indication from upper layers, the UE is only allowed to further repeat the procedure in the same
PCell once per frequency if the provided measurement gaps are insufficient.
1> if and only if upper layers indicate to stop performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
2> initiate the procedure to indicate stop;
NOTE 2: The UE may initiate the procedure to indicate stop even if it did not previously initiate the procedure to
indicate start.
ETSI
5.5.7.3 Actions related to transmission of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication

message
The UE shall set the contents of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message as follows:
1> if the procedure is initiated to indicate start or stop of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
2> set the rstd-InterFreqIndication as follows:
3> if the procedure is initiated to indicate start of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
4> set the rstd-InterFreqInfoList according to the information received from upper layers;
4> for category M1 or M2 UE, if the procedure is initated to indicate the measurement gap that the UE
prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration:
5> set the measPRS-Offset-r15 according to the UE preference;
3> else if the procedure is initiated to indicate stop of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
4> set the rstd-InterFreqIndication to the value stop;
1> else:
2> set the rstd-InterFreqIndication as follows:
3> if the procedure is initiated to indicate start of intra-frequency RSTD measurements:
4> set the carrierFreq in the rstd-InterFreqInfoList to the carrier frequency of the serving cell;
4> for category M1 or M2 UE, if the procedure is initated to indicate the measurement gap that the UE
prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration:
5> set the measPRS-Offset-r15 according to the UE preference;
3> else if the procedure is initiated to indicate stop of intra-frequency RSTD measurements:
4> set the rstd-InterFreqIndication to the value stop;
1> submit the InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the
procedure ends;
5.6 Other
5.6.0 General
For NB-IoT, only a subset of the procedures described in this sub-clause apply.
Table 5.6.0-1 specifies the procedures that are applicable to NB-IoT. All other procedures are not applicable to NB-IoT;
this is not further stated in the corresponding procedures.
Table 5.6.0-1: "Other″ Procedures applicable to a NB-IoT UE
Sub-clause Procedures
5.6.1 DL information transfer
5.6.2 UL information transfer
5.6.3 UE Capability transfer
ETSI
5.6.1 DL information transfer

5.6.1.1 General
UE EUTRAN
DLInformationTransfer
Figure 5.6.1.1-1: DL information transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer NAS, (tunnelled) non-3GPP dedicated information or time reference
information from E-UTRAN to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.6.1.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the DL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer NAS, non-3GPP
dedicated information or time reference information. E-UTRAN initiates the DL information transfer procedure by
sending the DLInformationTransfer message.
5.6.1.3 Reception of the DLInformationTransfer by the UE

Upon receiving DLInformationTransfer message, the UE shall:
1> if the dedicatedInfoType is present and set to dedicatedInfoNAS:
2> forward the dedicatedInfoNAS to the NAS upper layers.
1> if the dedicatedInfoType is present and set to dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT or to dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-

HRPD:
2> forward the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000 to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1> if timeReferenceInfo is included:
2> calculate the time reference based on the included time, timeInfoType and referenceSFN in
timeReferenceInfo;
2> calculate the inaccuracy of the time reference based on the uncertainty and other implementation-related
inaccuracies, if uncertainty is included in timeReferenceInfo;
2> inform upper layers of the time reference and, if uncertainty is included in timeReferenceInfo, of the
inaccuracy of the time reference.
5.6.2 UL information transfer

5.6.2.1 General
UE EUTRAN
ULInformationTransfer
Figure 5.6.2.1-1: UL information transfer
ETSI
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer NAS or (tunnelled) non-3GPP dedicated information from the UE to E-
UTRAN.
5.6.2.2 Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer NAS
or non-3GPP dedicated information, except at RRC connection establishment or resume in which case the NAS
information is piggybacked to the RRCConnectionSetupComplete or RRCConnectionResumeComplete message
correspondingly. The UE initiates the UL information transfer procedure by sending the ULInformationTransfer
message. When CDMA2000 information has to be transferred, the UE shall initiate the procedure only if SRB2 is
established.
5.6.2.3 Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransfer message

The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransfer message as follows:
1> if there is a need to transfer NAS information:
2> else, set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoNAS;
1> if there is a need to transfer CDMA2000 1XRTT information:
2> set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT;
1> if there is a need to transfer CDMA2000 HRPD information:
2> set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD;
1> upon RRC connection establishment, if UE supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation and UE does not
need UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
ULInformationTransfer message and subsequent uplink transmission in RRC_CONNECTED except for UL
transmissions as specified in TS36.211 [21];
1> submit the ULInformationTransfer message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.2.4 Failure to deliver ULInformationTransfer message

The UE shall:
1> if the UE is a NB-IoT UE, AS security is not started and radio link failure occurs before the successful delivery
of ULInformationTransfer messages has been confirmed by lower layers; or
1> if mobility (i.e. handover, RRC connection re-establishment) occurs before the successful delivery of
ULInformationTransfer messages has been confirmed by lower layers:
2> inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the information contained in the concerned
ULInformationTransfer messages;
ETSI
5.6.2a UL information transfer for MR-DC

5.6.2a.1 General
UE EUTRAN
ULInformationTransferMRDC
Figure 5.6.2a.1-1: UL information transfer MR-DC
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer from the UE to E-UTRAN MR-DC dedicated information e.g. the NR RRC
Measurement Report message.
5.6.2a.2 Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer MR
DC dedicated information as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. I.e. the procedure is not used during an RRC connection
reconfiguration involving NR connection reconfiguration, in which case the MR DC information is piggybacked to the
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.
5.6.2a.3 Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransferMRDC message

The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransferMRDC message as follows:
1> if there is a need to transfer MR DC dedicated information:
2> set the ul-DCCH-MessageNR to include the MR DC dedicated information to be transferred;
1> submit the ULInformationTransferMRDC message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure
ends;
5.6.2a.4 Void
5.6.3 UE capability transfer

5.6.3.1 General
UE EUTRAN
UECapabilityEnquiry
UECapabilityInformation
Figure 5.6.3.1-1: UE capability transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer UE radio access capability information from the UE to E-UTRAN.
If the UE has changed its E-UTRAN radio access capabilities, the UE shall request higher layers to initiate the
necessary NAS procedures (see TS 23.401 [41]) that would result in the update of UE radio access capabilities using a
new RRC connection.
NOTE: Change of the UE's GERAN UE radio capabilities in RRC_IDLE is supported by use of Tracking Area
Update.
ETSI
5.6.3.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED when it needs (additional) UE radio access
capability information.
5.6.3.3 Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE

The UE shall:
1> for NB-IoT, set the contents of UECapabilityInformation message as follows:
2> include the UE Radio Access Capability Parameters within the ue-Capability;
2> include ue-RadioPagingInfo;
2> submit the UECapabilityInformation message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure
ends;
1> else, set the contents of UECapabilityInformation message as follows:
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes eutra:
3> include the UE-EUTRA-Capability within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to
eutra;
3> if the UE supports FDD and TDD:
4> set all fields of UECapabilityInformation, except field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and tdd-Add-
UE-EUTRA-Capabilities (including their sub-fields), to include the values applicable for both FDD
and TDD (i.e. functionality supported by both modes);
4> if (some of) the UE capability fields have a different value for FDD and TDD:
5> if for FDD, the UE supports additional functionality compared to what is indicated by the previous
fields of UECapabilityInformation:
6> include field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and set it to include fields reflecting the
additional functionality applicable for FDD;
5> if for TDD, the UE supports additional functionality compared to what is indicated by the previous
fields of UECapabilityInformation:
6> include field tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and set it to include fields reflecting the
additional functionality applicable for TDD;
NOTE 1: The UE includes fields of XDD-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities in accordance with the following:

- The field is included only if one or more of its sub-fields (or bits in the feature group indicators string)
has a value that is different compared to the value signalled elsewhere within UE-EUTRA-Capability;
(this value signalled elsewhere is also referred to as the Common value, that is supported for both
XDD modes)
- For the fields that are included in XDD-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities, the UE sets:
- the sub-fields (or bits in the feature group indicators string) that are not allowed to be different to
the same value as the Common value;
- the sub-fields (or bits in the feature group indicators string) that are allowed to be different to a
value indicating at least the same functionality as indicated by the Common value;
3> else (UE supports single xDD mode):
4> set all fields of UECapabilityInformation, except field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and tdd-Add-
UE-EUTRA-Capabilities (including their sub-fields), to include the values applicable for the xDD
mode supported by the UE;
ETSI
3> compile a list of band combinations, candidate for inclusion in the UECapabilityInformation message,
comprising of band combinations supported by the UE according to the following priority order (i.e.
listed in order of decreasing priority):
4> include all non-CA bands, regardless of whether UE supports carrier aggregation, only:
- if the UE includes ue-Category-v1020 (i.e. indicating category 6 to 8); or
- if for at least one of the non-CA bands, the UE supports more MIMO layers with TM9 and
TM10 than implied by the UE category; or
- if the UE supports TM10 with one or more CSI processes; or
- if the UE supports 1024QAM in DL;
4> if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestedFrequencyBands and UE supports

requestedFrequencyBands:
5> include all 2DL+1UL CA band combinations, only consisting of bands included in
requestedFrequencyBands;
5> include all other CA band combinations, only consisting of bands included in
requestedFrequencyBands, and prioritized in the order of requestedFrequencyBands, (i.e. first
include remaining band combinations containing the first-listed band, then include remaining band
combinations containing the second-listed band, and so on);
4> else (no requested frequency bands):
5> include all 2DL+1UL CA band combinations;
5> include all other CA band combinations;
4> if UE supports maximumCCsRetrieval and if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes the

requestedMaxCCsDL and the requestedMaxCCsUL (i.e. both UL and DL maximums are given):
5> remove from the list of candidates the band combinations for which the number of CCs in DL
exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsDL or for which the number of CCs in UL
exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsUL;
5> indicate in requestedCCsUL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsUL;
5> indicate in requestedCCsDL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsDL;
4> else if UE supports maximumCCsRetrieval and if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes the
requestedMaxCCsDL (i.e. only DL maximum limit is given):
5> remove from the list of candidates the band combinations for which the number of CCs in DL
exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsDL;
5> indicate value in requestedCCsDL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsDL;
4> else if UE supports maximumCCsRetrieval and if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes the
requestedMaxCCsUL (i.e. only UL maximum limit is given):
5> remove from the list of candidates the band combinations for which the number of CCs in UL
exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsUL;
5> indicate in requestedCCsUL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsUL;
4> if the UE supports reducedIntNonContComb and the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes

requestReducedIntNonContComb:
5> set reducedIntNonContCombRequested to true;
5> remove from the list of candidates the intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations which
support is implied by another intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination included in the list
of candidates as specified in TS 36.306 [5, 4.3.5.21]:
ETSI
4> if the UE supports requestReducedFormat and UE supports skipFallbackCombinations and

UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestSkipFallbackComb:
5> set skipFallbackCombRequested to true;
5> for each band combination included in the list of candidates (including 2DL+1UL CA band
combinations), starting with the ones with the lowest number of DL and UL carriers, that concerns
a fallback band combination of another band combination included in the list of candidates as
specified in TS 36.306 [5]:
6> remove the band combination from the list of candidates;
6> include differentFallbackSupported in the band combination included in the list of candidates
whose fallback concerns the removed band combination, if its capabilities differ from the
removed band combination;
4> if the UE supports requestReducedFormat and diffFallbackCombReport, and UECapabilityEnquiry

message includes requestDiffFallbackCombList:
5> if the UE does not support skipFallbackCombinations or UECapabilityEnquiry message does not
include requestSkipFallbackComb:
6> remove all band combination from the list of candidates;
5> for each CA band combination indicated in requestDiffFallbackCombList:
6> include the CA band combination, if not already in the list of candidates;
6> include the fallback combinations for which the supported UE capabilities are different from
the capability of the CA band combination;
5> include CA band combinations indicated in requestDiffFallbackCombList into

requestedDiffFallbackCombList;
3> if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestReducedFormat and UE supports

requestReducedFormat:
4> include in supportedBandCombinationReduced as many as possible of the band combinations

included in the list of candidates, including the non-CA combinations, determined according to the
rules and priority order defined above;
3> else
4> if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestedFrequencyBands and UE supports

requestedFrequencyBands:
5> include in supportedBandCombination as many as possible of the band combinations included in

the list of candidates, including the non-CA combinations and up to 5DL+5UL CA band
combinations, determined according to the rules and priority order defined above;
5> include in supportedBandCombinationAdd as many as possible of the remaining band

combinations included in the list of candidates, (i.e. the candidates not included in
supportedBandCombination), up to 5DL+5UL CA band combinations, determined according to
the rules and priority order defined above;
4> else
5> include in supportedBandCombination as many as possible of the band combinations included in

the list of candidates, including the non-CA combinations and up to 5DL+5UL CA band
combinations, determined according to the rules defined above;
5> if it is not possible to include in supportedBandCombination all the band combinations to be

included according to the above, selection of the subset of band combinations to be included is left
up to UE implementation;
ETSI
3> indicate in requestedBands the same bands and in the same order as included in
requestedFrequencyBands, if received;
3> if the UE is a category 0, M1 or M2 UE, or supports any UE capability information in ue-

RadioPagingInfo, according to TS 36.306 [5]:
4> include ue-RadioPagingInfo and set the fields according to TS 36.306 [5];
3> for each band combination the UE included in a field of the UECapabilityInformation message in
accordance with the previous:
4> include the baseband processing combination supported for the band combination into
basebandProcessingCombList, unless it is already included;
4> for each fallback baseband processing combination of this baseband processing combination, as
specified in TS 36.306 [5], for which supported baseband capabilities are different from this baseband
processing combination:
5> include the fallback baseband processing combinations into basebandProcessingCombList;
3> if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes request-sTTI-sPT-Capability and if the UE supports short
TTI and/or SPT:
4> for each band combination the UE included in a field of the UECapabilityInformation message in
accordance with the previous:
4> if the UE supports short TTI, include the short TTI capabilities for each of the band combinations
using the STTI-SPT-BandCombinationParameters;
4> if the UE supports SPT, include the SPT capabilities for each of the band combinations using the
STTI-SPT-BandCombinationParameters;
NOTE: The UE may have to add/repeat the band combinations to the list of band combinations
included earlier, to include short TTI capabilities and/or SPT capabilities.
2> if the UE supports short TTI and/or SPT:
3> include in the UE radio access capabilities the IE sTTI-SPT-Supported and set to supported;
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes geran-cs and if the UE supports GERAN CS domain:
3> include the UE radio access capabilities for GERAN CS within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with
the rat-Type set to geran-cs;
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes geran-ps and if the UE supports GERAN PS domain:
3> include the UE radio access capabilities for GERAN PS within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with
the rat-Type set to geran-ps;
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes utra and if the UE supports UTRA:
3> include the UE radio access capabilities for UTRA within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the
rat-Type set to utra;
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes cdma2000-1XRTT and if the UE supports CDMA2000 1xRTT:
3> include the UE radio access capabilities for CDMA2000 within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with
the rat-Type set to cdma2000-1XRTT;
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes nr and if the UE supports NR:
3> include the UE radio access capabilities for NR within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container, with the rat-Type
set to nr and in accordance with requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC and as specified in TS 38.331 [82],
clause 5.6.1.
2> if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes eutra-nr and if the UE supports EN-DC:
ETSI
3> include the UE radio access capabilities for EUTRA-NR within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container, with the
rat-Type set to eutra-nr and in accordance with in accordance with requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC and as
specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.6.1].
1> submit the UECapabilityInformation message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.4 CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer

5.6.4.1 General
UE EUTRAN
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
Figure 5.6.4.1-1: CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer the CDMA2000 1xRTT parameters required to register the UE in the
CDMA2000 1xRTT network for CSFB support.
5.6.4.2 Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the CSFB to 1x parameter transfer procedure upon request from the CDMA2000
upper layers. The UE initiates the CSFB to 1x parameter transfer procedure by sending the
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message.
5.6.4.3 Actions related to transmission of CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message

The UE shall:
1> submit the CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message to lower layers for transmission using the current
configuration;
5.6.4.4 Reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message

Upon reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message, the UE shall:
1> forward the rand and the mobilityParameters to the CDMA2000 1xRTT upper layers;
5.6.5 UE Information
5.6.5.1 General
UE EUTRAN
UEInformationRequest
UEInformationResponse
Figure 5.6.5.1-1: UE information procedure
ETSI
The UE information procedure is used by E-UTRAN to request the UE to report information.
5.6.5.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending the UEInformationRequest message. E-UTRAN should initiate this
procedure only after successful security activation.
5.6.5.3 Reception of the UEInformationRequest message

Upon receiving the UEInformationRequest message, the UE shall, only after successful security activation:
1> if rach-ReportReq is set to true, set the contents of the rach-Report in the UEInformationResponse message as
follows:
2> set the numberOfPreamblesSent to indicate the number of preambles sent by MAC for the last successfully
completed random access procedure;
2> if contention resolution was not successful as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for at least one of the transmitted
preambles for the last successfully completed random access procedure:
3> set the contentionDetected to true;
2> else:
3> set the contentionDetected to false;
1> if rlf-ReportReq is set to true and the UE has radio link failure information or handover failure information
available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
2> set timeSinceFailure in VarRLF-Report to the time that elapsed since the last radio link or handover failure in
E-UTRA;
2> set the rlf-Report in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of rlf-Report in VarRLF-Report;
2> discard the rlf-Report from VarRLF-Report upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message
confirmed by lower layers;
1> if connEstFailReportReq is set to true and the UE has connection establishment failure information in
VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
2> set timeSinceFailure in VarConnEstFailReport to the time that elapsed since the last connection
establishment failure in E-UTRA;
2> set the connEstFailReport in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of connEstFailReport in
VarConnEstFailReport;
2> discard the connEstFailReport from VarConnEstFailReport upon successful delivery of the
UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1> if the logMeasReportReq is present and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in
VarLogMeasReport:
2> if VarLogMeasReport includes one or more logged measurement entries, set the contents of the
logMeasReport in the UEInformationResponse message as follows:
3> include the absoluteTimeStamp and set it to the value of absoluteTimeInfo in the VarLogMeasReport;
3> include the traceReference and set it to the value of traceReference in the VarLogMeasReport;
3> include the traceRecordingSessionRef and set it to the value of traceRecordingSessionRef in the
VarLogMeasReport;
3> include the tce-Id and set it to the value of tce-Id in the VarLogMeasReport;
3> include the logMeasInfoList and set it to include one or more entries from VarLogMeasReport starting
from the entries logged first;
ETSI
3> if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged measurement entries that are not
included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
3> if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged Bluetooth measurement entries that are
not included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
3> if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged WLAN measurement entries that are
not included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
1> if mobilityHistoryReportReq is set to true:
2> include the mobilityHistoryReport and set it to include entries from VarMobilityHistoryReport;
2> include in the mobilityHistoryReport an entry for the current cell, possibly after removing the oldest entry if
required, and set its fields as follows:
3> set visitedCellId to the global cell identity of the current cell:
3> set field timeSpent to the time spent in the current cell;
1> if the idleModeMeasurementReq is included in the UEInformationRequest and UE has stored

VarMeasIdleReport:
2> set the measResultListIdle in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of idleMeasReport in the
VarMeasIdleReport;
2> discard the VarMeasIdleReport upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed
by lower layers;
1> if flightPathInfoReq field is present and the UE has flight path information available:
2> include the flightPathInfoReport and set it to include the list of waypoints along the flight path;
2> if the includeTimeStamp is set to TRUE:
3> set the field timeStamp to the time when UE intends to arrive to each waypoint if this information is
available at the UE;
1> if the logMeasReport is included in the UEInformationResponse:
2> submit the UEInformationResponse message to lower layers for transmission via SRB2;
2> discard the logged measurement entries included in the logMeasInfoList from VarLogMeasReport upon
successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1> else:
2> submit the UEInformationResponse message to lower layers for transmission via SRB1;
5.6.6 Logged Measurement Configuration

5.6.6.1 General
ETSI
UE EUTRAN
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
Figure 5.6.6.1-1: Logged measurement configuration
The purpose of this procedure is to configure the UE to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE
and to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. The
procedure applies to logged measurements capable UEs that are in RRC_CONNECTED.
NOTE: E-UTRAN may retrieve stored logged measurement information by means of the UE information
procedure.
5.6.6.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the logged measurement configuration procedure to UE in RRC_CONNECTED by sending the
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message.
5.6.6.3 Reception of the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration by the UE

Upon receiving the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message the UE shall:
1> discard the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information as specified in
5.6.7;
1> store the received loggingDuration, loggingInterval and areaConfiguration, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1> if the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message includes plmn-IdentityList:
2> set plmn-IdentityList in VarLogMeasReport to include the RPLMN as well as the PLMNs included in plmn-
IdentityList;
1> else:
2> set plmn-IdentityList in VarLogMeasReport to include the RPLMN;
1> store the received absoluteTimeInfo, traceReference, traceRecordingSessionRef and tce-Id in

VarLogMeasReport;
1> store the received targetMBSFN-AreaList, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1> start timer T330 with the timer value set to the loggingDuration;
5.6.6.4 T330 expiry

Upon expiry of T330 the UE shall:
1> release VarLogMeasConfig;
The UE is allowed to discard stored logged measurements, i.e. to release VarLogMeasReport, 48 hours after T330
expiry.
ETSI
5.6.7 Release of Logged Measurement Configuration

5.6.7.1 General
The purpose of this procedure is to release the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement
information.
5.6.7.2 Initiation
The UE shall initiate the procedure upon receiving a logged measurement configuration in another RAT. The UE shall
also initiate the procedure upon power off or detach.
The UE shall:
1> if stored, discard the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information, i.e.
release the UE variables VarLogMeasConfig and VarLogMeasReport;
5.6.8 Measurements logging

5.6.8.1 General
This procedure specifies the logging of available measurements by a UE in RRC_IDLE that has a logged measurement
configuration and the logging of available measurements by a UE in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED if
targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig.
5.6.8.2 Initiation
While T330 is running, the UE shall:
1> if measurement logging is suspended:
2> if during the last logging interval the IDC problems detected by the UE is resolved, resume measurement
logging;
1> if not suspended, perform the logging in accordance with the following:
2> if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
3> if the UE is camping normally on an E-UTRA cell or is connected to E-UTRA; and
3> if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport; and
3> if the PCell (in RRC_CONNECTED) or cell where the UE is camping (in RRC_IDLE) is part of the area
indicated by areaConfiguration if configured in VarLogMeasConfig:
4> for MBSFN areas, indicated in targetMBSFN-AreaList, from which the UE is receiving MBMS
service:
5> perform MBSFN measurements in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in
TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 1: When configured to perform MBSFN measurement logging by targetMBSFN-AreaList, the UE is not
required to receive additional MBSFN subframes, i.e. logging is based on the subframes corresponding to
the MBMS services the UE is receiving.
5> perform logging at regular time intervals as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig,
but only for those intervals for which MBSFN measurement results are available as specified in
TS 36.133 [16];
2> else if the UE is camping normally on an E-UTRA cell and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList
stored in VarLogMeasReport and, if the cell is part of the area indicated by areaConfiguration if configured
in VarLogMeasConfig:
ETSI
3> perform the logging at regular time intervals, as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig;
2> when adding a logged measurement entry in VarLogMeasReport, include the fields in accordance with the
following:
3> if the UE detected IDC problems during the last logging interval:
4> if measResultServCell in VarLogMeasReport is not empty:
5> include InDeviceCoexDetected;
5> suspend measurement logging from the next logging interval;
4> else:
5> suspend measurement logging;
NOTE 1A: The UE may detect the start of IDC problems as early as Phase 1 as described in 23.4 of TS 36.300
[9].
3> set the relativeTimeStamp to indicate the elapsed time since the moment at which the logged
measurement configuration was received;
3> if detailed location information became available during the last logging interval, set the content of the
locationInfo as follows:
3> if WLAN-NameList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4> if detailed WLAN measurements are available:
5> include logMeasResultListWLAN, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
3> if BT-NameList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4> if detailed Bluetooth measurements are available:
5> include logMeasResultListBT, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
3> if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4> for each MBSFN area, for which the mandatory measurements result fields became available during
the last logging interval:
5> set the rsrpResultMBSFN, rsrqResultMBSFN to include measurement results that became available
during the last logging interval;
5> include the fields signallingBLER-Result or dataBLER-MCH-ResultList if the concerned BLER

results are availble,
5> set the mbsfn-AreaId and carrierFrequency to indicate the MBSFN area in which the UE is
receiving MBSFN transmission;
4> if in RRC_CONNECTED:
5> set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the PCell;
5> set the measResultServCell to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of the PCell;
5> if available, set the measResultNeighCells to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of
SCell(s) and neighbouring cell(s) measurements that became available during the last logging
interval, in order of decreasing RSRP, for at most the following number of cells: 6 intra-frequency
and 3 inter-frequency cells per frequency and according to the following:
6> for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
ETSI
5> if available, optionally set the measResultNeighCells to include the layer 3 filtered measured
results of neighbouring cell(s) measurements that became available during the last logging
interval, in order of decreasing RSCP(UTRA)/RSSI(GERAN)/PilotStrength(cdma2000), for at
most the following number of cells: 3 inter-RAT cells per frequency (UTRA, cdma2000)/set of
frequencies (GERAN), and according to the following:
4> if in RRC_IDLE:
5> set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the serving cell;
5> set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the serving cell;
5> if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell
re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last
logging interval for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3
inter-frequency neighbours per frequency and according to the following:
5> if available, optionally set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as

used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during
the last logging interval, for at most the following number of cells: 3 inter-RAT cells per frequency
(UTRA, cdma2000)/set of frequencies (GERAN), and according to the following:
4> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as
well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding
results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include RSRQ type if the result was based on measurements
using a wider band or using all OFDM symbols;
NOTE 2: The UE includes the latest results in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS
36.133 [16]. E.g. RSRP and RSRQ results are available only if the UE has a sufficient number of results/
receives a sufficient number of subframes during the logging interval.
3> else:
4> set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the cell the UE is camping on;
4> set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the cell the UE is camping on;
4> if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-
selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging
interval for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-
frequency neighbours per frequency as well as 3 inter-RAT neighbours, per frequency/ set of
frequencies (GERAN) per RAT and according to the following:
well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding
results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include RSRQ type if the result was based on measurements
using a wider band or using all OFDM symbols;
NOTE 3: The UE includes the latest results of the available measurements as used for cell reselection evaluation in
RRC_IDLE or as used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting according to 5.5.3
in RRC_CONNECTED, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as
ETSI
2> when the memory reserved for the logged measurement information becomes full, stop timer T330 and
perform the same actions as performed upon expiry of T330, as specified in 5.6.6.4;
5.6.9 In-device coexistence indication

5.6.9.1 General
UE EUTRAN
InDeviceCoexIndication
Figure 5.6.9.1-1: In-device coexistence indication
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about (a change of) the In-Device Coexistence (IDC) problems
experienced by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED, as described in TS 36.300 [9], and to provide the E-UTRAN with
information in order to resolve them.
5.6.9.2 Initiation
A UE capable of providing IDC indications may initiate the procedure when it is configured to provide IDC indications
and upon change of IDC problem information.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1> if configured to provide IDC indications:
2> if the UE did not transmit an InDeviceCoexIndication message since it was configured to provide IDC
indications:
3> if on one or more frequencies for which a measObjectEUTRA is configured, the UE is experiencing IDC
problems that it cannot solve by itself; or
3> if configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA; and if on one or more supported UL CA
combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, the UE is
experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself; or
3> if configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC, and if on one or more supported MR-DC
combination comprising of at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is
configured and at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR, the UE is
experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself; and
3> if at least one NR carrier frequency is affected by IDC problems in the supported MR-DC combination on
which the UE is experiencing the IDC problems
2> else:
3> if the set of frequencies, for which a measObjectEUTRA is configured and on which the UE is
experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself, is different from the set indicated in the last
transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3> if for one or more of the frequencies in the previously reported set of frequencies, the
interferenceDirection is different from the value indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication
message; or
ETSI
3> if the TDM assistance information is different from the assistance information included in the last
3> if configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA; and if the victimSystemType is different from the
value indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3> if configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA; and if the set of supported UL CA combinations on
which the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself and that the UE includes in
affectedCarrierFreqCombList according to 5.6.9.3, is different from the set indicated in the last
3> if configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC, and if the set of supported MR-DC combinations on
which the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself and that the UE includes in
affectedCarrierFreqCombListMRDC according to 5.6.9.3, is different from the set indicated in the last
transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message:
NOTE 1: The term "IDC problems" refers to interference issues applicable across several subframes/slots where not
necessarily all the subframes/slots are affected.
NOTE 2: For the frequencies on which a serving cell or serving cells is configured that is activated, IDC problems
consist of interference issues that the UE cannot solve by itself, during either active data exchange or
upcoming data activity which is expected in up to a few hundred milliseconds.
For frequencies on which a SCell or SCells is configured that is deactivated, reporting IDC problems
indicates an anticipation that the activation of the SCell or SCells would result in interference issues that
the UE would not be able to solve by itself.
For a non-serving frequency, reporting IDC problems indicates an anticipation that if the non-serving
frequency or frequencies became a serving frequency or serving frequencies then this would result in
interference issues that the UE would not be able to solve by itself.
5.6.9.3 Actions related to transmission of InDeviceCoexIndication message

The UE shall set the contents of the InDeviceCoexIndication message as follows:
1> if there is at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency, for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected
by IDC problems:
2> include the field affectedCarrierFreqList with an entry for each affected E-UTRA carrier frequency for
which a measurement object is configured;
2> for each E-UTRA carrier frequency included in the field affectedCarrierFreqList, include
interferenceDirection and set it accordingly;
2> include Time Domain Multiplexing (TDM) based assistance information, unless idc-
HardwareSharingIndication is configured and the UE has no Time Doman Multiplexing based assistance
information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems:
3> if the UE has DRX related assistance information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems:
4> include drx-CycleLength, drx-Offset and drx-ActiveTime;
3> else (the UE has desired subframe reservation patterns related assistance information that could be used to
resolve the IDC problems):
4> include idc-SubframePatternList;
3> use the MCG as timing reference if TDM based assistance information regarding the SCG is included;
1> if the UE is configured to provide UL CA information and there is a supported UL CA combination comprising
of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems:
2> include victimSystemType in ul-CA-AssistanceInfo;
2> if the UE sets victimSystemType to wlan or Bluetooth:
ETSI
3> include affectedCarrierFreqCombList in ul-CA-AssistanceInfo with an entry for each supported UL CA

combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, that is
affected by IDC problems;
2> else:
3> optionally include affectedCarrierFreqCombList in ul-CA-AssistanceInfo with an entry for each

supported UL CA combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is
configured, that is affected by IDC problems;
1> if idc-HardwareSharingIndication is configured, and there is at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency, for which a
measurement object is configured, the UE is experiencing hardware sharing problems that it cannot solve by
itself:
2> include the hardwareSharingProblem and set it accordingly;
1> if the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC and there is a supported MR-DC band
combination comprising of at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured
and at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR, that is affected by IDC
problems:
2> for each entry of affectedCarrierFreqCombInfoListMRDC in mrdc-AssistanceInfo;
3> include victimSystemType;
3> include interferenceDirection;
3> if the UE sets victimSystemType to wlan or Bluetooth:
4> include a set of at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR and
optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured, that
is affected by IDC problems;
3> else:
4> optionally include a set of at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR
and optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured,
that is affected by IDC problems;
NOTE 1: When sending an InDeviceCoexIndication message to inform E-UTRAN the IDC problems, the UE
includes all assistance information (rather than providing e.g. the changed part(s) of the assistance
information).
NOTE 2: Upon not anymore experiencing a particular IDC problem that the UE previously reported, the UE
provides an IDC indication with the modified contents of the InDeviceCoexIndication message (e.g. by an
empty message).
The UE shall submit the InDeviceCoexIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.10 UE Assistance Information

5.6.10.1 General
UE EUTRAN
UEAssistanceInformation
Figure 5.6.10.1-1: UE Assistance Information
ETSI
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN of the UE's power saving preference and SPS assistance
information, maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth configuration preference, overheating assistance information, or the
UE's delay budget report carrying desired increment/decrement in the Uu air interface delay or connected mode DRX
cycle length and for BL UEs or UEs in CE of the RLM event ("early-out-of-sync" or "early-in-sync") and RLM
information. Upon configuring the UE to provide power preference indications E-UTRAN may consider that the UE
does not prefer a configuration primarily optimised for power saving until the UE explictly indicates otherwise.
5.6.10.2 Initiation
A UE capable of providing power preference indications in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several
cases including upon being configured to provide power preference indications and upon change of power preference. A
UE capable of providing SPS assistance information in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases
including upon being configured to provide SPS assistance information and upon change of SPS assistance information.
A UE capable of providing delay budget report in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases,
including upon being configured to provide delay budget report and upon change of delay budget preference.
A UE capable of CE mode and providing maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference in RRC_CONNECTED

may initiate the procedure upon being configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference and/or
upon change of maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference.
A UE capable of providing overheating assistance information in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure if it
was configured to do so, upon detecting internal overheating, or upon detecting that it is no longer experiencing an
overheating condition.
1> if configured to provide power preference indications:
2> if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with powerPrefIndication since it was
configured to provide power preference indications; or
2> if the current power preference is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the
UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T340 is not running:
1> if configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference:
2> if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with bw-Preference since it was configured to
provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference; or
2> if the current maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference is different from the one indicated in the last
transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T341 is not running;
1> if configured to provide SPS assistance information:
2> if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with sps-AssistanceInformation since it was
configured to provide SPS assistance information; or
2> if the current SPS assistance information is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the
UEAssistanceInformation message:
1> if configured to report RLM events:
2> if "early-out-of-sync" event has been detected and T343 is not running; or
2> if "early-in-sync" event has been detected and T344 is not running:
1> if configured to provide delay budget report:
ETSI
2> if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with delayBudgetReport since it was
configured to provide delay budget report; or
2> if the current delay budget is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the
UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T342 is not running:
1> if configured to provide overheating assistance information:
2> if the overheating condition has been detected and T345 is not running; or
2> if the current overheating assistance information is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of
the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T345 is not running:
5.6.10.3 Actions related to transmission of UEAssistanceInformation message

The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for power preference indications:
1> if configured to provide power preference indication and if the UE prefers a configuration primarily optimised
for power saving:
2> set powerPrefIndication to lowPowerConsumption;
1> else if configured to provide power preference indication:
2> start or restart timer T340 with the timer value set to the powerPrefIndicationTimer;
2> set powerPrefIndication to normal;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for SPS assistance information:
1> if configured to provide SPS assistance information:
2> if there is any traffic for V2X sidelink communication which needs to report SPS assistance information:
3> include trafficPatternInfoListSL in the UEAssistanceInformation message;
2> if there is any traffic for uplink communication which needs to report SPS assistance information:
3> include trafficPatternInfoListUL in the UEAssistanceInformation message;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for bandwidth preference indications:
1> start timer T341 with the timer value set to the bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer;
1> set bw-Preference to its preferred configuration;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for delay budget report:
1> if configured to provide delay budget report:
2> if the UE prefers an adjustment in the connected mode DRX cycle length:
3> set delayBudgetReport to type1 according to a desired value;
2> else if the UE prefers coverage enhancement configuration change:
3> set delayBudgetReport to type2 according to a desired value;
2> start or restart timer T342 with the timer value set to the delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for the RLM report:
1> if T314 has expired:
ETSI
2> set rlm-event to earlyOutOfSync;
2> start timer T343 with the timer value set to the rlmReportTimer:
1> if T315 has expired:
2> set rlm-event to earlyInSync;
2> start timer T344 with the timer value set to the rlmReportTimer:
2> if configured to report rlmReportRep-MPDCCH:
3> set excessRep-MPDCCH to the value indicated by lower layers;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for overheating assistance indication:
1> if the UE experiences internal overheating:
2> if the UE prefers to temporarily reduce its DL category and UL category:
3> include reducedUE-Category in the OverheatingAssistance IE;
3> set reducedUE-CategoryDL to the number to which the UE prefers to temporarily reduce its DL category;
3> set reducedUE-CategoryUL to the number to which the UE prefers to temporarily reduce its UL category;
2> if the UE prefers to temporarily reduce the number of maximum secondary component carriers:
3> include reducedMaxCCs in the OverheatingAssistance IE;
3> set reducedCCsDL to the number of maximum SCells the UE prefers to be temporarily configured in
downlink;
3> set reducedCCsUL to the number of maximum SCells the UE prefers to be temporarily configured in
uplink;
2> start timer T345 with the timer value set to the overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer;
1> else (if the UE no longer experiences an overheating condition):
2> do not include reducedUE-Category and reducedMaxCCs in OverheatingAssistance IE;
2> start timer T345 with the timer value set to the overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer;
The UE shall submit the UEAssistanceInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
NOTE 1: It is up to UE implementation when and how to trigger SPS assistance information.
NOTE 2: It is up to UE implementation to set the content of trafficPatternInfoListSL and trafficPatternInfoListUL.
NOTE 3: Traffic patterns for different Destination Layer 2 IDs are provided in different entries in
trafficPatternInfoListSL.
5.6.11 Mobility history information

5.6.11.1 General
This procedure specifies how the mobility history information is stored by the UE, covering RRC_CONNECTED and
RRC_IDLE.
5.6.11.2 Initiation
If the UE supports storage of mobility history information, the UE shall:
1> Upon change of cell, consisting of PCell in RRC_CONNECTED or serving cell in RRC_IDLE, to another E-
UTRA or inter-RAT cell or when entering out of service:
ETSI
2> include an entry in variable VarMobilityHistoryReport possibly after removing the oldest entry, if necessary,
according to following:
3> if the global cell identity of the previous PCell/ serving cell is available:
4> include the global cell identity of that cell in the field visitedCellId of the entry;
3> else:
4> include the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of that cell in the field visitedCellId of the
entry;
3> set the field timeSpent of the entry as the time spent in the previous PCell/ serving cell;
1> upon entering E-UTRA (in RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE) while previously out of service and/ or using
another RAT:
2> include an entry in variable VarMobilityHistoryReport possibly after removing the oldest entry, if necessary,
according to following:
3> set the field timeSpent of the entry as the time spent outside E-UTRA;
5.6.12 RAN-assisted WLAN interworking

5.6.12.1 General
The purpose of this procedure is to facilitate access network selection and traffic steering between E-UTRAN and
WLAN.
If required by upper layers (see TS 24.312 [66], the UE shall provide an up-to-date set of the applicable parameters
provided by wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated to upper layers, and inform upper layers
when no parameters are configured. The parameter set from either wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-
OffloadConfigDedicated is selected as specified in subclauses 5.2.2.24, 5.3.12, 5.6.12.2 and 5.6.12.4.
5.6.12.2 Dedicated WLAN offload configuration

The UE shall:
1> if the received wlan-OffloadInfo is set to release:
2> release wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated and t350;
3> apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in

1> else:
2> apply the received wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated:
5.6.12.3 WLAN offload RAN evaluation

The UE shall:
1> if the UE is configured with either wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated; and
1> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE or none of rclwi-Configuration, lwa-Configuration and lwip-Configuration is

configured:
2> provide measurement results required for the evaluation of the network selection and traffic steering rules as
defined in TS 24.312 [66] to upper layers;
2> evaluate the network selection and traffic steering rules as defined in TS 36.304 [4] using WLAN identifiers
as indicated in other subclauses (either provided in steerToWLAN included in rclwi-Configuration or in wlan-
Id-List included in SystemInformationBlockType17);
ETSI
5.6.12.4 T350 expiry or stop

The UE shall:
1> if T350 expires or is stopped:
2> release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated and t350;
2> release rclwi-Configuration if configured;
3> apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN included in
5.6.12.5 Cell selection/ re-selection while T350 is running

The UE shall:
1> if, while T350 is running, the UE selects/ reselects a cell which is not the PCell when the wlan-OffloadDedicated
was configured:
2> stop timer T350;
5.6.13 SCG failure information

5.6.13.1 General
UE EUTRAN

(scg-Configuration)
SCGFailureInformation
Figure 5.6.13.1-1: SCG failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about an SCG failure the UE has experienced i.e. SCG radio link
failure, SCG change failure.
5.6.13.2 Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report SCG failures when SCG transmission is not suspended and when one of the
following conditions is met:
1> upon detecting radio link failure for the SCG, in accordance with 5.3.11; or
1> upon SCG change failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.7a; or
1> upon stopping uplink transmission towards the PSCell due to exceeding the maximum uplink transmission
timing difference when powerControlMode is configured to 1, in accordance with subclause 7.17.2 of TS 36.133
[29].
In case of DC, upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1> suspend all SCG DRBs and suspend SCG transmission for split DRBs;
1> reset SCG-MAC;
ETSI
1> stop T307;
1> initiate transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message in accordance with 5.6.13.3;
5.6.13.3 Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformation message

The UE shall set the contents of the SCGFailureInformation message as follows:
1> if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to provide SCG radio link failure
information:
2> include failureType and set it to the trigger for detecting SCG radio link failure;
1> else if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to provide SCG change failure
information:
2> include failureType and set it to scg-ChangeFailure;
1> else if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message due to exceeding maximum uplink
transmission timing difference:
2> include failureType and set it to maxUL-TimingDiff;
1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCG cell that is configured, if any, within
measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in
[16];
1> for each E-UTRA SCG serving frequency included in measResultServFreqList, include within
measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the
concerned serving frequency;
1> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells on non-serving E-UTRA frequencies, ordered
such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the
failure, and set its fields as follows;
2> if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more non-serving EUTRA frequencies and
measurement results are available, include the measResultListEUTRA;
The UE shall submit the SCGFailureInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.13a NR SCG failure information

5.6.13a.1 General
UE EUTRAN

(E.g. nr-Config, sk-Counter,
radioBeareConfig1)
SCGFailureInformationNR
Figure 5.6.13a.1-1: NRSCG failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about an SCG failure the UE has experienced (e.g. SCG radio
link failure, failure to successfully complete an SCG reconfiguration with sync), as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.7.3.2].
ETSI
5.6.13a.2 Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report NR SCG failures when NR SCG transmission is not suspended and in accordance
with TS 38.331 [82, 5.7.3.2]. Actions the UE shall perform upon initiating the procedure, other than related to the
transmission of the SCGFailureInformationNR message are specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.7.3.2].
5.6.13a.3 Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformationNR message

The UE shall set the contents of the SCGFailureInformationNR message as follows:
1> include failureType within failureReportSCG-NR and set it to indicate the SCG failure in accordance with TS
38.331 [82, 5.7.3.3];
1> include and set measResultSCG in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.7.3.4]:
1> for each NR frequency the UE is configured to measure by measConfig for which measurement results are
available:
2> set the measResultFreqListNR to include the best measured cells, ordered such that the best cell is listed first
using RSRP to order if RSRP measurement results are available for cells on this frequency, otherwise using
RSRQ to order if RSRQ measurement results are available for cells on this frequency, otherwise using SINR
to order, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure, and for each
cell that is included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE: Field measResultSCG is used to report available results for NR frequencies the UE is configured to
measure by NR RRC signalling.
The UE shall submit the SCGFailureInformationNR message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.14 LTE-WLAN Aggregation

5.6.14.1 Introduction
E-UTRAN can configure the UE to connect to a WLAN and configure bearers for LWA (referred to as LWA DRBs).
The UE uses the WLAN parameters received from E-UTRAN in performing WLAN measurements. The UE also
performs WLAN connection management as described in 5.6.15 while LWA is configured.
5.6.14.2 Reception of LWA configuration

Upon reception of LWA configuration, the UE shall:
1> if the received lwa-Configuration is set to release:
2> release the LWA configuration as described in 5.6.14.3;
1> else:
2> if the received lwa-Config includes lwa-WT-Counter:
3> determine the S-KWT key based on the KeNB key and received lwa-WT-Counter value, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
3> forward the S-KWT key to upper layers to be used as a PMK or PSK for WLAN authentication;
2> if the received lwa-Config includes lwa-MobilityConfig:
3> if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToReleaseList:
4> for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToReleaseList:
5> remove the WLAN-Identifiers if already part of the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-
MobilityConfig;
3> if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToAddList:
4> for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToAddList:
ETSI
5> add the WLAN-Identifiers to the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3> if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes associationTimer:
4> start or restart timer T351 with the timer value set to the associationTimer;
3> if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes successReportRequested:
4> set successReportRequested in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to the value of successReportRequested;
3> if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes wlan-SuspendConfig:
4> set the field(s) in wlan-SuspendConfig within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to the value(s) of field(s)
included in wlan-SuspendConfig;
2> start WLAN Status Monitoring as described in 5.6.15.4;
5.6.14.3 Release of LWA configuration

To release the LWA configuration, the UE shall:
1> for each LWA DRB that is part of the current UE configuration:
2> disable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
2> perform PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8];
1> delete any existing values in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig and VarWLAN-Status;
1> stop WLAN status monitoring and WLAN connection attempts for LWA;
1> indicate the release of LWA configuration, if configured, to upper layers;
5.6.15 WLAN connection management

5.6.15.1 Introduction
WLAN connection management procedures in this section are triggered as specified in other sections where the UE is
using a WLAN connection for LWA, RCLWI or LWIP.
The UE stores the current WLAN mobility set, which is a set of one or more WLAN identifier(s) (e.g. BSSID, SSID,
HESSID) in wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig. This WLAN mobility set can be configured and updated by
the eNB. A WLAN is considered to be inside the WLAN mobility set if its identifiers match all WLAN identifiers of at
least one entry in wlan-MobilitySet and outside the WLAN mobility set otherwise. When the UE receives a new or
updated WLAN mobility set, it initiates connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set, if not already connected
to such a WLAN, and starts WLAN status monitoring as described in 5.6.15.4. The UE can perform WLAN mobility
within the WLAN mobility set (connect or reconnect to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set) without any signalling
to E-UTRAN.
The UE reports the WLAN connection status information to E-UTRAN as described in 5.6.15.2. The information in this
report is based on the monitoring of WLAN connection as described in 5.6.15.4.
5.6.15.2 WLAN connection status reporting

5.6.15.2.1 General
ETSI
UE EUTRAN
WLANConnectionStatusReport
Figure 5.6.15.2.1-1: WLAN connection status reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about the status of WLAN connection for LWA, RCLWI, or
LWIP.
5.6.15.2.2 Initiation
The UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the WLAN status reporting procedure when:
1> it connects successfully to a WLAN inside WLAN mobility set while T351 is running after a WLAN mobility
set change; or
1> after a lwa-WT-Counter update or after a lwip-Counter update (if success report is requested by the eNB); or
1> its connection or connection attempts to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set fails in accordance with
WLAN Status Monitoring described in 5.6.15.4; or
1> T351 expires; or
1> its WLAN connection to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set becomes temporarily unavailable; or
1> its WLAN connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set is successfully established after its previous
WLAN Connection Status Report indicating WLAN temporary suspension;
1> initiate transmission of the WLANConnectionStatusReport message in accordance with 5.6.15.2.3;
5.6.15.2.3 Actions related to transmission of WLANConnectionStatusReport message

The UE shall set the contents of the WLANConnectionStatusReport message as follows:
1> set wlan-status to status in VarWLAN-Status;
1> submit the WLANConnectionStatusReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure
ends;
5.6.15.3 T351 Expiry (WLAN connection attempt timeout)

Upon T351 expiry, the UE shall:
1> set the status in VarWLAN-Status to failureTimeout;
1> perform WLAN connection status reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
1> stop WLAN status monitoring and WLAN connection attempts;
5.6.15.4 WLAN status monitoring

To perform WLAN status monitoring, the UE shall:
1> if UE is not configured with rclwi-Configuration and WLAN connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility
set is successfully established or maintained after a WLAN mobility set configuration update, after a lwa-WT-
Counter update or after a lwip-Counter update:
2> set the status in VarWLAN-Status to successfulAssociation;
ETSI
2> if successReportRequested in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig is set to TRUE:
3> perform WLAN Connection Status Reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
1> if WLAN connection or connection attempts to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set fails:
2> if the failure is due to WLAN radio link issues:
3> set the status in VarWLAN-Status to failureWlanRadioLink;
2> else if the failure is due to UE internal problems related to WLAN:
3> set the status in VarWLAN-Status to failureWlanUnavailable;
NOTE 1: The UE internal problems related to WLAN include connection to another WLAN based on user
preferences or turning off WLAN connection or connection rejection from WLAN or other WLAN
problems.
3> remove all WLAN related measurement reporting entries within VarMeasReportList;
2> if the UE is configured with rclwi-Configuration:
3> release rclwi-Configuration and inform upper layers of a move-traffic-from-WLAN indication (see TS
24.302 [74]);
2> stop WLAN Status Monitoring and WLAN connection attempts;
1> if wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed in wlan-SuspendConfig within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig is set to TRUE:
2> if WLAN connection to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set becomes temporarily unavailable:
3> set the status in VarWLAN-Status to suspended;
3> if wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport in wlan-SuspendConfig within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig is set to

TRUE:
4> trigger PDCP Status Report as specified in [8];
2> if the status in VarWLAN-Status in the last WLAN Connection Status Report by this UE was suspended and
WLAN connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set is successfully established:
3> set the status in VarWLAN-Status to resumed;
5.6.16 RAN controlled LTE-WLAN interworking

5.6.16.1 General
The purpose of this procedure is to perform RAN-controlled LTE-WLAN interworking (RCLWI) i.e. control access
network selection and traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN.
5.6.16.2 WLAN traffic steering command

The UE shall:
1> if the received rclwi-Configuration is set to setup:
2> if the command is set to steerToWLAN:
ETSI
3> inform the upper layers of a move-traffic-to-WLAN indication along with the WLAN identifier lists in
steerToWLAN (see TS 24.302 [74]);
3> store steerToWLAN in wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3> perform the WLAN status monitoring procedure as specified in 5.6.15.4 using steerToWLAN as the
WLAN mobility set;
2> else:
3> inform the upper layers of a move-traffic-from-WLAN indication (see TS 24.302 [74]);
3> clear wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3> stop performing the WLAN status monitoring procedure as specified in 5.6.15.4;
3> delete any existing values in VarWLAN-Status;
1> else (the rclwi-Configuration is released):
2> clear wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
2> stop performing the WLAN status monitoring procedure as specified in 5.6.15.4;
2> delete any existing values in VarWLAN-Status;
2> inform the upper layers of release of the rclwi-Configuration.
5.6.17 LTE-WLAN aggregation with IPsec tunnel

5.6.17.1 General
The WLAN resources that are used over the LWIP tunnel as described in TS 36.300 [9] established as part of LWIP
procedures are referred to as 'LWIP resources'. The purpose of this section is to specify procedures to indicate to higher
layers to initiate the establishment/ release of the LWIP tunnel over WLAN and to indicate which DRB(s) shall use the
LWIP resources.
5.6.17.2 LWIP reconfiguration

The UE shall:
1> if the received lwip-Configuration is set to release:
1> else:
2> if lwip-MobilityConfig is included:
3> if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToReleaseList:
4> for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToReleaseList:
5> remove the WLAN-Identifiers if already part of the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-
MobilityConfig;
3> if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToAddList:
4> for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToAddList:
5> add the WLAN-Identifiers to the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3> if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes associationTimer:
4> start timer T351 with the timer value set according to the value of associationTimer;
3> if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes successReportRequested:
ETSI
4> set successReportRequested in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to the value of successReportRequested;
2> if tunnelConfigLWIP is included:
3> indicate to higher layers to configure the LWIP tunnel according to the received tunnelConfigLWIP [32];
3> if lwip-Counter is included:
4> determine the LWIP-PSK based on the KeNB key and received lwip-Counter value, as specified in TS
33.401 [32];
4> forward the LWIP-PSK to upper layers for LWIP tunnel establishment;
2> start WLAN Status Monitoring as described in 5.6.15.4;
5.6.17.3 LWIP release

The UE shall:
1> delete any existing values in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig and VarWLAN-Status;
1> release the lwip-Configuration;
1> indicate to higher layers to stop all DRBs from using the LWIP resources;
1> indicate to higher layers to release the LWIP tunnel [32];
1> stop WLAN status monitoring and WLAN connection attempts for LWIP;
5.6.18 Void
5.6.19 Application layer measurement reporting
5.6.19.1 General
UE EUTRAN
MeasReportAppLayer
Figure 5.6.19.1-1: Application layer measurement reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about application layer measurement report.
5.6.19.2 Initiation
A UE capable of application layer measurement reporting in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure when
configured with application layer measurement, i.e. when measConfigAppLayer has been configured by E-UTRAN.
1> if configured with application layer measurement, and SRB4 is configured, and the UE has received application
layer measurement report information from upper layers:
2> set the measReportAppLayerContainer in the MeasReportAppLayer message to the value of the application
layer measurement report information;
ETSI
2> submit the MeasReportAppLayer message to lower layers for transmission via SRB4.
5.6.20 Idle Mode Measurements

5.6.20.1 General
This procedure specifies the measurements done by a UE in RRC_IDLE when it has an IDLE mode measurement
configuration and the storage of the available measurements by a UE in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED.
5.6.20.2 Initiation
While T331 is running, the UE shall:
1> perform the measurements in accordance with the following:
2> for each entry in measIdleCarrierListEUTRA within VarMeasIdleConfig:
3> if UE supports carrier aggregation between serving carrier and the carrier frequency and bandwidth
indicated by carrierFreq and allowedMeasBandwidth within the corresponding entry;
4> perform measurements in the carrier frequency and bandwidth indicated by carrierFreq and
allowedMeasBandwidth within the corresponding entry;
NOTE: How the UE performs measurements in IDLE mode is up to UE implementation as long as the
requirements in 36.133 [16] are met for measurement reporting. UE is not required to perform idle
measurements if SIB2 idle measurement indication is not configured.
4> if the measCellList is included:
5> consider PCell and cells identified by each entry within the measCellList to be applicable for idle
mode measurement reporting;
4> else:
5> consider PCell and up to maxCellMeasIdle strongest identified cells whose RSRP/RSRQ
measurement results are above the value(s) provided in qualityThreshold (if any) to be applicable
for idle mode measurement reporting;
4> store measurement results for cells applicable for idle mode measurement reporting within the
VarMeasIdleReport;
3> else:
4> do not consider the carrier frequency to be applicable for idle mode measurement reporting;
1> if validityArea is configured in VarMeasIdleConfig and UE reselects to a serving cell whose physical cell
identity does not match any entry in validityArea for the corresponding carrier frequency:
2> stop T331;
5.6.20.3 T331 expiry or stop

The UE shall:
1> if T331 expires or is stopped:
2> release the contents of VarMeasIdleConfig;
NOTE: It is up to UE implementation whether to continue IDLE mode measurements according to SIB5

configuration after T331 has expired or stopped.
ETSI
5.6.21 Failure information

5.6.21.1 General
UE EUTRAN
FailureInformation
Figure 5.6.21.1-1: Failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about a failure that the UE has experienced.
5.6.21.2 Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report failures, e.g. RLC entity failures when PDCP duplication is active and when one
of the following conditions is met:
1> upon detecting radio link failure for an RLC entity, in accordance with 5.3.11.
1> suspend transmission over the RLC entity;
1> initiate transmission of the FailureInformation message in accordance with 5.6.21.3;
5.6.21.3 Actions related to transmission of FailureInformation message

When radio link failure is detected according to 5.3.11 the UE shall set the contents of the FailureInformation message
as follows:
1> set logicalChannelIdentity to the logical channel identity of the RLC entity;
1> set cellGroupIndication to the cell group where the RLC entity is located;
1> set failureType to the type of failure that has been detected;
The UE shall submit the FailureInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.7 Generic error handling

5.7.1 General
The generic error handling defined in the subsequent sub-clauses applies unless explicitly specified otherwise e.g.
within the procedure specific error handling.
The UE shall consider a value as not comprehended when it is set:
- to an extended value that is not defined in the version of the transfer syntax supported by the UE.
- to a spare or reserved value unless the specification defines specific behaviour that the UE shall apply upon
receiving the concerned spare/ reserved value.
The UE shall consider a field as not comprehended when it is defined:
- as spare or reserved unless the specification defines specific behaviour that the UE shall apply upon receiving the
concerned spare/ reserved field.
ETSI
5.7.2 ASN.1 violation or encoding error

The UE shall:
1> when receiving an RRC message on the BCCH, BR-BCCH, PCCH, CCCH, MCCH, SC-MCCH or SBCCH for
which the abstract syntax is invalid [13]:
2> ignore the message;
NOTE: This section applies in case one or more fields is set to a value, other than a spare, reserved or extended
value, not defined in this version of the transfer syntax. E.g. in the case the UE receives value 12 for a
field defined as INTEGER (1..11). In cases like this, it may not be possible to reliably detect which field
is in the error hence the error handling is at the message level.
5.7.3 Field set to a not comprehended value

The UE shall, when receiving an RRC message on any logical channel:
1> if the message includes a field that has a value that the UE does not comprehend:
2> if a default value is defined for this field:
3> treat the message while using the default value defined for this field;
2> else if the concerned field is optional:
3> treat the message as if the field were absent and in accordance with the need code for absence of the
concerned field;
2> else:
3> treat the message as if the field were absent and in accordance with sub-clause 5.7.4;
5.7.4 Mandatory field missing

The UE shall:
1> if the message includes a field that is mandatory to include in the message (e.g. because conditions for
mandatory presence are fulfilled) and that field is absent or treated as absent:
2> if the RRC message was received on DCCH or CCCH:
2> else:
3> if the field concerns a (sub-field of) an entry of a list (i.e. a SEQUENCE OF):
4> treat the list as if the entry including the missing or not comprehended field was not present;
3> else if the field concerns a sub-field of another field, referred to as the 'parent' field i.e. the field that is one
nesting level up compared to the erroneous field:
4> consider the 'parent' field to be set to a not comprehended value;
4> apply the generic error handling to the subsequent 'parent' field(s), until reaching the top nesting level
i.e. the message level;
3> else (field at message level):
NOTE 1: The error handling defined in these sub-clauses implies that the UE ignores a message with the message
type or version set to a not comprehended value.
ETSI
NOTE 2: The nested error handling for messages received on logical channels other than DCCH and CCCH applies
for errors in extensions also, even for errors that can be regarded as invalid E-UTRAN operation e.g. E-
UTRAN not observing conditional presence.
The following ASN.1 further clarifies the levels applicable in case of nested error handling for errors in extension
fields.
-- /example/ ASN1START
-- Example with extension addition group
ItemInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..max)) OF ItemInfo
ItemInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

itemIdentity INTEGER (1..max),
field1 Field1,
field2 Field2 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
[[ field3-r9 Field3-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Cond1
field4-r9 Field4-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- Example with traditional non-critical extension (empty sequence)
BroadcastInfoBlock1 ::= SEQUENCE {

itemIdentity INTEGER (1..max),
field1 Field1,
field2 Field2 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension BroadcastInfoBlock1-v940-IEs OPTIONAL
}
BroadcastInfoBlock1-v940-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
field3-r9 Field3-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Cond1
field4-r9 Field4-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
The UE shall, apply the following principles regarding the levels applicable in case of nested error handling:
- an extension additon group is not regarded as a level on its own. E.g. in the ASN.1 extract in the previous, a error
regarding the conditionality of field3 would result in the entire itemInfo entry to be ignored (rather than just the
extension addition group containing field3 and field4)
- a traditional nonCriticalExtension is not regarded as a level on its own. E.g. in the ASN.1 extract in the previous,
a error regarding the conditionality of field3 would result in the entire BroadcastInfoBlock1 to be ignored (rather
than just the non critical extension containing field3 and field4).
5.7.5 Not comprehended field

The UE shall, when receiving an RRC message on any logical channel:
1> if the message includes a field that the UE does not comprehend:
2> treat the rest of the message as if the field was absent;
NOTE: This section does not apply to the case of an extension to the value range of a field. Such cases are
addressed instead by the requirements in section 5.7.3.
5.8 MBMS
5.8.1 Introduction
5.8.1.1 General
In general the control information relevant only for UEs supporting MBMS is separated as much as possible from
unicast control information. Most of the MBMS control information is provided on a logical channel specific for
ETSI
MBMS common control information: the MCCH. E-UTRA employs one MCCH logical channel per MBSFN area. In
case the network configures multiple MBSFN areas, the UE acquires the MBMS control information from the MCCHs
that are configured to identify if services it is interested to receive are ongoing. The action applicable when the UE is
unable to simultaneously receive MBMS and unicast services is up to UE implementation. In this release of the
specification, an MBMS capable UE is only required to support reception of a single MBMS service at a time, and
reception of more than one MBMS service (also possibly on more than one MBSFN area) in parallel is left for UE
implementation. The MCCH carries the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message, which indicates the MBMS sessions that
are ongoing as well as the (corresponding) radio resource configuration. The MCCH may also carry the
MBMSCountingRequest message, when E-UTRAN wishes to count the number of UEs in RRC_CONNECTED that are
receiving or interested to receive one or more specific MBMS services.
A limited amount of MBMS control information is provided on the BCCH. This primarily concerns the information
needed to acquire the MCCH(s). This information is carried by means of a single MBMS specific
SystemInformationBlock: SystemInformationBlockType13. An MBSFN area is identified solely by the mbsfn-AreaId in
SystemInformationBlockType13. At mobility, the UE considers that the MBSFN area is continuous when the source cell
and the target cell broadcast the same value in the mbsfn-AreaId.
5.8.1.2 Scheduling
The MCCH information is transmitted periodically, using a configurable repetition period. Scheduling information is
not provided for MCCH i.e. both the time domain scheduling as well as the lower layer configuration are semi-statically
configured, as defined within SystemInformationBlockType13.
For MBMS user data, which is carried by the MTCH logical channel, E-UTRAN periodically provides MCH
scheduling information (MSI) at lower layers (MAC). This MCH information only concerns the time domain
scheduling i.e. the frequency domain scheduling and the lower layer configuration are semi-statically configured. The
periodicity of the MSI is configurable and defined by the MCH scheduling period.
5.8.1.3 MCCH information validity and notification of changes

Change of MCCH information only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used.
Within a modification period, the same MCCH information may be transmitted a number of times, as defined by its
scheduling (which is based on a repetition period). The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for
which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification
period is configured by means of SystemInformationBlockType13.
When the network changes (some of) the MCCH information, it notifies the UEs about the change during a first
modification period. In the next modification period, the network transmits the updated MCCH information. These
general principles are illustrated in figure 5.8.1.3-1, in which different colours indicate different MCCH information.
Upon receiving a change notification, a UE interested to receive MBMS services acquires the new MCCH information
immediately from the start of the next modification period. The UE applies the previously acquired MCCH information
until the UE acquires the new MCCH information.
Change notification Updated information
MCCH modification period (n) MCCH modification period (n+1)
MCCH repetition
period
Figure 5.8.1.3-1: Change of MCCH Information
Indication of an MBMS specific RNTI, the M-RNTI (see TS 36.321 [6]), on PDCCH is used to inform UEs in
RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about an MCCH information change. When receiving an MCCH
information change notification, the UE knows that the MCCH information will change at the next modification period
boundary. The notification on PDCCH indicates which of the MCCHs will change, which is done by means of an 8-bit
bitmap. Within this bitmap, the bit at the position indicated by the field notificationIndicator is used to indicate changes
for that MBSFN area: if the bit is set to "1", the corresponding MCCH will change. No further details are provided e.g.
regarding which MCCH information will change. The MCCH information change notification is used to inform the UE
about a change of MCCH information upon session start or about the start of MBMS counting.
ETSI
The MCCH information change notifications on PDCCH are transmitted periodically and are carried on MBSFN
subframes only except on MBMS-dedicated cell or FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell where the MCCH information change
is provided on non-MBSFN subframes. These MCCH information change notification occasions are common for all
MCCHs that are configured, and configurable by parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType13: a repetition
coefficient, a radio frame offset and a subframe index. These common notification occasions are based on the MCCH
with the shortest modification period.
NOTE 1: E-UTRAN may modify the MBMS configuration information provided on MCCH at the same time as
updating the MBMS configuration information carried on BCCH i.e. at a coinciding BCCH and MCCH
modification period. Upon detecting that a new MCCH is configured on BCCH, a UE interested to
receive one or more MBMS services should acquire the MCCH, unless it knows that the services it is
interested in are not provided by the corresponding MBSFN area.
A UE that is receiving an MBMS service via MRB shall acquire the MCCH information from the start of each
modification period. A UE interested to receive MBMS from a carrier on which dl-Bandwidth included in
MasterInformationBlock is set to n6 shall acquire the MCCH information at least once every MCCH modification
period. A UE that is not receiving an MBMS service via MRB, as well as UEs that are receiving an MBMS service via
MRB but potentially interested to receive other services not started yet in another MBSFN area from a carrier on which
dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock is other than n6, shall verify that the stored MCCH information
remains valid by attempting to find the MCCH information change notification at least notificationRepetitionCoeff
times during the modification period of the applicable MCCH(s), if no MCCH information change notification is
received.
NOTE 2: In case the UE is aware which MCCH(s) E-UTRAN uses for the service(s) it is interested to receive, the
UE may only need to monitor change notifications for a subset of the MCCHs that are configured,
referred to as the 'applicable MCCH(s)' in the above.
5.8.2 MCCH information acquisition

5.8.2.1 General
UE E-UTRAN
MBSFNAreaConfiguration
MBMSCountingRequest
Figure 5.8.2.1-1: MCCH information acquisition
The UE applies the MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the MBMS control information that is
broadcasted by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to MBMS capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE or in
RRC_CONNECTED.
5.8.2.2 Initiation
A UE interested to receive MBMS services shall apply the MCCH information acquisition procedure upon entering the
corresponding MBSFN area (e.g. upon power on, following UE mobility) and upon receiving a notification that the
MCCH information has changed. A UE that is receiving an MBMS service shall apply the MCCH information
acquisition procedure to acquire the MCCH, that corresponds with the service that is being received, at the start of each
modification period.
Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the MCCH information acquisition procedure
overwrites any stored MCCH information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for MCCH information and the UE
discontinues using a field if it is absent in MCCH information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
5.8.2.3 MCCH information acquisition by the UE

An MBMS capable UE shall:
1> if the procedure is triggered by an MCCH information change notification:
ETSI
2> start acquiring the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present,
from the beginning of the modification period following the one in which the change notification was
received;
NOTE 1: The UE continues using the previously received MCCH information until the new MCCH information
has been acquired.
1> if the UE enters an MBSFN area:
2> acquire the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, at the
next repetition period;
1> if the UE is receiving an MBMS service:
2> start acquiring the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present,
that both concern the MBSFN area of the service that is being received, from the beginning of each
modification period;
5.8.2.4 Actions upon reception of the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message

No UE requirements related to the contents of this MBSFNAreaConfiguration apply other than those specified
elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, the corresponding field descriptions.
5.8.2.5 Actions upon reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message

Upon receiving MBMSCountingRequest message, the UE shall perform the MBMS Counting procedure as specified in
5.8.4.
5.8.3 MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration

5.8.3.1 General
The MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration procedure is used by the UE to configure RLC, MAC and the physical
layer upon starting and/or stopping to receive an MRB. The procedure applies to UEs interested to receive one or more
MBMS services.
NOTE: In case the UE is unable to receive an MBMS service due to capability limitations, upper layers may take
appropriate action e.g. terminate a lower priority unicast service.
5.8.3.2 Initiation
The UE applies the MRB establishment procedure to start receiving a session of a service it has an interest in. The
procedure may be initiated e.g. upon start of the MBMS session, upon (re-)entry of the corresponding MBSFN service
area, upon becoming interested in the MBMS service, upon removal of UE capability limitations inhibiting reception of
the concerned service.
The UE applies the MRB release procedure to stop receiving a session. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon stop of
the MBMS session, upon leaving the corresponding MBSFN service area, upon losing interest in the MBMS service,
when capability limitations start inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
5.8.3.3 MRB establishment

Upon MRB establishment, the UE shall:
1> establish an RLC entity in accordance with the configuration specified in 9.1.1.4;
1> configure an MTCH logical channel in accordance with the received locgicalChannelIdentity, applicable for the
MRB, as included in the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message;
1> configure the physical layer in accordance with the pmch-Config, applicable for the MRB, as included in the
MBSFNAreaConfiguration message;
1> inform upper layers about the establishment of the MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
ETSI
5.8.3.4 MRB release

Upon MRB release, the UE shall:
1> release the RLC entity as well as the related MAC and physical layer configuration;
1> inform upper layers about the release of the MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8.4 MBMS Counting Procedure

5.8.4.1 General
UE EUTRAN
MBMSCountingRequest
MBMSCountingResponse
Figure 5.8.4.1-1: MBMS Counting procedure
The MBMS Counting procedure is used by the E-UTRAN to count the number of RRC_CONNECTED mode UEs
which are receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB the specified MBMS services.
The UE determines interest in an MBMS service, that is identified by the TMGI, by interaction with upper layers.
5.8.4.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending an MBMSCountingRequest message.
5.8.4.3 Reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message by the UE

Upon receiving the MBMSCountingRequest message, the UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode shall:
1> if the SystemInformationBlockType1, that provided the scheduling information for the
systemInformationBlockType13 that included the configuration of the MCCH via which the
MBMSCountingRequest message was received, contained the identity of the Registered PLMN; and
1> if the UE is receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB at least one of the services in the received
countingRequestList:
2> if more than one entry is included in the mbsfn-AreaInfoList received in the SystemInformationBlockType13
that included the configuration of the MCCH via which the MBMSCountingRequest message was received:
3> include the mbsfn-AreaIndex in the MBMSCountingResponse message and set it to the index of the entry
in the mbsfn-AreaInfoList within the received SystemInformationBlockType13 that corresponds with the
MBSFN area used to transfer the received MBMSCountingRequest message;
2> for each MBMS service included in the received countingRequestList:
3> if the UE is receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB this MBMS service:
4> include an entry in the countingResponseList within the MBMSCountingResponse message with
countingResponseService set it to the index of the entry in the countingRequestList within the received
MBMSCountingRequest that corresponds with the MBMS service the UE is receiving or interested to
receive;
ETSI
2> submit the MBMSCountingResponse message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure
ends;
NOTE 1: UEs that are receiving an MBMS User Service [56] by means of a Unicast Bearer Service [57] (i.e. via a
DRB), but are interested to receive the concerned MBMS User Service [56] via an MBMS Bearer Service
(i.e. via an MRB), respond to the counting request.
NOTE 2: If ciphering is used at upper layers, the UE does not respond to the counting request if it can not decipher
the MBMS service for which counting is performed (see TS 22.146 [62, 5.3]).
NOTE 3: The UE treats the MBMSCountingRequest messages received in each modification period independently.
In the unlikely case E-UTRAN would repeat an MBMSCountingRequest (i.e. including the same services)
in a subsequent modification period, the UE responds again. The UE provides at most one
MBMSCountingResponse message to multiple transmission attempts of an MBMSCountingRequest
messages in a given modification period.
5.8.5 MBMS interest indication

5.8.5.1 General
UE EUTRAN
SIB15 acquisition
MBMSInterestIndication
Figure 5.8.5.1-1: MBMS interest indication
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving or is interested to receive MBMS
service(s) via an MRB or SC-MRB, and if so, to inform E-UTRAN about the priority of MBMS versus unicast
reception.
5.8.5.2 Initiation
An MBMS or SC-PTM capable UE in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases including upon
successful connection establishment, upon entering or leaving the service area, upon session start or stop, upon change
of interest, upon change of priority between MBMS reception and unicast reception or upon change to a PCell
broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType15.
2> if the UE did not transmit an MBMSInterestIndication message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state;
or
2> if since the last time the UE transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message, the UE connected to a PCell
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType15:
3> if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, is not empty:
2> else:
3> if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, has changed since the
last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message; or
ETSI
3> if the prioritisation of reception of all indicated MBMS frequencies compared to reception of any of the
established unicast bearers has changed since the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication
message:
NOTE: The UE may send an MBMSInterestIndication even when it is able to receive the MBMS services it is
interested in i.e. to avoid that the network allocates a configuration inhibiting MBMS reception.
3> else if SystemInformationBlockType20 is broadcast by the PCell:
4> if since the last time the UE transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message, the UE connected to a
PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType20; or
4> if the set of MBMS services of interest determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3a is different from
mbms-Services included in the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message;
5> initiate the transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4.
5.8.5.3 Determine MBMS frequencies of interest

The UE shall:
1> consider a frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest if the following conditions are met:
2> at least one MBMS session the UE is receiving or interested to receive via an MRB or SC-MRB is ongoing
or about to start; and
NOTE 1: The UE may determine whether the session is ongoing from the start and stop time indicated in the User
Service Description (USD), see 3GPP TS 36.300 [9] or 3GPP TS 26.346 [57].
2> for at least one of these MBMS sessions SystemInformationBlockType15 acquired from the PCell includes for
the concerned frequency one or more MBMS SAIs as indicated in the USD for this session; and
NOTE 2: The UE considers a frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest even though E-UTRAN
may (temporarily) not employ an MRB or SC-MRB for the concerned session. I.e. the UE does not verify
if the session is indicated on (SC-)MCCH
NOTE 3: The UE considers the frequencies of interest independently of any synchronization state, e.g. [9, Annex
J.1]
2> the UE is capable of simultaneously receiving MRBs and/or is capable of simultaneously receiving SC-
MRBs on the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, regardless of whether a serving cell is configured on each
of these frequencies or not; and
2> the supportedBandCombination the UE included in UE-EUTRA-Capability contains at least one band
combination including the set of MBMS frequencies of interest;
NOTE 4: Indicating a frequency implies that the UE supports SystemInformationBlockType13 or

SystemInformationBlockType20 acquisition for the concerned frequency i.e. the indication should be
independent of whether a serving cell is configured on that frequency.
NOTE 5: When evaluating which frequencies it can receive simultaneously, the UE does not take into account the
serving frequencies that are currently configured i.e. it only considers MBMS frequencies it is interested
to receive.
NOTE 6: The set of MBMS frequencies of interest includes at most one frequency for a given physical frequency.
The UE only considers a physical frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest if it supports
at least one of the bands indicated for this physical frequency in SystemInformationBlockType1 (for
serving frequency) or SystemInformationBlockType15 (for neighbouring frequencies). In this case, E-
UTRAN may assume the UE supports MBMS reception on any of the bands supported by the UE (i.e.
according to supportedBandCombination).
5.8.5.3a Determine MBMS services of interest

The UE shall:
ETSI
1> consider a MBMS service to be part of the MBMS services of interest if the following conditions are met:
2> the UE is SC-PTM capable; and
2> the UE is receiving or interested to receive this service via an SC-MRB; and
2> one session of this service is ongoing or about to start; and
2> one or more MBMS SAIs in the USD for this service is included in SystemInformationBlockType15 acquired
from the PCell for a frequency belonging to the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined according
to 5.8.5.3.
5.8.5.4 Actions related to transmission of MBMSInterestIndication message

The UE shall set the contents of the MBMSInterestIndication message as follows:
1> if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, is not empty:
2> include mbms-FreqList and set it to include the MBMS frequencies of interest sorted by decreasing order of
interest, using the EARFCN corresponding with freqBandIndicator included in
SystemInformationBlockType1 (for serving frequency), if applicable, and the EARFCN(s) as included in
SystemInformationBlockType15 (for neighbouring frequencies);
NOTE 1: The EARFCN included in mbms-FreqList is merely used to indicate a physical frequency the UE is
interested to receive i.e. the UE may not support the band corresponding to the included EARFCN (but it
does support at least one of the bands indicated in system information for the concerned physical
frequency).
2> include mbms-Priority if the UE prioritises reception of all indicated MBMS frequencies above reception of
any of the unicast bearers;
3> include mbms-Services and set it to indicate the set of MBMS services of interest determined in
accordance with 5.8.5.3a;
NOTE 2: If the UE prioritises MBMS reception and unicast data cannot be supported because of congestion on the
MBMS carrier(s), E-UTRAN may initiate release of unicast bearers. It is up to E-UTRAN
implementation whether all bearers or only GBR bearers are released. E-UTRAN does not initiate re-
establishment of the released unicast bearers upon alleviation of the congestion.
The UE shall submit the MBMSInterestIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.8a SC-PTM
5.8a.1 Introduction
5.8a.1.1 General
SC-PTM control information is provided on a specific logical channel: the SC-MCCH. The SC-MCCH carries the
SCPTMConfiguration message which indicates the MBMS sessions that are ongoing as well as the (corresponding)
information on when each session may be scheduled, i.e. scheduling period, scheduling window and start offset. The
SCPTMConfiguration message also provides information about the neighbour cells transmitting the MBMS sessions
which are ongoing on the current cell. In this release of the specification, an SC-PTM capable UE is only required to
support reception of a single MBMS service at a time, and reception of more than one MBMS service in parallel is left
for UE implementation.
A limited amount of SC-PTM control information is provided on the BCCH or BR-BCCH. This primarily concerns the
information needed to acquire the SC-MCCH.
NOTE: For BL UEs and UEs in CE, SC-MCCH transmission uses a 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth and a maximum
TBS of 936 bits, see TS 36.213 [23]. For NB-IoT UEs, the maximum TBS for SC-MCCH transmission is
680 bits, see TS 36.213 [23].
ETSI
5.8a.1.2 SC-MCCH scheduling

The SC-MCCH information (i.e. information transmitted in messages sent over SC-MCCH) is transmitted periodically,
using a configurable repetition period. SC-MCCH transmissions (and the associated radio resources and MCS) are
indicated on PDCCH.
5.8a.1.3 SC-MCCH information validity and notification of changes

Change of SC-MCCH information only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used.
Within a modification period, the same SC-MCCH information may be transmitted a number of times, as defined by its
scheduling (which is based on a repetition period). The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for
which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification
period is configured by means of SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT). If
H-SFN is provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, modification period boundaries for BL UEs or UEs in CE are
defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0. The modification period boundaries for NB-IoT
UEs are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0.
When the network changes (some of) the SC-MCCH information, it notifies the UEs, other than BL UEs, UEs in CE or
NB-IoT UEs, about the change in the first subframe which can be used for SC-MCCH transmission in a repetition
period. LSB bit in 8-bit bitmap when set to '1' indicates the change in SC-MCCH. Upon receiving a change notification,
a UE interested to receive MBMS services transmitted using SC-PTM acquires the new SC-MCCH information starting
from the same subframe. The UE applies the previously acquired SC-MCCH information until the UE acquires the new
SC-MCCH information.
When the network changes (some of) the SC-MCCH information for start of new MBMS service(s) transmitted using
SC-PTM, it notifies BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs about the change in every PDCCH which schedules the first
SC-MCCH in a repetition period in the current modification period. The notification is transmitted with 1 bit. The bit,
when set to '1', indicates the start of new MBMS service(s), see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.14 & 6.4.3.3]. Upon receiving a
change notification, a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE interested to receive MBMS services transmitted using SC-
PTM acquires the new SC-MCCH information scheduled by the PDCCH. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE applies
the previously acquired SC-MCCH information until the BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE acquires the new SC-MCCH
information.
When the network changes SC-MTCH specific information e.g. start of new MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-
PTM or change of ongoing MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-PTM, it notifies the BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT
UEs in the PDCCH which schedules the SC-MTCH in the current modification period. The notification is transmitted
with a 2 bit bitmap. The LSB in the 2-bit bitmap, when set to '1', indicates the change of the on-going MBMS service
and the MSB in the 2-bit bitmap, when set to '1', indicates the start of new MBMS service(s), see TS 36.212 [22,
5.3.3.1.12 & 5.3.3.1.13 & 6.4.3.2]. In the case the network changes an on-going SC-MTCH transmission in the next
modification period, it notifies the BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs in the PDCCH which schedules this SC-MTCH
in the current modification period. In the case the network starts new MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-PTM, the
network notifies the UEs which have on-going SC-MTCH in the PDCCH scheduling each of the SC-MTCH. Upon
receiving such notification, a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE acquires the new SC-MCCH information at the start of
the next modification period. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE applies the previously acquired SC-MCCH
information until the BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE acquires the new SC-MCCH information.
5.8a.1.4 Procedures
The SC-PTM capable UE receiving or interested to receive MBMS service(s) via SC-MRB applies SC-PTM procedures
described in 5.8a and, except for NB-IoT UE, the MBMS interest indication procedure as specified in 5.8.5.
ETSI
5.8a.2 SC-MCCH information acquisition

5.8a.2.1 General
UE E-UTRAN
SCPTMConfiguration
Figure 5.8a.2.1-1: SC-MCCH information acquisition
The UE applies the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the SC-PTM control information that is
broadcast by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to SC-PTM capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE except for BL UEs,
UEs in CE and NB-IoT UEs, performing EDT procedure. This procedure also applies to SC-PTM capable UEs that are
in RRC_CONNECTED except for BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs.
5.8a.2.2 Initiation
A UE interested to receive MBMS services via SC-MRB shall apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure
upon entering the cell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT)
(e.g. upon power on, following UE mobility) and upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information has
changed. A UE, except for BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, that is receiving an MBMS service via SC-MRB shall
apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the SC-MCCH information that corresponds with the
service that is being received, at the start of each modification period. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE that is
receiving an MBMS service via SC-MRB shall apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure upon receiving
a notification that the SC-MCCH information that corresponds with the service that is being received is about to be
changed. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE that is receiving an MBMS service via SC-MRB may apply the SC-
MCCH information acquisition procedure upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information is about to be
changed due to start of a new service.
Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure
overwrites any stored SC-MCCH information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for SC-MCCH information and
the UE discontinues using a field if it is absent in SC-MCCH information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
5.8a.2.3 SC-MCCH information acquisition by the UE

A SC-PTM capable UE shall:
1> if the procedure is triggered by an SC-MCCH information change notification and the UE has no ongoing
MBMS service:
2> except for a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message from the
subframe in which the change notification was received;
2> for a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, acquire the SCPTMConfiguration message scheduled by the PDCCH
in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1: The UE continues using the previously received SC-MCCH information until the new SC-MCCH
information has been acquired.
1> if the UE enters a cell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-

IoT):
2> acquire the SCPTMConfiguration message at the next repetition period;
1> if the UE is receiving an MBMS service via an SC-MRB:
2> except for BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message from the
beginning of each modification period;
ETSI
2> a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE shall start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message at the start of the
next modification period upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information that corresponds with
the service that is being received is about to be changed;
2> a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE may start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message at the start of the
next modification period upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information is about to be changed
due to start of a new service;
5.8a.2.4 Actions upon reception of the SCPTMConfiguration message

No UE requirements related to the contents of this SCPTMConfiguration apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g.
within procedures using the concerned system information, the corresponding field descriptions.
5.8a.3 SC-PTM radio bearer configuration

5.8a.3.1 General
The SC-PTM radio bearer configuration procedure is used by the UE to configure RLC, MAC and the physical layer
upon starting and/or stopping to receive an SC-MRB transmitted on SC-MTCH. The procedure applies to SC-PTM
capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE and to SC-PTM capable UEs that are not BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED, and are interested to receive one or more MBMS services via SC-MRB.
NOTE: In case the UE is unable to receive an MBMS service via an SC-MRB due to capability limitations, upper
layers may take appropriate action e.g. terminate a lower priority unicast service.
5.8a.3.2 Initiation
The UE applies the SC-MRB establishment procedure to start receiving a session of a MBMS service it has an interest
in. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon start of the MBMS session, upon entering a cell providing via SC-MRB a
MBMS service in which the UE has interest, upon becoming interested in the MBMS service, upon removal of UE
capability limitations inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
The UE applies the SC-MRB release procedure to stop receiving a session. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon
stop of the MBMS session, upon leaving the cell where a SC-MRB is established, upon losing interest in the MBMS
service, when capability limitations start inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
5.8a.3.3 SC-MRB establishment

Upon SC-MRB establishment, the UE shall:
1> establish an RLC entity in accordance with the configuration specified in 9.1.1.7;
1> configure a SC-MTCH logical channel applicable for the SC-MRB and instruct MAC to receive DL-SCH on the
cell where the SCPTMConfiguration message was received for the MBMS service for which the SC-MRB is
established and using g-RNTI and sc-mtch-SchedulingInfo (if included) in this message for this MBMS service;
1> configure the physical layer in accordance with the sc-mtch-InfoList, applicable for the SC-MRB, as included in
the SCPTMConfiguration message;
1> inform upper layers about the establishment of the SC-MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8a.3.4 SC-MRB release

Upon SC-MRB release, the UE shall:
1> release the RLC entity as well as the related MAC and physical layer configuration;
1> inform upper layers about the release of the SC-MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
ETSI
5.9 RN procedures
5.9.1 RN reconfiguration
5.9.1.1 General
RN EUTRAN
RNReconfiguration
RNReconfigurationComplete
Figure 5.9.1.1-1: RN reconfiguration
The purpose of this procedure is to configure/reconfigure the RN subframe configuration and/or to update the system
information relevant for the RN in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.9.1.2 Initiation
E-UTRAN may initiate the RN reconfiguration procedure to an RN in RRC_CONNECTED when AS security has been
activated.
5.9.1.3 Reception of the RNReconfiguration by the RN

The RN shall:
1> if the rn-SystemInfo is included:
2> if the systemInformationBlockType1 is included:
3> act upon the received SystemInformationBlockType1 as specified in 5.2.2.7;
2> if the SystemInformationBlockType2 is included:
3> act upon the received SystemInformationBlockType2 as specified in 5.2.2.9;
1> if the rn-SubframeConfig is included:
2> reconfigure lower layers in accordance with the received subframeConfigPatternFDD or

subframeConfigPatternTDD;
2> if the rpdcch-Config is included:
3> reconfigure lower layers in accordance with the received rpdcch-Config;
1> submit the RNReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure
ends;
5.10 Sidelink
5.10.1 Introduction
The sidelink communication and associated synchronisation resource configuration applies for the frequency at which it
was received/ acquired. Moreover, for a UE configured with one or more SCells, the sidelink communication and
associated synchronisation resource configuration provided by dedicated signalling applies for the PCell/ the primary
frequency. The sidelink discovery and associated synchronisation resource configuration applies for the frequency at
which it was received/ acquired or the indicated frequency in the configuration. For a UE configured with one or more
ETSI
SCells, the sidelink discovery and associated synchronisation resource configuration provided by dedicated signalling
applies for the PCell/ the primary frequency / any other indicated frequency.
NOTE 1: Upper layers configure the UE to receive or transmit sidelink communication on a specific frequency, to
monitor or transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements on one or more frequencies or to
monitor or transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements on a specific frequency, but only if the
UE is authorised to perform these particular ProSe related sidelink activities.
NOTE 2: It is up to UE implementation which actions to take (e.g. termination of unicast services, detach) when it
is unable to perform the desired sidelink activities, e.g. due to UE capability limitations.
Sidelink communication consists of one-to-many and one-to-one sidelink communication. One-to-many sidelink
communication consists of relay related and non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication. One-to-one
sidelink communication consists of relay related and non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication. In relay
related one-to-one sidelink communication the communicating parties consist of one sidelink relay UE and one sidelink
remote UE.
Sidelink discovery consists of public safety related (PS related) and non-PS related sidelink discovery. PS related
sidelink discovery consists of relay related and non-relay related PS related sidelink discovery. Upper layers indicate to
RRC whether a particular sidelink announcement is PS related or non-PS related.
Upper layers indicate to RRC whether a particular sidelink procedure is V2X related or not.
The specification covers the use of UE to network sidelink relays by specifying the additional requirements that apply
for a sidelink relay UE and a sidelink remote UE. I.e. for such UEs the regular sidelink UE requirements equally apply
unless explicitly stated otherwise.
5.10.1a Conditions for sidelink communication operation

When it is specified that the UE shall perform sidelink communication operation only if the conditions defined in this
section are met, the UE shall perform sidelink communication operation only if:
1> if the UE's serving cell is suitable (RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED); and if either the selected cell on the
frequency used for sidelink communication operation belongs to the registered or equivalent PLMN as specified
in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication operation as
defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1> if the UE is camped on a serving cell (RRC_IDLE) on which it fulfils the conditions to support sidelink
communication in limited service state as specified in TS 23.303 [68, 4.5.6]; and if either the serving cell is on
the frequency used for sidelink communication operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for
sidelink communication operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1> if the UE has no serving cell (RRC_IDLE);
5.10.1b Conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation

When it is specified that the UE shall perform PS related sidelink discovery operation only if the conditions defined in
this section are met, the UE shall perform PS related sidelink discovery operation only if:
frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation belongs to the registered or other PLMN as specified
in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation
as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1> if the UE is camped on a serving cell (RRC_IDLE) on which it fulfils the conditions to support sidelink
discovery in limited service state as specified in TS 23.303 [68, 4.5.6]; and if either the serving cell is on the
frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used
for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
ETSI
5.10.1c Conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation

When it is specified that the UE shall perform non-PS related sidelink discovery operation only if the conditions defined
in this section are met, the UE shall perform non-PS related sidelink discovery operation only if:
1> if the UE's serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is suitable; and if the selected cell on the
frequency used for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation belongs to the registered or other PLMN as
5.10.1d Conditions for V2X sidelink communication operation

When it is specified that the UE shall perform V2X sidelink communication operation only if the conditions defined in
this section are met, the UE shall perform V2X sidelink communication operation only if:
frequency used for V2X sidelink communication operation belongs to the registered or equivalent PLMN as
specified in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication
operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1> if the UE's serving cell (for RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED) fulfils the conditions to support V2X sidelink
communication in limited service state as specified in TS 23.285 [78, 4.4.8]; and if either the serving cell is on
the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency
used for V2X sidelink communication operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
5.10.2 Sidelink UE information

5.10.2.1 General
UE EUTRAN
SIB 18/ SIB19/ SIB21/SIB26 acquisition
SidelinkUEInformation
Figure 5.10.2-1: Sidelink UE information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is interested or no longer interested to receive
sidelink communication or discovery, to receive V2X sidelink communication, as well as to request assignment or
release of transmission resources for sidelink communication or discovery announcements or V2X sidelink
communication or sidelink discovery gaps, to report parameters related to sidelink discovery from system information
of inter-frequency/PLMN cells and to report the synchronization reference used by the UE for V2X sidelink
communication.
5.10.2.2 Initiation
A UE capable of sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery that is in
RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure to indicate it is (interested in) receiving sidelink communication or
V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery in several cases including upon successful connection
establishment, upon change of interest, upon change to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 or
SystemInformationBlockType19 or SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon. A UE capable of
sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery may initiate the procedure to request
assignment of dedicated resources for the concerned sidelink communication transmission or discovery announcements
or V2X sidelink communication transmission or to request sidelink discovery gaps for sidelink discovery transmission
or sidelink discovery reception and a UE capable of inter-frequency/PLMN sidelink discovery parameter reporting may
ETSI
initiate the procedure to report parameters related to sidelink discovery from system information of inter-
frequency/PLMN cells.
NOTE 1: A UE in RRC_IDLE that is configured to transmit sidelink communication / V2X sidelink

communication / sidelink discovery announcements, while SystemInformationBlockType18/
SystemInformationBlockType19/ SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or
SystemInformationBlockType26 does not include the resources for transmission (in normal conditions),
initiates connection establishment in accordance with 5.3.3.1a.
2> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication:
3> if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED
state; or
3> if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18; or
NOTE 2: After handover/ re-establishment from a source PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18
the UE repeats the same interest information that it provided previously as such a source PCell may not
forward the interest information.
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commRxInterestedFreq; or
if the frequency configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication on has changed since the
last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink communication
reception frequency of interest in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commRxInterestedFreq:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is no longer interested in

sidelink communication reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication:
state; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReq; or if
the information carried by the commTxResourceReq has changed since the last transmission of the
SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the non-relay related one-to-
many sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReq:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires non-relay
related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layer to transmit relay related one-to-many sidelink communication:
3> if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
ETSI
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18, connected to a PCell not broadcasting
SystemInformationBlockType19 or broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including
discConfigRelay; or
3> if the last transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReqRelay; or
if the information carried by the commTxResourceReqRelay has changed since the last transmission of the
SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE:
5> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the relay related one-to-
many sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with
5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReqRelay:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires relay
related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication:
state; or
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 or connected to a PCell broadcasting
SystemInformationBlockType18 not including commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReqUC;
or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReqUC has changed since the last transmission of
the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> if commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed is included in SystemInformationBlockType18:
5> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the non-relay related one-
to-one sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with
5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReqUC:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires non-relay
related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related one-to-one sidelink communication:
state; or
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18, connected to a PCell not broadcasting
SystemInformationBlockType19 or broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including
discConfigRelay; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include
commTxResourceReqRelayUC; or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReqRelayUC has
changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; or
ETSI
4> if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the
PCell and includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in
5.10.11.5 are met;
5> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the relay related one-to-one
sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReqRelayUC:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires relay
related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink discovery announcements on a serving frequency or on one
or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 of the
PCell:
state; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discRxInterest:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is interested in sidelink

discovery reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discRxInterest:

sidelink discovery reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements on the
primary frequency or on one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in
SystemInformationBlockType19 of the PCell, with discTxResourcesInterFreq included within
discResourcesNonPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
state; or
SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesNonPS or
discTxResourcesInterFreq did not include all frequencies for which the UE will request resources; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discTxResourceReq; or if
the non-PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources required by the UE have changed (i.e.
resulting in a change of discTxResourceReq) since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation
message:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the non-PS related sidelink
discovery announcement resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxResourceReq:
ETSI
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires non-PS
related sidelink discovery announcement resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements on the primary
frequency or, in case of non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements, on a frequency included in
discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19, with discTxResourcesInterFreq included
within discResourcesPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
state; or
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19, connected to a PCell broadcasting
SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discConfigPS, or in case of non-relay PS related
transmission: (connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including
discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesPS or for which discTxResourcesInterFreq did not
include all frequencies for which the UE will request resources), or in case of relay related PS sidelink
discovery announcements: (connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not
including discConfigRelay) sidelink; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discTxResourceReqPS; or if
the PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources required by the UE have changed (i.e. resulting
in a change of discTxResourceReqPS) since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements; or
4> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes

discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
4> if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold
conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
5> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the PS related sidelink
discovery announcement resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxResourceReqPS:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires PS related
sidelink discovery announcement resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to monitor or transmit sidelink discovery announcements; and if the UE
requires sidelink discovery gaps, to perform such actions:
state; or
SystemInformationBlockType19 not including gapRequestsAllowedCommon while at the same time the
UE was not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include the gaps required to
monitor or transmit the sidelink discovery announcements (i.e. UE requiring gaps to monitor discovery
announcements while discRxGapReq was not included or UE requiring gaps to transmit discovery
announcements while discTxGapReq was not included); or if the sidelink discovery gaps required by the
UE have changed (i.e. resulting in a change of discRxGapReq or discTxGapReq) since the last
transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> if the UE is configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true; or
4> if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and gapRequestsAllowedCommon is

included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
ETSI
5> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink discovery gaps
required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxGapReq or discRxGapReq:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires sidelink
discovery gaps in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if the UE acquired the relevant parameters from the system information of one or more cells on a carrier
included in the discSysInfoToReportConfig and T370 is running:
3> if the UE has configured lower layers to transmit or monitor the sidelink discovery announcements on
those cells:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to report the acquired system information
parameters and stop T370;
1> if SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon is broadcast by the PCell:
2> ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 and SystemInformationBlockType26, if

broadcast, for the PCell;
2> if configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication on a primary frequency or on one or
more frequencies included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or
SystemInformationBlockType26 of the PCell:
state; or
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include v2x-
CommRxInterestedFreqList; or if the frequency(ies) configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink
communication on has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the V2X sidelink
communication reception frequency(ies) of interest in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList:

V2X sidelink communication reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> if configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication on a primary frequency or on one or
more frequencies included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or
SystemInformationBlockType26 of the PCell:
state; or
not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; or
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include v2x-CommTxResourceReq;
or if the information carried by the v2x-CommTxResourceReq has changed since the last transmission of
the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the V2X sidelink
communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2> else:
ETSI
3> if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included v2x-CommTxResourceReq:
4> initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires V2X
sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
5.10.2.3 Actions related to transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message

The UE shall set the contents of the SidelinkUEInformation message as follows:
1> if the UE initiates the procedure to indicate it is (no more) interested to receive sidelink communication or
discovery or receive V2X sidelink communication or to request (configuration/ release) of sidelink
communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery transmission resources (i.e. UE includes
all concerned information, irrespective of what triggered the procedure):
3> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication:
4> include commRxInterestedFreq and set it to the sidelink communication frequency;
3> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication:
4> include commTxResourceReq and set its fields as follows:
5> set carrierFreq to indicate the sidelink communication frequency i.e. the same value as indicated
in commRxInterestedFreq if included;
5> set destinationInfoList to include the non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication
transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
3> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication; and
3> if commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed is included in SystemInformationBlockType18:
4> include commTxResourceReqUC and set its fields as follows:
5> set carrierFreq to indicate the one-to-one sidelink communication frequency i.e. the same value as
indicated in commRxInterestedFreq if included;
5> set destinationInfoList to include the non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication
transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
3> if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related one-to-one sidelink communication; and
3> if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell including discConfigRelay; and
3> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; or if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink
remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
4> include commTxResourceReqRelayUC and set its fields as follows:
5> set destinationInfoList to include the one-to-one sidelink communication transmission

destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
4> include ue-Type and set it to relayUE if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE and to remoteUE
otherwise;
3> if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related one-to-many sidelink communication; and
3> if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell including discConfigRelay; and
3> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE:
4> include commTxResourceReqRelay and set its fields as follows:
5> set destinationInfoList to include the one-to-many sidelink communication transmission

destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
ETSI
4> include ue-Type and set it to relayUE;
3> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink discovery announcements on a serving frequency or one
or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
4> include discRxInterest;
3> if the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
4> for each frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery
announcements that concerns the primary frequency or that is included in discInterFreqList with
discTxResourcesInterFreq included within discResourcesNonPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
5> for the first frequency, include discTxResourceReq and set it to indicate the number of discovery
messages for sidelink discovery announcement(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign
dedicated resources as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
5> for any additional frequency, include discTxResourceReqAddFreq and set it to indicate the number
of discovery messages for sidelink discovery announcement(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to
assign dedicated resources as well as the concerned frequency;
3> if configured by upper layers to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements; and
3> if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements
either concerns the primary frequency or, in case of non-relay PS related sidelink discovery
announcements, is included in discInterFreqList with discTxResources InterFreq included within
discResourcesPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
4> if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements and
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS; or
4> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes

discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
4> if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold
conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
5> include discTxResourceReqPS and set it to indicate the number of discovery messages for PS
related sidelink discovery announcement(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated
resources as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
2> if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the PCell and SystemInformationBlockType21 includes sl-

V2X-ConfigCommon:
3> if configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication:
4> include v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList and set it to the frequency(ies) for V2X sidelink
communication reception;
3> if configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication:
4> if configured by upper layers to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication:
5> include p2x-CommTxType set to true;
4> include v2x-CommTxResourceReq and set its fields as follows for each frequency on which the UE is
configured for V2X sidelink communication transmission:
5> set carrierFreqCommTx to indicate the frequency for V2X sidelink communication transmission;
5> set v2x-TypeTxSync to the current synchronization reference type used on the associated
carrierFreqCommTx for V2X sidelink communication transmission;
ETSI
5> set v2x-DestinationInfoList to include the V2X sidelink communication transmission destination(s)
for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
1> else if the UE initiates the procedure to request sidelink discovery transmission and/ or reception gaps:
2> if the UE is configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true; or
2> if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and gapRequestsAllowedCommon is included

in SystemInformationBlockType19:
3> if the UE requires sidelink discovery gaps to monitor the sidelink discovery announcements the UE is
configured to monitor by upper layers:
4> include discRxGapReq and set it to indicate, for each frequency that either concerns the primary
frequency or is included in discInterFreqList on which the UE is configured to monitor sidelink
discovery announcements and for which it requires sidelink discovery gaps to do so, the gap pattern(s)
as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
3> if the UE requires sidelink discovery gaps to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements the UE is
configured to transmit by upper layers:
4> include discTxGapReq and set it to indicate, for each frequency that either concerns the primary or is
included in discInterFreqList on which the UE is configured to transmit sidelink discovery
announcements and for which it requires sidelink discovery gaps to do so, the gap pattern(s) as well as
the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
1> else if the UE initiates the procedure to report the system information parameters related to sidelink discovery of
carriers other than the primary:
2> include discSysInfoReportFreqList and set it to report the system information parameter acquired from the
cells on those carriers;
The UE shall submit the SidelinkUEInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.10.3 Sidelink communication monitoring

A UE capable of sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication shall:
1> if the conditions for sidelink communication operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
3> if the cell chosen for sidelink communication reception broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18
including commRxPool:
4> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the
pool of resources indicated by commRxPool;
NOTE 1: If commRxPool includes one or more entries including rxParametersNCell, the UE may only monitor
such entries if the associated PSS/SSS or SLSSIDs is detected. When monitoring such pool(s), the UE
applies the timing of the concerned PSS/SSS or SLSS.
2> else (i.e. out of coverage on the sidelink carrier):
3> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool
of resources that were preconfigured (i.e. preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
NOTE 2: The UE may monitor in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not
have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UE's own timing.
ETSI
5.10.4 Sidelink communication transmission

A UE capable of sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related sidelink
communication and has related data to be transmitted or a UE capable of relay related sidelink communication that is
configured by upper layers to transmit relay related sidelink communications and satisfies the conditions for relay
related sidelink communication specified in this section shall:
3> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED and uses the PCell for sidelink communication:
4> if the UE is configured, by the current PCell/ the PCell in which physical layer problems or radio link
failure was detected, with commTxResources set to scheduled:
5> if T310 or T311 is running; and if the PCell at which the UE detected physical layer problems or
radio link failure broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional;
or
5> if T301 is running and the cell on which the UE initiated connection re-establishment broadcasts
SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional:
6> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data
using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolExceptional;
5> else:
6> configure lower layers to request E-UTRAN to assign transmission resources for sidelink
communication;
4> else if the UE is configured with commTxPoolNormalDedicated or commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt:
5> if priorityList is included for the entries of commTxPoolNormalDedicated or

commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt:
using the one or more pools of resources indicated by commTxPoolNormalDedicated or
commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt i.e. indicate all entries of this field to lower layers;
5> else:
using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolNormalDedicated;
3> else (i.e. sidelink communication in RRC_IDLE or on cell other than PCell in RRC_CONNECTED):
4> if the cell chosen for sidelink communication transmission broadcasts

5> if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolNormalCommon:
6> if priorityList is included for the entries of commTxPoolNormalCommon or

commTxPoolNormalCommonExt:
7> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding
data using the one or more pools of resources indicated by commTxPoolNormalCommon
and/or commTxPoolNormalCommonExt i.e. indicate all entries of these fields to lower
layers;
6> else:
data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in
commTxPoolNormalCommon;
ETSI
5> else if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolExceptional:
6> from the moment the UE initiates connection establishment until receiving an
RRCConnectionReconfiguration including sl-CommConfig or until receiving an
RRCConnectionRelease or an RRCConnectionReject;
7> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the
corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in
commTxPoolExceptional;
2> else (i.e. out of coverage on sidelink carrier):
3> if priorityList is included for the entries of preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3:
4> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using
the one or more pools of resources indicated preconfigComm i.e. indicate all entries of this field to
lower layers and in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have
a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing;
3> else:
4> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using
the pool of resources that were preconfigured i.e. indicated by the first entry in preconfigComm in SL-
Preconfiguration defined in 9.3 and in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if
the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing;
The conditions for relay related sidelink communication are as follows:
1> if the transmission concerns sidelink relay communication; and the UE is capable of sidelink relay or sidelink
remote operation:
2> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE: configure lower layers to transmit
the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the resources, as specified previously in
this section, only if the following condition is met:
3> if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met; and if the UE configured
lower layers with a pool of resources included in SystemInformationBlockType18 (i.e.
commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or commTxPoolExceptional); and
commTxAllowRelayCommon is included in SystemInformationBlockType18;
2> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED: configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and
the corresponding data using the resources, as specified previously in this section, only if the following
condition is met:
3> if the UE configured lower layers with resources provided by dedicated signalling (i.e.
commTxResources); and the UE is configured with commTxAllowRelayDedicated set to true;
5.10.5 Sidelink discovery monitoring

A UE capable of non-PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to monitor non-PS related sidelink
discovery announcements shall:
1> for each frequency the UE is configured to monitor non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements on,
prioritising the frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
2> if the PCell or the cell the UE is camping on indicates the pool of resources to monitor sidelink discovery
announcements on by discRxResourcesInterFreq in discResourcesNonPS within discInterFreqList in
3> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated
by discRxResourcesInterFreqin discResourcesNonPS within SystemInformationBlockType19;
2> else if the cell used for sidelink discovery monitoring broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19:
3> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated
by discRxPool in SystemInformationBlockType19;
ETSI
2> if the UE is configured with discRxGapConfig and requires sidelink discovery gaps to monitor sidelink
discovery announcements on the concerned frequency;
3> configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency using the sidelink discovery gaps indicated by
discRxGapConfig;
2> else:
3> configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
A UE capable of PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to monitor PS related sidelink
1> if out of coverage on the frequency, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources that were
preconfigured (i.e. indicated by discRxPoolList within preconfigDisc in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1> else if configured by upper layers to monitor non-relay PS related discovery announcements; and if the PCell or
the cell the UE is camping on indicates a pool of resources to monitor sidelink discovery announcements on by
discRxResourcesInterFreq in discResourcesPS within discInterFreqList in SystemInformationBlockType19:
2> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by
discRxResourcesInterFreq in discResourcesPS in SystemInformationBlockType19;
1> else if configured by upper layers to monitor PS related sidelink discovery announcements; and if the cell used
for sidelink discovery monitoring broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19:
2> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by
discRxPoolPS in SystemInformationBlockType19;
1> if the UE is configured with discRxGapConfig and requires sidelink discovery gaps to monitor sidelink discovery
announcements on the concerned frequency;
2> configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency using the sidelink discovery gaps indicated by
discRxGapConfig;
1> else:
2> configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
NOTE 1: The requirement not to affect normal UE operation also applies for the acquisition of sidelink discovery
related system and synchronisation information from inter-frequency cells.
NOTE 2: The UE is not required to monitor all pools simultaneously.
NOTE 3: It is up to UE implementation to decide whether a cell is sufficiently good to be used to monitor sidelink
discovery announcements.
NOTE 4: If discRxPool, discRxPoolPS or discRxResourcesInterFreq includes one or more entries including

rxParameters, the UE may only monitor such entries if the associated SLSSIDs are detected. When
monitoring such pool(s) the UE applies the timing of the corresponding SLSS.
5.10.6 Sidelink discovery announcement

A UE capable of non-PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related
sidelink discovery announcements shall, for each frequency the UE is configured to transmit such announcements on:
NOTE: In case the configured resources are insufficient it is up to UE implementation to decide which sidelink
discovery announcements to transmit.
1> if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements concerns the serving frequency
(RRC_IDLE) or primary frequency (RRC_CONNECTED):
2> if the UE's serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]:
ETSI
3> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED (i.e. PCell is used for sidelink discovery announcement):
4> if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to scheduled:
5> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the assigned
resources indicated by scheduled in discTxResources;
4> else if the UE is configured with discTxPoolDedicated (i.e. discTxResources set to ue-Selected):
5> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolDedicated and configure lower
layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
3> else if T300 is not running (i.e. UE in RRC_IDLE, announcing via serving cell):
4> if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell includes discTxPoolCommon:
5> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolCommon and configure lower
layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1> else if, for the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, the UE is configured with
dedicated resources (i.e. with discTxResources-r12, if discTxCarrierFreq is included in discTxInterFreqInfo, or
with discTxResources within discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd in discTxInterFreqInfo); and the conditions for non-PS
related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1c are met:
2> if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to scheduled:
3> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the assigned resources
indicated by scheduled in discTxResources;
2> else if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to ue-Selected:
3> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in ue-Selected and configure lower layers to use it to
transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1> else if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on is included in discInterFreqList
within SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell, and discTxResourcesInterFreq within
discResourcesNonPS in the corresponding entry of discInterFreqList is set to discTxPoolCommon (i.e. serving
cell/ PCell broadcasts pool of resources) and the conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation as
defined in 5.10.1c are met; or
1> else if discTxPoolCommon is included in SystemInformationBlockType19 acquired from cell selected on the
sidelink discovery announcement frequency; and the conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation
as defined in 5.10.1c are met:
2> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolCommon and configure lower layers to use it
to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1> if the UE is configured with discTxGapConfig and requires sidelink discovery gaps to transmit sidelink
discovery announcements on the concerned frequency;
2> configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency using the sidelink discovery gaps indicated by
discTxGapConfig,
1> else:
2> configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
A UE capable of PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit PS related sidelink
1> if out of coverage on the frequency used to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements as defined in
TS 36.304 [4, 11.4] and the conditions for PS -related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2> if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE/ has a selected sidelink relay UE:
ETSI
3> configure lower layers to transmit sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources that
were preconfigured and in accordance with the following;
4> randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an entry of preconfigDisc in SL-Preconfiguration

defined in 9.3;
4> using the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based
on the UEs own timing;
1> else if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements concerns the serving frequency
(RRC_IDLE) or primary frequency (RRC_CONNECTED) and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery
operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and if the sidelink relay UE
threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
2> if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED; or
2> if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE
threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
3> if the UE is configured with discTxPoolPS-Dedicated; or
3> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and if discTxPoolPS-Common is included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
4> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the
sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
3> else if the UE is configured with discTxResourcesPS set to scheduled:
indicated by scheduled in discTxResourcesPS;
1> else if, for the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, the UE is configured with
dedicated resources (i.e. with discTxResourcesPS in discTxInterFreqInfo within sl-DiscConfig); and the
conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
3> if the UE is configured with discTxResourcesPS set to scheduled:
indicated by scheduled in discTxResourcesPS;
3> else if the UE is configured with discTxResourcesPS set to ue-Selected:
4> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in ue-Selected and configure lower layers to use it to
transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1> else if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on is included in discInterFreqList
within SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell, while discTxResourcesInterFreq within
discResourcesPS in the corresponding entry of discInterFreqList is set to discTxPoolCommon (i.e. serving cell/
PCell broadcasts pool of resources) and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in
5.10.1b are met:
3> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolCommon and configure lower layers to use
it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1> else if discTxPoolPS-Common is included in SystemInformationBlockType19 acquired from cell selected on the
sidelink discovery announcement frequency; and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as
defined in 5.10.1b are met:
ETSI
3> select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolPS-Common and configure lower layers to
use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1> if the UE is configured with discTxGapConfig and requires gaps to transmit sidelink discovery announcements
on the concerned frequency;
2> configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency using the gaps indicated by discTxGapConfig,
1> else:
2> configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
5.10.6a Sidelink discovery announcement pool selection

A UE that is configured with a list of resource pool entries for sidelink discovery announcement transmission (i.e. by
SL-DiscTxPoolList) shall:
1> if poolSelection is set to rsrpBased:
2> select a pool from the list of pools the UE is configured with for which the RSRP measurement of the
reference cell selected as defined in 5.10.6b, after applying the layer 3 filter defined by quantityConfig as
specified in 5.5.3.2, is in-between threshLow and threshHigh;
1> else:
2> randomly select, using a uniform distribution, a pool from the list of pools the UE is configured with;
1> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the selected pool of resources;
NOTE 1: When performing resource pool selection based on RSRP, the UE uses the latest results of the available
measurements used for cell reselection evaluation in RRC_IDLE/ for measurement report triggering
evaluation in RRC_CONNECTED, which are performed in accordance with the performance
requirements specified in TS 36.133 [16].
5.10.6b Sidelink discovery announcement reference carrier selection

A UE capable of sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink discovery announcements
shall:
1> for each frequency the UE is transmitting sidelink discovery announcements on, select a cell to be used as
reference for synchronisation and DL measurements in accordance with the following:
2> if the frequency concerns the primary frequency:
3> use the PCell as reference;
2> else if the frequency concerns a secondary frequency:
3> use the concerned SCell as reference;
2> else if the UE is configured with discTxRefCarrierDedicated for the frequency:
3> use the cell indicated by this field as reference;
2> else if the UE is configured with refCarrierCommon for the frequency:
3> use the serving cell (RRC_IDLE)/ PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) as reference;
2> else:
3> use the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on as
reference;
ETSI
5.10.7 Sidelink synchronisation information transmission

5.10.7.1 General
UE EUTRAN
SIB 18/ SIB 21/SIB26
acquisition
SLSS & Master RRC Connection
Information Block-SL/ Reconfiguration
Master Information
Block-SL-V2X
Figure 5.10.7.1-1: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink communication or V2X

sidelink communication, in (partial) coverage
UE UE
SLSS & Master

Information Block-SL/
Master Information SLSS & Master
Block-SL-V2X Information Block-SL/
Master Information
Block-SL-V2X
Figure 5.10.7.1-2: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink communication or V2X

sidelink communication / sidelink discovery, out of coverage
UE EUTRAN
SIB 19 acquisition
RRC Connection
SLSS with/ without Master Reconfiguration
Information Block-SL
Figure 5.10.7.1-3: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink discovery, in (partial)

coverage
The purpose of this procedure is to provide synchronisation information to a UE. For sidelink discovery, the
synchronisation information concerns a Sidelink Synchronisation Signal (SLSS) and, in case of PS related discovery,
also timing information and some additional configuration parameters (i.e. the MasterInformationBlock-SL message),
while for sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication it concerns an SLSS and the
MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message. A UE transmits synchronisation information
either when E-UTRAN configures it to do so by dedicated signalling (i.e. network based), or when not configured by
dedicated signalling (i.e. UE based) and E-UTRAN broadcasts (in coverage) or pre-configures a threshold (out of
coverage).
The synchronisation information transmitted by the UE may be derived from information/ signals received from E-
UTRAN (in coverage) or received from a UE acting as synchronisation reference for the transmitting UE or received
from GNSS. In the remainder, the UE acting as synchronisation reference is referred to as SyncRef UE.
ETSI
5.10.7.2 Initiation
A UE capable of SLSS transmission shall, when transmitting sidelink discovery announcements in accordance with
5.10.6 and when the following conditions are met:
1> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2> if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on; or
2> if networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and syncTxThreshIC is included in

SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the reference cell, selected as defined in
5.10.6b, is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
3> if the sidelink discovery announcements are not PS related; or if syncTxPeriodic is not included:
4> transmit SLSS on the frequency used for sidelink discovery in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS
36.211 [21];
3> else:
4> transmit SLSS on the frequency used for sidelink discovery in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS
36.211 [21];
4> transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, in the
same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
1> else (i.e. out of coverage, PS):
2> if syncTxThreshOoC is included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. SL-Preconfiguration defined in
9.3); and the UE has not selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected SyncRef
UE is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC:
3> transmit SLSS on the frequency used for sidelink discovery in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211
[21];
3> transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, in the
same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
A UE capable of sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink communication shall,
irrespective of whether or not it has data to transmit:
2> if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on:
3> transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3> transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with
5.10.7.4;
A UE shall, when transmitting sidelink communication in accordance with 5.10.4 and when the following conditions
are met:
2> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED; and networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and syncTxThreshIC is

included in SystemInformationBlockType18; and the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for sidelink
communication transmission is below the value of syncTxThreshIC; or
2> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType18; and the

RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for sidelink communication transmission is below the value of
syncTxThreshIC:
5.10.7.4;
ETSI
1> else (i.e. out of coverage):
2> if syncTxThreshOoC is included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. SL-Preconfiguration defined in
9.3); and the UE has no selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected SyncRef UE
is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC:
5.10.7.4;
A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication and SLSS/PSBCH transmission shall, when transmitting non-P2X
related V2X sidelink communication in accordance with 5.10.13, and if the conditions for V2X sidelink communication
operation as defined in 5.10.1d are met and when the following conditions are met:
1> if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; and has
selected GNSS or the cell as synchronization reference as defined in 5.10.13.3; or
1> if out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4], and
the frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in
RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or
SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell; and has selected GNSS or the cell as synchronization
reference as defined in 5.10.13.3:
2> if syncFreqList is not included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration nor in SystemInformationBlockType26; or
2> if syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26; and if

none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList or the
concerned frequency is selected as the synchronisation carrier frequency in accordance with 5.10.8a; or
2> if syncFreqList and slss-TxMultiFreq are included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in

SystemInformationBlockType26; and if the UE has selected a frequency other than the concerned frequency
as the synchronisation carrier frequency; and if slss-TxDisabled corresponding to the concerned frequency is
not configured in RRCConnectionReconfiguration; and if the concerned frequency has been selected for V2X
sidelink communication transmission as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and is included in syncFreqList; and if
UE is capable of SLSS/PSBCH transmission on the concerned frequency:
3> if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on; or
3> if networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and for the concerned frequency syncTxThreshIC is
configured; and the RSRP measurement of the reference cell, selected as defined in 5.10.13.3, for V2X
sidelink communication transmission is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
4> transmit SLSS on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication in accordance with 5.10.7.3
and TS 36.211 [21];
4> transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message on the frequency used for V2X sidelink
communication, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
1> else:
2> for the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, if syncOffsetIndicators is included in SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration:
3> If syncFreqList is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration; or
3> if syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and if none of the frequency(ies) selected as

specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList or the concerned frequency is selected as the
synchronisation carrier frequency in accordance with 5.10.8a; or
3> if syncFreqList and slss-TxMultiFreq are included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and if the UE has
selected a frequency other than the concerned frequency as the synchronisation carrier frequency; and if
slss-TxDisabled corresponding to the concerned frequency is not configured in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
and if the concerned frequency has been selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission as
specified in TS 36.321 [6] and included in syncFreqList; and if the UE is capable of SLSS/PSBCH
transmission on the frequency:
ETSI
4> if syncTxThreshOoC is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration; and the UE is not directly synchronized

to GNSS, and the UE has no selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected
SyncRef UE is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC; or
4> if the UE selects GNSS as the synchronization reference source:
5> transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in
accordance with 5.10.7.4;
NOTE 1: In the case of limited transmission capabilities on multiple carrier frequencies, when the UE is configured
with syncFreqList, whether to transmit SLSS/PSBCH on a frequency, which is selected for V2X sidelink
communication transmission as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and is other than the synchronisation carrier
frequency, is up to UE implementation.
5.10.7.3 Transmission of SLSS

The UE shall select the SLSSID and the subframe in which to transmit SLSS as follows:
1> if triggered by sidelink discovery announcement and in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, as
defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2> select the SLSSID included in the entry of discSyncConfig included in the received
SystemInformationBlockType19, that includes txParameters;
2> use syncOffsetIndicator corresponding to the selected SLSSID;
2> for each pool used for the transmission of discovery announcements (each corresponding to the selected
SLSSID):
3> if a subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator corresponds to the first subframe of the discovery
transmission pool;
4> if discTxGapConfig is configured and includes the concerned subframe; or the subframe is not used
for regular uplink transmission:
5> select the concerned subframe;
3> else
4> if discTxGapConfig is configured and includes the concerned subframe; or the subframe is not used
for regular uplink transmission:
5> select the subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator that precedes and which, in time domain, is
nearest to the first subframe of the discovery transmission pool;
3> if the sidelink discovery announcements concern PS; and if syncTxPeriodic is included:
4> additionally select each subframe that periodically occurs 40 subframes after the selected subframe;
1> if triggered by sidelink communication and in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as
defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2> select the SLSSID included in the entry of commSyncConfig that is included in the received
SystemInformationBlockType18 and includes txParameters;
2> if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on:
3> select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator;
2> else (when transmitting communication):
3> select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator within the SC period in which the UE intends to
transmit sidelink control information or data;
ETSI
1> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication and in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink
communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink
communication, and the concerned frequency is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in
RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 of the
serving cell/ PCell;
2> if the UE has selected GNSS as synchronization reference in accordance with 5.10.8.2:
3> select SLSSID 0;
3> use syncOffsetIndicator included in the entry of v2x-SyncConfig corresponding to the concerned
frequency in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or within SystemInformationBlockType21, that includes txParameters
and gnss-Sync;
2> if the UE has selected a cell as synchronization reference in accordance with 5.10.8.2:
3> select the SLSSID included in the entry of v2x-SyncConfig configured for the concerned frequency in
v2x-InterFreqInfoList or within SystemInformationBlockType21, that includes txParameters and does not
include gnss-Sync;
1> else if triggered by V2X sidelink communication and the UE has GNSS as the synchronization reference:
2> select SLSSID 0;
2> if syncOffsetIndicator3 is configured for the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication in SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration:
3> select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3;
2> else:
1> else:
2> select the synchronisation reference UE (i.e. SyncRef UE) as defined in 5.10.8;
2> if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and inCoverage in the MasterInformationBlock-SL or

MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE is set to TRUE; or
2> if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and inCoverage in the MasterInformationBlock-SL or

MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE is set to FALSE while the SLSS from this
UE is part of the set defined for out of coverage, see TS 36.211 [21]:
3> select the same SLSSID as the SLSSID of the selected SyncRef UE;
3> select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to the syncOffsetIndicator1 or
syncOffsetIndicator2 included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-
Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigSync in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3) corresponding
to the concerned frequency, such that the subframe timing is different from the SLSS of the selected
SyncRef UE;
2> else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and the SLSS from this UE was transmitted on the subframe
indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3 that is included in the syncOffsetIndicators in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration,
and is corresponding to the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication:
3> select SLSSID 169;
ETSI
2> else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE:
3> select the SLSSID from the set defined for out of coverage having an index that is 168 more than the
index of the SLSSID of the selected SyncRef UE, see TS 36.211 [21];
3> select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to syncOffsetIndicator1 or
syncOffsetIndicator2 included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-
Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigSync in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3), such that the
subframe timing is different from the SLSS of the selected SyncRef UE;
2> else (i.e. no SyncRef UE selected):
3> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an SLSSID
from the set of sequences defined for out of coverage except SLSSID 168 and 169, see TS 36.211 [21];
3> else, randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an SLSSID from the set of sequences defined for out
of coverage, see TS 36.211 [21];
3> select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to the syncOffsetIndicator1 or
syncOffsetIndicator2 (arbitrary selection between these) included in the preconfigured sidelink
parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigSync in SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
5.10.7.4 Transmission of MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-

V2X message
The UE shall set the contents of the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message as
follows:
1> if in coverage on the frequency used for the sidelink operation that triggered this procedure as defined in TS
36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2> set inCoverage to TRUE;
2> set sl-Bandwidth to the value of ul-Bandwidth as included in the received SystemInformationBlockType2 of
the cell chosen for the concerned sidelink operation;
2> if tdd-Config is included in the received SystemInformationBlockType1:
3> set subframeAssignmentSL to the value representing the same meaning as of subframeAssignment that is
included in tdd-Config in the received SystemInformationBlockType1;
2> else:
3> set subframeAssignmentSL to none;
2> if triggered by sidelink communication; and if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of commSyncConfig

from the received SystemInformationBlockType18:
3> set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType18;
2> if triggered by sidelink discovery; and if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of discSyncConfig from the
received SystemInformationBlockType19:
3> set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType19;
2> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication; and if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of v2x-
SyncConfig from the received SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
3> set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType21 or

2> else:
3> set all bits in reserved to 0;
ETSI
1> else if out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4];
and the concerned frequency is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/
PCell:
2> set sl-Bandwidth to the value of the corresponding field included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList;
2> set subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the preconfigured
sidelink parameters (i.e. v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1> else if out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4];
and the UE selects GNSS timing as the synchronization reference source and syncOffsetIndicator3 is not
included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration:
2> set sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the
preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in
9.3);
1> else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE (as defined in 5.10.8) and if the SyncRef UE is selected on the concern
frequency:
2> set inCoverage to FALSE;
received MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X;
1> else:
2> set inCoverage to FALSE;
preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigGeneral in SL-Preconfiguration or v2x-
CommPreconfigGeneral in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1> set directFrameNumber and directSubframeNumber according to the subframe used to transmit the SLSS, as
specified in 5.10.7.3;
1> submit the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message to lower layers for

transmission upon which the procedure ends;
5.10.7.5 Void
5.10.8 Sidelink synchronisation reference

5.10.8.1 General
The purpose of this procedure is to select a synchronisation reference and used a.o. when transmitting sidelink
communication, V2X sidelink communication, sidelink discovery or synchronisation information.
5.10.8.2 Selection and reselection of synchronisation reference

The UE shall:
1> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and in coverage on the frequency for V2X sidelink
communication; or
1> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and out of coverage on the frequency for V2X sidelink
communication, and the frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within
SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell:
2> If syncFreqList is not included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration nor in SystemInformationBlockType26; or
ETSI
2> If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and

none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList; or
2> If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and no

synchronisation carrier frequency is selected as specified in 5.10.8a:
3> if typeTxSync is configured for the concerned frequency and set to enb:
4> select a cell as the synchronization reference source as defined in 5.10.13.3;
3> else if typeTxSync for the concerned frequency is not configured or is set to gnss, and GNSS is reliable in
accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
4> select GNSS as the synchronization reference source;
3> else (i.e., there is no GNSS which is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]):
4> search SLSSID=0 on the concerned frequency to detect candidate SLSS, in accordance with TS
36.133 [16];
4> when evaluating the detected SLSS, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2 using the
preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3, before using the S-RSRP measurement results;
4> if the S-RSRP of the SyncRef UE identified by the detected SLSS exceeds the minimum requirement
defined in TS 36.133 [16]:
5> select the SyncRef UE;
4> else (i.e., no SLSSID=0 detected):
5> select a cell as the synchronization reference source as defined in 5.10.13.3;
2> If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and the

UE has selected a synchronisation carrier frequency as specified in 5.10.8a:
3> consider the synchornisation reference source (i.e. eNB, GNSS or SyncRef UE) that is selected on the
synchronisation carrier frequency as the synchronization reference;
1> else, if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and out of coverage on the frequency for V2X sidelink
communication, and for the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, if syncPriority in SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration is set to gnss and GNSS is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
2> select GNSS as the synchronization reference source;
1> else, for the frequency used for sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery, if
out of coverage on that frequency as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2> if triggered by sidelink communication or sidelink discovery; or
2> if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and syncFreqList is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
or
2> If triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and
none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList; or
no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected as specified in 5.10.8a:
3> perform a full search (i.e. covering all subframes and all possible SLSSIDs) to detect candidate SLSS, in
accordance with TS 36.133 [16]
3> when evaluating the one or more detected SLSSIDs, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2 using
the preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3, before using the S-RSRP measurement results;
3> if the UE has selected a SyncRef UE:
ETSI
4> if the S-RSRP of the strongest candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement TS 36.133
[16] by syncRefMinHyst and the strongest candidate SyncRef UE belongs to the same priority group
as the current SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the strongest candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the S-
RSRP of the current SyncRef UE by syncRefDiffHyst; or
4> if the S-RSRP of the candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement TS 36.133 [16] by
syncRefMinHyst and the candidate SyncRef UE belongs to a higher priority group than the current
SyncRef UE; or
4> if GNSS becomes reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16], and GNSS belongs
to a higher priority group than the current SyncRef UE; or
4> if the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133
[16]:
5> consider no SyncRef UE to be selected;
3> if the UE has selected GNSS as the synchronization reference for V2X sidelink communication:
4> if the S-RSRP of the candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133
[16] by syncRefMinHyst and the candidate SyncRef UE belongs to a higher priority group than GNSS;
or
4> if GNSS becomes not reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
5> consider GNSS not to be selected;
3> if the UE has not selected a SyncRef UE and has not selected GNSS as synchronization reference source:
4> if not concerning V2X sidelink communication, and if the UE detects one or more SLSSIDs for which
the S-RSRP exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and for
which the UE received the corresponding MasterInformationBlock-SL message (candidate SyncRef
UEs), select a SyncRef UE according to the following priority group order:
5> UEs of which inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL message received from this
UE, is set to TRUE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 1);
5> UEs of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, starting with the UE with the
highest S-RSRP result (priority group 2);
5> Other UEs, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 3);
4> for V2X sidelink communication, if the UE detects one or more SLSSIDs for which the S-RSRP
exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and for which the
UE received the corresponding MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message (candidate SyncRef UEs),
or if the UE detects GNSS that is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16],
select a synchronization reference according to the following priority group order:
5> if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to

enb:
6> UEs of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in
the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, starting
with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 1);
6> UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting
6> GNSS that is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16] (priority group 3);
6> UEs of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X

message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is
transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, starting with the UE with the
ETSI
6> UEs of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes indicated by

syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP
result (priority group 5);
6> UEs of which SLSSID is 169, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-
V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-
RSRP result (priority group 5);
5> if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to

gnss:
6> GNSS that is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16] (priority group 1);
6> UEs of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in
the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, starting
6> UEs of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X

message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is
transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, starting with the UE with the
6> UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting
6> UEs of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes indicated by

syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP
result (priority group 3);
6> UEs of which SLSSID is 169, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-
V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-
RSRP result (priority group 3);
the UE has selected a synchronisation carrier frequency as specified in 5.10.8a;
3> consider the synchornization reference source (i.e. eNB, GNSS or SyncRef UE) that selected on the
synchronisation carrier frequency as the synchronization reference;
5.10.8a Selection and reselection of synchronisation carrier frequency

For the frequency(ies) which are in coverage for the UE as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4] and which have been selected
for V2X sidelink communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6], and/or for the frequency(ies) which are out of coverage
for the UE and included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within RRCConnectionReconfiguration or
SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell and which have been
selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6], the UE capable of V2X sidelink
communication and synchronisation carrier frequency selection shall:
1> If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and

includes at least one of the concerned frequency(ies):
2> if no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected:
3> If typeTxSync is configured for the concerned frequency(ies) and set to enb; or
3> if typeTxSync for the concerned frequency(ies) is not configured or is set to gnss, and GNSS is reliable in
accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
ETSI
4> select one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in syncFreqList as the
synchronisation carrier frequency.
3> else (i.e., there is no GNSS which is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]):
4> select the synchronisation reference source(s) on the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in
syncFreqList according to 5.10.8.2:
4> if SyncRef UE(s) with SLSSID=0 is detected on at least one frequency from the concerned
frequency(ies):
5> select one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies) with the SyncRef UE(s) with SLSSID=0
detected as the synchronisation carrier frequency;
4> else (i.e., no SLSSID=0 detected and UE selects a cell as the synchronisation reference source):
5> select one frequency from the concerned frequencies which are included in syncFreqList as the
synchronisation carrier frequency;
2> else (i.e. the synchronisation carrier frequency is selected):
3> If the UE selects GNSS as the synchronisation reference source, and GNSS is unreliable in accordance
with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]; or
3> If the UE selects a cell as the synchronisation reference source, and the cell cannot fulfil the S criterion in
accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; or
3> If the UE selects a SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum
requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16]; or
3> If the synchronisation carrier frequency is not selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in
TS 36.321 [6]:
4> consider no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected;
For the frequency(ies) which are out of coverage for the UE and not included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within
RRCConnectionReconfiguration nor SystemInformationBlockType21 nor SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving
cell/ PCell and which have been selected for V2X sidelink carrier communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6], the UE
capable of V2X sidelink communication and selection of synchronisation carrier frequency selection shall:
1> If syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and at least one of the concerned frequency(ies) is
included in syncFreqList:
2> if no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected:
3> if syncPriority in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to gnss and GNSS is reliable in accordance with TS
36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
4> select one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in syncFreqList as the
synchronisation carrier frequency.
3> else:
4> select the synchronisation reference source(s) on the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in
SyncFreqList according to 5.10.8.2;
4> select the frequency with the highest synchronisation reference source priority as the synchronisation
carrier frequency, according to the following priority gourp order:
5> if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency(ies) in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to

enb:
6> the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in
coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received
from this UE, is set to TRUE (priority group 1);
ETSI
from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
6> the frequency(ies) using GNSS as synchronisation reference source (priority group 3);
6> the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which
SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3 (priority
group 4);
6> the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes
indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-
SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 5);
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority
group 5);
6> the frequency(ies) with other SyncRef UE (priority group 6);
5> if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency(ies) in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to

gnss:
from this UE, is set to TRUE (priority group 1);
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which
SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3 (priority
group 1);
from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
6> the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes
indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-
SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority
group 2);
6> the frequency(ies) with other SyncRef UE (priority group 3);
2> else (i.e. the synchronisation carrier frequency is selected):
3> If the UE selects GNSS as the synchronisation reference source, and GNSS is unreliable in accordance
with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]; or
3> If the UE selects a SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum
requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16]; or
3> If the synchronisation carrier frequency is not selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in
TS 36.321 [6]:
4> consider no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected;
NOTE 1: If more than one selected carrier frequencies satisfy the condition as the synchronisation carrier frequency
for V2X sidelink communication, how to select one synchronisation carrier frequency is up to UE
implementation.
NOTE 2: All concerned carrier frequency(ies) have the same typeTxSync and syncPriority configured.
ETSI
5.10.9 Sidelink common control information

5.10.9.1 General
The sidelink common control information is carried by a single message, the MasterInformationBlock-SL (MIB-SL)
message for sidelink discovery and sidelink communication or the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X (MIB-SL-V2X)
message for V2X sidelink communication. The MIB-SL or MIB-SL-V2X includes timing information as well as some
configuration parameters and is transmitted via SL-BCH.
The MIB-SL for sidelink discovery and sidelink communication uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 40 ms
without repetitions. In particular, the MIB-SL is scheduled in subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator-r12 i.e. for
which (10*DFN + subframe number) mod 40 = syncOffsetIndicator-r12.
The MIB-SL-V2X for V2X sidelink communication uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 160 ms without
repetitions. In particular, the MIB-SL-V2X is scheduled in subframes indicated by SL-OffsetIndicatorSync i.e. for
which (10*DFN + subframe number) mod 160 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync.
The sidelink common control information may change at any transmission i.e. neither a modification period nor a
change notification mechanism is used.
A UE configured to receive or transmit sidelink communication or PS related sidelink discovery shall:
1> if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE, as specified in 5.10.8.2:
2> ensure having a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock-SL message of that SyncRefUE;
A UE configured to receive or transmit V2X sidelink communication shall:
1> if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE, as specified in 5.10.8.2:
2> ensure having a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message of that SyncRefUE;
5.10.9.2 Actions related to reception of MasterInformationBlock-SL/

MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message
Upon receiving MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X, the UE shall:
1> apply the values of sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL, directFrameNumber and directSubframeNumber

included in the received MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message;
5.10.10 Sidelink relay UE operation

5.10.10.1 General
This procedure is used by a UE supporting sidelink relay UE operation and involves evaluation of the AS-layer
conditions that need to be met in order for upper layers to configure a sidelink relay UE to receive/ transmit relay
related PS sidelink discovery/ relay related sidelink communication. The AS-layer conditions merely comprise of being
configured with radio resources that can be used for transmission.
A UE that fulfils the criteria specified in 5.10.10.2 and 5.10.10.3 and that is configured by higher layers accordingly is
acting as a sidelink relay UE.
5.10.10.2 AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by

sidelink relay UE
A UE capable of sidelink relay UE operation shall inform upper layers that it is configured with radio resources that can
be used for relay related sidelink communication transmission if the following conditions are met:
1> if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if the UE is configured with commTxResources; and the UE is configured with
commTxAllowRelayDedicated set to true;
ETSI
5.10.10.3 AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink

relay UE
A UE capable of sidelink relay UE operation shall inform upper layers that it is configured with radio resources that can
be used for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission if the following conditions are met:
1> if in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE's serving cell is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and if
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS including discTxPoolPS-Common and discConfigRelay;
and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met;
1> else if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if discTxResourcesPS is configured;
5.10.10.4 Sidelink relay UE threshold conditions

A UE capable of sidelink relay UE operation shall:
1> if the threshold conditions specified in this section were not met:
2> if neither threshHigh nor threshLow is included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19:
3> consider the threshold conditions to be met (entry);
2> else if threshHigh is not included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; or the RSRP
measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is below threshHigh by hystMax (also
included within relayUE-Config); and
2> if threshLow is not included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; or the RSRP

measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is above threshLow by hystMin (also included
within relayUE-Config):
1> else:
2> if threshHigh is included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP

measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is above threshHigh (also included within
relayUE-Config); or
2> if threshLow is included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP

measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is below threshLow (also included within
relayUE-Config);
3> consider the threshold conditions not to be met (leave);
5.10.11 Sidelink remote UE operation

5.10.11.1 General
This procedure is used by a UE supporting sidelink remote UE operation and involves evaluation of the AS-layer
conditions that need to be met in order for upper layers to configure a sidelink remote UE to receive/ transmit relay
related sidelink PS discovery/ relay related sidelink communication. The AS-layer conditions merely comprise of being
configured with radio resources that can be used for transmission, as well as whether or not having a selected sidelink
relay UE.
5.10.11.2 AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by

sidelink remote UE
A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation shall inform upper layers whether it is configured with radio resources
that can be used for relay related sidelink communication transmission if the following conditions are met:
1> if the UE is out of coverage; and is preconfigured with SL-Preconfiguration including discTxPoolList and
preconfigRelay;
1> else if in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE's serving cell is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and if
SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolNormalCommon and commTxAllowRelayCommon; and if
ETSI
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as

specified in 5.10.11.5 are met;
1> else if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if the UE is configured with commTxResources; and the UE is configured
with commTxAllowRelayDedicated set to true;
5.10.11.3 AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink

remote UE
A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation shall inform upper layers whether it is configured with radio resources
that can be used for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission if the following conditions are met:
1> if the UE is out of coverage; and is preconfigured with SL-Preconfiguration including discTxPoolList and
preconfigRelay;
1> else if in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE's serving cell is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and if
SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS including discTxPoolPS-Common and discConfigRelay;
and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met;
1> else if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if discTxResourcesPS is configured;
5.10.11.4 Selection and reselection of sidelink relay UE

A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation that is configured by upper layers to search for a sidelink relay UE shall:
1> if out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1> if the serving frequency is used for sidelink communication and the RSRP measurement of the cell on which the
UE camps (RRC_IDLE)/ the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is below threshHigh within remoteUE-Config :
2> search for candidate sidelink relay UEs, in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]
2> when evaluating the one or more detected sidelink relay UEs, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2
across measurements that concern the same ProSe Relay UE ID and using the filterCoefficient in
SystemInformationBlockType19 (in coverage) or the preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3(out of
coverage), before using the SD-RSRP measurement results;
NOTE 1: The details of the interaction with upper layers are up to UE implementation.
2> if the UE does not have a selected sidelink relay UE:
3> select a candidate sidelink relay UE which SD-RSRP exceeds q-RxLevMin included in either
reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage) by minHyst;
2> else if SD-RSRP of the currently selected sidelink relay UE is below q-RxLevMin included in either
reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage); orif upper layers indicate not to use
the currently selected sidelink relay: (i.e. sidelink relay UE reselection):
3> select a candidate sidelink relay UE which SD-RSRP exceeds q-RxLevMin included in either
reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage) by minHyst;
2> else if the UE did not detect any candidate sidelink relay UE which SD-RSRP exceeds q-RxLevMin included
in either reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage) by minHyst:
3> consider no sidelink relay UE to be selected;
NOTE 2: The UE may perform sidelink relay UE reselection in a manner resulting in selection of the sidelink relay
UE, amongst all candidate sidelink relay UEs meeting higher layer criteria, that has the best radio link
quality. Further details, including interaction with upper layers, are up to UE implementation.
5.10.11.5 Sidelink remote UE threshold conditions

A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation shall:
1> if the threshold conditions specified in this section were not met:
ETSI
2> if threshHigh is not included in remoteUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; or
2> if threshHigh is included in remoteUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP

measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is below threshHigh by hystMax (also
included within remoteUE-Config):
1> else:
2> if threshHigh is included in remoteUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP

measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is above threshHigh (also included within
remoteUE-Config):
3> consider the threshold conditions not to be met (leave);
5.10.12 V2X sidelink communication monitoring

A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink
communication shall:
1> if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1d are met:
2> if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
3> if the frequency used to receive V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within
SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/Pcell, and v2x-CommRxPool is included in SL-V2X-
InterFreqUE-Config within v2x-UE-ConfigList in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned
frequency:
pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommRxPool;
3> else:
4> if the cell chosen for V2X sidelink communication reception broadcasts
SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-CommRxPool in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or,
4> if the UE is configured with v2x-CommRxPool included in mobilityControlInfoV2X in

RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
5> configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using
the pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommRxPool;
2> else (i.e. out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4,
11.4]):
3> if the frequency used to receive V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within
SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/PCell, and v2x-CommRxPool is included in SL-V2X-
InterFreqUE-Config within v2x-UE-ConfigList in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned
frequency:
pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommRxPool;
3> else:
pool of resources that were preconfigured (i.e. v2x-CommRxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration
defined in 9.3);
ETSI
5.10.13 V2X sidelink communication transmission

5.10.13.1 Transmission of V2X sidelink communication
A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink
communication and has related data to be transmitted shall:
1> if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1d are met:
2> if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
2> if the frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in
3> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED and uses the PCell or the frequency included in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration for V2X sidelink communication:
4> if the UE is configured, by the current PCell with commTxResources set to scheduled:
5> if T310 or T311 is running; and if the PCell at which the UE detected physical layer problems or
radio link failure broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-
CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon, or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included
in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in SystemInformationBlockType21 or
SystemInformationBlockType26 or RRCConnectionReconfiguration; or
5> if T301 is running and the cell on which the UE initiated connection re-establishment broadcasts
SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-
ConfigCommon, or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the
concerned frequency in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26; or
5> if T304 is running and the UE is configured with v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional included in

mobilityControlInfoV2X in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the
concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
based on random selection using the pool of resources indicated by v2x-
CommTxPoolExceptional as defined in TS 36.321 [6];
5> else:
6> configure lower layers to request E-UTRAN to assign transmission resources for V2X sidelink
communication;
4> else if the UE is configured with v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal or

p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in sl-V2X-
ConfigDedicated in RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
5> if the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication and a result of
sensing on the resources configured in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-
CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in
RRCConnectionReconfiguration is not available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]; or
5> if the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication and selects to use
partial sensing according to 5.10.13.1a, and a result of partial sensing on the resources configured
in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-
InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration is not available
in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
6> if v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in mobilityControlInfoV2X in

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (i.e., handover case); or
6> if v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the

concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration; or
ETSI
6> if the PCell broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-

CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency or broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType26
including v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency:
7> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the
corresponding data based on random selection using the pool of resources indicated by
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional as defined in TS 36.321 [6];
5> else if the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication:
6> select a resource pool according to 5.10.13.2;
6> perform P2X related V2X sidelink communication according to 5.10.13.1a;
5> else if the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication:
based on sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using one of the resource
pools indicated by v2x-commTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry
of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2;
3> else:
4> if the cell chosen for V2X sidelink communication transmission broadcasts
SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
5> if the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication, and if
SystemInformationBlockType21 includes v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-
CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, or
SystemInformationBlockType26 includes v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for
the concerned frequency, and if a result of sensing on the resources configured in v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the
concerned frequency is available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
based on sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using one of the resource
pools indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2;
5> else if the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication, and if
SystemInformationBlockType21 includes p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-
CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, or
SystemInformationBlockType26 includes p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for
the concerned frequency, and if the UE selects to use random selection according to 5.10.13.1a, or
selects to use partial sensing according to 5.10.13.1a and a result of partial sensing on the
resources configured in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency is available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
6> select a resource pool from p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in

v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency according to 5.10.13.2, but ignoring
zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26;
6> perform P2X related V2X sidelink communication according to 5.10.13.1a;
5> else if SystemInformationBlockType21 includes v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-

ConfigCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned
frequency, or SystemInformationBlockType26 includes v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency:
6> from the moment the UE initiates connection establishment until receiving an
RRCConnectionReconfiguration including sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, or until receiving an
RRCConnectionRelease or an RRCConnectionReject; or
ETSI
6> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and a result of sensing on the resources configured in v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the
concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype21 or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype26 is not
available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]; or
6> if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and UE selects to use partial sensing according to 5.10.13.1a and a
result of partial sensing on the resources configured in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or
p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in
Systeminformationblocktype21 or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the
concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype26 is not available in accordance with TS
36.213 [23]:
data based on random selection (as defined in TS 36.321 [6]) using the pool of resources
indicated in v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional;
2> else:
3> configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on
sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using one of the resource pools indicated by
v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in case of non-P2X related V2X sidelink
communication, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2, or using one of the resource pools indicated by
p2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in case of P2X related V2X sidelink communication,
which is selected according to 5.10.13.2, and in accordance with the timing of the selected reference as
defined in 5.10.8;
The UE capable of non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X
sidelink communication shall perform sensing on all pools of resources which may be used for transmission of the
sidelink control information and the corresponding data. The pools of resources are indicated by SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated in sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated,
or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, as configured above.
NOTE 1: If there are multiple frequencies for which normal or exceptional pools are configured, it is up to UE
implementation which frequency is selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission.
5.10.13.1a Transmission of P2X related V2X sidelink communication

A UE configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication shall:
1> if partialSensing is included and randomSelection is not included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool
selected; or
1> if both partialSensing and randomSelection are included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected,
and the UE selects to use partial sensing:
partial sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using the selected resource pool, if the UE
supports partial sensing;
1> if partialSensing is not included and randomSelection is included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool
selected.
random selection (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using the selected resource pool;
1> if both partialSensing and randomSelection is included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected, and
the UE selects to use random selection:
random selection using the selected resource pool and indicates to lower layers that transmissions of multiple
MAC PDUs are allowed (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]).
NOTE: If both partialSensing and randomSelection is included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool

selected, the selection between partial sensing and random selection is left to UE implementation.
ETSI
5.10.13.2 V2X sidelink communication transmission pool selection

For a frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, if zoneConfig is not ignored as specified in 5.10.13.1, the UE
configured by upper layers for V2X sidelink communication shall only use the pool which corresponds to geographical
coordinates of the UE, if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26
of the serving cell (RRC_IDLE)/ PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) or in RRCConnectionReconfiguration for the concerned
frequency, and the UE is configured to use resource pools provided by RRC signalling for the concerned frequency; or
if zoneConfig is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency, and the UE is configured to use
resource pools in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the frequency, according to 5.10.13.1. The UE shall only use the pool
which is associated with the synchronization reference source selected in accordance with 5.10.8.2.
1> if the UE is configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-

InterFreqInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType21 or on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in
SystemInformationBlockType26 according to 5.10.13.1; or
1> if the UE is configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration according to

5.10.13.1; or
1> if zoneConfig is not included in SystemInformationBlockType21 and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated; or
1> if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-

CommTxPoolNormalDedicated for P2X related V2X sidelink communication and zoneID is not included in v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalDedicated; or
1> if zoneConfig is not included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency and the UE is
configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-
InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration; or
1> if zoneConfig is included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency and the UE is
configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration
and zoneID is not included in p2x-CommTxPoolNormal; or
1> if zoneConfig is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency and the UE is configured
to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency:
2> select a pool associated with the synchronization reference source selected in accordance with 5.10.8.2;
NOTE 0: If multiple pools are associated with the selected synchronization reference source, it is up to UE
implementation which resource pool is selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission.

CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated for non-P2X related V2X sidelink
communication; or

CommTxPoolNormalDedicated for P2X related V2X sidelink communication and zoneID is included in v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalDedicated; or
1> if zoneConfig is included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency and if the UE is
configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or is configured to transmit on p2x-
CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration and zoneID is included in p2x-
CommTxPoolNormal; or
1> if zoneConfig is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency and the UE is configured to
transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency:
2> select the pool configured with zoneID equal to the zone identity determined below and associated with the
synchronization reference source selected in accordance with 5.10.8.2;
The UE shall determine an identity of the zone (i.e. Zone_id) in which it is located using the following formulae, if
zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration:
x1= Floor (x / L) Mod Nx;
ETSI
y1= Floor (y / W) Mod Ny;
Zone_id = y1 * Nx + x1.
The parameters in the formulae are defined as follows:
L is the value of zoneLength included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or

SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
W is the value of zoneWidth included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or

Nx is the value of zoneIdLongiMod included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or

Ny is the value of zoneIdLatiMod included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or

x is the geodesic distance in longitude between UE's current location and geographical coordinates (0, 0) according
to WGS84 model [80] and it is expressed in meters;
y is the geodesic distance in latitude between UE's current location and geographical coordinates (0, 0) according to
WGS84 model [80] and it is expressed in meters.
The UE shall select a pool of resources which includes a zoneID equals to the Zone_id calculated according to above
mentioned formulae and indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-
CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in
RRCConnectionReconfiguration, or v2x-CommTxPoolList according to 5.10.13.1.
NOTE 1: The UE uses its latest geographical coordinates to perform resource pool selection.
NOTE 2: If geographical coordinates are not available and zone specific TX resource pools are configured for the
concerned frequency, it is up to UE implementation which resource pool is selected for V2X sidelink
communication transmission.
5.10.13.3 V2X sidelink communication transmission reference cell selection

A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink
communication shall:
1> for each frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication, select a cell to be used as reference for
synchronisation and DL measurements in accordance with the following:
2> if the frequency concerns the primary frequency:
3> use the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) or the serving cell (RRC_IDLE) as reference;
2> else if the frequency concerns a secondary frequency:
3> use the concerned SCell as reference;
2> else if the UE is in coverage of the concerned frequency:
3> use the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit V2X sidelink communication as reference;
2> else (i.e., out of coverage on the concerned frequency):
3> use the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) or the serving cell (RRC_IDLE) as reference, if needed;
5.10.14 DFN derivation from GNSS

When the UE selects GNSS as the synchronization reference source, the DFN used for V2X sidelink communication is
derived from the current UTC time, by the following formulae:
DFN= Floor (0.1*(Tcurrent –Tref–offsetDFN)) mod 1024
SubframeNumber= Floor (Tcurrent –Tref–offsetDFN) mod 10
ETSI
Where:
Tcurrent is the current UTC time that obtained from GNSS. This value is expressed in milliseconds;
Tref is the reference UTC time 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Thursday,
December 31, 1899 and Friday, January 1, 1900). This value is expressed in milliseconds;
OffsetDFN is the value offsetDFN if configured, otherwise it is zero. This value is expressed in milliseconds.
NOTE: In case of leap second change event, how V2X UE obtains the scheduled time of leap second change to
adjust Tcurrent correspondingly is left to UE implementation. How V2X UE handles the sudden
discontinuity of DFN is left to UE implementation.
6 Protocol data units, formats and parameters (tabular

& ASN.1)
6.1 General
The contents of each RRC message is specified in sub-clause 6.2 using ASN.1 to specify the message syntax and using
tables when needed to provide further detailed information about the fields specified in the message syntax. The syntax
of the information elements that are defined as stand-alone abstract types is further specified in a similar manner in sub-
clause 6.3.
The need for fields to be present in a message or an abstract type, i.e., the ASN.1 fields that are specified as
OPTIONAL in the abstract notation (ASN.1), is specified by means of comment text tags attached to the OPTIONAL
statement in the abstract syntax. All comment text tags are available for use in the downlink direction only. The
meaning of each tag is specified in table 6.1-1.
Table 6.1-1: Meaning of abbreviations used to specify the need for fields to be present
Abbreviation Meaning
Cond conditionTag Conditionally present
A field for which the need is specified by means of conditions. For each conditionTag, the
(Used in downlink only) need is specified in a tabular form following the ASN.1 segment. In case, according to the
conditions, a field is not present, the UE takes no action and where applicable shall continue
to use the existing value (and/ or the associated functionality) unless explicitly stated
otherwise (e.g. in the conditional presence table or in the description of the field itself).
Need OP Optionally present

A field that is optional to signal. For downlink messages, the UE is not required to take any
(Used in downlink only) special action on absence of the field beyond what is specified in the procedural text or the
field description table following the ASN.1 segment. The UE behaviour on absence should
be captured either in the procedural text or in the field description.
Need ON Optionally present, No action

A field that is optional to signal. If the message is received by the UE, and in case the field
(Used in downlink only) is absent, the UE takes no action and where applicable shall continue to use the existing
value (and/ or the associated functionality).
Need OR Optionally present, Release

A field that is optional to signal. If the message is received by the UE, and in case the field
(Used in downlink only) is absent, the UE shall discontinue/ stop using/ delete any existing value (and/ or the
associated functionality).
Any field with Need ON in system information shall be interpreted as Need OR.
Need codes may not be specified for a parent extension field/ extension group, used in downlink, which includes one or
more child extension fields. Upon absence of such a parent extension field/ extension group, the UE shall:
- For each individual child extension field, including extensions that are mandatory to include in the optional
group, act in accordance with the need code that is defined for the extension;
ETSI
- Apply this behaviour not only for child extension fields included directly within the optional parent extension
field/ extension group, but also for extension fields defined at further nesting levels as long as for none of the
fields in-between the concerned extension field and the parent extension field a need code is specified;
NOTE 1: The above applies for groups of non critical extensions using double brackets (referred to as extension
groups), as well as non-critical extensions at the end of a message or at the end of a structure contained in
a BIT STRING or OCTET STRING (referred to as parent extension fields).
Need codes, conditions and ASN.1 defaults specified for a particular (child) field only apply in case the (parent) field
including the particular field is present. This rule does not apply for optional parent extension fields/ extension groups
without need codes,
NOTE 2: The previous rule implies that E-UTRAN has to include such a parent extension field to release a child
field that is either:
- Optional with need OR, or
- Conditional while the UE releases the child field when absent.
The handling of need codes as specified in the previous is illustrated by means of an example, as shown in the following
ASN.1.
RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

field1 InformationElement1,
field2 InformationElement2 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCMessage-v940-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCMessage-v940-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

field4 InformationElement4 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
}
InformationElement1 ::= SEQUENCE {

...,
[[ field13 InformationElement13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
field14 InformationElement14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}

...
}
-- ASN1STOP
The handling of need codes as specified in the previous implies that:
- if field2 in RRCMessage-r8-IEs is absent, the UE does not modify field21;
- if field2 in RRCMessage-r8-IEs is present but does not include field21, the UE releases field21;
- if the extension group containing field13 is absent, the UE releases field13 and does not modify field14;
- if nonCriticalExtension defined by IE RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs is absent, the UE does not modify field3 and
releases field4;
In the ASN.1 of this specification, the first bit of a bit string refers to the leftmost bit, unless stated otherwise.
ETSI
6.2 RRC messages

NOTE: The messages included in this section reflect the current status of the discussions. Additional messages
may be included at a later stage.
6.2.1 General message structure

– EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E-UTRA RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START
EUTRA-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-BCH-Message
The BCCH-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE via BCH on
the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-BCH-MessageType
}
BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::= MasterInformationBlock
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS
The BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE via
BCH on the BCCH logical channel in an MBMS-dedicated cell.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS::= SEQUENCE {
message BCCH-BCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14
}
BCCH-BCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 ::= MasterInformationBlock-MBMS-r14
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE via
DL-SCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType
}
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
systemInformation SystemInformation,
systemInformationBlockType1 SystemInformationBlockType1
},
messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE via
DL-SCH on the BR-BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-BR-r13
}
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-BR-r13 ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
systemInformation-BR-r13 SystemInformation-BR-r13,
systemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE
via DL-SCH on the BCCH logical channel in an MBMS-dedicated cell.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14
}
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
systemInformation-MBMS-r14 SystemInformation-MBMS-r14,
systemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14 SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– MCCH-Message
The MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the MCCH
logical channel.
-- ASN1START
MCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message MCCH-MessageType
}
MCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
mbsfnAreaConfiguration-r9 MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9
},
later CHOICE {
c2 CHOICE{
mbmsCountingRequest-r10 MBMSCountingRequest-r10
},
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– PCCH-Message
The PCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the PCCH
logical channel.
-- ASN1START
PCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message PCCH-MessageType
}
PCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
paging Paging
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– DL-CCCH-Message
The DL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the
downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
DL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message DL-CCCH-MessageType
}
DL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReestablishment RRCConnectionReestablishment,
rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
rrcConnectionReject RRCConnectionReject,
rrcConnectionSetup RRCConnectionSetup
},
messageClassExtension CHOICE {
c2 CHOICE {
rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15 RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15,
spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
},
messageClassExtensionFuture-r15 SEQUENCE {}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
– DL-DCCH-Message
The DL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE or from the
E-UTRAN to the RN on the downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message DL-DCCH-MessageType
}
DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000 CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000,
dlInformationTransfer DLInformationTransfer,
handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest,
mobilityFromEUTRACommand MobilityFromEUTRACommand,
rrcConnectionReconfiguration RRCConnectionReconfiguration,
rrcConnectionRelease RRCConnectionRelease,
securityModeCommand SecurityModeCommand,
ueCapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityEnquiry,
counterCheck CounterCheck,
ueInformationRequest-r9 UEInformationRequest-r9,
loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10 LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10,
ETSI
rnReconfiguration-r10 RNReconfiguration-r10,
rrcConnectionResume-r13 RRCConnectionResume-r13,
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– UL-CCCH-Message
The UL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E-UTRAN on the uplink
CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
UL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message UL-CCCH-MessageType
}
UL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest,
rrcConnectionRequest RRCConnectionRequest
},
c2 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13 RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13
},
messageClassExtensionFuture-r13 CHOICE {
c3 CHOICE {
rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15 RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15,
},
}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
– UL-DCCH-Message
The UL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E-UTRAN or from the
RN to the E-UTRAN on the uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message UL-DCCH-MessageType
}
UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000 CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000,
measurementReport MeasurementReport,
rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete,
rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete,
rrcConnectionSetupComplete RRCConnectionSetupComplete,
securityModeComplete SecurityModeComplete,
securityModeFailure SecurityModeFailure,
ueCapabilityInformation UECapabilityInformation,
ulHandoverPreparationTransfer ULHandoverPreparationTransfer,
ulInformationTransfer ULInformationTransfer,
counterCheckResponse CounterCheckResponse,
ueInformationResponse-r9 UEInformationResponse-r9,
proximityIndication-r9 ProximityIndication-r9,
rnReconfigurationComplete-r10 RNReconfigurationComplete-r10,
mbmsCountingResponse-r10 MBMSCountingResponse-r10,
interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10
},
c2 CHOICE {
ueAssistanceInformation-r11 UEAssistanceInformation-r11,
ETSI
inDeviceCoexIndication-r11 InDeviceCoexIndication-r11,
mbmsInterestIndication-r11 MBMSInterestIndication-r11,
scgFailureInformation-r12 SCGFailureInformation-r12,
sidelinkUEInformation-r12 SidelinkUEInformation-r12,
wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13 WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13,
rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13 RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13,
ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15,
scgFailureInformationNR-r15 SCGFailureInformationNR-r15,
measReportAppLayer-r15 MeasReportAppLayer-r15,
failureInformation-r15 FailureInformation-r15,
spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL, spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
},
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SC-MCCH-Message
The SC-MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the SC-
MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
SC-MCCH-Message-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

message SC-MCCH-MessageType-r13
}
SC-MCCH-MessageType-r13 ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
scptmConfiguration-r13 SCPTMConfiguration-r13
},
c2 CHOICE {
scptmConfiguration-BR-r14 SCPTMConfiguration-BR-r14,
spare NULL
},
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
6.2.2 Message definitions

– CounterCheck
The CounterCheck message is used by the E-UTRAN to indicate the current COUNT MSB values associated to each
DRB and to request the UE to compare these to its COUNT MSB values and to report the comparison results to E-
UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E-UTRAN to UE
CounterCheck message
-- ASN1START
CounterCheck ::= SEQUENCE {

rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
counterCheck-r8 CounterCheck-r8-IEs,
ETSI
},
criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
}
}
CounterCheck-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-CountMSB-InfoList DRB-CountMSB-InfoList,
nonCriticalExtension CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension CounterCheck-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL
}
CounterCheck-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15 DRB-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info
DRB-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRBExt-r15)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info
DRB-CountMSB-Info ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
countMSB-Uplink INTEGER(0..33554431),
countMSB-Downlink INTEGER(0..33554431)
}
-- ASN1STOP
CounterCheck field descriptions

count-MSB-Downlink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from downlink COUNT associated to this DRB.
count-MSB-Uplink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from uplink COUNT associated to this DRB.
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
– CounterCheckResponse
The CounterCheckResponse message is used by the UE to respond to a CounterCheck message.
RLC-SAP: AM
Direction: UE to E-UTRAN
CounterCheckResponse message
-- ASN1START
CounterCheckResponse ::= SEQUENCE {

counterCheckResponse-r8 CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs,
}
}
CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-CountInfoList DRB-CountInfoList,
nonCriticalExtension CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension CounterCheckResponse-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL
ETSI
CounterCheckResponse-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-CountInfoListExt-r15 DRB-CountInfoListExt-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
DRB-CountInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo
DRB-CountInfoListExt-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRBExt-r15)) OF DRB-CountInfo
DRB-CountInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

count-Uplink INTEGER(0..4294967295),
count-Downlink INTEGER(0..4294967295)
}
-- ASN1STOP
CounterCheckResponse field descriptions

count-Downlink
Indicates the value of downlink COUNT associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
Indicates the value of uplink COUNT associated to this DRB.
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
– CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message is used by the UE to obtain the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters
from the network. The UE needs these parameters to generate the CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration message used to
register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network which is required to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
RLC-SAP: AM
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message
-- ASN1START
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8 CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs,
}
}
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message is used to provide the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters to the UE
so the UE can register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message
-- ASN1START
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8 CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs,
}
}
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rand RAND-CDMA2000,
mobilityParameters MobilityParametersCDMA2000,
nonCriticalExtension CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– DLInformationTransfer
The DLInformationTransfer message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS, non-3GPP dedicated information or
time reference information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB2 or SRB1. If only timeReferenceInfo is included in the message, SRB1 is used.
Otherwise, SRB1 is used only if SRB2 not established yet, and if SRB2 is suspended, E-UTRAN does not send
this message until SRB2 is resumed.
RLC-SAP: AM
DLInformationTransfer message
-- ASN1START
DLInformationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
dlInformationTransfer-r8 DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs,
dlInformationTransfer-r15 DLInformationTransfer-r15-IEs,
spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
},
}
}
DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dedicatedInfoType CHOICE {
dedicatedInfoNAS DedicatedInfoNAS,
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
},
nonCriticalExtension DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI

}
DLInformationTransfer-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dedicatedInfoType-r15 CHOICE {
dedicatedInfoNAS-r15 DedicatedInfoNAS,
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT-r15 DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD-r15 DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
timeReferenceInfo-r15 TimeReferenceInfo-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
– FailureInformation
The FailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding failures detected by the UE, e.g. radio link
failure for one of the RLC entities configured with PDCP duplication.
RLC-SAP: AM
FailureInformation message
-- ASN1START
FailureInformation-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

failedLogicalChannelInfo-r15 FailedLogicalChannelInfo-r15 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}
}
FailedLogicalChannelInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

failedLogicalChannelIdentity-r15 SEQUENCE {
cellGroupIndication-r15 ENUMERATED {mn, sn},
logicalChannelIdentity-r15 INTEGER (1..10) OPTIONAL,
logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15 INTEGER (32..38) OPTIONAL
},
failureType ENUMERATED {duplication, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
-- ASN1STOP
FailureInformation field descriptions

cellGroupIndication
This field indicates the cell group (MCG, SCG) of the RLC entity for which the PDCP duplication failure occurred.
failedLogicalChannelId, failedLogicalChannelIExt
This field indicates the logical channel identity of the RLC entity for which the PDCP duplication failure occurred.
failureType
This field indicates the type of failure reported. Value duplication indicates that a radio link failure for one of the RLC
entities configured with PDCP duplication has been detected.
– HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)
The HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message is used to trigger the handover preparation procedure with a
CDMA2000 RAT. This message is also used to trigger a tunneled preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT
RAT to obtain traffic channel resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, which may also involve a
concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD. Also, this message is used to trigger the dual Rx/Tx
redirection procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message
-- ASN1START
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

cdma2000-Type CDMA2000-Type,
rand RAND-CDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Cond cdma2000-Type
mobilityParameters MobilityParametersCDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Cond cdma2000-Type
nonCriticalExtension HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs OPTIONAL
}
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}

concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD-r9 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond cdma2000-Type
}

dualRxTxRedirectIndicator-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond cdma2000-1XRTT
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT-r10 CarrierFreqCDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Cond dualRxTxRedirect
}
-- ASN1STOP
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest field descriptions

concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD
Value TRUE indicates that upper layers should initiate concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD in
addition to preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
dualRxTxRedirectIndicator
Value TRUE indicates that the second radio of the dual Rx/Tx UE is being redirected to CDMA2000 1xRTT [51].
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT
Used to indicate the CDMA2000 1xRTT carrier frequency where the UE is being redirected to.
Conditional presence Explanation

cdma2000-1XRTT The field is optionally present, need ON, if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it
is not present.
cdma2000-Type The field is mandatory present if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not
present.
dualRxTxRedirect The field is optionally present, need ON, if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present;
otherwise it is not present.
ETSI
– InDeviceCoexIndication
The InDeviceCoexIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN about IDC problems which can not be solved by the
UE itself, as well as to provide information that may assist E-UTRAN when resolving these problems.
RLC-SAP: AM
InDeviceCoexIndication message
-- ASN1START
InDeviceCoexIndication-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
inDeviceCoexIndication-r11 InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs,
},
}
}
InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

affectedCarrierFreqList-r11 AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11 OPTIONAL,
tdm-AssistanceInfo-r11 TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension InDeviceCoexIndication-v11d0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
InDeviceCoexIndication-v11d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-CA-AssistanceInfo-r11 SEQUENCE {
affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 OPTIONAL,
victimSystemType-r11 VictimSystemType-r11
} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension InDeviceCoexIndication-v1310-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
InDeviceCoexIndication-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

affectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 AffectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 OPTIONAL,
affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension InDeviceCoexIndication-v1360-IEs OPTIONAL
}

hardwareSharingProblem-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension InDeviceCoexIndication-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL
}

mrdc-AssistanceInfo-r15 MRDC-AssistanceInfo-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r11
AffectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-v1310
AffectedCarrierFreq-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r11 MeasObjectId,
interferenceDirection-r11 ENUMERATED {eutra, other, both, spare}
}
AffectedCarrierFreq-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v1310 MeasObjectId-v1310 OPTIONAL
}
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-

r11
ETSI
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-

r13
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasObjectId
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasObjectId-r13
TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::= CHOICE {

drx-AssistanceInfo-r11 SEQUENCE {
drx-CycleLength-r11 ENUMERATED {sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
sf256, spare2, spare1},
drx-Offset-r11 INTEGER (0..255) OPTIONAL,
drx-ActiveTime-r11 ENUMERATED {sf20, sf30, sf40, sf60, sf80,
sf100, spare2, spare1}
},
idc-SubframePatternList-r11 IDC-SubframePatternList-r11,
...
}
IDC-SubframePatternList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSubframePatternIDC-r11)) OF IDC-

SubframePattern-r11
IDC-SubframePattern-r11 ::= CHOICE {

subframePatternFDD-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
subframePatternTDD-r11 CHOICE {
subframeConfig0-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (70)),
subframeConfig1-5-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
subframeConfig6-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (60))
},
...
}
VictimSystemType-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

gps-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
glonass-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
bds-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
galileo-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
wlan-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
bluetooth-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
}
MRDC-AssistanceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

affectedCarrierFreqCombInfoListMRDC-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF
AffectedCarrierFreqCombInfoMRDC-r15,
...
}
AffectedCarrierFreqCombInfoMRDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

victimSystemType-r15 VictimSystemType-r11,
interferenceDirectionMRDC-r15 ENUMERATED {eutra-nr, nr, other, eutra-nr-other,
nr-other, spare3, spare2, spare1},
affectedCarrierFreqCombMRDC-r15 SEQUENCE {
affectedCarrierFreqCombEUTRA-r15 AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r15 OPTIONAL,
affectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15 AffectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15
} OPTIONAL
}
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasObjectId-r13
AffectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCellNR-r15)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
InDeviceCoexIndication field descriptions

AffectedCarrierFreq
If carrierFreq-v1310 is included, carrierFreq-r11 is ignored by eNB.
affectedCarrierFreqCombList
Indicates a list of E-UTRA carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and
harmonics from E-UTRA when configured with UL CA. affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 is used when more than 5
serving cells are configured or affected combinations contain MeasObjectId larger than 32. If
affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 is included, affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 shall not be included.
affectedCarrierFreqCombMRDC
Indicates a set of at least one NR carrier frequency and optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency that is
affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics when configured with MR-DC.
affectedCarrierFreqList
List of E-UTRA carrier frequencies affected by IDC problems. If E-UTRAN includes affectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 it
includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in affectedCarrierFreqList-r11.
drx-ActiveTime
Indicates the desired active time that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes.
Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf30 corresponds to 30 subframes and so on.
drx-CycleLength
Indicates the desired DRX cycle length that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of
subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf64 corresponds to 64 subframes and so on.
drx-Offset
Indicates the desired DRX starting offset that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. The UE shall set the value
of drx-Offset smaller than the value of drx-CycleLength. The starting frame and subframe satisfy the relation: [(SFN *
10) + subframe number] modulo (drx-CycleLength) = drx-Offset.
hardwareSharingProblem
Indicates whether the UE has hardware sharing problems that the UE cannot solve by itself. The field is present (i.e.
value true), if the UE has such hardware sharing problems. Otherwise the field is absent.
idc-SubframePatternList
A list of one or more subframe patterns indicating which HARQ process E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using.
Value 0 indicates that E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using the subframe. For FDD, the radio frame in which
the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first/leftmost bit of the subframePatternFDD corresponds to
subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 2 = 0. For TDD, the first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio
frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. The UE shall indicate a subframe
pattern that follows HARQ time line, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], i.e, if a subframe is set to 1 in the subframe
pattern, also the corresponding subframes carrying the potential UL grant [23, 8.0], the UL HARQ retransmission [23,
8.0] and the DL/UL HARQ feedback [23, 7.3, 8.3 and 9.1.2] shall be set to 1.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra indicates that only E-UTRA is victim of IDC interference, value
other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both E-UTRA and
another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see 3GPP TR
36.816 [63]).
interferenceDirectionMRDC
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra-nr indicates E-UTRA and NR is victim, value nr indicates NR,
value other indicates other radio system and so on. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see 3GPP
TR 36.816 [63]).
victimSystemType
Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from E-UTRA when configured with UL CA
or from E-UTRA and NR when configured with MR-DC. Value gps, glonass, bds and galileo indicates the type of
GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.
– InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is going to either start or stop
OTDOA inter-frequency RSTD measurement which requires measurement gaps as specified in TS 36.133 [16, 8.1.2.6].
The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is also used to indicate to the network that the UE is going to
start/stop OTDOA intra-frequency RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps. The
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is also used to indicate to the network the measurement gap that the
category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS
36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
-- ASN1START
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs,
},
}
}
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rstd-InterFreqIndication-r10 CHOICE {
start SEQUENCE {
rstd-InterFreqInfoList-r10 RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10
},
stop NULL
},
}
RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRSTD-Freq-r10)) OF RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10
RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
measPRS-Offset-r10 INTEGER (0..39),
...,
[[ carrierFreq-v1090 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measPRS-Offset-r15 CHOICE {
rstd0-r15 INTEGER (0..79),
rstd20-r15 INTEGER (0..1279)
} OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions

carrierFreq
The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency
RSTD measurements. If the UE includes carrierFreq-v1090, it shall set carrierFreq-r10 to maxEARFCN. In case the
UE starts intra-frequency RSTD measurements the carrierFreq indicates the carrier frequency of the serving cell.
densePRS-GapPreference
The measurement gap that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS
configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. Value 0 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd0, value 1
corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd1 and so on.
measPRS-Offset
Indicates the requested gap offset for performing inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. It is the
smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for
measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-
frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper
layers. The value of measPRS-Offset-r10 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning
occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving
cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, the field further indicates the requested gap pattern that the category M1 or M2 UE
prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-
3, where value rstd0 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd0, value rstd1 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd1 and so on.
The value of measPRS-Offset-r15 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in
the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of
subframes from SFN=0 mod MGRP corresponding to the requested Gap pattern Id. If measPRS-Offset-r15 is
included, measPRS-Offset-r10 is ignored.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier
when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
rstd-InterFreqIndication
Indicates the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement action, i.e. the UE is going to start or stop inter-
frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement.
Figure 6.2.2-1 (informative): Exemplary calculation of measPRS-Offset field.
– LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
The LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message is used by E-UTRAN to configure the UE to perform logging of
measurement results while in RRC_IDLE or to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN while in both
RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. It is used to transfer the logged measurement configuration for network
performance optimisation, see TS 37.320 [60].
RLC-SAP: AM
ETSI
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message
-- ASN1START
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10 LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs,
},
}
}
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

traceReference-r10 TraceReference-r10,
traceRecordingSessionRef-r10 OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
tce-Id-r10 OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
absoluteTimeInfo-r10 AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
areaConfiguration-r10 AreaConfiguration-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
loggingDuration-r10 LoggingDuration-r10,
loggingInterval-r10 LoggingInterval-r10,
nonCriticalExtension LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs OPTIONAL
}
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension-r10 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
}

plmn-IdentityList-r11 PLMN-IdentityList3-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
areaConfiguration-v1130 AreaConfiguration-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}

targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
nonCriticalExtension LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1530-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

bt-NameList-r15 BT-NameList-r15 OPTIONAL, --Need OR
wlan-NameList-r15 WLAN-NameList-r15 OPTIONAL, --Need OR
}
TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF TargetMBSFN-Area-r12
TargetMBSFN-Area-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbsfn-AreaId-r12 MBSFN-AreaId-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
carrierFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions

absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the
included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ identities.
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status
indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
targetMBSFN-AreaList
Used to indicate logging of MBSFN measurements and further restrict the area and frequencies for which the UE
performs measurement logging for MBSFN. If both MBSFN area id and carrier frequency are present, a specific
MBSFN area is indicated. If only carrier frequency is present, all MBSFN areas on that carrier frequency are indicated.
If there is no entry in the list, any MBSFN area is indicated.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58]
– MasterInformationBlock
The MasterInformationBlock includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
MasterInformationBlock
-- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {
n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
phich-Config PHICH-Config,
systemFrameNumber BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r13 INTEGER (0..31),
systemInfoUnchanged-BR-r15 BOOLEAN,
spare BIT STRING (SIZE (4))
}
-- ASN1STOP
MasterInformationBlock field descriptions

dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. n6 corresponds to
6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
phich-Config
Specifies the PHICH configuration. If the UE is a BL UE or UE in CE, it shall ignore this field.
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR
Indicates the index to the tables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tables are
specified in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1]. Value 0 means that SystemInformationBlockType1-
BR is not scheduled.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 8 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21, 6.6.1], the 2 least significant bits of the
SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 40ms P-BCH TTI indicates 2 least significant bits
(within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the second radio frame: 01, the third radio frame: 10, the last radio
frame: 11). One value applies for all serving cells of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). The associated functionality is
common (i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
systemInfoUnchanged-BR
Value TRUE indicates that no change has occurred in the SIB1-BR and SI messages at least over the SI validity time.
ETSI
– MasterInformationBlock-MBMS
The MasterInformationBlock-MBMS includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
RLC-SAP: TM
MasterInformationBlock-MBMS
-- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-Bandwidth-MBMS-r14 ENUMERATED {
n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
systemFrameNumber-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
additionalNonMBSFNSubframes-r14 INTEGER (0..3),
}
-- ASN1STOP
MasterInformationBlock-MBMS field descriptions

additionalNonMBSFNSubframes
Configures additional non-MBSFN subframes where SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and SystemInformation-
MBMS may be transmitted. Value 0, 1, 2, 3 mean zero, one, two, three additional non-MBSFN subframes are
configured after each subframe which has PBCH.
dl-Bandwidth-MBMS
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. n6 corresponds to
6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 6 most significant bits of the SFN of the MBMS-dedicated cell. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21, 6.6.1], the 4
least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 160ms P-BCH TTI
indicates 4 least significant bits (within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the fourth radio frame: 01, the
eighth radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11).
– MBMSCountingRequest
The MBMSCountingRequest message is used by E-UTRAN to count the UEs that are receiving or interested to receive
specific MBMS services.
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: MCCH
MBMSCountingRequest message
-- ASN1START
MBMSCountingRequest-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

countingRequestList-r10 CountingRequestList-r10,
}
CountingRequestList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingRequestInfo-r10
CountingRequestInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

tmgi-r10 TMGI-r9,
...
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– MBMSCountingResponse
The MBMSCountingResponse message is used by the UE to respond to an MBMSCountingRequest message.
RLC-SAP: AM
MBMSCountingResponse message
-- ASN1START
MBMSCountingResponse-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
countingResponse-r10 MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs,
},
}
}
MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

mbsfn-AreaIndex-r10 INTEGER (0..maxMBSFN-Area-1) OPTIONAL,
countingResponseList-r10 CountingResponseList-r10 OPTIONAL,
}
CountingResponseList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingResponseInfo-r10
CountingResponseInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

countingResponseService-r10 INTEGER (0..maxServiceCount-1),
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
MBMSCountingResponse field descriptions

countingResponseList
List of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive. Value 0 for field countingResponseService
corresponds to the first entry in countingRequestList within MBMSCountingRequest, value 1 corresponds to the
second entry in this list and so on.
mbsfn-AreaIndex
Index of the entry in field mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13. Value 0 corresponds to the first
entry in mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in this list
and so on.
ETSI
– MBMSInterestIndication
The MBMSInterestIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving/ interested to receive or no
longer receiving/ interested to receive MBMS via an MRB or SC-MRB.
RLC-SAP: AM
MBMSInterestIndication message
-- ASN1START
MBMSInterestIndication-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
interestIndication-r11 MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs,
},
}
}
MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

mbms-FreqList-r11 CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11 OPTIONAL,
mbms-Priority-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension MBMSInterestIndication-v1310-IEs OPTIONAL
}
MBMSInterestIndication-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

mbms-Services-r13 MBMS-ServiceList-r13 OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
MBMSInterestIndication field descriptions

mbms-FreqList
List of MBMS frequencies on which the UE is receiving or interested to receive MBMS via an MRB or SC-MRB.
mbms-Priority
Indicates whether the UE prioritises MBMS reception above unicast reception. The field is present (i.e. value true), if
the UE prioritises reception of all listed MBMS frequencies above reception of any of the unicast bearers. Otherwise
the field is absent.
– MBSFNAreaConfiguration
The MBSFNAreaConfiguration message contains the MBMS control information applicable for an MBSFN area. For
each MBSFN area included in SystemInformationBlockType13 E-UTRAN configures an MCCH (i.e. the MCCH
identifies the MBSFN area) and signals the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message.
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: MCCH
MBSFNAreaConfiguration message
-- ASN1START
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

commonSF-Alloc-r9 CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9,
commonSF-AllocPeriod-r9 ENUMERATED {
ETSI
rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},

pmch-InfoList-r9 PMCH-InfoList-r9,
nonCriticalExtension MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs OPTIONAL
}
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}

pmch-InfoListExt-r12 PMCH-InfoListExt-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}

commonSF-Alloc-r14 CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r14,
}
CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-

SubframeConfig
CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-

SubframeConfig-v1430
-- ASN1STOP
MBSFNAreaConfiguration field descriptions

commonSF-Alloc
Indicates the subframes allocated to the MBSFN area. E-UTRAN always sets this field to cover at least the subframes
configured by SystemInformationBlockType13 for this MCCH, regardless of whether any MBMS sessions are ongoing.
commonSF-AllocPeriod
Indicates the period during which resources corresponding with field commonSF-Alloc are divided between the
(P)MCH that are configured for this MBSFN area. The subframe allocation patterns, as defined by commonSF-Alloc,
repeat continously during this period. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and
so on. The commonSF-AllocPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod commonSF-AllocPeriod = 0.
pmch-InfoList
EUTRAN may include pmch-InfoListExt even if pmch-InfoList does not include maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries.
EUTRAN configures at most maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries i.e. across pmch-InfoList and pmch-InfoListExt.
– MeasReportAppLayer
The MeasReportAppLayer message is used for sending application layer measurement report.
RLC-SAP: AM
MeasReportAppLayer message
-- ASN1START
MeasReportAppLayer-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE { measReportAppLayer-r15
MeasReportAppLayer-r15-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
}
}
MeasReportAppLayer-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

measReportAppLayerContainer-r15 OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..8000)) OPTIONAL,
serviceType ENUMERATED {qoe, qoemtsi, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasReportAppLayer field descriptions

measReportAppLayerContainer
The field contains container of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90].
serviceType
Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement
Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for MTSI.
– MeasurementReport
The MeasurementReport message is used for the indication of measurement results.
RLC-SAP: AM
MeasurementReport message
-- ASN1START
MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
measurementReport-r8 MeasurementReport-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
},
}
}
MeasurementReport-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults MeasResults,
nonCriticalExtension MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– MobilityFromEUTRACommand
The MobilityFromEUTRACommand message is used to command handover or a cell change from E-UTRA to another
RAT (3GPP or non-3GPP), or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
RLC-SAP: AM
MobilityFromEUTRACommand message
-- ASN1START
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ETSI
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs,
mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9 MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs,
},
}
}
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator BOOLEAN,
purpose CHOICE{
handover Handover,
cellChangeOrder CellChangeOrder
},
nonCriticalExtension MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

bandIndicator BandIndicatorGERAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond GERAN
}
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator BOOLEAN,
purpose CHOICE{
handover Handover,
cellChangeOrder CellChangeOrder,
e-CSFB-r9 E-CSFB-r9,
...
},
nonCriticalExtension MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs OPTIONAL
}
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}

bandIndicator BandIndicatorGERAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond GERAN
}

smtc-r15 MTC-SSB-NR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
}
Handover ::= SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type ENUMERATED {
utra, geran, cdma2000-1XRTT, cdma2000-HRPD,
nr, eutra, spare2, spare1, ...},
targetRAT-MessageContainer OCTET STRING,
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond UTRAGERANEPC
systemInformation SI-OrPSI-GERAN OPTIONAL -- Cond PSHO
}
CellChangeOrder ::= SEQUENCE {

t304 ENUMERATED {
ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
ms2000, ms4000, ms8000, ms10000-v1310},
targetRAT-Type CHOICE {
geran SEQUENCE {
physCellId PhysCellIdGERAN,
carrierFreq CarrierFreqGERAN,
networkControlOrder BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
systemInformation SI-OrPSI-GERAN OPTIONAL -- Need OP
},
...
}
}
SI-OrPSI-GERAN ::= CHOICE {
ETSI
si SystemInfoListGERAN,
psi SystemInfoListGERAN
}
E-CSFB-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT-r9 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD-r9 ENUMERATED {
handover, redirection
} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD-r9 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Cond concHO
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD-r9 CarrierFreqCDMA2000 OPTIONAL -- Cond concRedir
}
-- ASN1STOP
MobilityFromEUTRACommand field descriptions

bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
carrierFreq
contains the carrier frequency of the target GERAN cell.
cs-FallbackIndicator
Value true indicates that the CS fallback procedure to UTRAN or GERAN is triggered.
messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 1xRTT standard that either tells the UE to move to specific 1xRTT
target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 HRPD standard that either tells the UE to move to specific HRPD
target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the handover to CDMA2000 HRPD.
mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD
This field indicates whether or not mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD is to be performed by the UE and it also indicates the
type of mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD that is to be performed; If this field is not present the UE shall perform only the
enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA
If the targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation
and key freshness for the Key freshness for the 5GS to EPS handovers as specified in TS 33.501 [86] and the content
of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. Otherwise, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key
freshness for the E-UTRAN to UTRAN handovers as specified in TS 33.401 [32] and the content of the parameter is
defined in TS24.301 [35].
networkControlOrder
Parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER in TS 44.060 [36].
purpose
Indicates which type of mobility procedure the UE is requested to perform. EUTRAN always applies value e-CSFB in
case of enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 (e.g. also when that procedure results in handover to CDMA2000 1XRTT
only, in handover to CDMA2000 HRPD only or in redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD only),
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD
The redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD indicates a CDMA2000 carrier frequency and is used to redirect the UE to a
HRPD carrier frequency.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for inter-RAT handover to NR. It is based on timing
reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the
same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
SystemInfoListGERAN
If purpose = CellChangeOrder and if the field is not present, the UE has to acquire SI/PSI from the GERAN cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in section 7.3. Value ms100 corresponds with 100 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and
so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries
information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology.
NOTE 1.
A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard.
ETSI

concHO The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to "handover";
otherwise the field is optional present, need ON.
concRedir The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to "redirection";
otherwise the field is not present.
GERAN The field should be present if the purpose is set to "handover" and the targetRAT-Type is
set to "geran"; otherwise the field is not present
PSHO The field is mandatory present in case of PS handover toward GERAN; otherwise the
field is optionally present, but not used by the UE
UTRAGERANEPC The field is mandatory present if the targetRAT-Type is set to "utra" or "geran" or if the
targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC; otherwise the field is not
present
NOTE 1: The correspondence between the value of the targetRAT-Type, the standard to apply and the message
contained within the targetRAT-MessageContainer is shown in the table below:
targetRAT-Type Standard to apply targetRAT-MessageContainer

cdma2000- C.S0001 or later, C.S0007 or later, C.S0008 or
1XRTT later
cdma2000-HRPD C.S0024 or later
eutra 3GPP TS 36.331 (clause 5.4.2) RRCConnectionReconfiguration
geran GSM TS 04.18, version 8.5.0 or later, or 3GPP TS HANDOVER COMMAND
44.018 (clause 9.1.15)
3GPP TS 44.060, version 6.13.0 or later (clause PS HANDOVER COMMAND

11.2.43)
3GPP TS 44.060, version 7.6.0 or later (clause DTM HANDOVER COMMAND

11.2.46)
nr 3GPP TS 38.331 (clause 6.2.2) RRCReconfiguration
utra 3GPP TS 25.331 (clause 10.2.16a) HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND
– Paging
The Paging message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: PCCH
Paging message
-- ASN1START
Paging ::= SEQUENCE {

pagingRecordList PagingRecordList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
systemInfoModification ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
etws-Indication ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension Paging-v890-IEs OPTIONAL
}
Paging-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}

cmas-Indication-r9 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

eab-ParamModification-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
ETSI

redistributionIndication-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, --Need ON
systemInfoModification-eDRX-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

accessType ENUMERATED {non3GPP} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
PagingRecordList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord
PagingRecord ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity PagingUE-Identity,
cn-Domain ENUMERATED {ps, cs},
...
}
PagingUE-Identity ::= CHOICE {

s-TMSI S-TMSI,
imsi IMSI,
...,
ng-5G-S-TMSI-r15 NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15,
i-RNTI-r15 I-RNTI-r15
}
IMSI ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (6..21)) OF IMSI-Digit
IMSI-Digit ::= INTEGER (0..9)
-- ASN1STOP
Paging field descriptions

cmas-Indication
If present: indication of a CMAS notification.
cn-Domain
Indicates the origin of paging.
eab-ParamModification
If present: indication of an EAB parameters (SIB14) modification.
etws-Indication
If present: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification.
imsi
The International Mobile Subscriber Identity, a globally unique permanent subscriber identity, see TS 23.003 [27]. The
first element contains the first IMSI digit, the second element contains the second IMSI digit and so on.
redistributionIndication
If present: indication to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause
5.2.4.10.
systemInfoModification
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. This indication does not
apply to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
systemInfoModification-eDRX
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. This indication applies only
to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
ue-Identity
Provides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged. The IMSI is not applicable for E-UTRA connected to 5GC.
– ProximityIndication
The ProximityIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more
CSG member cell(s).
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
ProximityIndication message
-- ASN1START
ProximityIndication-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
proximityIndication-r9 ProximityIndication-r9-IEs,
},
}
}
ProximityIndication-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

type-r9 ENUMERATED {entering, leaving},
carrierFreq-r9 CHOICE {
eutra-r9 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
utra-r9 ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
...,
eutra2-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
},
nonCriticalExtension ProximityIndication-v930-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
ProximityIndication-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
ProximityIndication field descriptions

carrierFreq
Indicates the RAT and frequency of the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent. For E-UTRA
and UTRA frequencies, the UE shall set the ARFCN according to a band it previously considered suitable for
accessing (one of) the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent.
type
Used to indicate whether the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s).
– RNReconfiguration
The RNReconfiguration is a command to modify the RN subframe configuration and/or to convey changed system
information.
RLC-SAP: AM
Direction: E-UTRAN to RN
RNReconfiguration message
-- ASN1START
RNReconfiguration-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rnReconfiguration-r10 RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs,
ETSI

},
}
}
RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rn-SystemInfo-r10 RN-SystemInfo-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rn-SubframeConfig-r10 RN-SubframeConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
RN-SystemInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

systemInformationBlockType1-r10 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)
OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
systemInformationBlockType2-r10 SystemInformationBlockType2 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
– RNReconfigurationComplete
The RNReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RN reconfiguration.
RLC-SAP: AM
Direction: RN to E-UTRAN
RNReconfigurationComplete message
-- ASN1START
RNReconfigurationComplete-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rnReconfigurationComplete-r10 RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs,
},
}
}
RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReconfiguration
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey
information for measurement configuration, mobility control, radio resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main
configuration and physical channel configuration) including any associated dedicated NAS information and security
configuration.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mobilityControlInfo MobilityControlInfo OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO
dedicatedInfoNASList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF
DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO
radioResourceConfigDedicated RadioResourceConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
securityConfigHO SecurityConfigHO OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-toEPC
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v8m0-
IEs) OPTIONAL,
}
-- Late non-critical extensions:

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v8m0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
-- Following field is only for pre REL-10 late non-critical extensions
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10i0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-v10i0 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10l0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

mobilityControlInfo-v10l0 MobilityControlInfo-v10l0 OPTIONAL,
sCellToAddModList-v10l0 SCellToAddModList-v10l0 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-10 to REL-11
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v12f0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v12f0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

scg-Configuration-v12f0 SCG-Configuration-v12f0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonFullConfig
-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-12
}

radioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModListExt-v1370 SCellToAddModListExt-v1370 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-13 onwards
}
-- Regular non-critical extensions:

ETSI
otherConfig-r9 OtherConfig-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

fullConfig-r9 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-Reestab
}

sCellToReleaseList-r10 SCellToReleaseList-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModList-r10 SCellToAddModList-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated-r11 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
SystemInformationBlockType1)
}

wlan-OffloadInfo-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated-r12 WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12,
t350-r12 ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60,
min120, min180, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
scg-Configuration-r12 SCG-Configuration-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
nonFullConfig
sl-SyncTxControl-r12 SL-SyncTxControl-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sl-DiscConfig-r12 SL-DiscConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sl-CommConfig-r12 SL-CommConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

sCellToReleaseListExt-r13 SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModListExt-r13 SCellToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
lwa-Configuration-r13 LWA-Configuration-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
lwip-Configuration-r13 LWIP-Configuration-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rclwi-Configuration-r13 RCLWI-Configuration-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1430-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModListExt-v1430 SCellToAddModListExt-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
perCC-GapIndicationRequest-r14 ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated-r14 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
SystemInformationBlockType2) OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO
}

nr-Config-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
endc-ReleaseAndAdd-r15 BOOLEAN,
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
p-MaxEUTRA-r15 P-Max OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
sk-Counter-r15 INTEGER (0.. 65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tdm-PatternConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment-r15 SubframeAssignment-r15,
harq-Offset-r15 INTEGER (0.. 9)
}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-
PCell
}
ETSI
securityConfigHO-v1530 SecurityConfigHO-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-5GC

sCellGroupToReleaseList-r15 SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellGroupToAddModList-r15 SCellGroupToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
dedicatedInfoNASList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB-r15)) OF
DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO
p-MaxUE-FR1-r15 P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
smtc-r15 MTC-SSB-NR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
}
SL-SyncTxControl-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

networkControlledSyncTx-r12 ENUMERATED {on, off} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
PSCellToAddMod-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

sCellIndex-r12 SCellIndex-r10,
cellIdentification-r12 SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r12 PhysCellId,
dl-CarrierFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAdd
radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
SCellAdd
radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 OPTIONAL, --
Cond SCellAdd2
...,
[[ antennaInfoDedicatedPSCell-v1280 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ sCellIndex-r13 SCellIndex-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370
OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
PSCellToAddMod-v12f0 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0 OPTIONAL
}
PSCellToAddMod-v1440 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r14 RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440 OPTIONAL
}
PowerCoordinationInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-MeNB-r12 INTEGER (1..16),
p-SeNB-r12 INTEGER (1..16),
powerControlMode-r12 INTEGER (1..2)
}
SCellToAddModList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-r10
SCellToAddModList-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-v10l0
SCellToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-r13
SCellToAddModListExt-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-v1370
SCellToAddModListExt-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-v1430
SCellGroupToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)) OF SCellGroupToAddMod-r15
SCellToAddMod-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
SCellAdd
radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, --
Cond SCellAdd2
...,
[[ dl-CarrierFreq-v1090 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Cond EARFCN-max
]],
[[ antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-v10i0 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r14 INTEGER (0.. 31) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ sCellState-r15 ENUMERATED {activated, dormant} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
ETSI
]]
}
SCellToAddMod-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 OPTIONAL
}
SCellToAddModExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r13 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
SCellAdd
radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, --
Cond SCellAdd2
antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r13 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SCellToAddModExt-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1370 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 OPTIONAL
}
SCellToAddModExt-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r14 INTEGER (0.. 31) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ sCellState-r15 ENUMERATED {activated, dormant} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
SCellGroupToAddMod-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sCellGroupIndex-r15 SCellGroupIndex-r15,
sCellConfigCommon-r15 SCellConfigCommon-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToReleaseList-r15 SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModList-r15 SCellToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SCellToReleaseList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellIndex-r10
SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellIndex-r13
SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)) OF SCellGroupIndex-

r15
SCellGroupIndex-r15 ::= INTEGER (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)
SCellConfigCommon-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r15 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r15 RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL,-- Need
ON
antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r15 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SCG-Configuration-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
scg-ConfigPartMCG-r12 SEQUENCE {
scg-Counter-r12 INTEGER (0.. 65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
powerCoordinationInfo-r12 PowerCoordinationInfo-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12 SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
SCG-Configuration-v12f0 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
scg-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0 SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12 SCellToReleaseList-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pSCellToAddMod-r12 PSCellToAddMod-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ETSI
sCellToAddModListSCG-r12 SCellToAddModList-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

mobilityControlInfoSCG-r12 MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[
sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext-r13 SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13 SCellToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v1370 SCellToAddModListExt-v1370 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
pSCellToAddMod-v1440 PSCellToAddMod-v1440 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ sCellGroupToReleaseListSCG-r15 SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellGroupToAddModListSCG-r15 SCellGroupToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0 ::= SEQUENCE {

pSCellToAddMod-v12f0 PSCellToAddMod-v12f0 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sCellToAddModListSCG-v12f0 SCellToAddModList-v10l0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SecurityConfigHO ::= SEQUENCE {

handoverType CHOICE {
intraLTE SEQUENCE {
securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond
fullConfig
keyChangeIndicator BOOLEAN,
nextHopChainingCount NextHopChainingCount
},
interRAT SEQUENCE {
securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA OCTET STRING (SIZE(6))
}
},
...
}
SecurityConfigHO-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

handoverType-v1530 CHOICE {
intra5GC-r15 SEQUENCE {
securityAlgorithmConfig-r15 SecurityAlgorithmConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond
fullConfig
keyChangeIndicator-r15 BOOLEAN,
nextHopChainingCount-r15 NextHopChainingCount,
nas-Container-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL -- Need ON
},
ngc-ToEPC-r15 SEQUENCE {
securityAlgorithmConfig-r15 SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
nextHopChainingCount-r15 NextHopChainingCount
},
epc-ToNGC-r15 SEQUENCE {
securityAlgorithmConfig-r15 SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
nas-Container-r15 OCTET STRING
}
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionReconfiguration field descriptions

dedicatedInfoNASList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is
transparent for each PDU in the list. If dedicatedInfoNASList-r15 is present, UE shall ignore the dedicatedInfoNASList
(without suffix).
endc-ReleaseAndAdd
A one-shot field indicating whether the UE simultaneously releases and adds all the NR SCG related configuration
within nr-Config, i.e. the configuration set by the NR RRCReconfiguration message (e.g. secondaryCellGroup, SRB3
and measConfig).
fullConfig
Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message.
harq-Offset
Indicates a HARQ subframe offset that is applied to the subframes designated as UL in the associated subrame
assignment, see TS 36.213 [23].
keyChangeIndicator
If UE is connected to EPC, true is used only in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KASME key
taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.401 [32] for KeNB re-keying.
false is used in an intra-LTE handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as
described in TS 33.401 [32].
If UE is connected to 5GC, with keyChangeIndicator-r15, true is used in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is
derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.501
[86] for KeNB re-keying.
False is used for intra-system handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH
as described in TS 33.501 [86]. True is also used in NG based handover procedure with KAMF change, when a KeNB
key is derived from the new KAMF key as described in TS 33.501 [86].
lwa-Configuration
This field is used to provide parameters for LWA configuration. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWA with
DC, LWIP or RCLWI for a UE.
lwip-Configuration
This field is used to provide parameters for LWIP configuration. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWIP
with DC, LWA or RCLWI for a UE.
nas-Container
transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after handover within LTE/5GC. The
content is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. In case of NG based handover, the content of nas-Container is. the Intra N1
mode NAS transparent container IE. In case of inter-system handover to from 5GS to EPS, the content of NAS-
Container is. the S1 mode to N1 mode NAS transparent container IE.
nas-securityParamToEUTRA
transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA
connected to EPC or inter-system handover to LTE/EPC. The content is defined in TS 24.301 [35]. This field is not
used for handover from 5GC.
networkControlledSyncTx
This field indicates whether the UE shall transmit synchronisation information (i.e. become synchronisation source).
Value On indicates the UE to transmit synchronisation information while value Off indicates the UE to not transmit
such information.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32] if UE is connected to EPC, else see 33.501 [86] if UE is connected to 5GC.
nr-Config
Includes the NR related configurations. This filed is used to configure EN-DC configuration, possibly in conjunction
with fields sk-Counter and nr-RadioBearerConfig1/ 2. NOTE.
nr-RadioBearerConfig1, nr-RadioBearerConfig2
Includes the NR RadioBearerConfig IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the configuration of RBs
configured with NR PDCP.
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig
Includes the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the
NR RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup and/ or measConfig. If nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is
configured, the network always includes this field upon MN handover to initiate an NR SCG reconfiguration with sync
and key change.
perCC-GapIndicationRequest
Indicates that UE shall include perCC-GapIndicationList and numFreqEffective in the
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message. numFreqEffectiveReduced may also be included if frequencies
are configured for reduced measurement performance.
p-MaxEUTRA
Indicates the maximum power available for LTE.
ETSI

p-MaxUE-FR1
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE across all serving cells in frequency range 1 (FR1) across all
cell groups. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use may be additionally limited on cell- or cell-group level.
The field is optionally present, if EN-DC (nr-Config-r15) has been configured. It is absent otherwise.
p-MeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the MeNB, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The value N corresponds to N-1 in TS
36.213 [23].
powerControlMode
Indicates the power control mode used in DC. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates
DC power control mode 2, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
p-SeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the SeNB as specified in TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.1.4.2-1]. The value N
corresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
rclwi-Configuration
WLAN traffic steering command as specified in 5.6.16.2. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure RCLWI with
DC, LWA or LWIP for a UE.
sCellConfigCommon
Indicates the common configuration for the SCell group.
sCellGroupIndex
Indicates the identity of SCell groups for which a common configuration is provided.
sCellIndex
In case of DC, the SCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG cell can not use the same value as
used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
sCellIndex-r13 in sCellToAddModListExt-r13 shall not have same values as sCellIndex-r10 in sCellToAddModList-r10.
sCellGroupToAddModList, sCellGroupToAddModListSCG
Indicates the SCell group to be added or modified. E-UTRAN only configures at most 4 SCell groups per UE over all
cell groups.
sCellGroupToReleaseList
Indicates the SCell group to be released.
sCellState
A one-shot field that indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated or dormant state upon SCell
configuration.
sCellToAddModList, sCellToAddModListExt
Indicates the SCell to be added or modified. Field sCellToAddModList is used to add the first 4 SCells for a UE with
sCellIndex-r10 while sCellToAddModListExt is used to add the rest. If E-UTRAN includes SCellToAddModListExt-
v1430 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SCellToAddModListExt-r13. If E-
UTRAN includes SCellToAddModList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
SCellToAddModList-r10. If E-UTRAN includes SCellToAddModListExt-v1370 it includes the same number of entries,
and listed in the same order, as in SCellToAddModListExt-r13.
sCellToAddModListSCG, sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext
Indicates the SCG cell to be added or modified. The field is used for SCG cells other than the PSCell (which is added/
modified by field pSCellToAddMod). Field sCellToAddModListSCG is used to add the first 4 SCells for a UE with
sCellIndex-r10 while sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext is used to add the rest. If E-UTRAN includes
sCellToAddModListSCG-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
sCellToAddModListSCG-r12. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v1370 it includes the same number of
entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13.
sCellToReleaseListSCG, sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext
Indicates the SCG cell to be released. The field is also used to release the PSCell e.g. upon change of PSCell, upon
system information change for the PSCell.
scg-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of SCG security as well as upon refresh of S-KeNB. E-UTRAN includes the
field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
securityConfigHO
This field contains the parameters required to update the security keys at handover. If E-UTRAN includes the
securityConfigHO (i.e., without suffix), the choice intraLTE is used for handover within LTE/EPC while the choice
interRAT is used for handover from GERAN or UTRAN to LTE/EPC. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO-
v1530 (i.e., with suffix), the choice intraNGC is used for handover from NR or LTE/5GC to LTE/5GC while the choice
ngc-ToEPC is used for inter-system handover from NR or LTE/5GC to LTE/EPC and the choice epc-ToNGC is used
for inter-system handover from LTE/EPC to LTE/5GC.
sk-Counter
A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of security for EN-DC as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN
provides this field upon configuring EN-DC to facilitate configuration of SRB3.
sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated
Indicates sidelink configuration for non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication as well as P2X related V2X sidelink
communication.
ETSI

smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. It is based on
timing reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR
having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex
Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell.
During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving
cell with PUSCH in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. The PUSCH-less cell is always a TDD
cell but the serving cell with PUSCH may be either a FDD or TDD cell.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified
in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2].
systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated
This field is used to transfer SystemInformationBlockType1 or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR to the UE.
systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated
This field is used to transfer BR version of SystemInformationBlockType2 to BL UEs or UEs in CE or
SystemInformationBlockType2 to non-BL UEs.
t350
Timer T350 as described in section 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
tdm-PatternConfig
UL/DL reference configuration indicating the time during which a UE configured with EN-DC is allowed to transmit.
This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission as specified in TS38.101-3 [85]
and TS 38.213 [88].

EARFCN-max The field is mandatory present if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is included and set to maxEARFCN.
Otherwise the field is not present.
FDD-PCell This field is optionally present, need ON, for a FDD PCell if there is no SCell with
configured uplink. Otherwise, the field is not present.
fullConfig This field is mandatory present for handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is
included; otherwise it is optionally present, Need OP.
HO The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA;
HO-Reestab The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover within E-UTRA or
handover from NR to LTE/EPC; it is optionally present, need ON, in case of intra-system
handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-
establishment; or for intra-system handover from NR to E-UTRA, otherwise the field is not
present.
HO-5GC The field is mandatory present in case of handover within LTE/5GC, handover to
LTE/5GC, handover from NR to LTE/EPC, or handover from LTE/5GC to LTE/EPC,
HO-toEPC The field is mandatory present in case of handover within LTE/EPC or to LTE/EPC,
except handover from NR or LTE/5GC, otherwise the field is not present.
HO-toEUTRA The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or for reconfigurations
when fullConfig is included; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
nonFullConfig The field is not present when the fullConfig is included or in case of handover to E-UTRA;
otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
nonHO The field is not present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA; otherwise it is
optional present, need ON.
SCellAdd The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd2 The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present,
need ON.
NOTE: Fields sk-Counter and nr-RadioBearerConfig1/ 2 are placed outside nr-Config, as these may be
configured while the UE is not configured with EN-DC.
– RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
The RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC
connection reconfiguration.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rlf-InfoAvailable-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
logMeasAvailable-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}

connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}

logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1430-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

perCC-GapIndicationList-r14 PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14 OPTIONAL,
numFreqEffective-r14 INTEGER (1..12) OPTIONAL,
numFreqEffectiveReduced-r14 INTEGER (1..12) OPTIONAL,
OPTIONAL
}

scg-ConfigResponseNR-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
OPTIONAL
}

logMeasAvailableBT-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
flightPathInfoAvailable-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete field descriptions

numFreqEffective
This field is used to indicate the number of effective frequencies that a UE measures in series according to TS 36.133
[16]. Simultaneous measurement in parallel on multiple frequencies can be equivalent to a single effective frequency.
The frequencies configured for reduced measurement performance should not be included.
numFreqEffectiveReduced
This field is used to indicate the number of effective frequencies that a UE measures in series according to TS 36.133
[16] for frequencies configured for reduced measurement performance. Simultaneous measurement in parallel on
multiple frequencies can be equivalent to a single effective frequency.
perCC-GapIndicationList
This field is used to indicate per CC measurement gap preference by the UE.
scg-ConfigResponseNR
Includes the NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message as defined in TS 38.331 [82].
– RRCConnectionReestablishment
The RRCConnectionReestablishment message is used to re-establish SRB1.
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
RRCConnectionReestablishment message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishment ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReestablishment-r8 RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
nextHopChainingCount NextHopChainingCount,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC
connection re-establishment.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}

}

}

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1530-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete field descriptions

rlf-InfoAvailable
This field is used to indicate the availability of radio link failure or handover failure related measurements
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message is used to indicate the rejection of an RRC connection re-
establishment request.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity ReestabUE-Identity,
reestablishmentCause ReestablishmentCause,
}
ReestabUE-Identity ::= SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI C-RNTI,
physCellId PhysCellId,
shortMAC-I ShortMAC-I
}
ReestablishmentCause ::= ENUMERATED {

reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure,
otherFailure, spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest field descriptions

physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. eNB is not expected to reject a
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
– RRCConnectionReject
The RRCConnectionReject message is used to reject the RRC connection establishment.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionReject message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReject ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReject-r8 RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

waitTime INTEGER (1..16),
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

extendedWaitTime-r10 INTEGER (1..1800) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs OPTIONAL
}

deprioritisationReq-r11 SEQUENCE {
deprioritisationType-r11 ENUMERATED {frequency, e-utra},
deprioritisationTimer-r11 ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30}
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReject-v1320-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

rrc-SuspendIndication-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionReject field descriptions

deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised. The UE shall be able to store a depriotisation
request for up to 8 frequencies (applicable when receiving another frequency specific deprioritisation request before
T325 expiry).
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or E-UTRA is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds
to N minutes.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
rrc-SuspendIndication
If present, this field indicates that the UE should remain suspended and not release its stored context.
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds.
– RRCConnectionRelease
The RRCConnectionRelease message is used to command the release of an RRC connection, or to complete an UP-
EDT procedure.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionRelease message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

releaseCause ReleaseCause,
redirectedCarrierInfo RedirectedCarrierInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
idleModeMobilityControlInfo IdleModeMobilityControlInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
}
-- Late non critical extensions

RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
NoRedirect-r8
idleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
IdleInfoEUTRA
}
-- Regular non critical extensions

cellInfoList-r9 CHOICE {
geran-r9 CellInfoListGERAN-r9,
utra-FDD-r9 CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9,
utra-TDD-r9 CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9,
...,
ETSI
utra-TDD-r10 CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Redirection
}

}
RRCConnectionRelease-v1320-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
resumeIdentity-r13 ResumeIdentity-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}

drb-ContinueROHC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond UP-EDT
nextHopChainingCount-r15 NextHopChainingCount OPTIONAL, -- Cond UP-EDT
measIdleConfig-r15 MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rrc-InactiveConfig-r15 RRC-InactiveConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cn-Type-r15 ENUMERATED {epc,fivegc} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}
ReleaseCause ::= ENUMERATED {loadBalancingTAUrequired,

other, cs-FallbackHighPriority-v1020, rrc-Suspend-v1320}
RedirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {

eutra ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
geran CarrierFreqsGERAN,
utra-FDD ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
utra-TDD ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
cdma2000-HRPD CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
cdma2000-1xRTT CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
...,
utra-TDD-r10 CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10,
nr-r15 CarrierInfoNR-r15
}
RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

eutra-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}
RRC-InactiveConfig-r15::= SEQUENCE {
fullI-RNTI-r15 I-RNTI-r15,
shortI-RNTI-r15 ShortI-RNTI-r15,
ran-PagingCycle-r15 ENUMERATED { rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256} OPTIONAL, --Need
OR
ran-NotificationAreaInfo-r15 RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15 OPTIONAL, --Need ON
periodic-RNAU-timer-r15 ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60,
min120, min360, min720} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
nextHopChainingCount-r15 NextHopChainingCount OPTIONAL, --Need ON
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL
}
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15 ::= CHOICE {

cellList-r15 PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList-r15,
ran-AreaConfigList-r15 PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList-r15
}
PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r15)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell-r15
-- Total number of cells from all PLMNs does not exceed 32

PLMN-RAN-AreaCell-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-Identity-r15 PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL,
ran-AreaCells-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellIdentity
}
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r15)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig-r15
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

ran-Area-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF RAN-AreaConfig-r15
}
-- Total number of TACs from all PLMNs does not exceed 16

-- Total number of RAN-AreaCodes from all PLMNs does not exceed 32
ETSI
RAN-AreaConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

trackingAreaCode-5GC-r15 TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15,
ran-AreaCodeList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF RAN-AreaCode-r15 OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10)) OF ARFCN-ValueUTRA
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

freqPriorityListEUTRA FreqPriorityListEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
freqPriorityListGERAN FreqsPriorityListGERAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
freqPriorityListUTRA-FDD FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
freqPriorityListUTRA-TDD FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
bandClassPriorityListHRPD BandClassPriorityListHRPD OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
bandClassPriorityList1XRTT BandClassPriorityList1XRTT OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
t320 ENUMERATED {
min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180,
spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12 FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
]],
[[ freqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 FreqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
]],
[[ freqPriorityListNR-r15 FreqPriorityListNR-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0
}
FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA
FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12
FreqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310
FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310
FreqPriorityEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority
}
FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Cond EARFCN-max
}
FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellReselectionPriority-r12 CellReselectionPriority
}
FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellReselectionSubPriority-r13 CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
}
FreqPriorityListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR-r15
FreqPriorityNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r15 ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
cellReselectionPriority-r15 CellReselectionPriority,
cellReselectionSubPriority-r15 CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
}
FreqsPriorityListGERAN ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF FreqsPriorityGERAN
FreqsPriorityGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreqs CarrierFreqsGERAN,
}
FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD
ETSI
FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
}
FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD
FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD ::= SEQUENCE {

}
BandClassPriorityListHRPD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriorityHRPD
BandClassPriorityHRPD ::= SEQUENCE {

bandClass BandclassCDMA2000,
}
BandClassPriorityList1XRTT ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriority1XRTT
BandClassPriority1XRTT ::= SEQUENCE {

}
CellInfoListGERAN-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoGERAN-r9)) OF CellInfoGERAN-r9
CellInfoGERAN-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r9 PhysCellIdGERAN,
carrierFreq-r9 CarrierFreqGERAN,
systemInformation-r9 SystemInfoListGERAN
}
CarrierInfoNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15 ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240},
smtc-r15 MTC-SSB-NR-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9
CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r9 PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
utra-BCCH-Container-r9 OCTET STRING
}
CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9
CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r9 PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
}
CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10
CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r10 PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
carrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionRelease field descriptions

carrierFreq or bandClass
The carrier frequency (UTRA and E-UTRA) and band class (HRPD and 1xRTT) for which the associated
cellReselectionPriority is applied.
carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
cellInfoList
Used to provide system information of one or more cells on the redirected inter-RAT carrier frequency. The system
information can be used if, upon redirection, the UE selects an inter-RAT cell indicated by the physCellId and
carrierFreq (GERAN and UTRA TDD) or by the physCellId (other RATs). The choice shall match the
redirectedCarrierInfo. In particular, E-UTRAN only applies value utra-TDD-r10 in case redirectedCarrierInfo is set to
utra-TDD-r10.
cellList
Indicates a list of cells configured as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the UE considers
the registered PLMN.
cn-Type
The cn-Type is used to indicate that the UE is redirected from 5GC to EPC or 5GC when redirectedCarrierInfo
indicates E-UTRA frequency.
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with
the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context
continues when UE initiates UP-EDT in the same cell, while absence indicates that the header compression protocol
context is reset.
extendedWaitTime
freqPriorityListX
Provides a cell reselection priority for each frequency, by means of separate lists for each RAT (including E-UTRA).
The UE shall be able to store at least 3 occurrences of FreqsPriorityGERAN. If E-UTRAN includes
freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 and/or freqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in
the same order, as in freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix). Field freqPriorityListExt includes additional
neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles
specified in 5.1.2. EUTRAN only includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA if freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e without suffix)
includes maxFreq entries. If E-UTRAN includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 it includes the same number of
entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12.
idleModeMobilityControlInfo
Provides dedicated cell reselection priorities. Used for cell reselection as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. For E-UTRA and
UTRA frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band cells for the concerned RAT considers the dedicated priorities to be
common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the ARFCN that is used).
measIdleConfig
Indicates measurement configuration to be used by the UE in RRC_IDLE.
periodic-RNAU-timer
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value
min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA
code(s) or RAN area code(s) to configure a UE.
ranAreaConfigList
Indicates a list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the
UE considers the registered PLMN.
ran-pagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds
to 64 radio frames and so on.
redirectedCarrierInfo
The redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an
E-UTRA or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as
specified in TS 36.304 [4]. The value geran can only be included after successful security activation when UE is
connected to 5GC.
releaseCause
The releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection. The cause value cs-
FallbackHighPriority is only applicable when redirectedCarrierInfo is present with the value set to utra-FDD, utra-TDD
or utra-TDD-r10. E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired or to cs-
FallbackHighPriority if the extendedWaitTime is present. The network should not set the releaseCause to
loadBalancingTAURequired if the UE is connected to 5GC.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of the redirected target NR frequency. It is based on the timing
reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the
same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing
ETSI
RRCConnectionRelease field descriptions

subcarrierSpacingSSB
Indicate subcarrier spacing of SSB of redirected target NR frequency. Only the values 15 or 30 (<6GHz), 120 kHz or
240 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
systemInformation
Container for system information of the GERAN cell i.e. one or more System Information (SI) messages as defined in
TS 44.018 [45, table 9.1.1].
t320
utra-BCCH-Container
Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].

EARFCN-max The field is mandatory present if the corresponding carrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to
maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
IdleInfoEUTRA The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo (i.e. without
suffix) is included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
NoRedirect-r8 The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the redirectedCarrierInfo (i.e. without suffix) is
not included; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the redirectedCarrierInfo is included and set to
geran, utra-FDD, utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10; otherwise the field is not present.
UP-EDT The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports UP-EDT and releaseCause is
set to rrc-Suspend; otherwise the field is not present.
– RRCConnectionRequest
The RRCConnectionRequest message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionRequest message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionRequest-r8 RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity InitialUE-Identity,
establishmentCause EstablishmentCause,
}
InitialUE-Identity ::= CHOICE {

s-TMSI S-TMSI,
randomValue BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
EstablishmentCause ::= ENUMERATED {

emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling,
mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, mo-VoiceCall-v1280,
spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionRequest field descriptions

establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause
value names: highPriorityAccess concerns AC11..AC15, 'mt' stands for 'Mobile Terminating' and 'mo' for 'Mobile
Originating. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the
UE.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 240 − 1.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers. The s-TMSI is selected and set to the rightmost
of 40 bits with the value received from upper layers if upper layers provide a 5G-S-TMSI.
– RRCConnectionResume
The RRCConnectionResume message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionResume message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResume-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionResume-r13 RRCConnectionResume-r13-IEs,
spare3 NULL,
spare2 NULL,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionResume-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measConfig-r13 MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-r13 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-ContinueROHC-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
rrcConnectionResume-v1430-IEs RRCConnectionResume-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionResume-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

otherConfig-r14 OtherConfig-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rrcConnectionResume-v1510-IEs RRCConnectionResume-v1510-IEs OPTIONAL
}

sk-Counter-r15 INTEGER (0.. 65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionResume-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL
}

fullConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionResume field descriptions

drb-ContinueROHC
continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset.
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCResume message.
nr-RadioBearerConfig1, nr-RadioBearerConfig2
Includes the NR RadioBearerConfig IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the configuration of RBs
configured with NR PDCP.
sk-Counter
A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of security for EN-DC as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN
provides this field upon establishment of first SN-terminated bearer using S-KgNB.
– RRCConnectionResumeComplete
The RRCConnectionResumeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection
resumption.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionResumeComplete message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13 RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

selectedPLMN-Identity-r13 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11) OPTIONAL,
dedicatedInfoNAS-r13 DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL,
mobilityState-r13 ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare} OPTIONAL,
mobilityHistoryAvail-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1530-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

idleMeasAvailable-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionResumeComplete field descriptions

idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle mode measurement report available.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected
from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the same plmn-IdentityList, or when
no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-
IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. The selectedPLMN-Identity is referred to the PLMN list for 5GC if the UE
is in RRC_INACTIVE state.
– RRCConnectionResumeRequest
The RRCConnectionResumeRequest message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or to
perform UP-EDT.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionResumeRequest message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13 RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13-IEs,
rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r15 RRCConnectionResumeRequest-5GC-r15-IEs
}
}
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

resumeIdentity-r13 CHOICE {
resumeID-r13 ResumeIdentity-r13,
truncatedResumeID-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (24))
},
shortResumeMAC-I-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
resumeCause-r13 ResumeCause,
}
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-5GC-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

resumeIdentity-r15 CHOICE {
fullI-RNTI-r15 I-RNTI-r15,
shortI-RNTI-r15 ShortI-RNTI-r15
},
shortResumeMAC-I-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
resumeCause-r15 ResumeCause-r15,
}
ResumeCause ::= ENUMERATED {

mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, mo-VoiceCall-v1280,
spare1}
ResumeCause-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {

mo-Data, rna-Update, mo-VoiceCall, spare1
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionResumeRequest field descriptions

resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers. The network is
not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB
shortResumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB
– RRCConnectionSetup
The RRCConnectionSetup message is used to establish SRB1.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionSetup message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionSetup ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionSetup-r8 RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionSetupComplete
The RRCConnectionSetupComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection
establishment.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionSetupComplete message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionSetupComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

ETSI
c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r8 RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

selectedPLMN-Identity INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
registeredMME RegisteredMME OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

gummei-Type-r10 ENUMERATED {native, mapped} OPTIONAL,
rn-SubframeConfigReq-r10 ENUMERATED {required, notRequired} OPTIONAL,
}

}

mobilityState-r12 ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare} OPTIONAL,
mobilityHistoryAvail-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1320-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

ce-ModeB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
s-TMSI-r13 S-TMSI OPTIONAL,
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}

ue-CE-NeedULGaps-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}

dcn-ID-r14 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1530-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

idleMeasAvailable-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
connectTo5GC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
registeredAMF-r15 RegisteredAMF-r15 OPTIONAL,
s-NSSAI-list-r15 SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofS-NSSAI-r15)) OF S-NSSAI-r15
OPTIONAL,
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits-r15 CHOICE {
ng-5G-S-TMSI-r15 NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15,
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
} OPTIONAL,
}
RegisteredMME ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
plmn-Identity PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL,

mmegi BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
mmec MMEC
}
RegisteredAMF-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

amf-Identifier-r15 AMF-Identifier-r15
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionSetupComplete field descriptions

attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
This field is used to indicate that the UE performs an Attach without PDN connectivity procedure, as indicated by the
upper layers and specified in TS 24.301 [35].
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper
layers, see TS 24.301 [35].
ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode B, as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
connectTo5GC
This field is included if the upper layers indicate the selected core network type as 5GC, see TS 24.501 [95]. If this
field is present, the selectedPLMN-Identity refers to the PLMN list for 5GC.
dcn-ID
The Dedicated Core Network Identity, see TS 23.401 [41].
gummei-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUMMEI included is native (assigned by EPC) or mapped (from 2G/3G
identifiers).
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle mode measurement report available.
mmegi
Provides the Group Identity of the registered MME within the PLMN, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 5.2.4.3]) just prior to UE going into
RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-
mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2
The leftmost 8 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
registeredMME
This field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
rn-SubframeConfigReq
If present, this field indicates that the connection establishment is for an RN and whether a subframe configuration is
requested or not.
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected
from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the same plmn-IdentityList, or when
no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-
IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.
s-NSSAI-List
This field is a list of S-NSSAI as indicated by the upper layers. The UE can report up to eight S-NSSAI per NSSAI, see
TS 23.003 [27].
ue-CE-NeedULGaps
Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211
[21] and TS 36.306 [5].
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,
see TS 24.301 [35].
– RRCEarlyDataComplete
The RRCEarlyDataComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of the CP-EDT procedure.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCEarlyDataComplete message
-- ASN1START
RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15 RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15-IEs,
}
}
RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dedicatedInfoNAS-r15 DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
idleModeMobilityControlInfo-r15 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
idleModeMobilityControlInfoExt-r15 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
IdleInfoEUTRA
redirectedCarrierInfo-r15 RedirectedCarrierInfo-r15-IEs OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
RedirectedCarrierInfo-r15-IEs ::= CHOICE {

eutra-r15 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
geran-r15 CarrierFreqsGERAN,
utra-FDD-r15 ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
cdma2000-HRPD-r15 CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
cdma2000-1xRTT-r15 CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
utra-TDD-r15 CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCEarlyDataComplete field descriptions

extendedWaitTime

IdleInfoEUTRA The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-r15 is
included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
– RRCEarlyDataRequest
The RRCEarlyDataRequest message is used to initiate CP-EDT.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCEarlyDataRequest message
-- ASN1START
RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15 RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15-IEs,
}
}
ETSI
RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

s-TMSI-r15 S-TMSI,
establishmentCause-r15 ENUMERATED { mo-Data-r15, delayTolerantAccess-r15},
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCEarlyDataRequest field descriptions

establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC Early Data Request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause
value names: 'mo' stands for 'Mobile Originating'. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCEarlyDataRequest due to
unknown cause value being used by the UE.
– SCGFailureInformation
The SCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding E-UTRA SCG failures detected by the
UE.
RLC-SAP: AM
SCGFailureInformation message
-- ASN1START
SCGFailureInformation-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
scgFailureInformation-r12 SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs,
},
}
}
SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

failureReportSCG-r12 FailureReportSCG-r12 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension SCGFailureInformation-v1310-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SCGFailureInformation-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SCGFailureInformation-v12d0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
}

SCGFailureInformation-v12d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
failureReportSCG-v12d0 FailureReportSCG-v12d0 OPTIONAL,
}

FailureReportSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
failureType-r12 ENUMERATED {t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure },
measResultServFreqList-r12 MeasResultServFreqList-r10 OPTIONAL,
measResultNeighCells-r12 MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ failureType-v1290 ENUMERATED {maxUL-TimingDiff-v1290} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultServFreqListExt-r13 MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13 OPTIONAL
]]
}
ETSI
FailureReportSCG-v12d0 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultNeighCells-v12d0 MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SCGFailureInformationNR
The SCGFailureInformationNR message is used to provide information regarding NR SCG failures detected by the UE.
RLC-SAP: AM
SCGFailureInformationNR message
-- ASN1START
SCGFailureInformationNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
scgFailureInformationNR-r15 SCGFailureInformationNR-r15-IEs,
},
}
}
SCGFailureInformationNR-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

failureReportSCG-NR-r15 FailureReportSCG-NR-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
FailureReportSCG-NR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

failureType-r15 ENUMERATED {
t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
rlc-MaxNumRetx,
scg-ChangeFailure, scg-reconfigFailure,
srb3-IntegrityFailure},
measResultFreqListNR-r15 MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
...
}
MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqNR-r15)) OF MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15
MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultCellList-r15 MeasResultCellListNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
SCGFailureInformationNR field descriptions

measResultFreqListNR
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by
measConfig.
measResultSCG
Includes the NR MeasResultSCG-Failure IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field contains available results of
measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR RRCConfiguration message.
– SCPTMConfiguration
The SCPTMConfiguration message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via SC-
MRB.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: SC-MCCH
SCPTMConfiguration message
-- ASN1START
SCPTMConfiguration-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

sc-mtch-InfoList-r13 SC-MTCH-InfoList-r13,
scptm-NeighbourCellList-r13 SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
nonCriticalExtension SCPTMConfiguration-v1340 OPTIONAL
}
SCPTMConfiguration-v1340 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-b-r13 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
-- ASN1STOP
SCPTMConfiguration field descriptions

sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell.
scptm-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the UE shall assume that MBMS
services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
p-b
Parameter: PB for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.2-1].
– SCPTMConfiguration-BR
The SCPTMConfiguration-BR message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via
SC-MRB for BL UEs or UEs in CE.
RLC-SAP: UM
SCPTMConfiguration-BR message
-- ASN1START
SCPTMConfiguration-BR-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sc-mtch-InfoList-r14 SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14,
scptm-NeighbourCellList-r14 SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
p-b-r14 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SCPTMConfiguration-BR field descriptions

p-b
Parameter: PB for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.2-1].
sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell for BL UEs or UEs in CE.
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the BL UE or UE in CE shall assume that
MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration-BR message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
– SecurityModeCommand
The SecurityModeCommand message is used to command the activation of AS security.
RLC-SAP: AM
SecurityModeCommand message
-- ASN1START
SecurityModeCommand ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
securityModeCommand-r8 SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

securityConfigSMC SecurityConfigSMC,
nonCriticalExtension SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
SecurityConfigSMC ::= SEQUENCE {

securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SecurityModeComplete
The SecurityModeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of a security mode command.
RLC-SAP: AM
SecurityModeComplete message
-- ASN1START
SecurityModeComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
securityModeComplete-r8 SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs,
}
}
SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– SecurityModeFailure
The SecurityModeFailure message is used to indicate an unsuccessful completion of a security mode command.
RLC-SAP: AM
SecurityModeFailure message
-- ASN1START
SecurityModeFailure ::= SEQUENCE {

securityModeFailure-r8 SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs,
}
}
SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– SidelinkUEInformation
The SidelinkUEInformation message is used for the indication of sidelink information to the eNB.
RLC-SAP: AM
SidelinkUEInformation message
-- ASN1START
SidelinkUEInformation-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
c1 CHOICE {
sidelinkUEInformation-r12 SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs,
},
}
}
SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

commRxInterestedFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
commTxResourceReq-r12 SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 OPTIONAL,
discRxInterest-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
discTxResourceReq-r12 INTEGER (1..63) OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension SidelinkUEInformation-v1310-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SidelinkUEInformation-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

commTxResourceReqUC-r13 SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 OPTIONAL,
commTxResourceInfoReqRelay-r13 SEQUENCE {
commTxResourceReqRelay-r13 SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 OPTIONAL,
commTxResourceReqRelayUC-r13 SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 OPTIONAL,
ue-Type-r13 ENUMERATED {relayUE, remoteUE}
} OPTIONAL,
discTxResourceReq-v1310 SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqDiscTx-r13 INTEGER (1..maxFreq) OPTIONAL,
discTxResourceReqAddFreq-r13 SL-DiscTxResourceReqPerFreqList-r13 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
discTxResourceReqPS-r13 SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13 OPTIONAL,
discRxGapReq-r13 SL-GapRequest-r13 OPTIONAL,
discTxGapReq-r13 SL-GapRequest-r13 OPTIONAL,
discSysInfoReportFreqList-r13 SL-DiscSysInfoReportFreqList-r13 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension SidelinkUEInformation-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}

v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList-r14 SL-V2X-CommFreqList-r14 OPTIONAL,
p2x-CommTxType-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
v2x-CommTxResourceReq-r14 SL-V2X-CommTxFreqList-r14 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension SidelinkUEInformation-v1530-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

reliabilityInfoListSL-r15 SL-ReliabilityList-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
destinationInfoList-r12 SL-DestinationInfoList-r12
}
SL-DiscTxResourceReqPerFreqList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13
SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreqDiscTx-r13 INTEGER (1..maxFreq) OPTIONAL,
discTxResourceReq-r13 INTEGER (1..63)
}
SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-DestinationIdentity-r12
SL-DestinationIdentity-r12 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (24))
SL-DiscSysInfoReportFreqList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-DiscSysInfoReportFreq-r13)) OF SL-

DiscSysInfoReport-r13
SL-V2X-CommFreqList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF INTEGER (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14)
SL-V2X-CommTxFreqList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14
SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreqCommTx-r14 INTEGER (0.. maxFreqV2X-1-r14) OPTIONAL,
v2x-TypeTxSync-r14 SL-TypeTxSync-r14 OPTIONAL,
v2x-DestinationInfoList-r14 SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
SidelinkUEInformation field descriptions

carrierFreqCommTx
Indicates the index of the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit V2X sidelink communication. The value
1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21, the value 2 corresponds to
the frequency of second entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21 and so on. The value 0 corresponds the
PCell's frequency.
carrierFreqDiscTx
Indicates the frequency by the index of the entry in field discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19.
Value 1 corresponds to the first entry in discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19, value 2 corresponds
to the second entry in this list and so on.
commRxInterestedFreq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to receive sidelink communication.
commTxResourceReq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit non-relay related sidelink communication as well as
the one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign
dedicated resources. NOTE 1.
commTxResourceReqRelay
Indicates the relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the sidelink relay
UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources.
commTxResourceReqRelayUC
Indicates the relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the sidelink relay
UE or sidelink remote UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources i.e. either contains the unicast destination
identity of the sidelink relay UE or of the sidelink remote UE.
commTxResourceReqUC
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication
as well as the sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign
dedicated resources. NOTE 1.
destinationInfoList
Indicates the destination(s) for relay or non-relay related one-to-one or one-to-many sidelink communication. For one-
to-one sidelink communication the destination is identified by the ProSe UE ID for unicast communication, while for
one-to-many the destination it is identified by the ProSe Layer-2 Group ID as specified in TS 23.303 [68].
discRxInterest
Indicates that the UE is interested to monitor sidelink discovery announcements.
discSysInfoReportFreqList
Indicates, for one or more frequencies, a list of sidelink discovery related parameters acquired from system
Information of cells on configured inter-frequency carriers.
discTxResourceReq
Indicates the number of separate discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field
concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink discovery announcement(s).
discTxResourceReqAddFreq
Indicates, for any frequencies in addition to the one covered by discTxResourceReq, the number of separate
discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE
requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink discovery announcement(s).
discTxResourceReqPS
Indicates the number of separate PS related discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period.
This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting PS related sidelink discovery
announcement(s).
p2x-CommTxType
Indicates that the requested transmission resource pool is for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
reliabilityInfoListSL
Indicates the reliability(ies) (i.e., PPPRs [9]) associated with the reported traffic to be transmitted for V2X sidelink
communication.
v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList
Indicates the index(es) of the frequency(ies) on which the UE is interested to receive V2X sidelink communication.
The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21, the value 2
corresponds to the frequency of second entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21 and so on. The value 0
corresponds the PCell's frequency.
v2x-DestinationInfoList
Indicates the destination(s) for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-TypeTxSync
Indicates the synchronization reference used by the UE.
ETSI
NOTE 1: When configuring commTxResourceReq, commTxResourceReqUC, commTxResourceReqRelay and

commTxResourceReqRelayUC, E-UTRAN configures at most maxSL-Dest-r12 destinations in total (i.e.
as included in the four fields together).
– SystemInformation
The SystemInformation message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks or Positioning System
Information Blocks. All the SIBs or posSIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity. SystemInformation-BR
and SystemInformation-MBMS use the same structure as SystemInformation.
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channels: BCCH and BR-BCCH
SystemInformation message
-- ASN1START
SystemInformation-BR-r13 ::= SystemInformation
SystemInformation-MBMS-r14 ::= SystemInformation
SystemInformation ::= SEQUENCE {

systemInformation-r8 SystemInformation-r8-IEs,
criticalExtensionsFuture-r15 CHOICE {
posSystemInformation-r15 PosSystemInformation-r15-IEs,
}
}
}
SystemInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sib-TypeAndInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
sib2 SystemInformationBlockType2,
...,
sib12-v920 SystemInformationBlockType12-r9,
sib26-v1530 SystemInformationBlockType26-r15
},
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
PosSystemInformation-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

posSIB-TypeAndInfo-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
posSib1-1-r15 SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
ETSI
...
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and
defines the scheduling of other system information. SystemInformationBlockType1-BR uses the same structure as
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channels: BCCH and BR-BCCH
SystemInformationBlockType1 message
-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 ::= SystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityList PLMN-IdentityList,
trackingAreaCode TrackingAreaCode,
cellIdentity CellIdentity,
cellBarred ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
intraFreqReselection ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed},
csg-Indication BOOLEAN,
csg-Identity CSG-Identity OPTIONAL -- Need OR
},
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMin Q-RxLevMin,
q-RxLevMinOffset INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
},
p-Max P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
freqBandIndicator FreqBandIndicator,
schedulingInfoList SchedulingInfoList,
tdd-Config TDD-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
si-WindowLength ENUMERATED {
ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20,
ETSI
ms40},
systemInfoValueTag INTEGER (0..31),
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-
IEs) OPTIONAL,
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
multiBandInfoList MultiBandInfoList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

freqBandIndicator-v9e0 FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond FBI-max
multiBandInfoList-v9e0 MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond mFBI-max
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-v10j0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType1-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

freqBandInfo-r10 NS-PmaxList-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
multiBandInfoList-v10j0 MultiBandInfoList-v10j0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-v10l0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType1-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

freqBandInfo-v10l0 NS-PmaxList-v10l0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
multiBandInfoList-v10l0 MultiBandInfoList-v10l0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ims-EmergencySupport-r9 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellSelectionInfo-v920 CellSelectionInfo-v920 OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ
}

tdd-Config-v1130 TDD-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD-OR
cellSelectionInfo-v1130 CellSelectionInfo-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Cond WB-RSRQ
}

cellAccessRelatedInfo-v1250 SEQUENCE {
category0Allowed-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
},
cellSelectionInfo-v1250 CellSelectionInfo-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ2
freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond mFBI
}

hyperSFN-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
eDRX-Allowed-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellSelectionInfoCE-r13 CellSelectionInfoCE-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
bandwidthReducedAccessRelatedInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
si-WindowLength-BR-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms120,
ms160, ms200, spare},
si-RepetitionPattern-r13 ENUMERATED {everyRF, every2ndRF, every4thRF,
every8thRF},
schedulingInfoList-BR-r13 SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SI-
BR
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR-r13 CHOICE {
subframePattern10-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
subframePattern40-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapBR-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
startSymbolBR-r13 INTEGER (1..4),
si-HoppingConfigCommon-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off},
si-ValidityTime-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ETSI
systemInfoValueTagList-r13 SystemInfoValueTagList-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR

} OPTIONAL, -- Cond BW-reduced
}

freqHoppingParametersDL-r13 SEQUENCE {
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB-r13 ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
interval-TDD-r13 ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13 CHOICE {
interval-TDD-r13 ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40}
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset-r13 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) OPTIONAL --
Need OR
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Hopping
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-v1350-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
OPTIONAL
}

cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
QrxlevminCE1
}

eCallOverIMS-Support-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-1-r14)) OF
CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
OPTIONAL
}

OPTIONAL
}

hsdn-Cell-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15 CHOICE {
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-15 NULL,
crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs-r15 ENUMERATED {n6, n24}
cellBarred-CRS-r15 ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
plmn-IdentityList-v1530 PLMN-IdentityList-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
posSchedulingInfoList-r15 PosSchedulingInfoList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15 SEQUENCE {
cellBarred-5GC-r15 ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
cellBarred-5GC-CRS-r15 ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF
CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15
ims-EmergencySupport5GC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
eCallOverIMS-Support5GC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}
PLMN-IdentityList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo
PLMN-IdentityInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-Identity PLMN-Identity,
cellReservedForOperatorUse ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}
ETSI
PLMN-IdentityList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1530
PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS-r15 ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}
PLMN-IdentityList-r15::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-r15
PLMN-IdentityInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-Identity-5GC-r15 CHOICE{
plmn-Identity-r15 PLMN-Identity,
plmn-Index-r15 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)
},
cellReservedForOperatorUse-r15 ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved},
cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS-r15 ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}
SchedulingInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo
SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

si-Periodicity ENUMERATED {
rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
sib-MappingInfo SIB-MappingInfo
}
SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-BR-r13
SchedulingInfo-BR-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

si-Narrowband-r13 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
si-TBS-r13 ENUMERATED {b152, b208, b256, b328, b408, b504, b600, b712,
b808, b936}
}
SIB-MappingInfo ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type
SIB-Type ::= ENUMERATED {

sibType3, sibType4, sibType5, sibType6,
sibType7, sibType8, sibType9, sibType10,
sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920,
sibType14-v1130, sibType15-v1130,
sibType16-v1130, sibType17-v1250, sibType18-v1250,
..., sibType19-v1250, sibType20-v1310, sibType21-v1430,
sibType24-v1530, sibType25-v1530, sibType26-v1530}
SystemInfoValueTagList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13
SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..3)
CellSelectionInfo-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

q-QualMin-r9 Q-QualMin-r9,
q-QualMinOffset-r9 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}

q-QualMinWB-r11 Q-QualMin-r9
}

q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12 Q-QualMin-r9
}
CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityList-r14 PLMN-IdentityList,
trackingAreaCode-r14 TrackingAreaCode,
cellIdentity-r14 CellIdentity
}
CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityList-r15 PLMN-IdentityList-r15,
ran-AreaCode-r15 RAN-AreaCode-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
trackingAreaCode-5GC-r15 TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15,
cellIdentity-5GC-r15 CellIdentity-5GC-r15
}
CellIdentity-5GC-r15 ::= CHOICE{

cellIdentity-r15 CellIdentity,
cellId-Index-r15 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)
}
ETSI
PosSchedulingInfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF PosSchedulingInfo-r15
PosSchedulingInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

posSI-Periodicity-r15 ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
posSIB-MappingInfo-r15 PosSIB-MappingInfo-r15
}
PosSIB-MappingInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF PosSIB-Type-r15
PosSIB-Type-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

encrypted-r15 ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
gnss-id-r15 GNSS-ID-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
sbas-id-r15 SBAS-ID-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
posSibType-r15 ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1,
posSibType1-2,
posSibType1-3,
posSibType1-4,
posSibType1-5,
posSibType1-6,
posSibType1-7,
posSibType2-1,
posSibType2-2,
posSibType2-3,
posSibType2-4,
posSibType2-5,
posSibType2-6,
posSibType2-7,
posSibType2-8,
posSibType2-9,
posSibType2-10,
posSibType2-11,
posSibType2-12,
posSibType2-13,
posSibType2-14,
posSibType2-15,
posSibType2-16,
posSibType2-17,
posSibType2-18,
posSibType2-19,
posSibType3-1,
...},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SystemInformationBlockType1 field descriptions

bandwithReducedAccessRelatedInfo
Access related information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. NOTE 3.
category0Allowed
The presence of this field indicates category 0 UEs are allowed to access the cell.
cellAccessRelatedInfoList
This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in
only one entry of this list. NOTE 4.
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC
This field contains a PLMN list and a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN for PLMNs that
provides connectivity to 5GC. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE4
cellBarred, cellBarred-CRS
barred means the cell is barred, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellBarred-5GC, cellBarred-5GC-CRS
barred means the cell is barred for connectivity to 5GC, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 2.
cellId-index
the index of the cell ID in the PLMN lists for EPC, indicates UE the corresponding cell ID is used for 5GC. Value 1
indicates the cell ID of the 1st PLMN list for EPC in the SIB1. Value 2 indicates the cell ID of the 2nd PLMN list for
EPC, and so on.
cellReservedForOperatorUse, cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS
As defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfoCE
Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
NOTE 3.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if
cellSelectionInfoCE is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. NOTE 3.
crs-IntfMitigConfig
For BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates CRS interference
mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], subclauses 3.6.1.1, 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value
of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW
when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this
field is configured and the field cellBarred is set to notbarred.
csg-Identity
Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.
csg-Indication
If set to TRUE the UE is only allowed to access the cell if it is a CSG member cell, if selected during manual CSG
selection or to obtain limited service, see TS 36.304 [4].
eCallOverIMS-Support
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via EPC for UEs as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent,
eCall over IMS via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell. NOTE 2.
eCallOverIMS-Support5GC
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via 5GC as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over
IMS via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell. NOTE 2.
eDRX-Allowed
The presence of this field indicates if idle mode extended DRX is allowed in the cell. The UE shall stop using extended
DRX in idle mode if eDRX-Allowed is not present.
encrypted
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is encrypted as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR
The set of valid subframes for FDD downlink or TDD transmissions, see TS 36.213 [23].
If this field is present, SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 is transmitted in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, and if
RRCConnectionReconfiguration does not include systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated, UE may assume the valid
subframes in fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR are not indicated as MBSFN subframes. If this field is not
present, the set of valid subframes is the set of non-MBSFN subframes as indicated by mbsfn-SubframeConfigList. If
neither this field nor mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is present, all subframes are considered as valid subframes for FDD
downlink transmission, all DL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are
considered as valid subframes for TDD DL transmission, and all UL subframes according to the uplink-downlink
configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD UL transmission.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size
of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for
transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
ETSI

fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapBR
The set of valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions for BL UEs, see TS 36.213 [23].
If the field is not present, then UE considers all uplink subframes as valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions.
freqBandIndicatorPriority
If the field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall prioritize the frequency bands in the multiBandInfoList
field in decreasing priority order. Only if the UE does not support any of the frequency band in multiBandInfoList, the
UE shall use the value in freqBandIndicator field. Otherwise, the UE applies frequency band according to the rules
defined in multiBandInfoList. NOTE 2.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4-1] for UEs
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency band in
freqBandIndicator. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the
same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
freqHoppingParametersDL
Downlink frequency hopping parameters for BR versions of SI messages, MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging,
MPDCCH/PDSCH of RAR/Msg4 and unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH. If not present, the UE is not configured downlink
frequency hopping.
gnss-ID
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is for a specific GNSS.
hsdn-Cell
This field indicates this is a HSDN cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
hyperSFN
Indicates hyper SFN which increments by one when the SFN wraps around.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services via EPC for UEs in limited service mode. If
absent, IMS emergency call via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode. NOTE
2.
ims-EmergencySupport5GC
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode via 5GC. If
absent, IMS emergency call via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode. NOTE
2.
intraFreqReselection
Used to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by
the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. NOTE 2.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1] that the cell belongs to. If the
UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE
shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-
v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix).
See Annex D for more descriptions. The UE shall ignore the rule defined in this field description if
freqBandIndicatorPriority is present and supported by the UE.
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency bands in
multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it
includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-
UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN. If plmn-IdentityList-v1530 is included, E-
UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix).
NOTE 2.
plmn-index
Index of the PLMN in the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1for EPC, indicating the same PLMN ID is connected
to 5GC too. 1 if the 1st PLMN is from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is from the same
plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in
the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 6.
p-Max
Value applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS
36.101 [42, 6.2.2]. NOTE 2.
posSIB-MappingInfo
List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
posSibType
The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 36.355 [54].
ETSI

q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of
negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ
measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not
present or the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset. Affects the minimum
required quality level in the cell.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider
bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter Qrxlevminoffset in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the
(default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
sbas-ID
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is for a specific SBAS.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message. There is no mapping information of SIB2; it is always
present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList list.
si-HoppingConfigCommon
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for BR versions of SI messages and MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging.
si-Narrowband
This field indicates the index of a narrowband used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see
TS 36.211 [21, 6.4.1] and TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.6]. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to
narrowband indices (0..[maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1]) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
si-RepetitionPattern
Indicates the radio frames within the SI window used for SI message transmission. Value everyRF corresponds to
every radio frame, value every2ndRF corresponds to every 2 radio frames, and so on. The first transmission of the SI
message is transmitted from the first radio frame of the SI window.
si-Periodicity, posSI-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and
so on.
si-TBS
This field indicates the transport block size information used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in
CE, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.7.2.1-1] for a 6 PRB bandwidth and a QPSK modulation.
schedulingInfoList-BR
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of
entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
si-ValidityTime
Indicates system information validity timer. If set to TRUE, the timer is set to 3h, otherwise the timer is set to 24h.
si-WindowLength, si-WindowLength-BR
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2
milliseconds and so on. In case si-WindowLength-BR-r13 is present and the UE is a BL UE or a UE in CE, the UE
shall use si-WindowLength-BR-r13 and ignore the original field si-WindowLength (without suffix). UEs other than BL
UEs or UEs in CE shall ignore the extension field si-WindowLength-BR-r13.
startSymbolBR
For BL UEs and UEs in CE, indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any MPDCCH, PDSCH scheduled on the same
cell except the PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, see TS 36.213 [23]. Values 1, 2, and 3 are
applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise.
systemInfoValueTagList
Indicates SI message specific value tags for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed
in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
systemInfoValueTagSI
SI message specific value tag as specified in subclause 5.2.1.3. Common for all SIBs within the SI message other
than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1, SIB1-MBMS, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of
MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1 and SIB1-MBMS is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
tdd-Config
Specifies the TDD specific physical channel configurations. NOTE 2.
trackingAreaCode/trackingAreaCode-5GC
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE2. NOTE 5.
ETSI
NOTE 1: The value the UE applies for parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields
signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE
shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following
table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols q-QualMinWB Value of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]

Included Included q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-
QualMinWB)
Included Not included q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included Included q-QualMinWB
Not included Not included q-QualMin
NOTE 2: E-UTRAN sets this field to the same value for all instances of SIB1 message that are broadcasted within
the same cell.
NOTE 3: E-UTRAN configures this field only in the BR version of SIB1 message.
NOTE 4: E-UTRAN configures at most 6 EPC PLMNs in total (i.e. across all the PLMN lists except for PLMN
lists in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC in SIB1). E-UTRAN configures at most 6 5GC PLMNs in total
(i.e. across all the PLMN lists in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC in SIB1).
NOTE 5: E-UTRAN configures only one value for this parameter per PLMN.
NOTE 6: E-UTRAN configures plmn-index only if the cellBarred is set to notBarred

BW-reduced The field is optional present, Need OR, if schedulingInfoSIB1-BR in MIB is set to a value
greater than 0. Otherwise the field is not present.
FBI-max The field is mandatory present if freqBandIndicator (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxFBI.
mFBI The field is optional present, Need OR, if multiBandInfoList is present. Otherwise the field
is not present.
mFBI-max The field is mandatory present if one or more entries in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without
suffix, introduced in -v8h0) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ The field is mandatory present if SIB3 is being broadcast and threshServingLowQ is
present in SIB3; otherwise optionally present, Need OP.
RSRQ2 The field is mandatory present if q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3;
otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Hopping The field is mandatory present if si-HoppingConfigCommon field is broadcasted and set
to on. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need OP.
QrxlevminCE1 The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm.
TDD This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete
any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
WB-RSRQ The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by
allowedMeasBandwidth in systemInformationBlockType3 is 50 resource blocks or larger;
SI-BR The field is mandatory present if schedulingInfoSIB1-BR is included in MIB with a value
greater than 0. Otherwise the field is not present.
– SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS contains information relevant for receiving service from MBMS-dedicated cell
and defines the scheduling of other system information.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channels: BCCH
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS message
-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellAccessRelatedInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityList-r14 PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14,
cellIdentity-r14 CellIdentity
},
freqBandIndicator-r14 FreqBandIndicator-r11,
multiBandInfoList-r14 MultiBandInfoList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
schedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14 SchedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14,
si-WindowLength-r14 ENUMERATED {
ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20,ms40, ms80},
systemInfoValueTag-r14 INTEGER (0..31),
nonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14 NonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, --Need OR
pdsch-ConfigCommon-r14 PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
systemInformationBlockType13-r14 SystemInformationBlockType13-r9 OPTIONAL, --Need OR
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-1-r14)) OF
CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}
PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Identity
SchedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-MBMS-r14
SchedulingInfo-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

si-Periodicity-r14 ENUMERATED {
rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
sib-MappingInfo-r14 SIB-MappingInfo-MBMS-r14
}
SIB-MappingInfo-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type-MBMS-r14
SIB-Type-MBMS-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {

sibType10, sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920,
sibType15-v1130, sibType16-v1130, ...}
NonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioFrameAllocationPeriod-r14 ENUMERATED {rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf512},
radioFrameAllocationOffset-r14 INTEGER (0..7),
subframeAllocation-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE(9))
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS field descriptions

cellAccessRelatedInfoList
This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in
only one entry of this list. NOTE 2.
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 1.
freqBandIndicator
A list of as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4-1] for the frequency band in freqBandIndicator.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1] that the cell belongs to. If the
UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE
shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field.
nonMBSFN-SubframeConfig
Defines the non-MBSFN subframes within the radio frame allocation period defined by the
radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN. NOTE 1.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain non-MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod =
radioFrameAllocationOffset is satisfied. Value rf4 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes 4 radio frames, rf8 detones 8
radion frames, and so on.
schedulingInfoList-MBMS
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages on MBMS-dedicated cell.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
si-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, rf32 denotes 32 radio frames,
and so on.
si-WindowLength
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2
milliseconds and so on.
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for non-MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the
radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset. "0" denotes that the corresponding subframe is a
MBSFN subframe. "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is a non-MBSFN subframe. If E-UTRAN configures a
value other than "0" for additionalNonMBSFNSubframes within MasterInformationBlock-MBMS, subframeAllocation
configuration should also indicate subframes pointed out by additionalNonMBSFNSubframes as non-MBSFN
subframes.
systemInformationBlockType13
E-UTRAN does not configure this field if schedulingInfoList–MBMS indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is
present.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of MIB and SIB1 is detected by
acquisition of the corresponding message.
trackingAreaCode
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE1.
NOTE 1: E-UTRAN sets this field to the same value for all instances of SIB1-MBMS message that are broadcasted
within the same cell.
– UEAssistanceInformation
The UEAssistanceInformation message is used for the indication of UE assistance information to the eNB.
RLC-SAP: AM
UEAssistanceInformation message
-- ASN1START
UEAssistanceInformation-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
c1 CHOICE {
ueAssistanceInformation-r11 UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs,
},
}
}
UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

powerPrefIndication-r11 ENUMERATED {normal, lowPowerConsumption} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UEAssistanceInformation-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UEAssistanceInformation-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

bw-Preference-r14 BW-Preference-r14
OPTIONAL,
sps-AssistanceInformation-r14 SEQUENCE {
trafficPatternInfoListSL-r14 TrafficPatternInfoList-r14 OPTIONAL,
trafficPatternInfoListUL-r14 TrafficPatternInfoList-r14 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
rlm-Report-r14 SEQUENCE {
rlm-Event-r14 ENUMERATED {earlyOutOfSync, earlyInSync},
excessRep-MPDCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {excessRep1, excessRep2} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
delayBudgetReport-r14 DelayBudgetReport-r14 OPTIONAL,
}

overheatingAssistance-r14 OverheatingAssistance-r14 OPTIONAL,
}

sps-AssistanceInformation-v1530 SEQUENCE {
trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530 TrafficPatternInfoList-v1530
} OPTIONAL,
}
BW-Preference-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-Preference-r14 ENUMERATED {mhz1dot4, mhz5, mhz20 } OPTIONAL,
ul-Preference-r14 ENUMERATED {mhz1dot4, mhz5} OPTIONAL
}
TrafficPatternInfoList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTrafficPattern-r14)) OF TrafficPatternInfo-r14
TrafficPatternInfo-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

trafficPeriodicity-r14 ENUMERATED {
sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500,
sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000},
timingOffset-r14 INTEGER (0..10239),
priorityInfoSL-r14 SL-Priority-r13 OPTIONAL,
logicalChannelIdentityUL-r14 INTEGER (3..10) OPTIONAL,
messageSize-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (6))
}
TrafficPatternInfoList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTrafficPattern-r14)) OF TrafficPatternInfo-

v1530
TrafficPatternInfo-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

trafficDestination-r15 SL-DestinationIdentity-r12 OPTIONAL,
reliabilityInfoSL-r15 SL-Reliability-r15 OPTIONAL
}
DelayBudgetReport-r14::= CHOICE {
type1 ENUMERATED {
msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160,
msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, msMinus20, ms0, ms20,
ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280},
type2 ENUMERATED {
msMinus192, msMinus168,msMinus144, msMinus120,
msMinus96, msMinus72, msMinus48, msMinus24, ms0, ms24,
ms48, ms72, ms96, ms120, ms144, ms168, ms192}
}
ETSI
OverheatingAssistance-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

reducedUE-Category SEQUENCE {
reducedUE-CategoryDL INTEGER (0..19),
reducedUE-CategoryUL INTEGER (0..21)
} OPTIONAL,
reducedMaxCCs SEQUENCE {
reducedCCsDL INTEGER (0..31),
reducedCCsUL INTEGER (0..31)
} OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions

delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX or coverage enhancement configuration.
dl-Preference
Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PDSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE
mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth, and mhz20
corresponds to CE mode usage in 20MHz bandwidth or normal coverage.
excessRep-MPDCCH
Indicates the excess number of repetitions on MPDCCH. Value excessRep1 and excessRep2 indicate the excess
number of repetitions defined in TS 36.133 [16].
logicalChannelIdentityUL
Indicates the logical channel identity associated with the reported traffic pattern in the uplink logical channel.
messageSize
Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 36.321 [6,
table 6.1.3.1-1].
powerPrefIndication
Value lowPowerConsumption indicates the UE prefers a configuration that is primarily optimised for power saving.
Otherwise the value is set to normal.
priorityInfoSL
Indicates the traffic priority (i.e., PPPP) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells
indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and
PSCell/SCells of NR in EN-DC.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells
indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and
PSCell/SCells of NR in EN-DC.
reducedUE-CategoryDL, reducedUE-CategoryUL
Indicates that UE prefers a configuration corresponding to the reduced UE category, to address overheating. The
reduced UE DL category and reduced UE UL category should be indicated according to supported combinations for
UE UL and DL Categories, see TS 36.306 [5, Table 4.1A-6].
reliabilityInfoSL
Indicates the traffic reliability (i.e., PPPR) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
rlm-Event
This field provides the RLM event ("early-out-of-sync" or "early-in-sync").
rlm-Report
This field provides the RLM report for BL UEs and UEs in CE.
sps-AssistanceInformation
Indicates the UE assistance information to assist E-UTRAN to configure SPS.
timingOffset
This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a SL/UL logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates
the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
trafficDestination
Indicates the destination associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
trafficPatternInfoListSL
This field provides the traffic characteristics of sidelink logical channel(s) that are setup for V2X sidelink
communication. If trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530 is included, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the
same order, as in trafficPatternInfoListSL-r14.
trafficPatternInfoListUL
This field provides the traffic characteristics of uplink logical channel(s).
trafficPeriodicity
This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a SL/UL logical channel. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 ms,
sf50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the connected mode DRX cycle length with respect to the
current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40
corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
type2
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the coverage enhancement configuration with respect to the
current configuration so that the Uu air interface delay changes by the indicated amount. Value in number of
milliseconds. Value ms24 corresponds to 24 milliseconds, msMinus24 corresponds to -24 milliseconds and so on.
ul-Preference
Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PUSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE
mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, and mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth.
ETSI
– UECapabilityEnquiry
The UECapabilityEnquiry message is used to request the transfer of UE radio access capabilities for E-UTRA as well
as for other RATs.
RLC-SAP: AM
UECapabilityEnquiry message
-- ASN1START
UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest UE-CapabilityRequest,
nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

requestedFrequencyBands-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11
OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityEnquiry-v1310-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

requestReducedFormat-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
requestSkipFallbackComb-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 INTEGER (2..32) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 INTEGER (2..32) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityEnquiry-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}

requestDiffFallbackCombList-r14 BandCombinationList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
}

requestSTTI-SPT-Capability-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
eutra-nr-only-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}
UE-CapabilityRequest ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF RAT-Type
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UECapabilityEnquiry field descriptions

eutra-nr-only
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide UE capabilities related to EN-DC only as specified in TS38.331 [82].
requestDiffFallbackCombList
List of CA band combinations for which the UE is requested to provide different capabilities for their fallback band
combinations in conjunction with the capabilities supported for the CA band combinations in this list. The UE shall
exclude fallback band combinations for which their supported UE capabilities are the same as the CA band
combination indicated in this list.
requestReducedFormat
Indicates that the UE if supported is requested to provide supported CA band combinations in the
supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of the supportedBandCombination-r10. The E-UTRAN includes this
field if requestSkipFallbackComb or requestDiffFallbackCombList is included in the message.
requestSkipFallbackComb
Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude fallback CA band combinations in capability signalling.
ue-CapabilityRequest
List of the RATs for which the UE is requested to transfer the UE radio access capabilities i.e. E-UTRA, UTRA,
GERAN-CS, GERAN-PS, CDMA2000.
requestedFrequencyBands
List of frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non CA bands.
requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC
Includes the NR FreqBandList IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. It concerns a list of NR and/ or E-UTRA frequency
bands for which the UE is requested to provide its supported NR CA and/or MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the
UE capability containers for NR and MR-DC, as requested by E-UTRAN).
requestedMaxCCsDL, requestedMaxCCsUL
Indicates the maximum number of CCs for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and
non-CA bands.
requestReducedIntNonContComb
Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than
included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5, 4.3.5.21].
requestSTTI-SPT-Capability
Indicates that the UE shall include all the short TTI and SPT capabilities in capability signalling.
– UECapabilityInformation
The UECapabilityInformation message is used to transfer of UE radio access capabilities requested by the E-UTRAN.
RLC-SAP: AM
UECapabilityInformation message
-- ASN1START
UECapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ueCapabilityInformation-r8 UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs OPTIONAL
}
ETSI
UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12 UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12 OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
UECapabilityInformation field descriptions

ue-RadioPagingInfo
This field contains UE capability information used for paging.
– UEInformationRequest
The UEInformationRequest is the command used by E-UTRAN to retrieve information from the UE.
RLC-SAP: AM
UEInformationRequest message
-- ASN1START
UEInformationRequest-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ueInformationRequest-r9 UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs,
},
}
}
UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rach-ReportReq-r9 BOOLEAN,
rlf-ReportReq-r9 BOOLEAN,
nonCriticalExtension UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}

logMeasReportReq-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

connEstFailReportReq-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

mobilityHistoryReportReq-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}

idleModeMeasurementReq-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
flightPathInfoReq-r15 FlightPathInfoReportConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UEInformationRequest field descriptions

rach-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
– UEInformationResponse
The UEInformationResponse message is used by the UE to transfer the information requested by the E-UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB2 (when logged measurement information is included)
RLC-SAP: AM
UEInformationResponse message
-- ASN1START
UEInformationResponse-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ueInformationResponse-r9 UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs,
},
}
}
UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rach-Report-r9 SEQUENCE {
numberOfPreamblesSent-r9 NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11,
contentionDetected-r9 BOOLEAN
} OPTIONAL,
rlf-Report-r9 RLF-Report-r9 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
rlf-Report-v9e0 RLF-Report-v9e0 OPTIONAL,
}

UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
}

logMeasReport-r10 LogMeasReport-r10 OPTIONAL,
}

connEstFailReport-r11 ConnEstFailReport-r11 OPTIONAL,
}

mobilityHistoryReport-r12 MobilityHistoryReport-r12 OPTIONAL,
}

measResultListIdle-r15 MeasResultListIdle-r15 OPTIONAL,
flightPathInfoReport-r15 FlightPathInfoReport-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
ETSI
RLF-Report-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultLastServCell-r9 SEQUENCE {
rsrpResult-r9 RSRP-Range,
rsrqResult-r9 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL
},
measResultNeighCells-r9 SEQUENCE {
measResultListEUTRA-r9 MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
measResultListUTRA-r9 MeasResultList2UTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
measResultListGERAN-r9 MeasResultListGERAN OPTIONAL,
measResultsCDMA2000-r9 MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ locationInfo-r10 LocationInfo-r10 OPTIONAL,
failedPCellId-r10 CHOICE {
cellGlobalId-r10 CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
pci-arfcn-r10 SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
}
} OPTIONAL,
reestablishmentCellId-r10 CellGlobalIdEUTRA OPTIONAL,
timeConnFailure-r10 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL,
connectionFailureType-r10 ENUMERATED {rlf, hof} OPTIONAL,
previousPCellId-r10 CellGlobalIdEUTRA OPTIONAL
]],
[[ failedPCellId-v1090 SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-v1090 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ basicFields-r11 SEQUENCE {
c-RNTI-r11 C-RNTI,
rlf-Cause-r11 ENUMERATED {
t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry-r12},
timeSinceFailure-r11 TimeSinceFailure-r11
} OPTIONAL,
previousUTRA-CellId-r11 SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11 CHOICE {
fdd-r11 PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
tdd-r11 PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
},
cellGlobalId-r11 CellGlobalIdUTRA OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
selectedUTRA-CellId-r11 SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11 CHOICE {
fdd-r11 PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
tdd-r11 PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
}
} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ failedPCellId-v1250 SEQUENCE {
tac-FailedPCell-r12 TrackingAreaCode
} OPTIONAL,
measResultLastServCell-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL,
lastServCellRSRQ-Type-r12 RSRQ-Type-r12 OPTIONAL,
measResultListEUTRA-v1250 MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1-r13 ENUMERATED {qci1} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultLastServCell-v1360 RSRP-Range-v1360 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ logMeasResultListBT-r15 LogMeasResultListBT-r15 OPTIONAL,
logMeasResultListWLAN-r15 LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15 OPTIONAL
]]
}
RLF-Report-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultListEUTRA-v9e0 MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0
}
MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r9
MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0
MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250
ETSI
MeasResult2EUTRA-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r9 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
measResultList-r9 MeasResultListEUTRA
}
MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL
}
MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

rsrq-Type-r12 RSRQ-Type-r12 OPTIONAL
}
MeasResultList2UTRA-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-r9
MeasResult2UTRA-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultList-r9 MeasResultListUTRA
}
MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9
MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r9 CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
measResultList-r9 MeasResultsCDMA2000
}
LogMeasReport-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

absoluteTimeStamp-r10 AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
logMeasInfoList-r10 LogMeasInfoList-r10,
...,
[[ logMeasAvailableBT-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]]
}
LogMeasInfoList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10
LogMeasInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

locationInfo-r10 LocationInfo-r10 OPTIONAL,
relativeTimeStamp-r10 INTEGER (0..7200),
servCellIdentity-r10 CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
measResultServCell-r10 SEQUENCE {
rsrqResult-r10 RSRQ-Range
},
measResultListGERAN-r10 MeasResultList2GERAN-r10 OPTIONAL,
measResultListCDMA2000-r10 MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ measResultListEUTRA-v1090 MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultListMBSFN-r12 MeasResultListMBSFN-r12 OPTIONAL,
measResultServCell-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL,
servCellRSRQ-Type-r12 RSRQ-Type-r12 OPTIONAL,
]],
[[ inDeviceCoexDetected-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultServCell-v1360 RSRP-Range-v1360 OPTIONAL
]],
]]
}
MeasResultListMBSFN-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MeasResultMBSFN-r12
MeasResultMBSFN-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbsfn-Area-r12 SEQUENCE {
mbsfn-AreaId-r12 MBSFN-AreaId-r12,
ETSI
carrierFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
},
rsrpResultMBSFN-r12 RSRP-Range,
rsrqResultMBSFN-r12 MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12,
signallingBLER-Result-r12 BLER-Result-r12 OPTIONAL,
dataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12 DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12 OPTIONAL,
...
}
DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF DataBLER-MCH-

Result-r12
DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

mch-Index-r12 INTEGER (1..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN),
dataBLER-Result-r12 BLER-Result-r12
}
BLER-Result-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

bler-r12 BLER-Range-r12,
blocksReceived-r12 SEQUENCE {
n-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
m-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
}
}
BLER-Range-r12 ::= INTEGER(0..31)
MeasResultList2GERAN-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellListGERAN)) OF MeasResultListGERAN
ConnEstFailReport-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

failedCellId-r11 CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
locationInfo-r11 LocationInfo-r10 OPTIONAL,
measResultFailedCell-r11 SEQUENCE {
rsrqResult-r11 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL
},
measResultListGERAN-r11 MeasResultListGERAN OPTIONAL,
measResultsCDMA2000-r11 MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
numberOfPreamblesSent-r11 NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11,
contentionDetected-r11 BOOLEAN,
maxTxPowerReached-r11 BOOLEAN,
timeSinceFailure-r11 TimeSinceFailure-r11,
measResultListEUTRA-v1130 MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ measResultFailedCell-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL,
failedCellRSRQ-Type-r12 RSRQ-Type-r12 OPTIONAL,
]],
[[ measResultFailedCell-v1360 RSRP-Range-v1360 OPTIONAL
]],
]]
}
NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11::= INTEGER (1..200)
TimeSinceFailure-r11 ::= INTEGER (0..172800)
MobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::= VisitedCellInfoList-r12
FlightPathInfoReport-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

flightPath-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWayPoint-r15)) OF WayPointLocation-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
WayPointLocation-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

wayPointLocation-r15 LocationInfo-r10,
timeStamp-r15 AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UEInformationResponse field descriptions

absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by E-
UTRAN within absoluteTimeInfo.
bler
Indicates the measured BLER value. The coding of BLER value is defined in TS 36.133 [16].
blocksReceived
Indicates total number of MCH blocks, which were received by the UE and used for the corresponding BLER
calculation, within the measurement period as defined in TS 36.133 [16].
carrierFreq
In case the UE includes carrierFreq-v9e0 and/ or carrierFreq-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of
carrierFreq-r9 and/ or carrierFreq-r10 respectively to maxEARFCN. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE sets
the ARFCN according to the band used when obtaining the concerned measurement results.
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for at least one of the transmitted preambles, see TS 36.321
[6].
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source
PCell upon handover failure.
dataBLER-MCH-ResultList
Includes a BLER result per MCH on subframes using dataMCS, with the applicable MCH(s) listed in the same order
as in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1
This field is used to indicate the radio link failure occurred while a bearer with QCI value equal to 1 was configured,
see TS 24.301 [35].
failedCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which connection establishment failed.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. The UE sets
the EARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
inDeviceCoexDetected
Indicates that measurement logging is suspended due to IDC problem detection.
logMeasResultListBT
This field refers to the Bluetooth measurement results.
logMeasResultListWLAN
This field refers to the WLAN measurement results.
maxTxPowerReached
This field is used to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last transmitted preamble, see
TS 36.321 [6].
mch-Index
Indicates the MCH by referring to the entry as listed in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure happened.
For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultFailedCell-v1360 is
reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the PCell, where radio link failure or handover failure
happened. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultLastServCell-v1360 is reported if the
measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultListEUTRA
If measResultListEUTRA-v9e0, measResultListEUTRA-v1090 or measResultListEUTRA-v1130 is included, the UE
shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9,
measResultListEUTRA-r10 and/ or measResultListEUTRA-r11 respectively.
measResultListEUTRA-v1250
If included in RLF-Report-r9 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
measResultListEUTRA-r9;
If included in LogMeasInfo-r10 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
measResultListEUTRA-r10;
If included in ConnEstFailReport-r11 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as
in measResultListEUTRA-r11;
measResultListIdle
This field indicates the measurement results done during IDLE mode at network request.
ETSI
UEInformationResponse field descriptions

measResultServCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE
mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultServCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -
140 dBm.
mobilityHistoryReport
This field is used to indicate the time of stay in 16 most recently visited E-UTRA cells or of stay out of E-UTRA.
numberOfPreamblesSent
This field is used to indicate the number of RACH preambles that were transmitted. Corresponds to parameter
PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER in TS 36.321 [6].
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRC-Connection-
Reconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfowas received).
previousUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the source UTRA cell of the last successful handover to E-UTRAN, when RLF occurred at
the target PCell. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception on the concerned
cell.
reestablishmentCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure
information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
selectedUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the UTRA cell that the UE selects after RLF is detected, while T311 is running. The UE
sets the ARFCN according to the band selected for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
signallingBLER-Result
Includes a BLER result of MBSFN subframes using signallingMCS.
tac-FailedPCell
This field is used to indicate the Tracking Area Code of the PCell in which RLF is detected.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value =
field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment) failure. Value in seconds. The
maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
timeStamp
Includes time stamps for the waypoints that describe planned locations for the UE.
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58].
wayPointLocation
Includes location coordinates for a UE for Aerial UE operation. The waypoints describe planned locations for the UE.
– ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)
The ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of handover related CDMA2000
information when requested by the higher layers.
RLC-SAP: AM
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
-- ASN1START
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ulHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8 ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs,
ETSI

},
}
}
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

meid BIT STRING (SIZE (56)) OPTIONAL,
dedicatedInfo DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
nonCriticalExtension ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer field descriptions

meid
The 56 bit mobile identification number provided by the CDMA2000 Upper layers.
– ULInformationTransfer
The ULInformationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB2 or SRB1(only if SRB2 not established yet). If SRB2 is suspended, the UE does not
send this message until SRB2 is resumed
RLC-SAP: AM
ULInformationTransfer message
-- ASN1START
ULInformationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ulInformationTransfer-r8 ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dedicatedInfoType CHOICE {
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
},
nonCriticalExtension ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– ULInformationTransferMRDC
The ULInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the uplink transfer of MR DC information (i.e. for the case the
SCG employs another RAT e.g. for transferring the NR RRC Measurement Report message).
RLC-SAP: AM
ULInformationTransferMRDC message
-- ASN1START
ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15-IEs,
},
}
}
ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions

ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used
to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport message.
– WLANConnectionStatusReport
The WLANConnectionStatusReport message is used to inform the successful connection to WLAN or failure of the
WLAN connection or connection attempt(s).
RLC-SAP: AM
WLANConnectionStatusReport message
-- ASN1START
WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13 WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13-IEs,
},
}
}
WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-Status-r13 WLAN-Status-r13,
ETSI

nonCriticalExtension WLANConnectionStatusReport-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}
WLANConnectionStatusReport-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-Status-v1430 WLAN-Status-v1430,
}
-- ASN1STOP
WLANConnectionStatusReport field descriptions

wlan-Status
Indicates the connection status to WLAN and the cause of failures. If the wlan-Status-v1430 is included, E-UTRAN
ignores the wlan-Status-r13.
6.3 RRC information elements

6.3.1 System information blocks
– SystemInformationBlockPos
The IE SystemInformationBlockPos contains positioning assistance data as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
SystemInformationBlockPos information element

-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockPos-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

assistanceDataSIB-Element-r15 OCTET STRING,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
SystemInformationBlockPos field descriptions

assistanceDataSIB-Element
Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the
most significant bit.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2 contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs.
NOTE: UE timers and constants related to functionality for which parameters are provided in another SIB are
included in the corresponding SIB.
SystemInformationBlockType2 information element

-- ASN1START

ac-BarringInfo SEQUENCE {
ac-BarringForEmergency BOOLEAN,
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringForMO-Data AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL -- Need OP
radioResourceConfigCommon RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB,
ue-TimersAndConstants UE-TimersAndConstants,
freqInfo SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ul-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
additionalSpectrumEmission AdditionalSpectrumEmission
},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ETSI
timeAlignmentTimerCommon TimeAlignmentTimer,
...,
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
[[ ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r9 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r9 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ ac-BarringForCSFB-r10 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ voiceServiceCauseIndication-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ acdc-BarringForCommon-r13 ACDC-BarringForCommon-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13 ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[
udt-RestrictingForCommon-r13 UDT-Restricting-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
udt-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13 UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cIoT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13 CIOT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
useFullResumeID-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ unicastFreqHoppingInd-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
videoServiceCauseIndication-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ plmn-InfoList-r15 PLMN-InfoList-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ cp-EDT-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
up-EDT-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
idleModeMeasurements-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
reducedCP-LatencyEnabled-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}

multiBandInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF AdditionalSpectrumEmission
OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs OPTIONAL
}

ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond ul-FreqMax
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType2-v9i0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType2-v9i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Following field is for any non-critical extensions from REL-9
nonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v10m0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
dummy SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType2-v10m0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

freqInfo-v10l0 SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
} OPTIONAL,
multiBandInfoList-v10l0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF
AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 OPTIONAL,
-- Following field is for non-critical extensions from REL-10
}
AC-BarringConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

ac-BarringFactor ENUMERATED {
p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
ac-BarringTime ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512},
ac-BarringForSpecialAC BIT STRING (SIZE(5))
}
MBSFN-SubframeConfigList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-

SubframeConfig
ETSI
MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-

SubframeConfig-v1430
AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12
AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityIndex-r12 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
ac-BarringInfo-r12 SEQUENCE {
ac-BarringForEmergency-r12 BOOLEAN,
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling-r12 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringForMO-Data-r12 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL -- Need OP
ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ac-BarringForCSFB-r12 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r12 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r12 AC-BarringConfig OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
ACDC-BarringForCommon-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

acdc-HPLMNonly-r13 BOOLEAN,
barringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13
}
ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-r13
ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

acdc-OnlyForHPLMN-r13 BOOLEAN,
barringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13
}
BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxACDC-Cat-r13)) OF BarringPerACDC-Category-

r13
BarringPerACDC-Category-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

acdc-Category-r13 INTEGER (1..maxACDC-Cat-r13),
acdc-BarringConfig-r13 SEQUENCE {
ac-BarringFactor-r13 ENUMERATED {
p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
ac-BarringTime-r13 ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512}
} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
UDT-Restricting-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

udt-Restricting-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
udt-RestrictingTime-r13 ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512}
OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-r13
UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

udt-Restricting-r13 UDT-Restricting-r13 OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
CIOT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF CIOT-OptimisationPLMN-r13
CIOT-OptimisationPLMN-r13::= SEQUENCE {
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
PLMN-InfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Info-r15
PLMN-Info-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

upperLayerIndication-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

ac-BarringFactor
If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value, access is allowed. Otherwise the access is barred.
The values are interpreted in the range [0,1): p00 = 0, p05 = 0.05, p10 = 0.10,…, p95 = 0.95. Values other than p00
can only be set if all bits of the corresponding ac-BarringForSpecialAC are set to 0.
ac-BarringForCSFB
Access class barring for mobile originating CS fallback.
ac-BarringForEmergency
Access class barring for AC 10.
ac-BarringForMO-Data
Access class barring for mobile originating calls.
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling
Access class barring for mobile originating signalling.
ac-BarringForSpecialAC
Access class barring for AC 11-15. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on.
ac-BarringTime
Mean access barring time value in seconds.
acdc-BarringConfig
Barring configuration for an ACDC category. If the field is absent, access to the cell is considered as not barred for the
ACDC category in accordance with subclause 5.3.3.13.
acdc-Category
Indicates the ACDC category as defined in TS 24.105 [72].
acdc-OnlyForHPLMN
Indicates whether ACDC is applicable for UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. TRUE indicates that
ACDC is applicable only for UEs in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. FALSE indicates that ACDC is
applicable for both UEs in their HPLMN and UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN.
additionalSpectrumEmission
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4-1] for UEs
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs. NOTE 1.
If present, the field indicates that attach without PDN connectivity as specified in TS 24.301 [35] is supported for this
PLMN.
barringPerACDC-CategoryList
A list of barring information per ACDC category according to the order defined in TS 22.011 [10]. The first entry in the
list corresponds to the highest ACDC category of which applications are the least restricted in access attempts at a
cell, the second entry in the list corresponds to the ACDC category of which applications are restricted more than
applications of the highest ACDC category in access attempts at a cell, and so on. The last entry in the list
corresponds to the lowest ACDC category of which applications are the most restricted in access attempts at a cell.
cIoT-EPS-OptimisationInfo
A list of CIoT EPS related parameters. Value 1 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-
IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or
when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the value indicates paramters for PLMN
listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 1.
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to establish the connection with Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS
24.301 [35].
cp-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
idleModeMeasurements
This field indicates that the eNB can process indication of IDLE mode measurements from UE.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Defines the subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
NOTE 1. If the cell is a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell, EUTRAN includes mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430. If a
FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell does not use sub-frames #4 or #9 as MBSFN sub-frames, mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-
v1430 is still included and indicates all sub-frames as non-MBSFN sub-frames.
multiBandInfoList
A list of AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in
SystemInformationBlockType1, listed in the same order. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the
same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList.
plmn-IdentityIndex
Index of the PLMN across the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st
plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no
more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-
IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 1.
ETSI

plmn-InfoList
If E-UTRAN includes this field, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as PLMNs across
the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. I.e. the first entry corresponds to the first entry of the combined list that
results from concatenating the entries included in the second to the original plmn-IdentityList field.
reducedCP-LatencyEnabled
If present, reduced control plane latency is enabled. UEs supporting reduced CP latency transmit Msg3 according to
k1 ≥ 5 timing as specified in TS 36.213 [23] when transmitting RRCConnectionResumeRequest in Msg3.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating calls.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating calls.
udt-Restricting
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should indicate to the higher layers to restrict unattended data traffic TS 22.101 [77]
irrespective of the UE being in RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED. The UE shall not indicate to the higher layers if the
UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the
UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11].
udt-RestrictingTime
If present and when the udt-Restricting changes from TRUE, the UE runs a timer for a period equal to rand * udt-
RestrictingTime, where rand is a random number drawn that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1 value in
seconds. The timer stops if udt-Restricting changes to TRUE. Upon timer expiry, the UE indicates to the higher layers
that the restriction is alleviated.
unicastFreqHoppingInd
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to indicate support of frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH/PUSCH
as described in TS 36.321 [6]. This field is included only in the BR version of SI message carrying
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. Value n6
corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink
bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink
bandwidth. NOTE 1.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101
[42, table 5.7.3-1] applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency. NOTE 1.
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to resume the connection with User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS
24.301 [35].
up-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.
upperLayerIndication
Indication to be provided to upper layers.
useFullResumeID
This field indicates if the UE indicates full resume ID of 40 bits in RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
videoServiceCauseIndication
Indicates whether the UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL
video calls.
voiceServiceCauseIndication
Indicates whether UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL voice
calls.

ul-FreqMax The field is mandatory present if ul-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is present and set to
maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
NOTE 1: E-UTRAN sets this field to the same value for all instances of SI message that are broadcasted within the
same cell.
ETSI
The IE SystemInformationBlockType3 contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-
frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. applicable for more than one type of cell re-selection but not
necessarily all) as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.

-- ASN1START

cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE {
q-Hyst ENUMERATED {
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
speedStateReselectionPars SEQUENCE {
mobilityStateParameters MobilityStateParameters,
q-HystSF SEQUENCE {
sf-Medium ENUMERATED {
dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0},
sf-High ENUMERATED {
dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}
}
},
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE {
s-NonIntraSearch ReselectionThreshold OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threshServingLow ReselectionThreshold,
},
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE {
s-IntraSearch ReselectionThreshold OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
allowedMeasBandwidth AllowedMeasBandwidth OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
presenceAntennaPort1 PresenceAntennaPort1,
neighCellConfig NeighCellConfig,
t-ReselectionEUTRA T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL -- Need OP
},
...,
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType3-
v10j0-IEs) OPTIONAL,
[[ s-IntraSearch-v920 SEQUENCE {
s-IntraSearchP-r9 ReselectionThreshold,
s-IntraSearchQ-r9 ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
s-NonIntraSearch-v920 SEQUENCE {
s-NonIntraSearchP-r9 ReselectionThreshold,
s-NonIntraSearchQ-r9 ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
q-QualMin-r9 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threshServingLowQ-r9 ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ q-QualMinWB-r11 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL -- Cond WB-RSRQ
]],
[[ q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL --
Cond RSRQ
]],
[[ cellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
redistributionServingInfo-r13 RedistributionServingInfo-r13 OPTIONAL, --Need OR
cellSelectionInfoCE-r13 CellSelectionInfoCE-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OP
t-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need
OP
]],
[[ cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 OPTIONAL -- Cond
QrxlevminCE1
]],
[[ cellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460 CellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ cellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15 CellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OP
ETSI
crs-IntfMitigNeighCellsCE-r15 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need OP

]]
}
RedistributionServingInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

redistributionFactorServing-r13 INTEGER(0..10),
redistributionFactorCell-r13 ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, --Need OP
t360-r13 ENUMERATED {min4, min8, min16, min32,infinity,
spare3,spare2,spare1},
redistrOnPagingOnly-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL --Need OP
}
CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellReselectionSubPriority-r13 CellReselectionSubPriority-r13
}

multiBandInfoList-v10j0 MultiBandInfoList-v10j0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType3-v10l0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

multiBandInfoList-v10l0 MultiBandInfoList-v10l0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}
CellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460 ::= SEQUENCE {

s-SearchDeltaP-r14 ENUMERATED {dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15}
}
CellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellEquivalentSize-r15 INTEGER(2..16)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in
MasterInformationBlock applies.
cellEquivalentSize
The number of cell count used for mobility state estimation for this cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfoCE
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE, applicable for intra-frequency
neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B,
applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE in SIB3 is present.
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for cells.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for Cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
crs-IntfMitigNeighCellsCE
For BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, this field indicates CRS interference mitigation, as specified in
TS 36.133 [16], subclause 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, is enabled in any of the intra-frequency neibhour cells, and the UE
shall perform intra-frequency neighbour cell RRM measurements in the center 6 PRBs.
freqBandInfo
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, applicable for the intra-
frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency band from freqBandIndicator in
SystemInformationBlockType1. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and
listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
intraFreqcellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, applicable for the intra-
frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency bands in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) or
multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and
listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it
includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
p-Max
Value applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power
according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.2].
redistrOnPagingOnly
If this field is present and the UE is redistribution capable, the UE shall only wait for the paging message to trigger E-
UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in 5.2.4.10 of TS 36.304 [4].
q-Hyst
Parameter Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 36.304 [4]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the
additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 36.304
[4]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE
applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
redistributionFactorCell
If redistributionFactorCell is present, redistributionFactorServing is only applicable for the serving cell otherwise it is
applicable for serving frequency
redistributionFactorServing
Parameter redistributionFactorServing in TS 36.304 [4].
s-IntraSearch
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-
IntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-IntraSearch nor s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default)
value of infinity for SIntraSearchP.
ETSI

s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-IntraSearch.
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for
SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearch
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-
NonIntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-NonIntraSearch nor s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the
(default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-NonIntraSearch.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for
SnonIntraSearchQ.
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This parameter is only applicable for UEs supporting relaxed monitoring as
specified in TS 36.306 [5]. Value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB, dB9 corresponds to 9 dB and so on.
speedStateReselectionPars
Speed dependent reselection parameters, see TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is absent, i.e, mobilityStateParameters is also
not present, UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
t360
Parameter "T360" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value min4 corresponds to 4 minutes, value min8 corresponds to 8 minutes, and
so on.
threshServingLow
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE
behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

QualMinWB)

RSRQ The field is optionally present, Need OR, if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3;
allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType4 contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency
cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters as well as blacklisted cells.

-- ASN1START
ETSI
intraFreqNeighCellList IntraFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR

intraFreqBlackCellList IntraFreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csg-PhysCellIdRange PhysCellIdRange OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSG
...,
[[ intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
IntraFreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo
IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF PhysCellIdRange
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

q-OffsetCell Q-OffsetRange,
...
}
IntraFreqBlackCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellIdRange
-- ASN1STOP

csg-PhysCellIdRange
Set of physical cell identities reserved for CSG cells on the frequency on which this field was received. The received
csg-PhysCellIdRange applies if less than 24 hours has elapsed since it was received and the UE is camped on a cell
of the same primary PLMN where this field was received. The 3 hour validity restriction (section 5.2.1.3) does not
apply to this field. The UE shall not apply any stored csg-PhysCellIdRange when it is in any cell selection state defined
in TS 36.304 [4].
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighbCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].

CSG This field is optional, need OP, for non-CSG cells, and mandatory for CSG cells.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType5 contains information relevant only for inter-frequency cell re-selection i.e.
information about other E-UTRA frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The
IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.

-- ASN1START

interFreqCarrierFreqList InterFreqCarrierFreqList,
...,
v8h0-IEs) OPTIONAL,
[[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280 InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]],
[[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]],
[[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
ETSI
]],
[[ interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]],
[[ scptm-FreqOffset-r14 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
measIdleConfigSIB-r15 MeasIdleConfigSIB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}

interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType5-v10j0-IEs OPTIONAL
}

interFreqCarrierFreqList-v10j0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType5-v10l0-IEs OPTIONAL
}

interFreqCarrierFreqList-v10l0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10l0
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType5-v13a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType5-v13a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Late non critical extensions from REL-10 upto REL-12
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
-- Late non critical extensions from REL-13
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-

v10j0

v1310

v1350
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-

v1360
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-

v1530
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
dl-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
t-ReselectionEUTRA T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threshX-High ReselectionThreshold,
threshX-Low ReselectionThreshold,
allowedMeasBandwidth AllowedMeasBandwidth,
cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
q-OffsetFreq Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
interFreqNeighCellList InterFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interFreqBlackCellList InterFreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ q-QualMin-r9 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threshX-Q-r9 SEQUENCE {
threshX-HighQ-r9 ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
threshX-LowQ-r9 ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
} OPTIONAL -- Cond RSRQ
]],
[[ q-QualMinWB-r11 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL -- Cond WB-RSRQ
]]
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiBandInfoList MultiBandInfoList OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond dl-FreqMax
multiBandInfoList-v9e0 MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiBandInfoList-v10j0 MultiBandInfoList-v10j0 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiBandInfoList-v10l0 MultiBandInfoList-v10l0 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

reducedMeasPerformance-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL -- Cond RSRQ2
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
q-RxLevMin-r12 Q-RxLevMin,
p-Max-r12 P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
t-ReselectionEUTRA-r12 T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF-r12 SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threshX-High-r12 ReselectionThreshold,
threshX-Low-r12 ReselectionThreshold,
allowedMeasBandwidth-r12 AllowedMeasBandwidth,
presenceAntennaPort1-r12 PresenceAntennaPort1,
cellReselectionPriority-r12 CellReselectionPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
neighCellConfig-r12 NeighCellConfig,
q-OffsetFreq-r12 Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
interFreqNeighCellList-r12 InterFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interFreqBlackCellList-r12 InterFreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ
q-QualMinWB-r12 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Cond WB-RSRQ
multiBandInfoList-r12 MultiBandInfoList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ2
...
}
ETSI
cellReselectionSubPriority-r13 CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need

OP
redistributionInterFreqInfo-r13 RedistributionInterFreqInfo-r13 OPTIONAL, --Need OP
cellSelectionInfoCE-r13 CellSelectionInfoCE-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
t-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}

cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}

cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 OPTIONAL -- Cond QrxlevminCE1
}

hsdn-Indication-r15 BOOLEAN,
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
InterFreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo
InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF PhysCellIdRange
InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

q-OffsetCell Q-OffsetRange
}
InterFreqBlackCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellIdRange
RedistributionInterFreqInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

redistributionFactorFreq-r13 RedistributionFactor-r13 OPTIONAL, --Need OP
redistributionNeighCellList-r13 RedistributionNeighCellList-r13 OPTIONAL --Need
OP
}
RedistributionNeighCellList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF RedistributionNeighCell-r13
RedistributionNeighCell-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

redistributionFactorCell-r13 RedistributionFactor-r13
}
RedistributionFactor-r13 ::= INTEGER(1..10)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

cellSelectionInfoCE
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE, applicable for inter-frequency
neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-
UTRAN includes this IE only in an entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 if
cellSelectionInfoCE is present in the corresponding entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 or
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 is present.
freqBandInfo
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency band
represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-
v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
hsdn-Indication
Indicates whether there are deployed HSDN cells or not on the the DL carrier frequency indicated by dl-CarrierFreq-
r12.
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical
frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0,
interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310,
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530, it includes the
same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D
for more descriptions.
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt
List of additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the
general principles specified in 5.1.2. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical
frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include interFreqCarrierFreqListExt even if
interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e without suffix) does not include maxFreq entries. If E-UTRAN includes
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350, InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 and/or
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12.
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection
parameters are common. E-UTRAN indicates at most maxMultiBands frequency bands (i.e. the total number of entries
across both multiBandInfoList and multiBandInfoList-v9e0 is below this limit).
neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency bands in
multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it
includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-
UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
p-Max
Value applicable for the neighbouring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum
power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.2].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for
Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
redistributionFactorFreq
Parameter redistributionFactorFreq in TS 36.304 [4].
ETSI

redistributionFactorCell
Parameter redistributionFactorCell in TS 36.304 [4].
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see
TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for normal measurement
performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
scptm-FreqOffset
Parameter QoffsetSCPTM in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value QoffsetSCPTM = field value * 2 [dB]. If the field is not present, the
UE uses infinite dBs for the SC-PTM frequency offset with cell ranking as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE

QualMinWB)

dl-FreqMax The field is mandatory present if, for the corresponding entry in InterFreqCarrierFreqList
(i.e. without suffix), dl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise
the field is not present.
RSRQ The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in
systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
RSRQ2 The field is mandatory present for all EUTRA carriers listed in SIB5 if q-QualMinRSRQ-
OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any
existing value for this field.
allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType6 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e.
information about UTRA frequencies and UTRA neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell
re-selection parameters common for a frequency.

-- ASN1START

carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
t-ReselectionUTRA T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionUTRA-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ETSI
...,
v8h0-IEs) OPTIONAL,
[[ carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF
CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Cond UTRA-FDD
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF
CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Cond UTRA-TDD
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Cond UTRA-FDD
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL -- Cond
UTRA-TDD
]]
}

carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-
FDD-v8h0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond UTRA-FDD
}
CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

reducedMeasPerformance-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD
CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE {

q-RxLevMin INTEGER (-60..-13),
p-MaxUTRA INTEGER (-50..33),
q-QualMin INTEGER (-24..0),
...,
[[ threshX-Q-r9 SEQUENCE {
} OPTIONAL -- Cond RSRQ
]]
}
CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiBandInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-
UTRA-FDD OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF

CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12
CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

q-RxLevMin-r12 INTEGER (-60..-13),
p-MaxUTRA-r12 INTEGER (-50..33),
q-QualMin-r12 INTEGER (-24..0),
multiBandInfoList-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-
UTRA-FDD OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD
CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD ::= SEQUENCE {

q-RxLevMin INTEGER (-60..-13),
p-MaxUTRA INTEGER (-50..33),
...
}
ETSI
CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF

CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12
CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-MaxUTRA-r12 INTEGER (-50..33),
...
}
FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD ::= INTEGER (1..86)
-- ASN1STOP

carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical
frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 and/or
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same
physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-
Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier entries.
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical
frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250, it
includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e. without suffix).
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same
physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-
Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier entries.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq in the CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD
for which UTRA cell reselection parameters are common.
p-MaxUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS
36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement
performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
t-ReselectionUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionUTRAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE
threshX-High
threshX-HighQ
threshX-Low
threshX-LowQ
ETSI

RSRQ The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in
UTRA-FDD The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD is present.
Otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-TDD The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD is present.
information about GERAN frequencies relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters for
each frequency.

-- ASN1START

t-ReselectionGERAN T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionGERAN-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
carrierFreqsInfoList CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
}
CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN
CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

commonInfo SEQUENCE {
ncc-Permitted BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
q-RxLevMin INTEGER (0..45),
p-MaxGERAN INTEGER (0..39) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threshX-Low ReselectionThreshold
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
carrierFreqsInfoList
Provides a list of neighbouring GERAN carrier frequencies, which may be monitored for neighbouring GERAN cells.
The GERAN carrier frequencies are organised in groups and the cell reselection parameters are provided per group of
GERAN carrier frequencies.
commonInfo
Defines the set of cell reselection parameters for the group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring
and set to "1" if the BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the
leading bit of the bit string.
p-MaxGERAN
Maximum allowed transmission power for GERAN on an uplink carrier frequency, see TS 45.008 [28]. Value in dBm.
Applicable for the neighbouring GERAN cells on this carrier frequency. If pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power
according to the UE capability is used.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], minimum required RX level in the GSM cell. The actual value of Qrxlevmin in dBm
= (field value * 2) − 115.
threshX-High
threshX-Low
t-ReselectionGERAN
Parameter "TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE
information about CDMA2000 frequencies and CDMA2000 neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE
includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.

-- ASN1START

systemTimeInfo SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
searchWindowSize INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
parametersHRPD SEQUENCE {
preRegistrationInfoHRPD PreRegistrationInfoHRPD,
cellReselectionParametersHRPD CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
parameters1XRTT SEQUENCE {
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
longCodeState1XRTT BIT STRING (SIZE (42)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
...,
[[ csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r9 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920 CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920 OPTIONAL, --
Cond NCL-HRPD
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920 CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920 OPTIONAL, --
Cond NCL-1XRTT
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 OPTIONAL, --
Cond REG-1XRTT
ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 OPTIONAL -- Cond REG-
1XRTT
]],
[[ csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond REG-
1XRTT
]],
[[ sib8-PerPLMN-List-r11 SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
ETSI
CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandClassList BandClassListCDMA2000,
neighCellList NeighCellListCDMA2000,
t-ReselectionCDMA2000 T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandClassList BandClassListCDMA2000,
neighCellList-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-r11,
t-ReselectionCDMA2000 T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

neighCellList-v920 NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920
}
NeighCellListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000
NeighCellCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

neighCellsPerFreqList NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000
}
NeighCellCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

neighFreqInfoList-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-
r11
}
NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000
NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

arfcn ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000,
physCellIdList PhysCellIdListCDMA2000
}
NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

arfcn ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000,
physCellIdList-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..40)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}
NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-v920
NeighCellCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

neighCellsPerFreqList-v920 NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920
}
NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920
NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellIdList-v920 PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920
}
PhysCellIdListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000
PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..24)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000
BandClassListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassInfoCDMA2000
BandClassInfoCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

threshX-High INTEGER (0..63),
threshX-Low INTEGER (0..63),
...
}
AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

ac-Barring0to9-r9 INTEGER (0..63),
ac-Barring10-r9 INTEGER (0..7),
ETSI
ac-BarringMsg-r9 INTEGER (0..7),

ac-BarringReg-r9 INTEGER (0..7),
ac-BarringEmg-r9 INTEGER (0..7)
}
SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF SIB8-PerPLMN-r11
SIB8-PerPLMN-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-Identity-r11 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
parametersCDMA2000-r11 CHOICE {
explicitValue ParametersCDMA2000-r11,
defaultValue NULL
}
}
ParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

systemTimeInfo-r11 CHOICE {
explicitValue SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000,
defaultValue NULL
searchWindowSize-r11 INTEGER (0..15),
parametersHRPD-r11 SEQUENCE {
preRegistrationInfoHRPD-r11 PreRegistrationInfoHRPD,
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-r11 CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
parameters1XRTT-r11 SEQUENCE {
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-r11 CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-Ext-r11 CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
longCodeState1XRTT-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (42)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PerPLMN-LC
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-r11 CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r11 AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r11 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond REG-1XRTT-
PerPLMN
...
}
-- ASN1STOP

ac-BarringConfig1XRTT
Contains the access class barring parameters the UE uses to calculate the access class barring factor, see C.S0097
[53].
ac-Barring0to9
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the
parameter "PSIST" in C.S0004 [34] for access overload classes 0 through 9.
ac-BarringEmg
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for emergency calls and emergency message
transmissions for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter "PSIST_EMG" in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringMsg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for message transmissions. It is the parameter
"MSG_PSIST" in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringN
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload class N (N = 10 to 15). It is the
parameter "PSIST" in C.S0004 [34] for access overload class N.
ac-BarringReg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for autonomous registrations. It is the parameter
"REG_PSIST" in C.S0004 [34].
bandClass
Identifies the Frequency Band in which the Carrier can be found. Details can be found in C.S0057 [24, Table 1.5].
bandClassList
List of CDMA2000 frequency bands.
ETSI

cellReselectionParameters1XRTT
Cell reselection parameters applicable only to CDMA2000 1xRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system. The field is not present if
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system. The field is not present if
cellReselectionParametersHRPD is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
csfb-DualRxTxSupport
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB, which enables UEs capable of dual
Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to switch off their 1xRTT receiver/transmitter while camped in E-UTRAN [51].
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT
Contains the parameters the UE will use to determine if it should perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration/Re-
Registration. This field is included if either CSFB or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT is supported.
csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx CSFB [51].
longCodeState1XRTT
The state of long code generation registers in CDMA2000 1XRTT system as defined in C.S0002 [12, Section 1.3] at
t / 10 × 10 + 320 ms, where t equals to the cdma-SystemTime. This field is required for reporting CGI for 1xRTT,
SRVCC handover and enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT operation. Otherwise this IE is not needed. This field
is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of longCodeState1XRTT should neither result
in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
neighCellList
List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The total number of neighbouring cells in neighCellList for each RAT (1XRTT or
HRPD) is limited to 32.
neighCellList-v920
Extended List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The combined total number of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells in both
neighCellList and neighCellList-v920 is limited to 32 for HRPD and 40 for 1xRTT.
neighCellsPerFreqList
List of carrier frequencies and neighbour cell ids in each frequency within a CDMA2000 Band, see C.S0002 [12] or
C.S0024 [26].
neighCellsPerFreqList-v920
Extended list of neighbour cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 Frequency Band as the corresponding instance in
"NeighCellListCDMA2000".
parameters1XRTT
Parameters applicable for interworking with CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
parametersCDMA2000
Provides the corresponding SIB8 parameters for the CDMA2000 network associated with the PLMN indicated in plmn-
Identity. A choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default)
values common for all PLMNs i.e. the values not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
parametersHRPD
Parameters applicable only for interworking with CDMA2000 HRPD systems.
physCellIdList
Identifies the list of CDMA2000 cell ids, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
physCellIdList-v920
Extended list of CDMA2000 cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 ARFCN as the corresponding instance in
"NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000".
ETSI

plmn-Identity
Indicates the PLMN associated with this CDMA2000 network. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-
IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more
PLMN are present within the same plmn_identityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList
within the same SIB1 and so on. A PLMN which identity is not indicated in the sib8-PerPLMN-List, does not support
inter-working with CDMA2000.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD
network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
searchWindowSize
The search window size is a CDMA2000 parameter to be used to assist in searching for the neighbouring pilots. For
values see C.S0005 [25, Table 2.6.6.2.1-1] and C.S0024 [26, Table 8.7.6.2-4]. This field is required for a UE with rx-
ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based
redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS
36.304 [4].
sib8-PerPLMN-List
This field provides the values for the interworking CDMA2000 networks corresponding, if any, to the UE's RPLMN.
systemTimeInfo
Information on CDMA2000 system time. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-
Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced
1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4]. This field is
excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of systemTimeInfo should neither result in
system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
For the field included in ParametersCDMA2000, a choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters
are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) value common for all PLMNs i.e. the value not included in sib8-PerPLMN-
List.
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the high threshold used in reselection towards this
CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5
dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the low threshold used in reselection towards this
CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5
dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000
Parameter "TreselectionCDMA_HRPD" or "TreselectionCDMA_1xRTT" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionCDMA-HRPD" or TreselectionCDMA-1xRTT" in TS 36.304 [4]. If
the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

NCL-1XRTT The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParameters1xRTT is present;
NCL-HRPD The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is present;
PerPLMN-LC The field is optional present, need OR, when systemTimeInfo is included in
SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is present;
REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included in
SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType9 contains a home eNB name (HNB Name).

-- ASN1START

hnb-Name OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..48)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP

hnb-Name
Carries the name of the home eNB, coded in UTF-8 with variable number of bytes per character, see TS 22.011 [10].
The IE SystemInformationBlockType10 contains an ETWS primary notification.

-- ASN1START

messageIdentifier BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumber BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningType OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
dummy OCTET STRING (SIZE (50)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
...,
}
-- ASN1STOP

messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the
equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.44]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and
encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.1], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same
equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE
defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.45]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according
to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.2], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
dummy
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE
popup. The first octet (which is equivalent to the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.50])
contains the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.3.24], and so on.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType11 contains an ETWS secondary notification.

-- ASN1START

messageIdentifier BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumber BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningMessageSegmentType ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
warningMessageSegmentNumber INTEGER (0..63),
warningMessageSegment OCTET STRING,
dataCodingScheme OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Segment1
...,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification. The octet (which is
equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.52]) contains the octet of the equivalent IE
defined in TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.3] and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the
encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.1], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent
IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE
defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.45]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according
to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.2], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.53]. The first octet of the
Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS
23.041 [37, 9.4.2.2.5] and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds
to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.

Segment1 The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB11, otherwise it is not present.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a CMAS notification.

-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType12-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

messageIdentifier-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumber-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningMessageSegmentType-r9 ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
warningMessageSegmentNumber-r9 INTEGER (0..63),
warningMessageSegment-r9 OCTET STRING,
dataCodingScheme-r9 OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Segment1
...,
[[ warningAreaCoordinatesSegment-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP

dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification. The octet (which is
equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.52]) contains the octet of the equivalent IE
defined in TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.3] and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the
encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.1], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same
equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE
defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.45]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded
according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.2], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
ETSI

warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
Carries a segment of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [xx]. The first
octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE
defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39]. The first octet of the Warning
Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041
[37, 9.4.2.2.5] and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero
corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not.

Segment1 The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB12, otherwise it is not present.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType13 contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information
associated with one or more MBSFN areas.

-- ASN1START

mbsfn-AreaInfoList-r9 MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9,
notificationConfig-r9 MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9,
...,
[[
notificationConfig-v1430 MBMS-NotificationConfig-v1430 OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP

notificationConfig
Indicates the MBMS notification related configuration parameters. The UE shall ignore this field when dl-Bandwidth
included in MasterInformationBlock is set to n6.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType14 contains the EAB parameters.

-- ASN1START

eab-Param-r11 CHOICE {
eab-Common-r11 EAB-Config-r11,
eab-PerPLMN-List-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF EAB-ConfigPLMN-
r11
...,
[[ eab-PerRSRP-r15 ENUMERATED {thresh0, thresh1, thresh2, thresh3} OPTIONAL --
Need OR
]]
}
EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

eab-Config-r11 EAB-Config-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
ETSI
EAB-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

eab-Category-r11 ENUMERATED {a, b, c},
eab-BarringBitmap-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}
-- ASN1STOP

eab-BarringBitmap
Extended access class barring for AC 0-9. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 0, the second bit is for AC 1, and so on.
eab-Category
Indicates the category of UEs for which EAB applies. Value a corresponds to all UEs, value b corresponds to the UEs
that are neither in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to it, and value c corresponds to the UEs that are
neither in the PLMN listed as most preferred PLMN of the country where the UEs are roaming in the operator-defined
PLMN selector list on the USIM, nor in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to their HPLMN, see TS 22.011
[10].
eab-Common
The EAB parameters applicable for all PLMN(s).
eab-PerPLMN-List
The EAB parameters per PLMN, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) listed across the plmn-IdentityList fields in
eab-PerRSRP
Access barring per RSRP. Value thresh0 means access to the cell is barred when in enhanced coverage as specified
in TS 36.304 [4] and does not apply to UEs satisfying S criteria for normal coverage. Value thresh1 is compared to the
first entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList, value thresh2 is compared to the second entry configured in
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList and so on.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType15 contains the MBMS Service Area Identities (SAI) of the current and/ or
neighbouring carrier frequencies.

-- ASN1START

mbms-SAI-IntraFreq-r11 MBMS-SAI-List-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140 MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140 OPTIONAL -- Cond
InterFreq
]],
[[ mbms-IntraFreqCarrierType-r14 MBMS-CarrierType-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
mbms-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14
MBMS-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]]
}
MBMS-SAI-List-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSAI-MBMS-r11)) OF MBMS-SAI-r11
MBMS-SAI-r11 ::= INTEGER (0..65535)
MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11
MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140
MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq-r11 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
mbms-SAI-List-r11 MBMS-SAI-List-r11
}
MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiBandInfoList-r11 MultiBandInfoList-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
MBMS-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-CarrierType-r14
MBMS-CarrierType-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
carrierType-r14 ENUMERATED {mbms, fembmsMixed, fembmsDedicated},

frameOffset-r14 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP

carrierType
Indicates whether the carrier is pre-Rel-14 MBMS carrier (mbms) or FeMBMS/Unicast mixed carrier (fembmsMixed) or
MBMS-dedicated carrier (fembmsDedicated).
frameOffset
For MBMS-dedicated carrier, the frameOffset gives the radio frame which contains PBCH by SFN mod 4 =
frameOffset.
mbms-InterFreqCarrierTypeList
Indicates whether this is an feMBMS carrier. The field is included only if mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is included. The
number of entries is the same in both fields and carrier type relates to the frequency indicated in mbms-SAI-
InterFreqList-r11 in the corresponding entry index.
mbms-IntraFreqCarrierType
Contains indication whether the carrier is pre-Rel-14 MBMS carrier, FeMBMS/Unicast mixed carrier or MBMS-
dedicated carrier.
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional bands, if any, that provide MBMS services and the
corresponding MBMS SAIs.
mbms-SAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBMS SAIs for the current frequency. A duplicate MBMS SAI indicates that this and all following
SAIs are not offered by this cell but only by neighbour cells on the current frequency. For MBMS service continuity, the
UE shall use all MBMS SAIs listed in mbms-SAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBMS frequencies of interest.
mbms-SAI-List
Contains a list of MBMS SAIs for a specific frequency.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency bands applicable for the cells participating in the MBSFN transmission.

InterFreq The field is optionally present, need OR, if the mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is present.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType16 contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC, the GPS and the
local time.
NOTE: The UE may use the time information for numerous purposes, possibly involving upper layers e.g. to
assist GPS initialisation, to synchronise the UE clock (a.o. to determine MBMS session start/ stop).

-- ASN1START

timeInfo-r11 SEQUENCE {
timeInfoUTC-r11 INTEGER (0..549755813887),
dayLightSavingTime-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
leapSeconds-r11 INTEGER (-127..128) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
localTimeOffset-r11 INTEGER (-63..64) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
...,
[[ timeReferenceInfo-r15 TimeReferenceInfo-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

dayLightSavingTime
It indicates if and how daylight saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time. The semantics is the same as the
semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.301 [35] and TS 24.008 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string
contains the b2 of octet 3, i.e. the value part of the Daylight Saving Time IE, and the second bit of the bit string
contains b1 of octet 3.
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -
leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the
day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the
SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10
ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899
and Monday, January 1, 1900). NOTE 1.
This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither
result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
NOTE 1: The UE may use this field together with the leapSeconds field to obtain GPS time as follows: GPS Time
(in seconds) = timeInfoUTC (in seconds) - 2,524,953,600 (seconds) + leapSeconds, where 2,524,953,600
is the number of seconds between 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 and 00:00:00 on
Gregorian calendar date 6 January, 1980 (start of GPS time).
The IE SystemInformationBlockType17 contains information relevant for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and
WLAN.

-- ASN1START

wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF
WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-OffloadConfigCommon-r12 WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
wlan-Id-List-r12 WLAN-Id-List-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
WLAN-Id-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r12)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12
WLAN-Identifiers-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

ssid-r12 OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
bssid-r12 OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
hessid-r12 OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
-- ASN1STOP

bssid
Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
hessid
Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier (HESSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ssid
Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List
The WLAN offload configuration per PLMN includes the same number of entries, listed in the same order as the
PLMN(s) listed across the plmn-IdentityList fields in SystemInformationBlockType1.
ETSI
The IE SystemInformationBlockType18 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may
contain sidelink communication related resource configuration information.

-- ASN1START

commConfig-r12 SEQUENCE {
commRxPool-r12 SL-CommRxPoolList-r12,
commTxPoolNormalCommon-r12 SL-CommTxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
commTxPoolExceptional-r12 SL-CommTxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
commSyncConfig-r12 SL-SyncConfigList-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
...,
[[ commTxPoolNormalCommonExt-r13 SL-CommTxPoolListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
commTxAllowRelayCommon-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP

commRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE and while in
RRC_CONNECTED.
commSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information. E-UTRAN
configures commSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit
synchronisation information.
commTxAllowRelayCommon
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication data using the transmission pools
included in SystemInformationBlockType18 i.e. either via commTxPoolNormalCommon,
commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or via commTxPoolExceptional.
commTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as
specified in 5.10.4.
commTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE or when in
RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary.
commTxPoolNormalCommonExt
Indicates transmission resource pool(s) in addition to the pool(s) indicated by field commTxPoolNormalCommon, by
which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while
transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary. E-UTRAN configures commTxPoolNormalCommonExt
only when it configures commTxPoolNormalCommon.
commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to request transmission pools for non-relay related one-to-one sidelink
communication.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType19 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may
contain sidelink discovery related resource configuration information.

-- ASN1START

discConfig-r12 SEQUENCE {
discRxPool-r12 SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12,
discTxPoolCommon-r12 SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discTxPowerInfo-r12 SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Tx
ETSI
discSyncConfig-r12 SL-SyncConfigList-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OR

discInterFreqList-r12 SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ discConfig-v1310 SEQUENCE {
discInterFreqList-v1310 SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
gapRequestsAllowedCommon ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
discConfigRelay-r13 SEQUENCE {
relayUE-Config-r13 SL-DiscConfigRelayUE-r13,
remoteUE-Config-r13 SL-DiscConfigRemoteUE-r13
discConfigPS-13 SEQUENCE {
discRxPoolPS-r13 SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12,
discTxPoolPS-Common-r13 SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-v1310
SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityList-r12 PLMN-IdentityList4-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
SL-DiscConfigRelayUE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

threshHigh-r13 RSRP-RangeSL4-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
threshLow-r13 RSRP-RangeSL4-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
hystMax-r13 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf} OPTIONAL, -- Cond
ThreshHigh
hystMin-r13 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12} OPTIONAL -- Cond ThreshLow
}
SL-DiscConfigRemoteUE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

threshHigh-r13 RSRP-RangeSL4-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
hystMax-r13 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12} OPTIONAL, -- Cond ThreshHigh
reselectionInfoIC-r13 ReselectionInfoRelay-r13
}
ReselectionInfoRelay-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Note that the mapping of invidual values may be different for PC5, but the granularity/
-- number of values is same as for Uu
filterCoefficient-r13 FilterCoefficient,
minHyst-r13 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3,
dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SL-CarrierFreqInfo-v1310::= SEQUENCE {
discResourcesNonPS-r13 SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discResourcesPS-r13 SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discConfigOther-r13 SL-DiscConfigOtherInterFreq-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
PLMN-IdentityList4-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12
PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12 ::= CHOICE {

plmn-Index-r12 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
plmnIdentity-r12 PLMN-Identity
}
SL-DiscTxResourcesInterFreq-r13 ::= CHOICE {

acquireSI-FromCarrier-r13 NULL,
discTxPoolCommon-r13 SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12,
requestDedicated-r13 NULL,
noTxOnCarrier-r13 NULL
}
SL-DiscConfigOtherInterFreq-r13::= SEQUENCE {
txPowerInfo-r13 SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Tx
refCarrierCommon-r13 ENUMERATED {pCell} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discSyncConfig-r13 SL-SyncConfigListNFreq-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discCellSelectionInfo-r13 CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
ETSI
SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

discRxResourcesInterFreq-r13 SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discTxResourcesInterFreq-r13 SL-DiscTxResourcesInterFreq-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP

discCellSelectionInfo
Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent,
the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency. See TS 36.304 [4, 11.4].
discInterFreqList
Indicates the neighbouring frequencies on which sidelink discovery announcement is supported. May also provide
further information i.e. reception resource pool and/ or transmission resource pool, or an indication how resources
could be obtained.
discRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while
in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discRxPoolPS
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in
RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discRxResourcesInterFreq
Indicates the resource pool configuration for receiving discovery announcements on a carrier frequency.
discSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information. E-UTRAN
configures discSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit
synchronisation information.
discTxPoolCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements
while in RRC_IDLE.
discTxPoolPS-Common
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in
RRC_IDLE.
discTxResourcesInterFreq
For the concerned frequency, either provides the UE with a pool of sidelink discovery announcement transmission
resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_IDLE, or indicates whether such transmission is allowed, and if so
how the UE may obtain the required resources. Value noTxOnCarrier indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit
sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency. Value acquireSI-FromCarrier indicates that the
required resources are to be obtained by autonomously acquiring SIB19 and other relevant SIBs from the concerned
frequency. Value requestDedicated indicates, that for the concerned carrier, the required sidelink discovery resources
are to be obtained by means of a dedicated resource request using the SidelinkUEInformation message.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities for the neighbouring frequency indicated by carrierFreq. Absence of the field indicates the
same PLMN identities as listed across the plmn-IdentityList fields (without suffix) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
plmn-Index
Index of the corresponding entry across the plmn-IdentityList fields (without suffix) within
refCarrierCommon
Indicates if the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED)/ serving cell (RRC_IDLE) is to be used as reference for DL measurements
and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery
announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].
reselectionInfoIC
Includes the parameters used by the UE when selecting/ reselecting a sidelink relay UE.
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SL-
CarrierFreqInfoList-r12.
threshHigh, threshLow (relayUE)
Indicates when a sidelink remote UE or sidelink relay UE that is in network coverage may use the broadcast PS
related sidelink discovery Tx resource pool, if broadcast, or request Tx resources by dedicated signalling otherwise.
For remote UEs, this parameter is used similarly for relay related sidelink communication.
ETSI

ThreshHigh The field is mandatory present if threshHigh is included in the corresponding IE.
Otherwise the field is not present and UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ThreshLow The field is mandatory present if threshLow is included. Otherwise the field is not present
UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Tx The field is mandatory present if discTxPoolCommon is included. Otherwise the field is
optional present, need OR.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType20 contains the information required to acquire the control information associated
transmission of MBMS using SC-PTM.

-- ASN1START

sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r13 ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
sc-mcch-Offset-r13 INTEGER (0..10),
sc-mcch-FirstSubframe-r13 INTEGER (0..9),
sc-mcch-duration-r13 INTEGER (2..9) OPTIONAL,
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r13 ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256,
rf512, rf1024, r2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768,
rf65536},
...,
[[ br-BCCH-Config-r14 SEQUENCE {
dummy ENUMERATED {rf1},
dummy2 ENUMERATED {rf1},
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MCCH-r14 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256},
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH-r14 CHOICE {
fdd-r14 ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4,
v5, v8, v10},
tdd-r14 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20}
},
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {off, ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB},
sc-mcch-CarrierFreq-r14 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
sc-mcch-Offset-BR-r14 INTEGER (0..10),
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR-r14 ENUMERATED {rf32, rf128, rf512, rf1024,
rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384},
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR-r14 ENUMERATED { rf32, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024,
rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768,
rf65536, rf131072, rf262144, rf524288,
rf1048576}
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo-r14 SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-SC-MTCH-r14
ENUMERATED { r16, r32 } OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-SC-MTCH-r14
ENUMERATED {
r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
r1536, r2048} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1470 ENUMERATED {rf1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1470 ENUMERATED {rf1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-r14::= SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14 ENUMERATED {psf10, psf20, psf100, psf300,
psf500, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600},
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14 ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8, psf16,
psf32, psf64, psf128, psf256, ps512,
psf1024, psf2048, psf4096, psf8192, psf16384},
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14 CHOICE {
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
sf20 INTEGER(0..19),
ETSI
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
sf4096 INTEGER(0..4095),
sf8192 INTEGER(0..8191)
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

br-BCCH-Config-r14
The field is present if SystemInformationBlockType20 is sent on BR-BCCH. Otherwise the field is absent.
dummy
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for listening to SC-MCCH scheduling in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0
corresponds to 0 MPDCCH sub-frame, psf1 corresponds to 1 MPDCCH sub-frame and so on.
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MCCH
Narrowband for MPDCCH for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH
The maximum number of MPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH
Configuration of the starting subframes of the MPDCCH search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MCCH
Frequency hopping configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Indicates the duration in subframes during which SC-MCCH may be scheduled in MPDCCH sub-frames, see TS
36.321 [6].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-SC-MTCH
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for SC-MTCH to UEs in CE mode A, see TS 36.213
[23].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-SC-MTCH
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for SC-MTCH CE to UEs in mode B, see TS 36.213
[23].
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in
number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The
value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mcch-CarrierFreq
Downlink carrier used for all multicast SC-MCCH transmissions.
sc-mcch-duration
Indicates, starting from the subframe indicated by sc-mcch-FirstSubframe, the duration in subframes during which SC-
MCCH may be scheduled in PDCCH sub-frames, see TS 36.321 [6]. Absence of this IE means that SC-MCCH is only
scheduled in the subframe indicated by sc-mcch-FirstSubframe.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The
contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such
boundary in-between them. Value rf2 corresponds to 2 radio frames, value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames and so
on. In case sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1470 is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of sc-mcch-
ModificationPeriod-r13.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR
Defines periodically appearing boundaries for BL UE or UE in CE, i.e. radio frames for which (H-SFN*1024 + SFN)
mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR = 0 if hyperSFN is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or radio frames
for which SFN mod sc-mcchModificationPeriod-BR = 0 otherwise.The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH
information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf32 corresponds to 32
radio frames, value rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-FirstSubframe
Indicates the first subframe in which SC-MCCH is scheduled
sc-mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which SC-MCCH is scheduled i.e. SC-
MCCH is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod = sc-mcch-Offset.
sc-mcch-Offset-BR
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR, the boundary of the SC-MCCH repetition period for BL UE
or UE in CE: (H-SFN*1024 + SFN) mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR = sc-mcch-Offset-BR if hyperSFN is present in
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or radio frames for which (SFN mod mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR) = sc-
mcch-Offset-BR otherwise.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information, in radio frames. Value rf2 corresponds to 2 radio
frames, rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames and so on. In case sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1470 is configured, the UE
shall ignore the configuration of sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r13.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information for BL UE or UE in CE, in radio frames. Value
rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MCCH. If this field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MCCH reception.
ETSI
The IE SystemInformationBlockType21 contains V2X sidelink communication configuration.

-- ASN1START

sl-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14 SL-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
SL-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-CommRxPool-r14 SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon-r14 SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon-r14 SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14 SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-SyncConfig-r14 SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14 SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
zoneConfig-r14 SL-ZoneConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
typeTxSync-r14 SL-TypeTxSync-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14 SL-Priority-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
anchorCarrierFreqList-r14 SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
offsetDFN-r14 INTEGER (0..1000) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cbr-CommonTxConfigList-r14 SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

anchorCarrierFreqList
Indicates carrier frequencies which may include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
cbr-CommonTxConfigList
Indicates the common list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmissions parameter configurations available to
configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference for the PCell.
Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002
milliseconds, and so on.
p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication. zoneID is not
configured in the pools in this field.
thresSL-TxPrioritization
Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they
overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration if any.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on the
carrier frequency on which this field is broadcast.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive V2X sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE and in
RRC_CONNECTED.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication in exceptional conditions,
as specified in 5.10.13.
v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication when in
RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting V2X sidelink communication via a frequency other than
the primary. E-UTRAN configures one resource pool per zone.
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of neighboring frequencies for V2X sidelink
communication.
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig
Indicates V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection.
v2x-SyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information for V2X
sidelink communication. E-UTRAN configures v2x-SyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs to
transmit synchronisation information.
zoneConfig
Indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication in 5.10.13.2.
information about NR frequencies and NR neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-
selection parameters common for a frequency.

-- ASN1START

carrierFreqListNR-r15 CarrierFreqListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
t-ReselectionNR-r15 T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionNR-SF-r15 SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
CarrierFreqListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CarrierFreqNR-r15
CarrierFreqNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiBandInfoList-r15 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
multiBandInfoListSUL-r15 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
measTimingConfig-r15 MTC-SSB-NR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ETSI
ss-RSSI-Measurement-r15 SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ2

cellReselectionSubPriority-r15 CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
q-RxLevMinSUL-r15 INTEGER (-70..-22) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
p-MaxNR-r15 P-MaxNR-r15,
ns-PmaxListNR-r15 NS-PmaxListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r15 BOOLEAN,
maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15 MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
threshRS-Index-r15 ThresholdListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

carrierFreqListNR
List of carrier frequencies of NR.
cellReselectionPriority
The field concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency as used by the cell reselection procedure.
Corresponds with parameter "priority" in TS 36.304 [4].
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and
subcarrier spacing, the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If this field is
set to TRUE, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same NR carrier frequency as
specified in 36.133 [16].
endSymbol
Within a slot that is configured for RSSI measurements (see measurementSlots) the UE measures the RSSI from
symbol 0 to symbol endSymbol. This field identifies the entry in Table 5.1.33-1 in TS 36.214 which determines the
actual end symbol.
maxRS-IndexCellQual
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. Corresponds to the parameter nrofSS-
ResourcesToAverage in 38.304 [92].
measTimingConfig
Used to configure measurement timing configurations, i.e., timing occasions at which the UE measures SSBs. If the
field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5ms in this frequency.
measurementSlots
Indicates the slots in which the UE can perform NR RSSI measurements. The length of the BIT STRING is equal to
the number of slots in the configured SMTC window (determined by the ssb-duration and by the
subcarrierSpacingSSB). The first (left-most / most significant) bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first slot in the
SMTC window, the second bit in the bitmap corresponds to the second slot in the SMTC window, and so on. The UE
measures in slots for which the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to 1.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
p-maxNR
Indicates the maximum power for NR (see TS 38.104 [91]) the UE can use in NR SCG.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for NR neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the
(default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for NR neighbour cells.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminSUL" in TS 38.304 [92], applicable for NR neighbouring cells.
threshRS-Index
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. Corresponds to the parameter absThreshSS-
Consolidation in 38.304 [92].
threshX-High
threshX-HighQ
threshX-Low
threshX-LowQ
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE

RSRQ The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in
RSRQ2 The field is optional Need OP if the threshServingLowQ is present in
The IE SystemInformationBlockType25 contains the UAC parameters.
ETSI

-- ASN1START

uac-BarringForCommon-r15 UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15 OPTIONAL,
uac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15 UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15 OPTIONAL,
uac-BarringInfoSetList-r15 UAC-BarringInfoSetList-r15,
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15 CHOICE {
plmnCommon-r15 UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15,
individualPLMNList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15
} OPTIONAL,
...
}
UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-BarringPerPLMN-r15
UAC-BarringPerPLMN-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityIndex-r15 INTEGER (1.. maxPLMN-r11),
uac-AC-BarringListType-r15 CHOICE{
uac-ImplicitAC-BarringList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(maxAccessCat-1-r15)) OF UAC-
BarringInfoSetIndex-r15,
uac-ExplicitAC-BarringList-r15 UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15
} OPTIONAL
}
UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxAccessCat-1-r15)) OF UAC-BarringPerCat-r15
UAC-BarringPerCat-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

accessCategory-r15 INTEGER (1..maxAccessCat-1-r15),
uac-barringInfoSetIndex-r15 UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15
}
UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15 ::= INTEGER (1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15)

UAC-BarringInfoSetList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15)) OF UAC-BarringInfoSet-
r15
UAC-BarringInfoSet-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

uac-BarringFactor-r15 ENUMERATED {
p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
uac-BarringTime-r15 ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512},
uac-BarringForAccessIdentity-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE(7))
}
UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

accessCategory
The Access Category according to TS 22.261 [96].
uac-BarringFactor
Represents the probability that access attempt would be allowed during access barring check.
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless
overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by
providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is
specified in section 5.3.16.2.
uac-BarringPerPLMN-List
Access control parameters for each access category valid only for a specific PLMN.
uac-barringInfoSetIndex
Index of the entry in field uac-BarringInfoSetList. Value 1 corresponds to the first entry in uac-BarringInfoSetList, value
2 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on. An index value not included in uac-BarringInfoSetList
indicates no barring.
uac-BarringInfoSetList
List of access control parameter sets. Each access category can be configured with access parameters corresponding
to a particular set.
uac-BarringForAccessIdentity
Indicates whether access attempt is allowed for each Access Identity. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string
corresponds to Access Identity 1, bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 2, bit 2 in the bit string
corresponds to Access Identity 11, bit 3 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 12 and so on. Value 0 means
that access attempt is allowed for the corresponding access identity.
uac-BarringTime
The minimum time before a new access attempt is to be performed after an access attempt was barred at access
barring check for the same access category.
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in [96]. A UE compliant with
this version of the specification shall ignore this field.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType26 contains V2X sidelink communication configurations which can be used jointly
with those included in SystemInformationBlockType21.

-- ASN1START

v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r15 SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r15 SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
syncFreqList-r15 SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
slss-TxMultiFreq-r15 ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14 INTEGER (0..45) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

cbr-pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList
included in SIB21, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-
TxConfigList included in SIB21. The configurations in this field apply to all the resource pools on all the carrier
frequencies included in SIB26 for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15 included
in this field also applies to all the resource pools on all the carrier frequencies included in SIB21 for V2X sidelink
communication transmission.
slss-TxMultiFreq
Value TRUE indicates the UE transmits SLSS on multiple carrier frequencies for V2X sidelink communication. If this
field is absent, the UE transmits SLSS only on the synchronisation carrier frequency.
syncFreqList
Indicates a list of candidate carrier frequencies that can be used for the synchronisation of V2X sidelink
communication.
threshS-RSSI-CBR
Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as
specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and
so on. If included, the threshS-RSSI-CBR in SL-CommResourcePoolV2X in SIB26 is absent.
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList
Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission on the
carrier frequency where the field is broadcast.
v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig
Indicates the configuration information for sidelink packet duplication for V2X sidelink communication.
If this field includes a carrier frequency which is included in SIB21 and some configuration(s) for that carrier are
already included in SIB21, the corresponding configuration(s) for that carrier frequency are not included in this field.
6.3.2 Radio resource control information elements

– AntennaInfo
The IE AntennaInfoCommon and the AntennaInfoDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific
antenna configuration respectively.
AntennaInfo information elements

-- ASN1START
AntennaInfoCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaPortsCount ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode ENUMERATED {
tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6,
tm7, tm8-v920},
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
n4TxAntenna-tm6 BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TM
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

codebookSubsetRestriction-v920 CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm8-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm8-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
} OPTIONAL -- Cond TM8
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionMode-r10 ENUMERATED {
ETSI
tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6, tm7, tm8-v920,

tm9-v1020, tm10-v1130, spare6, spare5, spare4,
spare3, spare2, spare1},
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 BIT STRING OPTIONAL, -- Cond TMX
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0::= SEQUENCE {
maxLayersMIMO-r10 ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers} OPTIONAL --
Need OR
}

alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX-r12 BOOLEAN
}

ce-UE-TxAntennaSelection-config-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {tm9, tm10} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm6, tm8, tm9,
tm10} OPTIONAL, --_Need OR
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
n4TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (96)),
n8TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (109))
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TM
maxLayersMIMO-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer-r15 BOOLEAN,
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer-r15 BOOLEAN
}
}
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config-r15 NULL,
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs-r15 ENUMERATED {two, three}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
AntennaInfo field descriptions

alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI
feedback and reporting. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with a) tm8 with 4 CRS ports, tm9
or tm10 with 4 CSI-RS ports and b) PMI/RI reporting.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of cell specific antenna ports where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports
etc. see TS 36.211 [21, 6.2.1].
ce-ue-TxAntennaSelection-config
Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for non-BL UE in CE Mode A, see TS 36.212 [22].
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2] and TS 36.211 [21, 6.3.4.2.3]. The number of bits in
the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2-1b]. If the UE
is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI
reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field
codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-
UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with
transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the
UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to
FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
maxLayersMIMO
Indicates the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing used to determine the rank indication bit width and Kc
determination of the soft buffer size for the corresponding serving cell according to TS 36.212 [22]. EUTRAN
configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm9 or tm10 for the corresponding serving cell.
When configuring the field for a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm3 or tm4, EUTRAN only configures
value fourLayers: For a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm9 or tm10, EUTRAN only configures the field
only if intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList is indicated for the band and the band combination of the corresponding
serving cell or the UE supports maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
maxLayersMIMO-STTI
Indicates the maximum number of layers, for each serving cell, to be used when determining if the shifted DMRS
pattern is applicable TS 36.211 [21], section 6.10.3.2.
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer, slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer
Indicates the table to be used in case of dynamic TX diversity fallback for TM9 and 10 for up to 2-layer/4-layer slot or
subslot PDSCH operation, see TS 36.212 [22], section 5.3.3.1.22.
transmissionMode
Points to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1,
tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN
Indicates, for MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1, where tm1 refers to
transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not
applicable.
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN
Indicates, for non-MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1, where tm1 refers to
transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not
applicable.
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection
For value setup, the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as
described in TS 36.213 [23], section 8.7.
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config
Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select one antenna among four antennas to
transmit SRS for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. When ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-
1T4R-Config and ue-TransmitAntennaSelection are configured simultaneously for a given serving cell, the UE selects
one of the first two antennas for PUSCH transmission and selects one antenna among four antennas at each SRS
instance for SRS transmission for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23].
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs
Presence of the field indicates configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select two
antennas among four antennas to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS
36.213 [23]. Further, the field indicates the number of antenna pairs to select from for SRS transmission for a given
serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Value two indicates the UE to select one antenna pair between two
antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. Value three
indicates the UE to select one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS
instance for the corresponding serving cell. EUTRAN does not simultaneously configure ue-TransmitAntennaSelection
and ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs for a given serving cell.
ETSI

TM The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6.
Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TM8 The field is optional present, need OR, if AntennaInfoDedicated is included and
transmissionMode is set to tm8. If AntennaInfoDedicated is included and
transmissionMode is set to a value other than tm8, the field is not present and the UE
shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
TMX The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6.
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm8 or tm9.
– AntennaInfoUL
The IE AntennaInfoUL is used to specify the UL antenna configuration.
AntennaInfoUL information elements

-- ASN1START
AntennaInfoUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionModeUL-r10 ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, spare6, spare5,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
fourAntennaPortActivated-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionModeUL-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
AntennaInfoUL field descriptions

fourAntennaPortActivated
Parameter indicates if four antenna ports are used. See TS 36.213 [23, 8.2]. E-UTRAN optionally configures
fourAntennaPortActivated only if transmissionModeUL is set to tm2.
transmissionModeUL
Points to one of UL Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0] where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2
to transmission mode 2 etc.
transmissionModeUL-STTI
Indicates the UL transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], section 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode
1 and tm2 to transmission mode 2 for slot or subslot operation.
– AUL-Config
The IE AUL-Config is used to specify the autonomous uplink configuration.
AUL-Config information element

-- ASN1START
AUL-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
aul-CRNTI-r15 C-RNTI,
aul-Subframes-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
aul-HARQ-Processes-r15 INTEGER (1..16),
transmissionModeUL-AUL-r15 ENUMERATED {tm1,tm2},
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (5)),
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (7)),
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT-r15 ENUMERATED {o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1},
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideMCOT-r15 ENUMERATED {o16, o25, o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1},
aul-RetransmissionTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf12,
psf20, psf28, psf37, psf44, psf68, psf84, psf100,
psf116, psf132, psf164, psf324},
endingSymbolAUL-r15 INTEGER(12..13),
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing-r15 INTEGER(2..4),
contentionWindowSizeTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n5, n10}
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
AUL-Config field descriptions

aul-CRNTI
AUL C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
aul-HARQ-Processes
This field indicates which HARQ process IDs are configured for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. In case
tm1 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to field value.
In case tm2 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to
double of the field value. The largest value of the HARQ process ID is equal to the number of configured HARQ
processes.
aul-RetransmissionTimer
This timer is used to restrict both new transmission and retransmission for the same HARQ process for AUL
operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. Value psf4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH subframes etc,
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideCOT
This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission inside of eNB
obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as
described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0]. The left most bit corresponds to value 34, second bit corresponds to value 43, third
bit corresponds to value 52, fourth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1.
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideCOT
This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission outside of eNB
obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as
described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0]. The left most bit corresponds to value 16, second bit corresponds to value 25, third
bit corresponds to value 34, fourth bit corresponds to value 43, fifth bit corresponds to value 52, sixth bit corresponds
to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1.
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideCOT
This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission inside of eNB
obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as
described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0]. The value o34 corresponds to 34 and the value o43 corresponds to 43 and so on.
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideCOT
This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission outside of eNB
obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as
described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0]. The value o16 corresponds to 16 and the value o25 corresponds to 25 and so on.
aul-Subframes
This field indicates which subframes are allowed for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. The first/leftmost bit
corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod 4 = 0. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the
corresponding subframe not allowed for AUL. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is
allowed for AUL.
contentionWindowSizeTimer
This field indicates contention window size adjustment timer as described in TS 37.213 [94], section 4.2.2. The value
n0 corresponds to 0ms, value n5 corresponds to 5ms, value 10 corresponds to 10ms.
endingSymbolAUL
This field indicates PUSCH ending symbol of the last AUL subframe in an AUL burst as described in TS 36.211 [21,
4.1.3].
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing
This field is COT sharing indication parameter X indicating if subframe n+X is an applicable subframe for UL to DL
sharing as described in TS 37.213 [94], section 4.1.3.
transmissionModeUL-AUL
This field indicates which UL transmission mode is used for AUL as described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0], where tm1 refers
to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2.
– CQI-ReportAperiodic
The IE CQI-ReportAperiodic is used to specify the aperiodic CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportAperiodic information elements

-- ASN1START
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
ETSI
trigger2-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))

}
}
CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 SEQUENCE {
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator-r12 ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
}
}
}
CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310 SEQUENCE {
trigger6-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
aperiodicCSI-Trigger2-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}
} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
trigger01-r11 BOOLEAN,
trigger11-r11 BOOLEAN
}
CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

trigger111-r13 BOOLEAN
}
CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

triggers-r14 CHOICE {
oneBit-r14 SEQUENCE {
trigger1-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
},
twoBit-r14 SEQUENCE {
trigger01-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
},
threeBit-r14 SEQUENCE {
trigger100-Indicator-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) ,
}
ETSI
CQI-ReportModeAperiodic ::= ENUMERATED {

rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31,
rm32-v1250, rm10-v1310, rm11-v1310
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CQI-ReportAperiodic field descriptions

aperiodicCSI-Trigger
Indicates for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when one or more SCells are configured.
trigger1 corresponds to the CSI request field 10 or 010, trigger2 corresponds to the CSI request field 11 or 011,
trigger3 corresponds to the CSI request field 100, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1A], and so on. The leftmost bit, bit 0
in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with
ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means no aperiodic CSI report is triggered) or value 1 (means the
aperiodic CSI report is triggered). At most 5 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperidociCSI-Trigger-r10 and
in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 and at most 32 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310.
E-UTRAN configures value 1 only for cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9. One value
applies for all serving cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9 (the associated functionality is
common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator
For a serving cell configured with csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI
report is triggered for the serving cell if the aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 01 or 001, see TS
36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1C or table 7.2.1.-1E]. Value s1 corresponds to CSI subframe set 1 and value s2 corresponds
to CSI subframe set 2.
trigger001
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI
subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 001, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same
frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-E].
trigger001-IndicatorN.. trigger111-IndicatorN
Indicates for which eMIMO-Type the aperiodic CSI report is triggered (the corresponding CSI process, CSI subframe
set}-pair(s) and/or a serving cell) as applicable, See TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1A, 7.2.1-1B, and 7.2.1-1C].
trigger01
subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 01, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same
frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E].
trigger010, trigger011, trigger100, trigger101, Trigger110, Trigger111
subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 010, 011, 100, 101, 110 or 111, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1D
and 7.2.1-1E].
trigger10, trigger11
subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 10 or 11, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1B]. EUTRAN configures
at most 5 CSI processes, across all serving frequencies within each CG, to be triggered by a CSI request field set to
value 10. The same restriction applies for value 11. In case E-UTRAN simultaneously triggers CSI requests for more
than 5 CSI processes some limitations apply, see TS 36.213 [23].
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator
If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is
triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1C] or by the CSI
request field 010, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1E].The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with
ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0
(means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is
triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is
triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1C] or by the CSI
ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0
(means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI
request field100, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1E].The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with
ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value
0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is
ETSI
CQI-ReportAperiodic field descriptions

– CQI-ReportBoth
The IE CQI-ReportBoth is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration common to both periodic and aperiodic
configurations.
CQI-ReportBoth information elements

-- ASN1START
CQI-ReportBoth-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-ProcessToAddModList-r11 CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r12 CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r12 CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
CQI-ReportBoth-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-Config-r11
CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12
CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11
CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-

v1310
CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-Process-r11
CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-ProcessId-r11
CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId-r11 CSI-ProcessId-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pmi-RI-Report-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CQI-ReportBoth field descriptions

csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-IM-Config only when transmission mode 10 is
configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds
to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.1]. The UE shall ignore cqi-
ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The
UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the
PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI
reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The
UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on
this carrier frequency.
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId
CSI process whose RI value the UE inherits when reporting RI, in the same subframe, for CSI reporting. E-UTRAN
ensures that the CSI process that inherits the RI value is configured in accordance with the conditions specified in TS
36.213 [23, 7.2.1, 7.2.2].
– CQI-ReportConfig
The IE CQI-ReportConfig is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportConfig information elements

-- ASN1START
CQI-ReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset INTEGER (-1..6),
cqi-ReportPeriodic CQI-ReportPeriodic OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
CQI-ReportConfig-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-Mask-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Cond cqi-Setup
pmi-RI-Report-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Cond PMIRI
}
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset INTEGER (-1..6),
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pmi-RI-Report-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Cond
PMIRIPCell
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 MeasSubframePattern-r10,
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
}

cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1130 CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130,
cqi-ReportBoth-r11 CQI-ReportBoth-r11
}

csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}
cqi-ReportBoth-v1250 CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
altCQI-Table-r12 ENUMERATED {
allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
ETSI
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OP

}

cqi-ReportBoth-v1310 CQI-ReportBoth-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1310 CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1320 CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

cqi-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14 CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {
}
CQI-ReportConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 CQI-ReportConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1130 CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250 CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
}
}
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 INTEGER (-1..6),
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pmi-RI-Report-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Cond
PMIRISCell
}
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need
OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CQI-ReportConfig field descriptions

altCQI-Table, altCQI-Table-1024QAM
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for both
aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI
table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative
CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI
subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in
range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI
tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not
configure altCQI-Table-r12 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1530
simultaneously. If altCQI-Table-r12 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS
36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured.
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all
CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each
cell).
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-
UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are
configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 is configured.
cqi-ReportPeriodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportPeriodic for sTTI within CSI-Config-r15.
csi-MeasSubframeSets
Indicates the two CSI subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 1 and value 1 means
the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 2. CSI subframe set 1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2] and CSI
subframe set 2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. EUTRAN does not configure csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 and
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 if either csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 for PCell or eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
csi-MeasSubframeSet1, csi-MeasSubframeSet2
Indicates the CSI measurement subframe sets. csi-MeasSubframeSet1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2] and csi-
MeasSubframeSet2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. E-UTRAN only configures the two CSI measurement
subframe sets for the PCell.
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter: Δ offset see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.3]. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI
reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The
UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on
this carrier frequency.
ETSI

cqi-Setup This field is not present for an Scell except for the PSCell, while it is conditionally present
for the PCell and the PSCell according to the following. The field is optional present, need
OR, if the cqi-ReportPeriodic in the cqi-ReportConfig is set to setup. If the field cqi-
ReportPeriodic is present and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall
delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRI The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included and set to setup,
or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is included. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to
release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is absent, the field is not present and the UE shall
delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRIPCell The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included in the CQI-
ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup, or cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-
ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present in the CQI-
ReportConfig-r10 and set to release and cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-
ReportConfig-r10 and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any
existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRISCell The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is included and set to
setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is included in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell. If the
field cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-
r10 is absent in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell, the field is not present and the UE shall delete
any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
– CQI-ReportPeriodic
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodic is used to specify the periodic CQI reporting configuration elements.
CQI-ReportPeriodic information elements

-- ASN1START
CQI-ReportPeriodic ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex INTEGER (0..1185),
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023),
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI NULL,
subbandCQI SEQUENCE {
k INTEGER (1..4)
}
},
ri-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI BOOLEAN
}
}
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10 INTEGER (0..1184),
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10 INTEGER (0..1184) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023),
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r10 CHOICE {
widebandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE {
csi-ReportMode-r10 ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
},
subbandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE {
k INTEGER (1..4),
periodicityFactor-r10 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
},
ri-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI BOOLEAN,
cqi-Mask-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csi-ConfigIndex-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r10 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndex2-r10 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
}
ETSI
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL
-- Need ON
}

cri-ReportConfig-r13 CRI-ReportConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL-- Need OR
}

periodicityFactorWB-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexDormant-r15 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndexDormant-r15 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csi-SubframePatternDormant-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15 MeasSubframePattern-r10,
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15 MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
cqi-FormatIndicatorDormant-r15 CHOICE {
},
k-r15 INTEGER (1..4),
}
}
}
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-

ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-

ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11,
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex-r11 INTEGER (0..1023),
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r11 CHOICE {
},
k INTEGER (1..4),
}
},
ri-ConfigIndex-r11 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csi-ConfigIndex-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r11 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndex2-r11 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
...,
[[ cri-ReportConfig-r13 CRI-ReportConfig-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ periodicityFactorWB-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
ETSI
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexShort-r15 INTEGER (0..1023),
ri-ConfigIndexShort-r15 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cqi-FormatIndicatorShort-r15 CHOICE {
widebandCQI-Short-r15 SEQUENCE {
csi-ReportModeShort-r15 ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
},
subbandCQI-Short-r15 SEQUENCE {
k-r15 INTEGER (1..4),
}
}
}
CRI-ReportConfig-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
cri-ConfigIndex-r13 CRI-ConfigIndex-r13,
cri-ConfigIndex2-r13 CRI-ConfigIndex-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
CRI-ConfigIndex-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..1023)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CQI-ReportPeriodic field descriptions

cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic
Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.2-1]. Depending on transmissionMode,
reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all
CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each
cell).
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23, tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-
1C]. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is
configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding
to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23, tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-
1C]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the
CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
( 2, p )
Parameter n PUCCH for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. E-UTRAN does
not apply value 1185. One value applies for all CSI processes.
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-
UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are
configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 is configured.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt
A set of periodic CQI related parameters for which E-UTRAN may configure different values for each CSI process. For
a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt only when transmission mode 10
is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
cri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to
csi-MeasSubframeSet1. EUTRAN configures the field if subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are
configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured).
cri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to
csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets. E-UTRAN
configures cri-ConfigIndex2 only if cri-ConfigIndex is configured.
cri-ReportConfig
E-UTRAN configures the field only if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to "beamformed" and if multiple
references to RS configuration using non-zero power transmission are configured (i.e. if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is
configured).
csi-ConfigIndex
E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall
release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is
csi-ReportMode
Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2].
K
Parameter: K, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2].
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter: Δ offset see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.3]. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
periodicityFactor, periodicityFactorWB
Parameter: H ′ , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2]. EUTRAN configures field periodicityFactorWB only when the UE is
configured with eMIMO-Type set to nonPrecoded and with cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic set to widebandCQI.
ri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2-1B]. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI)
reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern
corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
ETSI
CQI-ReportPeriodic field descriptions

ri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2-1B]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern
corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-
MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of
ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and
PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CQI report multiplexing on
PUCCH format 3, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2, 10.1.1]. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is
set to format3. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field
is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CSI report multiplexing on
PUCCH format 4 and format 5, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.1]. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-
Format is set to format4 or format5. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and
PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
– CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId is used to identify a periodic CQI reporting configuration that E-UTRAN may
configure in addition to the configuration specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10. These additional configurations
are specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId information elements

-- ASN1START
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)
-- ASN1STOP
– CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig
The IE CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig is used to specify the configuration when the cross carrier scheduling is used in a
cell.
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig information elements

-- ASN1START
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

schedulingCellInfo-r10 CHOICE {
own-r10 SEQUENCE { -- No cross carrier
scheduling
cif-Presence-r10 BOOLEAN
},
other-r10 SEQUENCE { -- Cross carrier
scheduling
schedulingCellId-r10 ServCellIndex-r10,
pdsch-Start-r10 INTEGER (1..4)
}
}
}
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

schedulingCellInfo-r13 CHOICE {
own-r13 SEQUENCE { -- No cross carrier
scheduling
cif-Presence-r13 BOOLEAN
},
other-r13 SEQUENCE { -- Cross carrier scheduling
pdsch-Start-r13 INTEGER (1..4),
cif-InSchedulingCell-r13 INTEGER (1..7)
}
}
}
ETSI
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cif-InSchedulingCell-r14 INTEGER (1..7)
}
-- ASN1STOP
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions

cif-Presence
The field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value TRUE) or not (value FALSE) in PDCCH/
EPDCCH DCI formats, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1].
cif-InSchedulingCell
The field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate this cell, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1]. In case of
carrier indicator field is present, the CIF value is 0.
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned SCell, see TS 36.213 [23. 7.1.6.4]. Values 1, 2, 3 are
applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable
when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6,7-
1].
schedulingCellId
Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case
the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled
cell. In case the UE is configured with crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL, schedulingCellId indicated in
crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL only indicates which cell signals the uplink grants.
– CSI-IM-Config
The IE CSI-IM-Config is the CSI Interference Measurement (IM) configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a
serving frequency, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.6].
CSI-IM-Config information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-IM-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
resourceConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..31),
subframeConfig-r11 INTEGER (0..154),
...,
[[ interferenceMeasRestriction-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250 CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250,
...,
[[ interferenceMeasRestriction-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
CSI-IM-Config field descriptions

resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.6] and TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and
6.10.5.2-2] for 4 REs.
subframeConfig
Parameter: I CSI− RS , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.6] and TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].
– CSI-IM-ConfigId
The IE CSI-IM-ConfigId is used to identify a CSI-IM configuration that is configured by the IE CSI-IM-Config. The
identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
ETSI
CSI-IM-ConfigId information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)

CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 ::= INTEGER (maxCSI-IM-r12)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 ::= INTEGER (minCSI-IM-r13..maxCSI-IM-r13)
-- ASN1STOP
– CSI-Process
The IE CSI-Process is the CSI process configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-Process information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-Process-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-ProcessId-r11 CSI-ProcessId-r11,
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a,
cqi-ReportBothProc-r11 CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId-r11 INTEGER (0..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11
]],
[[ cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
eMIMO-Type-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ dummy CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eMIMO-Hybrid-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
advancedCodebookEnabled-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ eMIMO-Type-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ feCOMP-CSI-Enabled-v1530 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eMIMO-Type-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CSI-Process field descriptions

advancedCodebookEnabled
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23]. EUTRAN does not
configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with
eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured with semiOpenLoop.
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI
feedback and reporting for a CSI process. EUTRAN may configure the field only if the number of CSI-RS ports for
non-zero power transmission CSI-RS configuration is 4.
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
If csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
applies for CSI subframe set 1. If csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 or csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 are configured for the
same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1 or CSI subframe set 2.
Otherwise, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for all subframes. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 is configured
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is configured only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the
CSI process. cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is for CSI subframe set 2. E-UTRAN shall set cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 in
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 the same as in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-
v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 is configured.
cqi-ReportBothProc
Includes CQI configuration parameters applicable for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting, for which CSI process
specific values may be configured. E-UTRAN configures the field if and only if cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId is included
and/ or if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc is included.
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId
Refers to a periodic CQI reporting configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. Value 0
refers to the set of parameters defined by the REL-10 CQI reporting configuration fields, while the other values refer to
the additional configurations E-UTRAN assigns by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 (and as covered by CQI-
ReportPeriodicProcExtId).
csi-IM-ConfigId
Refers to a CSI-IM configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. If csi-IM-ConfigId-
v1250 or csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (i.e., UE ignores csi-IM-ConfigId-
r11 and csi-IM-ConfigId-r12).
csi-IM-ConfigIdList
Refers to one or two CSI-IM configurations that are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. csi-IM-
ConfigIdList can include 2 entries only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI
process.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the
CSI process.
dummy
eMIMO-Type
Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks
used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17]. Choice values nonPrecoded
and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
feCOMP-CSI-Enabled
Parameter: FeCoMPCSIEnabled, see TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1.10. Refers to CSI feedback based on FeCoMP. E-
UTRAN only configures the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type-r13 set to beamformed with two NZP
CSI-RS resources using the IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 which contains the two NZP CSI-RS reources
configued with csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13.
p-C-AndCBSRList
The UE shall ignore p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed,
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-
ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured,
– CSI-ProcessId
The IE CSI-ProcessId is used to identify a CSI process that is configured by the IE CSI-Process. The identity is unique
within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-ProcessId information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-ProcessId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– CSI-RS-Config
The IE CSI-RS-Config is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration.
CSI-RS-Config information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
antennaPortsCount-r10 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
p-C-r10 INTEGER (-8..15)
}
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
CSI-RS-Config-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2-r12 ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-List-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12)) OF
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
}
} OPTIONAL -- Need
ON
}

eMIMO-Type-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

dummy CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eMIMO-Hybrid-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
advancedCodebookEnabled-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

}

}
CSI-RS-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-Config-r10 CSI-RS-Config-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1250 CSI-RS-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-Config-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
}
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r12 INTEGER (0..154)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CSI-RS-Config field descriptions

advancedCodebookEnabled
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23]. EUTRAN does not
configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with
eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured with semiOpenLoop.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where value an1
corresponds to 1 antenna port, an2 to 2 antenna ports and so on, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell, concerning the CSI-RS included in discovery signals.
dummy
eMIMO-Type
Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks
used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17]. Choice values nonPrecoded
and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
p-C
Parameter: Pc , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5]. The UE shall ignore p-C-r10 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set
to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-
RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2].
subframeConfig
Parameter: I CSI− RS , see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-
MeasSubframeSets-r12 and TM 1 – 9 are configured for the serving cell.
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.7].
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig
– CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded is used to specify the beamforming configuration of EBF/ FD-MIMO.
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
channelMeasRestriction-r13 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
channelMeasRestriction-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
ETSI
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
}
CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionComb-r14 NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
frequencyDensity-r14 NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-NZP-mode-r14 ENUMERATED {semiPersistent, aperiodic},
activatedResources-r14 INTEGER (0..4)
}
-- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed field descriptions

ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList
The field indicates the alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 per CSI-RS resource. E-UTRAN configures the field
only if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured.
activatedResources
The number of activated CSI-RS resources, which concerns a subset of the aperiodic CSI-RS resources (for both
semi-persistent and aperiodic mode). E-UTRAN configures at most the minimum between nMaxResource as
configured by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r1430 and the number of resources as configured by csi-RS-ConfigNZP-
ApList-r14.
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed
The field indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2.4-18 to Table 7.2.4-20] is being used for deriving
CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. E-UTRAN configures the field only for a process referring to a single
RS configuration using non-zero power transmission (i.e a process for which csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not
configured). Field alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed corresponds to parameter
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1 in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
csi-IM-ConfigIdList
E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdList only if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when
TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
If csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13 is configured, E-UTRAN configures the same total number of entries for NZP, csi-
IM-ConfigIdList-r13 and p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13.
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList
The field is used to configure NZP configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI RS reporting for which MAC
controls activation. EUTRAN configures this field only when the UE is configured to use 2, 4 or and 8 ports CSI-RS, in
which case EUTRAN configures the number of entries to be the same as the number of NZP resource configurations.
For all these entries the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. EUTRAN always configures this field together with csi-
RS-NZP-Activation. Furthermore, for a given process, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure the periodic NZP
configuration(s) and NZP CSI RS configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent reporting.
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO
The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as
included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using 12 and 16 ports CSI-RS.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed)
Indicates the NZP configuration(s)in addition to the original NZP configuration, as defined by csi-RS-Config-r10 (TM9)
or csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 (TM10). I.e. extends the size of the NZP configuration list (originally a single entry i.e. list
of size 1) using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList
E-UTRAN does not configure the field p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList if the UE is configured with eMIMO-
Type set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt
is not configured.
– CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration for
EBF/ FD-MIMO.
ETSI
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13,
beamformed-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-v1430 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430,
beamformed-v1430 CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430
}
}

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480,
beamformed-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430
}
}

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
nonPrecoded-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14
}
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
periodicityOffsetIndex-r14 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
eMIMO-Type2-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO field descriptions

periodicityOffsetIndex
This parameter is associated with the first EMIMO configuration of the hybrid eMIMO configuration.
– CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded is used to specify the non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO configuration.
-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-C-AndCBSRList-r13 P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
codebookConfigN1-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8},
codebookConfigN2-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8},
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O1-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O2-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
codebookConfig-r13 INTEGER (1..4),
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
ETSI
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
codebookConfigN1-v1430 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16},
codebookConfigN2-v1430 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7},
nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1430 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1480 CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
codebookConfigN1-v1480 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16}
codebookConfigN2-r1480 ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1480 CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-C-AndCBSRList-r15 P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded field descriptions

codebookConfig
Indicates a sub-set of the codebook entry, see TS 36.213 [23].
codebookConfigNx
Indicates the number of antenna ports per polarization in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference
signals. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN configures
the field in accordance with the restrictions as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-
ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-
ConfigNonPrecoded-r13.
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-Ox
Indicates the spatial over-sampling rate in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n4
corresponds to 4 and value n8 corresponds to 8, see TS 36.213 [23].
csi-IM-ConfigId(List)
E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdList only if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when
TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO
The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as
included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using 12 and 16 ports CSI-RS.
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero power transmission that E-UTRAN
may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
antennaPortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
scramblingIdentity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
qcl-CRS-Info-r11 SEQUENCE {
qcl-ScramblingIdentity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
crs-PortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
}
...,
[[ csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ transmissionComb-r14 NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
]],
ETSI
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430
}
]]
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nzp-resourceConfigList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13,
cdmType-r13 ENUMERATED {cdm2, cdm4} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- All extensions are for Non-Precoded so could be grouped by setup/ release choice
nzp-resourceConfigListExt-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..4)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13,
cdmType-v1430 ENUMERATED {cdm8 } OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
NZP-ResourceConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

resourceConfig-r13 ResourceConfig-r13,
...,
[[ transmissionComb-r14 NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
]]
}
ResourceConfig-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..31)
NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 ::= INTEGER (0..2)

NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {d1, d2, d3}
-- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP field descriptions

antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where an1
corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.5].
cdmType
Parameter: CDMType, see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.5.2].
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the
CSI process. UE shall ignore CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 if CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 is signalled.
frequencyDensity
Indicates the freqency-domain density reduction. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions
Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If qcl-CRS-Info-r11 is absent, the field is released.
nzp-resourceConfigList
Indicate a list of non-zero power transmission CSI-RS resources using parameter resourceConfig.
qcl-CRS-Info
Indicates CRS antenna ports that is quasi co-located with the CSI-RS antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
EUTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2].
subframeConfig
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, nID , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
transmissionComb
Indicates the transmission combining offset. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions
ETSI
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero transmission power, as
configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 ::= INTEGER (minCSI-RS-NZP-r13..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)
-- ASN1STOP
– CSI-RS-ConfigZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration, for which UE assumes zero transmission power, that E-
UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZP information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
resourceConfigList-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
...
}
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11
}
-- ASN1STOP
CSI-RS-ConfigZP field descriptions

CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList
Indicates the aperiodic zero power CSI-RS present in a given subframe. See 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.9-2]. First entry in
the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 00, second entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 01 and so on.
resourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.7].
subframeConfig
– CSI-RS-ConfigZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration for which UE assumes zero
transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier
frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId information elements

-- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)
-- ASN1STOP
– DataInactivityTimer
The IE DataInactivityTimer is used to control Data inactivity operation. Corresponds to the timer for data inactivity
monitoring in TS 36.321 [6]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on.
ETSI
DataInactivityTimer information element

-- ASN1START
DataInactivityTimer-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {

s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20, s40, s50, s60,
s80, s100, s120, s150, s180}
-- ASN1STOP
– DMRS-Config
The IE DMRS-Config is the DMRS configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
DMRS-Config information elements

-- ASN1START
DMRS-Config-r11 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
scramblingIdentity2-r11 INTEGER (0..503)
}
}
DMRS-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
dmrs-tableAlt-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
DMRS-Config field descriptions

scramblingIdentity, scramblingIdentity2
n DMRS,i
Parameter: ID , see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.3.1].
dmrs-tableAlt
The field indicates whether to use an alternative table for DMRS upon PDSCH transmission, see TS 36.213 [23].
– DRB-Identity
The IE DRB-Identity is used to identify a DRB used by a UE.
DRB-Identity information elements

-- ASN1START
DRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..32)
-- ASN1STOP
– EPDCCH-Config
The IE EPDCCH-Config specifies the subframes and resource blocks for EPDCCH monitoring that E-UTRAN may
configure for a serving cell.
EPDCCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
EPDCCH-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE{

config-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternConfig-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePattern-r11 MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
ETSI
startSymbol-r11 INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP

setConfigToReleaseList-r11 EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
setConfigToAddModList-r11 EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
}
EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfig-

r11
EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfigId-

r11
EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

setConfigId-r11 EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11,
transmissionType-r11 ENUMERATED {localised, distributed},
resourceBlockAssignment-r11 SEQUENCE{
numberPRB-Pairs-r11 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8},
resourceBlockAssignment-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE(4..38))
},
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
pucch-ResourceStartOffset-r11 INTEGER (0..2047),
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ csi-RS-ConfigZPId2-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11
]],
[[ numberPRB-Pairs-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {n6}
mpdcch-config-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-NumRepetitionCE-r13 ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32},
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off},
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS-r13 CHOICE {
v5, v8, v10},
tdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10,
v20, spare1}
},
mpdcch-NumRepetition-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256},
mpdcch-Narrowband-r13 INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
}
]]
}
EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11 ::= INTEGER (0..1)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
EPDCCH-Config field descriptions

csi-NumRepetitionCE
Number of subframes for CSI reference resource, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, sf2
corresponds to 2 subframes and so on.
csi-RS-ConfigZPId2
Indicates the rate matching parameters in addition to those indicated by re-MappingQCL-ConfigId. E-UTRAN
configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt
EPDCCH MPDCCH
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter nID,i or nID,i defined in TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.3A.1].
EPDCCH-SetConfig
Provides EPDCCH configuration set. See TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4]. E-UTRAN configures at least one EPDCCH-
SetConfig when EPDCCH-Config is configured. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, EUTRAN does not configure more than
one EPDCCH-SetConfig.
mpdcch-Narrowband
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 6.8B.5]. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband
indices (0..[maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1]) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition
Maximum numbers of repetitions for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]. E-UTRAN does not
configure the value on if freqHoppingParametersDL is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1.
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS
Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH UE-specific search space, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value v1 corresponds
to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
numberPRB-Pairs
Indicates the number of physical resource-block pairs used for the EPDCCH set. Value n2 corresponds to 2 physical
resource-block pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 physical resource-block pairs and so on. Value n8 is not supported if dl-
Bandwidth is set to 6 resource blocks. EUTRAN configures value up to n6 only for BL UEs or UEs in CE. Value n6 is
only applicable to BL UEs or UEs in CE .
pucch-ResourceStartOffset
PUCCH format 1a, 1b and 3 resource starting offset for the EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId
Indicates the starting OFDM symbol, the related rate matching parameters and quasi co-location assumption for
EPDCCH when the UE is configured with tm10. This field provides the identity of a configured PDSCH-RE-
MappingQCL-Config. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource-block pair for EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23,
9.1.4.4]. The size of resourceBlockAssignment is specified in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4.4] and based on numberPRB-Pairs
and the signalled value of dl-Bandwidth. If numberPRB-Pairs-v1310 field is present, the total number of physical
resource-block pairs is 6 and it is composed of one subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs and another subset of 4
physical resource-block pairs, and the resourceBlockAssignment field defines the subset of 2 physical resource-block
pairs.
setConfigId
Indicates the identity of the EPDCCH configuration set.
startSymbol
Indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH on the same cell, see TS
36.213 [23, 9.1.4.1]. If not present, the UE shall release the configuration and shall derive the starting OFDM symbol
of EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH from PCFICH. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth
greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise. E-UTRAN does not configure the field
for UEs configured with tm10.
subframePatternConfig
Configures the subframes which the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH, except for pre-
defined rules in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4]. If the field is not configured when EPDCCH is configured, the UE shall monitor
the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH in all subframes except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4].
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized EPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21, 6.8A.1].
– EIMTA-MainConfig
The IE EIMTA-MainConfig is used to specify the eIMTA-RNTI used for eIMTA and the subframes used for monitoring
PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. The IE EIMTA-MainConfigServCell is used to specify the eIMTA related parameters
applicable for the concerned serving cell.
ETSI
EIMTA-MainConfig information element

-- ASN1START
EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
eimta-RNTI-r12 C-RNTI,
eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12 ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80},
eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(10))
}
}
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex-r12 INTEGER (1..5),
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12 ENUMERATED {sa2, sa4, sa5},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1250 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList-r12 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
}
}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
EIMTA-MainConfig field descriptions

eimta-CommandPeriodicity
Configures the periodicity to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23, 13.1]. Value sf10 corresponds to
10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
eimta-CommandSubframeSet
Configures the subframe(s) to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI within the periodicity configured by eimta-
CommandPeriodicity. The 10 bits correspond to all subframes in the last radio frame within each periodicity. The left
most bit is for subframe 0 and so on. Each bit can be of value 0 or 1. The value of 1 means that the corresponding
subframe is configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, and the value of 0 means otherwise. In case of TDD
as PCell, only the downlink and the special subframes indicated by the UL/ DL configuration in SIB1 can be configured
for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. In case of FDD as PCell, any of the ten subframes can be configured for
monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI.
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2
corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. E-UTRAN
configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex
Index of I, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.4]. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same
frequency band.
Configure the MBSFN subframes for the UE on this serving cell. An uplink subframe indicated by the DL/UL subframe
configuration in SIB1 can be configured as MBSFN subframe.
– LogicalChannelConfig
The IE LogicalChannelConfig is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
LogicalChannelConfig information element

-- ASN1START
LogicalChannelConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE {
priority INTEGER (1..16),
prioritisedBitRate ENUMERATED {
kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128,
kBps256, infinity, kBps512-v1020, kBps1024-v1020,
kBps2048-v1020, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1},
bucketSizeDuration ENUMERATED {
ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2,
spare1},
ETSI
logicalChannelGroup INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL -- Need OR

} OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
...,
[[ logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Cond SRmask
]],
[[ logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ laa-UL-Allowed-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer-r14 ENUMERATED {
s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, s1dot6, s3, s6, s12,
s30} OPTIONAL --Need OR
]],
[[ allowedTTI-Lengths-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
shortTTI-r15 BOOLEAN,
subframeTTI-r15 BOOLEAN
}
logicalChannelSR-Restriction-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {spucch, pucch}
channellAccessPriority-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup INTEGER (1..4)
lch-CellRestriction-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (maxServCell-r13)) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions

allowedTTI-Lengths
Indicates the allowed TTI lengths for the logical channel. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the logical
channel using any TTI length.
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer
The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 36.321 [6, 5.x], in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4
means 0.4s and so on.
bucketSizeDuration
Bucket Size Duration for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 corresponds
to 50 ms, ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on.
channelAccessPriority
Indicates the channel access priority class for the logical channel. UE shall select the lowest channel access priority
class (i.e. highest signalled value) of the logical channel with MAC SDU multiplexed into the MAC PDU. MAC CEs
except padding BSR apply the highest channel access priority class (i.e. lowest signalled value) , as defined in TS
36.300 [9].
laa-UL-Allowed
Indicates whether the data of a logical channel is allowed to be transmitted via UL of LAA SCells. Value TRUE
indicates that the logical channel is allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells. Value FALSE indicates that the logical
channel is not allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells.
lch-CellRestriction
Indicates cells which are restricted for the logical channel, The bit is set to 1 if the cell is restricted and to 0 if the cell is
not restricted, for each cell. The least significant bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 0, the next bit
corresponds to the serving cell with index 1, and so on. If the cell is restricted for the logical channel, then data for the
logical channel is not allowed to be sent using that cell. If the field is not included, no cells are restricted. See also TS
36.321 [6], section 5.4.3.1. The restriction is only active when PDCP duplication using CA is activated.
logicalChannelGroup
Mapping of logical channel to logical channel group for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Mask
Controlling SR triggering on a logical channel basis when an uplink grant is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. E-UTRAN only
(optionally) configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) if logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is configured. See TS
36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Restriction
Defines the restricted SR configuration for the logical channel. Value spucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on
SPUCCH and value pucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on PUCCH. If not configured, the UE is allowed to
transmit the SR on any SR resource.
prioritisedBitRate
Prioritized Bit Rate for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in kilobytes/second. Value kBps0
corresponds to 0 kB/second, kBps8 corresponds to 8 kB/second, kBps16 corresponds to 16 kB/second and so on.
Infinity is the only applicable value for SRB1 and SRB2
priority
Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.
shortTTI, subframeTTI
For short TTIs and subframe TTIs respectively: Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to transmit using this TTI
length for the logical channel and the value FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit using this TTI
length for the logical channel. If not configured for a TTI length, then the UE is allowed to transmit this logical channel
using this TTI length.

SRmask The field is optionally present if ul-SpecificParameters is present, need OR; otherwise it is
not present.
UL The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present.
– LWA-Configuration
The IE LWA-Configuration is used to setup/modify/release LTE-WLAN Aggregation.
-- ASN1START
LWA-Configuration-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
lwa-Config-r13 LWA-Config-r13
}
}
ETSI
LWA-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwa-MobilityConfig-r13 WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
lwa-WT-Counter-r13 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ wt-MAC-Address-r14 OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
LWA-Configuration field descriptions

lwa-MobilityConfig
Indicates the parameters used for WLAN mobility.
lwa-WT-Counter
Indicates the parameter used by UE for WLAN authentication.
wt-MAC-Address
Indicates the WT MAC address of the WT handling the LWA operation for the UE. The UE uses this MAC address in
uplink transmissions to enable routing of LWA uplink data from the AP to the WT. E-UTRAN configures the field only if
ul-LWA-Config-r14 is configured for at least one LWA bearer.
– LWIP-Configuration
The IE LWIP-Configuration is used to add, modify or release DRBs that are using LWIP Tunnel.
-- ASN1START
LWIP-Configuration-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
lwip-Config-r13 LWIP-Config-r13
}
}
LWIP-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwip-MobilityConfig-r13 WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tunnelConfigLWIP-r13 TunnelConfigLWIP-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
LWIP-Configuration field descriptions

lwip-MobilityConfig
Indicates the WLAN mobility set for LWIP.
tunnelConfigLWIP
Indicates the parameters used for establishing the LWIP tunnel.
– MAC-MainConfig
The IE MAC-MainConfig is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers. All
MAC main configuration parameters can be configured independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), unless
explicitly specified otherwise.
MAC-MainConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MAC-MainConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8,
n10, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
periodicBSR-Timer PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
retxBSR-Timer RetxBSR-Timer-r12,
ttiBundling BOOLEAN
drx-Config DRX-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ETSI
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TimeAlignmentTimer,
phr-Config CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
periodicPHR-Timer ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200,
sf500, sf1000, infinity},
prohibitPHR-Timer ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100,
sf200, sf500, sf1000},
dl-PathlossChange ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity}
}
...,
[[ sr-ProhibitTimer-r9 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ mac-MainConfig-v1020 SEQUENCE {
sCellDeactivationTimer-r10 ENUMERATED {
rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128,
spare} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
extendedBSR-Sizes-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
extendedPHR-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ stag-ToReleaseList-r11 STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
stag-ToAddModList-r11 STAG-ToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drx-Config-v1130 DRX-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ e-HARQ-Pattern-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
dualConnectivityPHR CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
phr-ModeOtherCG-r12 ENUMERATED {real, virtual}
}
logicalChannelSR-Config-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12 ENUMERATED {sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512,
sf1024, sf2560, spare1}
}
]],
[[ drx-Config-v1310 DRX-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
extendedPHR2-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup
CHOICE {
sf10240 INTEGER(0..3)
}
]],
[[ drx-Config-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup DRX-Config-r13
]],
[[ skipUplinkTx-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
skipUplinkTxSPS-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
skipUplinkTxDynamic-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
dataInactivityTimerConfig-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
dataInactivityTimer-r14 DataInactivityTimer-r14
}
]],
[[ rai-Activation-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ shortTTI-AndSPT-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
drx-Config-r15 DRX-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
periodicBSR-Timer-r15 ENUMERATED {
ETSI
sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40,

sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640,
sf1280, sf2560, infinity}
proc-Timeline-r15 ENUMERATED {nplus4set1, nplus6set1,
nplus6set2, nplus8set2 } OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ssr-ProhibitTimer-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
dormantStateTimers-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sCellHibernationTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {
rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, spare} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dormantSCellDeactivationTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {
rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64,
rf128, rf320, rf640, rf1280, rf2560,
rf5120, rf10240, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
]]
}
MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

stag-Id-r11 STAG-Id-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
...
}
DRX-Config ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer ENUMERATED {
psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
psf200},
drx-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED {
psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750,
psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, psf0-v1020,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6,
spare1},
drx-RetransmissionTimer ENUMERATED {
psf24, psf33},
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
sf2560 INTEGER(0..2559)
},
shortDRX SEQUENCE {
shortDRX-Cycle ENUMERATED {
sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20,
sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640},
drxShortCycleTimer INTEGER (1..16)
}
}
DRX-Config-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130 ENUMERATED {psf0-v1130} OPTIONAL, --Need OR

longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 CHOICE {
sf60-v1130 INTEGER(0..59),
sf70-v1130 INTEGER(0..69)
} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 ENUMERATED {sf4-v1130} OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
DRX-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310 SEQUENCE {
sf60-v1310 INTEGER(0..59)
} OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
DRX-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

onDurationTimer-v1310 ENUMERATED {psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600,
psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600}
OPTIONAL, --Need OR
drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310 ENUMERATED {psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96, psf112,
psf128, psf160, psf320}
OPTIONAL, --Need OR
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
psf112, psf128, psf160, psf320}
OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
DRX-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
tti10, tti20, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96,
tti112,tti128, tti160, tti320} OPTIONAL, --Need
OR
drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
tti0, tti1, tti2, tti4, tti6, tti8, tti16,
tti24, tti33, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96, tti112,
tti128, tti160, tti320} OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {

sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560,
infinity, spare1}
RetxBSR-Timer-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {

sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120,
sf10240, spare2, spare1}
STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-Id-r11
STAG-ToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-ToAddMod-r11
STAG-ToAddMod-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

stag-Id-r11 STAG-Id-r11,
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG-r11 TimeAlignmentTimer,
...
}
STAG-Id-r11::= INTEGER (1..maxSTAG-r11)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MAC-MainConfig field descriptions

dl-PathlossChange
DL Pathloss Change and the change of the required power backoff due to power management (as allowed by P-
MPRc [42]) for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB3 corresponds to 3 dB
and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed
independently for each cell).
dormantSCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer for UEs supporting dormant state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio
frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only
configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The
same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is
performed independently for each SCell). Field dormantSCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN configures the values in DRX-Config-v1130 only if the
UE indicates support for IDC indication. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-v1130, drx-Config-v1310 and drx-Config-r13
only if drx-Config (without suffix) is configured. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-r13 only if UE supports CE or if the
UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell.
drx-InactivityTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-
frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds
to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimer
to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130 or drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310 is
signalled, the UE shall ignore drx-RetransmissionTimer (i.e. without suffix).
drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti10 corresponds
to 10 TTIs, value tti20 corresponds to 20 TTIs and so on.
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 correponds to 0 PDCCH sub-
to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti0 corresponds to
0 TTIs and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value tti1 corresponds to 1 TTI and so on.
drxShortCycleTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in multiples of shortDRX-Cycle. A value of 1 corresponds to shortDRX-Cycle, a
value of 2 corresponds to 2 * shortDRX-Cycle and so on.
dualConnectivityPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using Dual Connectivity Power Headroom Report MAC Control Element
defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). For both LTE DC and EN-DC, if PHR functionality is configured, E-UTRAN
always configures the value setup for this field and configures phr-Config and dualConnectivityPHR. For LTE DC, E-
UTRAN configures the field for both CGs while for EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures the field only for MCG.
e-HARQ-Pattern
TRUE indicates that enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling is enabled for FDD. E-UTRAN enables this field only
when ttiBundling is set to TRUE.
eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset
Indicates longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-
frames. The value of drxStartOffset, in number of subframes, is indicated by the value of eDRX-Config-
CycleStartOffset multiplied by 2560 plus the offset value configured in longDRX-CycleStartOffset. E-UTRAN only
configures value setup when the value in longDRX-CycleStartOffset is sf2560.
extendedBSR-Sizes
If value setup is configured, the BSR index indicates extended BSR size levels as defined in TS 36.321 [6, Table
6.1.3.1-2].
extendedPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headroom Report MAC control element
defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if more than one and up to eight
Serving Cell(s) with uplink is configured and none of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex
higher than seven and if PUCCH on SCell is not configured and if dual connectivity is not configured. E-UTRAN
configures extendedPHR only if phr-Config is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR if phr-Config is
released.
extendedPHR2
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headeroom Report MAC Control Element
defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if any of the serving cells with
uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven in case dual connectivity is not configured or if PUCCH
SCell (with any number of serving cells with uplink configured) is configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR2
only if phr-Config is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR2 if phr-Config is released.
ETSI

logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Timer used to delay the transmission of an SR for logical channels enabled by logicalChannelSR-Prohibit. Value sf20
corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.321 [6].
longDRX-CycleStartOffset
longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6] unless eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset is configured. The value of
longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-
frames and so on. If shortDRX-Cycle is configured, the value of longDRX-Cycle shall be a multiple of the shortDRX-
Cycle value. The value of drxStartOffset value is in number of sub-frames. In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 is
signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix). In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310
is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix).
maxHARQ-Tx
Maximum number of transmissions for UL HARQ in TS 36.321 [6].
mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig
TRUE indicates E-UTRAN may send UL HARQ-ACK feedback or new UL grant for early termination of PUSCH
transmission or positive acknowledgement of completed PUSCH transmissions as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and TS
36.212 [22]. In case of acknowledgement of RRC Connection Release, MPDCCH monitoring is terminated.
onDurationTimer
frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case onDurationTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall
ignore onDurationTimer (i.e. without suffix).
periodicBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames,
sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on.
periodicPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes,
sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
phr-ModeOtherCG
Indicates the mode (i.e. real or virtual) used for the PHR of the activated cells that are part of the other Cell Group (i.e.
MCG or SCG), when DC is configured.
proc-Timeline
Minimum processing timeline for short TTI with subslot operation. Value nplus4set1 indicates processing time n+4 for
set 1, value nplus6set1 indicates processing time n+6 for set 1, value nplus6set2 indicates processing time n+6 for set
and value nplus8set2 indicates processing time n+8 for set 2. See also UE capability min-Proc-TimelineSubslot for
sTTI.
prohibitPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf0 corresponds to 0 subframes and
behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, sf100 corresponds to 100 subframes and so on.
rai-Activation
Activation of release assistance indication (RAI) in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs.
retxBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf640 corresponds to 640 sub-
frames, sf1280 corresponds to 1280 sub-frames and so on.
sCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames,
value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one
or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. If the field is absent, the UE shall delete any existing value
for this field and assume the value to be set to infinity. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e.
MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field
sCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
sCellHibernationTimer
SCell hibernation timer for UEs supporting dormant SCell state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio
frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only
configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The
same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is
performed independently for each SCell). Field sCellHibernationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
shortDRX-Cycle
Short DRX cycle in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, sf5
corresponds to 5 subframes and so on. In case shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore shortDRX-
Cycle (i.e. without suffix). Short DRX cycle is not configured for UEs in CE.
skipUplinkTxDynamic
If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for an uplink grant other than a configured uplink grant if no data is
available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6].
skipUplinkTxSPS
If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the
UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures skipUplinkTxSPS when
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL is shorter than sf10.
ETSI

sr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for SR transmission on PUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any
serving cell with PUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR
period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23, table 10.1.5-1].
ssr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for prohibiting SR transmission on SPUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR
period of any serving cell with SPUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1
corresponds to one SR period, value 2 corresponds to 2 SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213
[23], table 10.1.5-1.
stag-Id
Indicates the TAG of an SCell, see TS 36.321 [6]. Uniquely identifies the TAG within the scope of a Cell Group (i.e.
MCG or SCG). If the field is not configured for an SCell (e.g. absent in MAC-MainConfigSCell), the SCell is part of the
PTAG.
stag-ToAddModList, stag-ToReleaseList
Used to configure one or more STAGs. E-UTRAN ensures that a STAG contains at least one SCell with configured
uplink. If, due to SCell release a reconfiguration would result in an 'empty' TAG, E-UTRAN includes release of the
concerned TAG.
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG
Indicates the value of the time alignment timer for an STAG, see TS 36.321 [6].
ttiBundling
TRUE indicates that TTI bundling TS 36.321 [6] is enabled while FALSE indicates that TTI bundling is disabled. TTI
bundling can be enabled for FDD and for TDD for configurations 0, 1 and 6 and additionally for configurations 2 and 3
when symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14 is configured. The functionality is performed independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or
SCG), but E-UTRAN does not configure TTI bundling for the SCG. For a TDD PCell, E-UTRAN does not
simultaneously enable TTI bundling and semi-persistent scheduling in this release of specification. Furthermore, for a
Cell Group, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and SCells with configured uplink, and E-
UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and eIMTA.
– P-C-AndCBSR
The IE P-C-AndCBSR is used to specify the power control and codebook subset restriction configuration.
P-C-AndCBSR information elements

-- ASN1START
P-C-AndCBSR-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-C-r11 INTEGER (-8..15),
codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 BIT STRING
}

cbsr-Selection-r13 CHOICE{
nonPrecoded-r13 SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction1-r13 BIT STRING,
codebookSubsetRestriction2-r13 BIT STRING
},
beamformedK1a-r13 SEQUENCE {
},
beamformedKN-r13 SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction-r13 BIT STRING
}
},
...
}

}
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r11
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r13
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r15
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
P-C-AndCBSR field descriptions

cbsr-Selection
Indicates which codebook subset restriction parameter(s) are to be used. E-UTRAN applies values nonPrecoded
when eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedK1a when eMIMO-Type is set to
beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to TRUE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not
configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured. E-UTRAN
applies value beamformedKN when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured
and alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE.
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.211 [21]. The number of bits in the
codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction1
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction1, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2-1d]. The number of bits in the
codebookSubsetRestriction1 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction2, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2-1e]. The number of bits in the
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction3, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2-1f]. The UE shall ignore
codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 or codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 if codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13 is configured.
The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction3 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction4, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2. The number of bits in the
p-C
Parameter: Pc , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair
E-UTRAN includes a single entry if the UE is configured with TM9. If the UE is configured with TM10 and E-UTRAN
includes 2 entries, this indicates that the subframe patterns configured for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting (i.e. as
defined by field csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2, or as defined by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12) are
to be used for this CSI process, while including a single entry indicates that the subframe patterns are not to be used
for this CSI process. For a UE configured with TM10, E-UTRAN does not include 2 entries with csi-
MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 for CSI processes concerning a secondary frequency. Furthermore,
E-UTRAN includes 2 entries when configuring both cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex and cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2.
– PDCCH-ConfigSCell
The IE PDCCH-ConfigSCell specifies PDCCH monitoring parameters that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell.
PDCCH-ConfigSCell information element

-- ASN1START
PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B-r14 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B-r14 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0A-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4A-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0B-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4B-r14
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n33, n66, n100}
PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n50, n100, n150}
ETSI
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r13 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13
}
}
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r14 PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
PDCCH-ConfigSCell field descriptions

maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B
Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 0B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2
corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on.
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B
Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 4B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2
corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on.
skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0/1A, see TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.1].
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 4A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
pdcch-candidateReductionALx
Indicates reduced (E)PDCCH monitoring requirements on UE specific search space of the x-th aggregation level, see
TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.1]. Value n0 corresponds to 0%, value n33 corresponds to 33% and so on.
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx
Indicates number of blind detections on UE specific search space for each aggregation layer as specified in TS 36.213
[23]. The field can only be present when the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell. If pdcch-
CandidateReductions-Formatx is not configured, pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13 applies to the corresponding DCIs
(if configured).
– PDCP-Config
The IE PDCP-Config is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers.
PDCP-Config information element

-- ASN1START
PDCP-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

discardTimer ENUMERATED {
ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500,
ms750, ms1500, infinity
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
rlc-AM SEQUENCE {
statusReportRequired BOOLEAN
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Rlc-AM
rlc-UM SEQUENCE {
pdcp-SN-Size ENUMERATED {len7bits, len12bits}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Rlc-UM
headerCompression CHOICE {
notUsed NULL,
rohc SEQUENCE {
maxCID INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
profiles SEQUENCE {
profile0x0001 BOOLEAN,
ETSI
profile0x0104 BOOLEAN
},
...
}
},
...,
[[ rn-IntegrityProtection-r10 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Cond RN
]],
[[ pdcp-SN-Size-v1130 ENUMERATED {len15bits} OPTIONAL -- Cond Rlc-AM2
]],
[[ ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
t-Reordering-r12 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140,
ms500, ms750, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Cond SetupS
]],
[[ ul-DataSplitThreshold-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {
b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, b12800,
b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600, b819200,
spare1}
pdcp-SN-Size-v1310 ENUMERATED {len18bits} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Rlc-AM3
statusFeedback-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
statusPDU-TypeForPolling-r13 ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90,
ms10000, ms20000, ms50000} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90,
ms10000, ms20000, ms50000} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms25, ms50, ms100, ms250, ms500,
ms2500, ms5000, ms25000} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
]],
[[ ul-LWA-Config-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN-r14 BOOLEAN,
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold-r14 ENUMERATED {
b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400,
b12800, b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600,
b819200 } OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression-r14 CHOICE {
notUsed-r14 NULL,
rohc-r14 SEQUENCE {
maxCID-r14 INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
profiles-r14 SEQUENCE {
profile0x0006-r14 BOOLEAN
},
...
}
]],
[[ uplinkDataCompression-r15 SEQUENCE {
bufferSize-r15 ENUMERATED {kbyte2, kbyte4, kbyte8, spare1},
dictionary-r15 ENUMERATED {sip-SDP, operator} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
} OPTIONAL,-- Cond Rlc-AM2
ETSI
pdcp-DuplicationConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pdcp-Duplication-r15 ENUMERATED {configured, activated}
}
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PDCP-Config field descriptions

bufferSize
Indicates the buffer size applied for UDC specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value kbyte2 means 2048 bytes, kbyte4 means
4096 bytes and so on. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure bufferSize for a DRB except for handover cases.
dictionary
Indicates which pre-defined dictionary is used for UDC as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The value sip-SDP means that
UE shall prefill the buffer with standard dictionary for SIP and SDP defined in TS 36.323 [8], and the value operator
means that UE shall prefill the buffer with operator-defined dictionary.
discardTimer
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 means 50 ms, ms100
means 100 ms and so on.
headerCompression
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first
reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a
SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN
configures only notUsed. E-UTRAN only configures this field when neither uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression nor
uplinkDataCompression is configured.
If headerCompression is configured, the UE shall apply the configured ROHC profile(s) in both uplink and downlink.
maxCID
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all
bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as
indicated by the UE. E-UTRAN configures the same value for maxCID in both headerCompression and
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression.
pdcp-Duplication
Parameter for configuring PDCP duplication as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value configured indicates that PDCP
duplication is configured but initially deactivated and value activated indicates that PDCP duplication is configured and
activated upon configuration. For EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures PDCP duplication for MCG DRB only if PDCP
duplication is not configured for any split DRB.
pdcp-SN-Size
Indicates the PDCP Sequence Number length in bits. For RLC UM: value len7bits means that the 7-bit PDCP SN
format is used and len12bits means that the 12-bit PDCP SN format is used. For RLC AM: value len15bits means that
the 15-bit PDCP SN format is used, value len18bits means that the 18-bit PDCP SN format is used, otherwise if the
field is not included upon setup of the PCDP entity 12-bit PDCP SN format is used, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
profiles
The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the
ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile
0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with
the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied. E-UTRAN does not
configure ROHC while t-Reordering is configured (i.e. for split DRBs, for LWA bearers or upon reconfiguration from
split or LWA to MCG DRB).
statusFeedback
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP Status Report periodically or by E-UTRAN polling as specified in TS
36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN configures this field only for LWA DRB.
statusPDU-TypeForPolling
Indicates the PDCP Control PDU option when it is triggered by E-UTRAN polling. Value type1 indicates using the
legacy PDCP Control PDU for PDCP status reporting and value type2 indicates using the LWA specific PDCP Control
PDU for LWA status reporting as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1
Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type1 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value
in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2
Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type2 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value
in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset
Indicates the value of the offset for type2 Status PDU periodicity, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds.
Value ms1 means 1 ms, ms2 means 2 ms and so on.
t-Reordering
Indicates the value of the reordering timer, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0
ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms20 means 20 ms and so on.
rn-IntegrityProtection
Indicates that integrity protection or verification shall be applied for all subsequent packets received and sent by the
RN on the DRB.
statusReportRequired
Indicates whether or not the UE shall send a PDCP Status Report upon re-establishment of the PDCP entity and upon
PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via SCG as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures
the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for split DRBs.
ETSI
PDCP-Config field descriptions

ul-DataSplitThreshold
Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b100 means 100 Bytes,
b200 means 200 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for split DRBs.
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via the LWAAP entity as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only
configures this field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for LWA DRBs.
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold
Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b0 means 0 Bytes,
b100 means 100 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for LWA DRBs.
uplinkDataCompression
Indicates the UDC configuration that the UE shall apply. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for a
DRB, if headerCompression or uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression is already configured for the DRB. E-UTRAN does not
configure uplinkDataCompression for the split and LWA DRBs.The maximum number of DRBs where
uplinkDataCompression can be applied is two. In this version of the specification, for existing DRBs, E-UTRAN can
only configure uplinkDataCompression via handover procedure.
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression
Indicates the ROHC configuration that the UE shall apply uplink-only ROHC operations, see TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN
only configures this field when headerCompression is not configured.
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first
reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a
SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN
configures only notUsed.
Rlc-AM The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured
with RLC AM. The field is optional, need ON, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity
at handover, at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment or at SCG change
involving PDCP re-establishment or PDCP data recovery for a radio bearer configured
with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM2 The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer
configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM3 The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer
configured with RLC AM, if pdcp-SN-Size-v1130 is absent. Otherwise the field is not
present.
Rlc-UM The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured
with RLC UM. It is optionally present, Need ON, upon handover within E-UTRA, upon the
first reconfiguration after re-establishment and upon SCG change involving PDCP re-
establishment. Otherwise the field is not present.
RN The field is optionally present when signalled to the RN, need OR. Otherwise the field is
not present.
Setup The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is
optionally present, need ON.
SetupS The field is mandatory present in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a split DRB or
LWA DRB. The field is optionally present upon reconfiguration of a split DRB or LWA
DRB or upon DRB type change from split to MCG DRB or from LWA to LTE only, need
ON. Otherwise the field is not present.
– PDSCH-Config
The IE PDSCH-ConfigCommon and the IE PDSCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE
specific PDSCH configuration respectively.
PDSCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

referenceSignalPower INTEGER (-60..50),
p-b INTEGER (0..3)
}
PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13 ENUMERATED {
r16, r32 } OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13 ENUMERATED {
ETSI
r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,

r1536, r2048} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated::= SEQUENCE {
p-a ENUMERATED {
dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-r11 DMRS-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
qcl-Operation ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
}

tbsIndexAlt-r12 ENUMERATED {a26, a33} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-v1310 DMRS-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14 ENUMERATED {range1, range2} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tbsIndexAlt2-r14 ENUMERATED {b33} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

qcl-Operation-v1530 ENUMERATED {typeC} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tbs-IndexAlt3-r15 ENUMERATED {a37} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
-- eNote (ToDo): Clarify that eMTC fields (i.e. fields starting with ce-) do not apply
-- for SCell (merging issue)
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config-r15 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
altMCS-TableScalingConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {oDot5, oDot625, oDot75, oDot875} OPTIONAL --
Need OR
}
PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

tbsIndexAlt2-r14 ENUMERATED {b33} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-

MappingQCL-Config-r11
RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-

MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

pdsch-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11,
optionalSetOfFields-r11 SEQUENCE {
crs-PortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
crs-FreqShift-r11 INTEGER (0..5),
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
}
pdsch-Start-r11 ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned}
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
subframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430
}
ETSI
]],
[[ codewordOneConfig-v1530 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
crs-PortsCount-v1530 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
crs-FreqShift-v1530 INTEGER (0..5),
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1530 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL,
mbsfn-SubframeConfigListExt-v1530 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL,
pdsch-Start-v1530 ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4,
assigned},
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 OPTIONAL
}
} OPTIONAL -- Cond TypeC
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PDSCH-Config field descriptions

altMCS-TableScalingConfig
Presence of the field indicates activation of 6-bit MCS table (i.e., altMCS-Table) for UE indicating support for altMCS-
Table, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. The indicated value configures the parameter altMCS-Table-Scaling
where value oDot5 corresponds to scaling factor 0.5, value oDot625 corresponds to scaling factor 0.625 and so on,
see TS 36.213 [23].
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig
Configures the UE supporting alternative CQI table to use the alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213
[23].
ce-HARQ-AckBundling
Activation of PDSCH HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config
Activation of 64 QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig
Activation of flexible starting PRB for PDSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B.
ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth
Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5
corresponds to 5 MHz, and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If this field is absent, the UE shall release any
existing value and set the maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B to 1.4 MHz. Parameter:
transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. The max bandwidth can by configured to 5MHz
for BL UEs and 5MHz or 20MHz for UEs in CE.
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses
Configuration of 10 (instead of 8) DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-SchedulingEnhancement
Activation of dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD for PDSCH in CE mode A controlled by the DCI, see TS 36.212
[22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value range1 corresponds to the first range of HARQ-ACK delays, and value range2
corresponds to second range of HARQ-ACK delays.
codewordOneConfig
The field corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1.10. If absent, the UE applies the values from the
serving cell configured on the same frequency.
Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If optionalSetOfFields is absent, the fields mbsfn-
SubframeConfigList-r11 and mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 are released.
optionalSetOfFields
If absent, the UE releases the configuration provided previously, if any, and applies the values from the serving cell
configured on the same frequency. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530, this field corresponds to
codeword 0, see TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1.10.
p-a
Parameter: PA , see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: PB , see TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.2-1].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23].
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2,
3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4
are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS
36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on. If the field pdsch-Start-
v1530 is also configured, E-UTRAN ensures that this value is the same as pdsch-Start (i.e., without suffix).
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
Indicates the CSI-RS resource that is quasi co-located with the PDSCH antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.9]. E-
UTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB or qcl-Operation-v1530
set to typeC. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC, the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11
corresponds to codeword 0, and the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213
[23], section 7.1.10..
qcl-Operation
Indicates the quasi co-location behaviour to be used by the UE, type A, type B, or type C, as described in TS 36.213
[23], clause 7.1.10. In case qcl-Operation-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the field qcl-Operation (without suffix).
E-UTRAN configures qcl-Operation-v1530 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this
carrier frequency and QCL type C is configured.
referenceSignalPower
Parameter: Reference-signal power, which provides the downlink reference-signal EPRE, see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2].
The actual value in dBm.
ETSI
PDSCH-Config field descriptions

altMCS-TableScalingConfig
Presence of the field indicates activation of 6-bit MCS table (i.e., altMCS-Table) for UE indicating support for altMCS-
Table, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. The indicated value configures the parameter altMCS-Table-Scaling
where value oDot5 corresponds to scaling factor 0.5, value oDot625 corresponds to scaling factor 0.625 and so on,
see TS 36.213 [23].
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig
Configures the UE supporting alternative CQI table to use the alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213
[23].
ce-HARQ-AckBundling
Activation of PDSCH HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config
Activation of 64 QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList, re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures at least one PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config when transmission mode
10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
tbsIndexAlt
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 26 and 33 (see TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.7.2.1-1]) to
all subframes scheduled by DCI format 2C or 2D. Value a26 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 26A, and value
a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If this field is not configured, the UE shall use ITBS 26 specified in
Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2 configures an
alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all
subframes instead.
tbsIndexAlt2
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all
subframes. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt configures an
alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all
subframes instead.
tbs-IndexAlt3
subframes. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A.

TypeC The field is optional, need ON when qcl-Operation is configured with typeC. Otherwise the
field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId
The IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId is used to identify a set of PDSCH parameters related to resource element
mapping and quasi co-location, as configured by the IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. The identity is unique within
the scope of a carrier frequency.
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId information elements

-- ASN1START
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)
-- ASN1STOP
– PerCC-GapIndicationList
The IE PerCC-GapIndicationList is used to specify the UE measurement gap preference.
PerCC-GapIndication information elements

-- ASN1START
PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF PerCC-GapIndication-r14
PerCC-GapIndication-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

servCellId-r14 ServCellIndex-r13,
gapIndication-r14 ENUMERATED {gap, ncsg, nogap-noNcsg}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PerCC-GapIndication field descriptions

servCellId
This field identifies the serving cell for which the measurement gap perference is provided.
gapIndication
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap preference per component carrier (serving cell) by the UE both in
non-CA and CA configurations. Value gap indicates that a measurement gap is needed for the associated servCellId,
value nogap-noNcsg indicates that neither a measurement gap nor a ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId,
value ncsg indicates that ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId. The UE shall indicate the per CC
measurement gap preference consistently for the same non-CA or CA configuration and measurement configuration
during the same RRC connection.
– PHICH-Config
The IE PHICH-Config is used to specify the PHICH configuration.
PHICH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
PHICH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

phich-Duration ENUMERATED {normal, extended},
phich-Resource ENUMERATED {oneSixth, half, one, two}
}
-- ASN1STOP
PHICH-Config field descriptions

phich-Duration
Parameter: PHICH-Duration, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6.9.3-1].
phich-Resource
Parameter: Ng, see TS 36.211 [21, 6.9]. Value oneSixth corresponds to 1/6, half corresponds to 1/2 and so on.
– PhysicalConfigDedicated
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration.
PhysicalConfigDedicated information element

-- ASN1START
PhysicalConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

pdsch-ConfigDedicated PDSCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated PUCCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated PUSCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated UplinkPowerControlDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig CQI-ReportConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond CQI-
r8
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue AntennaInfoDedicated,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond AI-r8
schedulingRequestConfig SchedulingRequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ cqi-ReportConfig-v920 CQI-ReportConfig-v920 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CQI-
r8
antennaInfo-v920 AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 OPTIONAL -- Cond AI-
r8
]],
[[ antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE {
explicitValue-r10 AntennaInfoDedicated-r10,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond AI-r10
antennaInfoUL-r10 AntennaInfoUL-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cif-Presence-r10 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 CQI-ReportConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CQI-r10
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ETSI
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

schedulingRequestConfig-v1020 SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ additionalSpectrumEmissionCA-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell-r10 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
}
]],
[[ -- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
epdcch-Config-r11 EPDCCH-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- UL configuration
]],
[[ antennaInfo-v1250 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Cond AI-r10
eimta-MainConfig-r12 EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250 CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ce-Mode-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA,ce-ModeB}
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
]],
[[ cqi-ReportConfig-v1320 CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14
must-Config-r14 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
ETSI
k-max-r14 ENUMERATED {l1, l3},

p-a-must-r14 ENUMERATED {
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
pusch-EnhancementsConfig-r14 PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
ce-pdsch-pusch-EnhancementConfig-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
antennaInfo-v1430 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond PeriodicSRSPCell
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond PeriodicSRSExt
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond AperiodicSRS
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-
ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond AperiodicSRSExt
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
semiOpenLoop-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ csi-RS-Config-v1480 CSI-RS-Config-v1480 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-v1530 CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
antennaInfo-v1530 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530 OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
semiStaticCFI-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup CHOICE{
cfi-Config-r15 CFI-Config-r15,
cfi-PatternConfig-r15 CFI-PatternConfig-r15
}
blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL --
Need ON
}
]]
}
PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {

pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL -- Cond
PUCCH-Format4or5
}
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10
ETSI
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

pdsch-ConfigDedicated-r10 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL -- Need ON
-- UL configuration
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfoUL-r10 AntennaInfoUL-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUSCH-SCell1
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond CommonUL
...,
[[ -- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
epdcch-Config-r11 EPDCCH-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- UL configuration
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUSCH-SCell1
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130
]],
[[ antennaInfo-v1250 AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eimta-MainConfigSCell-r12
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250 CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
]],
[[ pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ pucch-Cell-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-SCell1
pucch-SCell CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
schedulingRequestConfig-r13
SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SCell-r13
TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUSCH-SCell
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-r13
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Cross-Carrier-Config
pdcch-ConfigSCell-r13 PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ETSI
laa-SCellConfiguration-r13 LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
]],
[[ cqi-ReportConfig-v1320 CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ laa-SCellConfiguration-v1430 LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430
typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond PeriodicSRS
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE
(1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
PeriodicSRSExt
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF
SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Cond AperiodicSRS
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF
SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Cond AperiodicSRSExt
must-Config-r14 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
k-max-r14 ENUMERATED {l1, l3},
p-a-must-r14 ENUMERATED {
}
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430 PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
semiOpenLoop-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdsch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 OPTIONAL
-- Need ON
]],
[[ csi-RS-Config-v1480 CSI-RS-Config-v1480 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r15 CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cqi-ShortConfigSCell-r15 CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
laa-SCellConfiguration-v1530 LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
AUL
semiStaticCFI-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup CHOICE{
cfi-Config-r15 CFI-Config-r15,
cfi-PatternConfig-r15 CFI-PatternConfig-r15
}
blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 BOOLEAN,
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n4,n6} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
ETSI
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL, --

Need ON
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL --
Need ON
}
]]
}
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {

pucch-SCell-v1370 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370 PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL -- Cond
PUCCH-Format4or5
}
}
}
CFI-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

cfi-SubframeNonMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cfi-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cfi-SubframeMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cfi-SlotSubslotMBSFN-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
CFI-PatternConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

cfi-PatternSubframe-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cfi-PatternSlotSubslot-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

subframeStartPosition-r13 ENUMERATED {s0, s07},
laa-SCellSubframeConfig-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
}
LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-UL-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14
}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL
lbt-Config-r14 LBT-Config-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdcch-ConfigLAA-r14 PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

aul-Config-r15 AUL-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ModeConfigLAA-r15 PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

laa-PUSCH-Mode1 BOOLEAN,
laa-PUSCH-Mode2 BOOLEAN,
laa-PUSCH-Mode3 BOOLEAN
}
LBT-Config-r14 ::= CHOICE{

maxEnergyDetectionThreshold-r14 INTEGER(-85..-52),
energyDetectionThresholdOffset-r14 INTEGER(-13..20)
}
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-

r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-

ConfigNZP-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-

r11
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-

ConfigNZPId-r11
ETSI
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-

ConfigNZPId-v1310
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-

ConfigNZPId-r13
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-

r11
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
antennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
antennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
schedulingRequestConfig-v1530 SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
cqi-ReportConfig-r15 CQI-ReportConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r15 CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eimta-MainConfig-r12 EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
eimta-MainConfigServCell-r15 EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
semiOpenLoopSTTI-r15 BOOLEAN,
slotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
slotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
spdcch-Config-r15 SPDCCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
spucch-Config-r15 SPUCCH-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig-r15 BOOLEAN,
shortProcessingTime-r15 BOOLEAN,
shortTTI-r15 ShortTTI-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{

srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14
OPTIONAL, -- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
}
SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{

srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14
OPTIONAL, -- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
}
ShortTTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-STTI-Length-r15 ShortTTI-Length-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ul-STTI-Length-r15 ShortTTI-Length-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
ShortTTI-Length-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {slot, subslot}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PhysicalConfigDedicated field descriptions

absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology
Presence of this field indicates absence on a long term basis (e.g. by level of regulation) of any other technology
sharing the carrier; absence of this field indicates the potential presence of any other technology sharing the carrier,
as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell
E-UTRAN does not configure this field in this release of the specification.
antennaInfo
A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration
as specified in section 9.2.4.
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Enables HARQ-less/blind slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back slot/subslot
PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions is indicated in
the DCI.
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Enables HARQ-less/blind subframe PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back PDSCH
transmissions for the same transport block. The number of PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
cqi-ShortConfigSCell
Indicates whether the CSI (CQI/PMI/RI/PTI/CRI) reporting resource configured by cqi-ShortConfigSCell is available
upon receiving the SCell activation command for this SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field when transmission
mode 1-8 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
ce-Mode
Indicates the CE mode as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement-Config
Activation of new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A,
see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
csi-RS-Config
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when
transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10
is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency, EUTRAN configures a maximum
number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZP in accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including
class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList).
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList
The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS
reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig.
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is
dl-STTI-Length, ul-STTI-Length
Indicates the DL and UL short TTI lengths. Value slot corresponds to 7 OFDM symbols and value subslot corresponds
to 2 or 3 OFDM symbols. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on the
same cell. If one SCell is configured with short TTI in the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell,
the cell carrying PUCCH shall be configured with short TTI. E-UTRAN can configure different value of dl-STTI-Length
and ul-STTI-Length for serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on different cells. E-UTRAN does not configure the
combination {slot,subslot} for {DL,UL}.
eimta-MainConfigPCell, eimta-MainConfigSCell
If E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for one serving cell in a frequency band, E-
UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for all serving cells residing on the frequency
band. E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
energyDetectionThresholdOffset
Indicates the offset to the default maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dB. Value -13 corresponds to -
13dB, value -12 corresponds to -12dB, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dB) as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
epdcch-Config
indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is
configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig.
k-max
Indicates the maximum number of interfering spatial layers signaled in the assistance information for MUST. Value l1
corresponds to 1 layer, Value l3 corresponds to 3 layers.
laa-PUSCH-Mode1, laa-PUSCH-Mode2, laa-PUSCH-Mode3
Indicates whether LAA PUSCH mode 1, 2 and/or 3 is configured as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.
laa-SCellSubframeConfig
A bit-map indicating LAA SCell subframe configuration, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated as
MBSFN subframe. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
Starting from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, #6, #7, #8, and #9.
ETSI

maxEnergyDetectionThreshold
Indicates the absolute maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dBm. Value -85 corresponds to -85 dBm,
value -84 corresponds to -84 dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If the field is not
configured, the UE shall use a default maximum energy detection threshold value as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions.
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for subframe PDSCH repetitions.
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for slot or subslot
PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for subframe PDSCH
repetition applicable when k > 1.
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the number of HARQ processes for slot/subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per
serving cell.
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the number of HARQ processes for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per
serving cell.
p-a-must
Parameter: PA , see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280
For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is
pucch-Cell
If present, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on the PUCCH SCell. If absent, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is
sent on PCell or PSCell, or if the cell concerns the PUCCH SCell, on the concerned cell. If this field is not modified
upon change of PUCCH SCell, the UE shall always send the PUCCH feedback of the concerned SCell using the
configured PUCCH SCell.
pucch-ConfigDedicated
E-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated (i.e., without suffix) is not configured.
UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured.
pucch-SCell
If present, the concerned SCell is the PUCCH SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field upon SCell addition i.e. this
field is only released when the SCell is released. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pusch-ConfigDedicated is not configured.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 only if tpc-SubframeSet is configured.
pusch-EnhancementsConfig
Indicates that the UE shall transmit in the PUSCH enhancement mode if pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set to setup,
see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the RV cycling sequence for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value
dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the RV cycling sequence for subframe PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 =
{0, 2, 3, 1}.
semiOpenLoop, semiOpenLoopSTTI
Value TRUE indicates that semi-open-loop transmission is used for deriving CSI reporting and corresponding PDSCH
transmission (DMRS).
semiStaticCFI-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
semiStaticCFI-SlotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in MBSFN subframes.
semiStaticCFI-SubframeMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in MBSFN subframes.
semiStaticCFI- SubframeNonMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
shortProcessingTime
Indicates whether short processing time is configured as specific in TS 36.321 [6]. An SCell can only be configured
with short processing if the cell carrying PUCCH for that SCell is configured with short processing time.
ETSI

soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList
Indicates periodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList
Indicates periodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList
Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.
soundingRS-UL-DedicatedApUpPTsExtList
Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.
srs-CC-SetIndexList
Indicates the srs-CC-SetIndex list which the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic and soundingRS-UL-
ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt belongs to.
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig
Indicates whether SRS triggering via DCI7 is configured.
subframeStartPosition
Indicates possible starting positions of transmission in the first subframe of the DL transmission burst, see TS 36.211
[21]. Value s0 means the starting position is subframe boundary, s07 means the starting position is either subframe
boundary or slot boundary.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group
Indicates Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell. E-UTRAN configures the UE with
either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any.
uplinkPowerControlDedicated
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is
configured.
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 is
configured for this serving cell.
ETSI

AI-r8 The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated-r10 is absent. Otherwise
the field is not present
AI-r10 The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated is absent. Otherwise the
field is not present
AperiodicSRS If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON.
AperiodicSRSExt If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional,
Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for
this field.
AUL The field is optionally present, need ON, if aul-config-r15 is present. Otherwise the field is
not present.
CommonUL The field is mandatory present if ul-Configuration of RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-
r10 is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.
CQI-r8 The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the
field is not present
CQI-r10 The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig is absent. Otherwise the field
is not present
Cross-Carrier-Config The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 is absent.
Otherwise the field is not present
Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 and
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 are absent or schedulingCellInfo is set to 'own'.
PeriodicSRS If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON.
PeriodicSRSPCell If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise
the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PeriodicSRSExt If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need
ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this
field.
PUCCH-Format4or5 The field is mandatory present with pucch-Format-v1370 set to setup if pucch-
ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured and pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 indicates PUCCH
format 4 or PUCCH format 5; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any
PUCCH-SCell1 The field is optionally present, need OR, for SCell not configured with pucch-
configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present.
PUSCH-SCell The field is optionally present, need ON, if pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 and pusch-
ConfigDedicated-v1130 are absent. Otherwise the field is not present
PUSCH-SCell1 The field is optionally present, need ON, for SCell not configured with pucch-
configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd The field is mandatory present if cellIdentification is present; otherwise it is optional, need
ON.
SRS-Trigger-TypeA The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present.
NOTE 1: During handover, the UE performs a MAC reset, which involves reverting to the default CQI/ SRS/ SR
configuration in accordance with subclause 5.3.13 and TS 36.321 [6, 5.9 & 5.2]. Hence, for these parts of
the dedicated radio resource configuration, the default configuration (rather than the configuration used in
the source PCell) is used as the basis for the delta signalling that is included in the message used to
perform handover.
NOTE 2: Since delta signalling is not supported for the common SCell configuration, E-UTRAN can only add or
release the uplink of an SCell by releasing and adding the concerned SCell.
– P-Max
The IE P-Max is used to limit the UE's uplink transmission power on a carrier frequency and is used to calculate the
parameter Pcompensation defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Corresponds to parameter PEMAX or PEMAX,c in TS 36.101 [42]. The
UE transmit power on one serving cell shall not exceed the configured maximum UE output power of the serving cell
determined by this value as specified in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.5 or 6.2.5A] or, when transmitting sidelink discovery
announcements within the coverage of the concerned cell, as specified in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.5D].
P-Max information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
P-Max ::= INTEGER (-30..33)
-- ASN1STOP
– PRACH-Config
The IE PRACH-ConfigSIB and IE PRACH-Config are used to specify the PRACH configuration in the system
information and in the mobility control information, respectively.
PRACH-Config information elements

-- ASN1START
PRACH-ConfigSIB ::= SEQUENCE {

rootSequenceIndex INTEGER (0..837),
prach-ConfigInfo PRACH-ConfigInfo
}
PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13,
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13 CHOICE {
fdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8,
v10},
tdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond MP
prach-HoppingOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..94) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
prach-ParametersListCE-r13 PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13
}
PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF EDT-PRACH-
ParametersCE-r15
}
PRACH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

prach-ConfigInfo PRACH-ConfigInfo OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
PRACH-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 OPTIONAL, --
Cond MP
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13 CHOICE {
fdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8,
v10},
tdd-r13 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond MP
prach-HoppingOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..94) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
prach-ParametersListCE-r13 PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond MP
initial-CE-level-r13 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PRACH-Config-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..837),
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..12),
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..63),
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed-r14 INTEGER (0..94)
}
PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

prach-ConfigIndex-r10 INTEGER (0..63)
}
PRACH-ConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

prach-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..63),
highSpeedFlag BOOLEAN,
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig INTEGER (0..15),
prach-FreqOffset INTEGER (0..94)
}
PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF PRACH-ParametersCE-r13
PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

prach-ConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..63),
prach-FreqOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..94),
prach-StartingSubframe-r13 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128,
ETSI
sf256} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP

maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13
ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt-r13 ENUMERATED {n1,n2,n4,n8,n16,n32,n64,n128},
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF
INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256},
prach-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off}
}
EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex-r15 INTEGER (0..63),
prach-FreqOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..94),
prach-StartingSubframe-r15 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128,
sf256} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER
(1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
}
RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF RSRP-Range
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PRACH-Config field descriptions

edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE
Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. If included, the number of
entries is same as number of entries in prach-ParametersListCE. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters
for CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 1, and so on. The parameters
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE, numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt, mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA, prach-HoppingConfig
included in prach-ParametersListCE for CE level X are also applicable for EDT.
initial-CE-level
Indicates initial PRACH CE level at random access, see TS 36.321 [6]. If not configured, UE selects PRACH CE level
based on measured RSRP level, see TS 36.321 [6].
highSpeedFlag
Parameter: High-speed-flag, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.2]. TRUE corresponds to Restricted set and FALSE to
Unrestricted set.
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE
Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per CE level. See TS 36.321 [6].
If the field is absent, the UE shall use the default value n3.
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor
Narrowbands to monitor for MPDCCH for RAR, see TS 36.213 [23, 6.2]. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
correspond to narrowband indices (0..[maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1]) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA
Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 and Msg4, see TS 36.211
[21].
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA
Starting subframe configuration for MPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission,
PDSCH with contention resolution and PDSCH with CCCH MAC SDU, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value
v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt
Number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level, See TS 36.211 [21].
prach-ConfigIndex
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1].
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndexHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1]. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore
prach-ConfigIndex.
prach-FreqOffset
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1]. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of
prach-ConfigIndex.
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffsetHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1]. For TDD the value range is dependent on
the value of prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-FreqOffset.
prach-HoppingConfig
Coverage level specific frequency hopping configuration for PRACH.
prach-HoppingOffset
Parameter: PRACH frequency hopping offset, expressed as a number of resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1]
prach-ParametersListCE
Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 0,
the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 1, and so on.
prach-StartingSubframe
PRACH starting subframe periodicity, expressed in number of subframes available for preamble transmission
(PRACH opportunities), see TS 36.211 [21]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes
and so on. EUTRAN configures the PRACH starting subframe periodicity larger than or equal to the number of
PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level (numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt).
If the field is absent, the value is determined implicitly in TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1].
rootSequenceIndex
Parameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1].
rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed
The field indicates starting logical root sequence index used to derive the 64 random access preambles based on
restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.2]. If this field is present, the UE shall generate
random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore rootSequenceIndex.
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList
The criterion for BL UEs and UEs in CE to select PRACH resource set. Up to 3 RSRP threshold values are signalled
to determine the CE level for PRACH, see TS 36.213 [23]. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the
second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2 and so on, see TS 36.321 [6]. The UE shall ignore this field if only
one CE level, i.e. CE level 0, is configured in prach-ParametersListCE. The number of RSRP thresholds present in
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList is equal to the number of CE levels configured in prach-ParametersListCE minus one.
A UE that supports powerClass-14dBm shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max is the value of p-Max field in
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
ETSI
PRACH-Config field descriptions

zeroCorrelationZoneConfig
Parameter: NCS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-2] for preamble format 0..3 and TS 36.211 [21,
5.7.2: table 5.7.2-3] for preamble format 4.
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed
The field indicates NCS configuration for the restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.2]. If
this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig.

MP The field is mandatory present.
– PresenceAntennaPort1
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate whether all the neighbouring cells use Antenna Port 1. When set to
TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
PresenceAntennaPort1 information element

-- ASN1START
PresenceAntennaPort1 ::= BOOLEAN
-- ASN1STOP
– PUCCH-Config
The IE PUCCH-ConfigCommon and IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific
PUCCH configuration respectively.
PUCCH-Config information elements

-- ASN1START
PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaPUCCH-Shift ENUMERATED {ds1, ds2, ds3},
nRB-CQI INTEGER (0..98),
nCS-AN INTEGER (0..7),
n1PUCCH-AN INTEGER (0..2047)
}
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13 ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14 ENUMERATED {n64, n128} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

ackNackRepetition CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
repetitionFactor ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep INTEGER (0..2047)
}
},
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing} OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

pucch-Format-r10 CHOICE {
format3-r10 PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13,
channelSelection-r10 SEQUENCE {
ETSI
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r10 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10
}
}
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v1130 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
}
nPUCCH-Param-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUCCH-Identity-r11 INTEGER (0..503),
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
}

nkaPUCCH-Param-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
}
}
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

--Release 8
ackNackRepetition-r13 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
repetitionFactor-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep-r13 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
},
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode-r13 ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
--Release 10
pucch-Format-r13 CHOICE {
format3-r13 SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
},
channelSelection-r13 SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10,
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
}
},
format4-resourceConfiguration-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format4-resource-r13,
format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF Format4-resource-
r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
},
format5-resourceConfiguration-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format5-resource-r13,
format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13 Format5-resource-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
ETSI
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR

simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r13 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
--Release 11
nPUCCH-Param-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUCCH-Identity-r13 INTEGER (0..503),
n1PUCCH-AN-r13 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
--Release 12
nkaPUCCH-Param-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nkaPUCCH-AN-r13 INTEGER (0..2047)
}
--Release 13
spatialBundlingPUCCH-r13 BOOLEAN,
spatialBundlingPUSCH-r13 BOOLEAN,
harq-TimingTDD-r13 BOOLEAN,
codebooksizeDetermination-r13 ENUMERATED {dai,cc} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
maximumPayloadCoderate-r13 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
modeA SEQUENCE {
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8},
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8}
},
modeB SEQUENCE {
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13 ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32},
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13 ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32}
}
}
} OPTIONAL --Need ON
}

pucch-Format-v1370 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13
}
}
PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
}

pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 ENUMERATED {r64,r128} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

n1PUCCH-AN-SPT-r15 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {dai,cc} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
Format4-resource-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

startingPRB-format4-r13 INTEGER (0..109),
numberOfPRB-format4-r13 INTEGER (0..7)
}
Format5-resource-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

startingPRB-format5-r13 INTEGER (0..109),
cdm-index-format5-r13 INTEGER (0..1)
}
N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
ETSI
N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PUCCH-Config field descriptions

ackNackRepetition
Parameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
cdm-index-format5
Parameter noc see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4.2c] for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
codebooksizeDetermination, codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI
Parameter indicates whether HARQ codebook size is determined with downlink assignment indicator based solution
or number of configured CCs, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.2.2.6, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.3.1.2 ] and TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.2.2.3,
10.1.3.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3.1, 10.1.3.2.3.2 and 10.1.3.2.4].
deltaPUCCH-Shift
ΔPUCCH
Parameter: shift , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4.1], where ds1 corresponds to value 1, ds2 corresponds to value 2 etc.
harq-TimingTDD
Parameter indicates for a TDD SCell when aggregated with a TDD PCell of different UL/DL configurations whether
deriving the HARQ timing for such a cell is done in the same way as the DL HARQ timing of an FDD SCell with a TDD
PCell, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.2].
maximumPayloadCoderate
Maximum payload or code rate for multi P-CSI on each PUCCH resource, see TS 36.213 [23,10.1.1].
n1PUCCH-AN
(1)
Parameter: N PUCCH , see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List
(1)
Parameter: nPUCCH, j for antenna port p 0 for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23,
10.1.2.2.1, 10.1.3.2.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1
~
(1, p1 )
Parameter: nPUCCH, j for antenna port p1 for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. E-
UTRAN configures this field only when pucch-Format is set to channelSelection.
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep, n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1
(1, p )
Parameter: nPUCCH, ANRep for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n3PUCCH-AN-List, n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1
( 3, p )
Parameter: n PUCCH for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-SPT
(1)
Parameter: N PUCCH , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset for short
processing time.
nCS-An
(1)
Parameter: N cs see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4].
nkaPUCCH-AN
KA
Parameter: N PUCCH , see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.3].
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12 indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set K A , see TS 36.213 [23,
10.1.3]. E-UTRAN configures nkaPUCCH-AN only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
nPUCCH-Identity
PUCCH
Parameter: nID , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.5].
nRB-CQI
(2)
Parameter: N RB , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4].
numberOfPRB-format4
( 4)
Parameter nPUCCH see TS 36.213 [23, Table 10.1.1-2] for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList
Starting offsets of the PUCCH resource(s) indicated by SIB1-BR. The first entry in the list is the starting offset of the
PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE
level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-
ParametersListCE. See TS 36.213 [23].
pucch-Format
Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. For TDD, if
the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as
defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for
PUSCH. E-UTRAN only configures pucch-Format-v1370 when pucch-Format-r13 is configured and set to format4 or
format5.
ETSI
PUCCH-Config field descriptions

pucch-NumRepetitionCE
Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a and for PUCCH format 2/2a/2b for CE modes A and B, see TS
36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. The UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13, if received, for CE mode B
in this release of specification. For UE in CE mode B supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-
NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 is included then the UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13.
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-
Level2, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3
Number of repetitions for PUCCH carrying HARQ response to PDSCH containing Msg4 for PRACH CE levels 0, 1, 2
and 3, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2
repetitions, and so on. For BL UEs or non-BL UEs in enhanced coverage supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14 is included then the UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-
Level3-r13.
repetitionFactor
Parameter N ANRep see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1] where n2 corresponds to repetition factor 2, n4 to 4.
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH or simultaneous SPUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH
transmissions are configured, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1 and 5.1.1]. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only
when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise,
E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported
in the band on which PSCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PUCCH SCell, only when
the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PUCCH SCell is configured.
spatialBundlingPUCCH
Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUCCH, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.2.3.1].
spatialBundlingPUSCH
Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUSCH, see see TS 36.212 [22, 5.2.2.6].
startingPRB-format4
( 4)
Parameter nPUCCH see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4.3] for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
startingPRB-format5
( 5)
Parameter nPUCCH see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4.3] for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode
Parameter indicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.3 and 10.1.3]. The value
bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK
multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both
ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH.
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23,
10.1]. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23,
10.1.2.2.2, 10.1.3.2.2].
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].

TDD The field is mandatory present for TDD if the pucch-Format is not present. If the pucch-
Format is present, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for
this field. It is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– PUSCH-Config
The IE PUSCH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the common PUSCH configuration and the reference signal
configuration for PUSCH and PUCCH. The IE PUSCH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH
configuration.
PUSCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

pusch-ConfigBasic SEQUENCE {
n-SB INTEGER (1..4),
hoppingMode ENUMERATED {interSubFrame, intraAndInterSubFrame},
pusch-HoppingOffset INTEGER (0..98),
enable64QAM BOOLEAN
},
ETSI
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
}
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE {

enable64QAM-v1270 ENUMERATED {true}
}
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13 ENUMERATED {
r8, r16, r32 } OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13 ENUMERATED {
r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
r1536, r2048} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pusch-HoppingOffset-v1310
INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffset-ACK-Index INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index INTEGER (0..15)
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

betaOffsetMC-r10 SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r10 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r10 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r10 INTEGER (0..15)
groupHoppingDisabled-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

pusch-DMRS-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUSCH-Identity-r11 INTEGER (0..509),
nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r11 INTEGER (0..509)
}
}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250::= SEQUENCE {
uciOnPUSCH CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (0..15)
}
}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r13 INTEGER (0..15)
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pusch-DMRS-r11 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
nPUSCH-Identity-r13 INTEGER (0..509),
nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r13 INTEGER (0..509)
}
ETSI
uciOnPUSCH CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13 INTEGER (0..15)
}
pusch-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14 ENUMERATED {on} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {bw5} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tdd-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-r14 BOOLEAN,
enable256QAM-r14 Enable256QAM-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
offsetCE-ModeB-r15 INTEGER (-1..3) OPTIONAL -- Cond CE-ModeB
}
},
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
locationCE-ModeB-r15 INTEGER (0..5) OPTIONAL, -- Cond CE-ModeB
sixToneCyclicShift-r15 INTEGER (0..3),
threeToneCyclicShift-r15 INTEGER (0..2)
}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

enable256QAM-r14 Enable256QAM-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

uci-OnPUSCH-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetAUL-r15 INTEGER (0..15)
}
}
}
TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14 ENUMERATED {sym1, sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5, sym6}
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
Enable256QAM-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
tpc-SubframeSet-Configured-r14 SEQUENCE {
subframeSet1-DCI-Format0-r14 BOOLEAN,
subframeSet2-DCI-Format4-r14 BOOLEAN
ETSI
},
tpc-SubframeSet-NotConfigured-r14 SEQUENCE {
dci-Format0-r14 BOOLEAN,
dci-Format4-r14 BOOLEAN
}
}
}
PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh-r14 INTEGER (1..100) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh-r14 CHOICE {
interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14 ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14 ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
}
}
UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH ::= SEQUENCE {

groupHoppingEnabled BOOLEAN,
groupAssignmentPUSCH INTEGER (0..29),
sequenceHoppingEnabled BOOLEAN,
cyclicShift INTEGER (0..7)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PUSCH-Config field descriptions

betaOffset-ACK-Index, betaOffset2-ACK-Index, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC
HARQ− ACK HARQ− ACK HARQ− ACK HARQ− ACK
Parameter: I offset , I offset , X , I offset ,MC and I offset , MC , X , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively,
see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-1]. betaOffset-ACK-Index and betaOffset2-ACK-Index are used for single-codeword
and betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC and betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC are used for multiple-codeword. If betaOffset2-ACK-
Index is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise
betaOffset2-ACK-Index is used. If betaOffset-ACK2-Index-MC is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC is used when
up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC is used. One value applies for all
serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same
cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value
also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power
control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-
SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
HARQ − ACK HARQ− ACK HARQ − ACK HARQ− ACK
Parameter: I offset, set2 , I offset , set 2 , X , I offset,MC, set2 and I offset , MC , set 2 , X respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-1].
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 and betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 are used for single-codeword,
betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 are used for multiple-codeword.
If betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is used when up to 22
HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is used. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index-
MC-SubframeSet2 is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are
transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is used. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all
serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same
cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated
functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe
sets).
betaOffsetAUL
Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.

betaOffset-CQI-Index, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC
CQI
Parameter: I offset , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-3]. One value
applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send
PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe
sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and
configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
CQI
applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells
configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power
control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell
configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffset-RI-Index, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC
RI
applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send
PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe
sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and
configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
RI
applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells
configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power
control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell
configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig
Activation of flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. offsetCE-ModeB indicates
starting PRB offset when flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode B is enabled. See TS
36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ETSI

ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth
Maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds
to 5 MHz. If this field is not configured, the maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A set to 1.4 MHz. The
maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter.
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1].
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS
Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config
Activation of PUSCH sub-PRB allocation in CE mode A or B, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
cyclicShift
Parameters: cyclicShift, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 5.5.2.1.1-2].
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config
Indicates the UE not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS, see TS36.211 [21, 5.5.2.1.2].
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated
Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.2.1].
enable256QAM
See TS 36.213 [23, 8.6.1]. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by
tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per uplink power control subframe set and DCI format 0/0A/0B
and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories 16 to 20 indicated in ue-CategoryUL-v1430, while FALSE
indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are not
configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM
is allowed for UE UL categories 16 to 20 indicated in ue-CategoryUL-v1430, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is
not allowed.
enable64QAM
See TS 36.213 [23, 8.6.1]. If enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UE
categories 5 and 8 indicated in ue-Category and UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM
and can fallback to category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5, Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6], while FALSE indicates that
64QAM is not allowed. If enable64QAM-v1270 is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UL categories
indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM but cannot fallback category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5, Table
4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6]. E-UTRAN configures enable64QAM-v1270 only when enable64QAM (without suffix) is set
to TRUE.
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUSCH stays at the same PRBs before hopping to other
PRBs. For interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on.
For interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on. See TS
36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
groupAssignmentPUSCH
Parameter: ΔSS See TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.3].
groupHoppingDisabled
Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.3].
groupHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Group-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.3].
hoppingMode
Parameter: Hopping-mode, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
locationCE-ModeB
PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB allocation is enabled in CE mode B.
nDMRS-CSH-Identity
csh_DMRS
Parameter: N ID , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.2.1.1].
nPUSCH-Identity
PUSCH
Parameter: nID , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.5].
n-SB
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
pusch-HoppingConfig
For BL UEs and UEs in CE, frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast PUSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]
pusch-hoppingOffset
HO
Except for BL UEs and UEs in CE, parameter: N RB , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4]. For BL UEs and UEs in CE, the
PUSCH
pusch-hoppingOffset-v1310 indicates the parameter f NB, hop , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4]. . In case pusch-
hoppingOffset-v1310 is signalled, the BL UEs and UEs in CE shall ignore pusch-hoppingOffset (i.e. without suffix).
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh
Indicates the freqeuncy domain hopping offset between PRBs for PUSCH in frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21,
5.3.4]. Value 1 corresponds to 1 PRB, value 2 corresponds to 2 PRBs, and so on.
ETSI

pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23]. E-UTRAN does not configure value r8. If the field is not configured, the UE shall apply the default value as
defined in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0].
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB
Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23].
sequenceHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Sequence-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.4].
sixToneCyclicShift, threeToneCyclicShift
Cyclic shift for PUSCH reference signal sequence of six/three subcarriers in CE mode A or B.
symPUSCH-UpPTS
Indicates the number of data symbols that configured for PUSCH transmission in UpPTS. Values sym2, sym3, sym4,
sym5 and sym6 can be used for normal cyclic prefix and values sym1, sym2, sym3, sym4 and sym5 can be used for
extended cyclic prefix, see TS 36.213 [23, 8.6.2] and TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
ul-DMRS-IFDMA
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on PUSCH (or PUCCH).

CE-ModeB The field is optionally present, need ON, for CE Mode B. Otherwise, the field is not
present.
– RACH-ConfigCommon
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the generic random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigCommon information element

-- ASN1START
RACH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

preambleInfo SEQUENCE {
numberOfRA-Preambles ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
n60, n64},
preamblesGroupAConfig SEQUENCE {
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
n60},
messageSizeGroupA ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256},
messagePowerOffsetGroupB ENUMERATED {
minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12,
dB15, dB18},
...
},
powerRampingParameters PowerRampingParameters,
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax PreambleTransMax,
ra-ResponseWindowSize ENUMERATED {
sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5, sf6, sf7,
sf8, sf10},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer ENUMERATED {
sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48,
sf56, sf64}
},
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx INTEGER (1..8),
...,
[[ preambleTransMax-CE-r13 PreambleTransMax OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
rach-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ edt-SmallTBS-Subset-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond
EDT-OR
]]
}
ETSI
RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

txFailParams-r12 SEQUENCE {
connEstFailCount-r12 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4},
connEstFailOffsetValidity-r12 ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240,
s300, s420, s600, s900},
connEstFailOffset-r12 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
}
RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

powerRampingParameters-r11 PowerRampingParameters,
ra-SupervisionInfo-r11 SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax-r11 PreambleTransMax
},
...
}
RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13
RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

preambleMappingInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
firstPreamble-r13 INTEGER(0..63),
lastPreamble-r13 INTEGER(0..63)
},
ra-ResponseWindowSize-r13 ENUMERATED {sf20, sf50, sf80, sf120, sf180,
sf240, sf320, sf400},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {sf80, sf100, sf120,

sf160, sf200, sf240, sf480, sf960},
rar-HoppingConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {on,off},
...,
[[ edt-Parameters-r15 SEQUENCE {
edt-LastPreamble-r15 INTEGER(0..63),
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled-r15 BOOLEAN,
edt-TBS-r15 ENUMERATED {b328, b408, b504, b600, b712,
b808, b936, b1000or456},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {sf240, sf480, sf960,
sf1920, sf3840, sf5760, sf7680, sf10240}
OPTIONAL -- Need OP
} OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
]]
}
PowerRampingParameters ::= SEQUENCE {

powerRampingStep ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6},
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower ENUMERATED {
dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112,
dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94,
dBm-92, dBm-90}
}
PreambleTransMax ::= ENUMERATED {

n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, n20, n50,
n100, n200}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RACH-ConfigCommon field descriptions

connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30
corresponds to 30 seconds, s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
edt-LastPreamble
Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. The preambles
for EDT are the preambles lastPreamble-r13 +1 to edt-LastPreamble-r15. E-UTRAN configures this field only when
random access preambles group B is not used.
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 in the
corresponding CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
edt-SmallTBS-Subset
Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level, as
specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS corresponding
to the CE level can be used. This field is applicable for a CE level only when edt-SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the
corresponding CE level.
edt-TBS
Largest TBS for Msg3 for a CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328 corresponds to 328
bits, b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. Additionally, value b1000or456 corresponds to 1000 bits for CE levels 0
and 1, and 456 bits for CE levels 2 and 3. See TS 36.213 [23].
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer
Timer for contention resolution in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16
corresponds to 16 subframes and so on. mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE
performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx
Maximum number of Msg3 HARQ transmissions in TS 36.321 [6], used for contention based random access. Value is
an integer.
messagePowerOffsetGroupB
Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity. Value dB0
corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on.
messageSizeGroupA
Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in bits. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b144 corresponds
to 144 bits and so on.
numberOfRA-Preambles
Number of non-dedicated random access preambles in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4,
n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.
powerRampingStep
Power ramping factor in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so
on.
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower
Initial preamble power in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dBm. Value dBm-120 corresponds to -120 dBm, dBm-118
corresponds to -118 dBm and so on.
preambleMappingInfo
Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level, except for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. When
random access preambles group B is used, firstPreamble-r13 is set to 0 and lastPreamble-r13 is set to numberOfRA-
Preambles-1.
preamblesGroupAConfig
Provides the configuration for preamble grouping in TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is not signalled, the size of the random
access preambles group A [6] is equal to numberOfRA-Preambles.
preambleTransMax, preambleTransMax-CE
Maximum number of preamble transmission in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n3 corresponds to 3, n4
corresponds to 4 and so on.
rach-CE-LevelInfoList
Provides RACH information for each coverage level. The first entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 0,
the second entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes rach-CE-
LevelInfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE.
ra-ResponseWindowSize
Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3
corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated
functionality is performed independently for each cell).
rar-HoppingConfig
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for RAR/Msg3/Msg4 for a CE level, see TS 36.211 [21].
ETSI
RACH-ConfigCommon field descriptions

connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA
Size of the random access preambles group A in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8
corresponds to 8 and so on.

EDT The field is mandatory present if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is
present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for
this field.
EDT-OR The field is optionally present, Need OR, if cp-EDT or up-EDT in
SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE
shall delete any existing value for this field.
– RACH-ConfigDedicated
The IE RACH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the dedicated random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigDedicated information element

-- ASN1START
RACH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
ra-PRACH-MaskIndex INTEGER (0..15)
}
-- ASN1STOP
RACH-ConfigDedicated field descriptions

ra-PRACH-MaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
ra-PreambleIndex
Explicitly signalled Random Access Preamble for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
– RadioResourceConfigCommon
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB and IE RadioResourceConfigCommon are used to specify common radio
resource configurations in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively, e.g., the random
access parameters and the static physical layer parameters.
RadioResourceConfigCommon information element

-- ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB ::= SEQUENCE {

rach-ConfigCommon RACH-ConfigCommon,
bcch-Config BCCH-Config,
pcch-Config PCCH-Config,
prach-Config PRACH-ConfigSIB,
pdsch-ConfigCommon PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
pusch-ConfigCommon PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
uplinkPowerControlCommon UplinkPowerControlCommon,
ul-CyclicPrefixLength UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
...,
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ rach-ConfigCommon-v1250 RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ bcch-Config-v1310 BCCH-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pcch-Config-v1310 PCCH-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
freqHoppingParameters-r13 FreqHoppingParameters-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ETSI
pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR

pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
prach-ConfigCommon-v1310 PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ highSpeedConfig-r14 HighSpeedConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
prach-Config-v1430 PRACH-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ prach-Config-v1530 PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Cond EDT
ce-RSS-Config-r15 RSS-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
wus-Config-r15 WUS-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
highSpeedConfig-v1530 HighSpeedConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

rach-ConfigCommon RACH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
prach-Config PRACH-Config,
pdsch-ConfigCommon PDSCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigCommon PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
phich-Config PHICH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPowerControlCommon UplinkPowerControlCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
antennaInfoCommon AntennaInfoCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tdd-Config TDD-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
ul-CyclicPrefixLength UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
...,
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ tdd-Config-v1130 TDD-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD3
]],
]],
[[
prach-Config-v1310 PRACH-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
freqHoppingParameters-r13 FreqHoppingParameters-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310 PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ highSpeedConfig-r14 HighSpeedConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
prach-Config-v1430 PRACH-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430 PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tdd-Config-v1430 TDD-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD3
]],
[[
tdd-Config-v1450 TDD-Config-v1450 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD3
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
highSpeedConfig-v1530 HighSpeedConfig-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

basicFields-r12 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10,
pucch-ConfigCommon-r12 PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
rach-ConfigCommon-r12 RACH-ConfigCommon,
uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12,
...,
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1310
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1530
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0 ::= SEQUENCE {

basicFields-v12f0 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440 ::= SEQUENCE {

basicFields-v1440 RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440
}
ETSI
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
-- 1: Cell characteristics
dl-Bandwidth-r10 ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
-- 2: Physical configuration, general
antennaInfoCommon-r10 AntennaInfoCommon,
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r10 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
-- 3: Physical configuration, control
phich-Config-r10 PHICH-Config,
-- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
pdsch-ConfigCommon-r10 PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
tdd-Config-r10 TDD-Config OPTIONAL -- Cond
TDDSCell
},
-- UL configuration
ul-FreqInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ul-Bandwidth-r10 ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
n25, n50, n75, n100} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
},
uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10,
-- A special version of IE UplinkPowerControlCommon may be introduced
-- 3: Physical configuration, control
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r10 SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r10 UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
-- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
prach-ConfigSCell-r10 PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD-
OR-NoR11
pusch-ConfigCommon-r10 PUSCH-ConfigCommon
...,
[[ ul-CarrierFreq-v1090 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
[[ rach-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
ULSCell
prach-ConfigSCell-r11 PRACH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
tdd-Config-v1130 TDD-Config-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD2
uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 OPTIONAL -- Cond UL
]],
]],
[[ pucch-ConfigCommon-r13 PUCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Cond UL
]],
[[ highSpeedConfigSCell-r14 HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
prach-Config-v1430 PRACH-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
ul-FreqInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq-r14 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ul-Bandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
n25, n50, n75, n100} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r14 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
},
soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r14 SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r14 UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
prach-ConfigSCell-r14 PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD-
OR-NoR11
uplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430
UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond ULSRS
harq-ReferenceConfig-r14 ENUMERATED {sa2,sa4,sa5} OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1530 UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
ETSI
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- UL configuration
ul-Configuration-v10l0 SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v10l0 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
}
}
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-Configuration-v1440 SEQUENCE {
ul-FreqInfo-v1440 SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v1440 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
}
}
}
BCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

modificationPeriodCoeff ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16}
}
BCCH-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

modificationPeriodCoeff-v1310 ENUMERATED {n64}
}
FreqHoppingParameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

dummy ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4} OPTIONAL,
dummy2 CHOICE {
} OPTIONAL,
dummy3 CHOICE {
} OPTIONAL,
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13 CHOICE {
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond MP-A
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13 CHOICE {
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond MP-B
dummy4 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) OPTIONAL
}
PCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

defaultPagingCycle ENUMERATED {
rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
nB ENUMERATED {
fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT,
oneSixteenthT, oneThirtySecondT}
}
PCCH-Config-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

paging-narrowBands-r13 INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256},
nB-v1310 ENUMERATED {one64thT, one128thT, one256thT}
OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
UL-CyclicPrefixLength ::= ENUMERATED {len1, len2}
HighSpeedConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
HighSpeedConfig-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA-r15 ENUMERATED {true}
}
HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RadioResourceConfigCommon field descriptions

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell
The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures
the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL
configured.
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds
to 64 radio frames and so on.
dummy
harq-ReferenceConfig
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2
corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. E-UTRAN
configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the advanced receiver in SFN scenario as specified in TS 36.101 [6].
highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA
If the field is present, the UE in CE mode A shall apply the measurement gap sharing table associated with high-
velocity scenario for measurements, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeX
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which MPDCCH or PDSCH for CE mode X stays at the same
narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2
corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5
subframes, and so on.
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeX
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUCCH or PUSCH for CE mode X stays at the same
narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2
corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5
subframes, and so on.
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n2
corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, n8 corresponds to value 8, n16 corresponds to value 16, and n64
corresponds to value 64.
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging
Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 6.4.1].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB
The number of narrowbands for MPDCCH/PDSCH frequency hopping. Value nb2 corresponds to 2 narrowbands and
value nb4 corresponds to 4 narrowbands.
nB
Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS
36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT
corresponds to 2 * T and so on. In case nB-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore nB (i.e. without suffix). EUTRAN
configures nB-v1310 only in the BR version of SI message.
paging-narrowBands
Number of narrowbands used for paging, see TS 36.304 [4], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
p-Max
Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power
according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42, 6.2.2]. In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band
contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that
SCell is activated.
prach-ConfigSCell
Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
rach-ConfigCommonSCell
Indicates a RACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming
Indicates the SRS flexible timing (if configured) for aperiodic SRS triggered by DL grant. If the SRS transmission is
collided with ACK/NACK, postpone once to the next configured SRS transmission opportunity.
ETSI
RadioResourceConfigCommon field descriptions

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell
The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures
the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL
configured.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. Value n6
corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink
bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink
bandwidth.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101
[42, table 5.7.3-1] applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.
ul-CyclicPrefixLength
Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21, 5.2.1] where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and
len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.

EDT The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field
is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
MP-A The field is mandatory present for CE mode A. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR.
MP-B The field is mandatory present for CE mode B. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR.
TDD The field is optional for TDD, Need ON; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete
any existing value for this field.
TDD2 If tdd-Config-r10 is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not
present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD3 If tdd-Config is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present
and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR-NoR11 If prach-ConfigSCell-r11 is absent, the field is optional for TDD, Need OR. Otherwise the
TDDSCell This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and LAA SCell, and the
UL If the SCell is part of the STAG or concerns the PSCell or PUCCH SCell and if ul-
Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present
and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ULSCell For the PSCell (IE is included in RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell) the field is
absent. Otherwise, if the SCell is part of the STAG and if ul-Configuration is included, the
field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any
ULSRS If ul-Configuration-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not
present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– RadioResourceConfigDedicated
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main configuration, to
modify the SPS configuration and to modify dedicated physical configuration.
RadioResourceConfigDedicated information element

-- ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

srb-ToAddModList SRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-Conn
drb-ToAddModList DRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-
toEUTRA
drb-ToReleaseList DRB-ToReleaseList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mac-MainConfig CHOICE {
explicitValue MAC-MainConfig,
defaultValue NULL
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-
toEUTRA2
sps-Config SPS-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
physicalConfigDedicated PhysicalConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ rlf-TimersAndConstants-r9 RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
ETSI
]],
[[ measSubframePatternPCell-r10 MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ naics-Info-r12 NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ neighCellsCRS-Info-r13 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
CRSIM
rlf-TimersAndConstants-r13 RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1430 SPS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Cond SPS
]],
[[ srb-ToAddModExtList-r15 SRB-ToAddModExtList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
srb-ToReleaseExtList-r15 INTEGER (4) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-Config-v1530 SPS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE { crs-IntfMitigEnabled-15 NULL,
crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs-r15 ENUMERATED {n6, n24}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r15 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-ToAddModList-r15 DRB-ToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-ToReleaseList-r15 DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
srb-ToReleaseListDupl-r15 SRB-ToReleaseListDupl-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {

physicalConfigDedicated-v1370 PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an PSCell
physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 PhysicalConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-Config-r12 SPS-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
naics-Info-r12 NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell-r13 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1430 SPS-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Cond SPS2
]],
[[ sps-Config-v1530 SPS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
neighCellsCRS-Info-r15 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 ::= SEQUENCE {

physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12 DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mac-MainConfigSCG-r12 MAC-MainConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an SCell
physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
...,
[[ mac-MainConfigSCell-r11 MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 OPTIONAL -- Cond SCellAdd
]],
[[ naics-Info-r12 NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell-r13 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 OPTIONAL -- Need
ON
]],
ETSI
[[ crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

neighCellsCRS-Info-r15 NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-Config-v1530 SPS-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
SRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod
SRB-ToAddModExtList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF SRB-ToAddMod
SRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

srb-Identity INTEGER (1..2),
rlc-Config CHOICE {
explicitValue RLC-Config,
defaultValue NULL
logicalChannelConfig CHOICE {
explicitValue LogicalChannelConfig,
defaultValue NULL
...,
[[ pdcp-verChange-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond NR-PDCP
rlc-Config-v1530 RLC-Config-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rlc-BearerConfigDupl-r15 RLC-BearerConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
srb-Identity-v1530 INTEGER (4) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
SRB-ToReleaseListDupl-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2)
DRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod

DRB-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddMod
DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12

DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12
DRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

eps-BearerIdentity INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB-Setup
pdcp-Config PDCP-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond PDCP
rlc-Config RLC-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupM
logicalChannelIdentity INTEGER (3..10) OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB-SetupM
logicalChannelConfig LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupM
...,
[[ drb-TypeChange-r12 ENUMERATED {toMCG} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
rlc-Config-v1250 RLC-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1310 RLC-Config-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-TypeLWA-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-TypeLWIP-r13 ENUMERATED {lwip, lwip-DL-only,
lwip-UL-only, eutran} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
lwip-UL-Aggregation-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond LWIP
lwip-DL-Aggregation-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond LWIP
lwa-WLAN-AC-r14 ENUMERATED {ac-bk, ac-be, ac-vi, ac-vo} OPTIONAL -- Cond UL-LWA
]],
[[ rlc-Config-v1510 RLC-Config-v1510 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
rlc-BearerConfigDupl-r15 RLC-BearerConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
logicalChannelIdentity-r15 INTEGER (32..38) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-Identity-r12 DRB-Identity,
drb-Type-r12 CHOICE {
split-r12 NULL,
scg-r12 SEQUENCE {
eps-BearerIdentity-r12 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB-Setup
pdcp-Config-r12 PDCP-Config OPTIONAL -- Cond PDCP-S
}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupS2
rlc-ConfigSCG-r12 RLC-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupS
logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r12 INTEGER (3..10) OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB-SetupS
logicalChannelConfigSCG-r12 LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupS
ETSI
...,
[[ rlc-Config-v1430 RLC-Config-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 INTEGER (32..38) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rlc-BearerConfigDupl-r15 RLC-BearerConfig-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToReleaseList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity

DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-Identity
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup MeasSubframePattern-r10
}
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11
}
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaPortsCount-r11 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList,
...,
]]
}

release NULL,
}

antennaPortsCount-r13 ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r13 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
]]
}

release NULL,
}

crs-IntfMitigEnabled-15 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
neighCellsToReleaseList-r12 NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL , -- Need ON
neighCellsToAddModList-r12 NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
servCellp-a-r12 P-a OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF PhysCellId
NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF NeighCellsInfo-r12
NeighCellsInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

p-b-r12 INTEGER (0..3),
crs-PortsCount-r12 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare},
ETSI
mbsfn-SubframeConfig-r12 MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

p-aList-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12)) OF P-a,
transmissionModeList-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
resAllocGranularity-r12 INTEGER (1..4),
...
}
P-a ::= ENUMERATED { dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}
RLC-BearerConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rlc-Config-r15 RLC-Config-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
logicalChannelIdentityConfig-r15 CHOICE {
logicalChannelIdentity-r15 INTEGER (1..10),
logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15 INTEGER (32..38)
},
logicalChannelConfig-r15 LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RadioResourceConfigDedicated field descriptions

crs-IntfMitigConfig
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16],
clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of this field indicates CRS
interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.1, 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and
the value crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell
BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if
this field is configured and the field cellBarred in SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
crs-PortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports for cell-specific reference signal used by the signaled neighboring
cell where n1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, n2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.1].
drb-Identity
In case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as
used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the
configuration.
drb-ToAddModList
When drb-ToAddModList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModList (without suffix).
drb-ToAddModListSCG
When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB. When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15
is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG (without suffix).
drb-ToReleaseList
When drb-ToReleaseList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToReleaseList (without suffix).
drb-Type
This field indicates whether the DRB is split or SCG DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure split and SCG DRBs
simultaneously for the UE.
drb-TypeChange
Indicates that a split/SCG DRB is reconfigured to an MCG DRB (i.e. E-UTRAN only signals the field in case the DRB
type changes).
drb-TypeLWA
Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured as an LWA DRB or an LWA DRB is reconfigured not to use WLAN
resources. NOTE 1
drb-TypeLWIP
Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured to use LWIP Tunnel in UL and DL (value lwip), DL only (value lwip-DL-
only), UL only (value lwip-UL-only) or not to use LWIP Tunnel (value eutran).
logicalChannelConfig
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the
default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
logicalChannelIdentity, LogicalChannelIdentityExt
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. Value 4 is not configured for DRBs if SRB4 is configured. When
logicalChannelIdentity-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentity (without suffix).
logicalChannelIdentitySCG
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. When logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore
contents of logicalChannelIdentitySCG (without suffix).
lwa-WLAN-AC
For LWA bearers, indicates the corresponding WLAN access category for uplink. AC-BK (value ac-bk) corresponds to
Background access category, AC-BE (value ac-be) corresponds to Best Effort access category, AC-VI (value ac-vi)
corresponds to Video access category and AC-VO (value ac-vo) corresponds to Voice access category as defined by
IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. If lwa-WLAN-AC is not configured, it is left up to UE to decide which IEEE 802.11 AC value to
use when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN in the uplink.
lwip-DL-Aggregation, lwip-UL-Aggregation
Indicates whether LWIP is configured to utilize LWIP aggregation in DL or UL.
mac-MainConfig
Although the ASN.1 includes a choice that is used to indicate whether the mac-MainConfig is signalled explicitly or set
to the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2, EUTRAN does not apply "defaultValue".
mbsfn-SubframeConfig
Defines the MBSFN subframe configuration used by the signaled neighboring cell. If absent, UE assumes no MBSFN
configuration for the neighboring cell.
measSubframePatternPCell
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for the PCell measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link
monitoring).
ETSI

neighCellsCRS-Info, neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell, neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to mitigate interference from CRS while performing
RRM/RLM/CSI measurement or data demodulation or DL control channel demodulation. When the received CRS
assistance information is for a cell with CRS non-colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use
the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference. When the received CRS assistance information is for a
cell with CRS colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to
mitigate CRS interference RRM/RLM (as specified in TS 36.133 [16]) and for CSI (as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) on
the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternPCell, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, csi-MeasSubframeSet1
if configured, and the CSI subframe set 1 if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured. The UE may use CRS
assistance information to mitigate CRS interference from the cells in the CRS-AssistanceInfoList for the demodulation
purpose or DL control channel demodulation as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. EUTRAN does not configure
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 or neighCellsCRS-Info-r13 if eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
neighCellsToAddModList
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to cancel and suppress interference of a neighbouring cell.
If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes that the transmission parameters listed in the sub-fields
are used by the neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes the neighbour cell is
subframe and SFN synchronized to the serving cell, has the same system bandwidth, UL/DL and special subframe
configuration, and cyclic prefix length as the serving cell.
p-aList
Indicates the restricted subset of power offset for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM PDSCH transmissions for the
neighbouring cell by using the parameter PA , see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77
corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: PB , indicates the cell-specific ratio used by the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.2-1].
pdcp-verChange
Indicates that the PDCP version of the SRB is changed from NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP. Network only configures
this version change for during handover, resume and first reconfiguration after re-establishment.
physicalConfigDedicated
The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
resAllocGranularity
Indicates the resource allocation and precoding granularity in PRB pair level of the signaled neighboring cell, see TS
36.213 [23, 7.1.6].
rlc-BearerConfigDupl
The configuration of the additional RLC bearer used in case of PDCP duplication using CA, comprising the additional
RLC entity, the logical channel identity and the logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1,
SRB2 and DRBs. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity.
rlc-Config
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined
in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode
for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is
used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or
upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
servCellp-a
Indicates the power offset for QPSK C-RNTI based PDSCH transmissions used by the serving cell, see TS 36.213
[23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
sps-Config
The default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does
not reconfigure sps-Config for MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for
MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-
Config for SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321
[6]).
srb-Identity
Value 1 is applicable for SRB1 only. Value 2 is applicable for SRB2 only. Value 4 is applicable for SRB4 only, if
configured. For a split SRB the same identity is used for the MCG and NR SCG RLC bearer configurations. If srb-
Identity-v1530 is received, the UE shall ignore srb-Identity (i.e. without suffix).
srb-ToAddModList
E-UTRAN configures the same RAT type (i.e. EUTRA or NR) for PDCP configuration of SRB1 and SRB2.
srb-ToAddModListDupl
Configuration of SRBs configured with PDCP duplication via dual connectivity.
ETSI

transmissionModeList
Indicates a subset of transmission mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, for the signaled neighboring cell for which
NeighCellsInfo applies. When TM10 is signaled, other signaled transmission parameters in NeighCellsInfo are not
applicable to up to 8 layer transmission scheme of TM10. E-UTRAN may indicate TM9 when TM10 with QCL type A
and DMRS scrambling with

(i )
nID = N ID
cell
in TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.3.1] is used in the signalled neighbour cell and TM9 or
TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with ID

n ( i ) = N ID
cell
in TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.3.1] is used in the serving cell.
UE behaviour with NAICS when TM10 is used is only defined when QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with
(i )
nID = N ID
cell
in TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.3.1] is used for the serving cell and all signalled neighbour cells. The first/ leftmost
bit is for transmission mode 1, the second bit is for transmission mode 2, and so on.
NOTE 1: It is up to eNB to ensure that the field indicating LWA bearer type is set to FALSE when LWA bearer is
no longer used (e.g. during handover or re-establishment where LWA configuration is released).
ETSI

UL-LWA The field is optionally present, need ON if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is present. Otherwise the
field is not present.
CRSIM The field is optionally present, need ON, if neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 is not present;
DRB-Setup The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up and the UE is
connected to EPC; otherwise it is not present.
DRB-SetupM The field is mandatory present upon setup of MCG or split DRB; The field is optionally
present, Need ON, upon change from SCG to MCG DRB, for EN-DC upon bearer type
change of MCG RLC bearer with key change (i.e. bearer type change from MCG/split to
MCG/split bearer with key change); otherwise it is not present.
DRB-SetupS The field is mandatory present upon setup of SCG or split DRB, or upon change from
MCG to split DRB; The field is optionally present, Need ON, upon change from MCG to
SCG DRB; otherwise it is not present.
HO-Conn The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is
included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or in case of RRC connection
establishment (excluding RRConnectionResume); otherwise the field is optionally
present, need ON. Upon connection establishment/ re-establishment only SRB1 is
applicable (excluding RRConnectionResume).
HO-toEUTRA The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is
included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; In case of RRC connection
establishment (excluding RRConnectionResume); and RRC connection re-establishment
the field is not present; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2 The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is
included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise the field is optionally
present, need ON.
LWIP The field is optionally present, Need ON, if drbTypeLWIP-r13 is not set to eutran;
otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
NR-PDCP The field is optional present, Need ON, when the SRB is configured with NR-PDCP prior
to reception of this reconfiguration message. Otherwise it is not present.
PDCP For the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, the field is mandatory present if the
corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON, upon
reconfiguration of the corresponding split DRB or LWA DRB, upon the corresponding
DRB type change from split to MCG bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change
from MCG to split bearer or LWA bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from
LWA to LTE only bearer, upon handover within E-UTRA and upon the first reconfiguration
after re-establishment but in all these cases only when fullConfig is not included in the
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise it is not present.
PDCP-S The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is
optionally present, need ON, upon SCG change; otherwise it is not present.
RLC-Setup This field is optionally present if the corresponding DRB is being setup, need ON;
SCellAdd The field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
Setup The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise
the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupM The field is mandatory present upon setup of an MCG or split DRB, for EN-DC upon
setup of MCG RLC bearer; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS The field is mandatory present upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon
change from MCG to split DRB; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS2 The field is mandatory present upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon
change from MCG to split or SCG DRB. For an SCG DRB the field is optionally present,
need ON. Otherwise the field is not present.
SPS The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config (without suffix) is not configured;
SPS2 The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config-r12 is not configured; otherwise it is
not present.
SPS3 The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config (without suffix) is not configured
and sps-Config-v1430 is not configured; otherwise it is not present.
SPS4 The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config-r12 is not configured and sps-
Config-v1430 is not configured; otherwise it is not present.
– RCLWI-Configuration
The IE RCLWI-Configuration is used to add, modify or release the RCLWI configuration.
-- ASN1START
ETSI
RCLWI-Configuration-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rclwi-Config-r13 RCLWI-Config-r13
}
}
RCLWI-Config-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

command CHOICE {
steerToWLAN-r13 SEQUENCE {
mobilityConfig-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r12
},
steerToLTE-r13 NULL
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
– RLC-Config
The IE RLC-Config is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs.
RLC-Config information element

-- ASN1START
RLC-Config ::= CHOICE {

am SEQUENCE {
ul-AM-RLC UL-AM-RLC,
dl-AM-RLC DL-AM-RLC
},
um-Bi-Directional SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC,
dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
},
um-Uni-Directional-UL SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC
},
um-Uni-Directional-DL SEQUENCE {
dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
},
...
}
RLC-Config-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12 BOOLEAN,
dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12 BOOLEAN
}

ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13 BOOLEAN,
dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13 BOOLEAN,
pollPDU-v1310 PollPDU-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
RLC-Config-v1430 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
pollByte-r14 PollByte-r14
}
}

reestablishRLC-r15 ENUMERATED {true}
}
RLC-Config-v1530 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15 ENUMERATED {true}
}
}
RLC-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
mode-r15 CHOICE {
am-r15 SEQUENCE {
ul-AM-RLC-r15 UL-AM-RLC-r15,
dl-AM-RLC-r15 DL-AM-RLC-r15
},
um-Bi-Directional-r15 SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC-r15 UL-UM-RLC,
dl-UM-RLC-r15 DL-UM-RLC-r15
},
um-Uni-Directional-UL-r15 SEQUENCE {
ul-UM-RLC-r15 UL-UM-RLC
},
um-Uni-Directional-DL-r15 SEQUENCE {
dl-UM-RLC-r15 DL-UM-RLC-r15
}
},
reestablishRLC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
UL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {

t-PollRetransmit T-PollRetransmit,
pollPDU PollPDU,
pollByte PollByte,
maxRetxThreshold ENUMERATED {
t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}
}
UL-AM-RLC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

t-PollRetransmit-r15 T-PollRetransmit,
pollPDU-r15 PollPDU-r15,
pollByte-r15 PollByte-r14,
maxRetxThreshold-r15 ENUMERATED {
t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32},
extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15 BOOLEAN
}
DL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {

t-Reordering T-Reordering,
t-StatusProhibit T-StatusProhibit
}
DL-AM-RLC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

t-Reordering-r15 T-Reordering,
t-StatusProhibit-r15 T-StatusProhibit,
extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15 BOOLEAN
}
UL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {

sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLength
}
DL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {

sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLength,
t-Reordering T-Reordering
}
DL-UM-RLC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sn-FieldLength-r15 SN-FieldLength-r15,
t-Reordering-r15 T-Reordering
}
SN-FieldLength ::= ENUMERATED {size5, size10}
SN-FieldLength-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {size5, size10, size16-r15}
T-PollRetransmit ::= ENUMERATED {

ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310,
ms1000-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms4000-v1310,
ETSI
spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
PollPDU ::= ENUMERATED {

p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, pInfinity}
PollPDU-v1310 ::= ENUMERATED {

p512, p1024, p2048, p4096, p6144, p8192, p12288, p16384}
PollPDU-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {

p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, p512, p1024,
p2048-r15, p4096-r15, p6144-r15, p8192-r15,
p12288-r15, p16384-r15, pInfinity}
PollByte ::= ENUMERATED {

kB25, kB50, kB75, kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375,
kB500, kB750, kB1000, kB1250, kB1500, kB2000,
kB3000, kBinfinity, spare1}
PollByte-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {

kB1, kB2, kB5, kB8, kB10, kB15, kB3500,
kB4000, kB4500, kB5000, kB5500, kB6000, kB6500,
kB7000, kB7500, kB8000, kB9000, kB10000, kB11000, kB12000,
kB13000, kB14000, kB15000, kB16000, kB17000, kB18000,
kB19000, kB20000, kB25000, kB30000, kB35000, kB40000}
T-Reordering ::= ENUMERATED {

ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110,
ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170,
ms180, ms190, ms200, ms1600-v1310}
T-StatusProhibit ::= ENUMERATED {

ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310,
ms1000-v1310, ms1200-v1310, ms1600-v1310, ms2000-v1310,
ms2400-v1310, spare2,
spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RLC-Config field descriptions

dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field, ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates the RLC LI field size. Value TRUE means that 15 bit LI length shall be used, otherwise 11 bit LI length shall
be used; see TS 36.322 [7]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
maxRetxThreshold
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on.
pollByte
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value kB25 corresponds to 25 kBytes, kB50 to 50 kBytes and so on.
kBInfinity corresponds to an infinite amount of kBytes. In case pollByte-r14 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollByte
(i.e. without suffix).
pollPDU
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value p4 corresponds to 4 PDUs, p8 to 8 PDUs and so on. pInfinity
corresponds to an infinite number of PDUs. In case pollPDU-r13 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollPDU (i.e. without
suffix). E-UTRAN enables pollPDU-v1310 field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery
Indicates that out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP is configured for this RLC entity as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
sn-FieldLength
Indicates the UM RLC SN field size, see TS 36.322 [7], in bits. Value size5 means 5 bits, size10 means 10 bits.
t-PollRetransmit
Timer for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5ms, ms10 means 10ms and so on. EUTRAN
configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports CE.
t-Reordering
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2
applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on.
t-StatusProhibit
Timer for status reporting in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2
applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports operation
in CE.
ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN, dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN
Indicates whether or not the UE shall use the exteneded SN and SO length for AM bearer. Value TRUE means that 16
bit SN length and 16 bit SO length shall be used, otherwise 10 bit SN length and 15 bit SO length shall be used; see
TS 36.322 [7].
– RLF-TimersAndConstants
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED.
RLF-TimersAndConstants information element

-- ASN1START
RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
t301-r9 ENUMERATED {
ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
ms2000},
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
n310-r9 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
ms20000, ms30000},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
...
}
}
RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
t301-v1310 ENUMERATED {
ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000,
ms6000, ms8000, ms10000},
...,
[[ t310-v1330 ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
ETSI
RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
...
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
RLF-TimersAndConstants field descriptions

n3xy
Constants are described in section 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in section 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 only if UE supports ce-ModeB. UE shall use the extended values
t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330, if present, and ignore the values signaled by t3xy-r9.
– RN-SubframeConfig
The IE RN-SubframeConfig is used to specify the subframe configuration for an RN.
RN-SubframeConfig information element

-- ASN1START
RN-SubframeConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

subframeConfigPattern-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfigPatternFDD-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
subframeConfigPatternTDD-r10 INTEGER (0..31)
rpdcch-Config-r10 SEQUENCE {
resourceAllocationType-r10 ENUMERATED {type0, type1, type2Localized, type2Distributed,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
resourceBlockAssignment-r10 CHOICE {
type01-r10 CHOICE {
nrb6-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
nrb100-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(25))
},
type2-r10 CHOICE {
nrb100-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE(13))
},
...
},
demodulationRS-r10 CHOICE {
interleaving-r10 ENUMERATED {crs},
noInterleaving-r10 ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs}
},
pdsch-Start-r10 INTEGER (1..3),
pucch-Config-r10 CHOICE {
tdd CHOICE {
channelSelectionMultiplexingBundling SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-List-r10 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
},
fallbackForFormat3 SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10 INTEGER (0..2047),
n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
ETSI
},
fdd SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10 INTEGER (0..2047),
n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
},
...
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
RN-SubframeConfig field descriptions

demodulationRS
Indicates which reference signals are used for R-PDCCH demodulation according to TS 36.216 [55, 7.4.1]. Value
interleaving corresponds to cross-interleaving and value noInterleaving corresponds to no cross-interleaving according
to TS 36.216 [55, 7.4.2 and 7.4.3].
n1PUCCH-AN-List
n(1)
Parameter: PUCCH,ι , see TS 36.216, [55, 7.5.1]. This parameter is only applicable for TDD. Configures PUCCH
HARQ-ACK resources if the RN is configured to use HARQ-ACK channel selection, HARQ-ACK multiplexing or
HARQ-ACK bundling.
n1PUCCH-AN-P0, n1PUCCH-AN-P1
(1, p )
Parameter: nPUCCH , for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.216, [55, 7.5.1] for FDD
and [55, 7.5.2] for TDD.
pdsch-Start
Parameter: DL-StartSymbol, see TS 36.216 [55, Table 5.4-1].
resourceAllocationType
Represents the resource allocation used: type 0, type 1 or type 2 according to TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.6]. Value type0
corresponds to type 0, value type1 corresponds to type 1, value type2Localized corresponds to type 2 with localized
virtual resource blocks and type2Distributed corresponds to type 2 with distributed virtual resource blocks.
Indicates the resource block assignment bits according to TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.6]. Value type01 corresponds to type 0
and type 1, and the value type2 corresponds to type 2. Value nrb6 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth
of 6 resource blocks, value nrb15 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 15 resource blocks, and
so on.
subframeConfigPatternFDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationFDD, see TS 36.216 [55, Table 5.2-1]. Defines the DL subframe configuration for
eNB-to-RN transmission, i.e. those subframes in which the eNB may indicate downlink assignments for the RN. The
radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first bit of the subframeConfigPatternFDD
corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 4 = 0.
subframeConfigPatternTDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationTDD, see TS 36.216 [55, Table 5.2-2]. Defines the DL and UL subframe
configuration for eNB-RN transmission.
– RSS-Config
The IE RSS-Config is used to specify the RSS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21].
RSS-Config information element

-- ASN1START
RSS-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

duration-r15 ENUMERATED {sf8, sf16, sf32, sf40},
freqLocation-r15 INTEGER (0..98),
periodicity-r15 ENUMERATED {ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280},
powerBoost-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB4dot8, dB6},
timeOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..31)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RSS-Config field descriptions

duration
Duration of RSS in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, value sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so
on.
freqLocation
Frequency location (lowest PRB number) of RSS.
periodicity
Periodicity of RSS. Value ms160 corresponds to 160 ms, value ms320 corresponds to 320 ms and so on.
powerBoost
Power offset of RSS relative to CRS in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, value
dB4dot8 corresponds to 4.8 dB and so on.
timeOffset
Time offset of RSS in frames. The actual value of time offset is based on the value of duration, as follows:
For duration 160 ms, only value range 0 to 15 are applicable. Actual value = timeOffset * 1 frames.
For duration 320 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 1 frames.
– SchedulingRequestConfig
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters
SchedulingRequestConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SchedulingRequestConfig ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex INTEGER (0..2047),
sr-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..157),
dsr-TransMax ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
}
SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..2047),
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r13 INTEGER (0..2047) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sr-ConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..157),
dsr-TransMax-r13 ENUMERATED {
}
SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH-r15 INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH-r15 INTEGER (0..3959) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sr-ConfigIndexSlot-r15 INTEGER (0..36) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sr-ConfigIndexSubslot-r15 INTEGER (0..122) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dssr-TransMax-r15 ENUMERATED {
}
}
SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SchedulingRequestConfig field descriptions

dsr-TransMax
Parameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6, 5.4.4]. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds
to 8 transmissions and so on. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured.
dssr-TransMax
Parameter for SPUCCH SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. EUTRAN configures the same value for all
serving cells for which this field is configured.
sr-ConfigIndex, sr-ConfigIndexSlot, sr-ConfigIndexSubslot
Parameter I SR . See TS 36.213 [23,10.1]. The values 156 and 157 are not applicable for Release 8.
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
(1, p )
Parameter: nPUCCH,SRI for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. E-
UTRAN configures sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1 only if sr-PUCCHResourceIndex is configured.
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH
Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause
10.1.5.
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH
Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is disabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause
10.1.5.
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList
Resource configuration for SR using subslot-SPUCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
– SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PDSCH configuration when sTTI is used.
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
csi-SubframeSet2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
resourceAllocation-r15 ENUMERATED {
resourceAllocationType0,resourceAllocationType2} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tbsIndexAlt-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {a33} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {b33} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {a37} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config field descriptions

altCQI-TableSTTI, altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for
aperiodic CSI reporting for slot or subslot PDSCH for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the
alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1
means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI
table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if
transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned
serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to
allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure the same value for altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-
STTI-r15 in SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 if the
value of altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 if the value
of altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. If both altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-
STTI-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if
configured.
resourceAllocation
Parameter indicates resource allocation type for slot-PDSCH or subslot-PDSCH.
tbsIndexAlt-STTI
slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F and 7-1G. Value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If
neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33
specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI
slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1B/7-1C/7-1D. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If
neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified
in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI
slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F/7-1G. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A. If this field
does not configure an alternative TBS index for ITBS 37, the UE shall use ITBS 37 specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table
7.1.7.2.1-1 for all slots/subslots instead.
– SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration when sTTI is used.
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index-r15 INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot-r15 Enable256QAM-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
resourceAllocationOffset-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot-r15 BOOLEAN,
...
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config field descriptions

betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Subslot-
ACK-Index
HARQ− ACK HARQ− ACK
Parameter: I offset and I offset , X for single-codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. If betaOffset2Slot-
ACK-Index/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index is configured; betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index/betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index is
used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-
Index is used. The values apply for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells
configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink
power control subframe sets. It is indicated in DCI format 7-0A/7-0B which of the two values taken by
betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15/ betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15 to use. The
same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with
uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each
cell).
betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index
RI
Parameter: I offset , for single codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all
serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the
same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the
associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control
subframe sets).
betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index
CQI
Parameter: I offset , for single codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3. One value applies for all serving cells with
an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case
SPUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also
applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control
subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot
Indicates that 256QAM for slot or subslot is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1.
resourceAllocationOffset
Indicates an RB resource allocation offset of 1 or 2 PRBs for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH. When the field is absent,
the UE assumes no offset is used (i.e. offset = 0).
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
– SoundingRS-UL-Config
The IE SoundingRS-UL-Config is used to specify the uplink Sounding RS configuration for periodic and aperiodic
sounding.
SoundingRS-UL-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-BandwidthConfig ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3, bw4, bw5, bw6, bw7},
srs-SubframeConfig ENUMERATED {
sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7,
sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15},
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission BOOLEAN,
srs-MaxUpPts ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
srs-HoppingBandwidth ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
freqDomainPosition INTEGER (0..23),
duration BOOLEAN,
srs-ConfigIndex INTEGER (0..1023),
transmissionComb INTEGER (0..1),
cyclicShift ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
}
}
ETSI
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

srs-AntennaPort-r10 SRS-AntennaPort
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
transmissionComb-v1310 INTEGER (2..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cyclicShift-v1310 ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11} OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-UpPtsAdd-r13 ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4},
srs-Bandwidth-r13 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
srs-HoppingBandwidth-r13 ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
freqDomainPosition-r13 INTEGER (0..23),
duration-r13 BOOLEAN,
srs-ConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..1023),
transmissionComb-r13 INTEGER (0..3),
cyclicShift-r13 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
srs-AntennaPort-r13 SRS-AntennaPort,
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10 INTEGER (0..31),
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r10 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r10 OPTIONAL,--
Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r10 SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r10 SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
...
}
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-v1310 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-v1310
OPTIONAL,--Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-v1310 SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-v1310 SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
}
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-UpPtsAdd-r13 ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4},
srs-ConfigIndexAp-r13 INTEGER (0..31),
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r13 OPTIONAL,--
Need ON
srs-ActivateAp-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r13 SRS-ConfigAp-r13,
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r13 SRS-ConfigAp-r13
}
}
ETSI
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-SubframeIndication-r14 INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
SRS-ConfigAp-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

srs-AntennaPortAp-r10 SRS-AntennaPort,
srs-BandwidthAp-r10 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
freqDomainPositionAp-r10 INTEGER (0..23),
transmissionCombAp-r10 INTEGER (0..1),
cyclicShiftAp-r10 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
}
SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

transmissionCombAp-v1310 INTEGER (2..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cyclicShiftAp-v1310 ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SRS-ConfigAp-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

srs-AntennaPortAp-r13 SRS-AntennaPort,
srs-BandwidthAp-r13 ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
freqDomainPositionAp-r13 INTEGER (0..23),
transmissionCombAp-r13 INTEGER (0..3),
cyclicShiftAp-r13 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
transmissionCombNum-r13 ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}
SRS-AntennaPort ::= ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SoundingRS-UL-Config field descriptions

ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-SRS, see TS 36.213 [23, 8.2]. For SCells without PUCCH configured, this field is
not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
cyclicShift, cyclicShiftAp
Parameter: n_SRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA
SCell. See TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.1], where cs0 corresponds to 0 etc.
duration
Parameter: Duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [21,
8.2]. FALSE corresponds to "single" and value TRUE to "indefinite".
freqDomainPosition, freqDomainPositionAp
Parameter: n RRC for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21,
5.5.3.2].
srs-AntennaPort, srs-AntennaPortAp
Indicates the number of antenna ports used for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission
respectively, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3]. UE shall release srs-AntennaPort if SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is
released.
srs-Bandwidth, srs-BandwidthAp
Parameter: BSRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21,
tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4]. For LAA SCell only bw0 is applied.
srs-BandwidthConfig
Parameter: SRS Bandwidth Configuration. See TS 36.211, [21, table 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4].
Actual configuration depends on UL bandwidth. bw0 corresponds to value 0, bw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0 / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4
Parameters indicate the resource configurations for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmissions triggered by
DCI formats 0, 1A, 2B, 2C, 4. See TS 36.213 [23, 8.2].
srs-ConfigIndex, srs-ConfigIndexAp
Parameter: ISRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA
SCell. See TS 36.213 [23, table 8.2-1 and table 8.2-2] for periodic and TS 36.213 [23, table 8.2-4 and table 8.2-5] for
aperiodic SRS transmission.
srs-HoppingBandwidth
Parameter: SRS hopping bandwidth bhop ∈ {0,1,2,3} for periodic sounding reference signal transmission except for
an LAA SCell, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2] where hbw0 corresponds to value 0, hbw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-MaxUpPts
max
Parameter: srsMaxUpPts, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2]. If this field is present, reconfiguration of mSRS ,0 applies for
UpPts, otherwise reconfiguration does not apply.
srs-SubframeConfig
Parameter: SRS SubframeConfiguration except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211, [21, table 5.5.3.3-1] applies for
FDD whereas TS 36.211 [21, table 5.5.3.3-2] applies for TDD. sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 corresponds to value 1
and so on.
srs-SubframeIndication
Parameter: SRS subframe indication in SRS parameter set configuration for aperiodic sounding reference signal
transmission on an LAA SCell configured with uplink, see TS 36.213 [23].
srs-UpPtsAdd
The field only applies for TDD and frame structure type 3, see TS 36.211 [21]. If E-UTRAN configures both
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt srs-UpPtsAdd
in both fields is set to the same value. If E-UTRAN configures soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-
r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and/or soundingRS-UL-
AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt, srs-
UpPtsAdd in all fields are set to the same value.
transmissionComb, transmissionCombAp
Parameter: k TC ∈ {0..3} for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS
36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2].

TDD This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall
delete any existing value for this field.
– SPDCCH-Config
The IE SPDCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPDCCH configuration.
ETSI
SPDCCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SPDCCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication-r15 ENUMERATED {n0,n1,n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
spdcch-SetConfig-r15 SPDCCH-Set-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
SPDCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPDCCH-Elements-r15
SPDCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
spdcch-SetConfigId-r15 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15 ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
transmissionType-r15 ENUMERATED {localised, distributed} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
spdcch-NoOfSymbols-r15 INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r15 INTEGER (0..503) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dci7-CandidatesPerAL-PDCCH-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF
DCI7-Candidates-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dci7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF
DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
resourceBlockAssignment-r15 SEQUENCE{
numberRB-InFreq-domain-r15 INTEGER (2..100),
resourceBlockAssignment-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE(98))
subslotApplicability-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE(5)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
al-StartingPointSPDCCH-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF
INTEGER(0..49) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
subframeType-r15 ENUMERATED {mbsfn, nonmbsfn, all} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
rateMatchingMode-r15 ENUMERATED {m1, m2, m3, m4} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
}
DCI7-Candidates-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..6)

DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF DCI7-Candidates-r15
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SPDCCH-Config field descriptions

al-StartingPointSPDCCH
Indicates the starting SCCE index for an aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.6.
dci7-Candidates
Number of candidates in each aggregation level for DCI format 7. The number of PDCCH/SPDCCH candidate(s)
M_DCI format 7^((L)) at aggregation level L for monitoring DCI format 7 in PDCCH and SPDCCH region shall conform
to the following restriction:
• less than or equal to 2 for aggregation level 4 and 8,
• less than or equal to 6 for aggregation level 1 and 2
dci7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH
SPDCCH candidates configured per aggregation level in SPDCCH region
dmrs-ScramblingSeqSPDCCH
SPDCCH
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter n ID,i defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.1.
numberRB-InFreq-domain
Indicates the number of resource-blocks in the frequency domain used for the SPDCCH set. There is no restriction on
the number of RBs in the frequency domain that can be configured to an SPDCCH resouce set (up to 100), but at
least two need to be configured to contain at least one SCCE. The granularity of resource block allocation in
frequency domain for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is one in case spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to crs.
The granularity of resource block allocation for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is two in case sPDCCH-
SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to dmrs.
rateMatchingMode
Indicates, per resource-set, the mode of SPDCCH rate-matching operation
• Mode 1: UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in
theSPDCCH resouce-set), otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set.
• Mode 2: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set
• Mode 3: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot
PDSCH is found in the resource-set, otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set.
• Mode 4: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot
PDSCH is not found in the resource-set, otherwise UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot
or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in the SPDCCH resource-set)
If the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found on a candidate belonging to two SPDCCH resource
sets, the DCI format 7 is assumed to be found in both resource sets.
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource block in frequency for SPDCCH set, see TS 36.213
[23], clause 9.1.4.4. The value range is dependent on the combinatorial number defined in 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4
with the assumption of no limitation in the number of RBs in frequency domain configured by the set.
spdcch-NoOfSymbols
Indicates the number of OFDM symbols that the CRS based SPDCCH is mapped over.
spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication
For the up to two resource sets configured with the same subframeType applicability, the SPDCCH-L1-
ReuseIndication defines the allowed combinations for the two resource sets: {1,1}, {2,0} or {0,2} corresponding to the
values n0, n1 and n2 repsectively. In case one resource set is configured, the allowed combinations are {2, 0} or {0,2}
corresponding to n1 or n2. EUTRAN does not configure n0 in case one resource set is configured.
spdcch-SetConfigId
Indicates the ID of the SPDCCH set configured in SPDCCH-Elements. Maximum two sets can be configured for
MBSFN and two for non-MBSFN.
spdcch-SetReferenceSig
Indicates CRS or DMRS based SPDCCH set.
subframeType
Indicates applicable subframe type(s) for the SPDCCH set. CRS-based SPDCCH is only applied to non-MBSFN
subframe.
subslotApplicability
Indicates the set of subslots within the subframe where SPDCCH candidate set per aggregation levels applies, see
DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH. The bitmap applies to the 5 DL subslot indices in a DL subframe. The first
element in the sequence DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH applies to the indicated subslotApplicability. The
second element in the sequence (if present) applies to the complement of the subslotApplicability.
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized SPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause
6.8A.1.
– SPS-Config
The IE SPS-Config is used to specify the semi-persistent scheduling configuration.
ETSI
SPS-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SPS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

semiPersistSchedC-RNTI C-RNTI OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sps-ConfigDL SPS-ConfigDL OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigUL SPS-ConfigUL OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SPS-Config-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-SPS-V-RNTI-r14 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sl-SPS-V-RNTI-r14 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigUL
SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14
SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigSL-r14
SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14
SPS-Config-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- eNote (ToDo): Remove if common view is that legacy semiPersistSchedC-RNTI and sps-ConfigDL
-- are used for STTI
-- eNote (ToDo): Clarify restrictions applicable for SCells i.e. only STTI fields and
-- only single entry
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI-r15 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sps-ConfigDL SPS-ConfigDL OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-

r15
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15
SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL
SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15
SPS-ConfigDL ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL ENUMERATED {
sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, spare6,
spare1},
numberOfConfSPS-Processes INTEGER (1..8),
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList,
...,
[[ twoAntennaPortActivated-r10 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r10 N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList
}
]]
}
}
SPS-ConfigUL ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL ENUMERATED {
sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1-v1430,
sf2-v1430, sf3-v1430, sf4-v1430, sf5-v1430,
spare1},
ETSI
implicitReleaseAfter ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},

p0-Persistent SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent INTEGER (-8..7)
twoIntervalsConfig ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
...,
[[ p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
]],
[[ numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes-r13 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ fixedRV-NonAdaptive-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sps-ConfigIndex-r14 SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430 ENUMERATED {
sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500,
sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000, spare5,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ cyclicShiftSPS-r15 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
-- eNote (TBC) that no separate STTI field is required (alike in merged CR)
harq-ProcID-Offset-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3} OPTIONAL,
-- Need ON
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15 TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sps-ConfigIndex-r15 SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 OPTIONAL -- Cond SPS
]]
}
}
SPS-ConfigSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sps-ConfigIndex-r14 SPS-ConfigIndex-r14,
semiPersistSchedIntervalSL-r14 ENUMERATED {
sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400,
sf500, sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 ::= INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)
SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 ::= INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)
N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12,
sTTI16,
sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240,
spare2, spare1},
numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI-r15 INTEGER (1..12),
twoAntennaPortActivated-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r15 N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15
}
sTTI-StartTimeDL-r15 INTEGER (0..5),
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS-r15 TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
}
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
ETSI
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {
sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12,
sTTI16,
sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240,
spare2, spare1},
implicitReleaseAfter ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},
p0-Persistent-r15 SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent-r15 INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-SPUSCH-Persistent-r15 INTEGER (-8..7)
twoIntervalsConfig-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15 INTEGER (-126..24),
p0-UE-SPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI-r15 INTEGER (1..12) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sTTI-StartTimeUL-r15 INTEGER (0..5),
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15 TPC-PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
ifdma-Config-SPS-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
harq-ProcID-offset-r15 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
sps-ConfigIndex-r15 SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n6, n12} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15 ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
...
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SPS-Config field descriptions

cyclicShiftSPS, cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI,
(2)
Indicates the cyclic shift n DMRS to be used for the UE-specific reference signal in case of UL SPS, see 3GPP TS
36.211 [5] clause 5.2.1.1.
fixedRV-NonAdaptive
If this field is present and skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, non-adaptive retransmissions on configured uplink grant
uses redundancy version 0, otherwise the redundancy version for each retransmission is updated based on the
sequence of redundancy versions as described in TS 36.321 [6].
harq-ProcID-offset
If configured, this field indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.1.
Ifdma-Config-SPS
Indicated ϖ to be used for the UE-specific reference signal in case of UL SPS see 3GPP TS 36.211 [5], clause
5.2,1.1.
implicitReleaseAfter
Number of empty transmissions before implicit release, see TS 36.321 [6, 5.10.2]. Value e2 corresponds to 2
transmissions, e3 corresponds to 3 transmissions and so on. If skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, the UE shall ignore
this field.
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList, n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1
(1, p )
List of parameter: nPUCCH for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. Field
n1-PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1 is applicable only if the twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b in PUCCH-
ConfigDedicated-v1020 is set to true. Otherwise the field is not configured.
numberOfConfSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6].
numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI
The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in DL, see TS 36.321
[6].
numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN
always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI
The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in UL, see TS 36.321 [6].
E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent, p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ PUSCH ( 0) . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent
scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH for p0-
NominalPUSCH-Persistent. If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies
for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2, p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ PUSCH ( 0) . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent
scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH-
SubframeSet2-r12 for p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power
control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control
subframe set 2.
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: PO_UE_PUSCH ( 0) . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling,
only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH for p0-UE-PUSCH-
Persistent. If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power
control subframe set 1.
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: PO_UE_PUSCH ( 0) . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling,
only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2 for p0-UE-
PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are
configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the RV sequence of slot or subslot PUSCH for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}.
rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the RV sequence of PUSCH for subframe UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value
ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}.
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
ETSI

semiPersistSchedIntervalDL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10
corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, the UE shall round this
parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds
to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames.
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI
Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1
corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1
equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7
symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. For TDD, it is FFS.
semiPersistSchedIntervalSL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in sidelink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf20
corresponds to 20 sub-frames, sf50 corresponds to 50 sub-frames and so on.
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10
corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, when the configured Semi-
persistent scheduling interval is greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, the UE shall round this parameter down to the
nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128
corresponds to 120 sub-frames. If semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430 is configured, the UE only considers this
extension (and ignores semiPersistSchedIntervalUL i.e. without suffix).
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI
Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1
corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1
equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7
symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. For TDD, it is FFS.
sl-SPS-V-RNTI
SL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6].
sps-ConfigIndex
Indicates the index of one of multiple SL/UL SPS configurations.
sps-ConfigDL-STTI
If sps-ConfigDL-sTTI-r15 is signalled, the UE ignores sps-ConfigDL.
sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList
Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList
Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList
Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList
Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList
Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList
Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sTTI-StartTimeDL
Indicates the DL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6].
sTTI-StartTimeUL
Indicates the UL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6].
tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the TBS scaling factor of subslot PUSCH for UL SPS repetitions. Value n6 corresponds to 1/6 and value n12
corresponds to 1/12.
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL
SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and
PUCCH is not configured.
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for subframe UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS
and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is
not configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS
PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-
ConfigDL-STTI is configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS
PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-
ConfigUL-STTI is configured. If a UE is configured with multiple UL SPS configurations in a serving cell, the same
TPC index for DCI format 3/3A applies to all the UL SPS configurations in the serving cell.
ETSI

twoIntervalsConfig
Trigger of two-intervals-Semi-Persistent Scheduling in uplink. See TS 36.321 [6, 5.10]. If this field is present and the
configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, two-intervals-SPS is enabled
for uplink. Otherwise, two-intervals-SPS is disabled.
ul-SPS-V-RNTI
UL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for UEs capable of multiple uplink SPS configurations and which support V2X
communication, see TS 36.321 [6].

TDD This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall
SPS This field is optional present if sps-ConfigIndex-r14 is not configured, need OR; otherwise
it is not present.
– SPUCCH-Config
The IE SPUCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPUCCH configuration.
SPUCCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SPUCCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
spucch-Set-r15 SPUCCH-Set-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3-r15 SEQUENCE {
n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
}
}
}
SPUCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPUCCH-Elements-r15
SPUCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List-r15 INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List-r15 INTEGER (0..3959) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15 INTEGER (0..549) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n4SPUCCHSlot-Resource-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
n4SPUCCHSubslot-Resource-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
}
N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

n4startingPRB-r15 INTEGER (0..109),
n4numberOfPRB-r15 INTEGER (0..7)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SPUCCH-Config field descriptions

n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List
(1, p )
Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is enabled. Parameter: nSPUCCH for
antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], section 10.1.
n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List
( 3, p )
Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is disabled. Parameter: nSPUCCH for
antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], section 10.1.
n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List
(1, p )
Resource configuration for subslot-SPUCCH format 1. Parameter: nSPUCCH for antenna port P0 and for antenna port
P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], section 10.1.
n3SPUCCH-AN-List
( 3, p )
Resource index for slot-SPUCCH format 3: nSPUCCH , see TS 36.213 [23], section 10.1.
n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH
Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission.
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH
Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission in case of multiple
resource configuration.
n4numberOfPRB, n4numberOfPRBSubslot
( 4)
Parameter n SPUCCH see TS 36.213 [23], Table 10.1.1-2 for determining SPUCCH resource(s) of SPUCCH format 4.
n4startingPRB
( 4)
Parameter n SPUCCH see TS 36.211 [21], section 5.4A.3 for determining SPUCCH resource(s) of SPUCCH format 4.
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23],
section 10.1. The field also applies for SPUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS
36.213 [23], sections 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23],
section 10.1.
– SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for A-SRS trigger and TPC according to TS
36.212 [22].
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-TPC-RNTI-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
startingBitOfFormat3B-r14 INTEGER (0..31),
fieldTypeFormat3B-r14 INTEGER (1..4),
srs-CC-SetIndexlist-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SRS-CC-
SetIndex-r14 OPTIONAL -- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
}
}
SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cc-SetIndex-r14 INTEGER (0..3),
cc-IndexInOneCC-Set-r14 INTEGER (0..7)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions

cc-IndexInOneCC-Set
Indicates the CC index in one CC set for Type A associated with the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and
TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell
cc-SetIndex
Indicates the CC set index for Type A associated with the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC
commands for a PUSCH-less SCell.
fieldTypeFormat3B
The type of a field within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less
SCell, which indicates how many bits in the field are for SRS request (0 or 1/2) and how many bits in the field are for
TPC (1 or 2). Note that for Type A, there is a common SRS request field for all SCells in the set, but each SCell has its
own TPC command bits. See TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.7A ]. EUTRAN configures this field with the same value for all
PUSCH-less SCells.
srs-CC-SetIndexlist
Indicates the index of the SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config for Type A trigger by the group DCI with SRS request field
(optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell. Each set may contain at most 8 CCs.
srs-TPC-RNTI
RNTI for SRS trigger and power control using DCI format 3B, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.1.3.1].
startingBitOfFormat3B
The starting bit position of a block within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a
PUSCH-less SCell.

SRS-Trigger-TypeA The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present.
– TDD-Config
The IE TDD-Config is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
TDD-Config information element

-- ASN1START
TDD-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

subframeAssignment ENUMERATED {
sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6},
specialSubframePatterns ENUMERATED {
ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4,ssp5, ssp6, ssp7,
ssp8}
}
TDD-Config-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

specialSubframePatterns-v1130 ENUMERATED {ssp7,ssp9}
}

specialSubframePatterns-v1430 ENUMERATED {ssp10}
}

specialSubframePatterns-v1450 ENUMERATED {ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS}
}
TDD-ConfigSL-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

subframeAssignmentSL-r12 ENUMERATED {
none, sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}
}
SubframeAssignment-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
TDD-Config field descriptions

specialSubframePatterns
Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-1] where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1
etc. Value ssp7 points to Configuration 7 for extended cyclic prefix, value ssp9 points to Configuration 9 for normal
cyclic prefix and value ssp10 points to Configration 10 for normal cyclic prefix. Value ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS
corresponds to ssp10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS. E-UTRAN signals ssp7 only when
setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8) to ssp4. E-UTRAN signals value
ssp9 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp5. E-UTRAN signals value ssp10 only when
setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp0 or ssp5. If specialSubframePatterns-v1130,
specialSubframePatterns-v1430, or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is present, the UE shall ignore
specialSubframePatterns (without suffix). If specialSubframePatterns-v1430 or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is
present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns-v1130. E-UTRAN does not simultanuosly configure TDD-
Config-v1430 and TDD-Config-v1450.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified
in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency
band.
subframeAssignmentSL
Indicates UL/ DL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified
in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. The value none means that no TDD specific physical channel configuration is
applicable (i.e. the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL is transmitted is an FDD UL carrier or the carrier on
which MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X is transmitted is a carrier for V2X sidelink communication).
– TimeAlignmentTimer
The IE TimeAlignmentTimer is used to control how long the UE considers the serving cells belonging to the associated
TAG to be uplink time aligned. Corresponds to the Timer for time alignment in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-
frames. Value sf500 corresponds to 500 sub-frames, sf750 corresponds to 750 sub-frames and so on.
TimeAlignmentTimer information element

-- ASN1START
TimeAlignmentTimer ::= ENUMERATED {

sf500, sf750, sf1280, sf1920, sf2560, sf5120,
sf10240, infinity}
-- ASN1STOP
– TimeReferenceInfo
TimeReferenceInfo information elements
-- ASN1START
TimeReferenceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

time-r15 ReferenceTime-r15,
uncertainty-r15 INTEGER (0..12) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
timeInfoType-r15 ENUMERATED {localClock} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
referenceSFN-r15 INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL -- Cond TimeRef
}
ReferenceTime-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

refDays-r15 INTEGER (0..72999),
refSeconds-r15 INTEGER (0..86399),
refMilliSeconds-r15 INTEGER (0..999),
refQuarterMicroSeconds-r15 INTEGER (0..3999)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
TimeReferenceInfo field descriptions

referenceSFN
This field indicates the reference SFN for time reference information. The time field indicates the time at the ending
boundary of the SFN indicated by referenceSFN.
If the time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16 and the referenceSFN field is not included, the time field
indicates the time at the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which
SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted.
time, timeInfoType
This field indicates time reference with 0.25 us granularity. The indicated time is referenced at the network, i.e.,
without compensating for RF propagation delay. The indicated time in 0.25 us unit from the origin is
refDays*86400*1000*4000 + refSeconds*1000*4000 + refMilliSeconds*4000 + refQuarterMicroSeconds. The refDays
field specifies the sequential number of days (with day count starting at 0) from the origin of the time field. If
timeInfoType is not included, the origin of the time field is 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 6 January, 1980 (start
of GPS time). If timeInfoType is set to localClock, the interpretation of the origin of the time is unspecified and left up
to upper layers.
If time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16, this field is excluded when estimating changes in system
information, i.e. changes of time should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification
of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
uncertainty
This field indicates the number of LSBs which may be inaccurate in the refQuarterMicroSeconds field. If uncertainty is
absent, the uncertainty of refQuarterMicroSeconds is not specified.

TimeRef The field is mandatory present if TimeReferenceInfo is included in DLInformationTransfer
message; otherwise the field is not present.
– TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for PUCCH and PUSCH power control
according to TS 36.212 [22]. The power control function can either be setup or released with the IE.
TPC-PDCCH-Config information element

-- ASN1START
TPC-PDCCH-Config ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
tpc-RNTI BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
tpc-Index TPC-Index
}
}
TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell-r13 TPC-Index
}
}
TPC-Index ::= CHOICE {

indexOfFormat3 INTEGER (1..15),
indexOfFormat3A INTEGER (1..31)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions

indexOfFormat3
Index of N when DCI format 3 is used. See TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6].
IndexOfFormat3A
Index of M when DCI format 3A is used. See TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.7].
tpc-Index
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7], where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e.
format 3 or 3a).
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7], where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e.
format 3 or 3a).
tpc-RNTI
RNTI for power control using DCI format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
– TunnelConfigLWIP
The IE TunnelConfigLWIP is used to setup/release LWIP Tunnel.
-- ASN1START
TunnelConfigLWIP-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ip-Address-r13 IP-Address-r13,
ike-Identity-r13 IKE-Identity-r13,
...,
[[ lwip-Counter-r13 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL -- Cond LWIP-Setup
]]
}
IKE-Identity-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

idI-r13 OCTET STRING
}
IP-Address-r13 ::= CHOICE {

ipv4-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
ipv6-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (128))
}
-- ASN1STOP
TunnelConfigLWIP field descriptions

ip-Address
Parameter indicates the LWIP-SeGW IP Address to be used by the UE for initiating LWIP Tunnel establishment [32].
ike-Identity
Parameter indicates the IKE Identity elements (IDi) to be used in IKE Authentication Procedures [32].
lwip-Counter
Indicates the parameter used by UE for computing the security keys used in LWIP tunnel establishment, as specified in
TS 33.401 [32].
LWIP-Setup The field is mandatory present upon setup of LWIP tunnel. Otherwise the field is optional,
Need ON.
– UplinkPowerControl
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated are used to specify parameters for uplink
power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively.
UplinkPowerControl information elements

-- ASN1START
UplinkPowerControlCommon ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-NominalPUSCH INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha Alpha-r12,
p0-NominalPUCCH INTEGER (-127..-96),
deltaFList-PUCCH DeltaFList-PUCCH,
ETSI
deltaPreambleMsg3 INTEGER (-1..6)

}
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r10 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r10 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1}
}

deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13 ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,deltaF13, deltaF12,
deltaF11, deltaF10, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13 ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10, deltaF9,
deltaF8, deltaF7, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

deltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1},
p0-NominalPUCCH-r12 INTEGER (-127..-96),
deltaFList-PUCCH-r12 DeltaFList-PUCCH
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-NominalPUSCH-r10 INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha-r10 Alpha-r12
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaPreambleMsg3-r11 INTEGER (-1..6)
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
p0-NominalPUCCH INTEGER (-127..-96),
deltaFList-PUCCH DeltaFList-PUCCH,
deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1,
deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5,
deltaF6} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13 ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,
spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13 ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11,
spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-126..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-126..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
alpha-SRS-r14 Alpha-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-UE-PUSCH INTEGER (-8..7),
deltaMCS-Enabled ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
accumulationEnabled BOOLEAN,
p0-UE-PUCCH INTEGER (-8..7),
pSRS-Offset INTEGER (0..15),
filterCoefficient FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

pSRS-Offset-v1130 INTEGER (16..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ETSI
pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130 INTEGER (16..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR

deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

set2PowerControlParameter CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
tpc-SubframeSet-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha-SubframeSet2-r12 Alpha-r12,
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
}
}

alpha-UE-r15 Alpha-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

accumulationEnabledSTTI-r15 BOOLEAN,
deltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
uplinkPower-CSIPayload BOOLEAN
}
UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-UE-PeriodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-8..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS-r14 INTEGER (-8..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
accumulationEnabled-r14 BOOLEAN
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 INTEGER (-8..7),
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
accumulationEnabled-r10 BOOLEAN,
pSRS-Offset-r10 INTEGER (0..15),
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
filterCoefficient-r10 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell}
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

--Release 8
p0-UE-PUCCH INTEGER (-8..7),
--Release 10
deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
Alpha-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1}
DeltaFList-PUCCH ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaF-PUCCH-Format1 ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format1b ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF3, deltaF5},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format2 ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format2a ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
deltaF-PUCCH-Format2b ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2}
}
DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1a-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4,
deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6,
deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10} OPTIONAL,--Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format3-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7,
deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11} OPTIONAL,--Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF13, deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16,
deltaF17, deltaF18, deltaF19, deltaF20} OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
deltaF-slotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13,
--Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1and1a-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8,
ETSI

--Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9,
--Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17, deltaF18,
--Need OR
deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15 ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13,
--Need OR
...
}
}
DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format22a2b-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format3-r10 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
...
DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-1}
}
DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1a-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1b-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format3-r15 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UplinkPowerControl field descriptions

accumulationEnabled, accumulationEnabledTTI
Parameter: Accumulation-enabled, see TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1, 5.1.3.1]. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas
FALSE corresponds to "disabled".
alpha
Parameter: α See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06
to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for uplink power control
subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-SRS
Parameter: αSRS. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.3.1] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5,
al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for SRS power control on a
PUSCH-less SCell.
alpha-SubframeSet2
Parameter: α. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06
to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for uplink power control
subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-UE
Parameter: αUE See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to
0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX
Parameter: Δ F_PUCCH ( F ) for the PUCCH formats 1, 1b, 2, 2a, 2b, 3, 4, 5 and 1b with channel selection. See TS
36.213 [23, 5.1.2] where deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-slotSPUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter: Δ F_PUCCH ( F ) for the SPUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 3 and 4. See TS 36.213 [23], section 5.1.2 where
deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on. In case both an A and a B configuration exist,
configuration A is used in case SPUCCH carries ≤ 22 HARQ-ACK bits, and B otherwise.
deltaMCS-Enabled
Parameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1]. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state "disabled". en1
corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to "enabled".
deltaPreambleMsg3
Parameter: Δ PREAMBLE _ Msg 3 see TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1]. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter: Δ TxD (F ' ) for the PUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection, 2/2a/2b and 3 when two antenna
ports are configured for PUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2.1] where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1
corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB. EUTRAN configures the field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-
r11 for the PCell and/or the PSCell only.
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter: Δ TxD (F ' ) for the SPUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection and 3 when two antenna ports are
configured for SPUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], section 5.1.2.1 where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1
corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB.
filterCoefficient
Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23,
5.1.1.1]. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2.
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ SRS,c ( m ) where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.3.1], unit dBm.
p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ SRS,c ( m ) where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.3.1], unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUCCH
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ PUCCH See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2.1], unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUSCH
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ PUSCH (1) See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent
scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are
configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter: PO_NOMINAL_ PUSCH (1) . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent
scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS
Parameter: PO_UE_SRS,c ( m ) where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.3.1], unit dB.
ETSI
UplinkPowerControl field descriptions

p0-UE-PeriodicSRS
Parameter: PO_UE_SRS,c ( m ) where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.3.1], unit dB.
p0-UE-PUCCH
Parameter: PO_UE_PUCCH See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2.1]. Unit dB
p0-UE-PUSCH
Parameter: PO_UE_PUSCH (1) See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent
scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are
configured by tpc-SubframeSet. If p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 is included, the UE ignores p0-UE-PUSCH (i.e., without suffix).
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter: PO_UE_PUSCH (1) See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent
scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are
pathlossReferenceLinking
Indicates whether the UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of the PCell or of the SCell that
corresponds with this uplink (i.e. according to the cellIdentification within the field sCellToAddMod). For SCells part of
an STAG E-UTRAN sets the value to sCell.
pSRS-Offset, pSRS-OffsetAp
Parameter: PSRS_OFFSET for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission repectively. See TS 36.213
[23, 5.1.3.1]. For Ks=1.25, the actual parameter value is pSRS-Offset value – 3. For Ks=0, the actual parameter value
is -10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-Offset value.
If pSRS-Offset-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-Offset (i.e., without suffix). Likewise, if pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130
is included, the UE ignores pSRS-OffsetAp-r10. For Ks=0, E-UTRAN does not set values larger than 26.
tpc-SubframeSet
Indicates the uplink subframes (including UpPTS in special subframes) of the uplink power control subframe sets.
Value 0 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 1, and value 1 means the subframe
belongs to uplink power control subframe set 2.
uplinkPower-CSIPayload
Indicates whether the UE shall derive BPRE based on the actual value of O_CQI for slot/subslot-PUSCH. If not
present, the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values shall be used for the derivation of BPRE for slot/subslot-
PUSCH.
– WLAN-Id-List
The IE WLAN-Id-List is used to list WLAN(s) for configuration of WLAN measurements and WLAN mobility set.
-- ASN1START
WLAN-Id-List-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r13)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12
-- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-MobilityConfig
The IE WLAN-MobilityConfig is used for configuration of WLAN mobility set and WLAN Status Reporting. E-
UTRAN configures at least one WLAN identifier in the WLAN-MobilityConfig.
-- ASN1START
WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-ToReleaseList-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
wlan-ToAddList-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
associationTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {s10, s30,
s60, s120, s240} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
successReportRequested-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ wlan-SuspendConfig-r14 WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
WLAN-MobilityConfig field descriptions

associationTimer
Indicates the maximum time for connection to WLAN before connection failure reporting is initiated. Value s10 means
10 seconds, value s30 means 30 seconds and so on. E-UTRAN includes associationTimer only upon change in
WLAN mobility set, lwa-WT-Counter or lwip-Counter.
successReportRequested
Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP.
wlan-ToAddList
Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be added to the WLAN mobility set.
wlan-ToReleaseList
Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be removed from the WLAN mobility set.
– WUS-Config
The IE WUS-Config is used to specify the WUS configuration. For the UEs supporting WUS, E-UTRAN uses WUS to
indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4].
WUS-Config information element

-- ASN1START
WUS-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxDurationFactor-r15 ENUMERATED {one32th, one16th, one8th, one4th},
numPOs-r15 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1} DEFAULT n1,
freqLocation-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n2, n4, spare1},
timeOffsetDRX-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r15 ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
WUS-Config field descriptions

freqLocation
Frequency location of WUS within paging narrowband for BL UEs and UEs in CE. Value n0 corresponds to WUS in the
1st and 2nd PRB, value n2 represents the 3rd and 4th PRB, and value n4 represents the 5th and 6th PRB.
maxDurationFactor
Parameter "alpha" in TS 36.211 [21]. Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax associated with Type 1-
CSS, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value one32th corresponds to Rmax * 1/32, value one16th corresponds to Rmax * 1/16 and
so on.
The value considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of
mpdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier.
numPOs
Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one WUS, applicable to UEs configured to use extended
DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO, value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so on.
timeOffsetDRX
Minimum time gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the first associated PO,
see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
timeOffset-eDRX-Short
When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to
the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so
on.
E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX.
timeOffset-eDRX-Long
When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to
the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms and value ms2000 corresponds to
2000 ms.
If the field is absent, UE uses timeOffset-eDRX-Short for monitoring WUS.
6.3.3 Security control information elements

– NextHopChainingCount
The IE NextHopChainingCount is used to update the KeNB key and corresponds to parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32,
7.2.8.4].
ETSI
NextHopChainingCount information element

-- ASN1START
NextHopChainingCount ::= INTEGER (0..7)
-- ASN1STOP
– SecurityAlgorithmConfig
The IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm (SRBs) and AS ciphering
algorithm (SRBs and DRBs). For RNs, the IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is also used to configure AS integrity protection
algorithm for DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN.
SecurityAlgorithmConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SecurityAlgorithmConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

cipheringAlgorithm CipheringAlgorithm-r12,
integrityProtAlgorithm ENUMERATED {
eia0-v920, eia1, eia2, eia3-v1130, spare4, spare3,
spare2, spare1, ...}
}
CipheringAlgorithm-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {

eea0, eea1, eea2, eea3-v1130, spare4, spare3,
-- ASN1STOP
SecurityAlgorithmConfig field descriptions

cipheringAlgorithm
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SRBs and DRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32, 5.1.3.2].
integrityProtAlgorithm
Indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for SRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32, 5.1.4.2]. For RNs, also
indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for integrity protection-enabled DRB(s).
– ShortMAC-I
The IE ShortMAC-I is used to identify and verify the UE at RRC connection re-establishment. The 16 least significant
bits of the MAC-I calculated using the security configuration of the source PCell, as specified in 5.3.7.4.
ShortMAC-I information element
-- ASN1START
ShortMAC-I ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
-- ASN1STOP
6.3.4 Mobility control information elements

– AdditionalSpectrumEmission
If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0), the
corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. without suffix)
shall be set to value 32, if signalled. UE supporting an LTE band assigned NS values larger than 32 as defined in TS
36.101 [42, 6.2.4], needs to support extension signaling (as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0).
AdditionalSpectrumEmission information element

-- ASN1START
AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::= INTEGER (1..32)
AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 ::= INTEGER (33..288)
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR
The IE AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR is used to indicate NR emission requirements to be fulfilled by the UE (see TS
38.101 [85], section FFS_Section)
AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR information element

-- ASN1START
AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..7)
-- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
The IE ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 used to indicate the CDMA2000 carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 band, see
C.S0002 [12].
ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 ::= INTEGER (0..2047)
-- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD)
E-UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [42]. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as
defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the
corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, if
signalled). In dedicated signalling, E-UTRAN only provides an EARFCN corresponding to an E-UTRA band supported
by the UE.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN)
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 ::= INTEGER (maxEARFCN-Plus1..maxEARFCN2)
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 ::= INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN2)
-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: For fields using the original value range, as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, value
maxEARFCN indicates that the E-UTRA carrier frequency is indicated by means of an extension. In such
a case, UEs not supporting the extension consider the field to be set to a not supported value.
– ARFCN-ValueGERAN
The IE ARFCN-ValueGERAN is used to specify the ARFCN value applicable for a GERAN BCCH carrier frequency,
see TS 45.005 [20].
ARFCN-ValueGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueGERAN ::= INTEGER (0..1023)
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueNR
The IE ARFCN-ValueNR is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) NR
carrier frequency, as defined in TS 38.101 [85].
ARFCN-ValueNR information element

-- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0.. 3279165)
-- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) or bi-directional (Nt,
TDD) UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
ARFCN-ValueUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..16383)
-- ASN1STOP
– BandclassCDMA2000
The IE BandclassCDMA2000 is used to define the CDMA2000 band in which the CDMA2000 carrier frequency can be
found, as defined in C.S0057 [24, table 1.5-1].
BandclassCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
BandclassCDMA2000 ::= ENUMERATED {

bc0, bc1, bc2, bc3, bc4, bc5, bc6, bc7, bc8,
bc9, bc10, bc11, bc12, bc13, bc14, bc15, bc16,
bc17, bc18-v9a0, bc19-v9a0, bc20-v9a0, bc21-v9a0,
spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}
-- ASN1STOP
– BandIndicatorGERAN
The IE BandIndicatorGERAN indicates how to interpret an associated GERAN carrier ARFCN, see TS 45.005 [20].
More specifically, the IE indicates the GERAN frequency band in case the ARFCN value can concern either a
DCS 1800 or a PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values not associated with one of these bands, the indicator
has no meaning.
BandIndicatorGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
BandIndicatorGERAN ::= ENUMERATED {dcs1800, pcs1900}
-- ASN1STOP
– CarrierFreqCDMA2000
The IE CarrierFreqCDMA2000 used to provide the CDMA2000 carrier information.
ETSI
CarrierFreqCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
CarrierFreqCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

arfcn ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
}
-- ASN1STOP
– CarrierFreqGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqGERAN is used to provide an unambiguous carrier frequency description of a GERAN cell.
CarrierFreqGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
CarrierFreqGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

arfcn ARFCN-ValueGERAN,
bandIndicator BandIndicatorGERAN
}
-- ASN1STOP
CarrierFreqGERAN field descriptions

arfcn
GERAN ARFCN of BCCH carrier.
bandIndicator
– CarrierFreqsGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqListGERAN is used to provide one or more GERAN ARFCN values, as defined in TS 45.005 [43],
which represents a list of GERAN BCCH carrier frequencies.
CarrierFreqsGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
CarrierFreqsGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

startingARFCN ARFCN-ValueGERAN,
bandIndicator BandIndicatorGERAN,
followingARFCNs CHOICE {
explicitListOfARFCNs ExplicitListOfARFCNs,
equallySpacedARFCNs SEQUENCE {
arfcn-Spacing INTEGER (1..8),
numberOfFollowingARFCNs INTEGER (0..31)
},
variableBitMapOfARFCNs OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..16))
}
}
ExplicitListOfARFCNs ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..31)) OF ARFCN-ValueGERAN
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CarrierFreqsGERAN field descriptions

arfcn-Spacing
Space, d, between a set of equally spaced ARFCN values.
bandIndicator
explicitListOfARFCNs
The remaining ARFCN values in the set are explicitly listed one by one.
followingARFCNs
Field containing a representation of the remaining ARFCN values in the set.
numberOfFollowingARFCNs
The number, n, of the remaining equally spaced ARFCN values in the set. The complete set of (n+1) ARFCN values is
defined as: {s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod 1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}.
startingARFCN
The first ARFCN value, s, in the set.
variableBitMapOfARFCNs
Bitmap field representing the remaining ARFCN values in the set. The leading bit of the first octet in the bitmap
corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1) mod 1024), the next bit to the ARFCN = ((s + 2) mod 1024), and so on. If the
bitmap consist of N octets, the trailing bit of octet N corresponds to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024). The complete set
of ARFCN values consists of ARFCN = s and the ARFCN values, where the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to
"1".
– CarrierFreqListMBMS
The IE CarrierFreqListMBMS is used to indicate the E-UTRA ARFCN values of the one or more MBMS frequencies
the UE is interested to receive.
CarrierFreqListMBMS information element

-- ASN1START
CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqMBMS-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
-- ASN1STOP
– CDMA2000-Type
The IE CDMA2000-Type is used to describe the type of CDMA2000 network.
CDMA2000-Type information element

-- ASN1START
CDMA2000-Type ::= ENUMERATED {type1XRTT, typeHRPD}
-- ASN1STOP
– CellIdentity
The IE CellIdentity is used to unambiguously identify a cell within a PLMN.
CellIdentity information element

-- ASN1START
CellIdentity ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (28))
-- ASN1STOP
– CellIndexList
The IE CellIndexList concerns a list of cell indices, which may be used for different purposes.
CellIndexList information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
CellIndexList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellIndex
CellIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas)
-- ASN1STOP
– CellReselectionPriority
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency/ set of frequencies
(GERAN)/ bandclass (CDMA2000), as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds with parameter "priority" in
TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 means: lowest priority. The UE behaviour for the case the field is absent, if applicable, is
CellReselectionPriority information element

-- ASN1START
CellReselectionPriority ::= INTEGER (0..7)
-- ASN1STOP
– CellSelectionInfoCE
The IE CellSelectionInfoCE contains cell selection information for CE. The q-RxLevMinCE corresponds to parameter
Qrxlevmin_CE in TS 36.304 [4]. The q-QualMinRSRQ-CE corresponds to parameter Qqualmin_CE in TS 36.304 [4]. If q-
QualMinRSRQ-CE is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
CellSelectionInfoCE information element

-- ASN1START
CellSelectionInfoCE-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

q-RxLevMinCE-r13 Q-RxLevMin,
q-QualMinRSRQ-CE-r13 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

powerClass14dBm-Offset-r15 ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}
}
-- ASN1STOP
CellSelectionInfoCE field descriptions

powerClass14dBm-Offset
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClass-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6
corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of
0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
– CellSelectionInfoCE1
The IE CellSelectionInfoCE1 contains cell selection information for BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. The
q-RxLevMinCE1 corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin_CE1 in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMinCE1 is not included, actual
value Qrxlevmin_CE1 = q-RxLevMinCE1 * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMinCE1 is included, the actual value Qrxlevmin_CE1 = (q-
RxLevMinCE1 + delta-RxLevMinCE1) * 2 [dBm]. The q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1 corresponds to parameter Qqualmin_CE1 in
TS 36.304 [4]. If q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for
Qqualmin.
CellSelectionInfoCE1 information element

-- ASN1START
CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 Q-RxLevMin,
q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1-r13 Q-QualMin-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
delta-RxLevMinCE1-v1360 INTEGER (-8..-1)

}
-- ASN1STOP
– CellReselectionSubPriority
The IE CellReselectionSubPriority indicates a fractional value to be added to the value of cellReselectionPriority to
obtain the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency for E-UTRA. Value oDot2 corresponds to 0.2, oDot4
corresponds to 0.4 and so on.
CellReselectionSubPriority information element

-- ASN1START
CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {oDot2, oDot4, oDot6, oDot8}
-- ASN1STOP
– CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT
The IE CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT is used to indicate whether or not the UE shall perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT
pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration.
-- ASN1START
CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT ::= SEQUENCE {

sid BIT STRING (SIZE (15)),
nid BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
multipleSID BOOLEAN,
multipleNID BOOLEAN,
homeReg BOOLEAN,
foreignSIDReg BOOLEAN,
foreignNIDReg BOOLEAN,
parameterReg BOOLEAN,
powerUpReg BOOLEAN,
registrationPeriod BIT STRING (SIZE (7)),
registrationZone BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
totalZone BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
zoneTimer BIT STRING (SIZE (3))
}
CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

powerDownReg-r9 ENUMERATED {true}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT field descriptions

foreignNIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer registration indicator.
foreignSIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer registration indicator.
homeReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Home registration indicator.
multipleNID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple NID storage indicator.
multipleSID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple SID storage indicator.
nid
Used along with the sid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT
network.
parameterReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameter-change registration indicator.
powerDownReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-down registration indicator. If set to TRUE, the UE that has a valid / current
CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration will perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT power down registration when it is switched off.
powerUpReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-up registration indicator.
registrationPeriod
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration period.
registrationZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration zone.
sid
Used along with the nid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT
network.
totalZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Number of registration zones to be retained.
zoneTimer
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Zone timer length.
– CellGlobalIdEUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdEUTRA specifies the Evolved Cell Global Identifier (ECGI), the globally unique identity of a cell
in E-UTRA.
CellGlobalIdEUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

cellIdentity CellIdentity
}
-- ASN1STOP
CellGlobalIdEUTRA field descriptions

cellIdentity
Identity of the cell within the context of the PLMN.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in
– CellGlobalIdUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdUTRA specifies the global UTRAN Cell Identifier, the globally unique identity of a cell in UTRA.
CellGlobalIdUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

ETSI
cellIdentity BIT STRING (SIZE (28))

}
-- ASN1STOP
CellGlobalIdUTRA field descriptions

cellIdentity
UTRA Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the identified PLMN as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the common PLMN broadcast in the MIB, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
– CellGlobalIdGERAN
The IE CellGlobalIdGERAN specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in
GERAN.
CellGlobalIdGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

locationAreaCode BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
cellIdentity BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
}
-- ASN1STOP
CellGlobalIdGERAN field descriptions

cellIdentity
Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the GERAN location area as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell, as defined in TS 23.003 [27]..
– CellGlobalIdCDMA2000
The IE CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in
CDMA2000.
CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 ::= CHOICE {

cellGlobalId1XRTT BIT STRING (SIZE (47)),
cellGlobalIdHRPD BIT STRING (SIZE (128))
}
-- ASN1STOP
CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 field descriptions

cellGlobalId1XRTT
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 1xRTT cell, corresponds to BASEID, SID and NID parameters (in that order)
defined in C.S0005 [25].
cellGlobalIdHRPD
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 HRPD cell, corresponds to SECTOR ID parameter defined in C.S0024 [26, 14.9].
ETSI
– CellSelectionInfoNFreq
The IE CellSelectionInfoNFreq includes the parameters used for cell selection on a neighbouring frequency, see TS
36.304 [4].
CellSelectionInfoNFreq information element

-- ASN1START
CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Cell selection information as in SIB1
q-RxLevMinOffset INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
-- Cell re-selection information as in SIB3
q-Hyst-r13 ENUMERATED {
dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
q-RxLevMinReselection-r13 Q-RxLevMin,
t-ReselectionEUTRA-r13 T-Reselection
}
-- ASN1STOP
– CSG-Identity
The IE CSG-Identity is used to identify a Closed Subscriber Group.
CSG-Identity information element

-- ASN1START
CSG-Identity ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (27))
-- ASN1STOP
– FreqBandIndicator
The IE FreqBandIndicator indicates the E-UTRA operating band as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1]. If an
extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator-v9e0), the UE shall only
consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE
FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, if signalled).
FreqBandIndicator information element

-- ASN1START
FreqBandIndicator ::= INTEGER (1..maxFBI)
FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 ::= INTEGER (maxFBI-Plus1..maxFBI2)
FreqBandIndicator-r11 ::= INTEGER (1..maxFBI2)
-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: For fields using the original value range, as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, value
maxFBI indicates that the frequency band is indicated by means of an extension. In such a case, UEs not
supporting the extension consider the field to be set to a not supported value.
– FreqBandIndicatorNR
The IE FreqBandIndicatorNR indicates the NR operating band as defined in TS 38.101 [85].
ETSI
FreqBandIndicatorNR information element

-- ASN1START
FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxFBI-NR-r15)
-- ASN1STOP
– MobilityControlInfo
The IE MobilityControlInfo includes parameters relevant for network controlled mobility to/within E-UTRA.
MobilityControlInfo information element

-- ASN1START
MobilityControlInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

targetPhysCellId PhysCellId,
carrierFreq CarrierFreqEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-
toEUTRA2
carrierBandwidth CarrierBandwidthEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-
toEUTRA
additionalSpectrumEmission AdditionalSpectrumEmission OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-
toEUTRA
t304 ENUMERATED {
ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
ms2000, ms10000-v1310},
newUE-Identity C-RNTI,
radioResourceConfigCommon RadioResourceConfigCommon,
rach-ConfigDedicated RACH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL,
-- Need OP
...,
[[ carrierFreq-v9e0 CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ drb-ContinueROHC-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond HO
]],
[[ mobilityControlInfoV2X-r14 MobilityControlInfoV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
handoverWithoutWT-Change-r14 ENUMERATED {keepLWA-Config, sendEndMarker} OPTIONAL, --
Cond HO
makeBeforeBreak-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
rach-Skip-r14 RACH-Skip-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sameSFN-Indication-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond HO-
SFNsynced
]],
[[
mib-RepetitionStatus-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r14 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL -- Cond HO-
SFNsynced
]]
}
MobilityControlInfo-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE {

additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
ms2000, spare1},
ue-IdentitySCG-r12 C-RNTI OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCGEst,
rach-ConfigDedicated-r12 RACH-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
cipheringAlgorithmSCG-r12 CipheringAlgorithm-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ makeBeforeBreakSCG-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
rach-SkipSCG-r14 RACH-Skip-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
MobilityControlInfoV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-CommRxPool-r14 SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-CommSyncConfig-r14 SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cbr-MobilityTxConfigList-r14 SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CarrierBandwidthEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {
ETSI
n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10,

spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
ul-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {
n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
CarrierFreqEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
ul-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA OPTIONAL -- Cond FDD
}
CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL -- Cond FDD
}
RACH-Skip-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

targetTA-r14 CHOICE {
ta0-r14 NULL,
mcg-PTAG-r14 NULL,
scg-PTAG-r14 NULL,
mcg-STAG-r14 STAG-Id-r11,
scg-STAG-r14 STAG-Id-r11
},
ul-ConfigInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
numberOfConfUL-Processes-r14 INTEGER (1..8),
ul-SchedInterval-r14 ENUMERATED {sf2, sf5, sf10},
ul-StartSubframe-r14 INTEGER (0..9),
ul-Grant-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MobilityControlInfo field descriptions

For a UE with no SCells configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall apply the value for the PCell
instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. For a UE
with SCell(s) configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall, in case all SCells configured for UL in that
band are released after handover completion, apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from
SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. The UE requirements related to IE
AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4-1] for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS
36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs.
carrierBandwidth
Provides the parameters Downlink bandwidth, and Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
carrierFreq
Provides the EARFCN to be used by the UE in the target cell.
cbr-MobilityTxConfigList
Indicates the list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmission parameter configurations available to configure
congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
cipheringAlgorithmSCG
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SCG DRBs. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one
or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: Downlink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset, for this handover, the header compression protocol context for the
RLC UM bearers configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header
compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is
reset. E-UTRAN includes the field only in case of a handover within the same eNB.
handoverWithoutWT-Change
Indicates whether UE performs handover where LWA configuration is retained with the same WT If sendEndMarker is
configured, the LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication is used as defined in [8]. If value keepLWA-Config is
configured, LWA end marker is not used and UE shall only retain the LWA configuration.
makeBeforeBreak
Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing
the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to
the target intra-frequency PCell while rach-Skip is configured.
makeBeforeBreakSCG
Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing
the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PSCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission
to the target intra-frequency PSCell while rach-SkipSCG is configured.
mib-RepetitionStatus
Indicates whether additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell or not. Value TRUE indicates additional MIB
repetition is enabled in the target cell. Value FALSE indicates additional MIB repetition is not enabled in the target cell.
The absence of this field indicates additional MIB repetition may or may not be enabled in the target cell. See 5.2.1.2
and TS 36.211 [21, 6.4.1]. This field is applicable to BL UE or UE in CE.
mobilityControlInfoV2X
Indicates the sidelink configurations of the target cell for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
numberOfConfUL-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for preallocated uplink grant, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. This field is
applicable if a UE is configured with asynchronous HARQ, otherwise it shall be ignored.
rach-ConfigDedicated
The dedicated random access parameters. If absent the UE applies contention based random access as specified in
TS 36.321 [6].
rach-Skip
This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PCell is skipped.
rach-SkipSCG
This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PSCell is skipped.
sameSFN-Indication
This field indicates that the target cell has the same SFN as the source cell and that the BL UE or UE in CE is not
required to acquire MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell during handover to obtain the SFN of the target cell, as
specified in section 5.3.5.4.
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR
Indicates the index to the tables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tables are
specified in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1]. Value 0 means SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is
not scheduled. If absent when sameSFN-Indication is present, UE assumes that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR
scheduling information in target cell may be different from source cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in section 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
ETSI
MobilityControlInfo field descriptions

For a UE with no SCells configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall apply the value for the PCell
instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. For a UE
with SCell(s) configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall, in case all SCells configured for UL in that
band are released after handover completion, apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from
SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. The UE requirements related to IE
AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4-1] for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS
36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs.
t307
Timer T307 as described in section 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
targetTA
This field refers to the timing adjustment indication, see TS 36.213 [23], indicating the NTA value which the UE shall
use for the target PTAG of handover or the target PSTAG of SCG change. ta0 corresponds to NTA=0. mcg-PTAG
corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with MCG. scg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value
of the PTAG associated with SCG. mcg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a MCG STAG indicated by the
STAG-Id. scg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a SCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. For TDD, the parameter is absent and it is equal to
downlink bandwidth. If absent for FDD, apply the same value as applies for the downlink bandwidth.
ul-Grant
Indicates the resources of the target PCell/PSCell to be used for the uplink transmission of PUSCH [23, 8.8].
ul-SchedInterval
Indicates the scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6, 5.20]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2
corresponds to 2 subframes, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
ul-StartSubframe
Indicates the subframe in which the UE may initiate the uplink transmission, see TS 36.321 [6, 5.20]. Value 0
corresponds to subframe number 0, 1 correponds to subframe number 1 and so on. The subframe indicating a valid
uplink grant according to the calculation of UL grant configured by ul-StartSubframe and ul-SchedInterval, see TS
36.321 [6, 5.20], is the same across all radio frames.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates reception pools for receiving V2X sidelink communication during handover.
v2x-CommSyncConfig
Indicates synchronization configurations for performing V2X sidelink communication during handover.
Indicates the transmission resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication during
handover.

FDD The field is mandatory with default value (the default duplex distance defined for the
concerned band, as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) in case of "FDD"; otherwise the field is
not present.
HO This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of handover within E-UTRA when the
fullConfig is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-SFNsynced This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of source E-UTRA and target E-UTRA
cells are SFN synchronised.
HO-toEUTRA The field is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA; otherwise the
field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2 The field is absent if carrierFreq-v9e0 is present. Otherwise it is mandatory present in
case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA and optionally present, need ON, in all other
cases.
SCGEst This field is mandatory present in case of SCG establishment; otherwise the field is
– MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The MobilityParametersCDMA2000 contains the parameters provided to the UE for handover and (enhanced) CSFB to
1xRTT support, as defined in C.S0097 [53].
MobilityParametersCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
MobilityParametersCDMA2000 ::= OCTET STRING
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– MobilityStateParameters
The IE MobilityStateParameters contains parameters to determine UE mobility state.
MobilityStateParameters information element

-- ASN1START
MobilityStateParameters ::= SEQUENCE {

t-Evaluation ENUMERATED {
s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
t-HystNormal ENUMERATED {
n-CellChangeMedium INTEGER (1..16),
n-CellChangeHigh INTEGER (1..16)
}
-- ASN1STOP
MobilityStateParameters field descriptions

n-CellChangeHigh
The number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 36.304 [4].
n-CellChangeMedium
The number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 36.304 [4].
t-Evaluation
The duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds,
s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
t-HystNormal
The additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 36.304 [4].
Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
– MultiBandInfoList
MultiBandInfoList information element
-- ASN1START
MultiBandInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator
MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo-v9e0
MultiBandInfoList-v10j0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF NS-PmaxList-r10
MultiBandInfoList-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF NS-PmaxList-v10l0
MultiBandInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11
MultiBandInfo-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

freqBandIndicator-v9e0 FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
– MultiFrequencyBandListNR
The IE MultiFrequencyBandListNR is used to configure a list of one or multiple NR frequency bands.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR information element

-- ASN1START
MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-r15)) OF

FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– NS-PmaxList
The IE NS-PmaxList concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 36.101 [42,
table 6.2.4-1] for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4E-1] for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for a
given frequency band. E-UTRAN does not include the same value of additionalSpectrumEmission in
SystemInformationBlockType2 within this list.
NS-PmaxList information element

-- ASN1START
NS-PmaxList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-r10)) OF NS-PmaxValue-r10
NS-PmaxList-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-r10)) OF NS-PmaxValue-v10l0
NS-PmaxValue-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

additionalPmax-r10 P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
}
NS-PmaxValue-v10l0 ::= SEQUENCE {

additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
– NS-PmaxListNR
The IE NS-PmaxListNR concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 38.101
[85], table 6.2.3-1 for a given frequency band.
NS-PmaxListNR information element

-- ASN1START
NS-PmaxListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF NS-PmaxValueNR-r15
NS-PmaxValueNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

additionalPmaxNR-r15 P-MaxNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
additionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15 AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15
}
-- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellId
The IE PhysCellId is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, as defined in TS 36.211 [21].
PhysCellId information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellId ::= INTEGER (0..503)
-- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdRange
The IE PhysCellIdRange is used to encode either a single or a range of physical cell identities. The range is encoded by
using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range.
For fields comprising multiple occurrences of PhysCellIdRange, E-UTRAN may configure overlapping ranges of
physical cell identities.
PhysCellIdRange information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdRange ::= SEQUENCE {

start PhysCellId,
ETSI
range ENUMERATED {
n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84,
n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, spare2,
spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
PhysCellIdRange field descriptions

range
Indicates the number of physical cell identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8
corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical
cell identity value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest physical cell identity in the range.
– PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList
The IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList is used to encode one or more of PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD. While the IE
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD is used to encode either a single physical layer identity or a range of physical layer
identities, i.e. primary scrambling codes. Each range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of
consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range.
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPhysCellIdRange-r9)) OF

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

start-r9 PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
range-r9 INTEGER (2..512) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList field descriptions

range
Indicates the number of primary scrambling codes in the range (including start). The UE shall apply value 1 in case
the field is absent, in which case only the primary scrambling code value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest primary scrambling code in the range.
– PhysCellIdCDMA2000
The IE PhysCellIdCDMA2000 identifies the PNOffset that represents the "Physical cell identity" in CDMA2000.
PhysCellIdCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdCDMA2000 ::= INTEGER (0..maxPNOffset)
-- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdGERAN
The IE PhysCellIdGERAN contains the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC).
PhysCellIdGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

networkColourCode BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
ETSI
baseStationColourCode BIT STRING (SIZE (3))

}
-- ASN1STOP
PhysCellIdGERAN field descriptions

baseStationColourCode
Base station Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
networkColourCode
Network Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
– PhysCellIdNR
The IE PhysCellIdNR indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell.
PhysCellIdNR information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0.. 1007)
-- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the primary scrambling
code, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD ::= INTEGER (0..511)
-- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the cell parameters ID
(TDD), as specified in TS 25.331 [19]. Also corresponds to the Initial Cell Parameter Assignment in TS 25.223 [46].
PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD information element

-- ASN1START
PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD ::= INTEGER (0..127)
-- ASN1STOP
– PLMN-Identity
The IE PLMN-Identity identifies a Public Land Mobile Network. Further information regarding how to set the IE are
PLMN-Identity information element

-- ASN1START
PLMN-Identity ::= SEQUENCE {

mcc MCC OPTIONAL, -- Cond MCC
mnc MNC
}
MCC ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF

MCC-MNC-Digit
ETSI
MNC ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..3)) OF

MCC-MNC-Digit
MCC-MNC-Digit ::= INTEGER (0..9)
-- ASN1STOP
PLMN-Identity field descriptions

mcc
The first element contains the first MCC digit, the second element the second MCC digit and so on. If the field is
absent, it takes the same value as the mcc of the immediately preceding IE PLMN-Identity. See TS 23.003 [27].
mnc
The first element contains the first MNC digit, the second element the second MNC digit and so on. See TS 23.003
[27].

MCC This IE is mandatory when PLMN-Identity is included in CellGlobalIdEUTRA, in
CellGlobalIdUTRA, in CellGlobalIdGERAN or in RegisteredMME. This IE is also
mandatory in the first occurrence of the IE PLMN-Identity within the IE PLMN-IdentityList.
Otherwise it is optional, need OP.
– PLMN-IdentityList3
Includes a list of PLMN identities.
PLMN-IdentityList3 information element

-- ASN1START
PLMN-IdentityList3-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PLMN-Identity
-- ASN1STOP
– PmaxNR
The IE PmaxNR concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 38.101 [85], table
6.2.3-1 for a given frequency band.
PmaxNR information element

-- ASN1START
P-MaxNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (-30..33)
-- ASN1STOP
– PreRegistrationInfoHRPD
-- ASN1START
PreRegistrationInfoHRPD ::= SEQUENCE {

preRegistrationAllowed BOOLEAN,
preRegistrationZoneId PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD OPTIONAL, -- cond PreRegAllowed
secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD
PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD ::= INTEGER (0..255)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PreRegistrationInfoHRPD field descriptions

preRegistrationAllowed
TRUE indicates that a UE shall perform a CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current
pre-registration. FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to perform CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration in the current
cell.
preRegistrationZoneID
ColorCode (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under
the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. It is used to control when the UE should register or re-register.
secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList
List of SecondaryColorCodes (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the
HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. They are used to control when the UE should re-
register.

PreRegAllowed The field is mandatory in case the preRegistrationAllowed is set to true. Otherwise the
– Q-QualMin
The IE Q-QualMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRQ level in the
(E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
Q-QualMin information element

-- ASN1START
Q-QualMin-r9 ::= INTEGER (-34..-3)
-- ASN1STOP
– Q-RxLevMin
The IE Q-RxLevMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRP level in the
(E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
Q-RxLevMin information element

-- ASN1START
Q-RxLevMin ::= INTEGER (-70..-22)
-- ASN1STOP
– Q-OffsetRange
The IE Q-OffsetRange is used to indicate a cell, CSI-RS resource or frequency specific offset to be applied when
evaluating candidates for cell re-selection or when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The
value in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
Q-OffsetRange information element

-- ASN1START
Q-OffsetRange ::= ENUMERATED {

dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18, dB-16, dB-14,
dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4, dB-3,
dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18,
dB20, dB22, dB24}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT
The IE Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT is used to indicate a frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering
conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB.
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT information element

-- ASN1START
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT ::= INTEGER (-15..15)
-- ASN1STOP
– ReselectionThreshold
The IE ReselectionThreshold is used to indicate an Rx level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold =
field value * 2 [dB].
ReselectionThreshold information element

-- ASN1START
ReselectionThreshold ::= INTEGER (0..31)
-- ASN1STOP
– ReselectionThresholdQ
The IE ReselectionThresholdQ is used to indicate a quality level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold
= field value [dB].
ReselectionThresholdQ information element

-- ASN1START
ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 ::= INTEGER (0..31)
-- ASN1STOP
– SCellIndex
The IE SCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify an SCell.
SCellIndex information element

-- ASN1START
SCellIndex-r10 ::= INTEGER (1..7)

SCellIndex-r13 ::= INTEGER (1..31)
-- ASN1STOP
– ServCellIndex
The IE ServCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify a serving cell (i.e. the PCell or an SCell). Value 0
applies for the PCell, while the SCellIndex that has previously been assigned applies for SCells.
ServCellIndex information element

-- ASN1START
ServCellIndex-r10 ::= INTEGER (0..7)

ServCellIndex-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..31)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– SpeedStateScaleFactors
The IE SpeedStateScaleFactors concerns factors, to be applied when the UE is in medium or high speed state, used for
scaling a mobility control related parameter.
SpeedStateScaleFactors information element

-- ASN1START
SpeedStateScaleFactors ::= SEQUENCE {

sf-Medium ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0},
sf-High ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0}
}
-- ASN1STOP
SpeedStateScaleFactors field descriptions

sf-High
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in High Mobility state as
defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75
and so on.
sf-Medium
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in Medium Mobility state as
defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75
and so on.
– SystemInfoListGERAN
The IE SystemInfoListGERAN contains system information of a GERAN cell.
SystemInfoListGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
SystemInfoListGERAN ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGERAN-SI)) OF

OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..23))
-- ASN1STOP
SystemInfoListGERAN field descriptions

SystemInfoListGERAN
Each OCTET STRING contains one System Information (SI) message as defined in TS 44.018 [45, table 9.1.1]
excluding the L2 Pseudo Length, the RR management Protocol Discriminator and the Skip Indicator or a complete
Packet System Information (PSI) message as defined in TS 44.060 [36, table 11.2.1].
– SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000
The IE SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 informs the UE about the absolute time in the current cell. The UE uses this
absolute time knowledge to derive the CDMA2000 Physical cell identity, expressed as PNOffset, of neighbour
CDMA2000 cells.
NOTE: The UE needs the CDMA2000 system time with a certain level of accuracy for performing measurements
as well as for communicating with the CDMA2000 network (HRPD or 1xRTT).
SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation BOOLEAN,
cdma-SystemTime CHOICE {
synchronousSystemTime BIT STRING (SIZE (39)),
asynchronousSystemTime BIT STRING (SIZE (49))
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 field descriptions

asynchronousSystemTime
The CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-Window in
which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is not
aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 49 bits and the unit is 8 CDMA chips based on 1.2288
Mcps.
cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation
TRUE indicates that there is no drift in the timing between E-UTRA and CDMA2000. FALSE indicates that the timing
between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 can drift. NOTE 1
synchronousSystemTime
CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-window in
which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is
aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 39 bits and the unit is 10 ms based on a 1.2288 Mcps
chip rate.
NOTE 1: The following table shows the recommended combinations of the cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation field
and the choice of cdma-SystemTime included by E-UTRAN for FDD and TDD:
FDD/TDD cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation synchronousSystemTime asynchronousSystemTime

FDD FALSE Not Recommended Recommended
FDD TRUE Recommended Recommended
TDD FALSE Not Recommended Recommended
TDD TRUE Recommended Recommended
– ThresholdNR
The IE ThresholdNR contains thresholds for NR related inter-RAT measurements.
ThresholdNR information element

-- ASN1START
ThresholdNR-r15 ::= CHOICE{

nr-RSRP-r15 RSRP-RangeNR-r15,
nr-RSRQ-r15 RSRQ-RangeNR-r15,
nr-SINR-r15 RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15
}
ThresholdListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE{

nr-RSRP-r15 RSRP-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nr-RSRQ-r15 RSRQ-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nr-SINR-r15 RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
– TrackingAreaCode
The IE TrackingAreaCode is used to identify a tracking area within the scope of a PLMN, see TS 24.301 [35].
TrackingAreaCode information element

-- ASN1START
TrackingAreaCode ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (16))

TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (24))
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– T-Reselection
The IE T-Reselection concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionRAT for E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN or CDMA2000.
Value in seconds. For value 0, behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies.
T-Reselection information element

-- ASN1START
T-Reselection ::= INTEGER (0..7)
-- ASN1STOP
– T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE
The IE T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionEUTRA_CE as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
Value in seconds. For value 0, behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies.
T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE information element

-- ASN1START
T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 ::= INTEGER (0..15)
-- ASN1STOP
6.3.5 Measurement information elements

– AllowedMeasBandwidth
The IE AllowedMeasBandwidth is used to indicate the maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier
frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [47]. The values
mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100 indicate 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 and 100 resource blocks respectively.
AllowedMeasBandwidth information element

-- ASN1START
AllowedMeasBandwidth ::= ENUMERATED {mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100}
-- ASN1STOP
– BT-NameList
The IE BT-NameList is used to indicate the names of the Bluetooth beacon which the UE is configured to measure.
BT-NameList information element

-- ASN1START
BT-NameListConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup BT-NameList-r15
}
BT-NameList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBT-Name-r15)) OF BT-Name-r15
BT-Name-r15 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..248))
-- ASN1STOP
BT-NameList field descriptions

bt-Name
If configured, the UE only performs Bluetooth measurements according to the names identified. For each name, it
refers to LOCAL NAME defined in Bluetooth specification [93].
ETSI
– CSI-RSRP-Range
The IE CSI-RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in CSI-RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for
CSI-RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
CSI-RSRP-Range information element

-- ASN1START
CSI-RSRP-Range-r12 ::= INTEGER(0..97)
-- ASN1STOP
– Hysteresis
The IE Hysteresis is a parameter used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition.
The actual value is field value * 0.5 dB, except if included in reportConfigEUTRA and associated to eventV1 or
eventV2. If included in reportConfigEUTRA and associated to eventV1 or eventV2, the actual value is field value
divided by 100.
Hysteresis information element

-- ASN1START
Hysteresis ::= INTEGER (0..30)
-- ASN1STOP
– LocationInfo
The IE LocationInfo is used to transfer detailed location information available at the UE to correlate measurements and
UE position information.
LocationInfo information element

-- ASN1START
LocationInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

locationCoordinates-r10 CHOICE {
ellipsoid-Point-r10 OCTET STRING,
ellipsoidPointWithAltitude-r10 OCTET STRING,
...,
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle-r11 OCTET STRING,
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse-r11 OCTET STRING,
ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid-r11 OCTET STRING,
ellipsoidArc-r11 OCTET STRING,
polygon-r11 OCTET STRING
},
horizontalVelocity-r10 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
gnss-TOD-msec-r10 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ verticalVelocityInfo-r15 CHOICE {
verticalVelocity-r15 OCTET STRING,
verticalVelocityAndUncertainty-r15 OCTET STRING
} OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
LocationInfo field descriptions

ellipsoidArc
Parameter EllipsoidArc defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoid-Point
Parameter Ellipsoid-Point defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant
bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitude
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitude defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most
significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first
octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle
Parameter Ellipsoid-PointWithUncertaintyCircle defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet
contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet
contains the most significant bit.
gnss-TOD-msec
Parameter Gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most
significant bit.
horizontalVelocity
Parameter HorizontalVelocity defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most
significant bit.
polygon
Parameter Polygon defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
verticalVelocityAndUncertainty
Parameter verticalVelocityAndUncertainty corresponds to horizontalWithVerticalVelocityAndUncertainty defined in
TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
verticalVelocity
Parameter verticalVelocity corresponds to horizontalWithVerticalVelocity defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost
bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
– LogMeasResultListBT
The IE LogMeasResultListBT covers measured results for Bluetooth.
LogMeasResultListBT information element

-- ASN1START
LogMeasResultListBT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBT-IdReport-r15)) OF LogMeasResultBT-r15
LogMeasResultBT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

bt-Addr-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (48)),
rssi-BT-r15 INTEGER (-128..127) OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
LogMeasResultListBT field descriptions

bt-Addr
This field indicates the Bluetooth public address of the Bluetooth beacon as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rssi-BT
This field provides the beacon received signal strength indicator (RSSI) in dBm as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
– LogMeasResultListWLAN
The IE LogMeasResultListWLAN covers measured results for WLAN.
LogMeasResultListWLAN information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14)) OF LogMeasResultWLAN-

r15
LogMeasResultWLAN-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-Identifiers-r15 WLAN-Identifiers-r12,
rssiWLAN-r15 WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 OPTIONAL,
rtt-WLAN-r15 WLAN-RTT-r15 OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
LogMeasResultListWLAN field descriptions

rssiWLAN
Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
rtt-WLAN
This field provides the measured round trip time between the target device and WLAN AP and optionally the accuracy
expressed as the standard deviation of the delay. Units for each of these are 1000ns, 100ns, 10ns, 1ns, and 0.1ns as
defined in TS 36.355 [54].
wlan-Identifiers
Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
– MBSFN-RSRQ-Range
The IE MBSFN-RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in MBSFN RSRQ measurements. Integer value for
MBSFN RSRQ measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
MBSFN-RSRQ-Range information element

-- ASN1START
MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12 ::= INTEGER(0..31)

-- ASN1STOP
– MeasConfig
The IE MeasConfig specifies measurements to be performed by the UE, and covers intra-frequency, inter-frequency and
inter-RAT mobility as well as configuration of measurement gaps.
MeasConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Measurement objects
measObjectToRemoveList MeasObjectToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measObjectToAddModList MeasObjectToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- Reporting configurations
reportConfigToRemoveList ReportConfigToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportConfigToAddModList ReportConfigToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- Measurement identities
measIdToRemoveList MeasIdToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measIdToAddModList MeasIdToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- Other parameters
quantityConfig QuantityConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measGapConfig MeasGapConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
s-Measure RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
preRegistrationInfoHRPD PreRegistrationInfoHRPD OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
speedStatePars CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
timeToTrigger-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors
}
...,
[[ measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ allowInterruptions-r11 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
ETSI
[[ measScaleFactor-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup MeasScaleFactor-r12
measIdToRemoveListExt-r12 MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measIdToAddModListExt-r12 MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
measObjectToRemoveListExt-r13 MeasObjectToRemoveListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measObjectToAddModListExt-r13 MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measIdToAddModList-v1310 MeasIdToAddModList-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measIdToAddModListExt-v1310 MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ measGapConfigPerCC-List-r14 MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measGapSharingConfig-r14 MeasGapSharingConfig-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ fr1-Gap-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mgta-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ measGapConfigDensePRS-r15 MeasGapConfigDensePRS-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
heightThreshRef-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup INTEGER (0..31)
} OPTIONAL --Need ON
]]
}
MeasIdToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId
MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId-v1250
MeasObjectToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId
MeasObjectToRemoveListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId-v1310
ReportConfigToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasConfig field descriptions

allowInterruptions
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of
deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E-UTRAN enables
this field only when an SCell is configured.
fr1-Gap
Indicates whether the gap is only applicable for measurements on FR1. E-UTRAN includes this field only when the UE
is configured with EN-DC.
heightThreshRef
Reference height threshold for eventH1 and eventH2 in reportConfig. Value 0 refers to -420m, value 1 refers to –
120m, and so on until value 30 refers to 8880m. The actual value is height in meters relative to sea level. Value 31 is
reserved.
measGapConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gaps. E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-
List, if any.
measGapConfigDensePRS
Used to setup and release additional measurement gap pattern with dense PRS configuration as specified in TS
36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3.
measGapConfigPerCC-List
Used to setup and release serving cell sepecific measurement gaps. E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or
measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
measGapSharingConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gap sharing for intra- and inter-frequency measurement as specified in TS
36.133 [16].
measIdToAddModList
List of measurement identities. Field measIdToAddModListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends
the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. If E-UTRAN includes
measIdToAddModList-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
measIdToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModListExt-v1310, it includes the same
number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModListExt-r12.
measIdToRemoveList
List of measurement identities to remove. Field measIdToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement identities
i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToAddModList
If E-UTRAN includes measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same
order, as in measObjectToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). Field measObjectToAddModListExt includes additional
measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles
specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToRemoveList
List of measurement objects to remove. Field measObjectToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement object
identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Value TRUE indicates that the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all
OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. If widebandRSRQ-Meas is enabled for the frequency in
MeasObjectEUTRA, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM
symbols with wider bandwidth for concerned frequency in accordance with TS 36.214 [48].
measScaleFactor
Even if reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA, E-UTRAN may
configure this field. The UE behavior is specified in TS 36.133 [16].
mgta
Indicates whether a timing advance value of 0.5 ms is applicable to the measurement gap configuration provided by
E-UTRAN according to TS 38.133 [16]. E-UTRAN configures mgta only when the UE is configured to perform NR
measurements.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD
network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
reportConfigToRemoveList
List of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
s-Measure
PCell quality threshold controlling whether or not the UE is required to perform measurements of intra-frequency,
inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbouring cells. Value "0" indicates to disable s-Measure.
timeToTrigger-SF
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor
applicable for the UE's speed state.
ETSI
– MeasDS-Config
The IE MeasDS-Config specifies information applicable for discovery signals measurement.
MeasDS-Config information elements

-- ASN1START
MeasDS-Config-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12 CHOICE {
ms40-r12 INTEGER(0..39),
ms80-r12 INTEGER(0..79),
ms160-r12 INTEGER(0..159),
...
},
ds-OccasionDuration-r12 CHOICE {
durationFDD-r12 INTEGER(1..maxDS-Duration-r12),
durationTDD-r12 INTEGER(2..maxDS-Duration-r12)
},
measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12 MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12 MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
}
MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12
MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12
MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12 ::= INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)
MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

measCSI-RS-Id-r12 MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
physCellId-r12 INTEGER (0..503),
subframeOffset-r12 INTEGER (0..4),
csi-RS-IndividualOffset-r12 Q-OffsetRange,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasDS-Config field descriptions

csi-RS-IndividualOffset
CSI-RS individual offset applicable to a specific CSI-RS resource. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22
corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
dmtc-PeriodOffset
Indicates the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) periodicity (dmtc-Periodicity) and offset
(dmtc-Offset) for this frequency. For DMTC periodicity, value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, ms80 corresponds to 80ms
and so on. The value of DMTC offset is in number of subframe(s). The duration of a DMTC occasion is 6ms.
ds-OccasionDuration
Indicates the duration of discovery signal occasion for this frequency. Discovery signal occasion duration is common
for all cells transmitting discovery signals on one frequency. If the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an
unlicensed band as specified in [42], the UE shall ignore the field ds-OccasionDuration for the carrier frequency and
apply a value 1 instead.
measCSI-RS-ToAddModList
List of CSI-RS resources to add/ modify in the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList
List of CSI-RS resources to remove from the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
physCellId
Indicates the physical cell identity where UE may assume that the CSI-RS and the PSS/SSS/CRS corresponding to
the indicated physical cell identity are quasi co-located with respect to average delay and doppler shift.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2]. If the carrierFreq
in the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in [42], E-UTRAN does not configure the values {0,
4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 18, 19}.
scramblingIdentity
n
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, ID , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
subframeOffset
Indicates the subframe offset between SSS of the cell indicated by physCellId and the CSI-RS resource in a discovery
signal occasion. The field subframeOffset is set to values 0 if the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an
unlicensed band as specified in [42].
– MeasGapConfig
The IE MeasGapConfig specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of measurement gaps.
MeasGapConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MeasGapConfig ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
gapOffset CHOICE {
gp0 INTEGER (0..39),
gp1 INTEGER (0..79),
...,
gp2-r14 INTEGER (0..39),
gp-ncsg0-r14 INTEGER (0..39),
gp-nonUniform1-r14 INTEGER (0..1279),
gp11-r15 INTEGER (0..159)
}
}
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
MeasGapConfig field descriptions

gapOffset
Value gapOffset of gp0 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "0" with MGRP = 40ms, gapOffset of gp1
corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "1" with MGRP = 80ms, gapOffset of gp2 corresponds to gap offset of
Gap Pattern Id "2" with MGRP = 40ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp3 Gap Pattern Id "3" with MGRP = 80ms and
MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg0 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "0" with VIRP = 40ms and ML =
4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg1 corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "1" with VIRP = 80ms and ML = 4ms,
gapOffset of gp-ncsg2 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "2" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 3ms, gapOffset
of gp-ncsg3 corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "3" with VIRP = 80ms and ML =3ms. gapOffset of gp-
nonUniform1 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "1" with LMGRP = 1280ms, gapOffset of gp-
nonUniform4 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "4" with LMGRP = 10240ms. Also used to
specify the measurement gap pattern to be applied, as defined in TS 36.133 [16]. For Gap Patterns (including non-
uniform gap patterns, but excluding NCSG patterns), E-UTRAN includes the same gapOffset value (gap pattern id and
gap offset) for all serving cells that are configured with a Gap Pattern. For NCSG Patterns, E-UTRAN includes
gapOffset value indicating VIRP and gap offset consistent with the Gap Pattern configuration (MGRP and gap offset).
Value gapOffset of gp4, gp5,…,gp11 are corresponding to gap pattern with Gap Pattern ID 4, 5,..11 respectively, see
TS 38.133 [84, Table 9.1.2-1]. Value gp4, gp5, …, gp11 can be applied for EN-DC, see TS 38.133 [84, Table 9.1.2-2].
servCellId
Identifies the serving cell for which measurement gap configuration is provided (setup) or deleted (release).
– MeasGapConfigDensePRS
The IE MeasGapConfigDensePRS specifies the additional measurement gap pattern configuration for RSTD
measurements with dense PRS configuration, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. Measurement gaps are configured
according to applicability rules specified in 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3.
MeasGapConfigDensePRS information element

-- ASN1START
MeasGapConfigDensePRS-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
gapOffsetDensePRS-r15 CHOICE {
...
}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasGapConfigDensePRS field descriptions

gapOffsetDensePRS
Indicates the gap offset for performing RSTD measurements with dense PRS configurations as specified in 5.5.2.9a
corresponding to measurement gap pattern ID specified in TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasGapConfigPerCC-List
The IE MeasGapConfigPerCC-List specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of
measurement gaps.
MeasGapConfigPerCC-List information element

-- ASN1START
MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
measGapConfigToRemoveList-r14 MeasGapConfigToRemoveList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measGapConfigToAddModList-r14 MeasGapConfigToAddModList-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
MeasGapConfigToRemoveList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF ServCellIndex-r13
MeasGapConfigToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasGapConfigPerCC-r14
MeasGapConfigPerCC-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

measGapConfigCC-r14 MeasGapConfig
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasGapConfigPerCC-List field descriptions

measGapConfigToAddModList
List of serving cells and corresponding serving cell specific measurement gap configuration to add /modify.
measGapConfigToRemoveList
List of serving cells for which measurement gap configuration is removed.
– MeasGapSharingConfig
The IE MeasGapSharingConfig specifies the measurement gap sharing scheme and controls setup/ release of
measurement gap sharing.
MeasGapSharingConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MeasGapSharingConfig-r14 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
measGapSharingScheme-r14 ENUMERATED {scheme00, scheme01, scheme10, scheme11}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasGapSharingConfig field descriptions

measGapSharingScheme
Indicates the measurement gaps sharing scheme for BL UEs in CE mode A and CE mode B and for EN-DC (for the
measurement gap configured by E-UTRAN). For BL UEs, see TS 36.133 [16, Table 8.13.2.1.1.1-2 and Table
8.13.3.1.1.1-3]. For EN-DC, see TS 36.133 [16, Table FFS]. Value scheme00 corresponds to "00", value scheme01
corresponds to "01", and so on.
ETSI
– MeasId
The IE MeasId is used to identify a measurement configuration, i.e., linking of a measurement object and a reporting
configuration.
MeasId information element

-- ASN1START
MeasId ::= INTEGER (1..maxMeasId)
MeasId-v1250 ::= INTEGER (maxMeasId-Plus1..maxMeasId-r12)
-- ASN1STOP
– MeasIdleConfig
The IE MeasIdleConfig is used to convey information to UE about measurements requested to be done while in
RRC_IDLE.
MeasIdleConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MeasIdleConfigSIB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15 EUTRA-CarrierList-r15,
...
}
MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15 EUTRA-CarrierList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
measIdleDuration-r15 ENUMERATED {sec10, sec30, sec60, sec120,
sec180, sec240, sec300, spare},
...
}
EUTRA-CarrierList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r15)) OF MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r15
MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r15::= SEQUENCE {
allowedMeasBandwidth-r15 AllowedMeasBandwidth,
validityArea-r15 CellList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
measCellList-r15 CellList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
reportQuantities ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both},
qualityThreshold-r15 SEQUENCE {
idleRSRP-Threshold-r15 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
idleRSRQ-Threshold-r15 RSRQ-Range-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
...
}
CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF PhysCellIdRange
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasIdleConfig field descriptions

allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in
MasterInformationBlock of serving cell applies.
carrierFreq
Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency to be used for measurements during IDLE mode.
measIdleCarrierListEUTRA
Indicates the E-UTRA carriers to be measured during IDLE mode.
measIdleDuration
Indicates the duration for performing measurements during IDLE mode for measurements assigned via
RRCConnectionRelease. Value sec10 correspond to 10 seconds, value sec30 to 30 seconds and so on.
qualityThreshold
Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for IDLE mode measurements.
reportQuantities
Indicates which measurment quantities UE is requested to report in the IDLE mode measurement report.
measCellList
Indicates the list of cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for IDLE mode measurements.
validityArea
Indicates the list of cells within which UE is requested to do IDLE mode measurements. If the UE reselects to a cell
outside this list, the measurements are no longer required.
– MeasIdToAddModList
The IE MeasIdToAddModList concerns a list of measurement identities to add or modify, with for each entry the
measId, the associated measObjectId and the associated reportConfigId. Field measIdToAddModListExt includes
additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles
specified in 5.1.2.
MeasIdToAddModList information element

-- ASN1START
MeasIdToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod
MeasIdToAddModList-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod-v1310
MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddModExt-r12
MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod-v1310
MeasIdToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

measId MeasId,
measObjectId MeasObjectId,
reportConfigId ReportConfigId
}
MeasIdToAddModExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

measId-v1250 MeasId-v1250,
measObjectId-r12 MeasObjectId,
reportConfigId-r12 ReportConfigId
}
MeasIdToAddMod-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectId-v1310 MeasObjectId-v1310 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasIdToAddModList field descriptions

measObjectId
If the measObjectId-v1310 is included, the measObjectId or measObjectId-r12 is ignored by the UE.
– MeasObjectCDMA2000
The IE MeasObjectCDMA2000 specifies information applicable for inter-RAT CDMA2000 neighbouring cells.
ETSI
MeasObjectCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
searchWindowSize INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
offsetFreq Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT DEFAULT 0,
cellsToRemoveList CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cellsToAddModList CellsToAddModListCDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cellForWhichToReportCGI PhysCellIdCDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
CellsToAddModListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModCDMA2000
CellsToAddModCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellIndex INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
physCellId PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasObjectCDMA2000 field descriptions

carrierInfo
Identifies CDMA2000 carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.
cdma2000-Type
The type of CDMA2000 network: CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
physCellId
CDMA2000 Physical cell identity of a cell in neighbouring cell list expressed as PNOffset.
searchWindowSize
Provides the search window size to be used by the UE for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005 [25].
– MeasObjectEUTRA
The IE MeasObjectEUTRA specifies information applicable for intra-frequency or inter-frequency E-UTRA cells.
MeasObjectEUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
allowedMeasBandwidth AllowedMeasBandwidth,
offsetFreq Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
-- Cell list
cellsToAddModList CellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
-- Black list
blackCellsToRemoveList CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
blackCellsToAddModList BlackCellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
cellForWhichToReportCGI PhysCellId OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[measCycleSCell-r10 MeasCycleSCell-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10 MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10 OPTIONAL
-- Need ON
]],
[[widebandRSRQ-Meas-r11 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Cond WB-RSRQ
]],
[[ altTTT-CellsToRemoveList-r12 CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
altTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12 AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
t312-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
ETSI
setup ENUMERATED {ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200,

ms300, ms400, ms500, ms1000}
reducedMeasPerformance-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measDS-Config-r12 MeasDS-Config-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
whiteCellsToRemoveList-r13 CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
whiteCellsToAddModList-r13 WhiteCellsToAddModList-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rmtc-Config-r13 RMTC-Config-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
carrierFreq-r13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList-r14 Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
tx-ResourcePoolToAddList-r14 Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
fembms-MixedCarrier-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
measSensing-Config-r15 MeasSensing-Config-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}
CellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod
CellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

cellIndividualOffset Q-OffsetRange
}
BlackCellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF BlackCellsToAddMod
BlackCellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellIdRange PhysCellIdRange
}
MeasCycleSCell-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512,

sf640, sf1024, sf1280, spare1}
MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
measSubframePatternNeigh-r10 MeasSubframePattern-r10,
measSubframeCellList-r10 MeasSubframeCellList-r10 OPTIONAL -- Cond
always
}
}
MeasSubframeCellList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF PhysCellIdRange
AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12
AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellIndex-r12 INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
physCellIdRange-r12 PhysCellIdRange
}
WhiteCellsToAddModList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF WhiteCellsToAddMod-r13
WhiteCellsToAddMod-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellIdRange-r13 PhysCellIdRange
}
RMTC-Config-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
rmtc-Period-r13 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640},
rmtc-SubframeOffset-r13 INTEGER(0..639) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measDuration-r13 ENUMERATED {sym1, sym14, sym28, sym42, sym70},
...
}
}
ETSI
Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14)) OF SL-V2X-

TxPoolReportIdentity-r14
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions

altTTT-CellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list for which the alternative time to trigger specified by alternativeTimeToTrigger
in reportConfigEUTRA, if configured, applies.
altTTT-CellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the list of cells for alternative time to trigger.
blackCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
blackCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
carrierFreq
Identifies E-UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one
measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. CarrierFreq-
r13 is included only when the extension list measObjectToAddModListExt-r13 is used. If carrierFreq-r13 is present,
carrierFreq (i.e., without suffix) shall be set to value maxEARFCN.
cellIndex
Entry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB
and so on.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
fembms-MixedCarrier
If this field is set to TRUE, the cells on the carrier frequency indicated by the measObject are FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed
cells.
measCycleSCell
The parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject and is in
deactivated state, see TS 36.133 [16, 8.3.3]. E-UTRAN configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on
the frequency indicated by the measObject, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value
sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
measDS-Config
Parameters applicable to discovery signals measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
measDuration
Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI, see TS 36.214 [48]. Value
sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14 corresponds to 14 symbols, and so on.
measSubframeCellList
List of cells for which measSubframePatternNeigh is applied.
measSubframePatternNeigh
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements
on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq. For cells in measSubframeCellList the UE shall assume that the
subframes indicated by measSubframePatternNeigh are non-MBSFN subframes, and have the same special
subframe configuration as PCell.
offsetFreq
Offset value applicable to the carrier frequency. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and
so on.
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
physCellIdRange
Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
If set to TRUE, the EUTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is
configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
rmtc-Config
Parameters applicable to RSSI and channel occupancy measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by
carrierFreq.
rmtc-Period
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity for this frequency. Value ms40 corresponds
to 40 ms periodicity, ms80 corresponds to 80 ms periodicity and so on, see TS 36.214 [48].
rmtc-SubframeOffset
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset for this frequency. The value of rmtc-
SubframeOffset should be smaller than the value of rmtc-Period, see TS 36.214 [48]. For inter-frequency
measurements, this field is optional present and if it is not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-
SubframeOffset for measDuration which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-Period with equal
probability.
ETSI
MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions

t312
The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
tx-ResourcePoolToAddList
List of transmission pools identities to be added to the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for which
poolReportId is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, SystemInformationBlockType21 or
tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList
List of transmission resource pools identities to be removed from the list of pools configured for CBR measurements
and for which poolReportId is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, SystemInformationBlockType21 or
widebandRSRQ-Meas
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance
with TS 36.133 [16].
whiteCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the white list of cells.
whiteCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the white list of cells.

always The field is mandatory present.
WB-RSRQ The field is optionally present, need ON, if the measurement bandwidth indicated by
allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present and the
UE shall delete any existing value for this field, if configured.
– MeasObjectGERAN
The IE MeasObjectGERAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT GERAN neighbouring frequencies.
MeasObjectGERAN information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

ncc-Permitted BIT STRING(SIZE (8)) DEFAULT '11111111'B,
cellForWhichToReportCGI PhysCellIdGERAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasObjectGERAN field descriptions

ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring
and set to "1" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the
leading bit of the bit string.
carrierFreqs
If E-UTRAN includes cellForWhichToReportCGI, it includes only one GERAN ARFCN value in carrierFreqs.
– MeasObjectId
The IE MeasObjectId used to identify a measurement object configuration.
MeasObjectId information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectId ::= INTEGER (1..maxObjectId)
MeasObjectId-v1310 ::= INTEGER (maxObjectId-Plus1-r13..maxObjectId-r13)
MeasObjectId-r13 ::= INTEGER (1..maxObjectId-r13)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– MeasObjectNR
The IE MeasObjectNR specifies information applicable for inter-RAT NR neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectNR information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rs-ConfigSSB-r15 RS-ConfigSSB-NR-r15,
threshRS-Index-r15 ThresholdListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15 MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
offsetFreq-r15 Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT DEFAULT 0,
blackCellsToRemoveList-r15 CellIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
blackCellsToAddModList-r15 CellsToAddModListNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
quantityConfigSet-r15 INTEGER (1.. maxQuantSetsNR-r15),
cellsForWhichToReportSFTD-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15
...,
[[ cellForWhichToReportCGI-r15 PhysCellIdNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ss-RSSI-Measurement-r15 SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
bandNR-r15 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15
]]
}
RS-ConfigSSB-NR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measTimingConfig-r15 MTC-SSB-NR-r15,

...
}
CellsToAddModListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModNR-r15
CellsToAddModNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r15 PhysCellIdNR-r15
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasObjectNR field descriptions

carrierFreq
Identifies NR carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one
measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and
subcarrier spacing, the timing of the NR serving cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing if
configured. Otherwise, the field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB
frequency and subcarrier spacing.
– MeasObjectToAddModList
The IE MeasObjectToAddModList concerns a list of measurement objects to add or modify
MeasObjectToAddModList information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod
MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddModExt-r13
MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0
ETSI
MeasObjectToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectId MeasObjectId,
measObject CHOICE {
measObjectEUTRA MeasObjectEUTRA,
measObjectUTRA MeasObjectUTRA,
measObjectGERAN MeasObjectGERAN,
measObjectCDMA2000 MeasObjectCDMA2000,
...,
measObjectWLAN-r13 MeasObjectWLAN-r13,
measObjectNR-r15 MeasObjectNR-r15
}
}
MeasObjectToAddModExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectId-r13 MeasObjectId-v1310,
measObject-r13 CHOICE {
measObjectEUTRA-r13 MeasObjectEUTRA,
measObjectUTRA-r13 MeasObjectUTRA,
measObjectGERAN-r13 MeasObjectGERAN,
measObjectCDMA2000-r13 MeasObjectCDMA2000,
...,
measObjectWLAN-v1320 MeasObjectWLAN-r13,
measObjectNR-r15 MeasObjectNR-r15
}
}
MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL -- Cond eutra
}
-- ASN1STOP

eutra The field is optional present, need OR, if for the corresponding entry in
MeasObjectToAddModList or MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 field measObject is set to
measObjectEUTRA and its sub-field carrierFreq is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the
– MeasObjectUTRA
The IE MeasObjectUTRA specifies information applicable for inter-RAT UTRA neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {
cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD,
cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
cellForWhichToReportCGI CHOICE {
utra-FDD PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
utra-TDD PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
...,
[[ csg-allowedReportingCells-v930 CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9 OPTIONAL --
Need ON
]],
[[ reducedMeasPerformance-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD
CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
}
CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD
ETSI
CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
}
CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9 PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasObjectUTRA field descriptions

carrierFreq
Identifies UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one
measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD
List of UTRA FDD cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
List of UTRA TDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
csg-allowedReportingCells
One or more ranges of physical cell identities for which UTRA-FDD reporting is allowed.
If set to TRUE the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is
configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasObjectWLAN
The IE MeasObjectWLAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT WLAN measurements. E-UTRAN configures
at least one WLAN identifier in the MeasObjectWLAN.
-- ASN1START
MeasObjectWLAN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r13 CHOICE {
bandIndicatorListWLAN-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Bands-r13)) OF WLAN-
BandIndicator-r13,
carrierInfoListWLAN-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-CarrierInfo-r13)) OF WLAN-
CarrierInfo-r13
wlan-ToAddModList-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
wlan-ToRemoveList-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
WLAN-BandIndicator-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {band2dot4, band5, band60-v1430, spare5, spare4, spare3,

-- ASN1STOP
MeasObjectWLAN field descriptions

bandIndicatorListWLAN
Includes the list of WLAN bands. Value band2dot4 indicates the 2.4GHz band, value band5 indicates the 5GHz band
and value band60 indicates the 60GHz band.
carrierInfoListWLAN
Includes the list of WLAN carrier information for the measurement object.
wlan-ToAddModList
Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be added to the measurement configuration.
wlan-ToRemoveList
Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be removed from the measurement configuration.
– MeasResults
The IE MeasResults covers measured results for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT mobility.
ETSI
MeasResults information element

-- ASN1START
MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId MeasId,
measResultPCell SEQUENCE {
rsrpResult RSRP-Range,
rsrqResult RSRQ-Range
},
measResultNeighCells CHOICE {
measResultListEUTRA MeasResultListEUTRA,
measResultListUTRA MeasResultListUTRA,
measResultListGERAN MeasResultListGERAN,
measResultsCDMA2000 MeasResultsCDMA2000,
...,
measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 MeasResultCellListNR-r15
} OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ measResultForECID-r9 MeasResultForECID-r9 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ locationInfo-r10 LocationInfo-r10 OPTIONAL,
measResultServFreqList-r10 MeasResultServFreqList-r10 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measId-v1250 MeasId-v1250 OPTIONAL,
measResultPCell-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL,
measResultCSI-RS-List-r12 MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultForRSSI-r13 MeasResultForRSSI-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultServFreqListExt-r13 MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultSSTD-r13 MeasResultSSTD-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultPCell-v1310 SEQUENCE {
rs-sinr-Result-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13
} OPTIONAL,
ul-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13 UL-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultListWLAN-r13 MeasResultListWLAN-r13 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultPCell-v1360 RSRP-Range-v1360 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultListCBR-r14 MeasResultListCBR-r14 OPTIONAL,
measResultListWLAN-r14 MeasResultListWLAN-r14 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultServFreqListNR-r15 MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
measResultCellListSFTD-r15 MeasResultCellListSFTD-r15 OPTIONAL
]],
logMeasResultListWLAN-r15 LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15 OPTIONAL,
measResultSensing-r15 MeasResultSensing-r15 OPTIONAL,
heightUE-r15 INTEGER (-400..8880) OPTIONAL
]]
}
MeasResultListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA
MeasResultEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

cgi-Info SEQUENCE {
cellGlobalId CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
trackingAreaCode TrackingAreaCode,
plmn-IdentityList PLMN-IdentityList2 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
measResult SEQUENCE {
rsrpResult RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
rsrqResult RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ additionalSI-Info-r9 AdditionalSI-Info-r9 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
measResult-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ rs-sinr-Result-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13 OPTIONAL,
cgi-Info-v1310 SEQUENCE {
freqBandIndicator-r13 FreqBandIndicator-r11 OPTIONAL,
multiBandInfoList-r13 MultiBandInfoList-r11 OPTIONAL,
freqBandIndicatorPriority-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL
]],
[[
ETSI
measResult-v1360 RSRP-Range-v1360 OPTIONAL

]],
[[
cgi-Info-5GC-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-
r15 OPTIONAL
]]
}
}
MeasResultListIdle-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxIdleMeasCarriers-r15)) OF MeasResultIdle-r15
MeasResultIdle-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultServingCell-r15 SEQUENCE {
rsrqResult-r15 RSRQ-Range-r13
},
measResultNeighCells-r15 CHOICE {
measResultIdleListEUTRA-r15 MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15,
...
} OPTIONAL,
...
}
MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r15
MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResult-r15 SEQUENCE {
rsrqResult-r15 RSRQ-Range-r13
},
...
}
MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServFreqNR-r15
MeasResultServFreqNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultSCell-r15 MeasResultCellNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
measResultBestNeighCell-r15 MeasResultCellNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
...
}
MeasResultCellListNR-r15::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15
MeasResultCellNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

pci-r15 PhysCellIdNR-r15,
measResultCell-r15 MeasResultNR-r15,
measResultRS-IndexList-r15 MeasResultSSB-IndexList-r15 OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ cgi-Info-r15 CGI-InfoNR-r15 OPTIONAL
]]
}
MeasResultNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult-r15 RSRP-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
rsrqResult-r15 RSRQ-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
rs-sinr-Result-r15 RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
...
}
MeasResultSSB-IndexList-r15::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)) OF MeasResultSSB-

Index-r15
MeasResultSSB-Index-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

ssb-Index-r15 RS-IndexNR-r15,
measResultSSB-Index-r15 MeasResultNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
...
}
MeasResultServFreqList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r10
MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r13
MeasResultServFreq-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

servFreqId-r10 ServCellIndex-r10,
measResultSCell-r10 SEQUENCE {
ETSI
rsrpResultSCell-r10 RSRP-Range,
rsrqResultSCell-r10 RSRQ-Range
} OPTIONAL,
measResultBestNeighCell-r10 SEQUENCE {
rsrpResultNCell-r10 RSRP-Range,
rsrqResultNCell-r10 RSRQ-Range
} OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ measResultSCell-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL,
measResultBestNeighCell-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ measResultSCell-v1310 SEQUENCE {
} OPTIONAL,
measResultBestNeighCell-v1310 SEQUENCE {
} OPTIONAL
]]
}
MeasResultServFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

servFreqId-r13 ServCellIndex-r13,
rsrqResultSCell-r13 RSRQ-Range-r13,
rs-sinr-Result-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
measResultBestNeighCell-r13 SEQUENCE {
rsrpResultNCell-r13 RSRP-Range,
rsrqResultNCell-r13 RSRQ-Range-r13,
rs-sinr-Result-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ measResultBestNeighCell-v1360 SEQUENCE {
rsrpResultNCell-v1360 RSRP-Range-v1360
} OPTIONAL
]]
}
MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCSI-RS-r12
MeasResultCSI-RS-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

measCSI-RS-Id-r12 MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
csi-RSRP-Result-r12 CSI-RSRP-Range-r12,
...
}
MeasResultListUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultUTRA
MeasResultUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId CHOICE {
fdd PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
tdd PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
},
cgi-Info SEQUENCE {
cellGlobalId CellGlobalIdUTRA,
locationAreaCode BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL,
routingAreaCode BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL,
plmn-IdentityList PLMN-IdentityList2 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
utra-RSCP INTEGER (-5..91) OPTIONAL,
utra-EcN0 INTEGER (0..49) OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ additionalSI-Info-r9 AdditionalSI-Info-r9 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]]
}
}
MeasResultListGERAN ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultGERAN
MeasResultGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId PhysCellIdGERAN,
ETSI
cgi-Info SEQUENCE {
cellGlobalId CellGlobalIdGERAN,
routingAreaCode BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
rssi INTEGER (0..63),
...
}
}
MeasResultsCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

preRegistrationStatusHRPD BOOLEAN,
measResultListCDMA2000 MeasResultListCDMA2000
}
MeasResultListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCDMA2000
MeasResultCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
cgi-Info CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 OPTIONAL,
pilotPnPhase INTEGER (0..32767) OPTIONAL,
pilotStrength INTEGER (0..63),
...
}
}
MeasResultListWLAN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultWLAN-r13
MeasResultListWLAN-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14)) OF MeasResultWLAN-r13
MeasResultWLAN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierInfoWLAN-r13 WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13 OPTIONAL,
bandWLAN-r13 WLAN-BandIndicator-r13 OPTIONAL,
rssiWLAN-r13 WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13,
availableAdmissionCapacityWLAN-r13 INTEGER (0..31250) OPTIONAL,
backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN-r13 WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 OPTIONAL,
backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN-r13 WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 OPTIONAL,
channelUtilizationWLAN-r13 INTEGER (0..255) OPTIONAL,
stationCountWLAN-r13 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL,
connectedWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
...
}
MeasResultListCBR-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Report-r14)) OF MeasResultCBR-r14
MeasResultCBR-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

poolIdentity-r14 SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14,
cbr-PSSCH-r14 SL-CBR-r14,
cbr-PSCCH-r14 SL-CBR-r14 OPTIONAL
}
MeasResultSensing-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sl-SubframeRef-r15 INTEGER (0..10239),
sensingResult-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..400)) OF SensingResult-r15
}
SensingResult-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

resourceIndex-r15 INTEGER (1..2000)
}
MeasResultForECID-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult-r9 INTEGER (0..4095),
currentSFN-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}
PLMN-IdentityList2 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..5)) OF PLMN-Identity
AdditionalSI-Info-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

csg-MemberStatus-r9 ENUMERATED {member} OPTIONAL,
csg-Identity-r9 CSG-Identity OPTIONAL
}
MeasResultForRSSI-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
rssi-Result-r13 RSSI-Range-r13,
channelOccupancy-r13 INTEGER (0..100),
...
}
ETSI
UL-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxQCI-r13)) OF UL-PDCP-DelayResult-r13
UL-PDCP-DelayResult-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

qci-Id-r13 ENUMERATED {qci1, qci2, qci3, qci4, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1},
excessDelay-r13 INTEGER (0..31),
...
}
CGI-InfoNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityInfoList-r15 PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
frequencyBandList-15 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
noSIB1-r15 SEQUENCE {
ssb-SubcarrierOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..15),
pdcch-ConfigSIB1-r15 INTEGER (0..255)
} OPTIONAL,
...
}
CellIdentityNR-r15 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (36))
PLMN-IdentityListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-Identity
PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-r15
PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityList-r15 PLMN-IdentityListNR-r15,
trackingAreaCode-r15 TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
ran-AreaCode-r15 RAN-AreaCode-r15 OPTIONAL,
cellIdentity-r15 CellIdentityNR-r15
}
TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (24))
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasResults field descriptions

availableAdmissionCapacityWLAN
Indicates the available admission capacity of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Downlink Speed times Downlink Load defined
in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Uplink Speed times Uplink Load defined in Wi-Fi
Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
bandWLAN
Indicates the WLAN band.
carrierInfoWLAN
Indicates the WLAN channel information.
cbr-PSSCH
Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSSCH of the pool indicated by poolIdentity. If adjacencyPSCCH-
PSSCH is set to TRUE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity, this field indicates the CBR measurement of both the
PSSCH and PSCCH resources which are measured together.
cbr-PSCCH
Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSCCH of the pool indicated by poolIdentity. This field is only included
if adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to FALSE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity.
channelOccupancy
Indicates the percentage of samples when the RSSI was above the configured channelOccupancyThreshold for the
associated reportConfig.
channelUtilizationWLAN
Indicates WLAN channel utilization as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
connectedWLAN
Indicates whether the UE is connected to the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
csg-MemberStatus
Indicates whether or not the UE is a member of the CSG of the neighbour cell.
currentSFN
Indicates the current system frame number when receiving the UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement results from
lower layer.
excessDelay
Indicates excess queueing delay ratio in UL, according to excess delay ratio measurement report mapping table, as
defined in TS 36.314 [71, Table 4.2.1.1.1-1]
heightUE
Indicates height of the UE in meters relative to the sea level. Value 0 corresponds to sea level (i.e., negative value
indicates depth of the UE below sea level). Value -400 corresponds to -400 m, value -399 corresponds to -399 m and
so on.
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
measId
Identifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed. If the measId-v1250 is included, the
measId (i.e. without a suffix) is ignored by eNB.
measResult
Measured result of an E-UTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
measResultCSI-RS-List
Measured results of the CSI-RS resources in discovery signals measurement.
measResultListCDMA2000
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a CDMA2000 measurement identity.
measResultListEUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an E-UTRA measurement identity. For UE
supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResult-v1360 is reported if the
measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultListGERAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells or frequencies for a GERAN measurement
identity.
measResultListSFTD
List of measured SFTD results for the reported cells for a NR measurement identity.
ETSI

measResultListUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA measurement identity.
measResultListWLAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best WLAN outside the WLAN mobility set and
connected WLAN, if any, for a WLAN measurement identity.
measResultPCell
Measured result of the PCell. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultPCell-v1360 is
reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultsCDMA2000
Contains the CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration status and the list of CDMA2000 measurements.
MeasResultServFreqList
Measured results of the serving frequencies: the measurement result of each SCell, if any, and of the best
neighbouring cell on each serving frequency. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by
upper layers, measResultBestNeighCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultServingCell
Measured results of the serving cell from IDLE mode measurements.
noSIB1
Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report
CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
pilotPnPhase
Indicates the arrival time of a CDMA2000 pilot, measured relative to the UE's time reference in units of PN chips, see
C.S0005 [25]. This information is used in either SRVCC handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback procedure to
CDMA2000 1xRTT.
pilotStrength
CDMA2000 Pilot Strength, the ratio of pilot power to total power in the signal bandwidth of a CDMA2000 Forward
Channel. See C.S0005 [25] for CDMA2000 1xRTT and C.S0024 [26] for CDMA2000 HRPD.
poolIdentity
The identity of the transmission resource pool which is corresponding to the poolReportId configured in a resource
pool for V2X sidelink communication.
plmn-IdentityList
The list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
preRegistrationStatusHRPD
Set to TRUE if the UE is currently pre-registered with CDMA2000 HRPD. Otherwise set to FALSE. This can be
ignored by the eNB for CDMA2000 1xRTT.
ETSI

qci-Id
Indicates QCI value for which excessDelay is provided, according to TS 36.314 [71].
resourceIndex
Indicates the available resource candidates within the [T1, T2] window as specified in TS 36.213 [23] section 14.1.1.6.
Value 1 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to
sensingSubchannelNumber-1. Value 2 indicates the resource candidate on the first subframe following the subframe
indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1 (Value 101 indicates the resource
candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 1 to sensingSubchannelNumber, if the
numSubchannel of the resource pool is larger than sensingSubchannelNumber) and so on.
routingAreaCode
The RAC identity read from broadcast information, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an E-UTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rsrqResult
Measured RSRQ result of an E-UTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssi
GERAN Carrier RSSI. RXLEV is mapped to a value between 0 and 63, TS 45.008 [28]. When mapping the RXLEV
value to the RSSI bit string, the first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit.
rssi-Result
Measured RSSI result in dBm.
rs-sinr-Result
Measured RS-SINR result of an E-UTRA or NR cell. The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssiWLAN
Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
sl-SubframeRef
Indicates the subframe corresponding to n+T1 used to obtain the sensing measurement results (see TS 36.213 [23]).
Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of DFN#0 in milliseconds.
stationCountWLAN
Indicates the total number stations currently associated with this WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult
UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result of the PCell, provided by lower layers. If ue-
RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13 is set to TRUE, the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx
time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16] and measurement result includes NTAoffset, else the measurement
mapping is according to EUTRAN FDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16].
utra-EcN0
According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD. Fourteen spare values. The field is not present for TDD.
utra-RSCP
According to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. Thirty-one
spare values.
wlan-Identifiers
Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
– MeasResultCellSFTD
The IE MeasResultCellSFTD consists of SFN and radio frame boundary difference between the PCell and an NR cell as
specified in TS 38.215 [89] and TS 38.133 [84].
MeasResultCellSFTD information element

-- ASN1START
MeasResultCellListSFTD-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD-r15
MeasResultCellSFTD-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r15 PhysCellIdNR-r15,
sfn-OffsetResult-r15 INTEGER (0..1023),
frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r15 INTEGER (-30720..30719),
rsrpResult-r15 RSRP-RangeNR-r15 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MeasResultCellSTD field descriptions

physCellId
Indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell.
sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS
38.215 [89].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an NR cell.
– MeasResultSSTD
The IE MeasResultSSTD consists of SFN, radio frame and subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the
PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and TS 36.133 [16].
MeasResultSSTD information element

-- ASN1START
MeasResultSSTD-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

sfn-OffsetResult-r13 INTEGER (0..1023),
frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r13 INTEGER (-5..4),
subframeBoundaryOffsetResult-r13 INTEGER (0..127)
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasResultSSTD field descriptions

sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214
[48].
subframeBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to the
mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasScaleFactor
The IE MeasScaleFactor specifies the factor for scaling the measurement performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16].
MeasScaleFactor information element

-- ASN1START
MeasScaleFactor-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {sf-EUTRA-cf1, sf-EUTRA-cf2}
-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: If the reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA and the
measScaleFactor is included in the measConfig, E-UTRAN can configure any of the values for the
measScaleFactor as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasSensing-Config
The IE MeasSensing-Config specifies the input factors for sensing measurement as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
MeasSensing-Config information element

-- ASN1START
MeasSensing-Config-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sensingSubchannelNumber-r15 INTEGER (1..20),
ETSI
sensingPeriodicity-r15 ENUMERATED {ms20, ms50, ms100, ms200,

ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600,
ms700, ms800, ms900, ms1000},
sensingReselectionCounter-r15 INTEGER (5..75),
sensingPriority-r15 INTEGER (1..8)
}
-- ASN1STOP
MeasSensing-Config field descriptions

sensingReselectionCounter
Indicate the value of SL_RESOURCE_RESELECTION_COUNTER, which is used to derive C resel , as specified in TS
36.213 [23] section 14.1.1.4B.
sensingSubchannelNumber
Indicate the number of sub-channels, i.e., parameter LsubCH , as specified in TS 36.213 [23] section 14.1.1.6.
sensingPeriodicity
Indicate the resource reservation interval, i.e., parameter Prsvp_TX , as specified in TS 36.213 [23] section 14.1.1.6.
sensingPriority
Indicate the priority to be transmitted in the associated SCI format 1 by the UE, i.e., parameter prioTX as specified in
TS 36.213 [23] section 14.1.1.6.
– MTC-SSB-NR
The IE MTC-SSB-NR specifies the measurement timing configuration (MTC) applicable for SSB based NR
measurements i.e. the time occasions for performing these measurments.
MTC-SSB-NR information elements

-- ASN1START
MTC-SSB-NR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

periodicityAndOffset-r15 CHOICE {
sf5-r15 INTEGER (0..4),
sf160-r15 INTEGER (0..159)
},
ssb-Duration-r15 ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5 }
}
-- ASN1STOP
– QuantityConfig
The IE QuantityConfig specifies the measurement quantities and layer 3 filtering coefficients for E-UTRA and inter-
RAT measurements.
QuantityConfig information element

-- ASN1START
QuantityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigEUTRA QuantityConfigEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
quantityConfigUTRA QuantityConfigUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
quantityConfigGERAN QuantityConfigGERAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
quantityConfigCDMA2000 QuantityConfigCDMA2000 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ quantityConfigUTRA-v1020 QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ quantityConfigEUTRA-v1250 QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ quantityConfigEUTRA-v1310 QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1310 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
quantityConfigWLAN-r13 QuantityConfigWLAN-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ quantityConfigNRList-r15 QuantityConfigNRList-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
ETSI
]]
}
QuantityConfigEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

filterCoefficientRSRP FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
filterCoefficientRSRQ FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP-r12 FilterCoefficient OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
}
QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

filterCoefficientRS-SINR-r13 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
QuantityConfigUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

measQuantityUTRA-FDD ENUMERATED {cpich-RSCP, cpich-EcN0},
measQuantityUTRA-TDD ENUMERATED {pccpch-RSCP},
}
QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

filterCoefficient2-FDD-r10 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
QuantityConfigGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

measQuantityGERAN ENUMERATED {rssi},
}
QuantityConfigCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {

measQuantityCDMA2000 ENUMERATED {pilotStrength, pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength}
}
QuantityConfigNRList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15
QuantityConfigNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measQuantityCellNR-r15 QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15,
measQuantityRS-IndexNR-r15 QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15 OPTIONAL
}
QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

filterCoeff-RSRP-r15 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
filterCoefficient-SINR-r13 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
QuantityConfigWLAN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

measQuantityWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {rssiWLAN},
filterCoefficient-r13 FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
QuantityConfig field descriptions

filterCoefficient2-FDD
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for the UTRAN FDD measurement quantity, which is not included in
measQuantityUTRA-FDD, when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is present in ReportConfigInterRAT.
filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for CSI-RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRQ
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRQ.
filterCoefficientRS-SINR
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RS-SINR.
measQuantityCDMA2000
Measurement quantity used for CDMA2000 measurements. pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength is only applicable for
MeasObjectCDMA2000 of cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT.
measQuantityRS-IndexNR
Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR RS index for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH
block) and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
measQuantityGERAN
Measurement quantity used for GERAN measurements.
measQuantityCellINR
Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR cell for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH block)
and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
measQuantityUTRA
Measurement quantity used for UTRA measurements.
measQuantityWLAN
Measurement quantity used for WLAN measurements.
quantityConfigCDMA2000
Specifies quantity configurations for CDMA2000 measurements.
quantityConfigEUTRA
Specifies filter configurations for E-UTRA measurements.
quantityConfigGERAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for GERAN measurements.
quantityConfigUTRA
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for UTRA measurements. Field quantityConfigUTRA-v1020 is applicable
only when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is configured.
quantityConfigWLAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for WLAN measurements.
– ReportConfigEUTRA
The IE ReportConfigEUTRA specifies criteria for triggering of an E-UTRA measurement reporting event. The E-UTRA
measurement reporting events concerning CRS are labelled AN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on.
Event A1: Serving becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event A2: Serving becomes worse than absolute threshold;
Event A3: Neighbour becomes amount of offset better than PCell/ PSCell;
Event A4: Neighbour becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event A5: PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 AND Neighbour becomes better than another
absolute threshold2;
Event A6: Neighbour becomes amount of offset better than SCell.
The E-UTRA measurement reporting events concerning CSI-RS are labelled CN with N equal to 1 and 2.
Event C1: CSI-RS resource becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event C2: CSI-RS resource becomes amount of offset better than reference CSI-RS resource.
The E-UTRA measurement reporting events concerning CBR are labelled VN with N equal to 1 and 2.
ETSI
Event V1: CBR becomes larger than absolute threshold;
Event V2: CBR becomes smaller than absolute threshold.
The E-UTRA reporting events concerning Aerial UE height are labelled HN with N equal to 1 and 2.
Event H1: Aerial UE height becomes higher than absolute threshold;
Event H2: Aerial UE height becomes lower than absolute threshold.
ReportConfigEUTRA information element

-- ASN1START
ReportConfigEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {
event SEQUENCE {
eventId CHOICE {
eventA1 SEQUENCE {
a1-Threshold ThresholdEUTRA
},
eventA2 SEQUENCE {
},
eventA3 SEQUENCE {
a3-Offset INTEGER (-30..30),
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN
},
eventA4 SEQUENCE {
},
eventA5 SEQUENCE {
a5-Threshold1 ThresholdEUTRA,
a5-Threshold2 ThresholdEUTRA
},
...,
eventA6-r10 SEQUENCE {
a6-Offset-r10 INTEGER (-30..30),
a6-ReportOnLeave-r10 BOOLEAN
},
eventC1-r12 SEQUENCE {
c1-Threshold-r12 ThresholdEUTRA-v1250,
c1-ReportOnLeave-r12 BOOLEAN
},
eventC2-r12 SEQUENCE {
c2-RefCSI-RS-r12 MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
c2-Offset-r12 INTEGER (-30..30),
c2-ReportOnLeave-r12 BOOLEAN
},
eventV1-r14 SEQUENCE {
v1-Threshold-r14 SL-CBR-r14
},
eventV2-r14 SEQUENCE {
v2-Threshold-r14 SL-CBR-r14
},
eventH1-r15 SEQUENCE {
h1-ThresholdOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..300),
h1-Hysteresis-15 INTEGER (1..16)
},
eventH2-r15 SEQUENCE {
h2-ThresholdOffset-r15 INTEGER (0..300),
h2-Hysteresis-15 INTEGER (1..16)
}
},
hysteresis Hysteresis,
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger
},
periodical SEQUENCE {
purpose ENUMERATED {
reportStrongestCells, reportCGI}
}
},
triggerQuantity ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq},
reportQuantity ENUMERATED {sameAsTriggerQuantity, both},
maxReportCells INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
reportInterval ReportInterval,
reportAmount ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
ETSI
...,
[[ si-RequestForHO-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Cond reportCGI
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ includeLocationInfo-r10 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
reportAddNeighMeas-r10 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup TimeToTrigger
useT312-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
usePSCell-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
aN-Threshold1-v1250 RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
a5-Threshold2-v1250 RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportStrongestCSI-RSs-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportCRS-Meas-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
triggerQuantityCSI-RS-r12 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ reportSSTD-Meas-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rs-sinr-Config-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
triggerQuantity-v1310 ENUMERATED {sinr} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
aN-Threshold1-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
a5-Threshold2-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportQuantity-v1310 ENUMERATED {rsrpANDsinr, rsrqANDsinr, all}
}
useWhiteCellList-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
measRSSI-ReportConfig-r13 MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
includeMultiBandInfo-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond
reportCGI
ul-DelayConfig-r13 UL-DelayConfig-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
purpose-v1430 ENUMERATED {reportLocation, sidelink, spare2, spare1}
OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[
maxReportRS-Index-r15 INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ includeBT-Meas-r15 BT-NameListConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
includeWLAN-Meas-r15 WLAN-NameListConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
purpose-r15 ENUMERATED {sensing} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
numberOfTriggeringCells-r15 INTEGER (2..maxCellReport) OPTIONAL, -- Cond a3a4a5
a4-a5-ReportOnLeave-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Cond a4a5
]]
}
RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup RSRQ-Range-v1250
}
ThresholdEUTRA ::= CHOICE{

threshold-RSRP RSRP-Range,
threshold-RSRQ RSRQ-Range
}
ThresholdEUTRA-v1250 ::= CSI-RSRP-Range-r12
MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

channelOccupancyThreshold-r13 RSSI-Range-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
ReportConfigEUTRA field descriptions

a3-Offset/ a6-Offset/ c2-Offset
Offset value to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event a3/ a6/ c2. The actual value is
field value * 0.5 dB.
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates the time to trigger applicable for cells specified in altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the associated measurement
object, if configured
aN-ThresholdM/ cN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event number aN/ cN. If multiple
thresholds are defined for event number aN/ cN, the thresholds are differentiated by M. E-UTRAN configures aN-
Threshold1 only for events A1, A2, A4, A5 and a5-Threshold2 only for event A5.
c1-ReportOnLeave/ c2-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met
for a CSI-RS resource in csi-RS-TriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
c2-RefCSI-RS
Identity of the CSI-RS resource from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList of the associated measObject, to be used as
the reference CSI-RS resource in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event c2.
channelOccupancyThreshold
RSSI threshold which is used for channel occupancy evaluation.
eventId
Choice of E-UTRA event triggered reporting criteria. EUTRAN may set this field to eventC1 or eventC2 only if
measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources. The eventC1 and
eventC2 are not applicable for the eventId if RS-SINR is configured as triggerQuantity or reportQuantity.
h1-Hysteresis, h2-Hysteresis
This parameter is used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition for event H1 and
event H2. The actual value is field value. If this field is configured UE shall ignore parameter hysteresis.
h1-ThresholdOffset, h2-ThresholdOffset
An offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the threshold to be used in EUTRA height report triggering condition for
event H1 and event H2. The value for h1-ThresholdOffset and h2-ThresholdOffset is expressed in meters such that
granularity is 2meters. Value 0 corresponds to offset value 0m, value 1 corresponds to offset value 2m, value 3
correspond to offset value 4m, and so on.
includeMultiBandInfo
If this field is present, the UE shall acquire and include multi band information in the measurement report.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report concerning CRS, and max
number of CSI-RS resources to include in the measurement report concerning CSI-RS.
measRSSI-ReportConfig
If this field is present, the UE shall perform measurement reporting for RSSI and channel occupancy and ignore the
triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN only sets this field to true when setting
triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
numberOfTriggeringCells
Indicates the number of cells detected that are required to fulfill an event for a measurement report to be triggered.
This field is set only for the events concerning neighbor cells, i.e. eventA3, eventA4, eventA5.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. In case
purpose is set to reportCGI or reportSSTD-Meas is set to true, only value 1 applies.
reportCRS-Meas
Inidicates that UE shall include rsrp, rsrq together with csi-rsrp in the measurement report, if possible.
reportOnLeave/ a6-ReportOnLeave/ a4-a5-ReportOnLeave
for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantity
The quantities to be included in the measurement report. The value both means that both the rsrp and rsrq quantities
are to be included in the measurement report. The value rsrpANDsinr and rsrqANDsinr mean that both rsrp and rs-sinr
quantities, and both rsrq and rs-sinr quantities are to be included respectively in the measurement report. The value all
means that rsrp, rsrq and rs-sinr are to be included in the measurement report. In case triggerQuantityCSI-RS is
included, only value sameAsTriggerQuantity applies. If reportQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this
extension (and ignores reportQuantity i.e. without suffix).
reportSSTD-Meas
If this field is set to true, the UE shall measure SSTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48]
and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN only sets this field to true when
setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
reportStrongestCSI-RSs
Indicates that periodical CSI-RS measurement report is performed. EUTRAN configures value TRUE only if measDS-
Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources.
ETSI
ReportConfigEUTRA field descriptions

si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous
gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different
fields in the measurement report.
ThresholdEUTRA
For RSRP: RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is field value – 140 dBm.
For RSRQ: RSRQ based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (field value – 40)/2 dB.
For RS-SINR: RS-SINR based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (field value -46)/2 dB.
For CSI-RSRP: CSI-RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is field value – 140 dBm.
EUTRAN configures the same threshold quantity for all the thresholds of an event.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report.
triggerQuantity
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CRS. EUTRAN sets the value
according to the quantity of the ThresholdEUTRA for this event. The values rsrp, rsrq and sinr correspond to
Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ) and Reference Signal Signal
to Noise and Interference Ratio (RS-SINR), see TS 36.214 [48]. If triggerQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only
considers this extension (and ignores triggerQuantity i.e. without suffix).
triggerQuantityCSI-RS
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CSI-RS. The value TRUE corresponds
to CSI Reference Signal Received Power (CSI-RSRP), see TS 36.214 [48]. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE if and
only if the measurement reporting event concerns CSI-RS.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical
If this field is present, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting and ignore the fields
triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells. If the field is present, the only applicable values for the
corresponding triggerType and purpose are periodical and reportStrongestCells respectively.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting according to
EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is configured, the ue-
RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical shall be configured. The field is applicable for TDD only.
usePSCell
If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall use the PSCell instead of the PCell. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only for
events A3 and A5, see 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.4.6.
useT312
If value TRUE is configured, the UE shall use the timer T312 with the value t312 as specified in the corresponding
measObject. If the corresponding measObject does not include the timer T312 then the timer T312 is considered as
not configured. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only if triggerType is set to event.
useWhiteCellList
Indicates whether only the cells included in the white-list of the associated measObject are applicable as specified in
5.5.4.1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for events A1, A2, C1 and C2.
ul-DelayConfig
If the field is present, E-UTRAN configures UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement and the UE shall ignore the
fields triggerQuantity and maxReportCells. The applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and reportInterval
are periodical and (one of the) ms1024, ms2048, ms5120 or ms10240 respectively.The reportInterval indicates the
periodicity for performing and reporting of UL PDCP Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].

reportCGI The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI;
otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
a3a4a5 This field is optional, need OR, in case eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5;
otherwise, this field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value of this field.
a4a5 This field is optional, need OR, in case eventId is set to eventA4 or eventA5; otherwise,
this field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value of this field.
– ReportConfigId
The IE ReportConfigId is used to identify a measurement reporting configuration.
ReportConfigId information element

-- ASN1START
ReportConfigId ::= INTEGER (1..maxReportConfigId)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– ReportConfigInterRAT
The IE ReportConfigInterRAT specifies criteria for triggering of an inter-RAT measurement reporting event. The inter-
RAT measurement reporting events for NR, UTRAN, GERAN and CDMA2000 are labelled BN with N equal to 1, 2
and so on. The inter-RAT measurement reporting events for WLAN are labelled WN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on.
Event B1: Neighbour becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event B2: PCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 AND Neighbour becomes better than another absolute
threshold2.
Event W1: WLAN becomes better than a threshold;
Event W2: All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set become worse than a threshold1 and a WLAN outside WLAN
mobility set becomes better than a threshold2;
Event W3: All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set become worse than a threshold.
The b1 and b2 event thresholds for CDMA2000 are the CDMA2000 pilot detection thresholds are expressed as an
unsigned binary number equal to [-2 x 10 log 10 Ec/Io] in units of 0.5dB, see C.S0005 [25] for details.
ReportConfigInterRAT information element

-- ASN1START
ReportConfigInterRAT ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {
event SEQUENCE {
eventId CHOICE {
eventB1 SEQUENCE {
b1-Threshold CHOICE {
b1-ThresholdUTRA ThresholdUTRA,
b1-ThresholdGERAN ThresholdGERAN,
b1-ThresholdCDMA2000 ThresholdCDMA2000
}
},
eventB2 SEQUENCE {
b2-Threshold1 ThresholdEUTRA,
b2-Threshold2 CHOICE {
b2-Threshold2UTRA ThresholdUTRA,
b2-Threshold2GERAN ThresholdGERAN,
b2-Threshold2CDMA2000 ThresholdCDMA2000
}
},
...,
eventW1-r13 SEQUENCE {
w1-Threshold-r13 WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13
},
w2-Threshold1-r13 WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13,
w2-Threshold2-r13 WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13
},
w3-Threshold-r13 WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13
},
eventB1-NR-r15 SEQUENCE {
b1-ThresholdNR-r15 ThresholdNR-r15,
reportOnLeave-r15 BOOLEAN
},
eventB2-NR-r15 SEQUENCE {
b2-Threshold1-r15 ThresholdEUTRA,
b2-Threshold2NR-r15 ThresholdNR-r15,
reportOnLeave-r15 BOOLEAN
}
},
hysteresis Hysteresis,
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger
},
periodical SEQUENCE {
purpose ENUMERATED {
reportStrongestCells,
reportStrongestCellsForSON,
ETSI
reportCGI}
}
},
maxReportCells INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
reportInterval ReportInterval,
reportAmount ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
...,
[[ si-RequestForHO-r9 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Cond reportCGI
]],
[[ reportQuantityUTRA-FDD-r10 ENUMERATED {both} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ includeLocationInfo-r11 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ b2-Threshold1-v1250 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup RSRQ-Range-v1250
]],
[[ reportQuantityWLAN-r13 ReportQuantityWLAN-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ reportAnyWLAN-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ reportQuantityCellNR-r15 ReportQuantityNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
maxReportRS-Index-r15 INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportQuantityRS-IndexNR-r15 ReportQuantityNR-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportRS-IndexResultsNR BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
reportSFTD-Meas-r15 ENUMERATED {pSCell, neighborCells } OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
ThresholdUTRA ::= CHOICE{

utra-RSCP INTEGER (-5..91),
utra-EcN0 INTEGER (0..49)
}
ThresholdGERAN ::= INTEGER (0..63)
ThresholdCDMA2000 ::= INTEGER (0..63)
ReportQuantityNR-r15::= SEQUENCE {
ss-rsrp BOOLEAN,
ss-rsrq BOOLEAN,
ss-sinr BOOLEAN
}
ReportQuantityWLAN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
carrierInfoRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
channelUtilizationRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
stationCountRequestWLAN-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
ReportConfigInterRAT field descriptions

availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Available Admission Capacity in measurement
reports.
backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Downlink Bandwidth in measurement
reports.
backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Uplink Bandwidth in measurement
reports.
bandRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include WLAN band in measurement reports.
bN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in inter RAT measurement report triggering condition for event number bN. If multiple thresholds
are defined for event number bN, the thresholds are differentiated by M.
carrierInfoRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Carrier Information in measurement reports.
channelUtilizationRequest-WLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Channel Utilization in measurement reports.
eventId
Choice of inter-RAT event triggered reporting criteria.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report. In case purpose is set to
reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. For inter-RAT WLAN, it is the maximum number of WLANs to
include in the measurement report.
maxReportRS-Index
Max number of RS indices to include in the measurement report. E-UTRAN configures value 0 only if it sets reportRS-
IndexResultsNR to FALSE.
Purpose
reportStrongestCellsForSON applies only in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectUTRA or
measObjectCDMA2000.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. In case
purpose is set to reportCGI or reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. In case reportSFTD-Meas is
configured, only value 1 applies.
reportAnyWLAN
Indicates UE to report any WLAN AP meeting the triggering requirements, even if it is not included in the
corresponding MeasObjectWLAN.
reportOnLeave
for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantityUTRA-FDD
The quantities to be included in the UTRA measurement report. The value both means that both the cpich RSCP and
cpich EcN0 quantities are to be included in the measurement report.
reportSFTD-Meas
If this field is set to pSCell, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 38.215
[89]. If the field is set to neighborCells, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the NR cells included in
cellsForWhichToReportSFTD (if configured in the corresponding measObjectNR) or between the PCell and up to 3
strongest detected NR cells (if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is not configured in the corresponding measObjectNR),
as specified in TS 38.215 [89]. E-UTRAN only includes this field when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to
reportStrongestCells. If included, the UE shall ignore the triggerType and maxReportCells fields
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous
gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different
fields in the measurement report. EUTRAN does not configure the field if reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to
measObjectNR.
stationCountRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Station Count in measurement reports.
b1-ThresholdGERAN, b2-Threshold2GERAN
The actual value is field value – 110 dBm.
b1-ThresholdUTRA, b2-Threshold2UTRA
utra-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD.
utra-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD, and is not applicable for TDD.
For utra-RSCP: The actual value is field value – 115 dBm.
For utra-EcN0: The actual value is (field value – 49)/2 dB.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report.
ETSI
ReportConfigInterRAT field descriptions

availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Available Admission Capacity in measurement
reports.
backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Downlink Bandwidth in measurement
reports.
backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Uplink Bandwidth in measurement
reports.
bandRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include WLAN band in measurement reports.
triggerType
E-UTRAN does not configure the value periodical in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to
measObjectWLAN.

reportCGI The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI;
– ReportConfigToAddModList
The IE ReportConfigToAddModList concerns a list of reporting configurations to add or modify
ReportConfigToAddModList information element

-- ASN1START
ReportConfigToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod
ReportConfigToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {

reportConfigId ReportConfigId,
reportConfig CHOICE {
reportConfigEUTRA ReportConfigEUTRA,
reportConfigInterRAT ReportConfigInterRAT
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
– ReportInterval
The ReportInterval indicates the interval between periodical reports. The ReportInterval is applicable if the UE
performs periodical reporting (i.e. when reportAmount exceeds 1), for triggerType event as well as for triggerType
periodical. Value ms120 corresponds with 120 ms, ms240 corresponds with 240 ms and so on, while value min1
corresponds with 1 min, min6 corresponds with 6 min and so on.
ReportInterval information element

-- ASN1START
ReportInterval ::= ENUMERATED {

min1, min6, min12, min30, min60, spare3, spare2, spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
– RS-IndexNR
The IE RS-IndexNR is used to identify an NR Reference Signal.
RS-IndexNR information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
RS-IndexNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0.. maxRS-Index-1-r15)
MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15::= INTEGER (1..maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15)
-- ASN1STOP
RS-IndexNR field descriptions

MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR
Indicates the maximum number of RS indices to be considered/ averaged to derive the cell quality for RRM.
– RSRP-Range
The IE RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRP
measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRP-Range-v1360 shall only be
signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRP-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0.
RSRP-Range information element

-- ASN1START
RSRP-Range ::= INTEGER(0..97)
RSRP-Range-v1360 ::= INTEGER(-17..-1)
RSRP-RangeSL-r12 ::= INTEGER(0..13)
RSRP-RangeSL2-r12 ::= INTEGER(0..7)
-- ASN1STOP
RSRP-Range field descriptions

RSRP-Range
For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, RSRP-Range-v1360 (i.e., with
suffix) is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
RSRP-RangeSL
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -115dBm, value 2 to -110dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value
12, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 13 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL2
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -110dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 10dBm) until
value 6, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 7 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL3
Value 0 corresponds to -110dBm, value 1 to -105dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until
value 10, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 11 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL4
Indicates the range for SD-RSRP. Value 0 corresponds to -130dBm, value 1 to -128dBm, value 2 to -126dBm, and so
on (i.e. in steps of 2dBm) until value 48, which corresponds to -34dBm, while value 49 corresponds to +infinity.
– RSRP-RangeNR
The IE RSRP-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRP
measurements according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84].
RSRP-RangeNR information element

-- ASN1START
RSRP-RangeNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..127)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– RSRQ-Range
The IE RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRQ
measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRQ-Range-v1250 shall only be
signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRQ-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0 or 34. Only a UE
indicating support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12 may report RSRQ-Range-v1250, and
this may be done without explicit configuration from the E-UTRAN. If received, the UE shall use the value indicated by
the RSRQ-Range-v1250 and ignore the value signalled by RSRQ-Range (without the suffix). RSRQ-Range-r13 covers
the original range and extended RSRQ-Range-v1250. RSRQ-Range-r13 may be signalled without the corresponding
original field and without any requirements for indicated support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrq-
OnAllSymbols-r12.
RSRQ-Range information element

-- ASN1START
RSRQ-Range ::= INTEGER(0..34)
RSRQ-Range-v1250 ::= INTEGER(-30..46)
RSRQ-Range-r13 ::= INTEGER(-30..46)
-- ASN1STOP
– RSRQ-RangeNR
The IE RSRQ-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRQ
measurements according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84].
RSRQ-RangeNR information element

-- ASN1START
RSRQ-RangeNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..127)
-- ASN1STOP
– RSRQ-Type
The IE RSRQ-Type specifies the RSRQ value type used in RSRQ measurements, see TS 36.214 [48].
RSRQ-Type information element

-- ASN1START
RSRQ-Type-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

allSymbols-r12 BOOLEAN,
wideBand-r12 BOOLEAN
}
-- ASN1STOP
RSRQ-Type field descriptions

allSymbols
Value TRUE indicates use of all OFDM symbols when performing RSRQ measurements.
wideBand
Value TRUE indicates use of a wider bandwidth when performing RSRQ measurements.
– RS-SINR-Range
The IE RS-SINR-Range specifies the value range used in RS-SINR measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RS-
SINR measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
RS-SINR-Range information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
RS-SINR-Range-r13 ::= INTEGER(0..127)
-- ASN1STOP
– RS-SINR-RangeNR
The IE RS-SINR-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RS-SINR measurements and thresholds. Integer value for
RS-SINR measurements is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. Value 0 corresponds to -23 dBm, value 1
corresponds to -22.5 dB and so on (i.e. 0.5dB resolution upto +40 dB for value 127).
RS-SINR-RangeNR information element

-- ASN1START
RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..127)
-- ASN1STOP
– RSSI-Range-r13
The IE RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in RSSI measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSSI
measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
RSSI-Range information element

-- ASN1START
RSSI-Range-r13 ::= INTEGER(0..76)
-- ASN1STOP
– SS-RSSI-Measurement
The IE SS-RSSI-Measurement specifies the configuration of NR SSB based RSSI measurements.
SS-RSSI-Measurement information element

-- ASN1START
SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measurementSlots-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE(1..80)),
endSymbol-r15 INTEGER(0..3)
}
-- ASN1STOP
SS-RSSI-Measurement field descriptions

endSymbol
Within a slot that is configured for RSSI measurements (see measurementSlots) the UE measures the RSSI from
symbol 0 to symbol endSymbol. This field identifies the entry in Table 5.1.33-1 in TS 36.214 which determines the
actual end symbol.
measurementSlots
Indicates the slots in which the UE can perform NR RSSI measurements. The length of the BIT STRING is equal to
the number of slots in the configured SMTC window (determined by the ssb-duration and by the
subcarrierSpacingSSB). The first (left-most / most significant) bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first slot in the
SMTC window, the second bit in the bitmap corresponds to the second slot in the SMTC window, and so on. The UE
measures in slots for which the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to 1.
ETSI
– TimeToTrigger
The IE TimeToTrigger specifies the value range used for time to trigger parameter, which concerns the time during
which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report. Value ms0 corresponds to
0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, and so on.
TimeToTrigger information element

-- ASN1START
TimeToTrigger ::= ENUMERATED {

ms320, ms480, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2560,
ms5120}
-- ASN1STOP
– UL-DelayConfig
The IE UL-DelayConfig IE specifies the configuration of the UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement specified in
TS36.314 [71].
UL-DelayConfig information element

-- ASN1START
UL-DelayConfig-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
delayThreshold-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80,
ms90,ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms750, spare4,
spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
UL-DelayConfig field descriptions

delayThreshold
Indicates the delay threshold value used by UE to provide results of UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as
specified in TS 36.314 [71]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms30 means 30 ms and so on.
– WLAN-CarrierInfo
The IE WLAN-CarrierInfo is used to identify the WLAN frequency band information, as specified in Annex E in [67].
WLAN-CarrierInfo information element

-- ASN1START
WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

operatingClass-r13 INTEGER (0..255) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
countryCode-r13 ENUMERATED {unitedStates, europe, japan, global, ...} OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
channelNumbers-r13 WLAN-ChannelList-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
WLAN-ChannelList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Channels-r13)) OF WLAN-Channel-r13
WLAN-Channel-r13 ::= INTEGER(0..255)
-- ASN1STOP
WLAN-CarrierInfo field descriptions

channelNumbers
Indicates the WLAN channels as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. Value 0 is not used.
ETSI
WLAN-CarrierInfo field descriptions

countryCode
Indicates the country code of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
operatingClass
Indicates the Operating Class of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
– WLAN-NameList
The IE WLAN-NameList is used to indicate the names of the WLAN AP for which the UE is configured to measure.
WLAN-NameList information element

-- ASN1START
WLAN-NameListConfig-r15 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup WLAN-NameList-r15
}
WLAN-NameList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Name-r15)) OF WLAN-Name-r15
WLAN-Name-r15 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32))
-- ASN1STOP
WLAN-NameList field descriptions

WLAN-Name
If configured, the UE only performs WLAN measurements according to the names identified. For each name, it refers
to Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
– WLAN-RSSI-Range
The IE WLAN-RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in WLAN RSSI measurements and thresholds. Integer value
for WLAN RSSI measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value
1 to -100dBm, value 2 to -99dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) until value 140, which corresponds to 39dBm,
while value 141 corresponds to +infinity.
WLAN-RSSI-Range information element

-- ASN1START
WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 ::= INTEGER(0..141)
-- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-RTT
The IE WLAN-RTT covers the measured round trip time between the target device and WLAN AP and optionally the
accuracy expressed as the standard deviation of the delay.
WLAN-RTT information element

-- ASN1START
WLAN-RTT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rttValue-r15 INTEGER (0..16777215),
rttUnits-r15 ENUMERATED { microseconds,
hundredsofnanoseconds,
tensofnanoseconds,
nanoseconds,
tenthsofnanoseconds,
... },
rttAccuracy-r15 INTEGER (0..255) OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
WLAN-RTT field descriptions

rttValue
This field specifies the Round Trip Time (RTT) measurement between the target device and WLAN AP in units given
by the field rttUnits as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rttUnits
This field specifies the Units for the fields rttValue and rttAccuracy. The available Units are 1000ns, 100ns, 10ns, 1ns,
and 0.1ns as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rttAccuracy
This field provides the estimated accuracy of the provided rttValue expressed as the standard deviation in units given
by the field rttUnits as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
– WLAN-Status
The IE WLAN-Status indicates the current status of WLAN connection. The values are set as described in Sections
5.6.15.2 and 5.6.15.4.
WLAN-Status information element

-- ASN1START
WLAN-Status-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {successfulAssociation, failureWlanRadioLink,

failureWlanUnavailable, failureTimeout}
WLAN-Status-v1430 ::= ENUMERATED {suspended, resumed}
-- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-SuspendConfig
The IE WLAN-SuspendConfig is used for configuration of WLAN suspend/resume functionality.
-- ASN1START
WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
-- ASN1STOP
WLAN-SuspendConfig field descriptions

wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to use suspend-resume mechanism, i.e., to indicate WLAN being temporarily
unavailable and WLAN being available again after temporary unavailability.
wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport
Indicates whether the UE shall trigger PDCP status report as defined in [8] when WLAN is temporarily unavailable and
UE reports this status.
6.3.6 Other information elements

– AbsoluteTimeInfo
The IE AbsoluteTimeInfo indicates an absolute time in a format YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS and using BCD encoding.
The first/ leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the most significant digit of the year and so on.
AbsoluteTimeInfo information element

-- ASN1START
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (48))
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– AMF-Identifier
The IE AMF-Identifier(AMFI) comprises of an AMF Region ID, an AMF Set ID and an AMF Pointer as specified in
23.003 [27], section 2.10.1.
AMF-Identifier information element

-- ASN1START
AMF-Identifier-r15 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (24))
-- ASN1STOP
– AreaConfiguration
The AreaConfiguration indicates area for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. If not configured,
measurement logging is not restricted to specific cells or tracking areas but applies as long as the RPLMN is contained
in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport.
AreaConfiguration information element

-- ASN1START
AreaConfiguration-r10 ::= CHOICE {

cellGlobalIdList-r10 CellGlobalIdList-r10,
trackingAreaCodeList-r10 TrackingAreaCodeList-r10
}
AreaConfiguration-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

trackingAreaCodeList-v1130 TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130
}
CellGlobalIdList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellGlobalIdEUTRA
TrackingAreaCodeList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF TrackingAreaCode
TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-Identity-perTAC-List-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF PLMN-Identity
}
-- ASN1STOP
AreaConfiguration field descriptions

plmn-Identity-perTAC-List
Includes the PLMN identity for each of the TA codes included in trackingAreaCodeList. The PLMN identity listed first in
plmn-Identity-perTAC-List corresponds with the TA code listed first in trackingAreaCodeList and so on.
– BandCombinationList
The IE BandCombinationList contains a list of CA band combinations.
BandCombinationList information element

-- ASN1START
BandCombinationList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombination-r14
BandCombination-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandIndication-r14
BandIndication-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandEUTRA-r14 FreqBandIndicator-r11,
ca-BandwidthClassDL-r14 CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
ca-BandwidthClassUL-r14 CA-BandwidthClass-r10 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– C-RNTI
The IE C-RNTI identifies a UE having a RRC connection within a cell.
C-RNTI information element

-- ASN1START
C-RNTI ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
-- ASN1STOP
– DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
The DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 is used to transfer UE specific CDMA2000 information between the network and the
UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information.
DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 ::= OCTET STRING
-- ASN1STOP
– DedicatedInfoNAS
The IE DedicatedInfoNAS is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The
RRC layer is transparent for this information.
DedicatedInfoNAS information element

-- ASN1START
DedicatedInfoNAS ::= OCTET STRING
-- ASN1STOP
– FilterCoefficient
The IE FilterCoefficient specifies the measurement filtering coefficient. Value fc0 corresponds to k = 0, fc1 corresponds
to k = 1, and so on.
FilterCoefficient information element

-- ASN1START
FilterCoefficient ::= ENUMERATED {

fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5,
fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13,
fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...}
-- ASN1STOP
– FlightPathInfoReportConfig
The IE FlightPathInfoReportConfig speficies flight path information report configuration.
FlightPathInfoReportConfig information element

-- ASN1START
FlightPathInfoReportConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxWayPointNumber-r15 INTEGER (1..maxWayPoint-r15),
includeTimeStamp-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
FlightPathInfoReportConfig field descriptions

maxWayPointNumber
Indicates the maximum number of way points UE can include in the flight path information report if this information is
available at the UE.
includeTimeStamp
Indicates whether time stamp of each way point can be reported in the flight path information report if time stamp
information is available at the UE.
– GNSS-ID
The IE GNSS-ID is used to indicate a specific GNSS (see also TS 36.355 [54]).
-- ASN1START
GNSS-ID-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

gnss-id-r15 ENUMERATED{ gps, sbas, qzss, galileo, glonass, bds, ... },
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
– I-RNTI
The I-RNTI IE is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE.
I-RNTI information element

-- ASN1START
I-RNTI-r15 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE(40))
-- ASN1STOP
– LoggingDuration
The LoggingDuration indicates the duration for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. Value min10
corresponds to 10 minutes, value min20 corresponds to 20 minutes and so on.
LoggingDuration information element

-- ASN1START
LoggingDuration-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {

min10, min20, min40, min60, min90, min120, spare2, spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
– LoggingInterval
The LoggingInterval indicates the periodicity for logging measurement results. Value ms1280 corresponds to 1.28s,
value ms2560 corresponds to 2.56s and so on.
LoggingInterval information element

-- ASN1START
LoggingInterval-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {

ms1280, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, ms20480,
ms30720, ms40960, ms61440}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– MeasSubframePattern
The IE MeasSubframePattern is used to specify a subframe pattern. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe
#0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where SFN is that of PCell and x is the size of the bit string divided by
10. "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is used.
MeasSubframePattern information element

-- ASN1START
MeasSubframePattern-r10 ::= CHOICE {

subframePatternFDD-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
subframePatternTDD-r10 CHOICE {
subframeConfig1-5-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
...
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
– MMEC
The IE MMEC identifies an MME within the scope of an MME Group within a PLMN, see TS 23.003 [27].
MMEC information element

-- ASN1START
MMEC ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
-- ASN1STOP
– NeighCellConfig
The IE NeighCellConfig is used to provide the information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of
neighbour cells.
NeighCellConfig information element

-- ASN1START
NeighCellConfig ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
-- ASN1STOP
NeighCellConfig field descriptions

neighCellConfig
Provides information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells of this frequency
00: Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell on this frequency, if
configured, and as the PCell otherwise
10: The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighbour cells are identical to or subsets of that in the serving cell on this
frequency, if configured, and of that in the PCell otherwise
01: No MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells
11: Different UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells for TDD compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if
configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise
For TDD, 00, 10 and 01 are only used for same UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells compared to the serving cell on
this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise.
ETSI
– NG-5G-S-TMSI
The IE NG-5G-S-TMSI contains a 5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by
the AMF which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27].
NG-5G-S-TMSI information element

-- ASN1START
NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15::= BIT STRING (SIZE (48))
-- ASN1STOP
– OtherConfig
The IE OtherConfig contains configuration related to other configuration
OtherConfig information element

-- ASN1START
OtherConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

reportProximityConfig-r9 ReportProximityConfig-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ idc-Config-r11 IDC-Config-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
obtainLocationConfig-r11 ObtainLocationConfig-r11 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer-r14 ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20,
s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3,
spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sps-AssistanceInfoReport-r14 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
delayBudgetReportingConfig-r14 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE{
delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer-r14 ENUMERATED {
s0, s0dot4, s0dot8,
s1dot6, s3, s6, s12, s30}
}
rlm-ReportConfig-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE{
rlmReportTimer-r14 ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, s30,
rlmReportRep-MPDCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
]],
[[ overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE{
overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer-r14 ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10,
s20, s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600,
spare3, spare2, spare1}
}
]],
[[ measConfigAppLayer-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE{
measConfigAppLayerContainer-r15 OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..1000)),
serviceType ENUMERATED {qoe, qoemtsi, spare6, spare5,
}
ailc-BitConfig-r15 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
bt-NameListConfig-r15 BT-NameListConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, --Need ON
wlan-NameListConfig-r15 WLAN-NameListConfig-r15 OPTIONAL --Need
ON
]]
}
IDC-Config-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

idc-Indication-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ETSI
autonomousDenialParameters-r11 SEQUENCE {
autonomousDenialSubframes-r11 ENUMERATED {n2, n5, n10, n15,
n20, n30, spare2, spare1},
autonomousDenialValidity-r11 ENUMERATED {
sf200, sf500, sf1000, sf2000,
...,
[[ idc-Indication-UL-CA-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Cond idc-Ind
]],
[[ idc-HardwareSharingIndication-r13 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ idc-Indication-MRDC-r15 CHOICE{
release NULL,
setup CandidateServingFreqListNR-r15
} OPTIONAL -- Cond idc-Ind
]]
}
ObtainLocationConfig-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

obtainLocation-r11 ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 ::= CHOICE{

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE{
powerPrefIndicationTimer-r11 ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20,
s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3,
spare2, spare1}
}
}
ReportProximityConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

proximityIndicationEUTRA-r9 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
proximityIndicationUTRA-r9 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
CandidateServingFreqListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
OtherConfig field descriptions

ailc-BitConfig
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to provide assistance information bit for local cache. If configured, the UE shall
only apply to a DRB configured with 12-bit PDCP SN format as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
autonomousDenialSubframes
Indicates the maximum number of the UL subframes for which the UE is allowed to deny any UL transmission. Value
n2 corresponds to 2 subframes, n5 to 5 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN does not configure autonomous denial for
frequencies on which SCG cells are configured.
autonomousDenialValidity
Indicates the validity period over which the UL autonomous denial subframes shall be counted. Value sf200
corresponds to 200 subframes, sf500 corresponds to 500 subframes and so on.
bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for bandwidth preference indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to
0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and
so on.
CandidateServingFreqListNR
Indicates the candidate NR serving frequencies that are subject to IDC indication for MR-DC.
delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for delay budget reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value
s0dot4 means prohibit timer is set to 0.4 second, and so on.
idc-HardwareSharingIndication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed indicate in InDeviceCoexIndication that the cause of the
problems are due to hardware sharing, and whether the UE is allowed to omit the TDM assistance information.
idc-Indication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication
message to the network.
idc-Indication-MRDC
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC using the
InDeviceCoexIndication message.
idc-Indication-UL-CA
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA using the
InDeviceCoexIndication message.
measConfigAppLayerContainer
The field contains configuration of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90].
serviceType
Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement
Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Enhanced Quality of Experience Measurement Collection
for MTSI.
obtainLocation
Requests the UE to attempt to have detailed location information available using GNSS. E-UTRAN configures the field
only if includeLocationInfo is configured for one or more measurements.
overheatingAssistanceConfig
Configuration for the UE to report assistance information to inform the eNB about UE detected internal overheating.
overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for overheating assistance information reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set
to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second
and so on.
powerPrefIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for Power Preference Indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0
second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and
so on.
reportProximityConfig
Indicates, for each of the applicable RATs (EUTRA, UTRA), whether or not proximity indication is enabled for CSG
member cell(s) of the concerned RAT. Note.
rlmReportTimer
Prohibit timer for RLM event reporting, i.e. "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" event reporting, as specified in
section 5.6.10. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer
is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
rlmReportRep-MPDCCH
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to report excess repetitions on MPDCCH.
sps-AssistanceInfoReport
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to report SPS-AssistanceInformation.
NOTE: Enabling/ disabling of proximity indication includes enabling/ disabling of the related functionality e.g.
autonomous search in connected mode.
ETSI

idc-Ind The field is optionally present if idc-Indication is present, need OR. Otherwise the field is
not present.
– RAN-AreaCode
The RAN-AreaCode IE indicates RAN area code of the cell.
RAN-AreaCode information element

-- ASN1START
RAN-AreaCode-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..255)
-- ASN1STOP
– RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The RAND-CDMA2000 concerns a random value, generated by the eNB, to be passed to the CDMA2000 upper layers.
RAND-CDMA2000 information element

-- ASN1START
RAND-CDMA2000 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
-- ASN1STOP
– RAT-Type
The IE RAT-Type is used to indicate the radio access technology (RAT), including E-UTRA, of the requested/
transferred UE capabilities. A separate value applies for some EUTRA-NR capabilities that are transferred by a separate
UE capability container, used in case of EN-DC.
RAT-Type information element

-- ASN1START
RAT-Type ::= ENUMERATED {

eutra, utra, geran-cs, geran-ps, cdma2000-1XRTT,
nr, eutra-nr, spare1, ...}
-- ASN1STOP
– ResumeIdentity
The IE ResumeIdentity is used to identify the suspended UE context
ResumeIdentity information element

-- ASN1START
ResumeIdentity-r13 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE(40))
-- ASN1STOP
– RRC-TransactionIdentifier
The IE RRC-TransactionIdentifier is used, together with the message type, for the identification of an RRC procedure
(transaction).
RRC-TransactionIdentifier information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
RRC-TransactionIdentifier ::= INTEGER (0..3)
-- ASN1STOP
– SBAS-ID
The IE SBAS-ID is used to indicate a specific SBAS (see also TS 36.355 [54]).
-- ASN1START
SBAS-ID-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sbas-id-r15 ENUMERATED { waas, egnos, msas, gagan, ...},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
– ShortI-RNTI
The ShortI-RNTI IE is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE using fewer bits
compared to I-RNTI.
ShortI-RNTI information element

-- ASN1START
ShortI-RNTI-r15 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE(24))
-- ASN1STOP
– S-NSSAI
The IE S-NSSAI identifies a Network Slice end to end and comprises a slice/service type and a slice differentiator, see
TS 23.003 [27].
S-NSSAI information element

-- ASN1START
S-NSSAI-r15 ::= CHOICE{

sst BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
sst-SD BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}
-- ASN1STOP
S-NSSAI field descriptions

sst
Indicates the S-NSSAI consists of Slice/Service Type, see TS 23.003 [27].
sst-SD
Indicates the S-NSSAI consists of Slice/Service Type and Slice Differentiator, see TS 23.003 [27].
– S-TMSI
The IE S-TMSI contains an S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by the EPC
which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27].
S-TMSI information element

-- ASN1START
S-TMSI ::= SEQUENCE {

mmec MMEC,
m-TMSI BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
S-TMSI field descriptions

m-TMSI
The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the M-TMSI.
– TraceReference
The TraceReference contains parameter Trace Reference as defined in TS 32.422 [58].
TraceReference information element

-- ASN1START
TraceReference-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

traceId-r10 OCTET STRING (SIZE (3))
}
-- ASN1STOP
– UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList
The IE UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList contains list of containers, one for each RAT for which UE capabilities are
transferred, if any.
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList information element

-- ASN1START
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF UE-CapabilityRAT-

Container
UE-CapabilityRAT-Container ::= SEQUENCE {

rat-Type RAT-Type,
ueCapabilityRAT-Container OCTET STRING
}
-- ASN1STOP
UECapabilityRAT-ContainerList field descriptions

ueCapabilityRAT-Container
Container for the UE capabilities of the indicated RAT. The encoding is defined in the specification of each RAT:
For E-UTRA: the encoding of UE capabilities is defined in IE UE-EUTRA-Capability.
For UTRA: the octet string contains the INTER RAT HANDOVER INFO message defined in TS 25.331 [19].
For GERAN CS: the octet string contains the concatenated string of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 and Mobile
Station Classmark 3. The first 5 octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 2 and the following octets correspond
to Mobile Station Classmark 3. The Mobile Station Classmark 2 is formatted as 'TLV' and is coded in the same way as
the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet is the Mobile station classmark 2
IEI and its value shall be set to 33H. The second octet is the Length of mobile station classmark 2 and its value shall
be set to 3. The octet 3 contains the first octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element,
the octet 4 contains the second octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element and so
on. For each of these octets, the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the octet contains b8 of the corresponding octet
of the Mobile Station Classmark 2. The Mobile Station Classmark 3 is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way
as the value part in the Mobile station classmark 3 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The sixth octet of this octet
string contains octet 1 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3, the seventh of octet of this octet string contains
octet 2 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3 and so on. Note.
For GERAN PS: the encoding of UE capabilities is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in
the MS Radio Access Capability information element in TS 24.008 [49].
For CDMA2000-1XRTT: the octet string contains the A21 Mobile Subscription Information and the encoding of this is
defined in A.S0008 [33]. The A21 Mobile Subscription Information contains the supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band
class and band sub-class information.
For NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-NR-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82].
For EUTRA-NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-MRDC-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82]
ETSI
NOTE: The value part is specified by means of CSN.1, which encoding results in a bit string, to which final
padding may be appended up to the next octet boundary TS 24.008 [49]. The first/ leftmost bit of the
CSN.1 bit string is placed in the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the first octet. This continues until
the last bit of the CSN.1 bit string, which is placed in the last/ rightmost/ least significant bit of the last
octet.
– UE-EUTRA-Capability
The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is used to convey the E-UTRA UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306
[5], and the Feature Group Indicators for mandatory features (defined in Annexes B.1 and C.1) to the network. The IE
UE-EUTRA-Capability is transferred in E-UTRA or in another RAT.
NOTE 0: For (UE capability specific) guidelines on the use of keyword OPTIONAL, see Annex A.3.5.
UE-EUTRA-Capability information element

-- ASN1START
UE-EUTRA-Capability ::= SEQUENCE {

accessStratumRelease AccessStratumRelease,
ue-Category INTEGER (1..5),
pdcp-Parameters PDCP-Parameters,
phyLayerParameters PhyLayerParameters,
rf-Parameters RF-Parameters,
measParameters MeasParameters,
featureGroupIndicators BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL,
interRAT-Parameters SEQUENCE {
utraFDD IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD OPTIONAL,
utraTDD128 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128 OPTIONAL,
geran IRAT-ParametersGERAN OPTIONAL,
cdma2000-HRPD IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD OPTIONAL,
cdma2000-1xRTT IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT OPTIONAL
},
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL,
fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9 UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9 OPTIONAL,
tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9 UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

phyLayerParameters-v9d0 PhyLayerParameters-v9d0 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rf-Parameters-v9e0 RF-Parameters-v9e0 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0 OPTIONAL,
-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-9 extensions
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10 OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rf-Parameters-v10f0 RF-Parameters-v10f0 OPTIONAL,
ETSI
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10i0-IEs OPTIONAL

}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rf-Parameters-v10i0 RF-Parameters-v10i0 OPTIONAL,
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10j0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11d0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rf-Parameters-v10j0 RF-Parameters-v10j0 OPTIONAL,
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rf-Parameters-v11d0 RF-Parameters-v11d0 OPTIONAL,
otherParameters-v11d0 Other-Parameters-v11d0 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11x0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12b0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12b0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

rf-Parameters-v12b0 RF-Parameters-v12b0 OPTIONAL,
}

}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1370-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ce-Parameters-v1370 CE-Parameters-v1370 OPTIONAL,
fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1370 UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370 OPTIONAL,
tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1370 UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370 OPTIONAL,
}

rf-Parameters-v1380 RF-Parameters-v1380 OPTIONAL,
ce-Parameters-v1380 CE-Parameters-v1380,
fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1380 UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380,
tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1380 UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1390-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

}

}

mbms-Parameters-v1470 MBMS-Parameters-v1470 OPTIONAL,
phyLayerParameters-v1470 PhyLayerParameters-v1470 OPTIONAL,
}

phyLayerParameters-v920 PhyLayerParameters-v920,
interRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920 IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920,
ETSI
interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 OPTIONAL,

interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v920 IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920 OPTIONAL,
deviceType-r9 ENUMERATED {noBenFromBatConsumpOpt} OPTIONAL,
csg-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9 CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9,
neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9,
son-Parameters-r9 SON-Parameters-r9,
}

lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
}

ue-Category-v1020 INTEGER (6..8) OPTIONAL,
measParameters-v1020 MeasParameters-v1020 OPTIONAL,
featureGroupIndRel10-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL,
ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10 UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10 OPTIONAL,
interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 OPTIONAL,
}

}

}

pdcp-Parameters-v1130 PDCP-Parameters-v1130,
rf-Parameters-v1130 RF-Parameters-v1130,
measParameters-v1130 MeasParameters-v1130,
interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130 IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130,
otherParameters-r11 Other-Parameters-r11,
}

ue-Category-v1170 INTEGER (9..10) OPTIONAL,
}

mbms-Parameters-r11 MBMS-Parameters-r11 OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Category-v11a0 INTEGER (11..12) OPTIONAL,
measParameters-v11a0 MeasParameters-v11a0 OPTIONAL,
}

rlc-Parameters-r12 RLC-Parameters-r12 OPTIONAL,
ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250 UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250 OPTIONAL,
ue-CategoryDL-r12 INTEGER (0..14) OPTIONAL,
ue-CategoryUL-r12 INTEGER (0..13) OPTIONAL,
ETSI
wlan-IW-Parameters-r12 WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12 OPTIONAL,

dc-Parameters-r12 DC-Parameters-r12 OPTIONAL,
mac-Parameters-r12 MAC-Parameters-r12 OPTIONAL,
sl-Parameters-r12 SL-Parameters-r12 OPTIONAL,
}

ue-CategoryDL-v1260 INTEGER (15..16) OPTIONAL,
}

}

}

ue-CategoryDL-v1310 ENUMERATED {n17, m1} OPTIONAL,
ue-CategoryUL-v1310 ENUMERATED {n14, m1} OPTIONAL,
pdcp-Parameters-v1310 PDCP-Parameters-v1310,
rlc-Parameters-v1310 RLC-Parameters-v1310,
mac-Parameters-v1310 MAC-Parameters-v1310 OPTIONAL,
dc-Parameters-v1310 DC-Parameters-v1310 OPTIONAL,
sl-Parameters-v1310 SL-Parameters-v1310 OPTIONAL,
scptm-Parameters-r13 SCPTM-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL,
ce-Parameters-r13 CE-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL,
interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13 IRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13,
laa-Parameters-r13 LAA-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL,
lwa-Parameters-r13 LWA-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL,
wlan-IW-Parameters-v1310 WLAN-IW-Parameters-v1310,
lwip-Parameters-r13 LWIP-Parameters-r13,
}

ce-Parameters-v1320 CE-Parameters-v1320 OPTIONAL,
}

ue-CE-NeedULGaps-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}

ue-CategoryUL-v1340 INTEGER (15) OPTIONAL,
}

ue-CategoryDL-v1350 ENUMERATED {oneBis} OPTIONAL,
ue-CategoryUL-v1350 ENUMERATED {oneBis} OPTIONAL,
}
ETSI
other-Parameters-v1360 Other-Parameters-v1360 OPTIONAL,

}

phyLayerParameters-v1430 PhyLayerParameters-v1430,
ue-CategoryDL-v1430 ENUMERATED {m2} OPTIONAL,
ue-CategoryUL-v1430 ENUMERATED {n16, n17, n18, n19, n20, m2} OPTIONAL,
ue-CategoryUL-v1430b ENUMERATED {n21} OPTIONAL,
pdcp-Parameters-v1430 PDCP-Parameters-v1430 OPTIONAL,
rlc-Parameters-v1430 RLC-Parameters-v1430,
laa-Parameters-v1430 LAA-Parameters-v1430 OPTIONAL,
lwa-Parameters-v1430 LWA-Parameters-v1430 OPTIONAL,
lwip-Parameters-v1430 LWIP-Parameters-v1430 OPTIONAL,
otherParameters-v1430 Other-Parameters-v1430,
mmtel-Parameters-r14 MMTEL-Parameters-r14 OPTIONAL,
mobilityParameters-r14 MobilityParameters-r14 OPTIONAL,
highSpeedEnhParameters-r14 HighSpeedEnhParameters-r14 OPTIONAL,
}

lwa-Parameters-v1440 LWA-Parameters-v1440,
mac-Parameters-v1440 MAC-Parameters-v1440,
}

otherParameters-v1450 OtherParameters-v1450,
ue-CategoryDL-v1450 INTEGER (20) OPTIONAL,
}

ue-CategoryDL-v1460 INTEGER (21) OPTIONAL,
otherParameters-v1460 Other-Parameters-v1460,
}

irat-ParametersNR-r15 IRAT-ParametersNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
featureSetsEUTRA-r15 FeatureSetsEUTRA-r15 OPTIONAL,
pdcp-ParametersNR-r15 PDCP-ParametersNR-r15 OPTIONAL,
}

measParameters-v1520 MeasParameters-v1520,
}

otherParameters-v1530 Other-Parameters-v1530 OPTIONAL,
neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 OPTIONAL,
pdcp-Parameters-v1530 PDCP-Parameters-v1530 OPTIONAL,
rlc-Parameters-v1530 RLC-Parameters-v1530 OPTIONAL,
extendedNumberOfDRBs-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
reducedCP-Latency-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
laa-Parameters-v1530 LAA-Parameters-v1530 OPTIONAL,

ue-CategoryUL-v1530 INTEGER (22..26) OPTIONAL,
}
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

phyLayerParameters-r9 PhyLayerParameters OPTIONAL,
featureGroupIndicators-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL,
featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL,
interRAT-ParametersGERAN-r9 IRAT-ParametersGERAN OPTIONAL,
interRAT-ParametersUTRA-r9 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 OPTIONAL,
interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-r9 IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920 OPTIONAL,
neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 OPTIONAL,
...
}
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060 ::= SEQUENCE {

featureGroupIndRel10-v1060 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL,
interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1060 IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10 OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10 OPTIONAL
]]
}

otherParameters-r11 Other-Parameters-r11 OPTIONAL,
...
}

mbms-Parameters-r11 MBMS-Parameters-r11
}

measParameters-v1250 MeasParameters-v1250 OPTIONAL
}

phyLayerParameters-v1310 PhyLayerParameters-v1310 OPTIONAL
}

scptm-Parameters-r13 SCPTM-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL
}

ce-Parameters-v1370 CE-Parameters-v1370 OPTIONAL
}

ce-Parameters-v1380 CE-Parameters-v1380
}

mmtel-Parameters-r14 MMTEL-Parameters-r14 OPTIONAL
}

pdcp-ParametersNR-r15 PDCP-ParametersNR-r15 OPTIONAL
}

neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 OPTIONAL,
reducedCP-Latency-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
AccessStratumRelease ::= ENUMERATED {

rel8, rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, rel13,
rel14, rel15, ...}
ETSI
FeatureSetsEUTRA-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

featureSetsDL-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-r15
OPTIONAL,
featureSetsDL-PerCC-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-PerCC-
r15 OPTIONAL,
featureSetsUL-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetUL-r15
OPTIONAL,
featureSetsUL-PerCC-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetUL-PerCC-
r15 OPTIONAL,
...
}
MobilityParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

makeBeforeBreak-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
rach-Less-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
DC-Parameters-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-TypeSplit-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
drb-TypeSCG-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
DC-Parameters-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

pdcp-TransferSplitUL-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-SSTD-Meas-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MAC-Parameters-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
longDRX-Command-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MAC-Parameters-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

extendedMAC-LengthField-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
extendedLongDRX-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

shortSPS-IntervalFDD-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
shortSPS-IntervalTDD-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
skipUplinkDynamic-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
skipUplinkSPS-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
multipleUplinkSPS-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dataInactMon-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

rai-Support-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

min-Proc-TimelineSubslot-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF ProcessingTimelineSet-r15 OPTIONAL,
skipSubframeProcessing-r15 SkipSubframeProcessing-r15 OPTIONAL,
earlyData-UP-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dormantSCellState-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
directSCellActivation-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
directSCellHibernation-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
extendedLCID-Duplication-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sps-ServingCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
ProcessingTimelineSet-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {set1, set2}
RLC-Parameters-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12 ENUMERATED {supported}
}
RLC-Parameters-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

extendedRLC-SN-SO-Field-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

extendedPollByte-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

flexibleUM-AM-Combinations-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
rlc-AM-Ooo-Delivery-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,

rlc-UM-Ooo-Delivery-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
PDCP-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedROHC-Profiles ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15,
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions ENUMERATED {
cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
cs16384, spare2, spare1} DEFAULT cs16,
...
}
PDCP-Parameters-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

pdcp-SN-Extension-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportRohcContextContinue-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

pdcp-SN-Extension-18bits-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

supportedUplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles-r14 SEQUENCE {
},
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14 ENUMERATED {
cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
cs16384, spare2, spare1} DEFAULT cs16
}

supportedUDC-r15 SupportedUDC-r15 OPTIONAL,
pdcp-Duplication-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SupportedUDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedStandardDic-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedOperatorDic-r15 SupportedOperatorDic-r15 OPTIONAL
}
SupportedOperatorDic-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

versionOfDictionary-r15 INTEGER (0..15),
associatedPLMN-ID-r15 PLMN-Identity
}
PhyLayerParameters ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported BOOLEAN,
ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported BOOLEAN
}
PhyLayerParameters-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

enhancedDualLayerFDD-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
enhancedDualLayerTDD-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
PhyLayerParameters-v9d0 ::= SEQUENCE {

tm5-FDD-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm5-TDD-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pmi-Disabling-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
crossCarrierScheduling-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10 NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10 OPTIONAL
}

crs-InterfHandl-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ePDCCH-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
multiACK-CSI-Reporting-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ss-CCH-InterfHandl-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,

ul-CoMP-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig-r11 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL
}

e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
enhanced-4TxCodebook-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-FeedbackMode-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
csi-SubframeSet-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
discoverySignalsInDeactSCell-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
naics-Capability-List-r12 NAICS-Capability-List-r12 OPTIONAL
}

alternativeTBS-Indices-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

aperiodicCSI-Reporting-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
codebook-HARQ-ACK-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
crossCarrierScheduling-B5C-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
fdd-HARQ-TimingTDD-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-r13 INTEGER(5..32) OPTIONAL,
pucch-Format4-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pucch-Format5-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pucch-SCell-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
spatialBundling-HARQ-ACK-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedBlindDecoding-r13 SEQUENCE {
maxNumberDecoding-r13 INTEGER(1..32) OPTIONAL,
pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0-1A-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
uci-PUSCH-Ext-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
crs-InterfMitigationTM10-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pdsch-CollisionHandling-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

mimo-UE-Parameters-r13 MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL
}

cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs-r13 INTEGER (1.. maxServCell-r13) OPTIONAL,
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 INTEGER (1.. maxServCell-r13) OPTIONAL
}

ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20} OPTIONAL,
ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-RetuningSymbols-r14 ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL,
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-Enhancement-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PUCCH-Enhancement-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-ClosedLoopTxAntennaSelection-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tdd-TTI-Bundling-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-LessUpPTS-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
mimo-UE-Parameters-v1430 MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430 OPTIONAL,
alternativeTBS-Index-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
feMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14 FeMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14 OPTIONAL
}

ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
crs-LessDwPTS-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL}

mimo-UE-Parameters-v1470 MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1470 OPTIONAL,
srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

stti-SPT-Capabilities-r15 SEQUENCE {
aperiodicCsi-ReportingSTTI-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-MBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-PositionPattern-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-SharingSubslotPDSCH-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-RepetitionSubslotPDSCH-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
epdcch-SPT-differentCells-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
epdcch-STTI-differentCells-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
maxLayersSlotOrSubslotPUSCH-r15 ENUMERATED {oneLayer,twoLayers,fourLayers}
OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-SPT-r15 INTEGER(5..32) OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb77-r15 INTEGER(1..32) OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb27-r15 INTEGER(1..32) OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set1-r15 INTEGER(1..32) OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set2-r15 INTEGER(1..32) OPTIONAL,
mimo-UE-ParametersSTTI-r15 MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13 OPTIONAL,
mimo-UE-ParametersSTTI-v1530 MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430 OPTIONAL,
numberOfBlindDecodesUSS-r15 INTEGER(4..32) OPTIONAL,
pdsch-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Decoding-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
powerUCI-SlotPUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
powerUCI-SubslotPUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
subslotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
spdcch-differentRS-types-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
srs-DCI7-TriggeringFS2-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sps-cyclicShift-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
spdcch-Reuse-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sps-STTI-r15 ENUMERATED {slot, subslot, slotAndSubslot}
OPTIONAL,
tm8-slotPDSCH-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm9-slotSubslot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm9-slotSubslotMBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm10-slotSubslot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm10-slotSubslotMBSFN-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
txDiv-SPUCCH-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-AsyncHarqSharingDiff-TTI-Lengths-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
ce-Capabilities-r15 SEQUENCE {
ce-CRS-IntfMitig-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-CQI-AlternativeTable-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ce-UL-HARQ-ACK-Feedback-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
shortCQI-ForSCellActivation-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
mimo-CBSR-AdvancedCSI-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
crs-IntfMitig-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-PowerControlEnhancements-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
urllc-Capabilities-r15 SEQUENCE {
pdsch-RepSubframe-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pdsch-RepSlot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pdsch-RepSubslot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubframe-r15 INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubframe-r15 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSlot-r15 INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSlot-r15 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubslot-r15 INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubslot-r15 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPSCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SlotRepSCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPSCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepSCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPSCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,

pusch-SPS-SubslotRepSCell-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
semiStaticCFI-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
semiStaticCFI-Pattern-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
altMCS-Table-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-r13 MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13 OPTIONAL,
parametersTM10-r13 MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13 OPTIONAL,
srs-EnhancementsTDD-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
srs-Enhancements-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
interferenceMeasRestriction-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-v1430 MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430 OPTIONAL,
parametersTM10-v1430 MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430 OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-v1470 MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470,
parametersTM10-v1470 MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470
}
MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

nonPrecoded-r13 MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13 OPTIONAL,
beamformed-r13 MIMO-UE-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 OPTIONAL,
channelMeasRestriction-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dmrs-Enhancements-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
csi-RS-EnhancementsTDD-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

nzp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
nMaxProc-r14 INTEGER(5..32),
nMaxResource-r14 ENUMERATED {ffs1, ffs2, ffs3, ffs4}
} OPTIONAL,
nzp-CSI-RS-PeriodicInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
nMaxResource-r14 ENUMERATED {ffs1, ffs2, ffs3, ffs4}
} OPTIONAL,
zp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-dmrs-Enhancements-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
densityReductionNP-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
densityReductionBF-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
hybridCSI-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
semiOL-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
csi-ReportingNP-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts-r14 ENUMERATED {n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-r13 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13 OPTIONAL,
parametersTM10-r13 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13 OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-r15 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15 OPTIONAL,
parametersTM10-r15 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15 OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-v1430 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430 OPTIONAL,
parametersTM10-v1430 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430 OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE {

parametersTM9-v1470 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470 ,
parametersTM10-v1470 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ETSI
beamformed-r13 MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13 OPTIONAL,

dmrs-Enhancements-r13 ENUMERATED {different} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-ReportingNP-r14 ENUMERATED {different} OPTIONAL,
csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14 ENUMERATED {different} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE {

csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts-r14 ENUMERATED {n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

beamformed-r13 MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13 OPTIONAL,
dmrs-Enhancements-r13 ENUMERATED {different} OPTIONAL,
csi-ReportingNP-r14 ENUMERATED {different} OPTIONAL,
csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14 ENUMERATED {different} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

config1-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
config4-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MIMO-UE-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

altCodebook-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
mimo-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13
}
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF MIMO-

BeamformedCapabilities-r13
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

k-Max-r13 INTEGER (1..8),
n-MaxList-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (1..7)) OPTIONAL
}
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF NonContiguousUL-RA-

WithinCC-r10
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListEUTRA SupportedBandListEUTRA
}
RF-Parameters-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0 SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandCombination-r10 SupportedBandCombination-r10
}

supportedBandCombinationExt-r10 SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10
}

supportedBandCombination-v1090 SupportedBandCombination-v1090 OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-v10f0 ::= SEQUENCE {

modifiedMPR-Behavior-r10 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandCombination-v10i0 SupportedBandCombination-v10i0 OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-v10j0 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiNS-Pmax-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
ETSI

supportedBandCombination-v1130 SupportedBandCombination-v1130 OPTIONAL
}

freqBandRetrieval-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
requestedBands-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11
OPTIONAL,
supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-v11d0 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0 SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0 OPTIONAL
}

supportedBandListEUTRA-v1250 SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250 OPTIONAL,
supportedBandCombination-v1250 SupportedBandCombination-v1250 OPTIONAL,
supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250 SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250 OPTIONAL,
freqBandPriorityAdjustment-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270 SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270 OPTIONAL
}

eNB-RequestedParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
reducedIntNonContCombRequested-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
requestedCCsDL-r13 INTEGER (2..32) OPTIONAL,
requestedCCsUL-r13 INTEGER (2..32) OPTIONAL,
skipFallbackCombRequested-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
maximumCCsRetrieval-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
skipFallbackCombinations-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
reducedIntNonContComb-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 SupportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 OPTIONAL
}

supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320 SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320 OPTIONAL
}

}

}
RF-Parameters-v12b0 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxLayersMIMO-Indication-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430 SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430 OPTIONAL,
eNB-RequestedParameters-v1430 SEQUENCE {
requestedDiffFallbackCombList-r14 BandCombinationList-r14
} OPTIONAL,
diffFallbackCombReport-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

ETSI

}

}

sTTI-SPT-Supported-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530 SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530 OPTIONAL,
powerClass-14dBm-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SkipSubframeProcessing-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

skipProcessingDL-Slot-r15 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL,
skipProcessingDL-SubSlot-r15 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL,
skipProcessingUL-Slot-r15 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL,
skipProcessingUL-SubSlot-r15 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL
}
SPT-Parameters-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

frameStructureType-SPT-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (3)) OPTIONAL,
maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15 INTEGER (1..32) OPTIONAL
}
STTI-SPT-BandParameters-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-1024QAM-Slot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-1-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-2-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
simultaneousTx-differentTx-duration-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sTTI-CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15 CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15 OPTIONAL,
sTTI-CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15 CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15,
sTTI-FD-MIMO-Coexistence ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sTTI-MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCs-r15 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13 OPTIONAL,
sTTI-MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCs-v1530 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430 OPTIONAL,
sTTI-SupportedCombinations-r15 STTI-SupportedCombinations-r15 OPTIONAL,
sTTI-SupportedCSI-Proc-r15 ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4} OPTIONAL,
ul-256QAM-Slot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-256QAM-Subslot-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
...
}
STTI-SupportedCombinations-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

combination-22-r15 DL-UL-CCs-r15 OPTIONAL,
combination-22-27-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15 OPTIONAL,
combination-77-22-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15 OPTIONAL,
combination-77-27-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15 OPTIONAL
}
DL-UL-CCs-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxNumberDL-CCs-r15 INTEGER (1..32) OPTIONAL,
maxNumberUL-CCs-r15 INTEGER (1..32) OPTIONAL
}
SupportedBandCombination-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-

r10
SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF

BandCombinationParametersExt-r10
SupportedBandCombination-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF

BandCombinationParameters-v1090
SupportedBandCombination-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF

BandCombinationParameters-v10i0


ETSI








SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF

BandCombinationParameters-r11
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF

BandCombinationParameters-v10i0
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF









SupportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF






ETSI

BandCombinationParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-

r10
BandCombinationParametersExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 OPTIONAL
}
BandCombinationParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-

v1090
BandCombinationParameters-v10i0::= SEQUENCE {
bandParameterList-v10i0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
BandParameters-v10i0 OPTIONAL
}
BandCombinationParameters-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

multipleTimingAdvance-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
simultaneousRx-Tx-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
bandParameterList-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-
v1130 OPTIONAL,
...
}
BandCombinationParameters-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandParameterList-r11 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
BandParameters-r11,
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r11 SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 OPTIONAL,
bandInfoEUTRA-r11 BandInfoEUTRA,
...
}
BandCombinationParameters-v1250::= SEQUENCE {
dc-Support-r12 SEQUENCE {
asynchronous-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedCellGrouping-r12 CHOICE {
threeEntries-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(3)),
fourEntries-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
fiveEntries-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE(15))
} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12)) OPTIONAL,
commSupportedBandsPerBC-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands)) OPTIONAL,
...
}

bandParameterList-v1270 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
BandParameters-v1270 OPTIONAL
}
BandCombinationParameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

differentFallbackSupported-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
bandParameterList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-
r13,
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r13 SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 OPTIONAL,
bandInfoEUTRA-r13 BandInfoEUTRA,
dc-Support-r13 SEQUENCE {
asynchronous-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedCellGrouping-r13 CHOICE {
threeEntries-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(3)),
fourEntries-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
fiveEntries-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(15))
} OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12)) OPTIONAL,
commSupportedBandsPerBC-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands)) OPTIONAL
}

ETSI
BandParameters-v1320 OPTIONAL,
additionalRx-Tx-PerformanceReq-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

}

ue-CA-PowerClass-N-r13 ENUMERATED {class2} OPTIONAL
}

v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb-r13))
OPTIONAL,
v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb-r13))
OPTIONAL
}

}

srs-MaxSimultaneousCCs-r14 INTEGER (1..31) OPTIONAL
}

spt-Parameters-r15 SPT-Parameters-r15 OPTIONAL
}
-- If an additional band combination parameter is defined, which are supported for EN-DC, it shall
be defined in the IE CA-ParametersEUTRA in TS 38.331 [82].
SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthCombSet-r10))
BandParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandEUTRA-r10 FreqBandIndicator,
bandParametersUL-r10 BandParametersUL-r10 OPTIONAL,
bandParametersDL-r10 BandParametersDL-r10 OPTIONAL
}
BandParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandEUTRA-v1090 FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 OPTIONAL,
...
}
BandParameters-v10i0::= SEQUENCE {
bandParametersDL-v10i0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-
v10i0
}

supportedCSI-Proc-r11 ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}
}

bandParametersDL-r11 BandParametersDL-r10 OPTIONAL,
supportedCSI-Proc-r11 ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4} OPTIONAL
}

bandParametersDL-v1270 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-
ParametersDL-v1270
}

ETSI
bandParametersDL-r13 BandParametersDL-r13 OPTIONAL,

}

bandParametersDL-v1320 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13
}

txAntennaSwitchDL-r13 INTEGER (1..32) OPTIONAL,
txAntennaSwitchUL-r13 INTEGER (1..32) OPTIONAL
}

bandParametersDL-v1430 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430 OPTIONAL,
ul-256QAM-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r13)) OF UL-256QAM-perCC-
Info-r14 OPTIONAL,
retuningTimeInfoBandList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
RetuningTimeInfo-r14 OPTIONAL
}

must-CapabilityPerBand-r14 MUST-Parameters-r14 OPTIONAL
}

bandParametersDL-v1470 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1470 OPTIONAL
}

ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-2Pairs-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-3Pairs-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
dl-1024QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
qcl-TypeC-Operation-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
qcl-CRI-BasedCSI-Reporting-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
stti-SPT-BandParameters-r15 STTI-SPT-BandParameters-r15 OPTIONAL
}
V2X-BandParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-FreqBandEUTRA-r14 FreqBandIndicator-r11,
bandParametersTxSL-r14 BandParametersTxSL-r14 OPTIONAL,
bandParametersRxSL-r14 BandParametersRxSL-r14 OPTIONAL
}
V2X-BandParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-EnhancedHighReception-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
BandParametersTxSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-BandwidthClassTxSL-r14 V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14,
v2x-eNB-Scheduled-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
v2x-HighPower-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
BandParametersRxSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-BandwidthClassRxSL-r14 V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14,
v2x-HighReception-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF V2X-BandwidthClass-r14
UL-256QAM-perCC-Info-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-256QAM-perCC-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
FeatureSetDL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

mimo-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15 MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15 OPTIONAL,
featureSetPerCC-ListDL-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id-r15
}
FeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

fourLayerTM3-TM4-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r15 MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 OPTIONAL,
}
ETSI
FeatureSetUL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

featureSetPerCC-ListUL-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxServCell-r13)) OF FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id-r15
}
FeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r15 MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 OPTIONAL,
ul-256QAM-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)
FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id-r15 ::= INTEGER (0..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)
BandParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10
BandParametersUL-r13 ::= CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10
CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

ca-BandwidthClassUL-r10 CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 OPTIONAL
}
CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r15 MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 OPTIONAL
}
BandParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10
BandParametersDL-r13 ::= CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r13
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 OPTIONAL
}
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE {

fourLayerTM3-TM4-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE {

intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF
IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12
}

IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12
}

IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 OPTIONAL
}
IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

fourLayerTM3-TM4-perCC-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
}
CA-BandwidthClass-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ...}
V2X-BandwidthClass-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ..., c1-v1530}
MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers}
MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}
MUST-Parameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

must-TM234-UpTo2Tx-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
must-TM89-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
must-TM10-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
must-TM89-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
must-TM10-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL

}
SupportedBandListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250
SupportedBandEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

bandEUTRA FreqBandIndicator,
halfDuplex BOOLEAN
}
SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandEUTRA-v9e0 FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 OPTIONAL
}
SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-256QAM-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-64QAM-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

ue-PowerClass-5-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-PowerClass-N-r13 ENUMERATED {class1, class2, class4} OPTIONAL
}
MeasParameters ::= SEQUENCE {

bandListEUTRA BandListEUTRA
}
MeasParameters-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandCombinationListEUTRA-r10 BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10
}

rsrqMeasWideband-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MeasParameters-v11a0 ::= SEQUENCE {

benefitsFromInterruption-r11 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
}

timerT312-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
incMonEUTRA-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
incMonUTRA-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
extendedMaxMeasId-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

rs-SINR-Meas-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
whiteCellList-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
extendedMaxObjectId-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ul-PDCP-Delay-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
extendedFreqPriorities-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
multiBandInfoReport-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
rssi-AndChannelOccupancyReporting-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

ceMeasurements-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ncsg-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
shortMeasurementGap-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
perServingCellMeasurementGap-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
nonUniformGap-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL

}

measGapPatterns-v1520 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL
}

qoe-MeasReport-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
qoe-MTSI-MeasReport-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ca-IdleModeMeasurements-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ca-IdleModeValidityArea-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
heightMeas-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
multipleCellsMeasExtension-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
BandListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF BandInfoEUTRA
BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandInfoEUTRA
BandInfoEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

interFreqBandList InterFreqBandList,
interRAT-BandList InterRAT-BandList OPTIONAL
}
InterFreqBandList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterFreqBandInfo
InterFreqBandInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

interFreqNeedForGaps BOOLEAN
}
InterRAT-BandList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterRAT-BandInfo
InterRAT-BandInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

interRAT-NeedForGaps BOOLEAN
}
IRAT-ParametersNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

en-DC-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
eventB2-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
supportedBandListNR-r15 SupportedBandListNR-r15 OPTIONAL
}
PDCP-ParametersNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rohc-Profiles-r15 ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15,
rohc-ContextMaxSessions-r15 ENUMERATED {
cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
cs16384, spare2, spare1} DEFAULT cs16,
rohc-ProfilesUL-Only-r15 SEQUENCE {
},
rohc-ContextContinue-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
outOfOrderDelivery-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sn-SizeLo-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-MCG-Bearer-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-SCG-Bearer-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

profile0x0001-r15 BOOLEAN,
}
SupportedBandListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsNR-r15)) OF SupportedBandNR-r15
SupportedBandNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

bandNR-r15 FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15
}
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
supportedBandListUTRA-FDD SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD
}
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

e-RedirectionUTRA-r9 ENUMERATED {supported}
}
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0 ::= SEQUENCE {

voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0 ::= SEQUENCE {

mfbi-UTRA-r9 ENUMERATED {supported}
}
SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-FDD
SupportedBandUTRA-FDD ::= ENUMERATED {

bandI, bandII, bandIII, bandIV, bandV, bandVI,
bandVII, bandVIII, bandIX, bandX, bandXI,
bandXII, bandXIII, bandXIV, bandXV, bandXVI, ...,
bandXVII-8a0, bandXVIII-8a0, bandXIX-8a0, bandXX-8a0,
bandXXI-8a0, bandXXII-8a0, bandXXIII-8a0, bandXXIV-8a0,
bandXXV-8a0, bandXXVI-8a0, bandXXVII-8a0, bandXXVIII-8a0,
bandXXIX-8a0, bandXXX-8a0, bandXXXI-8a0, bandXXXII-8a0}
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListUTRA-TDD128 SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128
}
SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 ::= ENUMERATED {

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
o, p, ...}

}

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
o, p, ...}

}

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
o, p, ...}
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD-r10 ENUMERATED {supported}
}
IRAT-ParametersGERAN ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListGERAN SupportedBandListGERAN,
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN BOOLEAN
}
IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

dtm-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
e-RedirectionGERAN-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SupportedBandListGERAN ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandGERAN
SupportedBandGERAN ::= ENUMERATED {
ETSI
gsm450, gsm480, gsm710, gsm750, gsm810, gsm850,

gsm900P, gsm900E, gsm900R, gsm1800, gsm1900,
spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListHRPD SupportedBandListHRPD,
tx-ConfigHRPD ENUMERATED {single, dual},
rx-ConfigHRPD ENUMERATED {single, dual}
}
SupportedBandListHRPD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandList1XRTT SupportedBandList1XRTT,
tx-Config1XRTT ENUMERATED {single, dual},
rx-Config1XRTT ENUMERATED {single, dual}
}
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {

e-CSFB-1XRTT-r9 ENUMERATED {supported},
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {

e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT-r10 ENUMERATED {supported}
}
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

cdma2000-NW-Sharing-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SupportedBandList1XRTT ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000
IRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListWLAN-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Bands-r13)) OF WLAN-BandIndicator-r13
OPTIONAL
}
CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

intraFreqProximityIndication-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
interFreqProximityIndication-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
utran-ProximityIndication-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

reportCGI-NR-EN-DC-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SON-Parameters-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

rach-Report-r9 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

loggedMeasurementsIdle-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
standaloneGNSS-Location-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

loggedMBSFNMeasurements-r12 ENUMERATED {supported}
}

locationReport-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

loggedMeasBT-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
loggedMeasWLAN-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
immMeasBT-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
immMeasWLAN-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
ETSI
OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

otdoa-UE-Assisted-r10 ENUMERATED {supported},
interFreqRSTD-Measurement-r10 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
Other-Parameters-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

inDeviceCoexInd-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
powerPrefInd-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
Other-Parameters-v11d0 ::= SEQUENCE {

inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
Other-Parameters-v1360 ::= SEQUENCE {

inDeviceCoexInd-HardwareSharingInd-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

bwPrefInd-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
rlm-ReportSupport-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
OtherParameters-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {

overheatingInd-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

nonCSG-SI-Reporting-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

assistInfoBitForLC-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
timeReferenceProvision-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
flightPathPlan-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MBMS-Parameters-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbms-SCell-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
mbms-NonServingCell-r11 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MBMS-Parameters-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbms-AsyncDC-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

fembmsDedicatedCell-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
fembmsMixedCell-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

mbms-MaxBW-r14 CHOICE {
implicitValue NULL,
explicitValue INTEGER(2..20)
},
mbms-ScalingFactor1dot25-r14 ENUMERATED {n3, n6, n9, n12} OPTIONAL,
mbms-ScalingFactor7dot5-r14 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL
}
FeMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

unicast-fembmsMixedSCell-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
emptyUnicastRegion-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SCPTM-Parameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

scptm-ParallelReception-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
scptm-SCell-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
scptm-NonServingCell-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
scptm-AsyncDC-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
CE-Parameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ce-ModeA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ETSI
ce-ModeB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL

}
CE-Parameters-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE {

intraFreqA3-CE-ModeA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

unicastFrequencyHopping-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

tm9-CE-ModeA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm9-CE-ModeB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

tm6-CE-ModeA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

ce-SwitchWithoutHO-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
LAA-Parameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-DL-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
csi-RS-DRS-RRM-MeasurementsLAA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
downlinkLAA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
endingDwPTS-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
secondSlotStartingPosition-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm9-LAA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
tm10-LAA-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
LAA-Parameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-UL-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
uplinkLAA-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
twoStepSchedulingTimingInfo-r14 ENUMERATED {nPlus1, nPlus2, nPlus3} OPTIONAL,
uss-BlindDecodingAdjustment-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
uss-BlindDecodingReduction-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
outOfSequenceGrantHandling-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
LAA-Parameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

aul-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
laa-PUSCH-Mode1-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
laa-PUSCH-Mode2-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
laa-PUSCH-Mode3-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-IW-RAN-Rules-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
LWA-Parameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwa-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
lwa-SplitBearer-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
wlan-MAC-Address-r13 OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) OPTIONAL,
lwa-BufferSize-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
LWA-Parameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwa-HO-WithoutWT-Change-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
lwa-UL-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
wlan-PeriodicMeas-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
wlan-ReportAnyWLAN-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
wlan-SupportedDataRate-r14 INTEGER (1..2048) OPTIONAL
}
LWA-Parameters-v1440 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwa-RLC-UM-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
WLAN-IW-Parameters-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
rclwi-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL

}
LWIP-Parameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwip-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
LWIP-Parameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

lwip-Aggregation-DL-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
lwip-Aggregation-UL-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
NAICS-Capability-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12)) OF NAICS-Capability-Entry-

r12
NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

numberOfNAICS-CapableCC-r12 INTEGER(1..5),
numberOfAggregatedPRB-r12 ENUMERATED {
n50, n75, n100, n125, n150, n175,
n200, n225, n250, n275, n300, n350,
n400, n450, n500, spare},
...
}
SL-Parameters-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

commSimultaneousTx-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
commSupportedBands-r12 FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12 OPTIONAL,
discSupportedBands-r12 SupportedBandInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL,
discScheduledResourceAlloc-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
disc-SLSS-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
discSupportedProc-r12 ENUMERATED {n50, n400} OPTIONAL
}
SL-Parameters-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {

discSysInfoReporting-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
commMultipleTx-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
discInterFreqTx-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
discPeriodicSLSS-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

zoneBasedPoolSelection-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-AutonomousWithFullSensing-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-AutonomousWithPartialSensing-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sl-CongestionControl-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
v2x-TxWithShortResvInterval-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
v2x-numberTxRxTiming-r14 INTEGER(1..16) OPTIONAL,
v2x-nonAdjacentPSCCH-PSSCH-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
slss-TxRx-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList-r14 V2X-SupportedBandCombination-r14 OPTIONAL
}

slss-SupportedTxFreq-r15 ENUMERATED {single, multiple} OPTIONAL,
sl-64QAM-Tx-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sl-TxDiversity-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
ue-CategorySL-r15 UE-CategorySL-r15 OPTIONAL,
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList-v1530 V2X-SupportedBandCombination-v1530 OPTIONAL
}
UE-CategorySL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-CategorySL-C-TX-r15 INTEGER(1..5),
ue-CategorySL-C-RX-r15 INTEGER(1..4)
}
V2X-SupportedBandCombination-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF V2X-

V2X-SupportedBandCombination-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF V2X-

V2X-BandCombinationParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-

BandParameters-r14
V2X-BandCombinationParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-

BandParameters-v1530
ETSI
SupportedBandInfoList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandInfo-r12
SupportedBandInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

support-r12 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11
MMTEL-Parameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

delayBudgetReporting-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pusch-Enhancements-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
recommendedBitRate-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
recommendedBitRateQuery-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
RetuningTimeInfo-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

retuningInfo SEQUENCE {
rf-RetuningTimeDL-r14 ENUMERATED {n0, n0dot5, n1, n1dot5, n2, n2dot5, n3,
n3dot5, n4, n4dot5, n5, n5dot5, n6, n6dot5,
n7, spare1} OPTIONAL,
rf-RetuningTimeUL-r14 ENUMERATED {n0, n0dot5, n1, n1dot5, n2, n2dot5, n3,
n3dot5, n4, n4dot5, n5, n5dot5, n6, n6dot5,
n7, spare1} OPTIONAL
}
}
HighSpeedEnhParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

measurementEnhancements-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
demodulationEnhancements-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
prach-Enhancements-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UE-EUTRA-Capability field descriptions FDD/

TDD diff
accessStratumRelease -
Set to rel14 in this version of the specification. NOTE 7.
additionalRx-Tx-PerformanceReq -
Indicates whether the UE supports the additional Rx and Tx performance requirement for a
given band combination as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
alternativeTBS-Indices -
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS indices ITBS 26A and 33A as specified in TS
36.213 [23].
alternativeTBS-Index No
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS index ITBS 33B as specified in TS 36.213
[23].
alternativeTimeToTrigger No
Indicates whether the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger.
altMCS-Table -
Indicates whether the UE supports the 6-bit MCS table as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS
36.213 [23].
aperiodicCSI-Reporting No
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field
size as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.2.1 and/or aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and
mode 1-1 as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.2.1. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE
supports the aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size. The second bit is
set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1.
aperiodicCsi-ReportingSTTI No
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting for short TTI with 3 bits of the CSI
request field size as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.2.1 and/or aperiodic CSI reporting
mode 1-0 and mode 1-1 as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.2.1.
assistInfoBitForLC -
Indicates whether the UE supports assistance information bit for local cache.
aul -
Indicates whether the UE supports AUL as specified n TS 36.321 [6].
bandCombinationListEUTRA -
One entry corresponding to each supported band combination listed in the same order as in
supportedBandCombination.
BandCombinationParameters-v1090, BandCombinationParameters-v10i0, -
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
BandCombinationParameters-r10.
BandCombinationParameters-v1130 -
The field is applicable to each supported CA bandwidth class combination (i.e. CA
configuration in TS 36.101 [42, Section 5.6A.1]) indicated in the corresponding band
combination. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the
same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.
bandEUTRA -
E-UTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or
bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without
suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
bandListEUTRA -
One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in
supportedBandListEUTRA.
bandParameterList-v1380 -
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as the
band entries in the corresponding band combination.
bandParametersUL, bandParametersDL -
Indicates the supported parameters for the band. Each of CA-MIMO-ParametersUL and CA-
MIMO-ParametersDL can be included only once for one band in a single band combination
entry.
beamformed (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM) -
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities
concerning beamformed EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class B) applicable for the concerned band
combination.
beamformed (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM) TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning beamformed EBF/
FD-MIMO operation (class B) applicable for band combinations for which the concerned
capabilities are not signalled.
ETSI

TDD diff
benefitsFromInterruption No
Indicates whether the UE power consumption would benefit from being allowed to cause
interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for
measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
bwPrefInd -
Indicates whether the UE supports maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference
indication.
ca-BandwidthClass -
The CA bandwidth class supported by the UE as defined in TS 36.101 [42, Table 5.6A-1].
The UE explicitly includes all the supported CA bandwidth class combinations in the band
combination signalling. Support for one CA bandwidth class does not implicitly indicate support
for another CA bandwidth class.
ca-IdleModeMeasurements -
Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed during RRC_IDLE.
ca-IdleModeValidityArea -
Indicates whether UE supports validity area for IDLE measurements during RRC_IDLE.
cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA, cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB, cch- -
InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs
The field cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA defines whether the UE supports Type A downlink
control channel interference mitigation (CCH-IM) receiver "LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for
PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH/EPDCCH receive processing (Enhanced downlink control channel
performance requirements Type A in the TS 36.101 [6]). The field cch-InterfMitigation-
RefRecTypeB defines whether the UE supports Type B downlink CCH-IM receiver "E-LMMSE-
IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH receive processing in synchronous networks
(Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type B in the TS 36.101 [6]).
The UE supporting the capability defined by cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB-r13 shall also
support the capability defined by cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA-r13.
If the UE sets one or more of the fields cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA and cch-

InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB to "supported", the UE shall include the parameter cch-
InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs to indicate that the UE supports CCH-IM on at least one arbitrary
downlink CC for up to cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs downlink CC CA configuration. The
UE shall not include the parameter cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs if neither cch-
InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA nor cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB is present. The UE may
not perform CCH-IM on more than 1 DL CCs. For example, the UE sets "cch-InterfMitigation-
MaxNumCCs = 3" to indicate that UE supports CCH-IM on at least one DL CC for supported
non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL CA configurations. For CA scenarios, the CCH-IM is guaranteed to
be supported on at least one arbitrary component carrier.
cdma2000-NW-Sharing -
Indicates whether the UE supports network sharing for CDMA2000.
ce-ClosedLoopTxAntennaSelection Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports UL closed-loop Tx antenna selection in CE mode A, as
ce-CQI-AlternativeTable -
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [22].
ce-CRS-IntfMitig -
Indicates whether UE supports CRS interference mitigation, i.e., value supported indicates UE
does not rely on the CRS outside certain PRBs and subframes as defined in TS 36.133 [16],
subclauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and TS 36.213 [23] when operating in coverage enhancement
mode.
ce-HARQ-AckBundling Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, as
ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB -
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode A and/or B, as specified in TS 36.211
[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
ceMeasurements -
Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency RSRQ measurements and inter-frequency
RSRP and RSRQ measurements in RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16] and
TS 36.304 [4].
ce-PDSCH-64QAM -
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
ETSI

TDD diff
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA, ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB, -
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA, ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB
This field indicates whether UE supports flexible starting PRB for PDSCH/PUSCH when
operating in coverage enhancement mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[22].
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-Enhancement No
Indicates whether the UE supports new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation
restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213
[23].
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth Yes
Indicates the maximum supported PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B,
as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz and value
bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If the field is absent the maximum PDSCH/PUSCH channel
bandwidth in CE mode A and B is 1.4 MHz. If the setting of this parameter is 20 MHz, the max
supported PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A is 5 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel
bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter:
transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1].
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports 10 DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A.
ce-PUCCH-Enhancement No
Indicates whether the UE supports repetition levels 64 and 128 for PUCCH in CE Mode B, as
specified in TS 36.211 [21] and in TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports 2984 bits max UL TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A operation,
as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation -
Indicates whether the UE supports sub-PRB resource allocation for PUSCH in CE mode A or
B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-RetuningSymbols No
Indicates the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
Value n0 corresponds to 0 retuning symbols and value n1 corresponds to 1 retuning symbol. If
the field is absent the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B is 2.
ce-SchedulingEnhancement No
Indicates whether the UE supports dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD in CE mode A as
ce-SRS-Enhancement Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS
combs 2 and 4 as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-
EnhancementWithoutComb4 is not included.
ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4 -
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS
comb 2 but without support of SRS comb 4 as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be
included only if ce-SRS-Enhancement is not included.
ce-SwitchWithoutHO -
Indicates whether the UE supports switching between normal mode and enhanced coverage
mode without handover.
ce-UL-HARQ-ACK-Feedback -
This field indicates whether UE supports uplink HARQ ACK feedback when operating in
coverage enhancement, as specified in TS36.213 [22].
channelMeasRestriction TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports channel measurement
restriction.
codebook-HARQ-ACK No
Indicates whether the UE supports determining HARQ ACK codebook size based on the DAI-
ased solution and/or the number of configured CCs. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports
the DAI-based codebook size determination. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the
codebook determination based on the number of configured CCs.
commMultipleTx -
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple transmissions of sidelink communication to
different destinations in one SC period. If commMultipleTx-r13 is set to supported then the UE
support 8 transmitting sidelink processes.
commSimultaneousTx -
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink
communication (on different carriers) in all bands for which the UE indicated sidelink support in
a band combination (using commSupportedBandsPerBC).
ETSI

TDD diff
commSupportedBands -
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink communication, by an independent list
of bands i.e. separate from the list of supported E-UTRA band, as indicated in
commSupportedBandsPerBC -
Indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous
reception of EUTRA and sidelink communication. If the UE indicates support simultaneous
transmission (using commSimultaneousTx), it also indicates, for a particular band combination,
the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink
communication. The first bit refers to the first band included in commSupportedBands, with
value 1 indicating sidelink is supported.
configN (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM) -
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports non-
precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO (class A) related configuration N for the concerned band
combination.
configN (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM) TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports non-precoded EBF/ FD-
MIMO (class A) related configuration N for band combinations for which the concerned
capabilities are not signalled.
crossCarrierScheduling Yes
crossCarrierScheduling-B5C No
Indicates whether the UE supports cross carrier scheduling beyond 5 DL CCs.
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-DL -
Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA
cell(s) for downlink. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-UL -
Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA
cell(s) for uplink. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas FFS
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, and
PDSCH/EPDCCH RE mapping with zero power CSI-RS configured for discovery signals.
crs-InterfHandl Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference handling.
crs-InterfMitigationTM10 No
The field defines whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation in transmission mode
10. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM10 capability shall also support the crs-
InterfHandl capability.
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9 -
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation (IM) while operating in the
following transmission modes (TM): TM 1, TM 2, …, TM 8 and TM 9. The UE shall not include
the field if it does not support CRS IM in TMs 1-9. If the field is present, the UE supports CRS-
IM on at least one arbitrary downlink CC for up to crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink
CC CA configuration. The UE signals crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 value to indicate the
maximum crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration where UE may
apply CRS IM. For example, the UE sets "crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 = 3" to indicate
that the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one DL CC for supported non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL
CA configurations. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 capability shall
also support the crs-InterfHandl-r11 capability.
crs-IntfMitig -
Indicate whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation as specified in TS 36.133 [16],
subclause 3.6.1.1.
crs-LessDwPTS -
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe configuration 10 without CRS
transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS, i.e. ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS, as specified in TS
36.211 [17].
csi-ReportingAdvanced, csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts -
Indicates the maximum number of CSI-RS ports supported by the UE for advanced CSI
reporting. n8 corresponds to 8 CSI-RS ports, n12 corresponds to 12 CSI-RS ports and so on.
UE shall not include both csi-ReportingAdvanced and csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts for a
band of a band combination. The field csi-ReportingAdvanced is included to indicate the UE
supports advanced CSI reporting with 32 ports in the band of the band combination.
csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas FFS
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement. If this field
is included, the UE shall also include crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
ETSI

TDD diff
csi-RS-DRS-RRM-MeasurementsLAA -
Indicates whether the UE supports performing RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on
CSI-RS-based DRS. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
csi-RS-EnhancementsTDD Yes
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports CSI-RS enhancements
applicable for TDD.
csi-SubframeSet Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports REL-12 DL CSI subframe set configuration, REL-12 DL CSI
subframe set dependent CSI measurement/feedback, configuration of up to 2 CSI-IM
resources for a CSI process with no more than 4 CSI-IM resources for all CSI processes of
one frequency if the UE supports tm10, configuration of two ZP-CSI-RS for tm1 to tm9,
PDSCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations, and EPDCCH RE mapping with two
ZP-CSI-RS configurations if the UE supports EPDCCH. This field is only applicable for UEs
supporting TDD.
dataInactMon -
Indicates whether the UE supports the data inactivity monitoring as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
dc-Support -
Including this field indicates that the UE supports synchronous DC and power control mode 1.
Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of single band entry indicates that
the UE supports intra-band contiguous DC. Including this field for a band combination entry
comprising of two or more band entries, indicates that the UE supports DC for these bands and
that the serving cells corresponding to a band entry shall belong to one cell group (i.e. MCG or
SCG). Including field asynchronous indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC and
power control mode 2. Including this field for a TDD/FDD band combination indicates that the
UE supports TDD/FDD DC for this band combination.
delayBudgetReporting No
Indicates whether the UE supports delay budget reporting.
demodulationEnhancements -
This field defines whether the UE supports advanced receiver in SFN scenario as specified in
TS 36.101 [42].
deviceType -
UE may set the value to "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt" when it does not foresee to particularly
benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation. Absence of this value means that
the device does benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation.
diffFallbackCombReport -
Indicates that the UE supports reporting of UE radio access capabilities for the CA band
combinations asked by the eNB as well as, if any, reporting of different UE radio access
capabilities for their fallback band combination as specified in TS 36.331 [5]. The UE does not
report fallback combinations if their UE radio access capabilities are the same as the ones for
the CA band combination asked by the eNB.
differentFallbackSupported -
Indicates that the UE supports different capabilities for at least one fallback case of this band
combination.
directSCellActivation -
Indicates whether the UE supports having an SCell configured in activated SCell state.
directSCellHibernation -
Indicates whether the UE supports having an SCell configured in dormant SCell state.
discInterFreqTx -
Indicates whether the UE support sidelink discovery announcements either a) on the primary
frequency only or b) on other frequencies also, regardless of the UE configuration (e.g. CA,
DC). The UE may set discInterFreqTx to supported when having a separate transmitter or if it
can request sidelink discovery transmission gaps.
discoverySignalsInDeactSCell FFS
Indicates whether the UE supports the behaviour on DL signals and physical channels when
SCell is deactivated and discovery signals measurement is configured as specified in TS
36.211 [21, 6.11A]. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation and includes
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
discPeriodicSLSS -
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic (i.e. not just one time before sidelink discovery
announcement) Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink
discovery.
discScheduledResourceAlloc -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on
network scheduled resource allocation.
ETSI

TDD diff
disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on UE
autonomous resource selection.
disc-SLSS -
Indicates whether the UE supports Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and
reception for sidelink discovery.
discSupportedBands -
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink discovery. One entry corresponding to
each supported E-UTRA band, listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
discSupportedProc -
Indicates the number of processes supported by the UE for sidelink discovery.
discSysInfoReporting -
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of system information for inter-frequency/PLMN
sidelink discovery.
dl-256QAM -
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in DL on the band.
dl-1024QAM -
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band.
dl-1024QAM-Slot -
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for slot TTI operation.
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-1 -
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with
TA set 1.
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-2 -
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with
TA set 2, dmrsBasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-MBSFN -
Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for MBSFN
subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH
capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN -
Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for non-MBSFN
subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH
capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.
dmrs-Enhancements (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM) -
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, that for the concerned band
combination the DMRS enhancements are different than the value indicated by field dmrs-
Enhancements in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.
dmrs-Enhancements (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM) TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports DMRS enhancements
for the indicated transmission mode.
dmrs-LessUpPTS No
Indicates whether the UE supports not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS.
dmrs-PositionPattern -
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink DMRS position pattern 'D D D' in subslot #5 with
application of the 1/6 as the TBS scaling factor.
dmrs-RepetitionSubslotPDSCH -
Indicates whether the UE supports back-to-back 3/4-layer DMRS reception in two consecutive
subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.
dmrs-SharingSubslotPDSCH -
Indicates whether the UE supports DMRS sharing in two consecutive subslots across
subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.
dormantSCellState -
Indicates whether UE supports Dormant SCell state (i.e. SCell state with CQI and RRM
measurement reporting but no PDCCH monitoring).
downlinkLAA -
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports downlink LAA operation including
identification of downlink transmissions on LAA cell(s) for full downlink subframes, decoding of
common downlink control signalling on LAA cell(s), CSI feedback for LAA cell(s), RRM
measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CRS-based DRS.
drb-TypeSCG -
Indicates whether the UE supports SCG bearer.
drb-TypeSplit -
Indicates whether the UE supports split bearer except for PDCP data transfer in UL.
ETSI

TDD diff
dtm -
Indicates whether the UE supports DTM in GERAN.
earlyData-UP -
Indicates whether the UE supports UP-EDT.
e-CSFB-1XRTT Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT or not.
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports concurrent enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT
and PS handover/ redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT for dual Rx/Tx
configuration. This bit can only be set to supported if tx-Config1XRTT and rx-Config1XRTT are
both set to dual.
e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling operation for
FDD.
emptyUnicastRegion No
Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception in subframes with empty unicast control
region as described in TS 36.213 [23] Section 12. This field can be included only if unicast-
fembmsMixedSCell and crossCarrierScheduling are included.
en-DC No
Indicates whether the UE supports EN-DC.
endingDwPTS -
Indicates whether the UE supports reception ending with a subframe occupied for a DwPTS-
duration as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if
downlinkLAA is included.
Enhanced-4TxCodebook No
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced 4Tx codebook.
enhancedDualLayerTDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced dual layer (PDSCH transmission mode 8) for
TDD or not.
ePDCCH Yes
Indicates whether the UE can receive DCI on UE specific search space on Enhanced PDCCH.
epdcch-SPT-differentCells -
Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and short processing time on different serving
cells.
epdcch-STTI-differentCells -
Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and sTTI on different serving cells.
e-RedirectionUTRA Yes
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced redirection to UTRA TDD to multiple carrier
frequencies both with and without using related SIB provided by RRCConnectionRelease or
not.
eventB2 No
Indicates whether the UE supports event B2. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this
bit to supported.
extendedFreqPriorities -
Indicates whether the UE supports extended E-UTRA frequency priorities indicated by
cellReselectionSubPriority field. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to
supported.
extendedLCID-Duplication -
Indicates whether the UE supports use of extended LCIDs 11-17 for PDCP duplication.
extendedLongDRX -
Indicates whether the UE supports extended long DRX cycle values of 5.12s and 10.24s in
RRC_CONNECTED.
extendedMAC-LengthField -
Indicates whether the UE supports the MAC header with L field of size 16 bits as specified in
TS 36.321 [6, 6.2.1].
extendedMaxMeasId No
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement identies as defined by
maxMeasId-r12.
extendedMaxObjectId No
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement object identies as
defined by maxObjectId-r13.
ETSI

TDD diff
extendedNumberOfDRBs -
Indicates whether the UE supports up to 15 DRBs. The UE shall support any combination of
RLC AM and RLC UM entities for the configured DRBs.
extendedPollByte -
Indicates whether the UE supports extended pollByte values as defined by pollByte-r14.
extended-RLC-LI-Field -
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit RLC length indicator.
extendedRLC-SN-SO-Field -
Indicates whether the UE supports 16 bits of RLC sequence number and segmentation offset.
extendedRSRQ-LowerRange No
Indicates whether the UE supports the extended RSRQ lower value range from -34dB to -
19.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
fdd-HARQ-TimingTDD Yes
Indicates whether UE supports FDD HARQ timing for TDD SCell when configured with TDD
PCell.
featureGroupIndicators, featureGroupIndRel9Add, featureGroupIndRel10 Yes
The definitions of the bits in the bit string are described in Annex B.1 (for
featureGroupIndicators and featureGroupIndRel9Add) and in Annex C.1 (for
featureGroupIndRel10).
fembmsMixedCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz
subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cells on a frequency indicated in
an MBMSInterestIndication message.
fembmsDedicatedCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz
subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from MBMS-dedicated cells on a frequency indicated in an
MBMSInterestIndication message.
flexibleUM-AM-Combinations -
Indicates whether the UE supports any combination of RLC UM and RLC AM bearers as long
as the total number of bearers is at most 8, regardless of what FGI20 indicates.
flightPathPlan -
Indicates whether UE supports reporting of flight path plan information.
fourLayerTM3-TM4 -
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.
fourLayerTM3-TM4-perCC -
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4 for the
component carrier.
frameStructureType-SPT -
This field indicates the supported FS-type(s) for short processing time. The UE capability is
reported per band combination. The reported FS-type(s) apply to the reported
maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15 for the given band combination.
freqBandPriorityAdjustment -
Indicates whether the UE supports the prioritization of frequency bands in multiBandInfoList
over the band in freqBandIndicator as defined by freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12.
freqBandRetrieval -
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestedFrequencyBands.
halfDuplex -
If halfDuplex is set to true, only half duplex operation is supported for the band, otherwise full
duplex operation is supported.
heightMeas -
Indicates whether UE supports the measurement events H1/H2.
immMeasBT -
Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC connected mode.
immMeasWLAN -
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC connected mode.
incMonEUTRA No
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of E-UTRA carrier monitoring in
RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
incMonUTRA No
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE
and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
inDeviceCoexInd Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication as well as autonomous
denial functionality.
ETSI

TDD diff
inDeviceCoexInd-HardwareSharingInd -
Indicates whether the UE supports indicating hardware sharing problems when sending the
InDeviceCoexIndication, as well as omitting the TDM assistance information. A UE that
supports hardware sharing indication shall also indicate support of LAA operation.
inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA -
Indicates whether the UE supports UL CA related in-device coexistence indication. This field
can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA
in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.
interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig -
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation with different UL/DL
configuration combinations. The first bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of
SCell DL subframes are a subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration and the
configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a superset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1
configuration; the second bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL
subframes are neither superset nor subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration. This
field is included only if UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation.
interferenceMeasRestriction TBD
Indicates whether the UE supports interference measurement restriction.
interFreqBandList -
interFreqNeedForGaps -
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the E-UTRA band given by the entry
in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in
bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the E-UTRA band given by the entry in
interFreqBandList.
interFreqProximityIndication -
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for inter-frequency E-UTRAN CSG
member cells.
interFreqRSTD-Measurement Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-frequency RSTD measurements for OTDOA
positioning [54].
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network,
acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI
from a neighbouring inter-frequency cell.
interRAT-BandList -
One entry corresponding to each supported band of another RAT listed in the same order as in
the interRAT-Parameters. The NR bands reported in SupportedBandListNR are excluded from
this list.
interRAT-NeedForGaps -
Indicates need for DL measurement gaps when operating on the E-UTRA band given by the
entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in
bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the inter-RAT band given by the entry in the
interRAT-BandList.
interRAT-ParametersWLAN -
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements configured by MeasObjectWLAN
with corresponding quantity and report configuration in the supported WLAN bands.
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT PS handover to GERAN or not.
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList -
Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple
serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), the maximum number of supported
layers for spatial multiplexing in DL and the maximum number of CSI processes supported.
The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding
bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless
of the order of entries in the list.The UE shall include the field only if it supports 4-layer spatial
multiplexing in transmission mode3/4 for a subset of component carriers in the corresponding
bandwidth class, or if the maximum number of supported layers for at least one component
carrier is higher than supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 in the corresponding bandwidth class,
or if the number of CSI processes for at least one component carrier is higher than
supportedCSI-Proc-r11 in the corresponding band.
This field may also be included for bandwidth class A but in such a case without including any
sub-fields in IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 (see NOTE 6).
ETSI

TDD diff
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeA -
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports eventA3 for intra-frequency
neighbouring cells.
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeB -
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports eventA3 for intra-frequency
neighbouring cells.
intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating in CE on the E-UTRA band given by the
entry in supportedBandListEUTRA.
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeA -
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports intra-frequency handover.
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeB -
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports intra-frequency handover.
intraFreqProximityIndication -
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for intra-frequency E-UTRAN CSG
member cells.
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO Yes
from a neighbouring intra-frequency cell.
k-Max (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM) No
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP
CSI RS resource configurations supported within a CSI process applicable for the concerned
band combination.
k-Max (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM) TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS resource
configurations supported within a CSI process applicable for band combinations for which the
concerned capabilities are not signalled.
laa-PUSCH-Mode1 -
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 1 as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
laa-PUSCH-Mode2 -
laa-PUSCH-Mode3 -
locationReport -
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of its geographical location information to eNB.
loggedMBSFNMeasurements -
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements for MBSFN. A UE indicating support
for logged measurements for MBSFN shall also indicate support for logged measurements in
Idle mode.
loggedMeasBT -
Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC idle mode.
loggedMeasurementsIdle -
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements in Idle mode.
loggedMeasWLAN -
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC idle mode.
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer -
Indicates whether the UE supports the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer as defined in TS
36.321 [6].
longDRX-Command -
Indicates whether the UE supports Long DRX Command MAC Control Element.
lwa -
Indicates whether the UE supports LTE-WLAN Aggregation (LWA). The UE which supports
LWA shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.
lwa-BufferSize -
Indicates whether the UE supports the layer 2 buffer sizes for "with support for split bearers" as
defined in Table 4.1-3 and 4.1A-3 of TS 36.306 [5] for LWA.
lwa-HO-WithoutWT-Change -
Indicates whether the UE supports handover where LWA configuration is retained without WT
change and using LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication for LWA operation.
lwa-RLC-UM -
Indicates whether the UE supports RLC UM for LWA bearer.
lwa-SplitBearer -
Indicates whether the UE supports the split LWA bearer (as defined in TS 36.300 [9]).
ETSI

TDD diff
lwa-UL -
Indicates whether the UE supports UL transmission over WLAN for LWA bearer.
lwip -
Indicates whether the UE supports LTE/WLAN Radio Level Integration with IPsec Tunnel
(LWIP). The UE which supports LWIP shall also indicate support of interRAT-
ParametersWLAN-r13.
lwip-Aggregation-DL, lwip-Aggregation-UL -
Indicates whether the UE supports aggregation of LTE and WLAN over DL/UL LWIP. The UE
that indicates support of LWIP aggregation over DL or UL shall also indicate support of lwip.
makeBeforeBreak -
Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break handover, and whether
the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break SeNB
change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
maximumCCsRetrieval -
Indicates whether UE supports reception of requestedMaxCCsDL and requestedMaxCCsUL.
maxLayersMIMO-Indication -
Indicates whether the UE supports the network configuration of maxLayersMIMO. If the UE
supports fourLayerTM3-TM4 or intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList, UE supports the
configuration of maxLayersMIMO for these two cases regardless of indicating
maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
maxLayersSlotOrSubslotPUSCH -
Indicates the maxiumum number of layers for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH transmission.
maxNumberCCs-SPT -
Indicates the maximum number of supported CCs for short processing time. The UE capability
is reported per band combination. The reported number of carriers applies to all the FS-type(s)
frameStructureType-SPT-r15 supported in a given band combination. Absence of the field
indicates that 0 number of CCs are supported for short processing time.
maxNumberDL-CCs, maxNumberUL-CCs -
Indicates for each TTI combination "sTTI-SupportedCombinations", the maximum number of
supported DL CCs/UL CCs for short TTI. Absence of the field indicates that 0 number of CCs
are supported for short TTI.
maxNumberDecoding No
Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE-specific search space per UE in one
subframe for CA with more than 5 CCs as defined in TS 36.213 [23] which is supported by the
UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value * 32. Only values 5 to
32 can be used in this version of the specification.
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions -
Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE,
excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2
(context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE
supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles. If the UE indicates both
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions and maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14, same
value shall be indicated.
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-SPT No
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes to be updated across CCs.
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb77, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-
Comb27, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set1, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-
Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set2
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes to be updated across CCs. Comb77 is
applicable for {slot, slot}, Comb27 for {subslot, slot}, Comb22-Set1 for
{subslot, subslot} processing timeline set 1 and the Comb22-Set2 for {subslot, subslot}
processing timeline set 2.
mbms-AsyncDC -
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a
frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to
supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the
MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include
mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell. The field indicates that the UE supports the feature
for xDD if mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell are supported for xDD.
mbms-MaxBW -
Indicates maximum supported bandwidth (T) for MBMS reception, see TS 36.213 [23. 11.1]. If
the value is set to implicitValue, the corresponding value of T is calculated as specified in TS
36.213 [23, 11.1]. If the value is set to explicitValue, the actual value of T = explicitValue * 40
MHz.
ETSI

TDD diff
mbms-NonServingCell Yes
supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be
additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the mbms-SCell field.
mbms-ScalingFactor1dot25, mbms-ScalingFactor7dot5 -
Indicates parameter A(1.25 / A(7.5, i.e., scaling factor for processing one unit of bandwidth
corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 1.25 kHz / 7.5 kHz, with respect to one unit of
bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz. See TS 36.213 [23, 11.1]. This field
is included only if subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 / subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 is
included. This field shall be included if mbms-MaxBW and subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25
/ subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 are included.
mbms-SCell Yes
frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on
that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
measurementEnhancements -
This field defines whether UE supports measurement enhancements in high speed scenario as
measGapPatterns -
Indicates whether the UE that supports NR supports gap patterns 4 to 11. The first/ leftmost bit
covers pattern 4, and so on. Value 1 indicates that the UE supports the concerned gap pattern.
See TS 36.133 [16].
mfbi-UTRA -
It indicates if the UE supports the signalling requirements of multiple radio frequency bands in
a UTRA FDD cell, as defined in TS 25.307 [65].
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList No
A list of pairs of {k-Max, n-MaxList} values with the nth entry indicating the values that the UE
supports for each CSI process in case n CSI processes would be configured.
MIMO-CapabilityDL -
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL. The field may be absent for
category 0 and category 1 UE in which case the number of supported layers is 1.
MIMO-CapabilityUL -
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in UL. Absence of the field means that
the number of supported layers is 1.
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC -
A set of MIMO parameters provided per band of a band combination. In case a subfield is
absent, the concerned capabilities are the same as indicated at the per UE level (i.e. by MIMO-
UE-ParametersPerTM).
mimo-CBSR-AdvancedCSI -
Indicates whether UE supports CBSR for advanced CSI reporting with and without amplitude
restriction as defined in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.2.
min-Proc-TimelineSubslot -
Minimum processing timeline for subslot operation. The minimum processing timeline can
belong to one of two sets of associated processing and maximum TA operation. The sets
supported can be different for 1os CRS-based SPDCCH, 2os CRS-based SPDCCH and
DMRS-based SPDCCH. The sequence applies to:
1. 1os CRS based SPDCCH
2. 2os CRS based SPDCCH
3. DMRS based SPDCCH
modifiedMPR-Behavior -
Field encoded as a bit map, where at least one bit N is set to "1" if UE supports modified
MPR/A-MPR behaviour N, see TS 36.101 [42]. All remaining bits of the field are set to "0". The
leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 0, the next bit
corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 1 and so on.
Absence of this field means that UE does not support any modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour.
multiACK-CSI-reporting Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports multi-cell HARQ ACK and periodic CSI reporting and SR on
PUCCH format 3.
multiBandInfoReport -
Indicates whether the UE supports the acquisition and reporting of multi band information for
reportCGI.
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC Yes
multiNS-Pmax -
Indicates whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for cells broadcasting NS-
PmaxList.
ETSI

TDD diff
multipleCellsMeasExtension -
Indicates whether UE supports numberOfTriggeringCells in the report configuration.
multipleTimingAdvance -
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed
in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band
entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that
the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band
combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the
field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the
band entry are supported.
multipleUplinkSPS -
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple uplink SPS and reporting SPS assistance
information. A UE indicating multipleUplinkSPS shall also support V2X communication via Uu,
as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
must-CapabilityPerBand -
Indicates that UE supports MUST as specified in 36.212 [22 5.3.3.1] on the band in the band
combination.
must-TM234-UpTo2Tx-r14 -
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM2/3/4 using up to 2Tx.
must-TM89-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14 -
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to
1 interfering layer.
must-TM89-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14 -
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to
3 interfering layers.
must-TM10-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14 -
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to
1 interfering layer.
must-TM10-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14 -
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to
3 interfering layers.
naics-Capability-List No
Indicates that UE supports NAICS, i.e. receiving assistance information from serving cell and
using it to cancel or suppress interference of neighbouring cell(s) for at least one band
combination. If not present, UE does not support NAICS for any band combination. The field
numberOfNAICS-CapableCC indicates the number of component carriers where the NAICS
processing is supported and the field numberOfAggregatedPRB indicates the maximum
aggregated bandwidth across these of component carriers (expressed as a number of PRBs)
with the restriction that NAICS is only supported over the full carrier bandwidth. The UE shall
indicate the combination of {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfNAICS-CapableCC} for
every supported numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, e.g. if a UE supports {x CC, y PRBs} and {x-n
CC, y-m PRBs} where n>=1 and m>=0, the UE shall indicate both.
- For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 1, UE signals one value for
numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100};
numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200};
numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250,
275, 300};
numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400};
numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450,
500}.
ncsg No
Indicates whether the UE supports measurement NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3, as specified
in TS 36.133 [16]. If this field is included and the UE supports asynchronous DC, the UE shall
support NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3. If this field is included but the UE does not support
asynchronous DC, only NCSG Pattern Id 0 and 1 shall be supported
ETSI

TDD diff
n-MaxList (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM) TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS ports
supported within a CSI process applicable for band combinations for which the concerned
capabilities are not signalled. For k-Max values exceeding 1, the UE shall include the field and
signal k-Max minus 1 bits. The first bit indicates n-Max2, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1
indicating 16. The second bit indicates n-Max3, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating
16. The third bit indicates n-Max4, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 32. The
fourth bit indicates n-Max5, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The fifth bit
indicates n-Max6, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The sixt bit indicates n-
Max7, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The seventh bit indicates n-Max8,
with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 64.
n-MaxList (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM) No
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP
CSI RS ports supported within a CSI process applicable for band the concerned combination.
Further details are as indicated for n-MaxList in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List No
nonPrecoded (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM) TBD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the UE capabilities concerning non-precoded EBF/
FD-MIMO operation (class A) for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are
not signalled.
nonPrecoded (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM) -
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities
concerning non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class A) applicable for the concerned
band combination.
ETSI

TDD diff
nonUniformGap No
Indicates whether the UE supports measurement non uniform Pattern Id 1, 2, 3 and 4 as
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling No
Indicate whether the UE supports TTI bundling operation without resource allocation
restriction.
nonCSG-SI-Reporting -
Indicates whether UE will report PLMN list from non-CSG cells.
numberOfBlindDecodesUSS -
Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE specific search space in one subframe
for CCs configured with sTTI operation supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes
supported by the UE is the field value X*68. Field value ranges from 4 to 32.
otdoa-UE-Assisted Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports UE-assisted OTDOA positioning [54].
outOfOrderDelivery
Same as "outOfOrderDelivery" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
outOfSequenceGrantHandling -
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH transmissions with out of sequence UL grants as
defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
overheatingInd No
Indicates whether the UE supports overheating assistance information.
pdcch-CandidateReductions No
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCCH candidate reduction on UE specific search space
as specified in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.1].
pdcp-Duplication -
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP duplication.
pdcp-SN-Extension -
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
pdcp-SN-Extension-18bits -
Indicates whether the UE supports 18 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
pdcp-TransferSplitUL -
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP data transfer split in UL for the drb-TypeSplit as
pdsch-CollisionHandling No
Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH collision handling as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-RepSubframe -
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe PDSCH repetition.
pdsch-RepSlot -
Indicates whether the UE supports slot PDSCH repetition.
pdsch-RepSubslot -
Indicates whether the UE supports subslot PDSCH repetition. This field is only applicable for
UEs supporting FDD.
pdsch-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Decoding -
Indicates whether the UE supports decoding of PDSCH and slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH
assigned with C-RNTI/SPS C-RNTI in the same subframe for a given carrier.
perServingCellMeasurementGap -
Indicates whether the UE supports per serving cell measurement gap indication, as specified in
TS 36.133 [16].
phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell No
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via
monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a FDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL
and DL HARQ reference configurations. This bit can only be set to supported only if the UE
supports FDD PCell and phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell is set to supported.
phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via
monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a TDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL
and DL HARQ reference configurations, and PUCCH format 3.
pmi-Disabling Yes
powerClass-14dBm -
Indicates whether the UE supports power class 14 dBm when operating in CE mode A or B for
all the bands that are supported by the UE, as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
powerPrefInd No
Indicates whether the UE supports power preference indication.
ETSI

TDD diff
powerUCI-SlotPUSCH, powerUCI-SubslotPUSCH -
Indicates whether the UE supports BPRE derivation based on the actual derived O_CQI. The
parameter uplinkPower-CSIPayload configures the UE to derive BPRE based on either the
actual value of O_CQI or the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values. If the UE does not
support the capability, the UE will derive BPRE based on the largest value of O_CQI across all
RI values.
prach-Enhancements -
This field defines whether the UE supports random access preambles generated from
restricted set type B in high speed scenoario as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
processingTimelineSet -
Indicates, for each SPDCCH configuration, support for a set of TA values. Each set consists of
two different processing timelines and associated maximum TA. Set 1 indicates support for
n+4 and n+6 and set 2 indicates support for n+6 and n+8, see TS 36.211 [21, 8.1], The
minimum processing timeline to use, out of the two options for a given set is configured by
parameter proc-Timeline. Support of Set 1 implicitly means support of Set 2.
pucch-Format4 Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 4.
pucch-Format5 Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 5.
pucch-SCell No
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH on SCell.
pusch-Enhancements Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports the PUSCH enhancement mode as specified in TS 36.211
[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
pusch-FeedbackMode No
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH feedback mode 3-2.
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSlot -
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for slot PUSCH.
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSlot -
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of slot PUSCH for each serving cell.
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubframe -
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subframe PUSCH.
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubframe -
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subframe PUSCH for each serving cell.
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubslot -
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subslot PUSCH.
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubslot -
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subslot PUSCH for each serving cell.
This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PCell.
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPSCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PSCell.
pusch-SPS-SlotRepSCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for SCell other than PSCell.
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PCell.
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPSCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PSCell.
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepSCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for SCell other than
PSCell.
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PCell. This field is
only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPSCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PSCell. This field is
only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepSCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for SCell other than
PSCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe set dependent UL power control for PUSCH and
SRS. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
ETSI

TDD diff
qcl-CRI-BasedCSI-Reporting -
Indicates whether the UE supports CRI based CSI feedback for the FeCoMP feature as
specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1.10.
qcl-TypeC-Operation -
The UE uses this field to indicate the support of all of the following three features: QCL Type-C
operation for FeCoMP, the capability to support separate PDSCH RE mapping for different
PDSCH CWs in non-coherent joint transmission and the capability to support handling new
DMRS port to MIMO layer mapping for the CWs, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 7.1.10.
qoe-MeasReport -
Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for streaming services.
qoe-MTSI-MeasReport
Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for MTSI services.
rach-Less -
Indicates whether the UE supports RACH-less handover, and whether the UE which indicates
dc-Parameters supports RACH-less SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
rach-Report -
Indicates whether the UE supports delivery of rachReport.
rai-Support No
Defines whether the UE supports release assistance indication (RAI) as specified in TS 36.321
[6] for BL UEs.
rclwi -
Indicates whether the UE supports RCLWI, i.e. reception of rclwi-Configuration. The UE which
supports RLCWI shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13. The UE which
supports RCLWI and wlan-IW-RAN-Rules shall also support applying WLAN identifiers
received in rclwi-Configuration for the access network selection and traffic steering rules when
in RRC_IDLE.
recommendedBitRate No
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation message from the eNB to the
UE as specified in TS 36.321 [6, 6.1.3.13].
recommendedBitRateQuery No
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation query message from the UE to
the eNB as specified in TS 36.321 [6, 6.1.3.13]. If this field is included, the UE shall also
include the recommendedBitRate field.
reducedCP-Latency Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports reduced CP latency.
reducedIntNonContComb -
Indicates whether the UE supports receiving requestReducedIntNonContComb that requests
the UE to exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than
included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], section 4.3.5.21.
reducedIntNonContCombRequested -
Indicates that the UE excluded supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations
other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5, 4.3.5.21].
reportCGI-NR-EN-DC Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is
configured with EN-DC.
reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is
not configured with EN-DC.
retuningTimeInfoBandList -
Indicates, for a particular pair of bands, the RF retuning time when switching between the band
pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell as specified in 36.212 [22] and 36.213 [23]. If
included, the UE shall include a number of entries as indicated in the following, and listed in
the same order, as in bandParameterList for the concerned band combination:
- For the first band, the UE shall include the same number of entries as in
bandParameterList i.e. first entry corresponds to first band in bandParameterList and so
on,
- For the second band, the UE shall include one entry less i.e. first entry corresponds to
the second band in bandParameterList and so on
- And so on
requestedBands -
Indicates the frequency bands requested by E-UTRAN.
requestedCCsDL, requestedCCsUL -
Indicates the maximum number of CCs requested by E-UTRAN.
requestedDiffFallbackCombList -
Indicates the CA band combinations for which report of different UE capabilities is requested
by E-UTRAN.
ETSI

TDD diff
rf-RetuningTimeDL -
Indicates the interruption time on DL reception within a band pair during the RF retuning for
switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0
OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so
on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.
rf-RetuningTimeUL -
Indicates the interruption time on UL transmission within a band pair during the RF retuning for
switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0
OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so
on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.
rlc-AM-Ooo-Delivery -
Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC AM.
rlc-UM-Ooo-Delivery -
Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC UM.
rlm-ReportSupport -
Indicates whether the UE supports RLM event and information reporting.
rohc-ContextContinue
Same as "continueROHC-Context" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
rohc-ContextMaxSessions
Same as "maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
rohc-Profiles
Same as "supportedROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
rohc-ProfilesUL-Only
Same as "uplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
rsrqMeasWideband Yes
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurements with wider bandwidth.
rsrq-OnAllSymbols No
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols and also
support the extended RSRQ upper value range from -3dB to 2.5dB in measurement
configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
rs-SINR-Meas -
Indicates whether the UE can perform RS-SINR measurements in RRC_CONNECTED as
rssi-AndChannelOccupancyReporting -
Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and
channel occupancy. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
scptm-AsyncDC Yes
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a
supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the
MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include
scptm-SCell and scptm-NonServingCell.
scptm-NonServingCell Yes
supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be
additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the scptm-SCell field.
scptm-Parameters Yes
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports SC-PTM reception as specified in TS
36.306 [5].
scptm-SCell Yes
frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on
that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
scptm-ParallelReception Yes
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports parallel reception in the same
subframe of DL-SCH transport blocks transmitted using C-RNTI/Semi-Persistent Scheduling
C-RNTI and using SC-RNTI/G-RNTI as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
secondSlotStartingPosition -
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of subframes with second slot starting position as
described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA
is included.
semiStaticCFI -
Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI for subframe/slot/sub-
slot operation.
ETSI

TDD diff
semiStaticCFI-Pattern -
Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI pattern for
subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
shortCQI-ForSCellActivation -
Indicates whether the UE supports additional CQI reporting periodicity after SCell activation.
shortMeasurementGap No
Indicates whether the UE supports 3ms measurement gap lengths as specified in TS 36.133
[16].
shortSPS-IntervalFDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in FDD
mode.
shortSPS-IntervalTDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in TDD
mode.
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of PUSCH/PUCCH and
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH/SPUCCH (if supported).
simultaneousRx-Tx -
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands
for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for
inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-
Support-r12 shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.
simultaneousTx-DifferentTx-Duration -
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of different transmission
durations over different carriers. The different transmission durations can be of subframe, slot
or subslot duration.
skipFallbackCombinations -
Indicates whether UE supports receiving reception of requestSkipFallbackComb that requests
UE to exclude fallback band combinations from capability signalling.
skipFallbackCombRequested -
Indicates whether requestSkipFallbackComb is requested by E-UTRAN.
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0-1A No
Indicates whether UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not
monitoring DCI Format 0 and 1A as specified in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.1].
skipSubframeProcessing -
This fields defines whether the UE supports aborting reception of PDSCH if the UE receives
slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH during an ongoing PDSCH reception and instead starts receiving
the slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH, as well as whether the UE supports aborting a PUSCH
transmission if the UE gets a grant for a slot-PUSCH/ subslot-PUSCH transmission that
overlaps with a grant received for a PUSCH transmission. The capability indicates the number
of subframes that the UE may drop prior to the subframe in which it prioritizes the processing
of slot/subslot PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.213 [23], sections 7.1 and 8.0. Separate
capability for UL and DL and per sTTI length in each direction: skipProcessingDL-Slot,
skipProcessingDL-Subslot, skipProcessingUL-Slot and skipProcessingUL-Subslot.
skipUplinkDynamic -
Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for an uplink grant indicated on
PDCCH if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].
skipUplinkSPS -
Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for a configured uplink grant if
no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].
sl-64QAM-Tx -
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication.
sl-CongestionControl -
Indicates whether the UE supports Channel Busy Ratio measurement and reporting of
Channel Busy Ratio measurement results to eNB for V2X sidelink communication.
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM8
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM8 for
slot PDSCH.
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for
slot PDSCH.
slss-SupportedTxFreq -
Indicates whether the UE supports the SLSS transmission on single carrier or on multiple
carriers in the case of sidelink carrier aggregation.
ETSI

TDD diff
slss-TxRx -
Indicates whether the UE supports SLSS/PSBCH transmission and reception in UE
autonomous resource selection mode and eNB scheduled mode in a band for V2X sidelink
communication.
sl-TxDiversity -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for V2X sidelink communication. See TS
36.101 [42].
sn-SizeLo
Same as "shortSN" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
spatialBundling-HARQ-ACK No
Indicates whether UE supports HARQ-ACK spatial bundling on PUCCH or PUSCH as
specified in TS 36.213 [23], sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2.
spdcch-differentRS-types -
Indicates whether the UE supports monitoring of sPDCCH on RB sets with different RS types
within a TTI.
spdcch-Reuse -
Indicates whether the UE supports L1 based SPDCCH reuse.
sps-CyclicShift -
Indicates whether the UE supports RRC configuration of cyclic shift for DMRS for UL SPS
using 1ms TTI.
sps-ServingCell -
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple UL/DL SPS configurations simultaneously active
on different serving cells as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
sps-STTI -
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS in DL and/or UL for slot or subslot based PDSCH and
PUSCH, respectively.
srs-DCI7-TriggeringFS2 -
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS triggerring via DCI format 7 for FS2.
srs-Enhancements TBD
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS enhancements.
srs-EnhancementsTDD Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD specific SRS enhancements.
srs-MaxSimultaneousCCs -
Indicates the maximum number of simultaneously configurable target CCs for SRS switching
(i.e., CCs for which srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex is configured) supported by the UE.
srs-UpPTS-6sym -
Indicates whether the UE supports up to 6-symbol SRS in UpPTS.
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN -
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to GERAN CS.
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD -
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to UTRA FDD CS.
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN -
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to
GERAN CS.
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128 -
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to UTRA
TDD 1.28Mcps CS.
ss-CCH-InterfHandl Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports synchronisation signal and common channel interference
handling.
standaloneGNSS-Location -
Indicates whether the UE is equipped with a standalone GNSS receiver that may be used to
provide detailed location information in RRC measurement report and logged measurements.
sTTI-SPT-Supported -
Indicates whether the UE supports the features shortenedTTI and/or shortened-PT. If the UE
supports shortenedTTI and/or shortened-PT features, the UE shall report the field sTTI-SPT-
supported set to supported in capability signalling, irrespective of whether request-sTTI-SPT-
Capability field is present or not.
sTTI-FD-MIMO-Coexistence -
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI feedback for more than 8 NZP CSI-RS ports on
subframe based PUSCH in any serving cell and supporting sTTI in any serving cell.
ETSI

TDD diff
sTTI-SupportedCombinations -
Indicates the different combinations of short TTI lengths, see field description for dl-STTI-
Length and ul-STTI-Length, that the UE supports in a single PUCCH group or in two PUCCH
groups. An sTTI length combination is reported for DL first followed by UL. In case of two
PUCCH groups the support for the primary PUCCH group is indicated first.
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5, subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 -
Indicates the supported subcarrier spacings for MBSFN subframes in addition to 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing. subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 and subcarrierSpacingMBMS-
khz7dot5 indicates that the UE supports 1.25 and 7.5 kHz respectively for MBSFN subframes
as described in TS36.211 [21, 6.12]. This field is included only if fembmsMixedCell or
fembmsDedicatedCell is included.
subslotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for
subslot PDSCH.
supportedBandCombination -
Includes the supported CA band combinations, if any, and may include all the supported non-
CA bands.
supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 -
Includes additional supported CA band combinations in case maximum number of CA
band combinations of supportedBandCombination is exceeded.
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250, -
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320,
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11.
SupportedBandCombinationExt, SupportedBandCombination-v1090, -
SupportedBandCombination-v10i0, SupportedBandCombination-v1130,
SupportedBandCombination-v1250, SupportedBandCombination-v1270,
SupportedBandCombination-v1530
supportedBandCombination-r10.
supportedBandCombinationReduced -
Includes the supported CA band combinations, and may include the fallback CA combinations
specified in TS 36.101 [42, 4.3A]. This field also indicates whether the UE supports reception
of requestReducedFormat.
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320, SupportedBandCombinationReduced- -
v1380, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390,
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-
v1450, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470,
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530
supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13.
SupportedBandGERAN No
GERAN band as defined in TS 45.005 [20].
SupportedBandList1XRTT -
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class.
SupportedBandListEUTRA -
Includes the supported E-UTRA bands. This field shall include all bands which are indicated in
BandCombinationParameters.
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250, -
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320
supportedBandListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix).
SupportedBandListGERAN No
SupportedBandListHRPD -
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 HRPD band class.
SupportedBandListNR No
Includes the NR bands supported by the UE.
supportedBandListWLAN -
Indicates the supported WLAN bands by the UE.
ETSI

TDD diff
SupportedBandUTRA-FDD -
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.101 [17].
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 -
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet -
The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all
bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set
N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to
the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set
1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a
CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.
supportedCellGrouping -
This field indicates for which mapping of serving cells to cell groups (i.e. MCG or SCG) the UE
supports asynchronous DC. This field is only present for a band combination with more than
two but less than six band entries where the UE supports asynchronous DC. If this field is not
present but asynchronous operation is supported, the UE supports all possible mappings of
serving cells to cell groups for the band combination. The bitmap size is selected based on the
number of entries in the combinations, i.e., in case of three entries, the bitmap corresponding
to threeEntries is selected and so on.
A bit in the bit string set to 1 indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC for the cell
grouping option represented by the concerned bit position. Each bit position represents a
different cell grouping option, as illustrated by a table, see NOTE 5. A cell grouping option is
represented by a number of bits, each representing a particular band entry in the band
combination with the left-most bit referring to the band listed first in the band combination, etc.
Value 0 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a first cell
group, while value 1 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to
a second cell group.
It is noted that the mapping table does not include entries with all bits set to the same value (0
or 1) as this does not represent a DC scenario (i.e. indicating that the UE supports that all
carriers of the corresponding band entry are in one cell group).
supportedCSI-Proc, sTTI-SupportedCSI-Proc -
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes supported on a component carrier within a
band. Value n1 corresponds to 1 CSI process, value n3 corresponds to 3 CSI processes, and
value n4 corresponds to 4 CSI processes. If this field is included, the UE shall include the
same number of entries listed in the same order as in BandParameters/STTI-SPT-
BandParameters. If the UE supports at least 1 CSI process on any component carrier, then the
UE shall include this field in all bands in all band combinations.
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP -
If included, the UE supports NAICS for the band combination. The UE shall include a bitmap of
the same length, and in the same order, as in naics-Capability-List, to indicate 2 CRS AP
NAICS capability of the band combination. The first/ leftmost bit points to the first entry of
naics-Capability-List, the second bit points to the second entry of naics-Capability-List, and so
on.
For band combinations with a single component carrier, UE is only allowed to indicate
{numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfAggregatedPRB} = {1, 100} if NAICS is supported.
supportedOperatorDic -
Indicates whether the UE supports operator defined dictionary. If UE supports operator defined
dictionary, the UE shall report versionOfDictionary and associatedPLMN-ID of the stored
operator defined dictionary. This parameter is not required to be present if the UE is in VPLMN.
In this release of the specification, UE can only support one operator defined dictionary. The
associatedPLMN-ID is only associated to the operator defined dictionary which has no
relationship with UE's HPLMN ID.
supportRohcContextContinue -
Indicates whether the UE supports ROHC context continuation operation where the UE does
not reset the current ROHC context upon handover.
supportedROHC-Profiles -
Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in both uplink and downlink.
supportedUplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles -
Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in uplink and not in downlink, see TS 36.323 [8]
ETSI

TDD diff
supportedStandardDic -
Indicates whether the UE supports standard dictionary for SIP and SDP as specified in TS
36.323 [8].
supportedUDC -
Indicates whether the UE supports UL data compression, see TS 36.323 [8].
tdd-SpecialSubframe Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe defined in TS 36.211 [21]. A UE
shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11 if it supports the TDD special subframes ssp7 and
ssp9. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 if it supports the TDD special subframe
ssp10.
tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex No
The presence of this field indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD CA in any supported band
combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersUL and at least one TDD
band with bandParametersUL. The first bit is set to "1" if UE supports the TDD PCell. The
second bit is set to "1" if UE supports FDD PCell. This field is included only if the UE supports
band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersUL and at least one
TDD band with bandParametersUL. If this field is included, the UE shall set at least one of the
bits as "1". If this field is included with DC, then it is applicable within a CG, and the presence
of this field indicates the capability of the UE to support TDD/FDD CA with at least one FDD
band and at least one TDD band in the same CG, with the value indicating the support for
TDD/FDD PCell (PSCell).
tdd-TTI-Bundling Yes
The presence of this field indicates whether the UE supporting TDD special subframe
configuration 10 also supports TTI bundling for TDD configuration 2 and 3 when PUSCH
transimission in UpPTS is configured, see TS 36.213 [23, 8.0]. If this field is present, the tdd-
SpecialSubframe-r14 shall be present.
timeReferenceProvision -
Indicates whether the UE supports provision of time reference in DLInformationTransfer
message.
timerT312 No
Indicates whether the UE supports T312.
tm5-FDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in FDD.
tm5-TDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in TDD.
tm6-CE-ModeA Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports tm6 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.3].
This field can be included only if ce-ModeA is included.
tm8-slotPDSCH -
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM8 for slot PDSCH in TDD.
tm9-CE-ModeA Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.3].
This field can be included only if ce-ModeA is included.
tm9-CE-ModeB Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode B, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.3].
This field can be included only if ce-ModeB is included.
tm9-LAA -
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included
only if downlinkLAA is included.
tm9-slotSubslot -
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot
PDSCH for non-MBSFN.
tm9-slotSubslotMBSFN -
PDSCH for MBSFN.
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal
ports for FDD when not operating in CE mode.
tm10-LAA -
Indicates whether the UE supports tm10 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included
only if downlinkLAA is included.
tm10-slotSubslot -
PDSCH for non-MBSFN.
ETSI

TDD diff
tm10-slotSubslotMBSFN -
PDSCH for MBSFN.
twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH No
twoStepSchedulingTimingInfo -
Presence of this field indicates that the UE supports uplink scheduling using PUSCH trigger A
and PUSCH trigger B (as defined in TS 36.213 [23]).
This field also indicates the timing between the PUSCH trigger B and the earliest time the UE
supports performing the associated UL transmission. For reception of PUSCH trigger B in
subframe N, value nPlus1 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in
subframe N+1, value nPlus2 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in
subframe N+2, and so on.
This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
txAntennaSwitchDL, txAntennaSwitchUL -
The presence of txAntennaSwitchUL indicates the UE supports transmit antenna selection for
this UL band in the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.2 and 8.7].
The field txAntennaSwitchDL indicates the entry number of the first-listed band with UL in the
band combination that affects this DL. The field txAntennaSwitchUL indicates the entry number
of the first-listed band with UL in the band combination that switches together with this UL.
Value 1 means first entry, value 2 means second entry and so on. All DL and UL that switch
together indicate the same entry number.
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for PUCCH format 1b with channel
selection.
txDiv-SPUCCH -
Indicates whether the UE supports Tx diversity on SPUCCH format 1/1a/1b/3.
uci-PUSCH-Ext No
Indicates whether the UE supports an extension of UCI delivering more than 22 HARQ-ACK
bits on PUSCH as specified in TS 36.212 [22, 5.2.2.6] and TS 36.213 [23, 8.6.3].
ue-AutonomousWithFullSensing -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous
resource selection mode with full sensing (i.e., continuous channel monitoring) for V2X sidelink
communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3
V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].
ue-AutonomousWithPartialSensing -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous
resource selection mode with partial sensing (i.e., channel monitoring in a limited set of
subframes) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power
associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].
ue-Category -
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 12 in this version of the
specification.
ue-CategoryDL -
UE DL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n17 corresponds to UE category 17, value
m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis, value m2
corresponds to UE category M2. For ASN.1 compatibility, a UE indicating DL category 0, m1 or
m2 shall also indicate any of the categories (1..5) in ue-Category (without suffix), which is
ignored by the eNB, a UE indicating UE category oneBis shall also indicate UE category 1 in
ue-Category (without suffix), and a UE indicating UE category m2 shall also indicate UE
category m1. The field ue-CategoryDL is set to values 0, m1, oneBis, m2, 4, 6, 7, 9 to 16, n17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 in this version of the specification.
ue-CategorySL-C-TX -
UE SL category for V2X transmission as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 5 in this
version of the specification.
ue-CategorySL-C-RX -
UE SL category for V2X reception as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 4 in this
ue-CategoryUL -
UE UL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n14 corresponds to UE category 14, value
m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis, value n21
corresponds to UE category 21. The field ue-CategoryUL is set to values m1, 0, oneBis, 3, 5,
7, 8, 13, n14, 15 to 20, n21 or 22 to 26 in this version of the specification.
ue-CA-PowerClass-N -
Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class N in the E-UTRA band combination, see
TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [78]. If ue-CA-PowerClass-N is not included, UE supports the
default UE power class in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42].
ETSI

TDD diff
ue-CE-NeedULGaps -
Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as
ue-PowerClass-N, ue-PowerClass-5 -
Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class 1, 2, 4 or 5 in the E-UTRA band, see TS
36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [79]. UE includes either ue-PowerClass-N or ue-PowerClass-5. If
neither ue-PowerClass-N nor ue-PowerClass-5 is included, UE supports the default UE power
class in the E-UTRA band, see TS 36.101 [42].
ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements No
Indicates whether the UE supports Rx - Tx time difference measurements.
ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported No
ue-SSTD-Meas -
Indicates whether the UE supports SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell as
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported Yes
Except for the supported band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included,
TRUE indicates that the UE is capable of supporting UE transmit antenna selection such that
all the supported bands in the band combination are affected by transmit antenna switching, as
described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.7]. E-UTRAN ignores this field for band combinations for which
bandParameterList-v1380 is included.
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R -
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among four antennas to transmit
SRS for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-2Pairs -
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to
transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described
in TS 36.213 [23].
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-3Pairs -
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to
transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described
in TS 36.213 [23].
ul-64QAM -
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM in UL on the band. This field is only present when
the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports UL 64QAM, see TS 36.306 [5,
Table 4.1A-2]. If the field is present for one band, the field shall be present for all bands
including downlink only bands.
ul-256QAM -
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL on the band in the band combination. This
field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports
256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5, Table 4.1A-2]. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-
256QAM-perCC-InfoList is not included.
ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList -
Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple
serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), whether the UE supports 256QAM in
the band combination. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in
the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of
the list regardless of the order of entries in the list. This field is only present when the field ue-
CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5, Table
4.1A-2]. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM is not included.
ul-256QAM-Slot -
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for slot TTI operation on the band.
ul-256QAM-Subslot -
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for subslot TTI operation on the band.
ul-AsyncHarqSharingDiff-TTI-Lengths -
Indicates whether the UE supports UL asynchronous HARQ sharing between different TTI
lengths for an UL serving cell.
ul-CoMP No
Indicates whether the UE supports UL Coordinated Multi-Point operation.
ul-PDCP-Delay -
Indicates whether the UE supports UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as specified
in TS 36.314 [71].
ul-powerControlEnhancements
Indicates whether UE supports UplinkPowerControlDedicated.
uplinkLAA -
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports uplink LAA operation.
ETSI

TDD diff
uss-BlindDecodingAdjustment -
Indicates whether the UE supports blind decoding adjustment on UE specific search space as
defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
uss-BlindDecodingReduction -
Indicates whether the UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by
not monitoring DCI format 0A/0B/4A/4B as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be
included only if uplinkLAA is included.
unicastFrequencyHopping -
Indicates whether the UE supports frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH
(configured by mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig) and unicast PUSCH (configured by pusch-
HoppingConfig).
unicast-fembmsMixedSCell No
Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell. This
field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation.
utran-ProximityIndication -
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for UTRAN CSG member cells.
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO Yes
from a neighbouring UMTS cell.
v2x-BandwidthClassTxSL, v2x-BandwidthClassRxSL -
The bandwidth class for V2X sidelink transmission and reception supported by the UE as
defined in TS 36.101 [42, Table 5.6G.1-3].
The UE explicitly includes all the supported bandwidth class combinations for V2X sidelink
transmission or reception in the band combination signalling. Support for one bandwidth class
does not implicitly indicate support for another bandwidth class.
v2x-eNB-Scheduled -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using dynamic scheduling,
SPS in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication, reporting SPS assistance
information and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X
UE, see TS 36.101 [42] in a band.
v2x-EnhancedHighReception -
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 30 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 204
RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink
communication.
v2x-HighPower -
Indicates whether the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 2
V2X UE for V2X sidelink transmission in a band, see TS 36.101 [42].
v2x-HighReception -
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 20 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 136
RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink
communication.
v2x-nonAdjacentPSCCH-PSSCH -
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission and reception in the configuration of non-
adjacent PSCCH and PSSCH for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-numberTxRxTiming -
Indicates the number of multiple reference TX/RX timings counted over all the configured
sidelink carriers for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList
Indicates the supported band combination list on which the UE supports simultaneous
transmission and/or reception of V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC, v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC -
Indicates, for a particular band combination of EUTRA, the supported band combination list
among v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList on which the UE supports simultaneous
transmission or reception of EUTRA and V2X sidelink communication respectively. The first bit
refers to the first entry of v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList, with value 1 indicating V2X
sidelink transmission/reception is supported.
v2x-TxWithShortResvInterval -
Indicates whether the UE supports 20 ms and 50 ms resource reservation periods for UE
autonomous resource selection and eNB scheduled resource allocation for V2X sidelink
communication.
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD -
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice according to GSMA IR.58 profile in UTRA FDD.
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128 -
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice in UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps.
ETSI

TDD diff
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-MCG-Bearer Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only MCG RLC bearer.
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-SCG-Bearer Yes
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearer.
whiteCellList -
Indicates whether the UE supports EUTRA white cell listing to limit the set of cells applicable
for measurements.
wlan-IW-RAN-Rules -
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access
network selection and traffic steering rules.
wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies -
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF
policies.
wlan-MAC-Address -
Indicates the WLAN MAC address of this UE.
wlan-PeriodicMeas -
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic reporting of WLAN measurements.
wlan-ReportAnyWLAN -
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of WLANs not listed in the measObjectWLAN.
wlan-SupportedDataRate -
Indicates the maximum WLAN data rate supported by the UE over all LWA bearers. Actual
value of supported data rate is field value * 10 Mbps (i.e., value 1 corresponds to 10 Mbps,
value 2 corresponds to 20 Mbps and so on).
NOTE 1: The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability does not include AS security capability information, since these are the
same as the security capabilities that are signalled by NAS. Consequently, AS need not provide "man-in-
the-middle" protection for the security capabilities.
NOTE 2: The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal, as part of the additional capabilities
for an XDD mode i.e. within UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-xNM, a different value compared to
the value signalled elsewhere within UE-EUTRA-Capability (i.e. the common value, supported for both
XDD modes). A '-' is used to indicate that it is not possible to signal different values (used for fields for
which the field description is provided for other reasons). Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD
serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a capability for which it indicates support
within the capability signalling.
NOTE 2a: From REL-15 onwards, the UE is not allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD unless yes is
indicated in column FDD/ TDD diff (i.e. no need to introduce field description solely for the purpose of
indicate no).
NOTE 3: The BandCombinationParameters for the same band combination can be included more than once.
NOTE 4: UE CA and measurement capabilities indicate the combinations of frequencies that can be configured as
serving frequencies.
NOTE 5: The grouping of the cells to the first and second cell group, as indicated by supportedCellGrouping, is
shown in the table below. The leading / leftmost bit of supportedCellGrouping corresponds to the Bit
String Position 1.
ETSI
Nr of Band Entries: 5 4 3
Length of Bit-String: 15 7 3
Cell grouping option (0= first
cell group, 1= second cell
Bit String Position group)
1 00001 0001 001
2 00010 0010 010
3 00011 0011 011
4 00100 0100
5 00101 0101
6 00110 0110
7 00111 0111
8 01000
9 01001
10 01010
11 01011
12 01100
13 01101
14 01110
15 01111
NOTE 6: UE includes the intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 also for bandwidth class A because of the presence
conditions in BandCombinationParameters-v1270. For example, if UE supports CA_1A_41D band
combination, if UE includes the field intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 for band 41, the UE includes
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 also for band 1.
NOTE 7: For a UE that indicates release X in field accessStratumRelease but supports a feature specified in release
X+ N (i.e. early UE implementation), the ASN.1 comprehension requirement are specified in Annex F.
– UE-RadioPagingInfo
The UE-RadioPagingInfo IE contains UE capability information needed for paging.
UE-RadioPagingInfo information element

-- ASN1START
UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Category-v1250 INTEGER (0) OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ ue-CategoryDL-v1310 ENUMERATED {m1} OPTIONAL,
ce-ModeA-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
ce-ModeB-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ wakeUpSignal-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
wakeUpSignal-TDD-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000}
OPTIONAL,
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-TDD-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000} OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UE-RadioPagingInfo field descriptions

ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode A and/or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23].
ue-Category, ue-CategoryDL
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. A category M2 UE shall always include the field ue-CategoryDL-v1310 in this
wakeUpSignal, wakeUpSignal-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports WUS for paging, as specified in TS 36.213 [22] and TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is
included, the minimum gap between WUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX, wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-TDD
Indicates the minimum gap the UE supports between WUS and associated PO for eDRX as specified in TS 36.213
[22] and TS 36.304 [4]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, ms240 corresponds to 240 ms and so on. If this field is
included, the UE shall also indicate support of WUS for paging.
– UE-TimersAndConstants
The IE UE-TimersAndConstants contains timers and constants used by the UE in either RRC_CONNECTED or
RRC_IDLE.
UE-TimersAndConstants information element

-- ASN1START
UE-TimersAndConstants ::= SEQUENCE {

t300 ENUMERATED {
ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
ms2000},
t301 ENUMERATED {
ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
ms2000},
t310 ENUMERATED {
ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
n310 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
t311 ENUMERATED {
ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
ms20000, ms30000},
n311 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
...,
[[ t300-v1310 ENUMERATED {
ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, ms6000, ms8000,
ms10000} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, ms6000, ms8000,
ms10000} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ t310-v1330 ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000}
OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ t300-r15 ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000, ms8000, ms10000, ms15000,
ms25000, ms40000, ms60000} OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
UE-TimersAndConstants field descriptions

n3xy
t3xy
EUTRAN includes an extended value t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330 only in the Bandwidth Reduced (BR) version of the
SIB. UEs that support Coverage Enhancement (CE) mode B shall use the extended values t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-
v1330, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t3xy (without the suffix).
t300-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use t300-r15, if present.
ETSI

EDT The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present in SIB2; otherwise
the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– VisitedCellInfoList
The IE VisitedCellInfoList includes the mobility history information of maximum of 16 most recently visited cells or
time spent outside E-UTRA. The most recently visited cell is stored first in the list. The list includes cells visited in
RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED states.
VisitedCellInfoList information element

-- ASN1START
VisitedCellInfoList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellHistory-r12)) OF VisitedCellInfo-r12
VisitedCellInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

visitedCellId-r12 CHOICE {
cellGlobalId-r12 CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
pci-arfcn-r12 SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
}
} OPTIONAL,
timeSpent-r12 INTEGER (0..4095),
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
VisitedCellInfoList field descriptions

timeSpent
This field indicates the duration of stay in the cell or outside E-UTRA approximated to the closest second. If the
duration of stay exceeds 4095s, the UE shall set it to 4095s.
– WLAN-OffloadConfig
The IE WLAN-OffloadConfig includes information for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. The fields are
applicable to both RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules and
RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies unless stated otherwise in the field description.
WLAN-OffloadConfig information element

-- ASN1START
WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

thresholdRSRP-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdRSRP-Low-r12 RSRP-Range,
thresholdRSRP-High-r12 RSRP-Range
thresholdRSRQ-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdRSRQ-Low-r12 RSRQ-Range,
thresholdRSRQ-High-r12 RSRQ-Range
thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low-r12 RSRQ-Range,
thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High-r12 RSRQ-Range
thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow-r12 RSRQ-Range,
thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh-r12 RSRQ-Range
thresholdRSRQ-WB-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low-r12 RSRQ-Range,
thresholdRSRQ-WB-High-r12 RSRQ-Range
thresholdChannelUtilization-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdChannelUtilizationLow-r12 INTEGER (0..255),
thresholdChannelUtilizationHigh-r12 INTEGER (0..255)
ETSI
thresholdBackhaul-Bandwidth-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthLow-r12 WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthHigh-r12 WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthLow-r12 WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthHigh-r12 WLAN-backhaulRate-r12
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-r12 SEQUENCE {
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-Low-r12 INTEGER (0..255),
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-High-r12 INTEGER (0..255)
offloadPreferenceIndicator-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
t-SteeringWLAN-r12 T-Reselection OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 ::= ENUMERATED

{r0, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256, r512,
r1024, r2048, r4096, r8192, r16384, r32768, r65536, r131072,
r262144, r524288, r1048576, r2097152, r4194304, r8388608,
r16777216, r33554432, r67108864, r134217728, r268435456,
r536870912, r1073741824, r2147483648, r4294967296}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
WLAN-OffloadConfig field descriptions

offloadPreferenceIndicator
Indicates the offload preference indicator. Parameter: OPI in TS 24.312 [66]. Only applicable to RAN-assisted WLAN
interworking based on ANDSF policies.
thresholdBackhaulDLBandwidth-High
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN.
Parameter: ThreshBackhRateDLWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulDLBandwidth-Low
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN.
Parameter: ThreshBackhRateDLWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulULBandwidth-High
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter:
ThreshBackhRateULWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulULBandwidth-Low
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN.
Parameter: ThreshBackhRateULWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdChannelUtilization-High
Indicates the WLAN channel utilization (BSS load) threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN.
Parameter: ThreshChUtilWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdChannelUtilization-Low
Indicates the WLAN channel utilization (BSS load) threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter:
ThreshChUtilWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRP-High
Indicates the RSRP threshold (in dBm) used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter:
ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, HighP in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRP-Low
Indicates the RSRP threshold (in dBm) used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN,
LowP in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRQ-High,thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh, thresholdRSRQ-WB-High, thresholdRSRQ-
OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High
Indicates the RSRQ threshold (in dB) used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter:
ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, HighQ in TS 36.304 [4]. The UE shall only apply one of threshold values of thresholdRSRQ-
OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh, thresholdRSRQ-WB-High and thresholdRSRQ-High
as present in wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and forward this to upper layer. NOTE 1.
thresholdRSRQ-Low,thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow, thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low, thresholdRSRQ-
OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low
Indicates the RSRQ threshold (in dB) used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN,
LowQ in TS 36.304 [4].
The UE shall only apply one of threshold values of thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low, thresholdRSRQ-
OnAllSymbolsLow, thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low and thresholdRSRQ-Low as present in wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and
forward this to upper layer. NOTE 1.
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-High
Indicates the WLAN RSSI threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshWLANRSSI, High in TS
36.304 [4]. Value 0 corresponds to -128dBm, 1 corresponds to -127dBm and so on.
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-Low
Indicates the WLAN RSSI threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshWLANRSSI, Low in
TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 corresponds to -128dBm, 1 corresponds to -127dBm and so on.
t-SteeringWLAN
Indicates the timer value during which the rules should be fulfilled before starting traffic steering between E-UTRAN
and WLAN. Parameter: TsteeringWLAN in TS 36.304 [4]. Only applicable to RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on
access network selection and traffic steering rules.
NOTE 1: Within SIB17, E-UTRAN includes the fields corresponding to same RSRQ types as included in SIB1.
E.g. if E-UTRAN includes q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols in SIB1 it also includes thresholdRSRQ-
OnAllSymbols in SIB17. Within the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message E-UTRAN only includes
thresholdRSRQ, setting the value according to the RSRQ type used for E-UTRAN. The UE shall apply
the RSRQ fields (RSRQ threshold, high and low) corresponding to one RSRQ type i.e. the same as it
applies for E-UTRAN.
6.3.7 MBMS information elements
ETSI
– MBMS-NotificationConfig
The IE MBMS-NotificationConfig specifies the MBMS notification related configuration parameters, that are applicable
for all MBSFN areas.
MBMS-NotificationConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

notificationRepetitionCoeff-r9 ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
notificationOffset-r9 INTEGER (0..10),
notificationSF-Index-r9 INTEGER (1..6)
}
MBMS-NotificationConfig-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

notificationSF-Index-v1430 INTEGER (7..10)
}
-- ASN1STOP
MBMS-NotificationConfig field descriptions

notificationOffset
Indicates, together with the notificationRepetitionCoeff, the radio frames in which the MCCH information change
notification is scheduled i.e. the MCCH information change notification is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN
mod notification repetition period = notificationOffset.
notificationRepetitionCoeff
Actual change notification repetition period common for all MCCHs that are configured= shortest modification period/
notificationRepetitionCoeff. The 'shortest modificaton period' corresponds with the lowest value of mcch-
ModificationPeriod of all MCCHs that are configured. Value n2 corresponds to coefficient 2, and so on.
notificationSF-Index
Indicates the subframe used to transmit MCCH change notifications on PDCCH. FDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
correspond with subframe #1, #2, #3 #6, #7, and #8 respectively. Value 7, 8, 9 and 10 correspond with subframe #0,
#4, #5 and #9 respectively. If notificationSF-Index-v1430 is included, UE ignores notificationSF-Index-r9. TDD: Value
1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 correspond with subframe #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 respectively.
– MBMS-ServiceList
The IE MBMS-ServiceList provides the list of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive.
MBMS-ServiceList information element

-- ASN1START
MBMS-ServiceList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13)) OF MBMS-

ServiceInfo-r13
MBMS-ServiceInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

tmgi-r13 TMGI-r9
}
-- ASN1STOP
– MBSFN-AreaId
The IE MBSFN-AreaId identifies an MBSFN area by means of a locally unique value at lower layers i.e. it concerns
parameter NIDMBSFN in TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.2.1].
MBSFN-AreaId information element

-- ASN1START
MBSFN-AreaId-r12 ::= INTEGER (0..255)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– MBSFN-AreaInfoList
The IE MBSFN-AreaInfoList contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated
with one or more MBSFN areas.
MBSFN-AreaInfoList information element

-- ASN1START
MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9
MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbsfn-AreaId-r9 MBSFN-AreaId-r12,
non-MBSFNregionLength ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
notificationIndicator-r9 INTEGER (0..7),
mcch-Config-r9 SEQUENCE {
mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9 ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
mcch-Offset-r9 INTEGER (0..10),
mcch-ModificationPeriod-r9 ENUMERATED {rf512, rf1024},
sf-AllocInfo-r9 BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
signallingMCS-r9 ENUMERATED {n2, n7, n13, n19}
},
...,
[[ mcch-Config-r14 SEQUENCE {
mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1430 ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8,
rf16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1430 ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128,
rf256, spare7} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-r14 ENUMERATED {khz-7dot5, khz-1dot25} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MBSFN-AreaInfoList field descriptions

mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The
contents of different transmissions of MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-
between them. In case mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the mcch-
ModificationPeriod-r9.
mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which MCCH is scheduled i.e. MCCH is
scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod mcch-RepetitionPeriod = mcch-Offset.
mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of MCCH information, in radio frames, Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio
frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. In case mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE
shall ignore the mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9.
non-MBSFNregionLength
Indicates how many symbols from the beginning of the subframe constitute the non-MBSFN region. This value applies
in all subframes of the MBSFN area used for PMCH transmissions as indicated in the MSI. The values s1 and s2
correspond with 1 and 2 symbols, respectively: see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6.7-1].
notificationIndicator
Indicates which PDCCH bit is used to notify the UE about change of the MCCH applicable for this MBSFN area. Value
0 corresponds with the least significant bit as defined in TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1] and so on.
sf-AllocInfo
Indicates the subframes of the radio frames indicated by the mcch-RepetitionPeriod and the mcch-Offset, that may
carry MCCH. Value "1" indicates that the corresponding subframe is allocated. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/ leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #1 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-
RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #2, the third bit for #3, the fourth bit for #6, the fifth bit for #7 and
the sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-
RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. Uplink
subframes are not allocated. The last bit is not used.
signallingMCS
Indicates the MCS applicable for the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo and for each (P)MCH that is
configured for this MBSFN area, for the first subframe allocated to the (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period
(which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC). Value n2 corresponds with the value 2 for
I
parameter MCS in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.7.1-1], and so on.
subcarrierSpacingMBMS
The value indicates subcarrier spacing for MBSFN subframes and khz-7dot5 refers to 7.5kHz subcarrier spacing and
khz-1dot25 refers to 1.25 kHz subcarrier spacing as defined in TS36.211 [21, 6.12]. These subframes do not have
non-MBSFN region. If subcarrierSpacingMBMS is present, then non-MBSFNregionLength shall be ignored. EUTRAN
configures parameter subcarrierSpacingMBMS only when the MBSFN subframes have subcarrier spacing other than
15kHz.
– MBSFN-SubframeConfig
The IE MBSFN-SubframeConfig defines subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
MBSFN-SubframeConfig information element

-- ASN1START
MBSFN-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

radioframeAllocationPeriod ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32},
radioframeAllocationOffset INTEGER (0..7),
subframeAllocation CHOICE {
oneFrame BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
fourFrames BIT STRING (SIZE(24))
}
}
MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

subframeAllocation-v1430 CHOICE {
oneFrame-v1430 BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
fourFrames-v1430 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MBSFN-SubframeConfig field descriptions

fourFrames
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding
subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes
#1, #2, #3, #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
TDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes
#3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits are not used. E-UTRAN allocates
uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
fourFrames-v1430
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding
subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes
#4 and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
oneFrame
"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #1, the second bit for #2, third bit for #3, fourth
bit for #6, fifth bit for #7, sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8,
fifth bit for #9. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured. The last bit is not used.
oneFrame-v1430
"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #4 and the second bit for #9.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod =
radioFrameAllocationOffset is satisfied. Value n1 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes value 1, n2 denotes value 2,
and so on. When fourFrames is used for subframeAllocation, the equation defines the first radio frame referred to in
the description below. Values n1 and n2 are not applicable when fourFrames is used.
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the
radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
– PMCH-InfoList
The IE PMCH-InfoList specifies configuration of all PMCHs of an MBSFN area, while IE PMCH-InfoListExt includes
additional PMCHs, i.e. extends the PMCH list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. The information provided
for an individual PMCH includes the configuration parameters of the sessions that are carried by the concerned PMCH.
For all PMCH that E-UTRAN includes in PMCH-InfoList, the list of ongoing sessions has at least one entry.
PMCH-InfoList information element

-- ASN1START
PMCH-InfoList-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-Info-r9
PMCH-InfoListExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-InfoExt-r12
PMCH-Info-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

pmch-Config-r9 PMCH-Config-r9,
mbms-SessionInfoList-r9 MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9,
...
}
PMCH-InfoExt-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

pmch-Config-r12 PMCH-Config-r12,
mbms-SessionInfoList-r12 MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9,
...
}
MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSessionPerPMCH)) OF MBMS-SessionInfo-r9
MBMS-SessionInfo-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

tmgi-r9 TMGI-r9,
sessionId-r9 OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
logicalChannelIdentity-r9 INTEGER (0..maxSessionPerPMCH-1),
...
}
PMCH-Config-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

sf-AllocEnd-r9 INTEGER (0..1535),
ETSI
dataMCS-r9 INTEGER (0..28),

mch-SchedulingPeriod-r9 ENUMERATED {
rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
...
}
PMCH-Config-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

sf-AllocEnd-r12 INTEGER (0..1535),
dataMCS-r12 CHOICE {
normal-r12 INTEGER (0..28),
higerOrder-r12 INTEGER (0..27)
},
mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12 ENUMERATED {
rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
...,
[[ mch-SchedulingPeriod-v1430 ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
TMGI-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-Id-r9 CHOICE {
plmn-Index-r9 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
explicitValue-r9 PLMN-Identity
},
serviceId-r9 OCTET STRING (SIZE (3))
}
-- ASN1STOP
PMCH-InfoList field descriptions

dataMCS
I
Indicates the value for parameter MCS in TS 36.213 [23], which defines the MCS applicable for the subframes of this
(P)MCH as indicated by the field commonSF-Alloc. Value normal corresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1 and value
higherOrder corresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1A. The MCS does however neither apply to the subframes that may carry
MCCH i.e. the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo within SystemInformationBlockType13 nor for the first
subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period (which may contain the MCH scheduling
information provided by MAC).
mch-SchedulingPeriod
Indicates the MCH scheduling period i.e. the periodicity used for providing MCH scheduling information at lower layers
(MAC) applicable for an MCH. Value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames, rf16 corresponds to 16 radio frames and so
on. The mch-SchedulingPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod mch-SchedulingPeriod = 0. E-UTRAN
configures mch-SchedulingPeriod of the (P)MCH listed first in PMCH-InfoList to be smaller than or equal to mcch-
RepetitionPeriod. In case mch-SchedulingPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12.
plmn-Index
Index of the entry across the plmn-IdentityList fields within SystemInformationBlockType1.
sessionId
Indicates the optional MBMS Session Identity, which together with TMGI identifies a transmission or a possible
retransmission of a specific MBMS session: see TS 29.061 [51, Sections 20.5, 17.7.11, 17.7.15]. The field is included
whenever upper layers have assigned a session identity i.e. one is available for the MBMS session in E-UTRAN.
serviceId
Uniquely identifies the identity of an MBMS service within a PLMN. The field contains octet 3- 5 of the IE Temporary
Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) as defined in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet contains the third octet of the TMGI, the
second octet contains the fourth octet of the TMGI and so on.
sf-AllocEnd
Indicates the last subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within a period identified by field commonSF-AllocPeriod. The
subframes allocated to (P)MCH corresponding with the nth entry in pmch-InfoList are the subsequent subframes
starting from either the next subframe after the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the (n-1)th listed (P)MCH or, for
n=1, the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc, through the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the nth
listed (P)MCH. Value 0 corresponds with the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc.
ETSI
6.3.7a SC-PTM information elements

– SC-MTCH-InfoList
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each MBMS
session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information.
SC-MTCH-InfoList information element

-- ASN1START
SC-MTCH-InfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSC-MTCH-r13)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-r13
SC-MTCH-Info-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbmsSessionInfo-r13 MBMSSessionInfo-r13,
g-RNTI-r13 BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo-r13 SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OP
sc-mtch-neighbourCell-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13)) OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
...,
[[ p-a-r13 ENUMERATED {
]]
}
MBMSSessionInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

tmgi-r13 TMGI-r9,
sessionId-r13 OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-r13::= SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimerSCPTM-r13 ENUMERATED {
psf200},
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r13 ENUMERATED {
psf10, psf20, psf40,
psf80, psf160, ps320,
psf640, psf960,
psf1280, psf1920, psf2560},
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2048),
sf4096 INTEGER(0..4096),
sf8192 INTEGER(0..8192)
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SC-MTCH-InfoList field descriptions

Timer for SC-MTCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH
sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to
2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH.
mbmsSessionInfo
Indicates the ongoing MBMS session in a SC-MTCH.
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1
PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
p-a
Parameter: PA′′ , for the SC-MTCH per G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77
value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames. The E-UTRAN does not configure a maximum value
2048 for sf2048, 4096 for sf4096 or 8192 for sf8192.
sc-mtch-neighbourCell
Indicates neighbour cells which also provide this service on SC-MTCH. The first bit is set to 1 if the service is provided
on SC-MTCH in the first cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, otherwise it is set to 0. The second bit is set to 1 if the service
is provided on SC-MTCH in the second cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, and so on. If this field is absent, the UE shall
assume that this service is not available on SC-MTCH in any neighbour cell.
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH. If this field is absent, the SC-MTCH may be scheduled in any subframe.
– SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each
MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information.
SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR information element

-- ASN1START
SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-BR-r14
SC-MTCH-Info-BR-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sc-mtch-CarrierFreq-r14 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo-r14 SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-BR-r14 OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
sc-mtch-neighbourCell-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13)) OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MTCH-r14 INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
mpdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256},
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH-r14 CHOICE {
v5, v8, v10},
tdd-r14 ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10,
v20}
},
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {on, off},
mpdcch-PDSCH-CEmodeConfig-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB},
mpdcch-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {bw1dot4, bw5},
mpdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth,
threeQuarter, sevenEighth},
p-a-r14 ENUMERATED { dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3,

dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2,
dB3} OPTIONAL,-- Need OR
...
}
SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-BR-r14::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600,

psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600},
psf32, psf64, psf128, psf256, ps512,
psf1024, psf2048, psf4096, psf8192, psf16384},
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
sf4096 INTEGER(0..4095),
sf8192 INTEGER(0..8191)
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR field descriptions

Timer for SC-MTCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0
MPDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, psf1 corresponds to 1 MPDCCH sub-frame, psf2
corresponds to 2 MPDCCH sub-frames and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH
mbmsSessionInfo
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MTCH
Narrowband for MPDCCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MTCH
The maximum number of MPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframes for MPDCCH search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-CEmodeConfig-SC-MTCH
Coverage enhancement mode configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MTCH
Frequency hopping configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-SC-MTCH
Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw1dot4 corresponds to 1.4 MHz
channel bandwidth and value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz channel bandwidth. Corresponding maximum TBS are
specified in TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.7.2].
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH
Starting subframes configuration of the MPDCCH search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf300 corresponds
to 300 MPDCCH sub-frames, psf400 corresponds to 400 MPDCCH sub-frames and so on.
sc-mtch-CarrierFreq
Downlink carrier used for multicast SC-MTCH transmissions.
sc-mtch-neighbourCell
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH. If this field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MTCH reception.
p-a
Parameter: PA′′ for the SC-MTCH per G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77
– SCPTM-NeighbourCellList
The IE SCPTM-NeighbourCellList indicates a list of neighbour cells where ongoing MBMS sessions provided via SC-
MRB in the current cells are also provided.
-- ASN1START
SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13)) OF PCI-ARFCN-r13
PCI-ARFCN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SCPTM-NeighbourCellList field description

carrierFreq
Indicates the frequency of the neighbour cell indicated by physCellId. Absence of the IE means that the neighbour cell
is on the same frequency as the current cell.
6.3.8 Sidelink information elements

– SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X
The IE SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X specifies the SL V2X anchor frequencies i.e. frequencies that include inter-
carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X information element

-- ASN1START
SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList
The IE SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList indicates the list of PSSCH transmission parameters (such as MCS, sub-channel
number, retransmission number, CR limit) in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList, and the list of CBR ranges in cbr-
RangeCommonConfigList, to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cbr-RangeCommonConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-r14)) OF SL-CBR-Levels-
Config-r14,
sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-r14)) OF SL-CBR-PSSCH-
TxConfig-r14
}
SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF SL-CBR-r14
SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cr-Limit-r14 INTEGER(0..10000),
tx-Parameters-r14 SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14
}
SL-CBR-r14 ::= INTEGER(0..100)
-- ASN1STOP
SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList field descriptions

cbr-RangeCommonConfigList
Indicates the list of CBR ranges. Each entry of the list indicates in SL-CBR-Levels-Config the upper bound of the CBR
range for the respective entry. The upper bounds of the CBR ranges are configured in ascending order for
consecutive entries of cbr-RangeCommonConfigList. For the first entry of cbr-RangeCommonConfigList the lower
bound of the CBR range is 0.
cr-Limit
Indicates the maximum limit on the occupancy ratio. Value 0 corresponds to 0, value 1 to 0.0001, value 2 to 0.0002,
and so on (i.e. in steps of 0.0001) until value 10000, which corresponds to 1.
sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList
Indicates the list of available PSSCH transmission parameters (such as MCS, sub-channel number, retransmission
number and CR limit) configurations.
SL-CBR
Value 0 corresponds to 0, value 1 to 0.01, value 2 to 0.02, and so on.
tx-Parameters
Indicates PSSCH transmission parameters.
ETSI
– SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList
The IE SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList indicates the mapping between PSSCH transmission parameter (such as MCS,
PRB number, retransmission number, CR limit) sets by using the indexes of the configurations provided in sl-CBR-
PSSCH-TxConfigList, CBR ranges by an index to the entry of the CBR range configuration in cbr-
RangeCommonConfigList, and PPPP ranges. It also indicates the default PSSCH transmission parameters to be used
when CBR measurement results are not available.
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r14
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

priorityThreshold-r14 SL-Priority-r13,
defaultTxConfigIndex-r14 INTEGER(0..maxCBR-Level-1-r14),
cbr-ConfigIndex-r14 INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14),
tx-ConfigIndexList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-ConfigIndex-r14
}
Tx-ConfigIndex-r14 ::= INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-1-r14)
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-v1530
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15
OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15 ::= SEQUENCE{

minMCS-PSSCH-r15 INTEGER (0..31),
maxMCS-PSSCH-r15 INTEGER (0..31)
}
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r15
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

cbr-ConfigIndex-r15 INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14),
tx-ConfigIndexList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-ConfigIndex-r14,
mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList field descriptions

cbr-ConfigIndex
Indicates the CBR ranges to be used by an index to the entry of the CBR range configuration in cbr-
RangeCommonConfigList.
defaultTxConfigIndex
Indicates the PSSCH transmission parameters to be used by the UEs which do not have available CBR measurement
results, by means of an index to the corresponding entry in tx-ConfigIndexList. Value 0 indicates the first entry in tx-
ConfigIndexList. The field is ignored if the UE has available CBR measurement results.
mcs-PSSCH-RangeList
If included, this field applies to the PPPP(s) indicated by the priorityThreshold and each entry in this field sequentially
corresponds to each CBR range indicated by cbr-ConfigIndex.
minMCS-PSSCH, maxMCS-PSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum MCS values which correspond to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS
36.213 [23] and the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on
PSSCH.
priorityThreshold
Indicates the upper bound of PPPP range which is associated with the configurations in cbr-ConfigIndex and in tx-
ConfigIndexList. The upper bounds of the PPPP ranges are configured in ascending order for consecutive entries of
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex in SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList. For the first entry of SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex, the lower
bound of the PPPP range is 1.
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530
If included, E-UTRAN shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SL-CBR-PPPP-
TxConfigList-r14.
tx-ConfigIndexList
Indicates the list of the PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by the indexes to the entries of the
configurations in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. Each index in tx-ConfigIndexList sequentially maps to each CBR range
indicated by cbr-ConfigIndex.
– SL-CommConfig
The IE SL-CommConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink communication. In particular it
concerns the transmission resource configuration for sidelink communication on the primary frequency.
SL-CommConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-CommConfig-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

commTxResources-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
scheduled-r12 SEQUENCE {
sl-RNTI-r12 C-RNTI,
mac-MainConfig-r12 MAC-MainConfigSL-r12,
sc-CommTxConfig-r12 SL-CommResourcePool-r12,
mcs-r12 INTEGER (0..28) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
},
ue-Selected-r12 SEQUENCE {
-- Pool for normal usage
commTxPoolNormalDedicated-r12 SEQUENCE {
poolToReleaseList-r12 SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
poolToAddModList-r12 SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need
ON
}
}
}
...,
[[ commTxResources-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
scheduled-v1310 SEQUENCE {
logicalChGroupInfoList-r13 LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13,
multipleTx-r13 BOOLEAN
},
ue-Selected-v1310 SEQUENCE {
commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt-r13 SEQUENCE {
poolToReleaseListExt-r13 SL-TxPoolToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,
-- Need ON
ETSI
poolToAddModListExt-r13 SL-CommTxPoolToAddModListExt-r13
OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
}
commTxAllowRelayDedicated-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLCG-r13)) OF SL-PriorityList-r13
SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-

CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12
SL-CommTxPoolToAddModListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-

CommTxPoolToAddModExt-r13
SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

poolIdentity-r12 SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12,
pool-r12 SL-CommResourcePool-r12
}
SL-CommTxPoolToAddModExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

poolIdentity-v1310 SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310,
pool-r13 SL-CommResourcePool-r12
}
MAC-MainConfigSL-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

periodic-BSR-TimerSL PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
retx-BSR-TimerSL RetxBSR-Timer-r12
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-CommConfig field descriptions

commTxAllowRelayDedicated
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication using the configured dedicated
transmission resources i.e. either via scheduled or via UE selected resources.
commTxPoolNormalDedicated
Indicates a pool of transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_CONNECTED.
logicalChGroupInfoList
Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of
increasing logical channel group identity.
mcs
Indicates the MCS as defined in TS 36.212 [23, 14.2.1]. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE
implementation.
multipleTx
Indicates whether the UE should perform multiple transmissions to different destinations in one SC period in
accordance with TS 36.321 [6, 5.14.1.1]. Value TRUE indicates that multiple transmissions should be performed.
sc-CommTxConfig
Indicates a pool of resources for SC when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. when indices included in DCI format
5 indicate the actual data resources to be used as specified in TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.9]).
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific
BSR from the UE.
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured
by E-UTRAN.
– SL-CommResourcePool
The IE SL-CommResourcePool and SL-CommResourcePoolV2X specifies the configuration information for an
individual pool of resources for sidelink communication and V2X sidelink communication respectively. The IE covers
the configuration of both the sidelink control information and the data.
SL-CommResourcePool information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
SL-CommTxPoolList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12
SL-CommTxPoolListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12
SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-

CommResourcePoolV2X-r14
SL-CommRxPoolList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12
SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPool-r14)) OF SL-

CommResourcePoolV2X-r14
SL-CommResourcePool-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

sc-CP-Len-r12 SL-CP-Len-r12,
sc-Period-r12 SL-PeriodComm-r12,
sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
data-CP-Len-r12 SL-CP-Len-r12,
dataHoppingConfig-r12 SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12 SEQUENCE {
data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
trpt-Subset-r12 SL-TRPT-Subset-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
rxParametersNCell-r12 SEQUENCE {
tdd-Config-r12 TDD-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
syncConfigIndex-r12 INTEGER (0..15)
txParameters-r12 SEQUENCE {
sc-TxParameters-r12 SL-TxParameters-r12,
dataTxParameters-r12 SL-TxParameters-r12
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Tx
...,
[[ priorityList-r13 SL-PriorityList-r13 OPTIONAL -- Cond Tx
]]
SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sl-OffsetIndicator-r14 SL-OffsetIndicator-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sl-Subframe-r14 SubframeBitmapSL-r14,
adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH-r14 BOOLEAN,
sizeSubchannel-r14 ENUMERATED {
n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n25, n30,
n48, n50, n72, n75, n96, n100, spare13, spare12, spare11,
numSubchannel-r14 ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n5, n8, n10, n15, n20, spare1},
startRB-Subchannel-r14 INTEGER (0..99),
startRB-PSCCH-Pool-r14 INTEGER (0..99) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
rxParametersNCell-r14 SEQUENCE {
tdd-Config-r14 TDD-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
dataTxParameters-r14 SL-TxParameters-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Tx
zoneID-r14 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14 INTEGER (0..45) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
poolReportId-r14 SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r14 SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
resourceSelectionConfigP2X-r14 SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Cond P2X
syncAllowed-r14 SL-SyncAllowed-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
restrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14 SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14
...,
[[ sl-MinT2ValueList-r15 SL-MinT2ValueList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-v1530 SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
SL-TRPT-Subset-r12 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (3..5))
SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14::= INTEGER (1..maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14)
SL-MinT2ValueList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Prio-r13)) OF SL-MinT2Value-r15
SL-MinT2Value-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

priorityList-r15 SL-PriorityList-r13,
minT2Value-r15 INTEGER (10..20)
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-CommResourcePool field descriptions

adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH
Indicates whether a UE shall always transmit PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or in non-
adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE) (see TS 36.213 [23]).
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList,
and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in MobilityControlInfoV2X, it refers to cbr-MobilityTxConfigList for cbr-
RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in SL-V2X-
ConfigDedicated, it refers to cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-
TxConfigList. Otherwise, it refers to cbr-CommonTxConfigList included in the SystemInformationBlockType21 of the
serving cell / PCell for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
minT2Value
Indicates the minimum value of T2 that applies to the PPPP(s) [9] included in priorityList.
numSubchannel
indicates the number of subchannels in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
poolReportId
The identity of the transmission resource pool used for CBR measurement reporting, which is corresponding to the
poolIdentity reported in measResultListCBR. This field is only present in the transmission pools configured in
RRCConnectionReconfiguration and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in SystemInformationBlockType21 or
SystemInformationBlockType26. Otherwise, the field is absent.
resourceSelectionConfigP2X
Indicates the allowed resource selection mechanism(s), i.e. partial sensing and/or random selection, for P2X related
V2X sidelink communication.
restrictResourceReservationPeriod
If configured, the field restrictResourceReservationPeriod configured in v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig shall be ignored
for transmission on this pool.
sc-Period
Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for SC and over which scheduled and UE selected
data transmissions occur, see PSCCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40
corresponds to 40 subframes, sf80 corresponds to 80 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN configures values sf40, sf80,
sf160 and sf320 for FDD and for TDD config 1 to 5, values sf70, sf140 and sf280 for TDD config 0, and finally values
sf60, sf120 and sf240 for TDD config 6.
sizeSubchannel
Indicates the number of PRBs of each subchannel in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value
n5 denotes 5 PRBs; n6 denotes 6 PRBs and so on. E-UTRAN configures values n5, n6, n10, n15, n20, n25, n50, n75
and n100 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to TRUE; otherwise, E-UTRAN configures values n4, n5, n6,
n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n30, n48, n72 and n96 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to FALSE,
sl-minT2ValueList
Indicates a list of minimum value sets for the parameter T2 which is used for UE autonomous resource selection in
this resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
sl-OffsetIndicator
Indicates the offset of the first subframe of a resource pool, i.e., the starting subframe of the repeating bitmap sl-
Subframe, within a SFN cycle. If absent, the resource pool starts from first subframe of SFN=0. This field is not
applicable to V2X sidelink communication.
sl-Subframe
Indicates the bitmap of the resource pool, which is defined by repeating the bitmap within a SFN cycle (see TS 36.213
[23]).
startRB-PSCCH-Pool
Indicates the lowest RB index of the PSCCH pool (see TS 36.213 [23]). This field is absent when a pool is
(pre)configured such that a UE always transmits SC and data in adjacent RBs in the same subframe.
startRB-Subchannel
Indicates the lowest RB index of the subchannel with the lowest index (see TS 36.213 [23]).
syncAllowed
Indicates the allowed synchronization reference(s) which is (are) allowed to use the configured resource pool.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the
corresponding entry of commSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType18 for sidelink communication, or by means
of an index to the corresponding entry of v2x-SyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or
SystemInformationBlockType26 for V2X sidelink communication.
tdd-Config
TDD configuration associated with the reception pool of the cell indicated by syncConfigIndex. Absence of the field
indicates that the duplex mode is FDD and no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable.
threshS-RSSI-CBR
so on.
ETSI
SL-CommResourcePool field descriptions

Indicates whether a UE shall always transmit PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or in non-
adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE) (see TS 36.213 [23]).
trpt-Subset
Indicates the subset of T-RPT available (see TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.1.1]). Consists of a bitmap which is used to
indicate the set of available 'k' values to be used for sidelink communication (see TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.3]). If T-RPT
subset configuration is not signaled/ preconfigured then UE assumes the whole T-RPT set is available.
zoneID
Indicates the zone ID for which the UE shall use this resource pool as described in 5.10.13.2. The field is absent in
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, p2x- CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommRxPool in
SIB21, in SIB26 or in mobilityControlInfoV2X.

Tx The field is mandatory present when included in commTxPoolNormalDedicated,
commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt, commTxPoolNormalCommon,
commTxPoolNormalCommonExt, commTxPoolExceptional, sc-CommTxConfig, v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalDedicated, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-
CommTxPoolNormal and p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList. Otherwise
P2X The field is mandatory present when included in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-
CommTxPoolNormalDedicated in sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated for P2X related V2X sidelink
communication or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList. Otherwise the field is
not present.
– SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig
The IE SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig specifies V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous
resource selection.
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

pssch-TxConfigList-r14 SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14,
thresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14 SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14,
probResourceKeep-r14 ENUMERATED {v0, v0dot2, v0dot4, v0dot6, v0dot8,
spare3,spare2, spare1},
p2x-SensingConfig-r14 SEQUENCE {
minNumCandidateSF-r14 INTEGER (1..13),
gapCandidateSensing-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
sl-ReselectAfter-r14 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n9,
spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig field descriptions

gapCandidateSensing
Indicates which subframe should be sensed when a certain subframe is considered as a candidate resource (see TS
36.213 [23]).
minNumCandidateSF
Indicates the minimum number of subframes that are included in the possible candidate resources.
p2x-SensingConfig
Indicates the sensing configuration for P2X related V2X sidelink communication transmission only.
probResourceKeep
Indicates the probability with which the UE keeps the current resource when the resource reselection counter reaches
zero for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.321 [6]).
pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates PSSCH TX parameters such as MCS, PRB number, retransmission number, associated to different UE
absolute speeds and different synchronization reference types for UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.213
[23]).
Indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource reservation period in PSCCH.
sl-ReselectAfter
Indicates the number of consecutive skipped transmissions before triggering resource reselection for V2X sidelink
communication (see TS 36.321 [6]).
thresPSSCH-RSRP-List
Indicates a list of 64 thresholds, and the threshold should be selected based on the priority in the decoded SCI and
the priority in the SCI to be transmitted (see TS 36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a
decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated data resource is above a threshold.
– SL-CP-Len
The IE SL-CP-Len indicates the cyclic prefix length, see TS 36.211 [21].
SL-CP-Len information element

-- ASN1START
SL-CP-Len-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {normal, extended}
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-DiscConfig
The IE SL-DiscConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink discovery.
SL-DiscConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-DiscConfig-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

discTxResources-r12 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
discTxConfig-r12 SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
discTF-IndexList-r12 SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
discHoppingConfig-r12 SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12
OPTIONAL -- Need ON
},
discTxPoolDedicated-r12 SEQUENCE {
poolToReleaseList-r12 SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
poolToAddModList-r12 SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need
ON
}
}
...,
[[ discTF-IndexList-v1260 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
discTF-IndexList-r12b SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b
ETSI
}
]],
[[ discTxResourcesPS-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
scheduled-r13 SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13,
discTxPoolPS-Dedicated-r13 SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13
}
}
discTxInterFreqInfo-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
discTxCarrierFreq-r13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
discTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13 SL-DiscTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13 OPTIONAL
-- Need ON
}
gapRequestsAllowedDedicated-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
discRxGapConfig-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SL-GapConfig-r13
discTxGapConfig-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SL-GapConfig-r13
discSysInfoToReportConfig-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SL-DiscSysInfoToReportFreqList-r13
]]
}
SL-DiscSysInfoToReportFreqList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
SL-DiscTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

discTxFreqToAddModList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-
DiscTxResourceInfoPerFreq-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
discTxFreqToReleaseList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
...
}
SL-DiscTxResourceInfoPerFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

discTxCarrierFreq-r13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
discTxResources-r13 SL-DiscTxResource-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discTxResourcesPS-r13 SL-DiscTxResource-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
discTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
discCellSelectionInfo-r13 CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
...
}
SL-DiscTxResource-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
scheduled-r13 SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13,
ue-Selected-r13 SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13
}
}
SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-

DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12
SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

poolIdentity-r12 SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12,
pool-r12 SL-DiscResourcePool-r12
}
SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

discTxConfig-r13 SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
ETSI
discTF-IndexList-r13 SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b OPTIONAL, -- Need ON

discHoppingConfig-r13 SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12 OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
...
}
SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

poolToReleaseList-r13 SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
poolToAddModList-r13 SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12
SL-TF-IndexPair-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

discSF-Index-r12 INTEGER (1.. 200) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
discPRB-Index-r12 INTEGER (1.. 50) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-

r12b
SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b ::= SEQUENCE {

discSF-Index-r12b INTEGER (0..209) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
discPRB-Index-r12b INTEGER (0..49) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 ::= CHOICE {

pCell NULL,
sCell SCellIndex-r10
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-DiscConfig field descriptions

discCellSelectionInfo
Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent,
the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency. See TS 36.304 [4, 11.4].
discSysInfoToReportConfig
Indicates the request to start a SidelinkUEInformation procedure for reporting system information acquired during an
inter-frequency discovery procedure.
discTF-IndexList
Indicates a list of time-frequency resource indices pair where each pair of indices corresponds to one discovery
message. E-UTRAN only configures discTF-IndexList-r12b when configuring the UE with scheduled SL discovery Tx
resources. When receiving discTF-IndexList-r12b, the UE shall only consider this field (and hence ignore discTF-
IndexList-r12, if included or previously configured).
discTxConfig
Indicates the resources configuration used when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. the fields discSF-Index and
discPRB-Index indicate the actual resources to be used).
discTxInterFreqInfo
Indicates frequency applicable for the resources indicated by discTxResources-r12 (i.e. original resource field may
cover first inter-frequency), and possibly resource allocations on additional frequencies as may be indicated by field
discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd.
discTxRefCarrierDedicated
Indicates if the PCell or an SCell is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the
DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].
discTxResources
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the
UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
discTxResourcesPS
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for PS discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which
the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
SL-TF-IndexPair
A pair of indices, one for the time domain and one for the frequency domain, indicating the start of resources within
the pool covered by discTxConfig, see TS 36.211 [21, 9.5.6] for one discovery message. The upper limits of discSF-
Index and discPRB-Index are defined in TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].
ETSI
– SL-DiscResourcePool
The IE SL-DiscResourcePool specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink
discovery.
SL-DiscResourcePool information element

-- ASN1START
SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12
SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12
SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

cp-Len-r12 SL-CP-Len-r12,
discPeriod-r12 ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128,
rf256, rf512, rf1024, rf16-v1310, spare},
numRetx-r12 INTEGER (0..3),
numRepetition-r12 INTEGER (1..50),
tf-ResourceConfig-r12 SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
txParametersGeneral-r12 SL-TxParameters-r12,
ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12 SEQUENCE {
poolSelection-r12 CHOICE {
rsrpBased-r12 SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12,
random-r12 NULL
},
txProbability-r12 ENUMERATED {p25, p50, p75, p100}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Tx
rxParameters-r12 SEQUENCE {
tdd-Config-r12 TDD-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ discPeriod-v1310 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup ENUMERATED {rf4, rf6, rf7, rf8,
rf12, rf14, rf24, rf28}
rxParamsAddNeighFreq-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r13 PhysCellIdList-r13
}
txParamsAddNeighFreq-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r13 PhysCellIdList-r13,
tdd-Config-r13 TDD-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD-OR
freqInfo SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ul-Bandwidth ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
},
referenceSignalPower INTEGER (-60..50),
syncConfigIndex-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
]],
[[ txParamsAddNeighFreq-v1370 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
freqInfo-v1370 SEQUENCE {
additionalSpectrumEmission-v1370 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
}
}
]]
}
PhysCellIdList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-DiscCells-r13)) OF PhysCellId
ETSI
SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

threshLow-r12 RSRP-RangeSL2-r12,
threshHigh-r12 RSRP-RangeSL2-r12
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-DiscResourcePool field descriptions

discPeriod
Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for discovery message transmission/reception, see
PSDCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64
corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. The extended values apply for PS discovery (not only for sidelink relaying).
When broadcasting an extended value, E-UTRAN sets the original field to spare to ensure legacy UEs ignore the
concerned pool entry.
numRepetition
Indicates the number of times subframeBitmap is repeated for mapping to subframes that occurs within a discPeriod.
The highest value E-UTRAN uses is value 5 for FDD and TDD configuration 0, value 13 for TDD configuration 1, value
25 for TDD configuration 2, value 17 for TDD configuration 3, value 25 for TDD configuration 4, value 50 for TDD
configuration 5 and value 7 for TDD configuration 6. E-UTRAN configures numRepetition and subframeBitmap such
that the mapped subframes do not exceed the discPeriod.
poolSelection
Indicates the mechanism for selecting a (transmission) pool when multiple candidates are provided. E-UTRAN
configures the same value (i.e. a pool selection method) for all candidate pools within one pool list
(discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolDedicated) but the pool selection method in different pool lists may or may not be
the same.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception or transmission pool, by means of an
index to the corresponding entry of discSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType19.
threshLow, threshHigh
Specifies the thresholds used to select a resource pool in RSRP based pool selection. The E-UTRAN should
configure threshLow and threshHigh such that the UE selects only one resource pool upon RSRP based pool
selection.
txProbability
Indicates the probability of transmitting announcement in a discovery period when configured with a pool of resources,
see TS 36.321 [6].

TDD-OR The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
Tx The field is mandatory present when included in discTxPoolDedicated or
discTxPoolCommon. Otherwise the field is not present.
– SL-DiscSysInfoReport
The IE SL-DiscSysInfoReport contains the parameters related to sidelink discovery acquired from system information of
inter-frequency cells (including inter-PLMN).
SL-DiscSysInfoReport information element

-- ASN1START
SL-DiscSysInfoReport-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityList-r13 PLMN-IdentityList OPTIONAL,
cellIdentity-13 CellIdentity OPTIONAL,
carrierFreqInfo-13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
discRxResources-r13 SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL,
discTxPoolCommon-r13 SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 OPTIONAL,
discTxPowerInfo-r13 SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL,
discSyncConfig-r13 SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 OPTIONAL,
discCellSelectionInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMinOffset-r13 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
cellReselectionInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
t-ReselectionEUTRA-r13 T-Reselection
ETSI
} OPTIONAL,
tdd-Config-r13 TDD-Config OPTIONAL,
freqInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq-r13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA OPTIONAL,
ul-Bandwidth-r13 ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
OPTIONAL,
additionalSpectrumEmission-r13 AdditionalSpectrumEmission OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
p-Max-r13 P-Max OPTIONAL,
referenceSignalPower-r13 INTEGER (-60..50) OPTIONAL,
...,
[[
} OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-DiscSysInfoReport field descriptions

carrierFreqInfo
Indicates the frequency of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
cellIdentity
Indicated the identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates the list of PLMN identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
– SL-DiscTxPowerInfo
The IE SL-DiscTxPowerInfo specifies power control parameters for one or more power classes.
SL-DiscTxPowerInfo information element

-- ASN1START
SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12
SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

discMaxTxPower-r12 P-Max,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-DiscTxPowerInfo field descriptions

discMaxTxPower
Indicates the P-Max parameter used to calculate the maximum transmit power a UE configured with the concerned
range class, see TS 24.333 [70, 4.2.11]. The first entry in SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList corresponds to UE range class
'short', the second entry corresponds to 'medium' and the third entry corresponds to 'long'.
– SL-GapConfig
The IE SL-GapConfig indicates the gaps, requested or assigned, to enable the UE to receive or transmit sidelink
discovery, intra or inter frequency (includings inter-PLMN).
SL-GapConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-GapConfig-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

gapPatternList-r13 SL-GapPatternList-r13
}
SL-GapPatternList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-GP-r13)) OF SL-GapPattern-r13
SL-GapPattern-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

gapPeriod-r13 ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140, sf160,
ETSI
sf240, sf280, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120,

sf10240},
gapOffset-r12 SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
gapSubframeBitmap-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (1..10240)),
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-GapConfig field descriptions

gapOffset
Indicates the offset from the start of SFN 0 to the start of the first gapPeriod. If the SFN period is not an integer
multiple of gapPeriod, no subframes within this period (i.e. from SFN 0 to offset) are considered part of the gap.
gapPeriod
Indicates the period by which gapSubframeBitmap is repeated.
gapSubframeBitmap
Indicates the subframes of one or more individual gaps, not only covering the subframes of the associated discovery
resources but also including e.g. re-tuning and synchronisation delays. The UE and E-UTRAN signal bit strings of
valid sizes only i.e. sizes equal to or less than gapPeriod. Value 1 indicates that the UE is allowed to use the subframe
for sidelink discovery.
– SL-GapRequest
The IE SL-GapRequest indicates the gaps requested by the UE to receive or transmit sidelink discovery, intra or inter
frequency (includings inter-PLMN).
SL-GapRequest information element

-- ASN1START
SL-GapRequest-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-GapFreqInfo-r13
SL-GapFreqInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r13 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL,
gapPatternList-r13 SL-GapPatternList-r13
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-HoppingConfig
The IE SL-HoppingConfig indicates the hopping configuration used for sidelink.
SL-HoppingConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

hoppingParameter-r12 INTEGER (0..504),
numSubbands-r12 ENUMERATED {ns1, ns2, ns4},
rb-Offset-r12 INTEGER (0..110)
}
SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

a-r12 INTEGER (1..200),
b-r12 INTEGER (1..10),
c-r12 ENUMERATED {n1, n5}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-HoppingConfig field descriptions

a
(1)
N PSDCH
Per cell parameter: see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].
b
(2)
N PSDCH
Per UE parameter: see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].
c
N ( 3)
PSDCH see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1]
Per cell parameter:
hoppingParameter
Affects the hopping performed as specificed in TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.2 and 14.1.1.4]. In case value 504 is received,
the value used by the UE is 510.
numSubbands
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21, 9.3.6].
rb-Offset
HO
Parameter: N RB , see TS 36.211 [21, 9.3.6].
– SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X
The IE SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of the neighboring
frequency for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X information element

-- ASN1START
SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14)) OF SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14
SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityList-r14 PLMN-IdentityList OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
v2x-CommCarrierFreq-r14 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
sl-MaxTxPower-r14 P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
sl-Bandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100} OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
v2x-SchedulingPool-r14 SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
v2x-UE-ConfigList-r14 SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ additionalSpectrumEmissionV2X-r14 CHOICE {
additionalSpectrumEmission-r14 AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
]],
[[ v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 OPTIONAL --Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X field descriptions

plmn-IdentityList
Indicates PLMN identities of this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication. If this field is not present, the
UE considers this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication concerns the first PLMN entry in the plmn-
IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
sl-MaxTxPower
Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmitting V2X sidelink communication on the corresponding
frequency.
additionalSpectrumEmissionV2X
Indicates the additionalSpectrumEmission value defined in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.4] for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList
Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The
configuration applies to the carrier frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration).
v2x-SchedulingPool
Indicates the resource pool for inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation. This field is configured in RRC dedicated
signalling only when scheduled is configured in IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated.
v2x-UE-ConfigList
Indicates the inter-carrier resource configuration. If there is only one entry in the list without physCellId configured, the
configuration is applied to the frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration); if the
entry of this field includes physCellIdList, the configuration is applied to the cell(s) identified by physCellIdList (i.e. cell
specific configuration).
– SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList
The IE SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList indicates inter-frequency resource configuration per-carrier or per-cell.
SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellIntra)) OF SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14
SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

physCellIdList-r14 PhysCellIdList-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-SyncConfig-r14 SL-SyncConfigListNFreqV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
v2x-CommRxPool-r14 SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
v2x-CommTxPoolNormal-r14 SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
p2x-CommTxPoolNormal-r14 SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
zoneConfig-r14 SL-ZoneConfig-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
offsetDFN-r14 INTEGER (0..1000) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList field descriptions

offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 0
corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds,
and so on.
p2x-CommTxPoolNormal
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit P2X related V2X sidelink
communication.
physCellIdList
If configured, the resource configuration is applicable for the cell(s) identified by this field. Otherwise, the resource
configuration is for a given carrier frequency.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on a
carrier frequency.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may receive V2X sidelink communication. This field is
absent within v2x-InterFreqInfoList included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration except if received with
MobilityControlInfo or MobilityControlInfoV2X.
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication in
exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.13.
v2x-CommTxPoolNormal
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-SyncConfig
Indicates the synchronization configuration used for transmission/reception of SLSS on the given frequency.
– SL-OffsetIndicator
The IE SL-OffsetIndicator indicates the offset of the pool of resources relative to SFN 0 of the cell from which it was
obtained or, when out of coverage, relative to DFN 0.
SL-OffsetIndicator information element

-- ASN1START
SL-OffsetIndicator-r12 ::= CHOICE {

small-r12 INTEGER (0..319),
large-r12 INTEGER (0..10239)
}
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12 ::= INTEGER (0..39)
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430 ::= INTEGER (40..159)
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 ::= INTEGER (0..159)
-- ASN1STOP
SL-OffsetIndicator field descriptions

SL-OffsetIndicator
In sc-TF-ResourceConfig, it indicates the offset of the first period of pool of resources within a SFN cycle. For data-TF-
ResourceConfig, it corresponds to the offsetIndicator as defined in TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.3].
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync
For sidelink discovery and sidelink communication, synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and
subframes which satisfy the relation: (SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 40 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync. For V2X
sidelink communication, synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and subframes which satisfy the relation:
(SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 160 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync.
– SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig
The IE SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig includes the configuration of resource selection for P2X related V2X sidelink
communication. E-UTRAN configures at least one resource selection mechanism.
SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

partialSensing-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
randomSelection-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig field descriptions

partialSensing
Indicates that partial sensing is allowed for UE autonomous resource selection in a resource pool.
randomSelection
Indicates that random selection is allowed for UE autonomous resource selection in a resource pool.
– SL-PeriodComm
The IE SL-PeriodComm indicates the period over which resources allocated in a cell for sidelink communication.
SL-PeriodComm information element

-- ASN1START
SL-PeriodComm-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140,

sf160, sf240, sf280, sf320, spare6, spare5,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare}
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-Priority
The IE SL-Priority indicates the one or more priorities of resource pool used for sidelink communication, or of a logical
channel group used in case of scheduled sidelink communication resources, see TS 36.321 [6].
SL-Priority information element

-- ASN1START
SL-PriorityList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Prio-r13)) OF SL-Priority-r13
SL-Priority-r13 ::= INTEGER (1..8)
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList
The IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList indicates PSSCH transmission parameters. When lower layers select parameters from
the range indicated in IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList, the UE considers both configurations in IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList
and the CBR-dependent configurations represented in IE SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList. Only one IE SL-PSSCH-
TxConfig is provided per typeTxSync.
SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPSSCH-TxConfig-r14)) OF SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14
SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

thresUE-Speed-r14 ENUMERATED {kmph60, kmph80, kmph100, kmph120,
kmph140, kmph160, kmph180, kmph200},
parametersAboveThres-r14 SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14,
parametersBelowThres-r14 SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14,
...,
[[ parametersAboveThres-v1530 SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
parametersBelowThres-v1530 SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
ETSI
SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxMCS-PSSCH-r14 INTEGER (0..31),
minSubChannel-NumberPSSCH-r14 INTEGER (1..20),
maxSubchannel-NumberPSSCH-r14 INTEGER (1..20),
allowedRetxNumberPSSCH-r14 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, both, spare1},
maxTxPower-r14 SL-TxPower-r14 OPTIONAL -- Cond CBR
}
SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList field descriptions

allowedRetxNumberPSSCH
Indicates the allowed retransmission number for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n0
indicates no retransmission for a transport block allowed; the value n1 indicates that the UE shall perform one
retransmission for a transport block; and the value both indicates that the UE may autonomously select no
retransmission or one retransmission for a transport block.

maxTxPower
Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmission on PSSCH and PSCCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).
minMCS-PSSCH, maxMCS-PSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum MCS values used for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]). If
included, minMCS-PSSCH-r15 and maxMCS-PSSCH-r15 correspond to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS
36.213 [23] and the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on
PSSCH.
minSubchannel-NumberPSSCH, maxSubchannel-NumberPSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum number of sub-channels which may be used for transmissions on PSSCH (see
TS 36.213 [23]).
thresUE-Speed
Indicates a UE speed threshold.
typeTxSync
Indicates the synchronization reference type (see TS 36.213 [23]). For configurations by the eNB, only gnss and enb
can be configured; and for pre-configuration, only gnss and ue can be configured. If the field is absent, the
configuration is applicable for all synchronization reference types.
parametersAboveThres
Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed above thresUE-Speed.
parametersBelowThres
Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed below thresUE-Speed.

CBR The field is optionally present, need OR, in IE SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14, or in IE
SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14. Otherwise the field is not present. Need OR.
– SL-Reliability
The IE SL-Reliability indicates one or more reliabilities of a logical channel group used in case of scheduled sidelink
communication resources or traffic reliability(ies) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink
communication; see TS 36.321 [6].
SL-Reliability information element

-- ASN1START
SL-ReliabilityList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Reliability-r15)) OF SL-Reliability-r15
SL-Reliability-r15 ::= INTEGER (1..8)
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList
The IE SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource
reservation period in PSCCH for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6].
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReservationPeriod-r14)) OF

SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {v0dot2, v0dot5, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5,
v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, spare4,spare3, spare2, spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList field descriptions

SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod
Value v0dot2 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 0.2, value v0dot5 means SL-
RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 0.5, value v1 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 1,
and so on. Value v0dot2 and value v0dot5 are configured in a pool-specific manner only. E-UTRAN should not set
value v0dot2 and v0dot5 for transmission pool for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
– SLSSID
The IE SLSSID identifies a cell and is used by the receiving UE to detect asynchronous neighbouring cells, and by
transmitting UEs to extend the synchronisation signals beyond the cell's coverage area.
SLSSID information element

-- ASN1START
SLSSID-r12 ::= INTEGER (0..167)
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-SyncAllowed
The IE SL-SyncAllowed indicates the allowed the synchronization references for a transmission resource pool for V2X
sidelink communication.
SL-SyncAllowed information element

-- ASN1START
SL-SyncAllowed-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

gnss-Sync-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
enb-Sync-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ue-Sync-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-SyncAllowed field descriptions

enb-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to eNB (i.e.,
synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to eNB).
gnss-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS (i.e.
synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to GNSS).
ue-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is synchronized to a reference UE which is
synchronized to neither GNSS nor eNB directly or indirectly.
ETSI
– SL-SyncConfig
The IE SL-SyncConfig specifies the configuration information concerning reception of synchronisation signals from
neighbouring cells as well as concerning the transmission of synchronisation signals for sidelink communication and
sidelink discovery.
SL-SyncConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-SyncConfigList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12
SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12
SL-SyncConfig-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

syncCP-Len-r12 SL-CP-Len-r12,
syncOffsetIndicator-r12 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
slssid-r12 SLSSID-r12,
syncTxParameters-r12 SL-TxParameters-r12,
syncTxThreshIC-r12 RSRP-RangeSL-r12,
syncInfoReserved-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (19)) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
rxParamsNCell-r12 SEQUENCE {
discSyncWindow-r12 ENUMERATED {w1, w2}
...,
[[ syncTxPeriodic-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
gnss-Sync-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ syncOffsetIndicator2-r14 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
syncOffsetIndicator3-r14 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ slss-TxDisabled-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
SL-SyncConfigListNFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfigNFreq-

r13
SL-SyncConfigListNFreqV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-

SyncConfigNFreq-r13
SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

asyncParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
syncOffsetIndicator-r13 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
slssid-r13 SLSSID-r12
syncTxParameters-r13 SL-TxParameters-r12,
syncTxThreshIC-r13 RSRP-RangeSL-r12,
syncInfoReserved-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (19)) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
syncTxPeriodic-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
rxParameters-r13 SEQUENCE {
discSyncWindow-r13 ENUMERATED {w1, w2}
...,
[[ syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
gnss-Sync-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ syncOffsetIndicator2-r14 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
syncOffsetIndicator3-r14 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ slss-TxDisabled-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-SyncConfig field descriptions

discSyncWindow
Indicates the synchronization window over which the UE expects that SLSS or discovery resources indicated by the
pool configuration (see TS 36.213 [23, 14.4]). The value w1 denotes 5 milliseconds. The value w2 denotes the length
corresponding to normal cyclic prefix divided by 2.
gnss-Sync
if configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized
to GNSS, by using slssid=0 and ignoring slssid-r12 configured. If not configured, the synchronization configuration is
used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to eNB, by using the configured slssid-r12.
slss-TxDisabled
Value TRUE indicates that the carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a
synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
syncCP-Len
In case of V2X sidelink communications this field is always configured to normal.
syncInfoReserved
Reserved for future use.
syncOffsetIndicator
E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2
in preconfigSync within SL-Preconfiguration, if configured. If syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 is configured, the UE shall
ignore the field syncOffsetIndicator-r12. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as
syncOffsetIndicator1 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should
ensure syncOffsetIndicator2 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator2 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-
V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator3 is set to the same value as
syncOffsetIndicator3 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should
ensure all values in syncOffsetIndicator are same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X
sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies. For SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, all values in syncOffsetIndicator
should be same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple
carrier frequencies.
syncTxPeriodic
Indicates whether in each discovery period in which UE transmits discovery, the UE transmits SLSS once or
periodically (i.e. every 40ms). In the latter case (periodic) the UE also transmits the MasterInformationBlock-SL
message alongside. E-UTRAN configures this field only for synchronisation configurations applicable for PS
discovery.
syncTxThreshIC
Indicates the threshold used while in coverage. In case the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for transmission of
sidelink communication/ discovery announcements/ V2X sidelink communication, or of the cell used as reference for
DL measurements and synchronization, is below the level indicated by this field, the UE may transmit SLSS (i.e.
become synchronisation reference) when performing the corresponding sidelink transmission..
txParameters
Includes parameters relevant only for transmission. E-UTRAN includes the field in one entry per list, as included in
commSyncConfig or discSyncConfig.
– SL-TF-ResourceConfig
The IE SL-TF-ResourceConfig specifies a set of time/ frequency resources used for sidelink.
SL-TF-ResourceConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

prb-Num-r12 INTEGER (1..100),
prb-Start-r12 INTEGER (0..99),
prb-End-r12 INTEGER (0..99),
offsetIndicator-r12 SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
subframeBitmap-r12 SubframeBitmapSL-r12
}
SubframeBitmapSL-r12 ::= CHOICE {

bs4-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
bs42-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (42))
}
SubframeBitmapSL-r14 ::= CHOICE {

ETSI

bs100-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (100))
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-TF-ResourceConfig field descriptions

prb-Start, prb-End, prb-Num
Sidelink transmissions on a sub-frame can occur on PRB with index greater than or equal to prb-Start and less than
prb-Start + prb-Num, and on PRB with index greater than prb-End - prb-Num and less than or equal to prb-End. Even
for neighbouring cells, prb-Start and prb-End are relative to PRB #0 of the cell from which it was obtained. See TS
36.213 [23, 14.1.3, 14.2.3, 14.3.3].
subframeBitmap
Indicates the subframe bitmap indicating resources used for sidelink. For sidelink communication, E-UTRAN
configures value bs40 for FDD and the following values for TDD: value bs42 for configuration0, value bs16 for
configuration1, value bs8 for configuration2, value bs12 for configuration3, value bs8 for configuration4, value bs4 for
configuration5 and value bs30 for configuration6. For V2X sidelink communication, E-UTRAN configures value bs16,
bs20 or bs100 for FDD or Frame Structure Type 1 as defined in 3GPP TS 36.211 [21],and the following values for
TDD or Frame Structure Type 2 as defined in 3GPP TS 36.211 [21]: value bs60 for configuration0, value bs40 for
configuration1, value bs20 for configuration2, value bs30 for configuration3, value bs20 for configuration4, value bs10
for configuration5 and value bs50 for configuration6.
– SL-TxPower
The IE SL-TxPower is used to limit the UE's sidelink transmission power on a carrier frequency. The unit is dBm. Value
minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity.
SL-TxPower information element

-- ASN1START
SL-TxPower-r14 ::= CHOICE {

minusinfinity-r14 NULL,
txPower-r14 INTEGER (-41..31)
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-TypeTxSync
The IE SL-TypeTxSync indicates the synchronization reference type.
SL-TypeTxSync information element

-- ASN1START
SL-TypeTxSync-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {gnss, enb, ue}
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List
IE SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List indicates a threshold used for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS
36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated
data resource is above the threshold defined by IE SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List.
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List information element

-- ASN1START
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (64)) OF SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-r14
ETSI
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-r14 ::= INTEGER (0..66)
-- ASN1STOP
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List field descriptions

SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP
Value 0 corresponds to minus infinity dBm, value 1 corresponds to -128dBm, value 2 corresponds to -126dBm, value
n corresponds to (-128 + (n-1)*2) dBm and so on, value 66 corresponds to infinity dBm.
– SL-TxParameters
The IE SL-TxParameters identifies a set of parameters configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication,
discovery and synchronisation.
SL-TxParameters information element

-- ASN1START
SL-TxParameters-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

alpha-r12 Alpha-r12,
p0-r12 P0-SL-r12
}
P0-SL-r12 ::= INTEGER (-126..31)
-- ASN1STOP
SL-TxParameters field descriptions

alpha
Parameter(s): α PSSCH ,1 , α PSSCH, 2 , α PSSCH,3 , α PSSCH ,4 , α PSCCH ,1 , α PSCCH ,2 , α PSDCH,1 , α PSSS See TS 36.213 [23,
14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1, 14.4] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6,
al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for sidelink power control.
p0
Parameter: PO_PSSCH,1 , PO_PSSCH,2 , PO_PSSCH,3 , PO_PSSCH,4 , PO_PSCCH,1 , PO_PSCCH,2 , PO_PSDCH,1 , PO_PSSS see TS
36.213 [23, 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1, 14.4], unit dBm.
– SL-TxPoolIdentity
The IE SL-TxPoolIdentity identifies an individual pool entry configured for sidelink transmission, used for
communication and discovery.
SL-TxPoolIdentity information element

-- ASN1START
SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxSL-TxPool-r12)
SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310 ::= INTEGER (maxSL-TxPool-r12Plus1-r13.. maxSL-TxPool-r13)
SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-TxPoolToReleaseList
The IE SL-TxPoolToReleaseList is used to release one or more individual pool entries used for sidelink transmission,
for communication and discovery.
SL-TxPoolToReleaseList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12
ETSI
SL-TxPoolToReleaseListExt-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-

v1310
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated
The IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated specifies the dedicated configuration information for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated information element

-- ASN1START
SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

commTxResources-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
sl-V-RNTI-r14 C-RNTI,
mac-MainConfig-r14 MAC-MainConfigSL-r12,
v2x-SchedulingPool-r14 SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mcs-r14 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
logicalChGroupInfoList-r14 LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13
},
-- Pool for normal usage
v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated-r14 SEQUENCE {
poolToReleaseList-r14 SL-TxPoolToReleaseListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
poolToAddModList-r14 SL-TxPoolToAddModListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
v2x-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14
OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
}
v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14 SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14 SL-Priority-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList-r14 SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ commTxResources-v1530 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup CHOICE {
scheduled-v1530 SEQUENCE {
logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 LogicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 OPTIONAL, --
Need OR
mcs-r15 INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL -- Need OR
},
ue-Selected-v1530 SEQUENCE {
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 OPTIONAL --
Need OR
}
}
v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
syncFreqList-r15 SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
slss-TxMultiFreq-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
LogicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLCG-r13)) OF SL-ReliabilityList-r15
SL-TxPoolToAddModListV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-

TxPoolToAddMod-r14
SL-TxPoolToAddMod-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

poolIdentity-r14 SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14,
pool-r14 SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14
}
SL-TxPoolToReleaseListV2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-V2X-

TxPoolIdentity-r14
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated field descriptions

cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList
Indicates the dedicated list of CBR range division and the list of PSCCH TX configurations available to configure
congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
logicalChGroupInfoList
Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities and reliabilities, used as specified in TS 36.321
[6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity. If E-UTRAN includes logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530, it includes
the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in logicalChGroupInfoList–r14, and a logical channel
group identity of the same entry in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14 and in logicalChGroupInfo-v1530 is associated with
both the priorties (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14) and reliablities (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-v-1520) of that entry.
If logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 is not included, this field indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated
priorties.
mcs
Indicates the MCS as defined in TS 36.213 [23, 14.2.1]. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE
implementation. If included, mcs-r15 corresponds to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] and the
MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific
BSR from the UE.
sl-V-RNTI
Indicates the RNTI used for DCI dynamically scheduling sidelink resources for V2X sidelink communication.
overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SIB21 or SL-V2X-
Preconfiguration if any.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on PCell.
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured
by E-UTRAN.
Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of other carrier frequencies than the serving carrier
frequency for V2X sidelink communication. For inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation, CIF=1 in DCI-5A
corresponds to the first entry in this frequency list, CIF=2 corresponds to the second entry, and so on (see TS 36.213
[23]). CIF=0 in DCI-5A corresponds to the frequency where the DCI is received.
v2x-SchedulingPool
Indicates a pool of resources when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources for V2X sidelink communications.
– SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList
The IE SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList specifies the configuration information for carrier selection for V2X sidelink
communication transmission using UE autonomous resource selection.
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig-r15
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

priorityList-r15 SL-PriorityList-r13,
threshCBR-FreqReselection-r15 SL-CBR-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
threshCBR-FreqKeeping-r15 SL-CBR-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig field descriptions
priorityList
Indicates the list of PPPP(s) which is associated with the configurations in threshCBR-FreqReselection and in
threshCBR-FreqKeeping.
threshCBR-FreqReselection
Indicates the CBR threshold to determine whether the carrier frequency can be (re)selected for the transmission of
V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.321 [6].
threshCBR-FreqKeeping
Indicates the CBR threshold to determine whether the UE can keep using the carrier which was selected for the
transmission of V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.321 [6].
– SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig
The IE SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig specifies the configuration information for sidelink packet duplication for
V2X sidelink communication transmission.
SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

threshSL-Reliability-r15 SL-Reliability-r15,
allowedCarrierFreqConfig-r15 SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreqList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreqList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-PPPR-Dest-

CarrierFreq
SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreq ::= SEQUENCE {

destinationInfoList-r15 SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
allowedCarrierFreqList-r15 SL-AllowedCarrierFreqList-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SL-AllowedCarrierFreqList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

allowedCarrierFreqSet1 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
allowedCarrierFreqSet2 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig field descriptions

allowedCarrierFreqList, allowedCarrierFreqSet1, allowedCarrierFreqSet2
Indicates, for V2X sidelink communication, the set of carrier frequencies applicable for the transmission of the MAC
SDUs from the sidelink logical channels whose associated destination are included in destinationInfoList (see TS
36.321 [6]). If present, E-UTRAN shall ensure allowedCarrierFreqSet1 and allowedCarrierFreqSet2 do not include the
same carrier frequency.
threshSL-Reliability
Indicates the reliability threshold used to determine whether sidelinik packet duplication is configured and activated for
V2X sidelink communication transmission. See TS 36.323 [8] and TS 36.321 [6].
– SL-V2X-SyncFreqList
The IE SL-V2X-SyncFreqList specifies the list of candidate synchronisation carrier frequencies used for V2X sidelink
communication.
SL-V2X-SyncFreqList information element

-- ASN1START
SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– SL-ZoneConfig
The IE SL-ZoneConfig indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-ZoneConfig information element

-- ASN1START
SL-ZoneConfig-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

zoneLength-r14 ENUMERATED { m5, m10, m20, m50, m100, m200, m500, spare1},
zoneWidth-r14 ENUMERATED { m5, m10, m20, m50, m100, m200, m500, spare1},
zoneIdLongiMod-r14 INTEGER (1..4),
zoneIdLatiMod-r14 INTEGER (1..4)
}
-- ASN1STOP
SL-ZoneConfig field descriptions

zoneLength
Indicates the length of each geographic zone. Value m5 corresponds to 5 meters, m10 corresponds to 10 meters and
so on.
zoneWidth
Indicates the width of each geographic zone. Value m5 corresponds to 5 meters, m10 corresponds to 10 meters and
so on.
zoneIdLongiMod
Indicates the total number of zones that is configured with respect to longitude.
zoneIdLatiMod
Indicates the total number of zones that is configured with respect to latitude.
6.4 RRC multiplicity and type constraint values

– Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
-- ASN1START
maxAccessCat-1-r15 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of Acccess Categories - 1

maxACDC-Cat-r13 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of ACDC categories (per PLMN)
maxAvailNarrowBands-r13 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of narrowbands
maxBandComb-r10 INTEGER ::= 128 -- Maximum number of band combinations.
maxBandComb-r11 INTEGER ::= 256 -- Maximum number of additional band combinations.
maxBandComb-r13 INTEGER ::= 384 -- Maximum number of band combinations in Rel-13
maxBands INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of bands listed in EUTRA UE caps
maxBandsNR-r15 INTEGER ::= 1024 -- Maximum number of NR bands listed in EUTRA UE
caps
maxBandwidthClass-r10 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of supported CA BW classes per band
maxBandwidthCombSet-r10 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of bandwidth combination sets per
-- supported band combination
maxBarringInfoSet-r15 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of UAC barring information sets
maxBT-IdReport-r15 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of Bluetooth IDs to report
maxBT-Name-r15 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of Bluetooth name
maxCBR-Level-r14 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of CBR levels
maxCBR-Level-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 15
maxCBR-Report-r14 INTEGER ::= 72 -- Maximum number of CBR results in a report
maxCDMA-BandClass INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum value of the CDMA band classes
maxCE-Level-r13 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of CE levels
maxCellBlack INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of blacklisted physical cell identity
-- ranges listed in SIB type 4 and 5
maxCellHistory-r12 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of visited EUTRA cells reported
maxCellInfoGERAN-r9 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of GERAN cells for which system in-
-- formation can be provided as redirection assistance
maxCellInfoUTRA-r9 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of UTRA cells for which system
-- information can be provided as redirection
-- assistance
maxCellMeasIdle-r15 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
-- cells per carrier measured in IDLE mode
maxCombIDC-r11 INTEGER ::= 128 -- Maximum number of reported UL CA or
-- MR-DC combinations
maxCSI-IM-r11 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
-- (per carrier frequency)
ETSI
minCSI-IM-r13 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Minimum number of CSI IM configurations from which

-- REL-13 extension is used
maxCSI-IM-v1310 INTEGER ::= 20 -- Maximum number of additional CSI-IM configurations
maxCSI-Proc-r11 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of CSI processes (per carrier
-- frequency)
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
-- configurations using non-zero Tx power
minCSI-RS-NZP-r13 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Minimum number of CSI RS resource from which
-- REL-13 extension is used
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13 INTEGER ::= 24 -- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310 INTEGER ::= 21 -- Maximum number of additional CSI RS resource
maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
-- configurations using zero Tx power(per carrier
-- frequency)
maxCQI-ProcExt-r11 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of additional periodic CQI
-- configurations (per carrier frequency)
maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10 INTEGER ::= 6 -- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies for
-- which system information can be provided as
-- redirection assistance
maxCellInter INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
-- cells listed in SIB type 5
maxCellIntra INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of neighbouring intra-frequency
-- cells listed in SIB type 4
maxCellListGERAN INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of lists of GERAN cells
maxCellMeas INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of entries in each of the
-- cell lists in a measurement object
maxCellReport INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of reported cells/CSI-RS resources
maxCellSFTD INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of cells for SFTD reporting
maxConfigSPS-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of simultaneous SPS configurations
maxConfigSPS-r15 INTEGER ::= 6 -- Maximum number of simultaneous SPS configurations
-- configured with SPS C-RNTI
maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12 INTEGER ::= 96 -- Maximum number of entries in the CSI-RS list
-- in a measurement object
maxDRB INTEGER ::= 11 -- Maximum number of Data Radio Bearers
maxDRBExt-r15 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of additional DRBs
maxDRB-r15 INTEGER ::= 15 -- Highest value of extended maximum number of DRBs
maxDS-Duration-r12 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Maximum number of subframes in a discovery signals
-- occasion
maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Maximum number of zero transmission power CSI-RS for
-- a serving cell concerning discovery signals
maxEARFCN INTEGER ::= 65535 -- Maximum value of EUTRA carrier frequency
maxEARFCN-Plus1 INTEGER ::= 65536 -- Lowest value extended EARFCN range
maxEARFCN2 INTEGER ::= 262143 -- Highest value extended EARFCN range
maxEPDCCH-Set-r11 INTEGER ::= 2 -- Maximum number of EPDCCH sets
maxFBI INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum value of fequency band indicator
maxFBI-NR-r15 INTEGER ::= 1024 -- Highest value FBI range for NR.
maxFBI-Plus1 INTEGER ::= 65 -- Lowest value extended FBI range
maxFBI2 INTEGER ::= 256 -- Highest value extended FBI range
maxFeatureSets-r15 INTEGER ::= 256 -- Total number of feature sets (size of pool)
maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Total number of CC-specific feature sets
-- (size of the pool)
maxFreq INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies
maxFreqIDC-r11 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies that are
-- affected by the IDC problems
maxFreqIdle-r15 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for
-- IDLE mode measurements configured by eNB
maxFreqMBMS-r11 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which an
-- MBMS capable UE may indicate an interest
maxFreqNR-r15 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Maximum number of NR carrier frequencies for
-- which a UE may provide measurement results upon
-- NR SCG failure and for which network can provide
-- cell reselection priorities upon release
maxFreqV2X-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which V2X
-- sidelink communication can be configured
maxFreqV2X-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 7 -- Highest index of frequencies
maxGERAN-SI INTEGER ::= 10 -- Maximum number of GERAN SI blocks that can be
-- provided as part of NACC information
maxGNFG INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of GERAN neighbour freq groups
maxIdleMeasCarriers-r15 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-
-- frequency carriers measured in IDLE mode
ETSI
maxLCG-r13 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of logical channel groups

maxLogMeasReport-r10 INTEGER ::= 520 -- Maximum number of logged measurement entries
-- that can be reported by the UE in one message
maxMBSFN-Allocations INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of MBSFN frame allocations with
-- different offset
maxMBSFN-Area INTEGER ::= 8
maxMBSFN-Area-1 INTEGER ::= 7
maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13 INTEGER ::= 15 -- Maximum number of services which the UE can
-- include in the MBMS interest indication
maxMeasId INTEGER ::= 32
maxMeasId-Plus1 INTEGER ::= 33
maxMeasId-r12 INTEGER ::= 64
maxMultiBands INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of additional frequency bands
-- that a cell belongs to
maxMultiBandsNR-r15 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of additional NR frequency bands
-- that a cell belongs to
maxNS-Pmax-r10 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of NS and P-Max values per band
maxNAICS-Entries-r12 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of supported NAICS combination(s)
maxNeighCell-r12 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of neighbouring cells in NAICS
-- configuration (per carrier frequency)
maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SCPTM neighbour cells
maxNrofS-NSSAI-r15 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of S-NSSAI
maxObjectId INTEGER ::= 32
maxObjectId-Plus1-r13 INTEGER ::= 33
maxObjectId-r13 INTEGER ::= 64
maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of power offsets for a neighbour cell
-- in NAICS configuration
maxPageRec INTEGER ::= 16 --
maxPhysCellIdRange-r9 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of physical cell identity ranges
maxPLMN-r11 INTEGER ::= 6 -- Maximum number of PLMNs
maxPLMN-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Maximum number of PLMNs minus one
maxPLMN-r15 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of PLMNs for RNA configuration
maxPLMN-NR-r15 INTEGER ::= 12 -- Maximum number of NR PLMNs
maxPNOffset INTEGER ::= 511 -- Maximum number of CDMA2000 PNOffsets
maxPMCH-PerMBSFN INTEGER ::= 15
maxPSSCH-TxConfig-r14 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of PSSCH TX configurations
maxQuantSetsNR-r15 INTEGER ::= 2 -- Maximum number of NR quantity configuration sets
maxQCI-r13 INTEGER ::= 6 -- Maximum number of QCIs
maxRAT-Capabilities INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of interworking RATs (incl EUTRA)
maxRE-MapQCL-r11 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of PDSCH RE Mapping configurations
maxReportConfigId INTEGER ::= 32
maxReservationPeriod-r14 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of resource reservation periodicities
-- for sidelink V2X communication
maxRS-Index-r15 INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of RS indices
maxRS-Index-1-r15 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Highest value of RS index as used to identify
-- RS index in RRM reports.
maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of RS indices averaged to derive
-- cell quality for RRM.
maxRS-IndexReport-r15 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of RS indices for RRM.
maxRSTD-Freq-r10 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of frequency layers for RSTD
-- measurement
maxSAI-MBMS-r11 INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of MBMS service area identities
-- broadcast per carrier frequency
maxSCell-r10 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of SCells
maxSCell-r13 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Highest value of extended number range of SCells
maxSCellGroups-r15 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of SCell common parameter groups
maxSC-MTCH-r13 INTEGER ::= 1023 -- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell
maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14 INTEGER ::= 128 -- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell for feMTC
maxSL-CommRxPoolNFreq-r13 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of individual sidelink communication
-- Rx resource pools on neighbouring freq
maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310 INTEGER ::= 12 -- Maximum number of additional preconfigured
-- sidelink communication Rx resource pool entries
maxSL-TxPool-r12Plus1-r13 INTEGER ::= 5 -- First additional individual sidelink
-- Tx resource pool
maxSL-TxPool-v1310 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of additional sidelink
-- Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-TxPool-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of individual sidelink
-- Tx resource pools
maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310 INTEGER ::= 7 -- Maximum number of additional preconfigured
-- sidelink Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-Dest-r12 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of sidelink destinations
maxSL-DiscCells-r13 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of cells with similar sidelink
-- configurations
maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of sidelink power classes
maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of preconfigured sidelink
-- discovery Rx resource pool entries
maxSL-DiscSysInfoReportFreq-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of frequencies to include in a
ETSI
-- SidelinkUEInformation for SI reporting

maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of preconfigured sidelink
-- discovery Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-GP-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of gap patterns that can be requested
-- for a frequency or assigned
maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14 INTEGER ::= 72 -- Maximum number of TX resource pools for CBR
-- measurement and report
maxSL-Prio-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of entries in sidelink priority list
maxSL-RxPool-r12 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of individual sidelink Rx resource
pools
maxSL-Reliability-r15 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of entries in sidelink reliability list
maxSL-SyncConfig-r12 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12 INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of sidelink Time Freq resource index
-- pairs
maxSL-TxPool-r12 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of individual sidelink Tx resource
pools
maxSL-V2X-RxPool-r14 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of RX resource pools for
-- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of RX resource pools for
maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of TX resource pools for
maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of TX resource pools for
maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
-- for V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-r14 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of CBR range configurations
-- for V2X sidelink communication congestion
-- control
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 3
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-r14 INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of TX parameter configurations
-- for V2X sidelink communication congestion
-- control
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 63
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of CBR range configurations in
-- pre-configuration for V2X sidelink
-- communication congestion control
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 7
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14 INTEGER ::= 128 -- Maximum number of TX parameter
-- configurations in pre-configuration for V2X
-- sidelink communication congestion control
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14 INTEGER ::= 127
maxSTAG-r11 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of STAGs
maxServCell-r10 INTEGER ::= 5 -- Maximum number of Serving cells
maxServCell-r13 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Highest value of extended number range of Serving
cells
maxServCellNR-r15 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of NR serving cells
maxServiceCount INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of MBMS services that can be included
-- in an MBMS counting request and response
maxServiceCount-1 INTEGER ::= 15
maxSessionPerPMCH INTEGER ::= 29
maxSessionPerPMCH-1 INTEGER ::= 28
maxSIB INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of SIBs
maxSIB-1 INTEGER ::= 31
maxSI-Message INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of SI messages
maxSimultaneousBands-r10 INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of simultaneously aggregated bands
maxSubframePatternIDC-r11 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of subframe reservation patterns
-- that the UE can simultaneously recommend to the
-- E-UTRAN for use.
maxTrafficPattern-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of periodical traffic patterns
-- that the UE can simultaneously report to the
-- E-UTRAN.
maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of UTRA FDD carrier frequencies
maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies
maxWayPoint-r15 INTEGER ::= 20 -- Maximum number of flight path information waypoints
maxWLAN-Id-r12 INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers
maxWLAN-Bands-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of WLAN bands
maxWLAN-Id-r13 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers
maxWLAN-Channels-r13 INTEGER ::= 16 -- maximum number of WLAN channels used in
-- WLAN-CarrierInfo
maxWLAN-CarrierInfo-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of WLAN Carrier Information
maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14 INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of WLAN IDs to report
maxWLAN-Name-r15 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of WLAN name
-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: The value of maxDRB aligns with SA2.
ETSI
– End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
6.5 PC5 RRC messages

NOTE: The messages included in this section reflect the current status of the discussions. Additional messages
may be included at a later stage.
6.5.1 General message structure

– PC5-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the PC5 RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START
PC5-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
TDD-ConfigSL-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;
-- ASN1STOP
– SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message
The SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the UE via SL-BCH
on the SBCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType
}
SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType ::= MasterInformationBlock-SL
-- ASN1STOP
– SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X
The SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the UE via SL-
BCH on the SBCCH logical channel for V2X sidelink communication.
-- ASN1START
SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

message SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType-V2X-r14
}
SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType-V2X-r14 ::= MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X-r14
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

– MasterInformationBlock-SL
The MasterInformationBlock-SL includes the information transmitted by a UE transmitting SLSS, i.e. acting as
synchronisation reference, via SL-BCH.
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: SBCCH
Direction: UE to UE
MasterInformationBlock-SL
-- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock-SL ::= SEQUENCE {

sl-Bandwidth-r12 ENUMERATED {
n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
tdd-ConfigSL-r12 TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
directFrameNumber-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
directSubframeNumber-r12 INTEGER (0..9),
inCoverage-r12 BOOLEAN,
reserved-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (19))
}
-- ASN1STOP
MasterInformationBlock-SL field descriptions

directFrameNumber
Indicates the frame number in which SLSS and SL-BCH are transmitted. The subframe in the frame corresponding to
directFrameNumber is indicated by directSubframeNumber.
inCoverage
Value TRUE indicates that the UE transmitting the MasterInformationBlock-SL is in E-UTRAN coverage.
sl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and
so on.
– MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
The MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X includes the information transmitted by a UE transmitting SLSS, i.e. acting as
synchronisation reference, via SL-BCH for V2X sidelink communication.
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: SBCCH
Direction: UE to UE
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
-- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sl-Bandwidth-r14 ENUMERATED {
n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
directFrameNumber-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
directSubframeNumber-r14 INTEGER (0..9),
inCoverage-r14 BOOLEAN,
reserved-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (27))
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X field descriptions

directFrameNumber
Indicates the frame number in which SLSS and SL-BCH for V2X sidelink communication are transmitted. The
subframe in the frame corresponding to directFrameNumber is indicated by directSubframeNumber.
inCoverage
Value TRUE indicates that the UE transmitting the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X for V2X sidelink communication is
in E-UTRAN coverage.
sl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and
so on.
– End of PC5-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
6.6 Direct Indication Information

Direct Indication information is transmitted on MPDCCH using P-RNTI but without associated Paging message. Table
6.6-1 defines the Direct Indication information, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.14].
When bit n is set to 1, UE shall behave as if the corresponding field is set in the Paging message, see 5.3.2.3. Bit 1 is
the least significant bit.
Table 6.6-1: Direct Indication information
Bit Direct Indication information

1 systemInfoModification
2 etws-Indication
3 cmas-Indication
4 eab-ParamModification
5 systemInfoModification-eDRX
6, 7, 8 Not used, and shall be ignored by UE if received.
6.6a Direct Indication FeMBMS

On MBMS-dedicated cell and on FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell, a Direct Indication FeMBMS is transmitted on PDCCH
together with 8-bit MCCH change notification using M-RNTI, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.4]. Table 6.6a-1 defines the
Direct Indication FeMBMS.
When the first bit is set to 1, UE shall behave as if systemInfoModification field is set in the Paging message and when
the second bit is set to 1, UE shall behave as if both etws-Indication and cmas-Indication are set in the Paging message,
see 5.3.2.3. Bit 1 is the least significant bit.
Table 6.6a-1: Direct Indication FeMBMS
Bit Direct Indication FeMBMS

2 etws-Indication and cmas-Indication
ETSI
6.7 NB-IoT RRC messages

6.7.1 General NB-IoT message structure
-- ASN1START
NBIOT-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
SecurityModeCommand,
SecurityModeComplete,
SecurityModeFailure,
AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
CellIdentity,
C-RNTI,
DedicatedInfoNAS,
DRB-Identity,
InitialUE-Identity,
IntraFreqBlackCellList,
IntraFreqNeighCellList,
maxBands,
maxCellBlack,
maxCellInter,
maxCellIntra,
maxFBI2,
maxFreq,
maxMultiBands,
maxPageRec,
maxPLMN-r11,
maxSAI-MBMS-r11,
maxSIB,
maxSIB-1,
MBMS-SAI-r11,
MBMS-SAI-List-r11,
MBMSSessionInfo-r13,
NextHopChainingCount,
PagingUE-Identity,
PLMN-Identity,
P-Max,
PowerRampingParameters,
PreambleTransMax,
PhysCellId,
Q-OffsetRange,
Q-QualMin-r9,
Q-RxLevMin,
ReestabUE-Identity,
RegisteredMME,
ReselectionThreshold,
ResumeIdentity-r13,
RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
RSRP-Range,
ShortMAC-I,
S-TMSI,
SystemInformationBlockType16-r11,
SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13,
T-Reordering,
TimeAlignmentTimer,
TMGI-r9,
TrackingAreaCode,
DataInactivityTimer-r14
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– BCCH-BCH-Message-NB
The BCCH-BCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE via
BCH on the BCCH logical channel in FDD.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-BCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-BCH-MessageType-NB
}
BCCH-BCH-MessageType-NB::= MasterInformationBlock-NB
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB
The BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE
via BCH on the BCCH logical channel in TDD.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-BCH-MessageType-TDD-NB-r15
}
BCCH-BCH-MessageType-TDD-NB-r15 ::= MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB-r15
-- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE via
DL-SCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-NB
}
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
systemInformation-r13 SystemInformation-NB,
systemInformationBlockType1-r13 SystemInformationBlockType1-NB
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– PCCH-Message-NB
The PCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the PCCH
logical channel.
-- ASN1START
PCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message PCCH-MessageType-NB
}
PCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
paging-r13 Paging-NB
},
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– DL-CCCH-Message-NB
The DL-CCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the
downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
DL-CCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message DL-CCCH-MessageType-NB
}
DL-CCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReestablishment-r13 RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB,
rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject-r13 RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
rrcConnectionReject-r13 RRCConnectionReject-NB,
rrcConnectionSetup-r13 RRCConnectionSetup-NB,
rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15 RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15,
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– DL-DCCH-Message-NB
The DL-DCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the UE on the
downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
DL-DCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message DL-DCCH-MessageType-NB
}
DL-DCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
dlInformationTransfer-r13 DLInformationTransfer-NB,
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r13 RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB,
rrcConnectionRelease-r13 RRCConnectionRelease-NB,
securityModeCommand-r13 SecurityModeCommand,
ueCapabilityEnquiry-r13 UECapabilityEnquiry-NB,
rrcConnectionResume-r13 RRCConnectionResume-NB,
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– UL-CCCH-Message-NB
The UL-CCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E-UTRAN on the
uplink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
UL-CCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message UL-CCCH-MessageType-NB
}
UL-CCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r13 RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB,
rrcConnectionRequest-r13 RRCConnectionRequest-NB,
ETSI
rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13 RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB,
rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15 RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SC-MCCH-Message-NB
The SC-MCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E-UTRAN to the NB-IoT UE
on the SC-MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
SC-MCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message SC-MCCH-MessageType-NB
}
SC-MCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
scptmConfiguration-r14 SCPTMConfiguration-NB-r14
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– UL-DCCH-Message-NB
The UL-DCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E-UTRAN on the
uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START
UL-DCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

message UL-DCCH-MessageType-NB
}
UL-DCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r13 RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB,
rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r13 RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB,
rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r13 RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB,
securityModeComplete-r13 SecurityModeComplete,
securityModeFailure-r13 SecurityModeFailure,
ueCapabilityInformation-r13 UECapabilityInformation-NB,
ulInformationTransfer-r13 ULInformationTransfer-NB,
rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13 RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB,
spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL,
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
6.7.2 NB-IoT Message definitions
– DLInformationTransfer-NB
The DLInformationTransfer-NB message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS dedicated information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1or SRB1bis
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
DLInformationTransfer-NB message
-- ASN1START
DLInformationTransfer-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
dlInformationTransfer-r13 DLInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
DLInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– MasterInformationBlock-NB
The MasterInformationBlock-NB includes the system information transmitted on BCH in FDD.
RLC-SAP: TM
MasterInformationBlock-NB
-- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

systemFrameNumber-MSB-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
hyperSFN-LSB-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
schedulingInfoSIB1-r13 INTEGER (0..15),
ab-Enabled-r13 BOOLEAN,
operationModeInfo-r13 CHOICE {
inband-SamePCI-r13 Inband-SamePCI-NB-r13,
inband-DifferentPCI-r13 Inband-DifferentPCI-NB-r13,
guardband-r13 Guardband-NB-r13,
standalone-r13 Standalone-NB-r13
},
additionalTransmissionSIB1-r15 BOOLEAN,
}
Guardband-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

rasterOffset-r13 ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13,
}
Inband-SamePCI-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo-r13 INTEGER (0..31)
}
Inband-DifferentPCI-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r13 ENUMERATED {same, four},
ETSI

}
Standalone-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
MasterInformationBlock-NB field descriptions

ab-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates that access barring is enabled and that the UE shall acquire SystemInformationBlockType14-
NB before initiating RRC connection establishment or resume.
additionalTransmissionSIB1
Value TRUE indicates that additional SIB1-NB transmissions are present. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
E-UTRAN only configures additionalTransmissionSIB1 to TRUE if schedulingInfoSIB1 indicates that the number of
NPDSCH repetitions is 16, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 16.4.1.3-3.
eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo
Information of the carrier containing NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH.
Each value is associated with an E-UTRA PRB index as an offset from the middle of the LTE system sorted out by
channel raster offset. See TS 36.211[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
eutra-NumCRS-Ports
Number of E-UTRA CRS antenna ports, either the same number of ports as NRS or 4 antenna ports. See TS 36.211
[21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
hyperSFN-LSB
Indicates the 2 least significant bits of hyper SFN. The remaining bits are present in SystemInformationBlockType1-
NB.
operationModeInfo
Deployment scenario (in-band/guard-band/standalone) and related information. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23].
Inband-SamePCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell share the same physical cell id
and have the same number of NRS and CRS ports.
Inband-DifferentPCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell have different physical cell id.
guardband indicates a guard-band deployment.
standalone indicates a standalone deployment.
schedulingInfoSIB1
This field contains an index to a table specified in TS 36.213 [23, Table 16.4.1.3-3] that defines
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB scheduling information.
systemFrameNumber-MSB
Defines the 4 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], the 6 least significant bits of the SFN
are acquired implicitly by decoding the NPBCH.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB-NB, SIB14-NB and SIB16-NB.
– MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB
The MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB includes the system information transmitted on BCH in TDD.
RLC-SAP: TM
MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB
-- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

systemFrameNumber-MSB-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
hyperSFN-LSB-r15 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
schedulingInfoSIB1-r15 INTEGER (0..15),
ab-Enabled-r15 BOOLEAN,
operationModeInfo-r15 CHOICE {
ETSI
inband-SamePCI-r15 Inband-SamePCI-TDD-NB-r15,
inband-DifferentPCI-r15 Inband-DifferentPCI-TDD-NB-r15,
guardband-r15 GuardbandTDD-NB-r15,
standalone-r15 StandaloneTDD-NB-r15
},
sib1-CarrierInfo-r15 ENUMERATED {anchor, non-anchor},
}
GuardbandTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sib-GuardbandInfo-r15 CHOICE {
sib-GuardbandAnchor-r15 SIB-GuardbandAnchorTDD-NB-r15,
sib-GuardbandGuardband-r15 SIB-GuardbandGuardbandTDD-NB-r15,
sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI-r15 SIB-GuardbandInbandSamePCI-TDD-NB-r15,
sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI-r15 SIB-GuardbandInbandDiffPCI-TDD-NB-r15
},
eutra-Bandwitdh-r15 ENUMERATED {bw5or10, bw15or20}
}
Inband-SamePCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo-r15 INTEGER (0..31),
sib-InbandLocation-r15 ENUMERATED {lower, higher}
}
Inband-DifferentPCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r15 ENUMERATED {same, four},
sib-InbandLocation-r15 ENUMERATED {lower, higher},
}
StandaloneTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sib-StandaloneLocation-r15 ENUMERATED {lower, higher},
}
SIB-GuardbandAnchorTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

}
SIB-GuardbandGuardbandTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sib-GuardbandGuardbandLocation-r15 ENUMERATED {same, opposite}
}
SIB-GuardbandInbandSamePCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

}
SIB-GuardbandInbandDiffPCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sib-EUTRA-NumCRS-Ports-r15 ENUMERATED {same, four}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB field descriptions

ab-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates that access barring is enabled and that the UE shall acquire SystemInformationBlockType14-
NB before initiating RRC connection establishment or resume.
eutra-Bandwidth
EUTRA system bandwidth. Value bw5or10 corresponds to bandwidth 5 or 10 MHz, value bw15or20 corresponds to
bandwidth 15 or 20 MHz.
If the value of eutra-Bandwidth is bw5or10 and rasterOffset is set to khz7dot5 or khz-7dot5, the E-UTRA system
bandwidth is 5 MHz.
bandwidth is 10 MHz.
When the E-UTRA system bandwidth is 5 MHz or 15 MHz, if the value of sib-GuardbandInfo is sib-
GuardbandInbandSamePCI or sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI, the offset between the anchor carrier and the non-
anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission is 45 kHz.
eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo
Information of the carrier containing NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH.
Each value is associated with an E-UTRA PRB index as an offset from the middle of the LTE system sorted out by
channel raster offset. See TS 36.211[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
eutra-NumCRS-Ports, sib-eutra-NumCRS-Ports
[21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
hyperSFN-LSB
Indicates the 2 least significant bits of hyper SFN. The remaining bits are present in SystemInformationBlockType1-
NB.
operationModeInfo
Deployment scenario (in-band/guard-band/standalone) and related information. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213
[23].
Inband-SamePCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell share the same physical cell id
and have the same number of NRS and CRS ports.
Inband-DifferentPCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell have different physical cell id.
guardband indicates a guard-band deployment.
standalone indicates a standalone deployment.
When operationmodeInfo is set to guardband, if rasterOffset is set to khz-7dot5 or khz-2dot5, the guardband anchor
carrier is at the higher edge of the LTE carrier. If rasterOffset is set to khz7dot5 or khz2dot5, the guardband anchor
carrier is at the lower edge of the LTE carrier
schedulingInfoSIB1
This field contains an index to a table specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 16.4.1.3-3 that defines
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB scheduling information.
If sib1-CarrierInfo is set to non-anchor, E-UTRAN configures a value between 0 and 7.
sib-GuardbandGuardbandLocation
Location of the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to guardband
and the non-anchor carrier is in guardband. See TS 36.213 [23].
Value same corresponds to the carrier adjacent to the anchor carrier on the outer side of the guardband, value
opposite corresponds to the carrier closest to the edge of the LTE carrier in the opposite guardband.
sib-GuardbandInfo
Information of the carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to guardband. See TS
36.213 [23].
sib-GuardbandAnchor indicates the anchor carrier.
sib-GuardbandGuardband indicates a non-anchor carrier in guardband mode.
sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI or sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI indicates a non-anchor carrier in inband mode, and at
the edge of the LTE carrier and on the same side as the anchor carrier.
sib-InbandLocation
Location of the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to inband-
SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI, and sib1-CarrierInfo value and/or tdd-SI-CarrierInfo in SIB1-NB is set to non-anchor.
See TS 36.213 [23].
Value lower corresponds to the lower adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier and value higher corresponds to
the higher adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier.
If both sib1-CarrierInfo value and tdd-SI-CarrierInfo value in SIB1-NB are set to anchor, the UE ignores sib-
InbandLocation.
ETSI
MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB field descriptions

sib-StandaloneLocation
Location of the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to standalone,
and sib1-CarrierInfo value and/or tdd-SI-CarrierInfo in SIB1-NB is set to non-anchor. See TS 36.213 [23].
Value lower corresponds to the lower adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier and value higher corresponds to
the higher adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier.
If both sib1-CarrierInfo value and tdd-SI-CarrierInfo value in SIB1-NB are set to anchor, the UE ignores sib-
StandaloneLocation.
sib1-CarrierInfo
Carrier used for SIB1 transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], section 16.4.1.3. Value anchor corresponds to anchor carrier,
value non-anchor cooresponds to non-anchor carrier.
systemFrameNumber-MSB
Defines the 4 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], the 6 least significant bits of the SFN
are acquired implicitly by decoding the NPBCH.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB-NB, SIB14-NB and SIB16-NB.
– Paging-NB
The Paging-NB message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: PCCH
Paging-NB message
-- ASN1START
Paging-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

pagingRecordList-r13 PagingRecordList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
systemInfoModification-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
systemInfoModification-eDRX-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
PagingRecordList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord-NB-r13
PagingRecord-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity-r13 PagingUE-Identity,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
Paging-NB field descriptions

systemInfoModification
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than for SystemInformationBlockType14-NB (SIB14-NB) and
SystemInformationBlockType16-NB (SIB16-NB). This indication does not apply to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than
the BCCH modification period.
systemInfoModification-eDRX
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than for SystemInformationBlockType14-NB (SIB14-NB) and
SystemInformationBlockType16-NB (SIB16-NB). This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the
BCCH modification period.
ue-Identity
Provides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged.
– RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey
information for resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration)
including any associated dedicated NAS information.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r13 RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dedicatedInfoNASList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB-NB-r13)) OF
DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
fullConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond
Reestab
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB field descriptions

dedicatedInfoNASList
transparent for each PDU in the list.
fullConfig
Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message.

Reestab This field is optionally present, need ON upon the first reconfiguration after RRC
connection re-establishment; otherwise the field is not present.
– RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC
connection reconfiguration.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r13 RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
}
ETSI
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB
The RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB message is used to re-establish SRB1.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReestablishment-r13 RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-NAS-MAC BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Reestablish-CP
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB field descriptions

dl-NAS-MAC
Downlink authentication token, see TS 33.401 [32]. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore the field
nextHopChainingCount.

Reestablish-CP This field is mandatory present for NB-IoT UE using the Control Plane CIoT EPS
optimisation; otherwise the field is not present.
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC
connection re-establishment.
ETSI
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r13 RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-v1470-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultServCell-r14 MeasResultServCell-NB-r14 OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB field descriptions

measResultServCell
This field refers to the last idle mode measurement results taken of the serving cell.
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r13-IEs,
later CHOICE {
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r14-IEs,
}
}
}
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity-r13 ReestabUE-Identity,
reestablishmentCause-r13 ReestablishmentCause-NB-r13,
cqi-NPDCCH-r14 CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14,
earlyContentionResolution-r14 BOOLEAN,
}
ETSI
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity-r14 ReestabUE-Identity-CP-NB-r14,
reestablishmentCause-r14 ReestablishmentCause-NB-r13,
cqi-NPDCCH-r14 CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB-r14,
}
ReestablishmentCause-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {

reconfigurationFailure, otherFailure,
spare2, spare1}
ReestabUE-Identity-CP-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

s-TMSI-r14 S-TMSI,
ul-NAS-MAC-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
ul-NAS-Count-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE (5))
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB field descriptions

cqi-NPDCCH
This field indicates the measured DL channel quality of the serving cell as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
earlyContentionResolution
Value TRUE indicates UE supports MAC PDU containing the UE contention resolution identity MAC control element
without RRC response message. This field is always set to TRUE in this version of the specification.
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by
the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
ul-NAS-Count
For description of this field see TS 33.401 [32].
ul-NAS-MAC
For description of this field see TS 33.401 [32].
– RRCConnectionReject-NB
The RRCConnectionReject-NB message is used to reject the RRC connection establishment or RRC connection resume.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionReject-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReject-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionReject-r13 RRCConnectionReject-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReject-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

extendedWaitTime-r13 INTEGER (1..1800),
rrc-SuspendIndication-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionReject-NB field descriptions

extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds.
rrc-SuspendIndication
If present, this field indicates that the UE should remain suspended and not release its stored context.
– RRCConnectionRelease-NB
The RRCConnectionRelease-NB message is used to command the release of an RRC connection, or to complete an UP-
EDT procedure.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionRelease-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionRelease-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r13 RRCConnectionRelease-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionRelease-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

releaseCause-r13 ReleaseCause-NB-r13,
resumeIdentity-r13 ResumeIdentity-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
redirectedCarrierInfo-r13 RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

redirectedCarrierInfo-v1430 RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
Redirection
extendedWaitTime-CPdata-r14 INTEGER (1..1800) OPTIONAL, -- Cond NoExtendedWaitTime
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-ContinueROHC-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond UP-EDT
nextHopChainingCount-r15 NextHopChainingCount OPTIONAL, -- Cond UP-EDT
}
ReleaseCause-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {loadBalancingTAUrequired, other,

rrc-Suspend, spare1}
RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13::= CarrierFreq-NB-r13
RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated-r14 ENUMERATED{
dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24, dB26},
t322-r14 ENUMERATED{
min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180,
spare1}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionRelease-NB field descriptions

drb-ContinueROHC
continues when UE initiates UP-EDT in the same cell, while absence indicates that the header compression protocol
context is reset.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds.
extendedWaitTime-CPdata
Wait time for data transfer using the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation. Value in seconds. See TS 24.301 [35].
redirectedCarrierInfo
The redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to a NB-IoT
carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated
Parameter "Qoffsetdedicatedfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4]. For NB-IoT carrier frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band
cells considers the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated to be common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the
EARFCN that is used).
releaseCause
The releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection.
E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired if the extendedWaitTime is present.
t322

NoExtendedWaitTime The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the extendedWaitTime is not included;
Redirection The field is optionally present, Need ON, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the
UP-EDT The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports UP-EDT and releaseCause is
set to rrc-Suspend; otherwise the field is not present.
– RRCConnectionRequest-NB
The RRCConnectionRequest-NB message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionRequest-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionRequest-r13 RRCConnectionRequest-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionRequest-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity-r13 InitialUE-Identity,
establishmentCause-r13 EstablishmentCause-NB-r13,
multiToneSupport-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
multiCarrierSupport-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRCConnectionRequest-NB field descriptions

cqi-NPDCCH
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
multiCarrierSupport
If present, this field indicates that the UE supports multi-carrier operation in the mode, FDD or TDD, used for access.
multiToneSupport
If present, this field indicates that the UE supports UL multi-tone transmissions on NPUSCH in the mode, FDD or
TDD, used for access.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
– RRCConnectionResume-NB
The RRCConnectionResume-NB message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection.
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionResume-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResume-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionResume-r13 RRCConnectionResume-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionResume-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, --
Need ON
drb-ContinueROHC-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionResume-NB field descriptions

drb-ContinueROHC
continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset.
– RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection
resumption
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13 RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

selectedPLMN-Identity-r13 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11) OPTIONAL,
dedicatedInfoNAS-r13 DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-v1470-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB field descriptions

measResultServCell
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList included in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. 1 if
the 1st PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1-NB, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the plmn-
IdentityList included in SIB1-NB and so on.
– RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB
The RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or
to perform UP-EDT.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13 RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

resumeID-r13 ResumeIdentity-r13,
shortResumeMAC-I-r13 ShortMAC-I,
resumeCause-r13 EstablishmentCause-NB-r13,
ETSI
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB field descriptions

cqi-NPDCCH
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeID
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB.
shortResumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB.
– RRCConnectionSetup-NB
The RRCConnectionSetup-NB message is used to establish SRB1 and SRB1bis.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCConnectionSetup-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionSetup-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionSetup-r13 RRCConnectionSetup-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
RRCConnectionSetup-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
}
-- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection
establishment.
ETSI
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE{
rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r13 RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

selectedPLMN-Identity-r13 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
s-TMSI-r13 S-TMSI OPTIONAL,
registeredMME-r13 RegisteredMME OPTIONAL,
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1430-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

gummei-Type-r14 ENUMERATED { mapped} OPTIONAL,
dcn-ID-r14 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1470-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB field descriptions

This field is used to indicate that the UE performs an Attach without PDN connectivity procedure, as indicated by the
upper layers, TS 24.301 [35].
dcn-ID
The Dedicated Core Network Identity, see TS 23.401 [41].
gummei-Type
This field is used to indicate that the GUMMEI included is mapped (from 2G/3G identifiers) as indicated by the upper
layers, TS 24.301 [35].
measResultServCell
registeredMME
This field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList included in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. 1 if
the 1st PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the plmn-
IdentityList included in SIB1 and so on.
This field is included when the UE supports S1-U data transfer or the User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated
by the upper layers, see TS 24.301 [35].
– RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB
The RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of the CP-EDT procedure.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15 RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15-IEs,
}
}
RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

dedicatedInfoNAS-r15 DedicatedInfoNAS OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
redirectedCarrierInfo-r15 RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
redirectedCarrierInfoExt-r15 RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
Redirection
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB field descriptions

extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds.

Redirection The field is optionally present, Need ON, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the
– RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB
The RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB message is used to initiate CP-EDT.
RLC-SAP: TM
RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START
RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15 RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15-IEs,
}
}
RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

s-TMSI-r15 S-TMSI,
establishmentCause-r15 ENUMERATED {mo-Data-r15, mo-ExceptionData-r15,
delayTolerantAccess-r15, spare1},
cqi-NPDCCH-r15 CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14 OPTIONAL,
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
– SCPTMConfiguration-NB
The SCPTMConfiguration-NB message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via
SC-MRB.
RLC-SAP: UM
SCPTMConfiguration-NB message
-- ASN1START
SCPTMConfiguration-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sc-mtch-InfoList-r14 SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB-r14,
scptm-NeighbourCellList-r14 SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
SCPTMConfiguration-NB field descriptions

sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell.
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the UE shall assume that MBMS
services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration-NB message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
– SystemInformation-NB
The SystemInformation-NB message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks. All the SIBs included
are transmitted with the same periodicity.
RLC-SAP: TM
SystemInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START
SystemInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

systemInformation-r13 SystemInformation-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
SystemInformation-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sib-TypeAndInfo-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
sib2-r13 SystemInformationBlockType2-NB-r13,
...,
sib15-v1430 SystemInformationBlockType15-NB-r14,
ETSI
sib23-v1530 SystemInformationBlockType23-NB-r15
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType1-NB
The SystemInformationBlockType1-NB message contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to
access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information.
RLC-SAP: TM
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB message
-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

hyperSFN-MSB-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
cellAccessRelatedInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityList-r13 PLMN-IdentityList-NB-r13,
cellBarred-r13 ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
intraFreqReselection-r13 ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}
},
cellSelectionInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
q-QualMin-r13 Q-QualMin-r9
},
freqBandIndicator-r13 FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13,
freqBandInfo-r13 NS-PmaxList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
multiBandInfoList-r13 MultiBandInfoList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
downlinkBitmap-r13 DL-Bitmap-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SIB1
eutraControlRegionSize-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3} OPTIONAL, -- Cond inband
nrs-CRS-PowerOffset-r13 ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3,
dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1,
dB1dot23, dB2, dB3,
dB4, dB4dot23, dB5,
dB6, dB7, dB8,
dB9} OPTIONAL, -- Cond inband-SamePCI
schedulingInfoList-r13 SchedulingInfoList-NB-r13,
si-WindowLength-r13 ENUMERATED {ms160, ms320, ms480, ms640,
ms960, ms1280, ms1600, spare1},
si-RadioFrameOffset-r13 INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
systemInfoValueTagList-r13 SystemInfoValueTagList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1350 OPTIONAL
}
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1350 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellSelectionInfo-v1350 CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1350 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Qrxlevmin
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL
}

cellSelectionInfo-v1430 CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1450
OPTIONAL
}

nrs-CRS-PowerOffset-v1450 ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3,
dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1,
ETSI
dB1dot23, dB2, dB3,

dB4, dB4dot23, dB5,
dB6, dB7, dB8,
dB9} OPTIONAL, -- Cond inband-SamePCI-
ExceptAnchor
nonCriticalExtension SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1530
OPTIONAL
}

tdd-Parameters-r15 SEQUENCE {
tdd-Config-r15 TDD-Config-NB-r15,
tdd-SI-CarrierInfo-r15 ENUMERATED {anchor, non-anchor},
tdd-SI-SubframesBitmap-r15 DL-Bitmap-NB-r13 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD-SI-
NonAnchor
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
schedulingInfoList-v1530 SchedulingInfoList-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
}
PLMN-IdentityList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-NB-r13
PLMN-IdentityInfo-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

cellReservedForOperatorUse-r13 ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved},
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
SchedulingInfoList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message-NB-r13)) OF SchedulingInfo-NB-r13
SchedulingInfoList-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message-NB-r13)) OF SchedulingInfo-NB-v1530
SchedulingInfo-NB-r13::= SEQUENCE {
si-Periodicity-r13 ENUMERATED {rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512,
rf1024, rf2048, rf4096, spare},
si-RepetitionPattern-r13 ENUMERATED {every2ndRF, every4thRF, every8thRF, every16thRF},
sib-MappingInfo-r13 SIB-MappingInfo-NB-r13,
si-TB-r13 ENUMERATED {b56, b120, b208, b256, b328, b440, b552, b680}
}
SchedulingInfo-NB-v1530::= SEQUENCE {
sib-MappingInfo-v1530 SIB-MappingInfo-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
SystemInfoValueTagList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSI-Message-NB-r13)) OF

SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13
SIB-MappingInfo-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type-NB-r13
SIB-MappingInfo-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SIB-Type-NB-v1530
SIB-Type-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {

sibType3-NB-r13, sibType4-NB-r13, sibType5-NB-r13,
sibType14-NB-r13, sibType16-NB-r13, sibType15-NB-r14,
sibType20-NB-r14, sibType22-NB-r14}
SIB-Type-NB-v1530 ::= ENUMERATED {

sibType23-NB-r15, spare7, spare6, spare5,
CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1350 ::= SEQUENCE {

delta-RxLevMin-v1350 INTEGER (-8..-1)
}
CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14 ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12} OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
ce-authorisationOffset-r14 ENUMERATED {dB5, dB10, dB15, dB20, dB25, dB30, dB35}
OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB field descriptions

If present, the field indicates that attach without PDN connectivity as specified in TS 24.301 [35] is supported for this
PLMN.
ce-authorisationOffset
Parameter "Qoffsetauthorization" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in dB. Value dB5 corresponds to 5 dB, dB10 corresponds to 10
dB and so on.
If the field is absent, the value of 0 dB shall be used for "Qoffsetauthorization".
cellBarred
Barred means the cell is barred, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity.
cellReservedForOperatorUse
As defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfo
Cell selection information as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
downlinkBitmap
For FDD, NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration for downlink transmission as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section
16.4.
For TDD, NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the anchor carrier as
specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 16.4. If the bitmap is not present, the UE shall assume that all subframes are valid
(except for subframes carrying NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH/SIB1-NB) as specified in TS 36.213 [23, 16.4].
eutraControlRegionSize
Indicates the control region size of the E-UTRA cell for the in-band operation mode, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit is in
number of OFDM symbols.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.4F] for the
frequency band in freqBandIndicator.
hyperSFN-MSB
Indicates the 8 most significant bits of hyper-SFN. Together with hyperSFN-LSB in MIB-NB, the complete hyper-SFN
is built up. hyper-SFN is incremented by one when the SFN wraps around.
intraFreqReselection
Used to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by
the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in
TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1]. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator IE it shall apply that
frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList IE.
nrs-CRS-PowerOffset
NRS power offset between NRS and E-UTRA CRS, see TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.2]. Unit in dB. Default value of 0.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4]. Only applicable for UE supporting powerClassNB-14dBm. Value in dB. Value
dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the fied is absent, the UE applies the (default)
value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
p-Max
Value applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-RxLevMin, delta-RxLevMin
Parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMin is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin = q-RxLevMin * 2 [dBm]. If
delta-RxLevMin is included, actual value Qrxlevmin = (q-RxLevMin + delta-RxLevMin) * 2 [dBm].
schedulingInfoList
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages.
si-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf256 denotes 256 radio frames, rf512 denotes 512 radio
frames, and so on.
si-RadioFrameOffset
Offset in number of radio frames to calculate the start of the SI window.
If the field is absent, no offset is applied.
si-RepetitionPattern
Indicates the starting radio frames within the SI window used for SI message transmission. Value every2ndRF
corresponds to every 2 radio frames, value every4thRF corresponds to every 4 radio frames and so on. The first
transmission of the SI message is transmitted from the first radio frame of the SI window.
ETSI

si-TB
This field indicates the transport block size in number of bits and the corresponding number of consecutive NB-IoT
downlink subframes that are used to broadcast the SI message. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b120 corresponds
to 120 bits and so on. TBS of 56 bits and 120 bits are transmitted over 2 sub-frames, other TBS are transmitted over 8
sub-frames, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 16.4.1.5.1-1].
si-WindowLength
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms160 denotes 160 milliseconds, ms320
denotes 320 milliseconds and so on.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message. There is no mapping information of SIB2-NB; it is always
present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList list.
systemInfoValueTagList
Indicates SI message specific value tags. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in
SchedulingInfoList.
systemInfoValueTagSI
SI message specific value tag as specified in Clause 5.2.1.3. Common for all SIBs within the SI message other than
SIB14-NB.
tdd-Config
Indicates the the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
tdd-SI-CarrierInfo
Carrier used for SI message transmission. Value anchor corresponds to anchor carrier, value non-anchor corresponds
to non-anchor carrier. See TS 36.213 [23].
When tdd-SI-CarrierInfo set to value non-anchor then sib-GuardbandInfo in MIB-TDD-NB (in case of
operationmodeInfo is set to guardband) or sib-InbandLocation in MIB-TDD-NB (in case of operationmodeInfo is set to
inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI) or sib-StandaloneLocation in MIB-TDD-NB (in case of operationmodeInfo is
set to standalone) defines which non-anchor carrier is used (see MIB-NB-TDD).
tdd-SI-SubframesBitmap
NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the carrier carrying the SI message
as specified in TS 36.213 [23], section 16.4.
trackingAreaCode
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed.

inband In FDD: The field is mandatory present if IE operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to
inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI. Otherwise the field is not present.
In TDD: The field is mandatory present if:
- IE operationModeInfo in MIB-TDD-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI
or
- IE operationModeInfo in MIB-TDD-NB is set to guardband and IE sib-GuardbandInfo in
MIB-TDD-NB is set to sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI or sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI
and IE tdd-SI-CarrierInfo is set to non-anchor
inband-SamePCI The field is mandatory present, if IE operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-
SamePCI. Otherwise the field is not present.
inband-SamePCI- The field is optionally present if IE operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to a value other
ExceptAnchor than inband-SamePCI, and at least one non-anchor carrier is inband carrier and uses the
same PCI as the E-UTRA carrier. Otherwise the field is not present.
Qrxlevmin This field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMin is set to the minimum value.
SIB1 The field is mandatory present if IE additionalTransmissionSIB1 in MIB-NB is set to
TRUE. Otherwise the field is optionally present, Need OP.
TDD The field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall
TDD-SI-NonAnchor The field is mandatory present for TDD if si-CarrierInfo is set to non-anchor; otherwise the
– UECapabilityEnquiry-NB
The UECapabilityEnquiry-NB message is used to request the transfer of UE radio access capabilities for NB-IoT.
ETSI
RLC-SAP: AM
UECapabilityEnquiry-NB message
-- ASN1START
UECapabilityEnquiry-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE {
ueCapabilityEnquiry-r13 UECapabilityEnquiry-NB-r13-IEs,
spare1 NULL
},
}
}
UECapabilityEnquiry-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
– UECapabilityInformation-NB
The UECapabilityInformation-NB message is used to transfer of UE radio access capabilities requested by the
E-UTRAN.
RLC-SAP: AM
UECapabilityInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START
UECapabilityInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE{
ueCapabilityInformation-r13 UECapabilityInformation-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
UECapabilityInformation-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Capability-r13 UE-Capability-NB-r13,
ue-RadioPagingInfo-r13 UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13,
nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
UECapabilityInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-Capability-ContainerExt-r14 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs),
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UECapabilityInformation-NB field descriptions

ue-RadioPagingInfo
This field contains UE capability information used for paging.
– ULInformationTransfer-NB
The ULInformationTransfer-NB message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS information.
RLC-SAP: AM
ULInformationTransfer-NB message
-- ASN1START
ULInformationTransfer-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

ulInformationTransfer-r13 ULInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs,
}
}
ULInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
6.7.3 NB-IoT information elements

6.7.3.1 NB-IoT System information blocks
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2-NB contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all
UEs.
NOTE: UE timers and constants related to functionality for which parameters are provided in another SIB are
included in the corresponding SIB.
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB information element

-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigCommon-r13 RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB-r13,
ue-TimersAndConstants-r13 UE-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13,
freqInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
ul-CarrierFreq-r13 CarrierFreq-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
additionalSpectrumEmission-r13 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
},
timeAlignmentTimerCommon-r13 TimeAlignmentTimer,
multiBandInfoList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF AdditionalSpectrumEmission
...,
[[ cp-Reestablishment-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need
OP
]],
[[ servingCellMeasInfo-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
cqi-Reporting-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
ETSI
]],
[[ enhancedPHR-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-r15 TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15
cp-EDT-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
up-EDT-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP

The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.4F].
cp-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.
cp-Reestablishment
This field indicates if the NB-IoT UE is allowed to trigger RRC connection re-establishment when AS security has not
been activated.
cqi-Reporting
This field indicates if downlink channel quality reporting in RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB,
RRCConnectionRequest-NB and RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB message is allowed.
enhancedPHR
This field indicates if the NB-IoT UE is allowed to report enhanced PHR in MSG3 as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
multiBandInfoList
A list of additionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB, listed in the same order.
servingCellMeasInfo
This field indicates if serving cell idle mode measurement reporting in RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB,
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB and RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB is allowed.
tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset
Indicates the offset between the UL carrier frequency center with respect to DL carrier frequency center for the anchor
carrier, see TS 36.211 [21].
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: Uplink carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42, 5.7.3F]. If operationModeInfo in the MIB-NB is set to
standalone and the field is absent, the value of the carrier frequency is determined by the TX-RX frequency separation
defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.7.4-1] and the value of the carrier frequency offset is 0. If operationModeInfo in the
MIB-NB is not set to standalone, the field is mandatory present.
For TDD: This field is absent and the uplink carrier frequency is same as the downlink frequency.
up-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.

The IE SystemInformationBlockType3-NB contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, and inter-
frequency cell re-selection as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.

-- ASN1START

cellReselectionInfoCommon-r13 SEQUENCE {
dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24
}
},
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
s-NonIntraSearch-r13 ReselectionThreshold
},
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
ETSI

s-IntraSearchP-r13 ReselectionThreshold,
t-Reselection-r13 T-Reselection-NB-r13
},
freqBandInfo-r13 NS-PmaxList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
multiBandInfoList-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF
NS-PmaxList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-v1350 IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1350 OPTIONAL -- Cond
Qrxlevmin
]],
[[ intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-v1360 IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1360 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]],
[[ intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-v1430 IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]],
[[ cellReselectionInfoCommon-v1450 CellReselectionInfoCommon-NB-v1450 OPTIONAL -- Need
OR
]],
[[ nsss-RRM-Config-r15 NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
npbch-RRM-Config-r15 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1350 ::= SEQUENCE {

delta-RxLevMin-v1350 INTEGER (-8..-1)
}

s-IntraSearchP-v1360 ReselectionThreshold-NB-v1360
}

powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14 ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12} OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
ce-AuthorisationOffset-r14 ENUMERATED {dB5, dB10, dB15, dB20, dB25, dB30, dB35} OPTIONAL
-- Need OP
}
CellReselectionInfoCommon-NB-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {

s-SearchDeltaP-r14 ENUMERATED {dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

ce-AuthorisationOffset
dB and so on.
If the field is absent, the UE applies the value of ce-authorisationOffset in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.4F] applicable for
the intra-frequency neighbouring NB-IoT cells if the UE selects the frequency band from freqBandIndicator in
npbch-RRM-Config
Configuration for NPBCH-based RRM measurements. See TS 36.214 [24].
If enabled, NPBCH can be used in addition to NRS for RRM measurements for serving cell.
nsss-RRM-Config
Configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements for the serving cell.
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClassNB-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-
6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value
of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
p-Max
Value applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power
according to the UE capability.
q-Hyst
Parameter Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE
applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-RxLevMin, delta-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If delta-RxLevMin is not included,
actual value Qrxlevmin = q-RxLevMin * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMin is included, actual value Qrxlevmin = (q-RxLevMin +
delta-RxLevMin) * 2 [dBm].
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4].
In case s-IntraSearchP-v1360 is included, the UE shall ignore s-IntraSearchP (i.e. without suffix).
s-NonIntraSearch
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4].
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This parameter is only applicable for UEs supporting relaxed monitoring as
specified in TS 36.306 [5]. Value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB, dB9 corresponds to 9 dB and so on.
t-Reselection
Parameter "TreselectionNB-IoT_Intra" in TS 36.304 [4].

The IE SystemInformationBlockType4-NB contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-
frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters.

-- ASN1START

intraFreqNeighCellList-r13 IntraFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
intraFreqBlackCellList-r13 IntraFreqBlackCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
intraFreqNeighCellList-v1530 IntraFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
IntraFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-

NB-v1530
ETSI
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

nsss-RRM-Config-r15 NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Cond NSSS-RRM
}
-- ASN1STOP

intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cellswith specific cell re-selection parameters.
nsss-RRM-Config
Configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements.

NSSS-RRM This field is optionally present, Need OR, when nsss-RRM-Config is present in
SystemInformationBlockType4NB. Otherwise, the field is not present, and the UE shall
The IE SystemInformationBlockType5-NB contains information relevant only for inter-frequency cell re-selection i.e.
information about other NB-IoT frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The
IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.

-- ASN1START

interFreqCarrierFreqList-r13 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-NB-r13,
t-Reselection-r13 T-Reselection-NB-r13,
...,
[[ scptm-FreqOffset-r14 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]]
}
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-NB-

r13
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq-r13 CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
q-OffsetFreq-r13 Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
interFreqNeighCellList-r13 InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
interFreqBlackCellList-r13 InterFreqBlackCellList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
multiBandInfoList-r13 MultiBandInfoList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ delta-RxLevMin-v1350 INTEGER (-8..-1) OPTIONAL -- Cond Qrxlevmin
]],
[[ powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14 ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}
ce-AuthorisationOffset-r14 ENUMERATED {dB5, dB10, dB15, dB20, dB25, dB30, dB35}
OPTIONAL -- Need OP
]],
interFreqNeighCellList-v1530 InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF PhysCellId
InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-

NB-v1530
InterFreqNeighCellInfo-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
nsss-RRM-Config-r15 NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Cond NSSS-RRM

}
InterFreqBlackCellList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellId
-- ASN1STOP

ce-AuthorisationOffset
dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value of ce-authorisationOffset in
p-Max
Value applicable for the neighbouring NB-IoT cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum
power according to the UE capability.
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
E-UTRAN includes InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 for cells with cell specific NSSS-based measurement
configuration.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical
frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands, with the associated additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as
defined in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.4], in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection
parameters are common.
nsss-RRM-Config
Configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements.
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClassNB-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-
6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value
of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4]
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for
Qqualmin.
q-RxlevMin, delta-RxLevMin
Parameter "QRxLevmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMin is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin = q-RxLevMin * 2 [dBm].
If delta-RxLevMin is included, actual value Qrxlevmin = (q-RxLevMin + delta-RxLevMin) * 2 [dBm].
scptm-FreqOffset
Parameter QoffsetSCPTM in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value QoffsetSCPTM = field value * 2 [dB].
If the field is absent, the UE uses infinite dBs for the SC-PTM frequency offset with cell ranking as specified in TS
36.304 [4].
t-Reselection
Parameter "TreselectionNB-IoT_Inter" in TS 36.304 [4].

NSSS-RRM This field is optionally present, Need OR, when nsss-RRM-Config is present in
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. Otherwise, the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any
The IE SystemInformationBlockType14-NB contains the AB parameters.

-- ASN1START

ab-Param-r13 CHOICE {
ETSI
ab-Common-r13 AB-Config-NB-r13,
ab-PerPLMN-List-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF AB-ConfigPLMN-NB-r13
...,
[[ ab-PerNRSRP-r15 ENUMERATED {thresh1, thresh2} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
AB-ConfigPLMN-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ab-Config-r13 AB-Config-NB-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
AB-Config-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ab-Category-r13 ENUMERATED {a, b, c},
ab-BarringBitmap-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
ab-BarringForExceptionData-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
ab-BarringForSpecialAC-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE(5))
}
-- ASN1STOP

ab-BarringBitmap
ab-BarringForExceptionData
Indicates whether ExceptionData is subject to access barring.
ab-BarringForSpecialAC
ab-Category
Indicates the category of UEs for which AB applies. Value a corresponds to all UEs, value b corresponds to the UEs
that are neither in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to it, and value c corresponds to the UEs that are
neither in the PLMN listed as most preferred PLMN of the country where the UEs are roaming in the operator-defined
PLMN selector list on the USIM, nor in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to their HPLMN, see TS 22.011
[10].
ab-Common
The AB parameters applicable for all PLMN(s).
ab-PerNRSRP
Access barring per NRSRP. Value thresh1 corresponds to the first entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList,
value thresh2 corresponds to the second entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList.
ab-PerPLMN-List
The AB parameters per PLMN, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) occur in plmn-IdentityList in
The IE SystemInformationBlockType15-NB contains the MBMS Service Area Identities (SAI) of the current and/ or
neighbouring carrier frequencies.

-- ASN1START

mbms-SAI-IntraFreq-r14 MBMS-SAI-List-r11 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r14 MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-NB-r14
MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

mbms-SAI-List-r14 MBMS-SAI-List-r11,
multiBandInfoList-r14 AdditionalBandInfoList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

mbms-SAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional frequency bands, if any, that provide MBMS services
and the corresponding MBMS SAIs.
mbms-SAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBMS SAIs for the current frequency. A duplicate MBMS SAI indicates that this and all following
SAIs are not offered by this cell but only by neighbour cells on the current frequency. For MBMS service continuity, the
UE shall use all MBMS SAIs listed in mbms-SAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBMS frequencies of interest.
mbms-SAI-List
Contains a list of MBMS SAIs for a specific frequency.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency bands applicable for the cells participating in the SC-PTM transmission.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType16-NB contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC, the GPS and the
local time.
-- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType16-NB-r13 ::= SystemInformationBlockType16-r11
-- ASN1STOP
The IE SystemInformationBlockType20-NB contains the information required to acquire the control information
associated with transmission of MBMS using SC-PTM.

-- ASN1START

npdcch-SC-MCCH-Config-r14 NPDCCH-SC-MCCH-Config-NB-r14,
sc-mcch-CarrierConfig-r14 CHOICE {
dl-CarrierConfig-r14 DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB-r14,
dl-CarrierIndex-r14 INTEGER (0.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
},
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r14 ENUMERATED {rf32, rf128, rf512, rf1024,
rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384},
sc-mcch-Offset-r14 INTEGER (0..10),
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r14 ENUMERATED { rf32, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024,
rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768,
rf65536, rf131072, rf262144, rf524288,
rf1048576, spare1},
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo-r14 SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OP
...
}
NPDCCH-SC-MCCH-Config-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

npdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256,
r512, r1024, r2048},
npdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8,
v16, v32, v48, v64},
npdcch-Offset-SC-MCCH-r14 ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
threeQuarter, sevenEighth}
}
SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14::= SEQUENCE {
pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4,
pp8, pp16, pp32, spare},
pp0, pp1, pp2, pp3,
pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32},
ETSI
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
sf4096 INTEGER(0..4095),
sf8192 INTEGER(0..8191)
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP

dl-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier used for SC-MCCH. E-UTRAN cannot configure a downlink carrier operating in mixed operation
mode.
dl-CarrierIndex
Index to a downlink carrier signalled in system information. Value '0' corresponds to the anchor carrier, value '1'
corresponds to the first entry in dl-ConfigList in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, value '2' corresponds to the
second entry in dl-ConfigList and so on.
Timer for SC-MCCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1
NPDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 NPDCCH periods and so on.
npdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH
The maximum number of NPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MCCH multicast search space, see TS
36.213 [23].
npdcch-Offset-SC-MCCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
npdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH
Starting subframes configuration of the NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
Timer for SC-MCCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1
sc-mcch-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier that is used for SC-MCCH.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which (H-SFN * 1024 +SFN) mod sc-mcch-
ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there
is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf128 corresponds to
128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the boundary of the repetition period: (H-SFN * 1024 +SFN)
mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod = sc-mcch-Offset.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information, in radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32
radio frames, rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MCCH. If the field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MCCH reception.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType22-NB contains radio resource configuration for paging and random access
procedure on non-anchor carriers.
ETSI

-- ASN1START

dl-ConfigList-r14 DL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ul-ConfigList-r14 UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pagingWeightAnchor-r14 PagingWeight-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Cond pcch-config
nprach-ProbabilityAnchorList-r14 NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchorList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
nprach-config
...,
[[ mixedOperationModeConfig-r15 SEQUENCE {
dl-ConfigListMixed-r15 DL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ul-ConfigListMixed-r15 UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
pagingDistribution-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nprach-Distribution-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
ul-ConfigList-r15 UL-ConfigCommonListTDD-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
]]
}
DL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF

DL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14
UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF

UL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14
UL-ConfigCommonListTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF

UL-ConfigCommonTDD-NB-r15
DL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

pcch-Config-r14 PCCH-Config-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ wus-Config-r15 WUS-ConfigPerCarrier-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Cond WUS
]]
}
PCCH-Config-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r14 ENUMERATED {
r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
pagingWeight-r14 PagingWeight-NB-r14 DEFAULT w1,
...
}
PagingWeight-NB-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {w1, w2, w3, w4, w5, w6, w7, w8,
w9, w10, w11, w12, w13, w14, w15, w16}
UL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-CarrierFreq-r14 CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
nprach-ParametersList-r14 NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ nprach-ParametersListEDT-r15 NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
]]
}
UL-ConfigCommonTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-r15 TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15,
nprach-ParametersListTDD-r15 NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF

NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r14
NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

nprach-Parameters-r14 SEQUENCE {
nprach-Periodicity-r14 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240,
ms320, ms640, ms1280, ms2560}
OPTIONAL, -- NEED OP
nprach-StartTime-r14 ENUMERATED {ms8, ms16, ms32, ms64,
ms128, ms256, ms512, ms1024}
nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r14 ENUMERATED {n0, n12, n24, n36, n2, n18, n34, spare1}
ETSI
nprach-NumSubcarriers-r14 ENUMERATED {n12, n24, n36, n48}
nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart-r14 ENUMERATED {zero, oneThird, twoThird, one}
npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r14 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r14 ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64}
npdcch-Offset-RA-r14 ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r14 ENUMERATED {n8, n10, n11, n12, n20, n22, n23, n24,
n32, n34, n35, n36, n40, n44, n46, n48}
npdcch-CarrierIndex-r14 INTEGER (1..maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
...
}
NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchorList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF

NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchor-NB-r14
NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchor-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

nprach-ProbabilityAnchor-r14 ENUMERATED {
zero, oneSixteenth, oneFifteenth, oneFourteenth,
oneThirteenth, oneTwelfth, oneEleventh, oneTenth,
oneNinth, oneEighth, oneSeventh, oneSixth,
oneFifth, oneFourth, oneThird, oneHalf}
OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

dl-CarrierConfig
For FDD: Provides the configuration of the DL non-anchor carrier.
For TDD: Provides the configuration of the non-anchor carrier.
dl-ConfigList, dl-ConfigListMixed
For FDD: List of DL non-anchor carriers and associated configuration that can be used for paging and/or random
access. E-UTRAN configures DL non-anchor carriers operating in mixed operation mode only in dl-ConfigListMixed
and only a UE that supports mixed operation mode uses the carriers in dl-ConfigListMixed. A given carrier is either
signalled in the dl-ConfigList or in dl-ConfigListMixed.
If pagingDistribution is present, the UE supporting mixed operation mode creates the list of DL carriers for paging by
concatenating the entries in dl-ConfigList and dl-ConfigListMixed while maintaining the order among them; the total
number of signalled DL non-anchor carriers cannot be more than maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14.
If pagingDistribution is absent, the UE supporting mixed operation mode uses the list of DL carriers for paging
provided in dl-ConfigListMixed.
For TDD: List of non-anchor carriers and associated configuration that can be used for paging and/or random access.
mixedOperationModeConfig
For FDD: Provides the configuration of DL and UL non-anchor carriers that can be used for paging and random
access by a UE that supports mixed operation mode.
For TDD: This parameter is absent.
npdcch-CarrierIndex
For FDD: Index of the carrier in the list of DL non anchor carriers. The first entry in the list has index '1', the second
entry has index '2' and so on.
If the field is absent in the entry in nprach-ParametersListEDT, the value of npdcch-CarrierIndex in the corresponding
entry of nprach-ParametersList applies, if present. If the field is absent in the entry in nprach-ParametersList, the DL
anchor carrier is used.
For TDD: This parameter is absent.
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6].
If the field is absent, the value of npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging configured in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in IE
pcch-Config applies.
npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4,
see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6]. NOTE 1.
npdcch-Offset-RA
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space (CSS Type 2), see TS 36.213 [23,
16.6]. NOTE 1.
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA
Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, and
Msg4, see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6]. NOTE 1.
nprach-Distribution
Indicates which UL carriers a UE supporting mixed operation mode uses for random access.
If the field is present, the UE considers nprach-ProbabiliyAnchor being set to zero for each NPRACH resource, i.e. the
anchor carrier is not used.
nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers
The number of start subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
The start subcarrier indices that the UE is allowed to randomly select from, are given by:
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1]. NOTE 1.
nprach-NumSubcarriers
Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. In number of subcarriers. NOTE 1.
nprach-ParametersList, nprach-ParametersList-EDT
Configure NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource on one non-anchor UL carrier. Up to three NPRACH
resources can be configured on one non-anchor UL carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different
number of NPRACH repetitions.
NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListEDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is associated
with a maximum TBS signalled in the corresponding entry of edt-TBS-InfoList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in nprach-ParametersList in
nprach-ParametersListTDD
For TDD: Configure NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource on one non-anchor UL carrier. Up to three
NPRACH resources can be configured on one non-anchor UL carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a
different number of NPRACH repetitions.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries in nprach-ParametersListTDD, and listed in the same order, as in
nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB..
nprach-Periodicity
Periodicity of a NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. Unit in millisecond. NOTE 1.
ETSI
nprach-ProbabilityAnchor
Configure the selection probability for the anchor carrier NPRACH resource, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value zero
corresponds to a probability of 0, oneSixteenth corresponds to the probability of 1/16, oneFifteenth corresponds to the
probability of 1/15, and so on.
If the field is absent, the selection probability of the anchor carrier NPRACH resource is 1.
All non-anchor carriers NPRACH resources have equal probability between them.
If there is no NPRACH resource defined on the anchor carrier for one repetition level in nprach-ParametersList-EDT,
(respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2-EDT), the UE shall use the value 'zero' and
ignore the signalled value of nprach-ProbabilityAnchor for this repetition level for the NPRACH resources defined by
nprach-ParametersList-EDT (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2-EDT).
nprach-ProbabilityAnchorList
Configures the selection probability for each NPRACH resource on the anchor carrier.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in nprach-ParametersList in
nprach-StartTime
Start time of the NPRACH resource in one period, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. Unit in millisecond. NOTE 1.
nprach-SubcarrierOffset
Frequency location of the NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. In number of subcarriers, offset from sub-
carrier 0. NOTE 1.
nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart
Fraction for calculating the starting subcarrier index of the range reserved for indication of UE support for multi-tone
Msg3 transmission, within the NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. Multi-tone Msg3 transmission is not
supported for {32, 64, 128} repetitions of NPRACH. For at least one of the NPRACH resources with the number of
NPRACH repetitions other than {32, 64, 128}, the value of nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart should not be 0.
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to zero, no start subcarrier index for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH is
allocated and the start subcarrier indexes for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition are given by nprach-
SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1].
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to oneThird or twoThird the start subcarrier indexes for the two
partitions are given by:
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, FLOOR (nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers * nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart) -1]
for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition;
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [FLOOR (nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers * nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart),
nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1]
for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition;
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to one, the start subcarrier indexs for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH
are given by nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1] and no start subcarrier index for
the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition is allocated. NOTE 1.
pagingDistribution
Indicates which DL carriers a UE supporting mixed operation mode monitors for paging.
If the field is present, the UE considers pagingWeigthAnchor being set to w0, i.e. the anchor carrier is not used.
pagingWeight
Weight of the non-anchor paging carrier for uneven paging load distribution across the carriers. Value w1 corresponds
to a relative weight of 1, w2 corresponds to a relative weight of 2, and so on.
The paging load for a carrier 'i' is equal to w(i)/W where i is equal to 0 for the anchor carrier and equal to the index of
the carrier in the dl-ConfigList for a non-anchor carrier, W is the sum of the weights of all paging carriers.
To avoid correlation between paging carrier and paging occasion, the weights should be assigned such that: nB * W
<= 16384.
pagingWeightAnchor
Weight of the anchor carrier for uneven paging load distribution across the carriers. Value w1 corresponds to a relative
weight of 1, w2 corresponds to a relative weight of 2, and so on.
If the field is absent, the (default) value of w0 is applied, i.e. the anchor carrier is not used for paging.
pcch-Config
Configure the PCCH parameters for the non-anchor DL carrier.
tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset
Indicates the offset between the UL carrier frequency center with respect to DL carrier frequency center for the non-
anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21].
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: UL carrier frequency of the non-anchor carrier as defined in TS 36.101 [42], section 5.7.3F.
For TDD: This field is absent and the uplink carrier frequency is same as the downlink frequency.
ETSI
ul-ConfigList, ul-ConfigListMixed
For FDD: List of UL non-anchor carriers and associated configuration that can be used for random access. E-UTRAN
configures UL non-anchor carriers operating in mixed operation mode only in ul-ConfigListMixed and only a UE that
supports mixed operation mode uses the carriers in ul-ConfigListMixed. A given carrier is either signalled in the ul-
ConfigList or in ul-ConfigListMixed.
If nprach-Distribution is present, the UE supporting mixed operation mode creates the list of UL carriers for random
access by concatenating the entries in ul-ConfigList and ul-ConfigListMixed while maintaining the order among them;
the total number of signalled UL non-anchor carriers cannot be more than maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14.
If nprach-Distribution is absent, the UE supporting mixed operation mode uses /the list of UL carriers for random
access provided in ul-ConfigListMixed.
For TDD: E-UTRAN configures ul-ConfigList-r15 and includes the same number of entries as in dl-ConfigList. The UL
carrier frequency of the non-anchor carrier is same as the DL carrier frequency.
wus-ConfigPerCarrier
Carrier specific WUS Configuration.
ETSI
NOTE 1: If the field is absent in the entry in nprach-ParametersListEDT, the value of the same field in the
corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList on the same UL carrier applies, if present. Otherwise, the
value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.

EDT The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters in
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB is present; otherwise the field is not present and the
pcch-Config This field is optionally present, Need OP, if the field dl-ConfigList is present and at least
one of the carriers in dl-ConfigList is configured for paging. Otherwise the field is not
present and only the anchor carrier is used for paging.
nprach-config This field is mandatory present, if the field ul-ConfigList is present and at least one of the
carriers in ul-ConfigList is configured for random access. Otherwise the field is not
present and only the anchor carrier is used for random access.
TDD This field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD. Otherwise the field is not present.
WUS This field is mandatory present, if the field wus-Config is present in
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB. Otherwise the field is not present, Need OR.
The IE SystemInformationBlockType23-NB contains radio resource configuration for NPRACH resources using
preamble format 2 on non-anchor carriers.
-- ASN1START

ul-ConfigList-v1530 UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
ul-ConfigListMixed-v1530 UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...
}
UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF

UL-ConfigCommon-NB-v1530
UL-ConfigCommon-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

nprach-ParametersListFmt2-r15 NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT-r15 NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Cond
EDT
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI

nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT
Configures NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource format 2 on one UL carrier. Up to three NPRACH
resources can be configured on one carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of
NPRACH repetitions.
The NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is
associated with a TBS signalled in the corresponding entry of edt-TBS-InfoList.
E-UTRAN configures the NPRACH resources format 2 so that they do not overlap in time domain with the NPRACH
resources configured in nprach-ParametersList and nprach-ParametersListEDT on the same UL carrier .
If there is no NPRACH resource in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT) on any
UL carrier, including the anchor carrier, for one NPRACH repetition level, the UE uses the NPRACH resources in
nprach-ParametersList (respectively nprach-ParametersListEDT) for this NPRACH repetition level. Otherwise, the UE
uses only NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT) .
If E-UTRAN configures NPRACH resources format 2 in one NPRACH repetition level, the E-UTRAN configures
NPRACH resources format 2 in all NPRACH repetition levels upwards.
ul-ConfigList, ul-ConfigListMixed
ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) is parallel to ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries and in the same order in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-
ConfigListMixed) in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB as in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in
SystemInformationBlockType22-NB. The UE combines each entry in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in
SystemInformationBlockType23-NB with the corresponding entry in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in

EDT The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters in
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB is present; otherwise the field is not present and the
6.7.3.2 NB-IoT Radio resource control information elements

– CarrierConfigDedicated-NB
The IE CarrierConfigDedicated-NB is used to specify a carrier in NB-IoT.
CarrierConfigDedicated-NB information elements

-- ASN1START
CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierConfig-r13 DL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
ul-CarrierConfig-r13 UL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13
}
DL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

downlinkBitmapNonAnchor-r13 CHOICE {
useNoBitmap-r13 NULL,
useAnchorBitmap-r13 NULL,
explicitBitmapConfiguration-r13 DL-Bitmap-NB-r13,
spare NULL
dl-GapNonAnchor-r13 CHOICE {
useNoGap-r13 NULL,
useAnchorGapConfig-r13 NULL,
explicitGapConfiguration-r13 DL-GapConfig-NB-r13,
spare NULL
inbandCarrierInfo-r13 SEQUENCE {
samePCI-Indicator-r13 CHOICE {
samePCI-r13 SEQUENCE {
indexToMidPRB-r13 INTEGER (-55..54)
},
differentPCI-r13 SEQUENCE {
eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r13 ENUMERATED {same, four}
}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond anchor-guardband-or-standalone
eutraControlRegionSize-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond non-anchor-inband
...,
ETSI
[[ nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor-v1330 ENUMERATED {dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6,

dB-4, dB-2, dB0, dB3}
OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530 DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD1
]]
}
UL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-CarrierFreq-r13 CarrierFreq-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
...,
[[ tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-r15 TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15 OPTIONAL --
Cond TDD
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
CarrierConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions

dl-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier used for all unicast transmissions.
dl-CarrierFreq
DL carrier frequency. The downlink carrier is not in a E-UTRA PRB which contains E-UTRA PSS/SSS/PBCH.
dl-GapNonAnchor
Downlink transmission gap configuration for the anchor/ non-anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21], section 10.2.3.4.
E-UTRAN may configure dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530 only if dl-GapNonAnchor-r13 is set to explicitGapConfiguration.
downlinkBitmapNonAnchor
For FDD: NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration for downlink transmission on the anchor/ non-anchor carrier. See
TS 36.213 [23], section 16.4.
For TDD: NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the anchor/ non-anchor
carrier. See TS 36.213 [23], section 16.4.
number of OFDM symbols. If operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI, it
should be set to the value broadcast in SIB1-NB.
eutra-NumCRS-Ports
[21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
inbandCarrierInfo
Provides the configuration of the anchor/ non-anchor inband carrier. If operationModeInfo is set to standalone in the
MIB-NB, E-UTRAN only configures this field if the UE supports mixed operation mode.
indexToMidPRB
The PRB index is signaled by offset from the middle of the EUTRA system.
nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor
Provides the power offset of the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE of the anchor/ non-anchor carrier
relative to the anchor carrier, unit in dB. Value dB-12 corresponds to -12 dB, dB-10 corresponds to -10 dB and so on.
See TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.2].
samePCI-Indicator
This parameter specifies whether the anchor/ non-anchor carrier reuses the same PCI as the EUTRA carrier.
ul-CarrierConfig
Uplink anchor/ non-anchor carrier used for all unicast transmissions.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: UL carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42, 5.7.3F]. If absent, the same TX-RX frequency separation
and carrier frequency offset as for the anchor carrier applies.
For TDD: This field is absent and the uplink carrier frequency is equal to the downlink frequency.

non-anchor-inband The field is mandatory present if the anchor/ non-anchor carrier is an inband carrier;
anchor-guardband-or- The field is mandatory present if operationModeInfo is set to guardband or standalone in
standalone the MIB; otherwise it is not present.
TDD1 The field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and
the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ETSI
– CarrierFreq-NB
The IE CarrierFreq-NB is used to provide the NB-IoT carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [42].
CarrierFreq-NB information elements

-- ASN1START
CarrierFreq-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreqOffset-r13 ENUMERATED {
v-10, v-9, v-8, v-7, v-6, v-5, v-4, v-3, v-2, v-1, v-0dot5,
v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9
}
-- ASN1STOP
CarrierFreq-NB field descriptions

carrierFreq
Provides the ARFCN applicable for the NB-IoT carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42, Table 5.7.3-1].
carrierFreqOffset
Offset of the NB-IoT channel number to EARFCN as defined in TS 36.101 [42, 5.7.3F]. Value v-10 means -10, v-9
means -9, and so on.
– ChannelRasterOffset-NB
The IE ChannelRasterOffset-NB is used to specify the NB-IoT offset from LTE channel raster. Unit in kHz in set { -7.5,
-2.5, 2.5, 7.5} See TS 36.211[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
ChannelRasterOffset-NB information element

-- ASN1START
ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {khz-7dot5, khz-2dot5, khz2dot5, khz7dot5}
-- ASN1STOP
– DL-Bitmap-NB
The IE DL-Bitmap-NB is used to specify the set of NB-IoT downlink subframes for downlink transmission.
DL-Bitmap-NB information element

-- ASN1START
DL-Bitmap-NB-r13 ::= CHOICE {

subframePattern10-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
subframePattern40-r13 BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
-- ASN1STOP
DL-Bitmap-NB field descriptions

subframePattern10, subframePattern40
For FDD: NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration over 10ms or 40ms for inband and 10ms for
standalone/guardband.
For TDD: NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration over 10ms or 40ms for inband and 10ms for
standalone/guardband.
ETSI
– DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB
The IE DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the common configuration of a DL non-anchor carrier in NB-
IoT.
DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB information elements

-- ASN1START
DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

downlinkBitmapNonAnchor-r14 CHOICE {
useNoBitmap-r14 NULL,
useAnchorBitmap-r14 NULL,
explicitBitmapConfiguration-r14 DL-Bitmap-NB-r13
},
dl-GapNonAnchor-r14 CHOICE {
useNoGap-r14 NULL,
useAnchorGapConfig-r14 NULL,
explicitGapConfiguration-r14 DL-GapConfig-NB-r13
},
inbandCarrierInfo-r14 SEQUENCE {
samePCI-Indicator-r14 CHOICE {
samePCI-r14 SEQUENCE {
indexToMidPRB-r14 INTEGER (-55..54)
},
differentPCI-r14 SEQUENCE {
eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r14 ENUMERATED {same, four}
}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond anchor-guardband-or-standalone
eutraControlRegionSize-r14 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3}
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond non-anchor-inband
nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor-r14 ENUMERATED {dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6,
dB-4, dB-2, dB0, dB3} DEFAULT dB0,
...,
[[ dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530 DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB field descriptions

dl-CarrierFreq
DL carrier frequency. The downlink carrier is not in a E-UTRA PRB which contains E-UTRA PSS/SSS/PBCH.
dl-GapNonAnchor
Downlink transmission gap configuration for the non-anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21], section 10.2.3.4.
E-UTRAN may configure dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530 only if dl-GapNonAnchor-r14 is set to explicitGapConfiguration.
downlinkBitmapNonAnchor
For FDD: NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration for downlink transmission on the non-anchor carrier. See TS
36.213 [23], section 16.4.
For TDD: NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the anchor/ non-anchor
carrier. See TS 36.213 [23], section 16.4.
number of OFDM symbols. If operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI, it
should be set to the value broadcast in SIB1-NB.
eutra-NumCRS-Ports
[21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
inbandCarrierInfo
Provides the configuration of a non-anchor inband carrier.
indexToMidPRB
The PRB index is signaled by offset from the middle of the EUTRA system.
nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor
Provides the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE offset of the non-anchor carrier relative to the downlink
narrowband reference-signal EPRE of the anchor carrier, unit in dB. Value dB-12 corresponds to -12 dB, dB-10
corresponds to -10 dB and so on. See TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.2].
samePCI-Indicator
This parameter specifies whether the non-anchor carrier reuses the same PCI as the EUTRA carrier.
ETSI

non-anchor-inband The field is mandatory present if the non-anchor carrier is an inband carrier; otherwise it is
not present.
anchor-guardband-or- The field is mandatory present, if operationModeInfo is set to guardband or standalone in
standalone the MIB; otherwise it is not present.
TDD The field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and
– DL-GapConfig-NB
The IE DL-GapConfig-NB is used to specify the downlink gap configuration for NPDCCH and NPDSCH. Downlink
gaps apply to all NPDCCH/NPDSCH transmissions except for BCCH.
DL-GapConfig-NB information element

-- ASN1START
DL-GapConfig-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-GapThreshold-r13 ENUMERATED {n32, n64, n128, n256},
dl-GapPeriodicity-r13 ENUMERATED {sf64, sf128, sf256, sf512},
dl-GapDurationCoeff-r13 ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth, oneHalf}
}
DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

dl-GapPeriodicity-v1530 ENUMERATED {sf1024}
}
-- ASN1STOP
DL-GapConfig-NB field descriptions

dl-GapDurationCoeff
Coefficient to calculate the gap duration of a DL transmission: dl-GapDurationCoeff * dl-GapPeriodicity, Duration in
number of subframes. See TS 36.211 [21, 10.2.3.4].
dl-GapPeriodicity
Periodicity of a DL transmission gap in number of subframes. See TS 36.211 [21], section 10.2.3.4.
Value sf64 corresponds to 64 subframes, value sf128 corresponds to 128 subframes, value sf256 corresponds to 256
subframes and so on. E-UTRAN may configure the value sf64 only in FDD mode and the value sf1024 only in TDD
mode.
The UE shall use the value signalled in dl-GapPeriodicity-v1530, if present, and ignore the value signaled in dl-
GapPeriodicity-r13.
dl-GapThreshold
Threshold on the maximum number of repetitions configured for NPDCCH before application of DL transmission gap
configuration. See TS 36.211 [21, 10.2.3.4].
– LogicalChannelConfig-NB
The IE LogicalChannelConfig-NB is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
LogicalChannelConfig-NB information element

-- ASN1START
LogicalChannelConfig-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

priority-r13 INTEGER (1..16) OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
LogicalChannelConfig-NB field descriptions

logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. If
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit is configured (i.e. indicates value TRUE), E-UTRAN also configures logicalChannelSR-
ProhibitTimer. See TS 36.321 [6].
priority
Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.

UL The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present.
– MAC-MainConfig-NB
The IE MAC-MainConfig-NB is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers.
MAC-MainConfig-NB information element

-- ASN1START
MAC-MainConfig-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-SCH-Config-r13 SEQUENCE {
periodicBSR-Timer-r13 PeriodicBSR-Timer-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
retxBSR-Timer-r13 RetxBSR-Timer-NB-r13
drx-Config-r13 DRX-Config-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated-r13 TimeAlignmentTimer,
logicalChannelSR-Config-r13 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
pp2, pp8, pp32, pp128, pp512,
pp1024, pp2048, spare}
}
...,
[[ rai-Activation-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dataInactivityTimerConfig-r14 CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
dataInactivityTimer-r14 DataInactivityTimer-r14
}
]],
[[ drx-Cycle-v1430 ENUMERATED {
sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, sf10240} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]],
[[ ra-CFRA-Config-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
PeriodicBSR-Timer-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {

pp2, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp64, pp128, infinity, spare}
RetxBSR-Timer-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {

pp4, pp16, pp64, pp128, pp256, pp512, infinity, spare}
DRX-Config-NB-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32, spare},
drx-InactivityTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
pp0, pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32},
drx-RetransmissionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
pp0, pp1, pp2, pp4, pp6, pp8, pp16, pp24,
pp33, spare7, spare6, spare5,
drx-Cycle-r13 ENUMERATED {
sf256, sf512, sf1024, sf1536, sf2048, sf3072,
sf4096, sf4608, sf6144, sf7680, sf8192, sf9216,
drx-StartOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..255),
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
ETSI
pp0, pp1, pp2, pp4, pp6, pp8, pp16, pp24,

pp33, pp40, pp64, pp80, pp96,
pp112, pp128, pp160, pp320}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
MAC-MainConfig-NB field descriptions

drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
drx-Cycle
longDRX-Cycle in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf256 corresponds to
256 sub-frames, sf512 corresponds to 512 sub-frames and so on. In case drx-Cycle-v1430 is signalled, the UE shall
ignore drx-Cycle-r13.
drx-StartOffset
drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is in number of sub-frames by step of (drx-cycle / 256).
drx-InactivityTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH period and
behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods
and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH period and
behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods
and so on.
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6].
Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH period and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2
applies, value pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on.
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Timer used to delay the transmission of an SR. See TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp2
corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods, pp8 corresponds to 8 PDCCH periods and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods, pp4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH
periods and so on.
ra-CFRA-Config
Activation of contention free random access (CFRA), see TS 36.321 [6].
rai-Activation
Activation of release assistance indication (RAI) in TS 36.321 [6].
retxBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH
periods, pp16 corresponds to 16 PDCCH periods and so on.
onDurationTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2
corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on.
timeAlignmentTimer
Indicates the value of the time alignment timer, see TS 36.321 [6].
– NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB
The IE NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB specifies the subframes and resource blocks for NPDCCH monitoring.
NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB information element

-- ASN1START
NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
npdcch-StartSF-USS-r13 ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64},
npdcch-Offset-USS-r13 ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
}
NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

npdcch-StartSF-USS-v1530 ENUMERATED {v96, v128}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions

npdcch-NumRepetitions
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH UE specific search space (USS), see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6]. UE monitors
one set of values (consisting of aggregation level, number of repetitions and number of blind decodes) according to
the configured maximum number of repetitions.
npdcch-Offset-USS
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH UE specific search space (USS), see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6].
npdcch-StartSF-USS
Starting subframe configuration for an NPDCCH UE-specific search space, see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6]. Value v1dot5
corresponds to 1.5, value 2 corresponds to 2 and so on. E-UTRAN may configure values v1dot5 and v2 only in FDD
mode and values v96 and v128 only in TDD mode.
The UE shall use the value signalled in npdcch-StartSF-USS-v1530, if present, and ignore the value signalled in
npdcch-StartSF-USS-r13.
– NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB
The IE NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the common NPDSCH configuration.
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB information element

-- ASN1START
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

nrs-Power-r13 INTEGER (-60..50)
}
-- ASN1STOP
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB field descriptions

nrs-Power
Provides the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE, see TS 36.213 [23, 16.2]. The actual value in dBm.
– NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB
The IE NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB is used to specify the NPRACH configuration for the anchor and non anchor carriers.
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB information elements

-- ASN1START
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

nprach-CP-Length-r13 ENUMERATED {us66dot7, us266dot7},
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 RSRP-ThresholdsNPRACH-InfoList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need
OR
nprach-ParametersList-r13 NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r13
}
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1330 ::= SEQUENCE {

nprach-ParametersList-v1330 NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-v1330
}

maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r14 ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, spare1}
}

tdd-Parameters-r15 SEQUENCE {
nprach-PreambleFormat-r15 ENUMERATED {
fmt0, fmt1, fmt2, fmt0-a, fmt1-a},
numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-r15 ENUMERATED {
n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128,
n256, n512, n1024},
nprach-ParametersListTDD-r15 NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-r15
ETSI

fmt2-Parameters-r15 SEQUENCE {
nprach-ParametersListFmt2-r15 NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT-r15 NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT2
edt-Parameters-r15 SEQUENCE {
edt-SmallTBS-Subset-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
edt-TBS-InfoList-r15 EDT-TBS-InfoList-NB-r15,
nprach-ParametersListEDT-r15 NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
} OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
}
NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF NPRACH-

Parameters-NB-r13
NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-v1330 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF NPRACH-

Parameters-NB-v1330
NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r13::= SEQUENCE {
ms320, ms640, ms1280, ms2560},
ms128, ms256, ms512, ms1024},
nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r13 ENUMERATED {n0, n12, n24, n36, n2, n18, n34, spare1},
nprach-NumSubcarriers-r13 ENUMERATED {n12, n24, n36, n48},
nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart-r13 ENUMERATED {zero, oneThird, twoThird, one},
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13 ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, spare1},
numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-r13 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128},
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r13 ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64},
}
NPRACH-Parameters-NB-v1330 ::= SEQUENCE {

n32, n34, n35, n36, n40, n44, n46, n48}
}
NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF

NPRACH-ParametersTDD-NB-r15
NPRACH-ParametersTDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

ms1280, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240}
ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280,
ms2560, ms5120, spare6, spare5,
nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n12, n24, n36, n2, n18, n34, spare1}
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r15 ENUMERATED {v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64, v96, v128}
n32, n34, n35, n36, n40, n44, n46, n48}
...
}
NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF NPRACH-

ParametersFmt2-NB-r15
NPRACH-ParametersFmt2-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
ms640, ms1280, ms2560, ms5120}
ms128, ms256, ms512, ms1024}
nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r15 ENUMERATED {n0, n36, n72, n108, n6, n54, n102, n42,
n78, n90, n12, n24, n48, n84, n60, n18}
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r15 ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64}
nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r15 ENUMERATED {
n24, n30, n33, n36, n60, n66, n69, n72,
n96, n102, n105, n108, n120, n132, n138, n144}
npdcch-CarrierIndex-r15 INTEGER (1..maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
...
}
RSRP-ThresholdsNPRACH-InfoList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF RSRP-Range
EDT-TBS-InfoList-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF EDT-TBS-NB-r15
EDT-TBS-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

edt-SmallTBS-Enabled-r15 BOOLEAN,
edt-TBS-r15 ENUMERATED {b328, b408, b504, b584, b680, b808, b936, b1000}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB field descriptions

edt-SmallTBS-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 according to the
corresponding NPRACH resource, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
edt-SmallTBS-Subset
Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the NPRACH
resource, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS
corresponding to the NPRACH resource can be used. This field is applicable for a NPRACH resource only when edt-
SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the corresponding NPRACH resource.
edt-TBS
Largest TBS for Msg3 for a NPRACH resource applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328
corresponds to 328 bits, value b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. See TS 36.213 [23].
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE
Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per NPRACH resource. See TS 36.321 [6].
If the UE supports enhanced random access power control and maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r14 is included, the UE
shall use maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r14 instead of maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13 for the first entry in nprach-
ParametersList.
npdcch-CarrierIndex
For FDD: Index of the carrier in the list of DL non anchor carriers. The first entry in the list has index '1', the second
entry has index '2' and so on.
If the field is absent, the DL anchor carrier is used.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and the same carrier is used in uplink and downlink.
npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4,
see TS 36.213 [23], section 16.6. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
npdcch-Offset -RA
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space (CSS Type 2), see TS 36.213 [23],
section 16.6. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA
Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, and
Msg4, see TS 36.213 [23], section 16.6. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
nprach-CP-Length
Cyclic prefix length for NPRACH transmission (TCP), see TS 36.211 [21], section 10.1.6. Value us66dot7 corresponds
to 66.7 microseconds and value us266dot7 corresponds to 266.7 microseconds. If the UE uses a NPRACH resource
for preamble format 2, the UE ignores the value signalled in nprach-CP-Length and considers the value to be 800
microseconds.
nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers
The number of start subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
The start subcarrier indices that the UE is allowed to randomly select from, are given by:
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1]. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
nprach-NumSubcarriers
Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. In number of subcarriers. If the field is
absent, see NOTE.
nprach-ParametersList, nprach-ParametersListEDT
Configures NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource. Up to three PRACH resources can be configured in
nprach-ParametersList in a cell. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH
repetitions.
The NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListEDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is
nprach-ParametersListTDD
For TDD: Configure NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH. Up to three NPRACH resources can be configured in a
cell. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT
Configures NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource format 2. Up to three NPRACH resources can be
configured on one carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
The NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is
E-UTRAN configures the NPRACH resources format 2 so that they do not overlap in time domain with the NPRACH
resources configured in nprach-ParametersList and nprach-ParametersListEDT.
If there is no NPRACH resource in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT) on any
UL carrier for one NPRACH repetition level, the UE uses the NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersList
(respectively nprach-ParametersListEDT) for this NPRACH repetition level. Otherwise, the UE uses only NPRACH
resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT).
nprach-Periodicity
Periodicity of a NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. Unit in millisecond. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
nprach-PreambleFormat
TDD: TDD preamble format, see TS 36.211 [21]. section 10.1.6,
Value fmt0 corresponds to preamble format 0, value fmt1 corresponds to preamble format 1 and so on.
ETSI
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB field descriptions

nprach-StartTime
Start time of the NPRACH resource in one period, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. Unit in millisecond. If the field is absent,
see NOTE.
nprach-SubcarrierOffset
Frequency location of the NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. In number of subcarriers, offset from sub-
carrier 0. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart
Fraction for calculating the starting subcarrier index of the range reserved for indication of UE support for multi-tone
Msg3 transmission, within the NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.6]. Multi-tone Msg3 transmission is not
supported for {32, 64, 128} repetitions of NPRACH. For at least one of the NPRACH resources with the number of
NPRACH repetitions other than {32, 64, 128}, the value of nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart should not be 0.
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to zero, no start subcarrier index for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH is
allocated and the start subcarrier indexes for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition are given by nprach-
SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1].
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to oneThird or twoThird, the start subcarrier indexes for the two
partitions are given by:
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, floor(nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers * nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart) -1]
for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition;
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [floor(nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers * nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart), nprach-
NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1]
for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition;
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to one, the start subcarrier indexes for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH
are given by nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1] and no start subcarrier index for
the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition is allocated. If the field is absent, see NOTE.
numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt
Number of NPRACH repetitions per attempt for each NPRACH resource, See TS 36.211 [21], section 10.1.6.
numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-r13 applies to FDD and numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-r15 applies to TDD.
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList
The criterion for UEs to select a NPRACH resource. Up to 2 RSRP threshold values can be signalled. The first
element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2. See TS 36.321 [6].
If absent, there is only one NPRACH resource.
A UE that supports powerClassNB-14dBm-r14 shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as
follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max: is the value of p-Max field in
NOTE:
- If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, the value

of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType2-
NB applies. The field is mandatory present in nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB.
- If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB, the value

of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies. Otherwise the value of the same field, if present, in the
corresponding entry of the first occurence of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in the non anchor carrier list applies.
Otherwise, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in
- If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB, the

value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 on the same UL
carrier applies. Otherwise, the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-
ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies. Otherwise the value of the same field, if
present, in the corresponding entry of the first occurence of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in the non anchor
carrier list applies. Otherwise, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in
ETSI

EDT The field is mandatory present if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB
is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for
this field.
EDT2 The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field
TDD This field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE
shall delete any existing value for this field.
– NPUSCH-Config-NB
The IE NPUSCH-ConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the common NPUSCH configuration. The IE NPUSCH-
ConfigDedicated-NB is used to specify the UE specific NPUSCH configuration.
NPUSCH-Config-NB information element

-- ASN1START
NPUSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF
ACK-NACK-NumRepetitions-NB-r13,
srs-SubframeConfig-r13 ENUMERATED {
sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7,
sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15
dmrs-Config-r13 SEQUENCE {
threeTone-BaseSequence-r13 INTEGER (0..12) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
threeTone-CyclicShift-r13 INTEGER (0..2),
sixTone-BaseSequence-r13 INTEGER (0..14) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
sixTone-CyclicShift-r13 INTEGER (0..3),
twelveTone-BaseSequence-r13 INTEGER (0..30) OPTIONAL -- Need OP
ul-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH-r13 UL-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH-NB-r13
}
UL-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

groupHoppingEnabled-r13 BOOLEAN,
groupAssignmentNPUSCH-r13 INTEGER (0..29)
}
NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-r13 ACK-NACK-NumRepetitions-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
npusch-AllSymbols-r13 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond SRS
groupHoppingDisabled-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
ACK-NACK-NumRepetitions-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
NPUSCH-Config-NB field descriptions

ack-NACK-NumRepetitions
Number of repetitions for the ACK NACK resource unit carrying HARQ response to NPDSCH, see TS 36.213 [23,
16.4.2]. If absent, the value of ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4 signalled in SIB2 is used.
ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4
Number of repetitions for ACK/NACK HARQ response to NPDSCH containing Msg4 per NPRACH resource, see TS
36.213 [23, 16.4.2].
groupAssignmentNPUSCH
See TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.4.1.3].
groupHoppingDisabled
See TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.4.1.3].
groupHoppingEnabled
See TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.4.1.3].
npusch-AllSymbols
If set to TRUE, the UE shall use all NB-IoT symbols for NPUSCH transmission. If set to FALSE, the UE punctures the
NPUSCH transmissions in the symbols that collides with SRS. If the field is not present, the UE uses all NB-IoT
symbols for NPUSCH transmission. See TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.3.6].
sixTone-BaseSequence
The base sequence of DMRS sequence in a cell for 6 tones transmission; see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.4.1.2]. If absent, it
is given by NB-IoT CellID mod 14. Value 14 is not used.
sixTone-CyclicShift
Define 4 cyclic shifts for the 6-tone case, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.4.1.2].
srs-SubframeConfig
SRS SubframeConfiguration. See TS 36.211 [21, table 5.5.3.3-1]. Value sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 to value 1
and so on.
threeTone-BaseSequence
threeTone-CyclicShift
Define 3 cyclic shifts for the 3-tone case, see TS 36.211 [21, 10.1.4.1.2].
twelveTone-BaseSequence
ul-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH
Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on NPUSCH.

SRS This field is optionally present, need OP, if srs-SubframeConfig is broadcasted.
Otherwise, the IE is not present.
– PDCP-Config-NB
The IE PDCP-Config-NB is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers.
PDCP-Config-NB information element

-- ASN1START
PDCP-Config-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

discardTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
ms5120, ms10240, ms20480, ms40960,
ms81920, infinity, spare2, spare1
headerCompression-r13 CHOICE {
notUsed NULL,
rohc SEQUENCE {
maxCID-r13 INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
profiles-r13 SEQUENCE {
},
...
}
ETSI
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
PDCP-Config-NB field descriptions

discardTimer
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5120 means 5120 ms,
ms10240 means 10240 ms and so on.
headerCompression
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression except optionally upon RRC Connection Resumption.
maxCID
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all
bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as
indicated by the UE.
profiles
The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the
ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile
0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with
the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied.
Setup The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is
– PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration.
PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB information element

-- ASN1START
PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierConfigDedicated-r13 CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
npdcch-ConfigDedicated-r13 NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
npusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-r13 UplinkPowerControlDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ twoHARQ-ProcessesConfig-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ interferenceRandomisationConfig-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ npdcch-ConfigDedicated-v1530 NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions

carrierConfigDedicated
Anchor/ non-anchor carrier used for all unicast transmissions.
interferenceRandomisationConfig
For FDD: Interference randomisation enabled in connected mode, except for random access procedure in connected
mode, see TS 36.211 [21]. For random access in connected mode interference randomisation on non-anchor is used
and is not used on anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21].
For TDD: the parameter is not present.
npdcch-ConfigDedicated
NPDCCH configuration.
npusch-ConfigDedicated
UL unicast configuration.
twoHARQ-ProcessesConfig
Activation of two HARQ processes, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
uplink-PowerControlDedicated
UL power control parameter.

– RACH-ConfigCommon-NB
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the generic random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigCommon-NB information element

-- ASN1START
RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

preambleTransMax-CE-r13 PreambleTransMax,
powerRampingParameters-r13 PowerRampingParameters,
rach-InfoList-r13 RACH-InfoList-NB-r13,
connEstFailOffset-r13 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
...,
[[ powerRampingParameters-v1450 PowerRampingParameters-NB-v1450 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ rach-InfoList-v1530 RACH-InfoList-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
]]
}
RACH-InfoList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF RACH-Info-NB-r13
RACH-InfoList-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF RACH-Info-NB-v1530
RACH-Info-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ra-ResponseWindowSize-r13 ENUMERATED {
pp2, pp3, pp4, pp5, pp6, pp7, pp8, pp10},
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r13 ENUMERATED {
pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32, pp64}
}
RACH-Info-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 ENUMERATED {
pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32, pp64}
}
PowerRampingParameters-NB-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {

preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower-v1450 ENUMERATED {
dBm-88, dBm-86, dBm-84,dBm-82, dBm-80}
powerRampingParametersCE1-r14 SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStepCE1-r14 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2, dB4, dB6},
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPowerCE1-r14 ENUMERATED {
dBm-90, dBm-88, dBm-86, dBm-84, dBm-82, dBm-80}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
RACH-ConfigCommon-NB field descriptions

connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer
Timer for contention resolution in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in PDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH
period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on. mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for
EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
For FDD: The value considered by the UE is: mac-ContentionResolutionTimer = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period,
10.24s).
For TDD: The value considered by the UE is: mac-ContentionResolutionTimer = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period,
20.48s).
powerRampingParameters, powerRampingParametersCE1
Power ramping step and preamble initial received target power – same as TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.321 [6].
If the UE does not support enhanced random access power control and more than one repetition level is configured in
the cell, then the UE transmits NPRACH with max power except for the lowest repetition level. Otherwise, the UE uses
NPRACH power ramping.
If the UE supports enhanced random access power control and powerRampingParameters-v1450 is signalled, the UE
uses NPRACH power ramping across repetition levels as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. If
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower-v1450 is present, the UE shall use preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower-v1450
instead of preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower (i.e. without suffix). If powerRampingParametersCE1 is present, the
UE shall use powerRampingParametersCE1 instead of powerRampingParameters for NPRACH power ramping in the
second repetition level.
preambleTransMax-CE
Maximum number of preamble transmission in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.
ra-ResponseWindowSize
Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in PDCCH periods. Value pp2 corresponds to 2 PDDCH
periods, pp3 corresponds to 3 PDCCH periods and so on.
For FDD: The value considered by the UE is: ra-ResponseWindowSize = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period,
10.24s).
For TDD: The value considered by the UE is: ra-ResponseWindowSize = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period,
20.48s).

EDT The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field
– RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB is used to specify common radio resource configurations in the system
information, e.g., the random access parameters and the static physical layer parameters.
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB information element

-- ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

rach-ConfigCommon-r13 RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13,
bcch-Config-r13 BCCH-Config-NB-r13,
pcch-Config-r13 PCCH-Config-NB-r13,
nprach-Config-r13 NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-r13,
npdsch-ConfigCommon-r13 NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13,
npusch-ConfigCommon-r13 NPUSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13,
dl-Gap-r13 DL-GapConfig-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
uplinkPowerControlCommon-r13 UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-r13,
...,
[[ nprach-Config-v1330 NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1330 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ nprach-Config-v1450 NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1450 OPTIONAL -- Cond
EnhPowerControl
]],
[[ nprach-Config-v1530 NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
dl-Gap-v1530 DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530 OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
wus-Config-r15 WUS-Config-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
ETSI
BCCH-Config-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

modificationPeriodCoeff-r13 ENUMERATED {n16, n32, n64, n128}
}
PCCH-Config-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

defaultPagingCycle-r13 ENUMERATED {rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
nB-r13 ENUMERATED {
fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, one8thT,
one16thT, one32ndT, one64thT,
one128thT, one256thT, one512thT, one1024thT,
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13 ENUMERATED {
r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
}
-- ASN1STOP
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB field descriptions

defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames, rf256
corresponds to 256 radio frames and so on.
dl-Gap
Downlink transmission gap configuration for the anchor carrier. See TS 36.211 [21, 10.2.3.4]. If the field is absent,
there is no gap.
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n16
corresponds to value 16, n32 corresponds to value 32, and so on. The BCCH modification period should be larger or
equal to 40.96s.
nB
Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS
36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT
corresponds to 2 * T and so on.
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.213 [23, 16.6].
wus-Config
WUS Configuration.

EnhPowerControl This field is optional present, Need OR, if PowerRampingParameters-NB-v1450 is
included in SIB2-NB. Otherwise the field is not present.
– RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main
configuration, and to modify dedicated physical configuration.
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB information element

-- ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

srb-ToAddModList-r13 SRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-ToAddModList-r13 DRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
drb-ToReleaseList-r13 DRB-ToReleaseList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
mac-MainConfig-r13 CHOICE {
explicitValue-r13 MAC-MainConfig-NB-r13,
defaultValue-r13 NULL
physicalConfigDedicated-r13 PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
rlf-TimersAndConstants-r13 RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ schedulingRequestConfig-r15 SchedulingRequestConfig-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
ETSI
SRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF SRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13
SRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

rlc-Config-r13 CHOICE {
explicitValue RLC-Config-NB-r13,
defaultValue NULL
logicalChannelConfig-r13 CHOICE {
explicitValue LogicalChannelConfig-NB-r13,
defaultValue NULL
...,
[[ rlc-Config-v1430 RLC-Config-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-NB-r13)) OF DRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13
DRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

pdcp-Config-r13 PDCP-Config-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
rlc-Config-r13 RLC-Config-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
logicalChannelIdentity-r13 INTEGER (3..10) OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB-Setup
logicalChannelConfig-r13 LogicalChannelConfig-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
...,
[[ rlc-Config-v1430 RLC-Config-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
DRB-ToReleaseList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-NB-r13)) OF DRB-Identity
-- ASN1STOP
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions

logicalChannelConfig
For SRB a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the
default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1.
logicalChannelIdentity
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL for a DRB. Value 3 is not used.
mac-MainConfig
The default MAC MAIN configuration is specified in 9.2.2.
physicalConfigDedicated
The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
rlc-Config
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined
in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and
SRB1bis.
schedulingRequestConfig
Scheduling request configuration.

DRB-Setup The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up; otherwise it is
not present.
Setup The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise
the field is optionally present, need ON.
– RLC-Config-NB
The IE RLC-Config-NB is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs.
RLC-Config-NB information element

-- ASN1START
RLC-Config-NB-r13 ::= CHOICE {

am SEQUENCE {
ETSI
ul-AM-RLC-r13 UL-AM-RLC-NB-r13,
dl-AM-RLC-r13 DL-AM-RLC-NB-r13
},
...,
[[ um-Bi-Directional-r15 NULL,
um-Uni-Directional-UL-r15 NULL,
um-Uni-Directional-DL-r15 NULL
]]
}
RLC-Config-NB-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

t-Reordering-r14 T-Reordering OPTIONAL -- Cond twoHARQ
}
UL-AM-RLC-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

t-PollRetransmit-r13 T-PollRetransmit-NB-r13,
maxRetxThreshold-r13 ENUMERATED {t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}
}
DL-AM-RLC-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

enableStatusReportSN-Gap-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
}
T-PollRetransmit-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {

ms250, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms3000, ms4000,
ms6000, ms10000, ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000,
ms90000, ms120000, ms180000, ms300000-v1530}
-- ASN1STOP
RLC-Config-NB field descriptions

enableStatusReportSN-Gap
Indicates that status reporting due to detection of reception failure is enabled, as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
maxRetxThreshold
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on.
t-PollRetransmit
Timer for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value msX means X ms, msY means Y ms and so on.
E-UTRAN may configure the value msX-v1530 (with suffix) only in TDD mode.
t-Reordering
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds.

twoHARQ The field is mandatory present if twoHARQ-ProcessesConfig is set to TRUE. Otherwise,
the field is not present and, if previously configured, the timer is released.
– RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in
RRC_CONNECTED.
RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB information element

-- ASN1START
RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
ms2500, ms4000, ms6000, ms10000,
ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000},
ms0, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms8000},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
ms20000, ms30000},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
ETSI
...,
ms40000, ms60000, ms90000, ms120000}
OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
ms80000, ms100000, ms120000}
OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
ms160000, ms200000}
OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
]]
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB field descriptions

n3xy
t3xy
The UE shall use the extended values t311-v1350, t301-v1530 and t311-v1530, if present, and ignore the value
signaled by t311-r13, t301-r13 and t311-r13 respectively.

TDD The field is optionally present, Need OR, in TDD mode. Otherwise, the field is not
present.
– SchedulingRequestConfig-NB
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig-NB is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters.
SchedulingRequestConfig-NB information element

-- ASN1START
SchedulingRequestConfig-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config-r15 SR-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need
ON
sr-SPS-BSR-Config-r15 SR-SPS-BSR-Config-NB-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...
}
SR-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config-NB-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
sr-ProhibitTimer-r15 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
sr-NPRACH-Resource-r15 SR-NPRACH-Resource-NB-r15 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
}
SR-NPRACH-Resource-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

nprach-CarrierIndex-r15 INTEGER (0..maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14),
nprach-ResourceIndex-r15 INTEGER (1..maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13),
nprach-SubCarrierIndex-r15 CHOICE {
nprach-Fmt0Fmt1-r15 INTEGER (0..47),
nprach-Fmt2-r15 INTEGER (0..143)
},
p0-SR-r15 INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha-r15 ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1}}
SR-SPS-BSR-Config-NB-r15 ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI-r15 C-RNTI,
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-r15 ENUMERATED {sf128, sf256, sf512, sf1024,
sf1280, sf2048, sf2560, sf5120}
}
}
ETSI
-- ASN1STOP
SchedulingRequestConfig-NB field descriptions

alpha
Parameter: αc. Fractional power control parameter for SR without HARQ-ACK. See TS 36.213 [23], section
16.2.1.1.2, where value al0 corresponds to 0, value al04 corresponds to 0.4, value al05 to 0.5, value al06 to 0.6, value
al07 to 0.7, value al08 to 0.8, value al09 to 0.9 and value al1 corresponds to 1.
nprach-CarrierIndex
Index of the carrier in the list of UL non anchor carriers in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB. The first entry in the list
has index '1', the second entry has index '2' and so on. Value '0' indicates the anchor carrier.
nprach-ResourceIndex
Index of the NPRACH resource in the list of NPRACH resources in NPRACH-ParametersList or NPRACH-
ParametersList-Fmt2 for the UL carrier indicated by nprach-CarrierIndex. The first entry in the list has index '1', the
second entry has index '2' and so on.
E-UTRAN configures a NPRACH resource in NPRACH-ParametersList-Fmt2 only to UEs that have reported support
of NPRACH resource Format2.
nprach-SubCarrierIndex
Index of the subcarrier in the NPRACH resource in NPRACH-ParametersList or or NPRACH-ParametersList-Fmt2 for
the indicated UL carrier.
E-UTRAN does not configure nprach-SubcarrierIndex to a smaller value than nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers for
the indicated NPRACH resource.
p0-SR
P
Parameter: O_SR,c . Target power for SR without HARQ-ACK. See TS 36.213 [23], section 16.2.1.1.2, unit dBm.
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf128
corresponds to 128 sub-frames, value sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
sr-SPS-BSR-Config
Activation of SR with SPS BSR, see TS 36.321 [6].
E-UTRAN cannot configure sr-SPS-BSR together with sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config.
sr-NPRACH-Resource
NPRACH resource for physical layer SR without HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
sr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for SR transmission on the NPRACH resource for SR in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period, where
the SR period is equal to the field nprach-Periodicity of the NPRACH resource. Value 0 means that behaviour as
specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR period and so on.
sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config
Activation of physical layer SR with HARQ ACK, see TS 36.213 [23].
sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config
Activation of physical layer SR without HARQ ACK, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
E-UTRAN cannot configure sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config together with sr-SPS-BSR.
– TDD-Config-NB
The IE TDD-Config-NB is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
TDD-Config information element

-- ASN1START
TDD-Config-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

subframeAssignment-r15 ENUMERATED {
sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5},
specialSubframePatterns-r15 ENUMERATED {
ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4, ssp5, ssp6, ssp7,
ssp8, ssp9, ssp10, ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS}
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
TDD-Config field descriptions

specialSubframePatterns
Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-1 where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1
etc. Value ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS corresponds to ssp10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa1 points to Configuration1, sa2 to Configuration 2 and so on, as
specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2.
E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band.
– TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB
The IE TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB is used to specify the offset between the UL carrier frequency center with
respect to DL carrier frequency center, see TS 36.211 [21].
TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB information element

-- ASN1START
TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15 ::= ENUMERATED { khz-7dot5, khz0, khz7dot5}
-- ASN1STOP
– UplinkPowerControl-NB
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated-NB are used to specify parameters for
uplink power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively.
UplinkPowerControl-NB information elements

-- ASN1START
UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-NominalNPUSCH-r13 INTEGER (-126..24),
alpha-r13 ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1},
deltaPreambleMsg3-r13 INTEGER (-1..6)
}
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

p0-UE-NPUSCH-r13 INTEGER (-8..7)
}
-- ASN1STOP
UplinkPowerControl-NB field descriptions

alpha
Parameter: αc(1). See TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.1.1] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to
0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1.
deltaPreambleMsg3
Δ
Parameter: PREAMBLE _ Msg 3 . See TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.1.1]. Actual value = IE value * 2 [dB].
p0-NominalNPUSCH
P
Parameter: O_NOMINAL_NPUSCH,c
(1) . See TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.1.1], unit dBm.
p0-UE-NPUSCH
PO_UE_NPUSCH,c (1)
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23, 16.2.1.1], unit dB.
– WUS-Config-NB
The IE WUS-Config-NB is used to specify the WUS configuration. For UEs supporting WUS, E-UTRAN uses WUS to
indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4].
WUS-Config-NB information element
ETSI
-- ASN1START
WUS-Config-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxDurationFactor-r15 WUS-MaxDurationFactor-NB-r15,
numPOs-r15 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4} DEFAULT n1,
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed-r15 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8},
timeOffsetDRX-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r15 ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
...
}
WUS-ConfigPerCarrier-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxDurationFactor-r15 WUS-MaxDurationFactor-NB-r15
}
WUS-MaxDurationFactor-NB-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {one128th, one64th, one32th, one16th,

oneEighth, oneQuarter, oneHalf}
-- ASN1STOP
WUS-Config-NB field descriptions

maxDurationFactor
Parameter "alpha" in TS 36.211 [21]. Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax for Type 1-CSS. Value
one128th means Rmax * 1/128, value one64th means Rmax * 1/64 and so on.
The value considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier.
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed
Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE can use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving
cell measurements, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 DRX cycle, value n2 corresponds to 2 DRX cycles
and so on. The actual duration during which the UE can skip serving cell measurements is: numDRX-CyclesRelaxed =
Min (signaled value x Paging Cycle, 10.24s), where Paging Cycle: is the value of defaultPagingCycle field in
numPOs
Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one Wake Up Signal (WUS), applicable to UEs configured
to use extended DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO and value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so
on.
timeOffsetDRX
When DRX is used, non-zero gap from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see
TS 36.304 [4, 7.4] and TS 36.211 [21]. In milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, value ms80 corresponds to
80 ms and so on.
timeOffset-eDRX-Short
When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated
PO, see TS 36.304 [4, 7.4] and TS 36.211 [21]. In milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, value ms80
corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX.
timeOffset-eDRX-Long
When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated
PO, see TS 36.304 [4, 7.4] and TS 36.211 [21]. In milliseconds. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms, value
ms2000 corresponds to 2000 ms.
6.7.3.3 NB-IoT Security control information elements

Void
6.7.3.4 NB-IoT Mobility control information elements

– AdditionalBandInfoList-NB
AdditionalBandInfoList-NB information element
-- ASN1START
AdditionalBandInfoList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– FreqBandIndicator-NB
The IE FreqBandIndicator-NB indicates the E-UTRA operating band as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1].
FreqBandIndicator-NB information element

-- ASN1START
FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxFBI2)
-- ASN1STOP
– MultiBandInfoList-NB
MultiBandInfoList-NB information element
-- ASN1START
MultiBandInfoList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo-NB-r13
MultiBandInfo-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

freqBandIndicator-r13 FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
freqBandInfo-r13 NS-PmaxList-NB-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP
– NS-PmaxList-NB
The IE NS-PmaxList-NB concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission as defined in TS 36.101
[42, 6.2.4F] for a given frequency band. E-UTRAN does not include the same value of additionalSpectrumEmission in
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB within this list.
NS-PmaxList-NB information element

-- ASN1START
NS-PmaxList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-NB-r13)) OF NS-PmaxValue-NB-r13
NS-PmaxValue-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

additionalPmax-r13 P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
additionalSpectrumEmission-r13 AdditionalSpectrumEmission
}
-- ASN1STOP
– ReselectionThreshold-NB
The IE ReselectionThreshold-NB is used to indicate an Rx level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold
= field value * 2 [dB].
ReselectionThreshold-NB information element

-- ASN1START
ReselectionThreshold-NB-v1360 ::= INTEGER (32..63)
-- ASN1STOP
– T-Reselection-NB
The IE T-Reselection-NB concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionRAT for NB-IoT.
Value in seconds. s0 means 0 second and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, s3 means 3 seconds and so on.
ETSI
T-Reselection-NB information element

-- ASN1START
T-Reselection-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {s0, s3, s6, s9, s12, s15, s18, s21}
-- ASN1STOP
6.7.3.5 NB-IoT Measurement information elements

– CQI-NPDCCH-NB
The IE CQI-NPDCCH-NB represents the downlink channel quality measurement. The codepoints for the CQI-
NPDCCH measurements are according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. The value noMeasurements indicates no
measurement reporting.
CQI-NPDCCH-NB information element

-- ASN1START
CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {

noMeasurements, candidateRep-A, candidateRep-B, candidateRep-C,
candidateRep-D, candidateRep-E, candidateRep-F, candidateRep-G,
candidateRep-H, candidateRep-I, candidateRep-J, candidateRep-K,
candidateRep-L}
-- ASN1STOP
– CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB
The IE CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB represents the short version of the downlink channel quality measurement. The
codepoints for the CQI-NPDCCH-Short measurements are according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. The value
noMeasurements indicates no measurement reporting.
CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB information element

-- ASN1START
CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {

noMeasurements, candidateRep-1, candidateRep-2, candidateRep-3}
-- ASN1STOP
– MeasResultServCell-NB
The IE MeasResultServCell-NB covers the measured results for the serving cell.
MeasResultServCell-NB information element

-- ASN1START
MeasResultServCell-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

nrsrpResult-r14 NRSRP-Range-NB-r14,
nrsrqResult-r14 NRSRQ-Range-NB-r14
}
-- ASN1STOP
– NRSRP-Range-NB
The IE NRSRP-Range-NB specifies the value range used in NRSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for
NRSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16, Table 9.1.22.9-1].
NRSRP-Range-NB information element

-- ASN1START
ETSI
NRSRP-Range-NB-r14 ::= INTEGER(0..113)
-- ASN1STOP
– NRSRQ-Range-NB
The IE NRSRQ-Range-NB specifies the value range used in NRSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for
RSRQ measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16, Table 9.1.22.14-1]. The UE shall not report
values 0 and 34.
NRSRQ-Range-NB information element

-- ASN1START
NRSRQ-Range-NB-r14 ::= INTEGER(-30..46)
-- ASN1STOP
– NSSS-RRM-Config-NB
The IE NSSS-RRM-Config-NB provides the configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements. See TS 36.133 [16], TS
36.213 [23] and TS 36.214 [48]. The UE only perfoms NSSS-based RRM measurement on cells for which the
configuration has been provided.
NSSS-RRM-Config-NB information element

-- ASN1START
NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

nsss-RRM-PowerOffset-r15 ENUMERATED {dB-3, db0, dB3},
nsss-NumOccDiffPrecoders-r15 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
NSSS-RRM-Config-NB field descriptions

nsss-PowerOffset
NSSS to NRS ratio for the serving cell as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in dB. Value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB,
dB0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on.
nsss-NumOccDiffPrecoders
Number of consecutive NSSS occasions that use different precoders for NSSS transmission.See TS 36.213 [23].
Value n1 corresponds to 1 occasion, n2 corresponds to 2 occasions and so on.
If the field is absent, the UE makes no assumption on the antenna port(s) used for NSSS.
6.7.3.6 NB-IoT Other information elements

– EstablishmentCause-NB
The IE EstablishmentCause-NB provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request or the RRC
connection resume request as provided by the upper layers.
EstablishmentCause-NB information element

-- ASN1START
EstablishmentCause-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {

mt-Access, mo-Signalling, mo-Data, mo-ExceptionData,
delayTolerantAccess-v1330, spare3, spare2, spare1}
-- ASN1STOP
– UE-Capability-NB
The IE UE-Capability-NB is used to convey the NB-IoT UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5].
The IE UE-Capability-NB is transferred in NB-IoT only.
ETSI
UE-Capability-NB information element

-- ASN1START
UE-Capability-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

accessStratumRelease-r13 AccessStratumRelease-NB-r13,
ue-Category-NB-r13 ENUMERATED {nb1} OPTIONAL,
multipleDRB-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
pdcp-Parameters-r13 PDCP-Parameters-NB-r13 OPTIONAL,
phyLayerParameters-r13 PhyLayerParameters-NB-r13,
rf-Parameters-r13 RF-Parameters-NB-r13,
dummy SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
}
UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

mac-Parameters-r14 MAC-Parameters-NB-r14 OPTIONAL,
phyLayerParameters-v1430 PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL,
rf-Parameters-v1430 RF-Parameters-NB-v1430,
nonCriticalExtension UE-Capability-NB-v1440-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-Capability-NB-v1440-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension UE-Capability-NB-v14x0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-Capability-NB-v14x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension UE-Capability-NB-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UE-Capability-NB-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

earlyData-UP-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
rlc-Parameters-r15 RLC-Parameters-NB-r15,
mac-Parameters-v1530 MAC-Parameters-NB-v1530,
tdd-UE-Capability-r15 TDD-UE-Capability-NB-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
TDD-UE-Capability-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

phyLayerParametersRel13-r15 PhyLayerParameters-NB-r13 OPTIONAL,
phyLayerParametersRel14-r15 PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL,
...
}
AccessStratumRelease-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {rel13, rel14, rel15, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1, ...}
PDCP-Parameters-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedROHC-Profiles-r13 SEQUENCE {
},
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r13 ENUMERATED {cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12} DEFAULT cs2,
...
}
RLC-Parameters-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

rlc-UM-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MAC-Parameters-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

dataInactMon-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
rai-Support-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
MAC-Parameters-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

sr-SPS-BSR-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
ETSI
PhyLayerParameters-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiTone-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
multiCarrier-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

multiCarrier-NPRACH-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
twoHARQ-Processes-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

interferenceRandomisation-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}

mixedOperationMode-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sr-WithHARQ-ACK-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
nprach-Format2-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
additionalTransmissionSIB1-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
npusch-3dot75kHz-SCS-TDD-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandList-r13 SupportedBandList-NB-r13,
multiNS-Pmax-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
RF-Parameters-NB-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

powerClassNB-14dBm-r14 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
SupportedBandList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBand-NB-r13
SupportedBand-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

band-r13 FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13,
powerClassNB-20dBm-r13 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UE-Capability-NB field descriptions FDD/TDD FDD/TDD

appl diff
accessStratumRelease FDD/TDD No
Set to rel15 in this version of the specification.
additionalTransmissionSIB1 FDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports additional SIB1 transmission as specified in TS 36.213
[23].
dataInactMon FDD/TDD No
Indicates whether the UE supports the data inactivity monitoring as specified in TS 36.321
[6].
dummy NA NA
This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
earlyData-UP FDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports EDT for User plane CIoT EPS optimisations, as defined
in TS 24.301 [35].
interferenceRandomisation FDD -
For FDD: Indicates whether the UE supports interference randomisation in connected mode
as defined in TS.36.211 [21].
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions FDD/TDD No
Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE,
excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2
(context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the
UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles.
mixedOperationMode FDD -
Defines whether the UE supports multi-carrier operation with mixed operation mode,
standalone or inband/guardband, between the anchor carrier and the non-anchor carrier for
unicast, paging, and random access as specified in TS 36.300 [9].
multiCarrier FDD/TDD Yes
Defines whether the UE supports multi -carrier operation.
multicarrier-NPRACH FDD/TDD Yes
Defines whether the UE supports NPRACH on non-anchor carrier as specified in TS 36.321
[6].
multipleDRB FDD/TDD No
Defines whether the UE supports multiple DRBs.
multiNS-Pmax FDD/TDD No
Defines whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for NB-IoT cells broadcasting
NS-PmaxList-NB.
multiTone FDD/TDD Yes
Defines whether the UE supports UL multi-tone transmissions on NPUSCH.
nprach-Format2 FDD -
Defines whether the UE supports NPRACH resources using preamble format 2.
npusch-3dot75kHz-SCS-TDD TDD -
Indicates whether the UE supports NPUSCH with 3.75kHz SCS for TDD.
powerClassNB-14dBm FDD/TDD No
Defines whether the UE supports power class 14dBm in all the bands supported by the UE
as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
If powerClassNB-20dBm is included, the UE shall not include the field powerClassNB-
14dBm.
powerClassNB-20dBm FDD/TDD No
Defines whether the UE supports power class 20dBm in NB-IoT for the band, as specified
in TS 36.101 [42]. If neither powerClassNB-14dBm nor powerClassNB-20dBm is included,
UE supports power class 23 dBm in the NB-IoT band.
rai-Support FDD/TDD No
Defines whether the UE supports release assistance indication (RAI) as specified in TS
36.321 [6].
rlc-UM FDD/TDD No
Defines whether the UE supports RLC UM as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
supportedBandList FDD/TDD No
Includes the supported NB-IoT bands as defined in TS 36.101 [42].
sr-SPS-BSR FDD -
Defines whether the UE supports SR using SPS BSR as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
sr-withHARQ-ACK FDD -
Defines whether the UE supports physical layer SR with HARQ ACK as specified in TS
36.213 [23].
sr-withoutHARQ-ACK FDD -
Defines whether the UE supports physical layer SR without HARQ ACK as specified in TS
36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
ETSI
UE-Capability-NB field descriptions FDD/TDD FDD/TDD

appl diff
supportedROHC-Profiles FDD/TDD No
List of supported ROHC profiles as defined in TS 36.323 [8].
twoHARQ-Processes FDD/TDD Yes
Defines whether the UE supports two HARQ processes operation in DL and UL as
ue-Category-NB FDD/TDD Yes
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value nb1 corresponds to UE category NB1,
value nb2 corresponds to UE category NB2.
A UE shall always include the field ue-Category-NB-r13 in this version of the specification.
NOTE 1: The IE UE-Capability-NB does not include AS security capability information, since these are the same
as the security capabilities that are signalled by NAS. Consequently AS need not provide "man-in-the-
middle" protection for the security capabilities.
NOTE 2: The column 'FDD/TDD appl' indicates the applicability to the xDD mode: 'FDD' means applicable to
FDD only, 'TDD' means applicable to TDD only and 'FDD/TDD' means applicable to FDD and TDD.
NOTE 3: The column 'FDD/TDD diff' indicates if the UE is allowed to signal a different value for FDD and TDD
when the capability applies to both FDD and TDD modes. '-' is used when the capability applies to one
mode only, 'No' is used for dual mode capabilities where a common value is signalled for both modes,
and 'Yes' is used for dual mode capabilities where a separate value is signalled for each mode. Common
capabilities and FDD capabilities are reported in the fields of UE-Capability-NB except field tdd-UE-
Capability. TDD capabilities are reported in tdd-UE-Capability.
– UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB
The IE UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB contains UE NB-IoT capability information needed for paging.
UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB information element

-- ASN1START
UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

...,
[[ multiCarrierPaging-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]],
[[ mixedOperationMode-r15 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
wakeUpSignal-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-r15 ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000} OPTIONAL,
multiCarrierPagingTDD-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB field descriptions

mixedOperationMode
Indicates whether the UE supports multi-carrier operation with mixed operation mode, standalone or
inband/guardband, between the anchor carrier and non-anchor carrier for unicast, paging, and random access, as
multiCarrierPaging
Indicates whether the UE supports paging on non-anchor carriers as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
multiCarrierPagingTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports paging on non-anchor carriers for TDD as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
ue-Category-NB
UE NB-IoT category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. A UE shall always include the field ue-Category-NB-r13 in this
wakeUpSignal
Indicates whether the UE supports WUS for paging in DRX in FDD as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is
included, the minimum gap between WUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX
Indicates the minimum gap the UE supports between WUS and associated PO in case of eDRX in FDD, as specified
in TS 36.304 [4]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms240 corresponds to 240 ms and so on.
If this field is included, the UE shall also indicate support for WUS for paging in DRX,
– UE-TimersAndConstants-NB
The IE UE-TimersAndConstants-NB contains timers and constants used by the UE in either RRC_CONNECTED or
RRC_IDLE.
UE-TimersAndConstants-NB information element

-- ASN1START
UE-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

ms2500, ms4000, ms6000, ms10000,
ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000},
ms2500, ms4000, ms6000, ms10000,
ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000},
ms0, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms8000},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
ms20000, ms30000},
n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
...,
ms40000, ms60000, ms90000, ms120000}
OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
ms80000, ms100000, ms120000} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
ms80000, ms100000, ms120000} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
ms160000, ms200000} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
t300-r15 ENUMERATED {ms6000, ms10000, ms15000, ms25000, ms40000,
ms60000, ms80000, ms120000} OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UE-TimersAndConstants-NB field descriptions

n3xy
t3xy
The UE shall use the extended values t311-v1350, t300-v1530, t301-v1530 and t311-v1530, if present, and ignore the
value signaled by t311-r13, t300-r13, t301-r13 and t311-r13 respectively.
t300-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use t300-r15, if present.

EDT The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present in SIB2-NB;
TDD The field is optionally present, Need OR, in TDD mode. Otherwise, the field is not
present.
6.7.3.7 NB-IoT MBMS information elements

Void
6.7.3.7a NB-IoT SC-PTM information elements

– SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each
MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information.
SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB information element

-- ASN1START
SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0.. maxSC-MTCH-NB-r14)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-NB-r14
SC-MTCH-Info-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

sc-mtch-CarrierConfig-r14 CHOICE {
dl-CarrierIndex-r14 INTEGER (0.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
},
sc-mtch-SchedulingInfo-r14 SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
sc-mtch-NeighbourCell-r14 BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-NB-r14)) OPTIONAL, --
Need OP
npdcch-NPDSCH-MaxTBS-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {n680, n2536},
npdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
r32, r64, r128, r256,
r512, r1024, r2048, spare4,
npdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8,
v16, v32, v48, v64},
npdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH-r14 ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
threeQuarter, sevenEighth},
...
}
SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4,
pp8, pp16, pp32, spare},
pp0, pp1, pp2, pp3,
pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32},
sf10 INTEGER(0..9),
ETSI
sf1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
sf2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
sf4096 INTEGER(0..4095),
sf8192 INTEGER(0..8191)
},
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB field descriptions

dl-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier used for SC-MTCH. E-UTRAN cannot configure a downlink carrier operating in mixed operation
mode.
dl-CarrierIndex
Index to a downlink carrier signalled in system information. Value '0' corresponds to the anchor carrier, value '1'
corresponds to the first entry in dl-ConfigList in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, value '2' corresponds to the
second entry in dl-ConfigList and so on.
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH.
mbmsSessionInfo
npdcch-NPDSCH-MaxTBS-SC-MTCH
Maximum NPDSCH TBS for the SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value n680 corresponds to 680 bits and value n2536
corresponds to 2536 bits.
npdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MTCH
The maximum number of NPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MTCH multicast search space, see TS
36.213 [23].
npdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
npdcch-startSF-SC-MTCH
Starting subframes configuration of the NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1
sc-mtch-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier that is used for SC-MTCH.
sc-mtch-NeighbourCell
sc-mtch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH.
If this field is absent, DRX is not used for the SC-MTCH.
– SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB
The IE SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB indicates a list of neighbour cells where ongoing MBMS sessions provided via
SC-MRB in the current cells are also provided.
-- ASN1START
SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-SCPTM-NB-r14)) OF PCI-ARFCN-NB-

r14
ETSI
PCI-ARFCN-NB-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r14 CarrierFreq-NB-r13 OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP
SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB field descriptions

physCellId
Physical Cell Identity of the neighbour cell.
carrierFreq
Carrier frequency of the neighbour cell.
Absence of the IE means that the neighbour cell is on the same frequency as the current cell.
6.7.4 NB-IoT RRC multiplicity and type constraint values

-- ASN1START
maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of NPRACH resources for NB-IoT

maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14 INTEGER ::= 15 -- Maximum number of non-anchor carriers for NB-IoT
maxDRB-NB-r13 INTEGER ::= 2 -- Maximum number of Data Radio Bearers for NB-IoT
maxNeighCell-SCPTM-NB-r14 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SCPTM neighbour cells
maxNS-Pmax-NB-r13 INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of NS and P-Max values per band
maxSC-MTCH-NB-r14 INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell for NB-IoT
maxSI-Message-NB-r13 INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SI messages for NB-IoT
-- ASN1STOP
– End of NBIOT-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
6.7.5 Direct Indication Information

Direct Indication information is transmitted on NPDCCH using P-RNTI but without associated Paging-NB message.
Table 6.7.5-1 defines the Direct Indication information, see TS 36.212 [22, 6.4.3.3].
When bit n is set to 1, the UE shall behave as if the corresponding field is set in the Paging-NB message, see 5.3.2.3. Bit
1 is the least significant bit.
Table 6.7.5-1: Direct Indication information
Bit Field in Direct Indication information

2 systemInfoModification-eDRX
3, 4, 5, Not used, and shall be ignored by UE if received
6, 7, 8
ETSI
7 Variables and constants

7.1 UE variables
NOTE: To facilitate the specification of the UE behavioural requirements, UE variables are represented using
ASN.1. Unless explicitly specified otherwise, it is however up to UE implementation how to store the
variables. The optionality of the IEs in ASN.1 is used only to indicate that the values may not always be
available.
– EUTRA-UE-Variables
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E-UTRA UE variable definitions.
-- ASN1START
EUTRA-UE-Variables DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
AreaConfiguration-r10,
AreaConfiguration-v1130,
ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
BT-NameList-r15,
CarrierFreqGERAN,
CellIdentity,
CellList-r15,
ConnEstFailReport-r11,
EUTRA-CarrierList-r15,
SpeedStateScaleFactors,
C-RNTI,
LoggingDuration-r10,
LoggingInterval-r10,
LogMeasInfo-r10,
MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
MeasId,
MeasId-v1250,
MeasIdToAddModList,
MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12,
MeasIdToAddModList-v1310,
MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310,
MeasObjectToAddModList,
MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0,
MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13,
MeasResultListIdle-r15,
MeasScaleFactor-r12,
MobilityStateParameters,
NeighCellConfig,
PhysCellId,
PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
PhysCellIdGERAN,
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
PLMN-Identity,
PLMN-IdentityList3-r11,
QuantityConfig,
ReportConfigToAddModList,
RLF-Report-r9,
TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12,
TraceReference-r10,
Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14,
VisitedCellInfoList-r12,
maxCellMeas,
maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12,
maxMeasId,
maxMeasId-r12,
maxRS-Index-r15,
PhysCellIdNR-r15,
RS-IndexNR-r15,
UL-DelayConfig-r13,
WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13,
WLAN-Identifiers-r12,
WLAN-Id-List-r13,
ETSI
WLAN-NameList-r15,
WLAN-Status-r13,
WLAN-Status-v1430,
WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14
-- ASN1STOP
– VarConnEstFailReport
The UE variable VarConnEstFailReport includes the connection establishment failure information.
VarConnEstFailReport UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarConnEstFailReport-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

connEstFailReport-r11 ConnEstFailReport-r11,
plmn-Identity-r11 PLMN-Identity
}
-- ASN1STOP
– VarLogMeasConfig
The UE variable VarLogMeasConfig includes the configuration of the logging of measurements to be performed by the
UE while in RRC_IDLE, covering intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-RAT mobility and MBSFN related
measurements. If MBSFN logging is configured, the UE performs logging of measurements while in both RRC_IDLE
and RRC_CONNECTED. Otherwise, the UE performs logging of measurements only while in RRC_IDLE.
VarLogMeasConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarLogMeasConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

areaConfiguration-r10 AreaConfiguration-r10 OPTIONAL,
loggingInterval-r10 LoggingInterval-r10
}

areaConfiguration-v1130 AreaConfiguration-v1130 OPTIONAL,
loggingInterval-r10 LoggingInterval-r10
}

targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 OPTIONAL
}

targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 OPTIONAL,
bt-NameList-r15 BT-NameList-r15 OPTIONAL,
wlan-NameList-r15 WLAN-NameList-r15 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– VarLogMeasReport
The UE variable VarLogMeasReport includes the logged measurements information.
VarLogMeasReport UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarLogMeasReport-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

logMeasInfoList-r10 LogMeasInfoList2-r10
}
VarLogMeasReport-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

plmn-IdentityList-r11 PLMN-IdentityList3-r11,
logMeasInfoList-r10 LogMeasInfoList2-r10
}
LogMeasInfoList2-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeas-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10
-- ASN1STOP
– VarMeasConfig
The UE variable VarMeasConfig includes the accumulated configuration of the measurements to be performed by the
UE, covering intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility related measurements.
NOTE: The amount of measurement configuration information, which a UE is required to store, is specified in
subclause 11.1. If the number of frequencies configured for a particular RAT exceeds the minimum
performance requirements specified in [16], it is up to UE implementation which frequencies of that RAT
are measured. If the total number of frequencies for all RATs provided to the UE in the measurement
configuration exceeds the minimum performance requirements specified in [16], it is up to UE
implementation which frequencies/RATs are measured.
VarMeasConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarMeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Measurement identities
measIdList MeasIdToAddModList OPTIONAL,
measIdListExt-r12 MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12 OPTIONAL,
measIdList-v1310 MeasIdToAddModList-v1310 OPTIONAL,
measIdListExt-v1310 MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310 OPTIONAL,
-- Measurement objects
measObjectList MeasObjectToAddModList OPTIONAL,
measObjectListExt-r13 MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,
measObjectList-v9i0 MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0 OPTIONAL,
-- Reporting configurations
reportConfigList ReportConfigToAddModList OPTIONAL,
-- Other parameters
quantityConfig QuantityConfig OPTIONAL,
measScaleFactor-r12 MeasScaleFactor-r12 OPTIONAL,
s-Measure INTEGER (-140..-44) OPTIONAL,
speedStatePars CHOICE {
release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
timeToTrigger-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors
}
} OPTIONAL,
allowInterruptions-r11 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
– VarMeasIdleConfig
The UE variable VarMeasIdleConfig includes the configuration of the measurements to be performed by the UE while
in RRC_IDLE for E-UTRA inter-frequency measurements. The UE performs logging of these measurements only while
in RRC_IDLE.
VarMeasIdleConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarMeasIdleConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15 EUTRA-CarrierList-r15 OPTIONAL,
measIdleDuration-r15 ENUMERATED {sec10, sec30, sec60, sec120,
sec180, sec240, sec300}
}
-- ASN1STOP
– VarMeasIdleReport
The UE variable VarMeasIdleReport includes the logged measurements information.
VarMeasIdleReport UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarMeasIdleReport-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

measReportIdle-r15 MeasResultListIdle-r15
}
-- ASN1STOP
– VarMeasReportList
The UE variable VarMeasReportList includes information about the measurements for which the triggering conditions
have been met.
VarMeasReportList UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarMeasReportList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF VarMeasReport

VarMeasReportList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId-r12)) OF VarMeasReport
VarMeasReport ::= SEQUENCE {

-- List of measurement that have been triggered
measId MeasId,
measId-v1250 MeasId-v1250 OPTIONAL,
cellsTriggeredList CellsTriggeredList OPTIONAL,
csi-RS-TriggeredList-r12 CSI-RS-TriggeredList-r12 OPTIONAL,
poolsTriggeredList-r14 Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14 OPTIONAL,
numberOfReportsSent INTEGER
}
CellsTriggeredList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CHOICE {

physCellIdEUTRA PhysCellId,
physCellIdUTRA CHOICE {
fdd PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
tdd PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
},
physCellIdGERAN SEQUENCE {
physCellId PhysCellIdGERAN
},
physCellIdCDMA2000 PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
physCellIdNR-r15 SEQUENCE {
carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
physCellId PhysCellIdNR-r15,
rs-IndexList-r15 SSB-IndexList-r15 OPTIONAL
ETSI
}
}
CSI-RS-TriggeredList-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12
SSB-IndexList-r15::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRS-Index-r15)) OF RS-IndexNR-r15
-- ASN1STOP
– VarMobilityHistoryReport
The UE variable VarMobilityHistoryReport includes the mobility history information.
-- ASN1START
VarMobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::= VisitedCellInfoList-r12
-- ASN1STOP
– VarPendingRnaUpdate
The UE variable VarPendingRnaUpdate indicates whether there is a pending RNAU procedure or not. The setting of
this BOOLEAN variable to TRUE means that there is a pending RANU procedure.
VarPendingRnaUpdate UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarPendingRnaProcedure-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

pendingRnaProcedure BOOLEAN OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
– VarRLF-Report
The UE variable VarRLF-Report includes the radio link failure information or handover failure information.
VarRLF-Report UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarRLF-Report-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

rlf-Report-r10 RLF-Report-r9,
plmn-Identity-r10 PLMN-Identity
}
VarRLF-Report-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {

rlf-Report-r10 RLF-Report-r9,
plmn-IdentityList-r11 PLMN-IdentityList3-r11
}
-- ASN1STOP
– VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortResume-MAC-I during
RRC Connection Resume procedure for RRC_INACTIVE.
VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI-r15 C-RNTI
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input field descriptions

cellIdentity
Set to CellIdentity of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection..
– VarShortMAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortMAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortMAC-I.
VarShortMAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarShortMAC-Input ::= SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI C-RNTI
}
-- ASN1STOP
VarShortMAC-Input field descriptions

cellIdentity
Set to CellIdentity included in cellIdentity (without suffix) in SIB1 of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to the failure.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
– VarShortResumeMAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortResumeMAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortResumeMAC-I during RRC
Connection Resume procedure.
VarShortResumeMAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarShortResumeMAC-Input-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI-r13 C-RNTI,
resumeDiscriminator-r13 BIT STRING(SIZE(1))
}
-- ASN1STOP
VarShortResumeMAC-Input field descriptions

cellIdentity
Set to CellIdentity of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection..
resumeDiscriminator
A constant that allows differentiation in the calculation of the MAC-I for shortResumeMAC-I
The resumeDiscriminator is set to '1'
ETSI
– VarWLAN-MobilityConfig
The UE variable VarWLAN-MobilityConfig includes information about WLAN for access selection and mobility.
VarWLAN-MobilityConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarWLAN-MobilityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

wlan-MobilitySet-r13 WLAN-Id-List-r13 OPTIONAL,
successReportRequested ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
wlan-SuspendConfig-r14 WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
VarWLAN-MobilityConfig field descriptions

wlan-MobilitySet
Indicates the WLAN mobility set configured.
successReportRequested
Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP.
– VarWLAN-Status
The UE variable VarWLAN-Status includes information about the status of WLAN connection for LWA, RCLWI or
LWIP.
VarWLAN-Status UE variable
-- ASN1START
VarWLAN-Status-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

status-r13 WLAN-Status-r13,
status-r14 WLAN-Status-v1430 OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
VarWLAN-Status field descriptions

status
Indicates the connection status to WLAN and causes for connection failures.

This section includes multiplicity and type constraints applicable (only) for UE variables.
-- ASN1START
maxLogMeas-r10 INTEGER ::= 4060-- Maximum number of logged measurement entries

-- that can be stored by the UE
-- ASN1STOP
– End of EUTRA-UE-Variables
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
7.1a NB-IoT UE variables

NOTE: To facilitate the specification of the UE behavioural requirements, UE variables are represented using
ASN.1. Unless explicitly specified otherwise, it is however up to UE implementation how to store the
variables. The optionality of the IEs in ASN.1 is used only to indicate that the values may not always be
available.
– NBIOT-UE-Variables
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the NB-IoT UE variable definitions.
-- ASN1START
NBIOT-UE-Variables DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
VarShortMAC-Input,
VarShortResumeMAC-Input-r13
FROM EUTRA-UE-Variables;
VarShortMAC-Input-NB-r13 ::= VarShortMAC-Input
VarShortResumeMAC-Input-NB-r13 ::= VarShortResumeMAC-Input-r13
-- ASN1STOP
– End of NBIOT-UE-Variables
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
7.2 Counters
Counter Reset Incremented When reaching max value
ETSI
7.3 Timers
7.3.1 Timers (Informative)
ETSI
Timer Start Stop At expiry

T300 Transmission of Reception of Perform the actions as specified
NOTE1 RRCConnectionRequest RRCConnectionSetup, in 5.3.3.6
or RRCConnectionReject or
RRCConnectionResume RRCConnectionResume or
Request or RRCEarlyDataComplete or
RRCEarlyDataRequest RRCConnectionRelease for UP-
EDT, cell re-selection and upon
abortion of connection
establishment by upper layers
T301 Transmission of Reception of Go to RRC_IDLE
NOTE1 RRCConnectionReestabil RRCConnectionReestablishmen
shmentRequest t or
RRCConnectionReestablishmen
tReject message as well as
when the selected cell becomes
unsuitable
T302 Reception of Upon entering Inform upper layers about
RRCConnectionReject RRC_CONNECTED and upon barring alleviation as specified in
while performing RRC cell re-selection, or upon 5.3.3.7
connection establishment reception of
RRCEarlyDataComplete or
RRCConnectionRelease for UP-
EDT
T303 Access barred while Upon entering Inform upper layers about
performing RRC RRC_CONNECTED and upon barring alleviation as specified in
connection establishment cell re-selection, or upon 5.3.3.7
for mobile originating reception of
calls RRCEarlyDataComplete or
EDT
T304 Reception of Criterion for successful In case of cell change order
RRCConnectionReconfig completion of handover within E- from E-UTRA or intra E-UTRA
uration message UTRA, handover to E-UTRA or handover, initiate the RRC
including the cell change order is met (the connection re-establishment
MobilityControl Info or criterion is specified in the target procedure; In case of handover
reception of RAT in case of inter-RAT) to E-UTRA, perform the actions
MobilityFromEUTRACom defined in the specifications
mand message including applicable for the source RAT.
CellChangeOrder
for mobile originating reception of
signalling RRCEarlyDataComplete or
EDT
for mobile originating CS reception of
fallback. RRCEarlyDataComplete or
EDT
T307 Reception of Successful completion of Inform E-UTRAN about the SCG
RRCConnectionReconfig random access on the PSCell, change failure by initiating the
uration message upon initiating re-establishment SCG failure information
including and upon SCG release procedure as specified in 5.6.13.
MobilityControlInfoSCG
T308 Access barred due to Upon entering Inform upper layers about
ACDC while performing RRC_CONNECTED and upon barring alleviation for ACDC as
RRC connection cell re-selection, or upon specified in 5.3.3.7
establishment subject to reception of
ACDC RRCEarlyDataComplete or
EDT
ETSI

T309 When access attempt is As specified in 5.3.16.3. Perform the actions as specified
barred at access barring in 5.3.16.4.
check for an Access
Category. The UE shall
maintain one instance of
this timer per Access
Category.
T310 Upon detecting physical Upon receiving N311 If security is not activated and
NOTE1 layer problems for the consecutive in-sync indications the UE is not a NB-IoT UE that
NOTE2 PCell i.e. upon receiving from lower layers for the PCell, supports RRC connection re-
N310 consecutive out-of- upon triggering the handover establishment for the Control
sync indications from procedure and upon initiating Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
lower layers the connection re-establishment go to RRC_IDLE else: initiate
procedure the connection re-establishment
procedure
T311 Upon initiating the RRC Selection of a suitable E-UTRA Enter RRC_IDLE
NOTE1 connection re- cell or a cell using another RAT.
establishment procedure
T312 Upon triggering a Upon receiving N311 If security is not activated: go to
NOTE2 measurement report for a consecutive in-sync indications RRC_IDLE else: initiate the
measurement identity for from lower layers, upon connection re-establishment
which T312 has been triggering the handover procedure
configured, while T310 is procedure, upon initiating the
running connection re-establishment
procedure, and upon the expiry
of T310
T313 Upon detecting physical Upon receiving N314 Inform E-UTRAN about the SCG
NOTE2 layer problems for the consecutive in-sync indications radio link failure by initiating the
PSCell i.e. upon from lower layers for the PSCell, SCG failure information
receiving N313 upon initiating the connection re- procedure as specified in 5.6.13.
consecutive out-of-sync establishment procedure, upon
indications from lower SCG release and upon receiving
layers RRCConnectionReconfiguration
including
MobilityControlInfoSCG
T320 Upon receiving t320 or Upon entering Discard the cell reselection
upon cell (re)selection to RRC_CONNECTED, when priority information provided by
E-UTRA from another PLMN selection is performed on dedicated signalling.
RAT with validity time request by NAS, or upon cell
configured for dedicated (re)selection to another RAT (in
priorities (in which case which case the timer is carried
the remaining validity on to the other RAT) , or upon
time is applied). reception of
EDT
T321 Upon receiving Upon acquiring the information Initiate the measurement
measConfig including a needed to set all fields of reporting procedure, stop
reportConfig with the cellGlobalId for the requested performing the related
purpose set to reportCGI cell, upon receiving measConfig measurements and remove the
that includes removal of the corresponding measId
reportConfig with the purpose
set to reportCGI
T322 Upon receiving Upon entering Release
NOTE1 redirectedCarrierOffsetD RRC_CONNECTED, when redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicate
edicated included in PLMN selection is performed on d.
RedirectedCarrierInfo request by NAS, or upon cell
(re)selection to another RAT, or
upon reception of
EDT
T325 Timer (re)started upon Stop deprioritisation of all
receiving frequencies or E-UTRA
RRCConnectionReject signalled by
message with RRCConnectionReject.
deprioritisationTimer.
ETSI

T330 Upon receiving Upon log volume exceeding the Perform the actions specified in
LoggedMeasurementCon suitable UE memory, upon 5.6.6.4
figuration message initiating the release of
LoggedMeasurementConfigurati
on procedure
T331 Upon receiving Upon receiving Release the stored
MeasIdleConfigDedicate RRCConnectionSetup, VarMeasIdleConfig.
d. RRCConnectionResume or, if
validityArea is configured, upon
reselecting to cell that does not
belong to validityArea.
T340 Upon transmitting Upon initiating the connection No action.
NOTE2 UEAssistanceInformation re-establishment procedure
message with
powerPrefIndication set
to normal
T341 Upon transmitting Upon resuming an RRC No action.
NOTE2 UEAssistanceInformation connection or upon initiating the
message with bw- connection re-establishment
Preference. procedure
NOTE2 DelayBudgetReport re-establishment and connection
message. resume procedures
T350 Upon entering Upon entering Perform the actions specified in
RRC_IDLE if t350 has RRC_CONNECTED, or upon 5.6.12.4.
been received in wlan- cell reselection.
OffloadInfo.
T351 Reception of Upon successful connection to Perform WLAN Connection
RRCConnectionReconfig WLAN, upon WLAN connection Status Reporting specified in
uration message failure, upon leaving 5.6.15.2.
including the RRC_CONNECTED, upon
associationTimer in triggering the handover
WLAN-MobilityConfig. procedure, or upon initiating the
connection re-establishment
procedure.
T360 Upon performing the Upon entering Stop considering a frequency or
redistribution target RRC_CONNECTED, upon cell to be redistribution target,
selection as specified in receiving a Paging message and perform the redistribution
TS 36.304 [4]. including redistributionIndication; target selection if the condition
upon reselecting a cell not specified in TS 36.304 [4] is met.
belonging to the redistribution
target.
T370 Upon receiving SL- Upon initiating the transmission Release
DiscConfig including a of SidelinkUEInformation discSysInfoToReportConfig.
discSysInfoToReportConf including
ig set to setup. discSysInfoReportFreqList, upon
receiving SL-DiscConfig
including
discSysInfoToReportConfig set
to release, upon handover and
re-establishment.
T314 Upon early detecting Upon receiving N311 Initiate the UE Assistance
NOTE2 physical layer problems consecutive in-sync indications Information procedure to report
for the PCell i.e. upon from lower layers for the PCell, early detection of physical layer
receiving N310 upon triggering the handover problems in accordance with
consecutive "early-out-of- procedure and upon initiating 5.6.10.
sync" indications from the connection re-establishment
lower layers. procedure
T315 Upon detecting physical Upon receiving N310 Initiate the UE Assistance
NOTE2 layer improvements of consecutive "early-out-of-sync" Information procedure to report
the PCell i.e. upon indications from lower layers for detection of physical layer
receiving N311 the PCell. improvements in accordance
consecutive "early-in- with 5.6.10.
sync" indications from
lower layers.
ETSI

message with RLM-
Report including
earlyOutOfSync.
message with RLM-
Report including
earlyInSync.
UEAssistanceInformation re-establishment procedure
message with
overheatingAssistance
T380 Upon entering Upon entering IDLE, upon Initiate the RAN notification area
RRC_INACTIVE. establishment of an RRC update procedure
connection.
NOTE1: Only the timers marked with "NOTE1" are applicable to NB-IoT.
NOTE2: The behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies.
7.3.2 Timer handling

When the UE applies zero value for a timer, the timer shall be started and immediately expire unless explicitly stated
otherwise.
7.4 Constants
Constant Usage
N310 Maximum number of consecutive "out-of-sync" or "early-out-of-sync" indications for
the PCell received from lower layers
N311 Maximum number of consecutive "in-sync" or "early-in-sync" indications for the PCell
received from lower layers
N313 Maximum number of consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PSCell received from
lower layers
N314 Maximum number of consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PSCell received from
lower layers
8 Protocol data unit abstract syntax

8.1 General
The RRC PDU contents in clause 6, clause 9.3.2 and clause 10 are described using abstract syntax notation one (ASN.1)
as specified in ITU-T Rec. X.680 [13] and X.681 [14]. Transfer syntax for RRC PDUs is derived from their ASN.1
definitions by use of Packed Encoding Rules, unaligned as specified in ITU-T Rec. X.691 [15].
The following encoding rules apply in addition to what has been specified in X.691:
- When a bit string value is placed in a bit-field as specified in 15.6 to 15.11 in X.691, the leading bit of the bit
string value shall be placed in the leading bit of the bit-field, and the trailing bit of the bit string value shall be
placed in the trailing bit of the bit-field.
NOTE: The terms 'leading bit' and 'trailing bit' are defined in ITU-T Rec. X.680. When using the 'bstring'
notation, the leading bit of the bit string value is on the left, and the trailing bit of the bit string value is on
the right.
ETSI
- When decoding types constrained with the ASN.1 Contents Constraint ("CONTAINING"), automatic decoding
of the contained type should not be performed because errors in the decoding of the contained type should not
cause the decoding of the entire RRC message PDU to fail. It is recommended that the decoder first decodes the
outer PDU type that contains the OCTET STRING or BIT STRING with the Contents Constraint, and then
decodes the contained type that is nested within the OCTET STRING or BIT STRING as a separate step.
- When decoding a) RRC message PDUs, b) BIT STRING constrained with a Contents Constraint, or c) OCTET
STRING constrained with a Contents Constraint, PER decoders are required to never report an error if there are
extraneous zero or non-zero bits at the end of the encoded RRC message PDU, BIT STRING or OCTET
STRING.
8.2 Structure of encoded RRC messages

An RRC PDU, which is the bit string that is exchanged between peer entities/ across the radio interface contains the
basic production as defined in X.691.
RRC PDUs shall be mapped to and from PDCP SDUs (in case of DCCH) or RLC SDUs (in case of PCCH, BCCH, BR-
BCCH, CCCH or MCCH) upon transmission and reception as follows:
- when delivering an RRC PDU as an PDCP SDU to the PDCP layer for transmission, the first bit of the RRC
PDU shall be represented as the first bit in the PDCP SDU and onwards; and
- when delivering an RRC PDU as an RLC SDU to the RLC layer for transmission, the first bit of the RRC PDU
shall be represented as the first bit in the RLC SDU and onwards; and
- upon reception of an PDCP SDU from the PDCP layer, the first bit of the PDCP SDU shall represent the first bit
of the RRC PDU and onwards; and
- upon reception of an RLC SDU from the RLC layer, the first bit of the RLC SDU shall represent the first bit of
the RRC PDU and onwards.
8.3 Basic production

The 'basic production' is obtained by applying UNALIGNED PER to the abstract syntax value (the ASN.1 description)
as specified in X.691. It always contains a multiple of 8 bits.
8.4 Extension
The following rules apply with respect to the use of protocol extensions:
- A transmitter compliant with this version of the specification shall, unless explicitly indicated otherwise on a
PDU type basis, set the extension part empty. Transmitters compliant with a later version may send non-empty
extensions;
- A transmitter compliant with this version of the specification shall set spare bits to zero;
8.5 Padding
If the encoded RRC message does not fill a transport block, the RRC layer shall add padding bits. This applies to
PCCH, BCCH and BR-BCCH.
Padding bits shall be set to 0 and the number of padding bits is a multiple of 8.
ETSI
RRC- ASN.1 RRC message Extension
ASN.1 encoder
Basic production (always a multiple of 8 bits)
RRC padding RRC level

padding
RRC- PDU
Basic production
Figure 8.5-1: RRC level padding
9 Specified and default radio configurations

Specified and default configurations are configurations of which the details are specified in the standard. Specified
configurations are fixed while default configurations can be modified using dedicated signalling.
9.1 Specified configurations

9.1.1 Logical channel configurations
9.1.1.1 BCCH configuration
Parameters
Name Value Semantics description Ver

PDCP configuration N/A
RLC configuration TM
MAC configuration TM
NOTE: RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.2 CCCH configuration

Parameters

MAC configuration Normal MAC headers are used
Logical channel configuration
ETSI

priority 1 Highest priority
prioritisedBitRate infinity
bucketSizeDuration N/A
logicalChannelGroup 0
logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9 release v920
9.1.1.3 PCCH configuration

Parameters

9.1.1.4 MCCH and MTCH configuration

Parameters

RLC configuration UM
sn-FieldLength size5
t-Reordering 0
9.1.1.5 SBCCH configuration

Parameters

9.1.1.6 STCH configuration

Parameters
ETSI

PDCP configuration
discardTimer Undefined Up to UE implementation
pdcp-SN-Size 16
maxCID 15
profiles
t-Reordering (PDCP) Undefined Only used for V2X sidelink V1520
communication.
Selected by the receiving UE, up to
UE implementation
RLC configuration Uni-directional UM RLC
UM window size is set to 0
Uni-directional UM RLC v1440
UM window size is set to 0 for sidelink
communication
sn-FieldLength 5
logicalChannelIdentity Undefined Selected by the transmitting UE, up to
UE implementation
priority Undefined Selected by the transmitting UE, up to
UE implementation
prioritisedBitRate Undefined Selected by the transmitting UE, up to
UE implementation
bucketSizeDuration Undefined Selected by the transmitting UE, up to
UE implementation
t-Reordering Undefined Only used for V2X sidelink v1440
communication.
Selected by the receiving UE, up to
UE implementation
MAC configuration
9.1.1.7 SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH configuration

Parameters

RLC configuration UM
sn-FieldLength size5
t-Reordering 0
9.1.1.8 BR-BCCH configuration

Parameters

9.1.2 SRB configurations

9.1.2.1 SRB1
Parameters
ETSI

RLC configuration
logicalChannelIdentity 1
9.1.2.1a SRB1bis
Parameters

RLC configuration
9.1.2.2 SRB2
Parameters

RLC configuration
9.1.2.3 SRB4
Parameters

RLC configuration
9.2 Default radio configurations

The following sections only list default values for REL-8 parameters included in protocol version v8.5.0. For all fields
introduced in a later protocol version, the default value is "released" unless explicitly specified otherwise. If UE is to
apply default configuration while it is configured with some critically extended fields, the UE shall apply the original
version with only default values. For the following fields, introduced in a protocol version later than v8.5.0, the default
corresponds with "value not applicable":
- codeBookSubsetRestriction-v920;
- pmi-RI-Report;
NOTE 1: Value "N/A" indicates that the UE does not apply a specific value (i.e. upon switching to a default
configuration, E-UTRAN can not assume the UE keeps the previously configured value). This implies
that E-UTRAN needs to configure a value before invoking the related functionality.
NOTE 2: In general, the signalling should preferably support a "release" option for fields introduced after v8.5.0.
The "value not applicable" should be used restrictively, mainly limited to for fields which value is
relevant only if another field is set to a value other than its default.
9.2.1 SRB configurations

9.2.1.1 SRB1
Parameters
ETSI
Name Value NB-IoT Semantics description Ver

RLC configuration CHOICE am am
ul-RLC-Config
>t-PollRetransmit ms45 ms25000
>pollPDU infinity N/A
>pollByte infinity N/A
>maxRetxThreshold t4 t4
dl-RLC-Config
>t-Reordering ms35 released
>t-StatusProhibit ms0 N/A
>enableStatusReportSN-Gap N/A disabled
priority 1 1 Highest priority
prioritisedBitRate infinity N/A
bucketSizeDuration N/A N/A
logicalChannelGroup 0 N/A
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit N/A TRUE
9.2.1.2 SRB2
Parameters

RLC configuration CHOICE am
ul-RLC-Config
>t-PollRetransmit ms45
>pollPDU infinity
>pollByte infinity
>maxRetxThreshold t4
dl-RLC-Config
>t-Reordering ms35
>t-StatusProhibit ms0
priority 3
prioritisedBitRate infinity
bucketSizeDuration N/A
ETSI
9.2.2 Default MAC main configuration

Parameters
Name Value NB-IoT Semantics description Ver
MAC main configuration
maxHARQ-tx n5 N/A
periodicBSR-Timer infinity pp8
retxBSR-Timer sf2560 infinity
ttiBundling FALSE N/A
drx-Config release N/A
phr-Config release N/A
9.2.3 Default semi-persistent scheduling configuration

SPS-Config
>sps-ConfigDL release
>sps-ConfigUL release
9.2.4 Default physical channel configuration

Parameters (not applicable for NB-IoT)

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated
>p-a dB0
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated
> tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode bundling Only valid for TDD mode
>ackNackRepetition release
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated
>betaOffset-ACK-Index 10
>betaOffset-RI-Index 12
>betaOffset-CQI-Index 15
UplinkPowerControlDedicated
>p0-UE-PUSCH 0
>deltaMCS-Enabled en0 (disabled)
>accumulationEnabled TRUE
>p0-UE-PUCCH 0
ETSI

>pSRS-Offset 7
> filterCoefficient fc4
tpc-pdcch-ConfigPUCCH release
tpc-pdcch-ConfigPUSCH release
CQI-ReportConfig
> CQI-ReportPeriodic release
> cqi-ReportModeAperiodic N/A
> nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset N/A
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated release
AntennaInfoDedicated
>transmissionMode tm1, tm2 If the number of PBCH antenna ports is

one, tm1 is used as default; otherwise
tm2 is used as default
>codebookSubsetRestriction N/A
>ue-TransmitAntennaSelection release
SchedulingRequestConfig release
Parameters applicable for NB-IoT

NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB
> ack-NACK-NumRepetitions N/A
> npusch-AllSymbols TRUE
UplinkPowerControlDedicated
>p0-UE-NPUSCH 0
9.2.5 Default values timers and constants

Parameters

t310 ms1000
n310 n1
t311 ms1000
n311 n1
ETSI
9.3 Sidelink pre-configured parameters

9.3.1 Specified parameters
This section only list parameters which value is specified in the standard.
Parameters

preconfigSync
>syncTxParameters
>>alpha 0
preconfigComm
>sc-TxParameters
>>alpha 0
>dataTxParameters
>>alpha 0
v2x-CommPreconfigSync
>syncTxParameters
>>alpha 0
v2x-CommTxPoolList, p2x-
CommTxPoolList
>dataTxParameters
>>alpha 0
9.3.2 Pre-configurable parameters

This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E-UTRA definitions of pre-configured sidelink parameters.
NOTE 1: Upper layers are assumed to provide a set of pre-configured parameters that are valid at the current UE
location if any, see TS 24.334 [69, 10.2].
-- ASN1START
EUTRA-Sidelink-Preconf DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0,
FilterCoefficient,
maxCBR-Level-r14,
maxCBR-Level-1-r14,
maxFreq,
maxFreqV2X-r14,
maxSL-TxPool-r12,
maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310,
maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310,
maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13,
maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13,
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14,
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14,
maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14,
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14,
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14,
maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14,
P-Max,
ReselectionInfoRelay-r13,
SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14,
SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14,
SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14,
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14,
SL-CP-Len-r12,
SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430,
SL-PeriodComm-r12,
RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
ETSI
SL-MinT2ValueList-r15,
SL-PriorityList-r13,
SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
SL-TRPT-Subset-r12,
SL-TxParameters-r12,
SL-ZoneConfig-r14,
P0-SL-r12,
TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
SubframeBitmapSL-r14,
SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14,
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14,
SL-SyncAllowed-r14,
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14,
SL-Priority-r13,
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15,
SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15,
SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15
-- ASN1STOP
– SL-Preconfiguration
The IE SL-Preconfiguration includes the sidelink pre-configured parameters.
SL-Preconfiguration information elements

-- ASN1START
SL-Preconfiguration-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

preconfigGeneral-r12 SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12,
preconfigSync-r12 SL-PreconfigSync-r12,
preconfigComm-r12 SL-PreconfigCommPoolList4-r12,
...,
[[ preconfigComm-v1310 SEQUENCE {
commRxPoolList-r13 SL-PreconfigCommRxPoolList-r13,
commTxPoolList-r13 SL-PreconfigCommTxPoolList-r13 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
preconfigDisc-r13 SEQUENCE {
discRxPoolList-r13 SL-PreconfigDiscRxPoolList-r13,
discTxPoolList-r13 SL-PreconfigDiscTxPoolList-r13 OPTIONAL
} OPTIONAL,
preconfigRelay-r13 SL-PreconfigRelay-r13 OPTIONAL
]]
SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- PDCP configuration
rohc-Profiles-r12 SEQUENCE {
},
-- Physical configuration
maxTxPower-r12 P-Max,
additionalSpectrumEmission-r12 AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
sl-bandwidth-r12 ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
reserved-r12 BIT STRING (SIZE (19)),
...,
[[ additionalSpectrumEmission-v1440 AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 OPTIONAL
]]
}
SL-PreconfigSync-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

syncOffsetIndicator1-r12 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
syncTxParameters-r12 P0-SL-r12,
ETSI
syncTxThreshOoC-r12 RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
syncRefMinHyst-r12 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12},
syncRefDiffHyst-r12 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf},
...,
[[ syncTxPeriodic-r13 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]]
}
SL-PreconfigCommPoolList4-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-PreconfigCommPool-

r12
SL-PreconfigCommRxPoolList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310)) OF SL-

PreconfigCommPool-r12
SL-PreconfigCommTxPoolList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310)) OF SL-

SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- This IE is same as SL-CommResourcePool with rxParametersNCell absent
sc-CP-Len-r12 SL-CP-Len-r12,
sc-Period-r12 SL-PeriodComm-r12,
sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
sc-TxParameters-r12 P0-SL-r12,
data-CP-Len-r12 SL-CP-Len-r12,
data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
dataHoppingConfig-r12 SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
dataTxParameters-r12 P0-SL-r12,
trpt-Subset-r12 SL-TRPT-Subset-r12,
...,
[[ priorityList-r13 SL-PriorityList-r13 OPTIONAL -- For Tx
]]
}
SL-PreconfigDiscRxPoolList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13)) OF SL-

PreconfigDiscPool-r13
SL-PreconfigDiscTxPoolList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13)) OF SL-

PreconfigDiscPool-r13
SL-PreconfigDiscPool-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- This IE is same as SL-DiscResourcePool with rxParameters absent
cp-Len-r13 SL-CP-Len-r12,
discPeriod-r13 ENUMERATED {rf4, rf6, rf7, rf8, rf12, rf14, rf16, rf24, rf28,
rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024, spare},
numRetx-r13 INTEGER (0..3),
numRepetition-r13 INTEGER (1..50),
tf-ResourceConfig-r13 SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
txParametersGeneral-r13 P0-SL-r12,
txProbability-r13 ENUMERATED {p25, p50, p75, p100}
} OPTIONAL,
...
}
SL-PreconfigRelay-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

reselectionInfoOoC-r13 ReselectionInfoRelay-r13
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-Preconfiguration field descriptions

carrierFreq
Indicates the carrier frequency for out of coverage sidelink communication and sidelink discovery. In case of FDD it is
uplink carrier frequency and the corresponding downlink frequency can be determined from the default TX-RX
frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.7.3-1].
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.4]. If
additionalSpectrumEmissionExt-r14 is configured, the UE only considers additionalSpectrumEmissionExt-r14 (and
ignores additionalSpectrumEmission-r12).
commRxPoolList
Indicates a list of reception pools for sidelink communication in addition to the resource pools indicated by
preconfigComm.
commTxPoolList
Indicates a list of transmission pools for sidelink communication in addition to the first resource pool within
preconfigComm.
preconfigComm
Indicates a list of resource pools. The first resource pool in the list is used for both reception and transmission of
sidelink communication. The other resource pools, if present, are only used for reception of sidelink communication.
syncRefDiffHyst
Hysteresis when evaluating a SyncRef UE using relative comparison. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB3 to 3 dB
and so on, value dBinf corresponds to infinite dB.
syncRefMinHyst
Hysteresis when evaluating a SyncRef UE using absolute comparison. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB3 to 3 dB
and so on.
NOTE 1: The network may configure one or more of the reception only resource pools in preconfigComm to cover
reception from in coverage UEs using scheduled resource allocation. For such a resource pool the
network should set all bits of subframeBitmap to 1 and offsetIndicator to indicate the subframe
immediately following the sidelink control information.
NOTE 2: The network should ensure that the resources defined by the first entry in preconfigComm (used for
transmission by an out of coverage UE) do not overlap with those of the pool(s) covering scheduled
transmissions by in coverage UEs. Furthermore, the network should ensure that for none of the entries in
preconfigComm the resources defined by sc-TF-ResourceConfig overlap.
– SL-V2X-Preconfiguration
The IE SL-V2X-Preconfiguration includes the sidelink pre-configured parameters used for V2X sidelink
communication.
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration information elements

-- ASN1START
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-PreconfigFreqList-r14 SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqList-r14,
anchorCarrierFreqList-r14 SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14 OPTIONAL,
cbr-PreconfigList-r14 SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14 OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 OPTIONAL,
syncFreqList-r15 SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15 OPTIONAL,
slss-TxMultiFreq-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
v2x-TxProfileList-r15 SL-V2X-TxProfileList-r15 OPTIONAL
]]
SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cbr-RangeCommonConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14)) OF SL-CBR-Levels-
Config-r14,
sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14)) OF SL-CBR-PSSCH-
TxConfig-r14
}
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-

r14
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12,
ETSI
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SL-PreconfigV2X-Sync-r14 OPTIONAL,

v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SL-PreconfigV2X-RxPoolList-r14,
v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SL-PreconfigV2X-TxPoolList-r14,
p2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SL-PreconfigV2X-TxPoolList-r14,
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 OPTIONAL,
zoneConfig-r14 SL-ZoneConfig-r14 OPTIONAL,
syncPriority-r14 ENUMERATED {gnss, enb},
thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14 SL-Priority-r13 OPTIONAL,
offsetDFN-r14 INTEGER (0..1000) OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 OPTIONAL
]]
}
SL-PreconfigV2X-RxPoolList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-

SL-PreconfigV2X-TxPoolList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- This IE is same as SL-CommResourcePoolV2X with rxParametersNCell absent
sl-OffsetIndicator-r14 SL-OffsetIndicator-r12 OPTIONAL,
sl-Subframe-r14 SubframeBitmapSL-r14,
adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH-r14 BOOLEAN,
sizeSubchannel-r14 ENUMERATED {
n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n25, n30,
n48, n50, n72, n75, n96, n100, spare13, spare12, spare11,
numSubchannel-r14 ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n5, n8, n10, n15, n20, spare1},
startRB-Subchannel-r14 INTEGER (0..99),
startRB-PSCCH-Pool-r14 INTEGER (0..99) OPTIONAL,
dataTxParameters-r14 P0-SL-r12,
zoneID-r14 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL,
threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14 INTEGER (0..45) OPTIONAL,
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r14 SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-r14 OPTIONAL,
resourceSelectionConfigP2X-r14 SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 OPTIONAL,
syncAllowed-r14 SL-SyncAllowed-r14 OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ sl-MinT2ValueList-r15 SL-MinT2ValueList-r15 OPTIONAL,
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-v1530 SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-v1530 OPTIONAL
]]
}
SL-PreconfigV2X-Sync-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SL-V2X-SyncOffsetIndicators-r14,
syncTxParameters-r14 P0-SL-r12,
syncTxThreshOoC-r14 RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
syncRefMinHyst-r14 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12},
syncRefDiffHyst-r14 ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf},
...,
[[ slss-TxDisabled-r15 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
]]
}
SL-V2X-SyncOffsetIndicators-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

syncOffsetIndicator3-r14 SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 OPTIONAL
}
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-r14
SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

cbr-ConfigIndex-r14 INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14),
tx-ConfigIndexList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-PreconfigIndex-r14
}
Tx-PreconfigIndex-r14 ::= INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14)
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-v1530
ETSI
SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {

mcs-PSSCH-Range-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15
OPTIONAL --Need OR
}
MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15 ::= SEQUENCE{

}
SL-V2X-TxProfileList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..256)) OF SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15
SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {

rel14, rel15, spare6, spare5, spare4,
spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}
END
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration field descriptions

Indicates whether a UE always transmits PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or it may transmit
PSCCH and PSSCH in non-adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE). This parameter appears only when a pool is
configured such that a UE transmits PSCCH and the associated PSSCH in the same subframe.
anchorCarrierFreqList
Indicates carrier frequencies which may include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
cbr-PreconfigList
Indicates the preconfigured list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmission configurations available to
configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList in
cbr-PreconfigList, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limits by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-
PSSCH-TxConfigList in cbr-PreconfigList.
numSubchannel
Indicates the number of subchannels in the corresponding resource pool.
offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 0
corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds,
and so on.
resourceSelectionConfigP2X
Indicates the allowed resource selection mechanism(s), i.e. partial sensing and/or random selection, for P2X related
V2X sidelink communication.
If configured, the field restrictResourceReservationPeriod configured in v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig shall be ignored
for transmission on this pool.
sizeSubchannel
Indicates the number of PRBs of each subchannel in the corresponding resource pool. The value n5 denotes 5 PRBs;
n6 denotes 6 PRBs and so on. The values n5, n6, n10, n15, n20, n25, n50, n75 and n100 apply in the case of
adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to TRUE; the values n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n30, n48, n72
and n96 apply in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to FALSE.
sl-OffsetIndicator
Indicates the offset of the first subframe of a resource pool within a SFN cycle. If absent, the resource pool starts from
first subframe of SFN=0. This field is not applicable to V2X sidelink communication.
sl-Subframe
Indicates the bitmap of the resource pool, which is is defined by repeating the bitmap within a SFN cycle (see TS
36.213 [23]).
startRB-Subchannel
Indicates the lowest RB index of the subchannel with the lowest index.
startRB-PSCCH-Pool
Indicates the lowest RB index of the PSCCH pool.
syncAllowed
Indicates the allowed synchronization reference(s) which is (are) allowed to use the pre-configured resource pool.
syncPriority
Indicates the synchronization priority order. In case the UE does not detect any cell which configures synchronization
configuration on the carrier frequency in anchorCarrierFreqList, if this field is set to gnss, the UE shall prioritize GNSS
over the UE directly synchronized to eNB; if this field is set to enb, the UE shall prioritize the UE directly synchronized
to eNB over GNSS.
overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]).
threshS-RSSI-CBR
so on.
v2x-CommRxPoolList
Indicates a list of reception pools for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-CommTxPoolList
Indicates a list of transmission pools for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig
Indicates V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection.
ETSI
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration field descriptions

v2x-TxProfileList
Indicates for each Tx profile the corresponding transmission format, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of
increasing Tx profile pointer identities. For each entry, Value REL14 indicates that the UE shall use Release 14
compatible format (i.e. using TBS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] and not Rel-15 feature) to transmit the
corresponding V2X packet. Value REL15 indicates that the UE shall use Release 15 format (i.e. using rate matching,
TBS scaling and, if applicable, the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23]) to transmit the
correpsonding V2X packet. If v2x-TxProfileList is not configured by upper layers, the UE shall use Release 14
compatible format to transmit the corresponding V2X packet.
zoneConfig
Indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication in 5.10.13.2.
zoneID
Indicates the zone ID for which the UE shall use this resource pool as described in 5.10.13.2. The field is absent in
v2x-CommRxPoolList and p2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo.
10 Radio information related interactions between

network nodes
10.1 General
This section specifies RRC messages that are transferred between network nodes. These RRC messages may be
transferred to or from the UE via another Radio Access Technology. Consequently, these messages have similar
characteristics as the RRC messages that are transferred across the E-UTRA radio interface, i.e. the same transfer
syntax and protocol extension mechanisms apply.
10.2 Inter-node RRC messages

10.2.1 General
This section specifies RRC messages that are sent either across the X2- or the S1-interface, either to or from the eNB,
i.e. a single 'logical channel' is used for all RRC messages transferred across network nodes. The information could
originate from or be destined for another RAT.
– EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E-UTRA inter-node PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START
EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
AntennaInfoCommon,
AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0,
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0,
CellIdentity,
C-RNTI,
DL-DCCH-Message,
DRB-Identity,
DRB-ToReleaseList,
DRB-ToReleaseList-r15,
FreqBandIndicator-r11,
InDeviceCoexIndication-r11,
LWA-Config-r13,
MasterInformationBlock,
maxBands,
maxFreq,
maxDRB,
maxDRBExt-r15,
maxDRB-r15,
maxSCell-r10,
ETSI
maxSCell-r13,
maxServCell-r10,
maxServCell-r13,
MBMSInterestIndication-r11,
MeasConfig,
MeasGapConfig,
MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14,
MeasResultForRSSI-r13,
MeasResultListWLAN-r13,
OtherConfig-r9,
PhysCellId,
P-Max,
PowerCoordinationInfo-r12,
SidelinkUEInformation-r12,
SL-CommConfig-r12,
SL-DiscConfig-r12,
RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15,
RCLWI-Configuration-r13,
RSRP-Range,
RSRQ-Range,
RSRQ-Range-v1250,
RS-SINR-Range-r13,
SCellToAddModList-r10,
SCellToAddModListExt-r13,
SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12,
SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
SCellIndex-r10,
SCellIndex-r13,
SCellToReleaseList-r10,
SCellToReleaseListExt-r13,
ServCellIndex-r10,
ServCellIndex-r13,
ShortMAC-I,
MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15,
MeasResultSSTD-r13,
SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14,
SystemInformationBlockType1,
SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs,
SystemInformationBlockType2,
UEAssistanceInformation-r11,
UECapabilityInformation,
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12,
WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13,
WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12
-- ASN1STOP

– HandoverCommand
This message is used to transfer the handover command generated by the target eNB.
Direction: target eNB to source eNB/ source RAN
HandoverCommand message
-- ASN1START
HandoverCommand ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
handoverCommand-r8 HandoverCommand-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
HandoverCommand-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
handoverCommandMessage OCTET STRING (CONTAINING DL-DCCH-Message),

}
-- ASN1STOP
HandoverCommand field descriptions

handoverCommandMessage
Contains the entire DL-DCCH-Message including the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message used to perform
handover within E-UTRAN or handover to E-UTRAN, generated (entirely) by the target eNB.
NOTE: The source BSC, in case of inter-RAT handover from GERAN to E-UTRAN, expects that the
HandoverCommand message includes DL-DCCH-Message only. Thus, criticalExtensionsFuture, spare1-
spare7 and nonCriticalExtension should not be used regardless whether the source RAT is E-UTRAN,
UTRAN or GERAN.
– HandoverPreparationInformation
This message is used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC information used by the target eNB during handover preparation,
including UE capability information.
Direction: source eNB/ source RAN to target eNB
HandoverPreparationInformation message
-- ASN1START
HandoverPreparationInformation ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
handoverPreparationInformation-r8 HandoverPreparationInformation-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
HandoverPreparationInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
as-Config AS-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO
rrm-Config RRM-Config OPTIONAL,
as-Context AS-Context OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-v920-IEs OPTIONAL
}
HandoverPreparationInformation-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-ConfigRelease-r9 ENUMERATED {
rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, v10j0, v11e0,
v1280, rel13, ..., rel14, rel15} OPTIONAL, -- Cond
HO2
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-v9d0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
HandoverPreparationInformation-v9d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING (CONTAINING HandoverPreparationInformation-
v9j0-IEs) OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-v9e0-IEs OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v9j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
-- Following field is only for pre REL-10 late non-critical extensions
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-v10j0-IEs OPTIONAL
}
HandoverPreparationInformation-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

as-Config-v10j0 AS-Config-v10j0 OPTIONAL,
-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-10
ETSI

}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
as-Config-v9e0 AS-Config-v9e0 OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-v1130-IEs OPTIONAL
}

as-Context-v1130 AS-Context-v1130 OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-v1250-IEs
OPTIONAL
}

ue-SupportedEARFCN-r12 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO3
as-Config-v1250 AS-Config-v1250 OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
OPTIONAL
}

as-Context-v1320 AS-Context-v1320 OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
OPTIONAL
}

makeBeforeBreakReq-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
}

ran-NotificationAreaInfo-r15 RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
HandoverPreparationInformation field descriptions

as-Config
The radio resource configuration. Applicable in case of intra-E-UTRA handover. If the target receives an incomplete
MeasConfig and RadioResourceConfigDedicated in the as-Config, the target eNB may decide to apply the full
configuration option based on the ue-ConfigRelease.
as-Context
Local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.
makeBeforeBreakReq
To request the target eNB to add the makeBeforeBreak indication in the mobilityControlInfo in case of intra-frequency
handover.
rrm-Config
Local E-UTRAN context used depending on the target node's implementation, which is mainly used for the RRM
purpose.
ue-ConfigRelease
Indicates the RRC protocol release or version applicable for the current UE configuration. This could be used by target
eNB to decide if the full configuration approach should be used. If this field is not present, the target assumes that the
current UE configuration is based on the release 8 version of RRC protocol. NOTE 1.
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo
For E-UTRA radio access capabilities, it is up to E-UTRA how the backward compatibility among
supportedBandCombinationReduced, supportedBandCombination and supportedBandCombinationAdd is ensured. If
supportedBandCombinationReduced and supportedBandCombination/supportedBandCombinationAdd are included
into ueCapabilityRAT-Container, it can be assumed that the value of fields, requestedBands,
reducedIntNonContCombRequested and requestedCCsXL are consistend with all supported band combination fields.
NOTE 2
ue-SupportedEARFCN
Includes UE supported EARFCN of the handover target E-UTRA cell if the target E-UTRA cell belongs to multiple
frequency bands.
ETSI
NOTE 1: The source typically sets the ue-ConfigRelease to the release corresponding with the current dedicated
radio configuration. The source may however also consider the common radio resource configuration e.g.
in case interoperability problems would appear if the UE temporary continues extensions of this part of
the configuration in a target PCell not supporting them.
NOTE 2: The following table indicates per source RAT whether RAT capabilities are included or not.
Source RAT E-UTRA capabilites UTRA capabilities GERAN capabilities MR DC capabilities

UTRAN Included May be included, ignored by May be included May be included
eNB if received
GERAN CS Excluded May be included, ignored by Included May be included
eNB if received
GERAN PS Excluded May be included, ignored by Included May be included
eNB if received
E-UTRAN Included May be included May be included May be included
NR Included May be included, ignored by May be included May be included
eNB if received

HO The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is
not present.
HO2 The field is optional present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not
present.
HO3 The field is optional present in case of handover from GERAN to E-UTRA, otherwise the
– SCG-Config
This message is used to transfer the SCG radio configuration generated by the SeNB.
Direction: Secondary eNB to master eNB
SCG-Config message
-- ASN1START
SCG-Config-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
scg-Config-r12 SCG-Config-r12-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
SCG-Config-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

scg-RadioConfig-r12 SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
SCG-Config field descriptions

scg-RadioConfig-r12
Includes the change of the dedicated SCG configuration and, upon addition of an SCG cell, the common SCG
configuration.
The SeNB only includes a new SCG cell in response to a request from MeNB, but may include release of an SCG cell
release or release of the SCG part of an SCG/Split DRB without prior request from MeNB. The SeNB does not use this
field to initiate release of the SCG.
ETSI
– SCG-ConfigInfo
This message is used by MeNB to request the SeNB to perform certain actions e.g. to establish, modify or release an
SCG, and it may include additional information e.g. to assist the SeNB with assigning the SCG configuration.
Direction: Master eNB to secondary eNB
SCG-ConfigInfo message
-- ASN1START
SCG-ConfigInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
scg-ConfigInfo-r12 SCG-ConfigInfo-r12-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
SCG-ConfigInfo-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedMCG-r12 RadioResourceConfigDedicated OPTIONAL,
sCellToAddModListMCG-r12 SCellToAddModList-r10 OPTIONAL,
measGapConfig-r12 MeasGapConfig OPTIONAL,
powerCoordinationInfo-r12 PowerCoordinationInfo-r12 OPTIONAL,
scg-RadioConfig-r12 SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 OPTIONAL,
eutra-CapabilityInfo-r12 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation) OPTIONAL,
scg-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12 SCG-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12 OPTIONAL,
mbmsInterestIndication-r12 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
MBMSInterestIndication-r11) OPTIONAL,
measResultServCellListSCG-r12 MeasResultServCellListSCG-r12 OPTIONAL,
drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12 DRB-InfoListSCG-r12 OPTIONAL,
drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r12 DRB-ToReleaseList OPTIONAL,
sCellToAddModListSCG-r12 SCellToAddModListSCG-r12 OPTIONAL,
sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12 SCellToReleaseList-r10 OPTIONAL,
p-Max-r12 P-Max OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension SCG-ConfigInfo-v1310-IEs OPTIONAL
}
SCG-ConfigInfo-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultSSTD-r13 MeasResultSSTD-r13 OPTIONAL,
sCellToAddModListMCG-Ext-r13 SCellToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultServCellListSCG-Ext-r13 MeasResultServCellListSCG-Ext-r13 OPTIONAL,
sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13 SCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13 OPTIONAL,
sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext-r13 SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,
}

measResultListRSSI-SCG-r13 MeasResultListRSSI-SCG-r13 OPTIONAL,
}

makeBeforeBreakSCG-Req-r14 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
measGapConfigPerCC-List MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14 OPTIONAL,
}

drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 DRB-InfoListSCG-r15 OPTIONAL,
drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15 DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 OPTIONAL,
}
DRB-InfoListSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-InfoSCG-r12

DRB-InfoListSCG-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-InfoSCG-r12
DRB-InfoSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-Type-r12 ENUMERATED {split, scg} OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB-Setup
...
}
ETSI
SCellToAddModListSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF Cell-ToAddMod-r12
SCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF Cell-ToAddMod-r12
Cell-ToAddMod-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultCellToAdd-r12 SEQUENCE {
rsrqResult-r12 RSRQ-Range
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAdd2
...,
[[ sCellIndex-r13 SCellIndex-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultCellToAdd-v1310 SEQUENCE {
} OPTIONAL -- Cond SCellAdd2
]]
}
MeasResultServCellListSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServCellSCG-

r12
MeasResultServCellListSCG-Ext-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF

MeasResultServCellSCG-r12
MeasResultServCellSCG-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

rsrqResultSCell-r12 RSRQ-Range
},
...,
[[ servCellId-r13 ServCellIndex-r13 OPTIONAL,
measResultSCell-v1310 SEQUENCE {
rs-sinr-ResultSCell-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13
} OPTIONAL
]]
}
MeasResultListRSSI-SCG-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultRSSI-SCG-r13
MeasResultRSSI-SCG-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {

measResultForRSSI-r13 MeasResultForRSSI-r13
}
SCG-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {

maxSCH-TB-BitsDL-r12 INTEGER (1..100),
maxSCH-TB-BitsUL-r12 INTEGER (1..100)
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
SCG-ConfigInfo field descriptions

drb-ToAddModListSCG
Includes DRBs the SeNB is requested to establish or modify (DRB type change). When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 is
configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12.
drb-ToReleaseListSCG
Includes DRBs the SeNB is requested to release. When drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the
drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r12.
makeBeforeBreakSCG-Req
To request the target eNB to add the makeBeforeBreakSCG indication in the mobilityControlInfoSCG in case of intra-
frequency SCG change.
maxSCH-TB-BitsXL
Indicates the maximum DL-SCH/UL-SCH TB bits that may be scheduled in a TTI. Specified as a percentage of the value
defined for the applicable UE category.
measGapConfig
Includes the current measurement gap configuration.
measResultListRSSI-SCG
Includes RSSI measurement results of SCG (serving) cells
measResultSSTD
Includes measurement results of UE SFN and Subframe Timing Difference between the PCell and the PSCell.
measResultServCellListSCG
Includes measurement results of SCG (serving) cells.
radioResourceConfigDedMCG
Includes the current dedicated MCG radio resource configuration.
sCellIndex
If sCellIndex-r13 is present, sCellIndex-r12 shall be ignored.
sCellToAddModListMCG, sCellToAddModListMCG-Ext
Includes the current MCG SCell configuration. Field sCellToAddModListMCG is used to add the first 4 SCells with
sCellIndex-r10 while sCellToAddModListMCG-Ext is used to add the rest.
sCellToAddModListSCG, sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext
Includes SCG cells the SeNB is requested to establish. Measurement results may be provided for these cells. Field
sCellToAddModListSCG is used to add the first 4 SCells with sCellIndex-r12 while sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext is used
to add the rest.
sCellToReleaseListSCG, sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext
Includes SCG cells the SeNB is requested to release.
scg-RadioConfig
Includes the current dedicated SCG configuration.
scg-ConfigRestrictInfo
Includes fields for which MeNB explictly indicates the restriction to be observed by SeNB.
servCellId
If servCellId-r13 is present, servCellId-r12 shall be ignored.
p-Max
Cell specific value i.e. as broadcast by PCell.

DRB-Setup The field is mandatory present in case DRB establishment is requested; otherwise the
SCellAdd The field is mandatory present in case SCG cell establishment is requested; otherwise
SCellAdd2 The field is optional present in case SCG cell establishment is requested; otherwise the
– UEPagingCoverageInformation
This message is used to transfer UE paging coverage information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/from EPC
UEPagingCoverageInformation message
-- ASN1START
UEPagingCoverageInformation ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ETSI
uePagingCoverageInformation-r13 UEPagingCoverageInformation-r13-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
UEPagingCoverageInformation-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

mpdcch-NumRepetition-r13 INTEGER (1..256) OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
UEPagingCoverageInformation field descriptions

mpdcch-NumRepetition
Number of repetitions for MPDCCH. The value is an estimate of the required number of repetitions for MPDCCH for
paging.
– UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation
This message is used to transfer UE radio access capability information, covering both upload to and download from the
EPC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation message
-- ASN1START
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ueRadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation),
}
-- ASN1STOP
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation field descriptions

Including E-UTRA, GERAN, and CDMA2000-1xRTT Bandclass radio access capabilities (separated). UTRA radio
access capabilities are not included. For E-UTRA radio access capabilities, it is up to E-UTRA how the backward
compatibility among supportedBandCombinationReduced, supportedBandCombination and
supportedBandCombinationAdd is ensured. If supportedBandCombinationReduced and
supportedBandCombination/supportedBandCombinationAdd are included into ueCapabilityRAT-Container, it can be
assumed that the value of fields, requestedBands, reducedIntNonContCombRequested and requestedCCsXL are
consistent with all supported band combination fields.
– UERadioPagingInformation
This message is used to transfer radio paging information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
ETSI
UERadioPagingInformation message
-- ASN1START
UERadioPagingInformation ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ueRadioPagingInformation-r12 UERadioPagingInformation-r12-IEs,
spare7 NULL,
},
}
}
UERadioPagingInformation-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12),
nonCriticalExtension UERadioPagingInformation-v1310-IEs OPTIONAL
}
UERadioPagingInformation-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

supportedBandListEUTRAForPaging-r13 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11
OPTIONAL,
-- ASN1STOP
UERadioPagingInformation field descriptions

ue-RadioPagingInfo
The field is used to transfer UE capability information used for paging. The eNB generates the ue-RadioPagingInfo
and the contained UE capability information is absent when not supported by the UE.
supportedBandListEUTRAForPaging
Indicates the UE supported frequency bands which is derived by the eNB from UE-EUTRA-Capability.
10.3 Inter-node RRC information element definitions

– AS-Config
The AS-Config IE contains information about RRC configuration information in the source eNB which can be utilized
by target eNB to determine the need to change the RRC configuration during the handover preparation phase. The
information can also be used after the handover is successfully performed or during the RRC connection re-
establishment or resume.
AS-Config information element

-- ASN1START
AS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

sourceMeasConfig MeasConfig,
sourceRadioResourceConfig RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
sourceUE-Identity C-RNTI,
sourceMasterInformationBlock MasterInformationBlock,
sourceSystemInformationBlockType1 SystemInformationBlockType1(WITH COMPONENTS
{..., nonCriticalExtension ABSENT}),
sourceSystemInformationBlockType2 SystemInformationBlockType2,
antennaInfoCommon AntennaInfoCommon,
sourceDl-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
...,
[[ sourceSystemInformationBlockType1Ext OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs) OPTIONAL,
sourceOtherConfig-r9 OtherConfig-r9
-- sourceOtherConfig-r9 should have been optional. A target eNB compliant with this transfer
-- syntax should support receiving an AS-Config not including this extension addition group
-- e.g. from a legacy source eNB
]],
ETSI
[[ sourceSCellConfigList-r10 SCellToAddModList-r10 OPTIONAL

]],
[[ sourceConfigSCG-r12 SCG-Config-r12 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ as-ConfigNR-r15 AS-ConfigNR-r15 OPTIONAL
]]
}
AS-Config-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE {

sourceDl-CarrierFreq-v9e0 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}
AS-Config-v10j0 ::= SEQUENCE {

antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-v10i0 AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0 OPTIONAL
}
AS-Config-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE {

sourceWlan-OffloadConfig-r12 WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12 OPTIONAL,
sourceSL-CommConfig-r12 SL-CommConfig-r12 OPTIONAL,
sourceSL-DiscConfig-r12 SL-DiscConfig-r12 OPTIONAL
}

sourceSCellConfigList-r13 SCellToAddModListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,
sourceRCLWI-Configuration-r13 RCLWI-Configuration-r13 OPTIONAL
}

sourceSL-V2X-CommConfig-r14 SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 OPTIONAL,
sourceLWA-Config-r14 LWA-Config-r13 OPTIONAL,
sourceWLAN-MeasResult-r14 MeasResultListWLAN-r13 OPTIONAL
}
AS-ConfigNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

sourceRB-ConfigNR-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
sourceRB-ConfigSN-NR-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
sourceOtherConfigSN-NR-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: The AS-Config re-uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling
requirements. Consequently, the information elements may include some parameters that are not relevant
for the target eNB e.g. the SFN as included in the MasterInformationBlock.
ETSI
AS-Config field descriptions

antennaInfoCommon
This field provides information about the number of antenna ports in the source PCell.
sourceOtherConfigSN-NR
Other NR config set by SN (cell group, measurements) in case of EN-DC i.e. as defined by the RRCReconfiguration
message in TS 38.331 [82].
sourceRB-ConfigNR
NR radio bearer config, as defined by RadioBearerConfig IE in TS 38.331 [82]. The field may e.g. be set by MN in
case of EN-DC, by source eNB connected to 5GCN.
sourceRB-ConfigSN-NR
NR radio bearer config set by SN in case of EN-DC, as defined by RadioBearerConfig IE in TS 38.331 [82].
sourceDL-CarrierFreq
Provides the parameter Downlink EARFCN in the source PCell, see TS 36.101 [42]. If the source eNB provides AS-
Config-v9e0, it sets sourceDl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) to maxEARFCN.
sourceLWA-Config
LWA configuration in the source PCell when handover is triggered.
sourceOtherConfig
Provides other configuration in the source PCell.
sourceMasterInformationBlock
MasterInformationBlock transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceMeasConfig
Measurement configuration in the source cell. The measurement configuration for all measurements existing in the
source eNB when handover is triggered shall be included. See 10.5.
sourceRCLWI-Configuration
RCLWI Configuration in the source PCell.
sourceSL-CommConfig
This field covers the sidelink communication configuration.
sourceSL-DiscConfig
This field covers the sidelink discovery configuration.
sourceRadioResourceConfig
Radio configuration in the source PCell. The radio resource configuration for all radio bearers existing in the source
PCell when handover is triggered shall be included. See 10.5.
sourceSCellConfigList
Radio resource configuration (common and dedicated) of the SCells configured in the source eNB.
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig
This field provides the AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs and DRBs) algorithm configuration used
in the source PCell.
sourceSystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 (or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR) transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceSystemInformationBlockType2
SystemInformationBlockType2 transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceSL-V2X-CommConfig
Indicates the V2X sidelink communication related configurations configured in the source eNB.
sourceWLAN-MeasResult
WLAN measurement results in the source PCell when handover is triggered.
– AS-Context
The IE AS-Context is used to transfer local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.
AS-Context information element

-- ASN1START
AS-Context ::= SEQUENCE {

reestablishmentInfo ReestablishmentInfo OPTIONAL -- Cond HO
}
AS-Context-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {

idc-Indication-r11 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
InDeviceCoexIndication-r11) OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
mbmsInterestIndication-r11 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
MBMSInterestIndication-r11) OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2
powerPrefIndication-r11 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
ETSI
UEAssistanceInformation-r11) OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO2

...,
[[ sidelinkUEInformation-r12 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
SidelinkUEInformation-r12) OPTIONAL -- Cond HO2
]],
[[ sourceContextEN-DC-r15 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL -- Cond HO2
]]
}
AS-Context-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE {

wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13) OPTIONAL -- Cond HO2
}
-- ASN1STOP
AS-Context field descriptions

idc-Indication
Including information used for handling the IDC problems.
reestablishmentInfo
Including information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
sourceContextEN-DC
EN-DC related context information, in particular regarding the UE capability coordination, as defined by the SCG-
ConfigRestrictInfoSCG IE specified in TS 38.331 [82].

HO The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is
not present.
HO2 The field is optional present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not
present.
– ReestablishmentInfo
The ReestablishmentInfo IE contains information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
ReestablishmentInfo information element

-- ASN1START
ReestablishmentInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

sourcePhysCellId PhysCellId,
targetCellShortMAC-I ShortMAC-I,
additionalReestabInfoList AdditionalReestabInfoList OPTIONAL,
...
}
AdditionalReestabInfoList ::= SEQUENCE ( SIZE (1..maxReestabInfo) ) OF AdditionalReestabInfo
AdditionalReestabInfo ::= SEQUENCE{

key-eNodeB-Star Key-eNodeB-Star,
shortMAC-I ShortMAC-I
}
Key-eNodeB-Star ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (256))
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
ReestablishmentInfo field descriptions

additionalReestabInfoList
Contains a list of shortMAC-I and KeNB* for cells under control of the target eNB, required for potential re-
establishment by the UE in these cells to succeed.
Key-eNodeB-Star
Parameter KeNB*: See TS 33.401 [32, 7.2.8.4]. If the cell identified by cellIdentity belongs to multiple frequency
bands, the source eNB selects the DL-EARFCN for the KeNB* calculation using the same logic as UE uses when
selecting the DL-EARFCN in IDLE as defined in section 6.2.2. This parameter is only used for X2 handover, and for
S1 handover, it shall be ignored by target eNB.
sourcePhyCellId
The physical cell identity of the source PCell, used to determine the UE context in the target eNB at re-establishment.
targetCellShortMAC-I
The ShortMAC-I for the handover target PCell, in order for potential re-establishment to succeed.
– RRM-Config
The RRM-Config IE contains information about UE specific RRM information before the handover which can be
utilized by target eNB.
RRM-Config information element

-- ASN1START
RRM-Config ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-InactiveTime ENUMERATED {
s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20,
s25, s30, s40, s50, min1, min1s20c, min1s40,
min2, min2s30, min3, min3s30, min4, min5, min6,
min7, min8, min9, min10, min12, min14, min17, min20,
min24, min28, min33, min38, min44, min50, hr1,
hr1min30, hr2, hr2min30, hr3, hr3min30, hr4, hr5, hr6,
hr8, hr10, hr13, hr16, hr20, day1, day1hr12, day2,
day2hr12, day3, day4, day5, day7, day10, day14, day19,
day24, day30, dayMoreThan30} OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ candidateCellInfoList-r10 CandidateCellInfoList-r10 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ candidateCellInfoListNR-r15 MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15 OPTIONAL
]]
}
CandidateCellInfoList-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CandidateCellInfo-r10
CandidateCellInfo-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

-- cellIdentification
dl-CarrierFreq-r10 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
-- available measurement results
rsrpResult-r10 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
rsrqResult-r10 RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
...,
[[ dl-CarrierFreq-v1090 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ rsrqResult-v1250 RSRQ-Range-v1250 OPTIONAL
]],
[[ rs-sinr-Result-r13 RS-SINR-Range-r13 OPTIONAL
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
RRM-Config field descriptions

candidateCellInfoList
A list of the best cells on each frequency for which measurement information was available, in order of decreasing
RSRP.
dl-CarrierFreq
The source includes dl-CarrierFreq-v1090 if and only if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is set to maxEARFCN.
ue-InactiveTime
Duration while UE has not received or transmitted any user data. Thus the timer is still running in case e.g., UE
measures the neighbour cells for the HO purpose. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds
and so on. Value min1 corresponds to 1 minute, value min1s20 corresponds to 1 minute and 20 seconds, value
min1s40 corresponds to 1 minute and 40 seconds and so on. Value hr1 corresponds to 1 hour, hr1min30 corresponds
to 1 hour and 30 minutes and so on.
10.4 Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values

– Multiplicity and type constraints definitions
-- ASN1START
maxReestabInfo INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of KeNB* and shortMAC-I forwarded

-- at handover for re-establishment preparation
-- ASN1STOP
– End of EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
10.5 Mandatory information in AS-Config

The AS-Config transferred between source eNB and target-eNB shall include all IEs necessary to describe the AS
context. The conditional presence in section 6 is only applicable for eNB to UE communication.
The "need" or "cond" statements are not applied in case of sending the IEs from source eNB to target eNB. Some fields
shall be included regardless of the "need" or "cond" e.g. discardTimer. The AS-Config re-uses information elements
primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements. The information elements may include some
parameters that are not relevant for the target eNB e.g. the SFN as included in the MasterInformationBlock.
All the fields in the AS-Config as defined in 10.3 that are introduced after v9.2.0 and that are optional for eNB to UE
communication shall be included, if the functionality is configured. The fields in the AS-Config that are defined before
and including v9.2.0 shall be included as specified in the following.
Within the sourceRadioResourceConfig, sourceMeasConfig and sourceOtherConfig, the source eNB shall include fields
that are optional for eNB to UE communication, if the functionality is configured unless explicitly specified otherwise
in the following:
- in accordance with a condition that is explicitly stated to be applicable; or
- a default value is defined for the concerned field; and the configured value is the same as the default value that is
defined; or
- the need of the field is OP and the current UE configuration corresponds with the behaviour defined for absence
of the field;
The following fields, if the functionality is configured, are not mandatory for the source eNB to include in the AS-
Config since delta signalling by the target eNB for these fields is not supported:
- semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
ETSI
- measGapConfig
For the measurement configuration, a corresponding operation as 5.5.6.1 and 5.5.2.2a is executed by target eNB.
10.6 Inter-node NB-IoT messages

10.6.1 General
This section specifies NB-IoT RRC messages that are sent either across the X2- or the S1-interface, either to or from the
eNB, i.e. a single 'logical channel' is used for all NB-IoT RRC messages transferred across network nodes.
– NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the NB-IoT inter-node PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START
NBIOT-InterNodeDefinitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
BEGIN
IMPORTS
C-RNTI,
PhysCellId,
SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
ShortMAC-I
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
AdditionalReestabInfoList
FROM EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
UECapabilityInformation-NB,
UE-Capability-NB-r13,
UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs,
UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13
FROM NBIOT-RRC-Definitions;
-- ASN1STOP

– HandoverPreparationInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer the UE context from the eNB where the RRC connection has been suspended and
transfer it to the eNB where the RRC Connection has been requested to be resumed.
Direction: source eNB to target eNB
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
handoverPreparationInformation-r13 HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-IEs,
},
}
}
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo-r13 UE-Capability-NB-r13,
as-Config-r13 AS-Config-NB,
rrm-Config-r13 RRM-Config-NB OPTIONAL,
as-Context-r13 AS-Context-NB OPTIONAL,
nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-v1380-IEs
OPTIONAL
ETSI
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-v1380-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs OPTIONAL
}
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfoExt-r14 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs)
OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB field descriptions

as-Config
The radio resource configuration.
as-Context
The local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.
rrm-Config
The local E-UTRAN context used depending on the target node's implementation, which is mainly used for the RRM
purpose.
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo, ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfoExt
The NB-IoT UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5].
– UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer UE paging coverage information for NB-IoT, covering both upload to and download
from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/from EPC
UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START
UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
uePagingCoverageInformation-r13 UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB-IEs,
},
}
}
UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

-- the possible value(s) can differ from those sent on Uu
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13 INTEGER (1..2048) OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB field descriptions

Number of repetitions for NPDCCH, see TS 36.211 [21].This value is an estimate of the required number of repetitions
for NPDCCH.
– UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer UE NB-IoT Radio Access capability information, covering both upload to and
download from the EPC.
ETSI
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ueRadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r13
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-IEs,
},
}
}
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo-r13 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-Capability-NB-r13),
nonCriticalExtension UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-v1380-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-v1380-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-r14-IEs
OPTIONAL
}
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo-r14 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation-NB)
OPTIONAL,
}
-- ASN1STOP
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB field descriptions

The NB-IoT UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5].
– UERadioPagingInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer NB-IoT radio paging information, covering both upload to and download from the
EPC.
UERadioPagingInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START
UERadioPagingInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
ueRadioPagingInformation-r13 UERadioPagingInformation-NB-IEs,
},
}
}
UERadioPagingInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-RadioPagingInfo-r13 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13),
}
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
UERadioPagingInformation-NB field descriptions

ue-RadioPagingInfo
The field is used to transfer UE NB-IoT capability information used for paging. The eNB generates the ue-
RadioPagingInfo and the contained UE capability information is absent when not supported bythe UE.
10.7 Inter-node NB-IoT RRC information element definitions

– AS-Config-NB
The AS-Config-NB IE contains information about NB-IoT RRC configuration information in the source eNB which can
be utilized by target eNB.
AS-Config-NB information element

-- ASN1START
AS-Config-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

sourceRadioResourceConfig-r13 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig-r13 SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
sourceUE-Identity-r13 C-RNTI,
sourceDl-CarrierFreq-r13 CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
AS-Config-NB field descriptions

sourceDL-CarrierFreq
Provides the parameter Downlink EARFCN in the source PCell, see TS 36.101 [42].
sourceRadioResourceConfig
Radio configuration in the source PCell. The radio resource configuration for all radio bearers existing in the source
PCell shall be included. See 10.9.
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig
This field provides the AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs and DRBs) algorithm configuration used
in the source PCell.
– AS-Context-NB
The IE AS-Context-NB is used to transfer the UE context required by the target eNB.
AS-Context-NB information element

-- ASN1START
AS-Context-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

reestablishmentInfo-r13 ReestablishmentInfo-NB OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
AS-Context-NB field descriptions

reestablishmentInfo
Including information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
– ReestablishmentInfo-NB
The ReestablishmentInfo-NB IE contains information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
ReestablishmentInfo-NB information element

-- ASN1START
ReestablishmentInfo-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
ETSI
sourcePhysCellId-r13 PhysCellId,
targetCellShortMAC-I-r13 ShortMAC-I,
additionalReestabInfoList-r13 AdditionalReestabInfoList OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
ReestablishmentInfo-NB field descriptions

additionalReestabInfoList
Contains a list of shortMAC-I and KeNB* for cells under control of the target eNB, required for potential re-
establishment by the UE in these cells to succeed.
sourcePhyCellId
The physical cell identity of the source PCell, used to determine the UE context in the target eNB at re-establishment.
targetCellShortMAC-I
The ShortMAC-I for the target PCell, in order for potential re-establishment to succeed.
– RRM-Config-NB
The RRM-Config-NB IE contains information about UE specific RRM information which can be utilized by target eNB.
RRM-Config-NB information element

-- ASN1START
RRM-Config-NB ::= SEQUENCE {

ue-InactiveTime ENUMERATED {
s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20,
s25, s30, s40, s50, min1, min1s20, min1s40,
min2, min2s30, min3, min3s30, min4, min5, min6,
min7, min8, min9, min10, min12, min14, min17, min20,
min24, min28, min33, min38, min44, min50, hr1,
hr1min30, hr2, hr2min30, hr3, hr3min30, hr4, hr5, hr6,
hr8, hr10, hr13, hr16, hr20, day1, day1hr12, day2,
day2hr12, day3, day4, day5, day7, day10, day14, day19,
day24, day30, dayMoreThan30} OPTIONAL,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
RRM-Config-NB field descriptions

ue-InactiveTime
Duration while UE has not received or transmitted any user data. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds
to 2 seconds and so on. Value min1 corresponds to 1 minute, value min1s20 corresponds to 1 minute and 20
seconds, value min1s40 corresponds to 1 minute and 40 seconds and so on. Value hr1 corresponds to 1 hour,
hr1min30 corresponds to 1 hour and 30 minutes and so on.
10.8 Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values

– Multiplicity and type constraints definitions
– End of NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions
-- ASN1START
END
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
10.9 Mandatory information in AS-Config-NB

The AS-Config-NB transferred between source eNB and target-eNB shall include all IEs necessary to describe the AS
context. The conditional presence in section 6 is only applicable for eNB to UE communication.
The "Need" or "Cond" statements are not applied in case of sending the IEs from source eNB to target eNB. Some
information elements shall be included regardless of the "Need" or "Cond" e.g. discardTimer. The AS-Config-NB re-
uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements.
Within the sourceRadioResourceConfig, the source eNB shall include fields that are optional for eNB to UE
communication, if the functionality is configured unless explicitly specified otherwise in the following:
- in accordance with a condition that is explicitly stated to be applicable; or
- a default value is defined for the concerned field; and the configured value is the same as the default value that is
defined; or
- the need of the field is OP and the current UE configuration corresponds with the behaviour defined for absence
of the field;
11 UE capability related constraints and performance

requirements
11.1 UE capability related constraints
The following table lists constraints regarding the UE capabilities that E-UTRAN is assumed to take into account.
Parameter Description Value NB-IoT

#DRBs The number of DRBs that a UE shall support 8, 15 (0, 1, 2)
NOTE1
#RLC-AM The number of RLC AM entities that a UE shall support 10, 17 (2, 3)
NOTE1
#minCellperMeasObjec The minimum number of neighbour cells (excluding black list 32 N/A
tEUTRA cells) that a UE shall be able to store within a
MeasObjectEUTRA. NOTE.
#minBlackCellRangesp The minimum number of blacklist cell PCI ranges that a UE 32 N/A
erMeasObjectEUTRA shall be able to store within a MeasObjectEUTRA
#minCellperMeasObjec The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be 32 N/A

tUTRA able to store within a MeasObjectUTRA. NOTE.

tGERAN able to store within a measObjectGERAN. NOTE.

tCDMA2000 able to store within a measObjectCDMA2000. NOTE.
#minCellTotal The minimum number of neighbour cells (excluding black list 256 N/A
cells) that UE shall be able to store in total in all measurement
objects configured
ETSI
Parameter Description Value NB-IoT

NOTE: In case of CGI reporting, the limit regarding the cells E-UTRAN can configure includes the cell for
which the UE is requested to report CGI i.e. the amount of neighbour cells that can be included is at
most (# minCellperMeasObjectRAT - 1), where RAT represents EUTRA/UTRA/GERAN/CDMA2000
respectively.
NOTE1: #DRBs based on UE capability, #RLC-AM =#DRBs + 2.
11.2 Processing delay requirements for RRC procedures

The UE performance requirements for RRC procedures are specified in the following tables, by means of a value N:
N = the number of 1ms subframes from the end of reception of the E-UTRAN -> UE message on the UE physical layer
up to when the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant for the UE -> E-UTRAN response message with no
access delay other than the TTI-alignment (e.g. excluding delays caused by scheduling, the random access procedure or
physical layer synchronisation).
NOTE: No processing delay requirements are specified for RN-specific procedures.
Figure 11.2-1: Illustration of RRC procedure delay
Table 11.2-1: UE performance requirements for RRC procedures for UEs other than NB-IoT UEs
ETSI
Procedure title: E-UTRAN -> UE UE -> E-UTRAN N Notes

RRC Connection Control Procedures
RRC connection RRCConnectionSetu RRCConnectionSetupCo 15 or 3 N = 3 applies for the case
establishment p or mplete or of reception of
RRCConnectionResu RRCConnectionResumeC RRCConnectionResume if
me omplete reducedCP-
LatencyEnabled is
configured, the UE
supports reduced CP
latency, and the RRC
message only includes
MAC and PHY (re-
)configurations and does
not include (re-
)configurations of DRX,
SPS, SCells, and MIMO.
Further, the UL grant is
sent using PDCCH DCI
format 0 in common search
space. In this scenario, the
RRC procedure delay can
extend beyond the
reception of the UL grant,
up to 7 ms.
For other cases N = 15

applies.
RRC connection RRCConnectionRele NA
release ase
RRC connection re- RRCConnectionReco RRCConnectionReconfigu 15
configuration (radio nfiguration rationComplete
resource configuration)

configuration nfiguration rationComplete
(measurement
configuration)

configuration (intra- nfiguration rationComplete
LTE mobility)
RRC connection RRCConnectionReco RRCConnectionReconfigu 20

reconfiguration (SCell nfiguration rationComplete
addition/release)
reconfiguration (SCG nfiguration rationComplete
establishment/ release,
SCG cell addition/
release)
configuration (NR nfiguration rationComplete
measurement
configuration)
reconfiguration (NR nfiguration rationComplete
SCG establishment/
/modification/release)
configuration (intra- nfiguration rationComplete
LTE mobility with NR
SCG establishment/
/modification/release)
RRC connection re- RRCConnectionRees RRCConnectionReestabli 15

establishment tablishment shmentComplete
ETSI

Initial security SecurityModeComma SecurityModeCommandC 10
activation nd omplete/SecurityModeCo
mmandFailure
Initial security SecurityModeComma RRCConnectionReconfigu 20 The two DL messages are
activation + RRC nd, rationComplete transmitted in the same TTI
connection re- RRCConnectionReco
configuration (RB nfiguration
establishment)
EDT RRCEarlyDataCompl NA
ete or
RRCConnectionRele
ase for UP-EDT
Paging Paging NA
Inter RAT mobility

Handover to E-UTRA RRCConnectionReco RRCConnectionReconfigu NA The performance of this
nfiguration (sent by rationComplete procedure is specified in
other RAT) [50] in case of handover
from GSM and [29], [30] in
case of handover from
UTRA.
Handover from E- MobilityFromEUTRA NA The performance of this
UTRA Command procedure is specified in
[16]
Handover from E- HandoverFromEUTR NA Used to trigger the
UTRA to CDMA2000 APreparationRequest handover preparation
(CDMA2000) procedure with a
CDMA2000 RAT.
The performance of this
procedure is specified in
[16]
Measurement procedures
Measurement MeasurementReport NA
Reporting
Other procedures
UE capability transfer UECapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityInformation 10/ 15 The value of 15ms applies
in case the UE has to
report EN-DC band
combinations.
Counter check CounterCheck CounterCheckResponse 10
Proximity indication ProximityIndication NA
UE information UEInformationReque UEInformationResponse 15
st
MBMS counting MBMSCountingRequ MBMSCountingResponse NA
est
MBMS interest MBMSInterestIndication NA
indication
In-device coexistence InDeviceCoexIndication NA
indication
UE assistance UEAssistanceInformation NA
information
SCG failure SCGFailureInformation NA
information
NR SCG failure SCGFailureInformationNR NA
information
Sidelink UE SidelinkUEInformation NA
information
WLAN Connection WLANConnectionStatusR NA
Status Reporting eport
Delay Budget Report DelayBudgetReport NA
Table 11.2-2: UE performance requirements for RRC procedures for NB-IoT UEs
ETSI

RRC Connection Control Procedures
RRC connection RRCConnectionSetu RRCConnectionSetupCo 45
establishment p-NB or mplete-NB or
RRCConnectionResu RRCConnectionResumeC
me-NB omplete-NB
RRC connection RRCConnectionRele NA
release ase-NB
configuration (radio nfiguration-NB rationComplete-NB
resource configuration)
RRC connection re- RRCConnectionRees RRCConnectionReestabli 45
establishment tablishment-NB shmentComplete-NB
Initial security SecurityModeComma SecurityModeCommandC 35
activation nd omplete/SecurityModeCo
mmandFailure
Initial security SecurityModeComma RRCConnectionReconfigu 55 The two DL messages are
activation + RRC nd, rationComplete-NB transmitted in the same TTI
connection re- RRCConnectionReco
configuration (RB nfiguration-NB
establishment)
EDT RRCEarlyDataCompl NA
ete-NB or
RRCConnectionRele
ase-NB for UP-EDT
Paging Paging-NB NA
Other procedures
UE capability transfer UECapabilityEnquiry- UECapabilityInformation- 35
NB NB
11.3 Void
ETSI
Annex A (informative):
Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1
Editor's note No agreements have been reached concerning the extension of RRC PDUs so far. Any statements in
this section about the protocol extension mechanism should be considered as FFS.
A.1 Introduction
The following clauses contain guidelines for the specification of RRC protocol data units (PDUs) with ASN.1.
A.2 Procedural specification

A.2.1 General principles
The procedural specification provides an overall high level description regarding the UE behaviour in a particular
scenario.
It should be noted that most of the UE behaviour associated with the reception of a particular field is covered by the
applicable parts of the PDU specification. The procedural specification may also include specific details of the UE
behaviour upon reception of a field, but typically this should be done only for cases that are not easy to capture in the
PDU section e.g. general actions, more complicated actions depending on the value of multiple fields.
Likewise, the procedural specification need not specify the UE requirements regarding the setting of fields within the
messages that are send to E-UTRAN i.e. this may also be covered by the PDU specification.
A.2.2 More detailed aspects

The following more detailed conventions should be used:
- Bullets:
- Capitals should be used in the same manner as in other parts of the procedural text i.e. in most cases no
capital applies since the bullets are part of the sentence starting with 'The UE shall:'
- All bullets, including the last one in a sub-clause, should end with a semi-colon i.e. an ';'
- Conditions
- Whenever multiple conditions apply, a semi-colon should be used at the end of each conditions with the
exception of the last one, i.e. as in 'if cond1; or cond2:
A.3 PDU specification

A.3.1 General principles
A.3.1.1 ASN.1 sections
The RRC PDU contents are formally and completely described using abstract syntax notation (ASN.1), see X.680 [13],
X.681 (02/2002) [14].
The complete ASN.1 code is divided into a number of ASN.1 sections in the specifications. In order to facilitate the
extraction of the complete ASN.1 code from the specification, each ASN.1 section begins with a text paragraph
consisting entirely of an ASN.1 start tag, which consists of a double hyphen followed by a single space and the text
string "ASN1START" (in all upper case letters). Each ASN.1 section ends with a text paragraph consisting entirely of
an ASN.1 stop tag, which consists of a double hyphen followed by a single space and the text "ASN1STOP" (in all
upper case letters):
-- ASN1START
-- ASN1STOP
ETSI
The text paragraphs containing the ASN.1 start and stop tags should not contain any ASN.1 code significant for the
complete description of the RRC PDU contents. The complete ASN.1 code may be extracted by copying all the text
paragraphs between an ASN.1 start tag and the following ASN.1 stop tag in the order they appear, throughout the
specification.
NOTE: A typical procedure for extraction of the complete ASN.1 code consists of a first step where the entire
RRC PDU contents description (ultimately the entire specification) is saved into a plain text (ASCII) file
format, followed by a second step where the actual extraction takes place, based on the occurrence of the
ASN.1 start and stop tags.
A.3.1.2 ASN.1 identifier naming conventions

The naming of identifiers (i.e., the ASN.1 field and type identifiers) should be based on the following guidelines:
- Message (PDU) identifiers should be ordinary mixed case without hyphenation. These identifiers, e.g., the
RRCConnectionModificationCommand, should be used for reference in the procedure text. Abbreviated forms of
these identifiers should not be used.
- Type identifiers other than PDU identifiers should be ordinary mixed case, with hyphenation used to set off
acronyms only where an adjacent letter is a capital, e.g., EstablishmentCause, SelectedPLMN (not Selected-
PLMN, since the "d" in "Selected" is lowercase), InitialUE-Identity and MeasSFN-SFN-TimeDifference.
- Field identifiers shall start with a lowercase letter and use mixed case thereafter, e.g., establishmentCause. If a
field identifier begins with an acronym (which would normally be in upper case), the entire acronym is
lowercase (plmn-Identity, not pLMN-Identity). The acronym is set off with a hyphen (ue-Identity, not ueIdentity),
in order to facilitate a consistent search pattern with corresponding type identifiers.
- Identifiers that are likely to be keywords of some language, especially widely used languages, such as C++ or
Java, should be avoided to the extent possible.
- Identifiers, other than PDU identifiers, longer than 25 characters should be avoided where possible. It is
recommended to use abbreviations, which should be done in a consistent manner i.e. use 'Meas' instead of
'Measurement' for all occurrences. Examples of typical abbreviations are given in table A.3.1.2.1-1 below.
- For future extension: When an extension is introduced a suffix is added to the identifier of the concerned ASN.1
field and/ or type. A suffix of the form "-rX" is used, with X indicating the release, for ASN.1 fields or types
introduced in a later release (i.e. a release later than the original/ first release of the protocol) as well as for
ASN.1 fields or types for which a revision is introduced in a later release replacing a previous version, e.g., Foo-
r9 for the Rel-9 version of the ASN.1 type Foo. A suffix of the form "-rXb" is used for the first revision of a
field that it appears in the same release (X) as the original version of the field, "-rXc" for a second intra-release
revision and so on. A suffix of the form "-vXYZ" is used for ASN.1 fields or types that only are an extension of
a corresponding earlier field or type (see sub-clause A.4), e.g., AnElement-v10b0 for the extension of the ASN.1
type AnElement introduced in version 10.11.0 of the specification. A number 0...9, 10, 11, etc. is used to
represent the first part of the version number, indicating the release of the protocol. Lower case letters a, b, c,
etc. are used to represent the second (and third) part of the version number if they are greater than 9. In the
procedural specification, in field descriptions as well as in headings suffices are not used, unless there is a clear
need to distinguish the extension from the original field.
- More generally, in case there is a need to distinguish different variants of an ASN.1 field or IE, a suffix should
be added at the end of the identifiers e.g. MeasObjectUTRA, ConfigCommon. When there is no particular need to
distinguish the fields (e.g. because the field is included in different IEs), a common field identifier name may be
used. This may be attractive e.g. in case the procedural specification is the same for the different variants.
ETSI
Table A.3.1.2-1: Examples of typical abbreviations used in ASN.1 identifiers
Abbreviation Abbreviated word

Comm Communication
Conf Confirmation
Config Configuration
Disc Discovery
DL Downlink
Ext Extension
Freq Frequency
Id Identity
Ind Indication
Info Information
Meas Measurement
Neigh Neighbour(ing)
Param(s) Parameter(s)
Persist Persistent
Phys Physical
Proc Process
Reestab Reestablishment
Req Request
Rx Reception
Sched Scheduling
Sync Synchronisation
Thresh Threshold
Tx/ Transm Transmission
UL Uplink
NOTE: The table A.3.1.2.1-1 is not exhaustive. Additional abbreviations may be used in ASN.1 identifiers when
needed.
A.3.1.3 Text references using ASN.1 identifiers

A text reference into the RRC PDU contents description from other parts of the specification is made using the ASN.1
field or type identifier of the referenced element. The ASN.1 field and type identifiers used in text references should be
in the italic font style. The "do not check spelling and grammar" attribute in Word should be set. Quotation marks (i.e.,
" ") should not be used around the ASN.1 field or type identifier.
A reference to an RRC PDU type should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 type identifier followed by the word
"message", e.g., a reference to the RRCConnectionRelease message.
A reference to a specific part of an RRC PDU, or to a specific part of any other ASN.1 type, should be made using the
corresponding ASN.1 field identifier followed by the word "field", e.g., a reference to the prioritisedBitRate field in the
example below.

priority Priority,
prioritisedBitRate PrioritisedBitRate,
bucketSizeDuration BucketSizeDuration,
logicalChannelGroup INTEGER (0..3)
} OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: All the ASN.1 start tags in the ASN.1 sections, used as examples in this annex to the specification, are
deliberately distorted, in order not to include them when the ASN.1 description of the RRC PDU contents
is extracted from the specification.
A reference to a specific type of information element should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 type identifier
preceded by the acronym "IE", e.g., a reference to the IE LogicalChannelConfig in the example above.
ETSI
References to a specific type of information element should only be used when those are generic, i.e., without regard to
the particular context wherein the specific type of information element is used. If the reference is related to a particular
context, e.g., an RRC PDU type (message) wherein the information element is used, the corresponding field identifier in
that context should be used in the text reference.
A reference to a specific value of an ASN.1 field should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 value without using
quotation marks around the ASN.1 value, e.g., 'if the status field is set to value true'.
A.3.2 High-level message structure

Within each logical channel type, the associated RRC PDU (message) types are alternatives within a CHOICE, as
shown in the example below.
DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {

message DL-DCCH-MessageType
}
DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {
dlInformationTransfer DLInformationTransfer,
handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest,
mobilityFromEUTRACommand MobilityFromEUTRACommand,
rrcConnectionReconfiguration RRCConnectionReconfiguration,
rrcConnectionRelease RRCConnectionRelease,
securityModeCommand SecurityModeCommand,
ueCapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityEnquiry,
spare1 NULL
},
}
-- ASN1STOP
A nested two-level CHOICE structure is used, where the alternative PDU types are alternatives within the inner level c1
CHOICE.
Spare alternatives (i.e., spare1 in this case) may be included within the c1 CHOICE to facilitate future extension. The
number of such spare alternatives should not extend the total number of alternatives beyond an integer-power-of-two
number of alternatives (i.e., eight in this case).
Further extension of the number of alternative PDU types is facilitated using the messageClassExtension alternative in
the outer level CHOICE.
A.3.3 Message definition

Each PDU (message) type is specified in an ASN.1 section similar to the one shown in the example below.
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Enter the IEs here.
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
Hooks for critical and non-critical extension should normally be included in the PDU type specification. How these
hooks are used is further described in sub-clause A.4.
ETSI
Critical extensions are characterised by a redefinition of the PDU contents and need to be governed by a mechanism for
protocol version agreement between the encoder and the decoder of the PDU, such that the encoder is prevented from
sending a critically extended version of the PDU type, which is not comprehended by the decoder.
Critical extension of a PDU type is facilitated by a two-level CHOICE structure, where the alternative PDU contents are
alternatives within the inner level c1 CHOICE. Spare alternatives (i.e., spare3 down to spare1 in this case) may be
included within the c1 CHOICE. The number of spare alternatives to be included in the original PDU specification
should be decided case by case, based on the expected rate of critical extension in the future releases of the protocol.
Further critical extension, when the spare alternatives from the original specifications are used up, is facilitated using
the criticalExtensionsFuture in the outer level CHOICE.
In PDU types where critical extension is not expected in the future releases of the protocol, the inner level c1 CHOICE
and the spare alternatives may be excluded, as shown in the example below.
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs,
}
}
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Enter the IEs here. -- -- Cond condTag
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
Non-critical extensions are characterised by the addition of new information to the original specification of the PDU
type. If not comprehended, a non-critical extension may be skipped by the decoder, whilst the decoder is still able to
complete the decoding of the comprehended parts of the PDU contents.
Non-critical extensions at locations other than the end of the message or other than at the end of a field contained in a
BIT or OCTET STRING are facilitated by use of the ASN.1 extension marker "...". The original specification of a PDU
type should normally include the extension marker at the end of the sequence of information elements contained.
Non-critical extensions at the end of the message or at the end of a field that is contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING
are facilitated by use of an empty sequence that is marked OPTIONAL e.g. as shown in the following example:

}
-- ASN1STOP
The ASN.1 section specifying the contents of a PDU type may be followed by a field description table where a further
description of, e.g., the semantic properties of the fields may be included. The general format of this table is shown in
the example below. The field description table is absent in case there are no fields for which further description needs to
be provided e.g. because the PDU does not include any fields, or because an IE is defined for each field while there is
nothing specific regarding the use of this IE that needs to be specified.
%PDU-TypeIdentifier% field descriptions

%field identifier%
Field description.
%field identifier%
Field description.
The field description table has one column. The header row shall contain the ASN.1 type identifier of the PDU type.
ETSI
The following rows are used to provide field descriptions. Each row shall include a first paragraph with a field identifier
(in bold and italic font style) referring to the part of the PDU to which it applies. The following paragraphs at the same
row may include (in regular font style), e.g., semantic description, references to other specifications and/ or
specification of value units, which are relevant for the particular part of the PDU.
The parts of the PDU contents that do not require a field description shall be omitted from the field description table.
A.3.4 Information elements

Each IE (information element) type is specified in an ASN.1 section similar to the one shown in the example below.
PRACH-ConfigSIB ::= SEQUENCE {

prach-ConfigInfo PRACH-ConfigInfo
}

}
PRACH-ConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

prach-ConfigIndex ENUMERATED {ffs},
highSpeedFlag ENUMERATED {ffs},
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig ENUMERATED {ffs}
}
-- ASN1STOP
IEs should be introduced whenever there are multiple fields for which the same set of values apply. IEs may also be
defined for other reasons e.g. to break down a ASN.1 definition in to smaller pieces.
A group of closely related IE type definitions, like the IEs PRACH-ConfigSIB and PRACH-Config in this example, are
preferably placed together in a common ASN.1 section. The IE type identifiers should in this case have a common base,
defined as the generic type identifier. It may be complemented by a suffix to distinguish the different variants. The
"PRACH-Config" is the generic type identifier in this example, and the "SIB" suffix is added to distinguish the variant.
The sub-clause heading and generic references to a group of closely related IEs defined in this way should use the
generic type identifier.
The same principle should apply if a new version, or an extension version, of an existing IE is created for critical or
non-critical extension of the protocol (see sub-clause A.4). The new version, or the extension version, of the IE is
included in the same ASN.1 section defining the original. A suffix is added to the type identifier, using the naming
conventions defined in sub-clause A.3.1.2, indicating the release or version of the where the new version, or extension
version, was introduced.
Local IE type definitions, like the IE PRACH-ConfigInfo in the example above, may be included in the ASN.1 section
and be referenced in the other IE types defined in the same ASN.1 section. The use of locally defined IE types should
be encouraged, as a tool to break up large and complex IE type definitions. It can improve the readability of the code.
There may also be a benefit for the software implementation of the protocol end-points, as these IE types are typically
provided by the ASN.1 compiler as independent data elements, to be used in the software implementation.
An IE type defined in a local context, like the IE PRACH-ConfigInfo, should not be referenced directly from other
ASN.1 sections in the RRC specification. An IE type which is referenced in more than one ASN.1 section should be
defined in a separate sub-clause, with a separate heading and a separate ASN.1 section (possibly as one in a set of
closely related IE types, like the IEs PRACH-ConfigSIB and PRACH-Config in the example above). Such IE types are
also referred to as 'global IEs'.
NOTE: Referring to an IE type, that is defined as a local IE type in the context of another ASN.1 section, does not
generate an ASN.1 compilation error. Nevertheless, using a locally defined IE type in that way makes the
IE type definition difficult to find, as it would not be visible at an outline level of the specification. It
should be avoided.
The ASN.1 section specifying the contents of one or more IE types, like in the example above, may be followed by a
field description table, where a further description of, e.g., the semantic properties of the fields of the information
elements may be included. This table may be absent, similar as indicated in sub-clause A.3.3 for the specification of the
ETSI
PDU type. The general format of the field description table is the same as shown in sub-clause A.3.3 for the
specification of the PDU type.
A.3.5 Fields with optional presence

A field with optional presence may be declared with the keyword DEFAULT. It identifies a default value to be
assumed, if the sender does not include a value for that field in the encoding:
PreambleInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

numberOfRA-Preambles INTEGER (1..64) DEFAULT 1,
...
}
-- ASN1STOP
Alternatively, a field with optional presence may be declared with the keyword OPTIONAL. It identifies a field for
which a value can be omitted. The omission carries semantics, which is different from any normal value of the field:

}
-- ASN1STOP
The semantics of an optionally present field, in the case it is omitted, should be indicated at the end of the paragraph
including the keyword OPTIONAL, using a short comment text with a need statement. The need statement includes the
keyword "Need", followed by one of the predefined semantics tags (OP, ON or OR) defined in sub-clause 6.1. If the
semantics tag OP is used, the semantics of the absent field are further specified either in the field description table
following the ASN.1 section, or in procedure text.
The addition of OPTIONAL keywords for capability groups is based on the following guideline. If there is more than
one field in the lower level IE, then OPTIONAL keyword is added at the group level. If there is only one field in the
lower level IE, OPTIONAL keyword is not added at the group level.
A.3.6 Fields with conditional presence

A field with conditional presence is declared with the keyword OPTIONAL. In addition, a short comment text shall be
included at the end of the paragraph including the keyword OPTIONAL. The comment text includes the keyword
"Cond", followed by a condition tag associated with the field ("UL" in this example):

priority INTEGER (0),
...
} OPTIONAL -- Cond UL
}
-- ASN1STOP
When conditionally present fields are included in an ASN.1 section, the field description table after the ASN.1 section
shall be followed by a conditional presence table. The conditional presence table specifies the conditions for including
the fields with conditional presence in the particular ASN.1 section.

UL Specification of the conditions for including the field associated with the condition
tag = "UL". Semantics in case of optional presence under certain conditions may
also be specified.
ETSI
The conditional presence table has two columns. The first column (heading: "Conditional presence") contains the
condition tag (in italic font style), which links the fields with a condition tag in the ASN.1 section to an entry in the
table. The second column (heading: "Explanation") contains a text specification of the conditions and requirements for
the presence of the field. The second column may also include semantics, in case of an optional presence of the field,
under certain conditions i.e. using the same predefined tags as defined for optional fields in A.3.5.
Conditional presence should primarily be used when presence of a field despends on the presence and/ or value of other
fields within the same message. If the presence of a field depends on whether another feature/ function has been
configured, while this function can be configured indepedently e.g. by another message and/ or at another point in time,
the relation is best reflected by means of a statement in the field description table.
If the ASN.1 section does not include any fields with conditional presence, the conditional presence table shall not be
included.
Whenever a field is only applicable in specific cases e.g. TDD, use of conditional presence should be considered.
A.3.7 Guidelines on use of lists with elements of SEQUENCE type

Where an information element has the form of a list (the SEQUENCE OF construct in ASN.1) with the type of the list
elements being a SEQUENCE data type, an information element shall be defined for the list elements even if it would
not otherwise be needed.
For example, a list of PLMN identities with reservation flags is defined as in the following example:
PLMN-IdentityInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo
PLMN-IdentityInfo ::= SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
rather than as in the following (bad) example, which may cause generated code to contain types with unpredictable
names:
-- /bad example/ ASN1START
PLMN-IdentityList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF SEQUENCE {

}
-- ASN1STOP
A.4 Extension of the PDU specifications

A.4.1 General principles to ensure compatibility
It is essential that extension of the protocol does not affect interoperability i.e. it is essential that implementations based
on different versions of the RRC protocol are able to interoperate. In particular, this requirement applies for the
following kind of protocol extensions:
- Introduction of new PDU types (i.e. these should not cause unexpected behaviour or damage).
- Introduction of additional fields in an extensible PDUs (i.e. it should be possible to ignore uncomprehended
extensions without affecting the handling of the other parts of the message).
- Introduction of additional values of an extensible field of PDUs. If used, the behaviour upon reception of an
uncomprehended value should be defined.
It should be noted that the PDU extension mechanism may depend on the logical channel used to transfer the message
e.g. for some PDUs an implementation may be aware of the protocol version of the peer in which case selective
ignoring of extensions may not be required.
ETSI
The non-critical extension mechanism is the primary mechanism for introducing protocol extensions i.e. the critical
extension mechanism is used merely when there is a need to introduce a 'clean' message version. Such a need appears
when the last message version includes a large number of non-critical extensions, which results in issues like
readability, overhead associated with the extension markers. The critical extension mechanism may also be considered
when it is complicated to accommodate the extensions by means of non-critical extension mechanisms.
A.4.2 Critical extension of messages and fields

The mechanisms to critically extend a message are defined in A.3.3. There are both "outer branch" and "inner branch"
mechanisms available. The "outer branch" consists of a CHOICE having the name criticalExtensions, with two values,
c1 and criticalExtensionsFuture. The criticalExtensionsFuture branch consists of an empty SEQUENCE, while the c1
branch contains the "inner branch" mechanism.
The "inner branch" structure is a CHOICE with values of the form "MessageName-rX-IEs" (e.g.,
"RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs") or "spareX", with the spare values having type NULL. The "-rX-IEs"
structures contain the complete structure of the message IEs for the appropriate release; i.e., the critical extension
branch for the Rel-10 version of a message includes all Rel-8 and Rel-9 fields (that are not obviated in the later
version), rather than containing only the additional Rel-10 fields.
The following guidelines may be used when deciding which mechanism to introduce for a particular message, i.e. only
an 'outer branch', or an 'outer branch' in combination with an 'inner branch' including a certain number of spares:
- For certain messages, e.g. initial uplink messages, messages transmitted on a broadcast channel, critical
extension may not be applicable.
- An outer branch may be sufficient for messages not including any fields.
- The number of spares within inner branch should reflect the likelihood that the message will be critically
extended in future releases (since each release with a critical extension for the message consumes one of the
spare values). The estimation of the critical extension likelyhood may be based on the number, size and
changeability of the fields included in the message.
- In messages where an inner branch extension mechanism is available, all spare values of the inner branch should
be used before any critical extensions are added using the outer branch.
The following example illustrates the use of the critical extension mechanism by showing the ASN.1 of the original and
of a later release
-- /example/ ASN1START -- Original release
RRCMessage ::= SEQUENCE {

c1 CHOICE{
rrcMessage-r8 RRCMessage-r8-IEs,
},
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
-- /example/ ASN1START -- Later release

c1 CHOICE{
rrcMessage-r14 RRCMessage-r14-IEs
},
later CHOICE {
c2 CHOICE{
spare7 NULL, spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
ETSI
},
}
}
}
-- ASN1STOP
It is important to note that critical extensions may also be used at the level of individual fields i.e. a field may be
replaced by a critically extended version. When sending the extended version, the original version may also be included
(e.g. original field is mandatory, EUTRAN is unaware if UE supports the extended version). In such cases, a UE
supporting both versions may be required to ignore the original field. The following example illustrates the use of the
critical extension mechanism by showing the ASN.1 of the original and of a later release
-- /example/ ASN1START -- Original release

c1 CHOICE{
},
}
}
RRCMessage-rN-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

field1-rN ENUMERATED {
value1, value2, value3, value4} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
field2-rN InformationElement2-rN OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
nonCriticalExtension RRCConnectionReconfiguration-vMxy-IEs OPTIONAL
}
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-vMxy-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

field2-rM InformationElement2-rM OPTIONAL, -- Cond NoField2rN
}
-- ASN1STOP

NoField2rN The field is optionally present, need ON, if field2-rN is absent. Otherwise the field is not
present
Finally, it is noted that a critical extension may be introduced in the same release as the one in which the original field
was introduced e.g. to correct an essential ASN.1 error. In such cases a UE capability may be introduced, to assist E-
UTRAN in deciding whether or not to use the critically extension.
A.4.3 Non-critical extension of messages

A.4.3.1 General principles
The mechanisms to extend a message in a non-critical manner are defined in A.3.3. W.r.t. the use of extension markers,
the following additional guidelines apply:
- When further non-critical extensions are added to a message that has been critically extended, the inclusion of
these non-critical extensions in earlier critical branches of the message should be avoided when possible.
- The extension marker ("…") is the primary non-critical extension mechanism that is used unless a length
determinant is not required. Examples of cases where a length determinant is not required:
- at the end of a message,
- at the end of a structure contained in a BIT STRING or OCTET STRING
ETSI
- When an extension marker is available, non-critical extensions are preferably placed at the location (e.g. the IE)
where the concerned parameter belongs from a logical/ functional perspective (referred to as the 'default
extension location')
- It is desirable to aggregate extensions of the same release or version of the specification into a group, which
should be placed at the lowest possible level.
- In specific cases it may be preferrable to place extensions elsewhere (referred to as the 'actual extension
location') e.g. when it is possible to aggregate several extensions in a group. In such a case, the group should be
placed at the lowest suitable level in the message. <TBD: ref to seperate example>
- In case placement at the default extension location affects earlier critical branches of the message, locating the
extension at a following higher level in the message should be considered.
- In case an extension is not placed at the default extension location, an IE should be defined. The IE's ASN.1
definition should be placed in the same ASN.1 section as the default extension location. In case there are
intermediate levels in-between the actual and the default extension location, an IE may be defined for each level.
Intermediate levels are primarily introduced for readability and overview. Hence intermediate levels need not
allways be introduced e.g. they may not be needed when the default and the actual extension location are within
the same ASN.1 section. <TBD: ref to seperate example>
A.4.3.2 Further guidelines

Further to the general principles defined in the previous section, the following additional guidelines apply regarding the
use of extension markers:
- Extension markers within SEQUENCE
- Extension markers are primarily, but not exclusively, introduced at the higher nesting levels
- Extension markers are introduced for a SEQUENCE comprising several fields as well as for information
elements whose extension would result in complex structures without it (e.g. re-introducing another list)
- Extension markers are introduced to make it possible to maintain important information structures e.g.
parameters relevant for one particular RAT
- Extension markers are also used for size critical messages (i.e. messages on BCCH, BR-BCCH, PCCH and
CCCH), although introduced somewhat more carefully
- The extension fields introduced (or frozen) in a specific version of the specification are grouped together
using double brackets.
- Extension markers within ENUMERATED
- Spare values are used until the number of values reaches the next power of 2, while the extension marker
caters for extension beyond that limit
- A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for the identifier of each new value, e.g. "value-vXYZ".
- Extension markers within CHOICE:
- Extension markers are introduced when extension is foreseen and when comprehension is not required by the
receiver i.e. behaviour is defined for the case where the receiver cannot comprehend the extended value (e.g.
ignoring an optional CHOICE field). It should be noted that defining the behaviour of a receiver upon
receiving a not comprehended choice value is not required if the sender is aware whether or not the receiver
supports the extended value.
- A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for the identifier of each new choice value, e.g. "choice-vXYZ".
Non-critical extensions at the end of a message/ of a field contained in an OCTET or BIT STRING:
- When a nonCriticalExtension is actually used, a "Need" statement should not be provided for the field, which
always is a group including at least one extension and a field facilitating further possible extensions. For
simplicity, it is recommended not to provide a "Need" statement when the field is not actually used either.
Further, more general, guidelines:
ETSI
- In case a need statement is not provided for a group, a "Need" statement is provided for all individual extension
fields within the group i.e. including for fields that are not marked as OPTIONAL. The latter is to clarify the
action upon absence of the whole group.
A.4.3.3 Typical example of evolution of IE with local extensions

The following example illustrates the use of the extension marker for a number of elementary cases (sequence,
enumerated, choice). The example also illustrates how the IE may be revised in case the critical extension mechanism is
used.
NOTE In case there is a need to support further extensions of release n while the ASN.1 of release (n+1) has
been frozen, without requiring the release n receiver to support decoding of release (n+1) extensions,
more advanced mechanisms are needed e.g. including multiple extension markers.

field1 ENUMERATED {
value1, value2, value3, value4-v880,
..., value5-v960 },
field2 CHOICE {
field2a BOOLEAN,
field2b InformationElement2b,
...,
field2c-v960 InformationElement2c-r9
},
...,
[[ field3-r9 InformationElement3-r9 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]],
[[ field3-v9a0 InformationElement3-v9a0 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
field4-r9 InformationElement4 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
InformationElement1-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {

field1 ENUMERATED {
value1, value2, value3, value4-v880,
value5-v960, value6-v1170, spare2, spare1, ... },
field2 CHOICE {
field2a BOOLEAN,
field2b InformationElement2b,
field2c-v960 InformationElement2c-r9,
...,
field2d-v12b0 INTEGER (0..63)
},
field3-r9 InformationElement3-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
field4-r9 InformationElement4 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
field5-r10 BOOLEAN,
field6-r10 InformationElement6-r10 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
...,
[[ field3-v1170 InformationElement3-v1170 OPTIONAL -- Need OR
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
Some remarks regarding the extensions of InformationElement1 as shown in the above example:
– The InformationElement1 is initially extended with a number of non-critical extensions. In release 10 however, a
critical extension is introduced for the message using this IE. Consequently, a new version of the IE
InformationElement1 (i.e. InformationElement1-r10) is defined in which the earlier non-critical extensions are
incorporated by means of a revision of the original field.
– The value4-v880 is replacing a spare value defined in the original protocol version for field1. Likewise value6-
v1170 replaces spare3 that was originally defined in the r10 version of field1
– Within the critically extended release 10 version of InformationElement1, the names of the original fields/ IEs
are not changed, unless there is a real need to distinguish them from other fields/ IEs. E.g. the field1 and
InformationElement4 were defined in the original protocol version (release 8) and hence not tagged. Moreover,
the field3-r9 is introduced in release 9 and not re-tagged; although, the InformationElement3 is also critically
extended and therefore tagged InformationElement3-r10 in the release 10 version of InformationElement1.
ETSI
A.4.3.4 Typical examples of non critical extension at the end of a message

The following example illustrates the use of non-critical extensions at the end of the message or at the end of a field that
is contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING i.e. when an empty sequence is used.

}

field4-v860 InformationElement4 OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
field5-v860 BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond C54
}

field6-v940 InformationElement6-r9 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
nonCriticalExtensions SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP
Some remarks regarding the extensions shown in the above example:
– The InformationElement4 is introduced in the original version of the protocol (release 8) and hence no suffix is
used.
A.4.3.5 Examples of non-critical extensions not placed at the default extension

location
The following example illustrates the use of non-critical extensions in case an extension is not placed at the default
extension location.
– ParentIE-WithEM
The IE ParentIE-WithEM is an example of a high level IE including the extension marker (EM). The root encoding of
this IE includes two lower level IEs ChildIE1-WithoutEM and ChildIE2-WithoutEM which not include the extension
marker. Consequently, non-critical extensions of the Child-IEs have to be included at the level of the Parent-IE.
The example illustrates how the two extension IEs ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 and ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 (both in
release N) are used to connect non-critical extensions with a default extension location in the lower level IEs to the
actual extension location in this IE.
ParentIE-WithEM information element

ParentIE-WithEM ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Root encoding, including:
childIE1-WithoutEM ChildIE1-WithoutEM OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
childIE2-WithoutEM ChildIE2-WithoutEM OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
...,
[[ childIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
childIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 OPTIONAL -- Need ON
]]
}
-- ASN1STOP
Some remarks regarding the extensions shown in the above example:
– The fields childIEx-WithoutEM-vNx0 may not really need to be optional (depends on what is defined at the next
lower level).
ETSI
– In general, especially when there are several nesting levels, fields should be marked as optional only when there
is a clear reason.
– ChildIE1-WithoutEM
The IE ChildIE1-WithoutEM is an example of a lower level IE, used to control certain radio configurations including a
configurable feature which can be setup or released using the local IE ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature. The example
illustrates how the new field chIE1-NewField is added in release N to the configuration of the configurable feature. The
example is based on the following assumptions:
– when initially configuring as well as when modifying the new field, the original fields of the configurable feature
have to be provided also i.e. as if the extended ones were present within the setup branch of this feature.
– when the configurable feature is released, the new field should be released also.
– when omitting the original fields of the configurable feature the UE continues using the existing values (which is
used to optimise the signalling for features that typically continue unchanged upon handover).
– when omitting the new field of the configurable feature the UE releases the existing values and discontinues the
associated functionality (which may be used to support release of unsupported functionality upon handover to an
eNB supporting an earlier protocol version).
The above assumptions, which affect the use of conditions and need codes, may not always apply. Hence, the example
should not be re-used blindly.
ChildIE1-WithoutEM information elements

ChildIE1-WithoutEM ::= SEQUENCE {

-- Root encoding, including:
chIE1-ConfigurableFeature ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}
ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 ::= SEQUENCE {

chIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0 ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0 OPTIONAL -- Cond ConfigF
}
ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
-- Root encoding
}
}
ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0 ::= SEQUENCE {

chIE1-NewField-rN INTEGER (0..31)
}
-- ASN1STOP

ConfigF The field is optional present, need OR, in case of chIE1-ConfigurableFeature is included
and set to "setup"; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing
value for this field.
– ChildIE2-WithoutEM
The IE ChildIE2-WithoutEM is an example of a lower level IE, typically used to control certain radio configurations.
The example illustrates how the new field chIE1-NewField is added in release N to the configuration of the
configurable feature.
ChildIE2-WithoutEM information element

ETSI
ChildIE2-WithoutEM ::= CHOICE {

release NULL,
setup SEQUENCE {
-- Root encoding
}
}
ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 ::= SEQUENCE {

chIE2-NewField-rN INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL -- Cond ConfigF
}
-- ASN1STOP

ConfigF The field is optional present, need OR, in case of chIE2-ConfigurableFeature is included
and set to "setup"; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing
value for this field.
A.5 Guidelines regarding inclusion of transaction identifiers in

RRC messages
The following rules provide guidance on which messages should include a Transaction identifier
1: DL messages on CCCH that move UE to RRC-Idle should not include the RRC transaction identifier.
2: All network initiated DL messages by default should include the RRC transaction identifier.
3: All UL messages that are direct response to a DL message with an RRC Transaction identifier should include the
RRC Transaction identifier.
4: All UL messages that require a direct DL response message should include an RRC transaction identifier.
5: All UL messages that are not in response to a DL message nor require a corresponding response from the
network should not include the RRC Transaction identifier.
A.6 Protection of RRC messages (informative)

The following list provides information which messages can be sent (unprotected) prior to security activation and which
messages can be sent unprotected after security activation. Those messages indicated "-" in "P" column should never be
sent unprotected by eNB or UE. Further requirements are defined in the procedural text.
P…Messages that can be sent (unprotected) prior to security activation
A - I…Messages that can be sent without integrity protection after security activation
A - C…Messages that can be sent unciphered after security activation
NA… Message can never be sent after security activation
ETSI
Message P A-I A-C Comment

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA20 + - -
00
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA + - -
2000
CounterCheck - - -
CounterCheckResponse - - -
DelayBudgetReport - - -
DLInformationTransfer + - -
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparation - - -
Request (CDMA2000)
InDeviceCoexIndication - - -
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndica - - -
tion
LoggedMeasurementsConfiguratio - - -
n
MasterInformationBlock + + +
MBMSCountingRequest + + +
MBMSCountingResponse - - -
MBMSInterestIndication + - -
MBSFNAreaConfiguration + + +
MeasurementReport - - - Measurement configuration may be sent
prior to security activation. But: In order to
protect privacy of UEs, MEASUREMENT
REPORT is only sent from the UE after
successful security activation.
MobilityFromEUTRACommand - - -
Paging + + +
ProximityIndication - - -
RNReconfiguration - - -
RNReconfigurationComplete - - -
RRCConnectionReconfiguration + - - The message shall not be sent unprotected
before security activation if it is used to
perform handover or to establish SRB2,
SRB4 and DRBs
RRCConnectionReconfigurationCo + - - Unprotected, if sent as response to
mplete RRCConnectionReconfiguration which was
sent before security activation
RRCConnectionReestablishment - + + This message is not protected by PDCP
operation.
RRCConnectionReestablishmentC - - -
omplete
RRCConnectionReestablishmentR - + + One reason to send this may be that the
eject security context has been lost, therefore
sent as unprotected.
RRCConnectionReestablishmentR - - + This message is not protected by PDCP
equest operation. However, a short MAC-I is
included.
RRCConnectionReject + NA NA
RRCConnectionRelease + - - Justification for P: If the RRC connection
only for signalling not requiring DRBs or
ciphered messages, or the signalling
connection has to be released prematurely,
this message is sent as unprotected.
For UP-EDT, the message is only sent
after successful security activation.
If redirectedCarrierInfo is set geran, the
message is only sent after successful
security activation when UE is connected to
5GC.
RRCConnectionRequest + NA NA
ETSI
Message P A-I A-C Comment

RRCConnectionResume - - + When this message is transmitted, security
is activated but suspended. Integrity
verification is done after the message
received by RRC.
For UP-EDT, the message is only sent
after successful security activation.
For RRC_INACTIVE state, the message is
protected with both integrity and ciphering.
RRCConnectionResumeRequest - - + This message is not protected by PDCP
operation. However, a short MAC-I is
included.
RRCConnectionResumeComplete - - -
RRCConnectionSetup + NA NA
RRCConnectionSetupComplete + NA NA
RRCEarlyDataRequest + NA NA
RRCEarlyDataComplete + NA NA
SCGFailureInformation - - -
SCGFailureInformationNR - - -
SCPTMConfiguration + + +
SecurityModeCommand + NA NA Integrity protection applied, but no
ciphering (integrity verification done after
the message received by RRC)
SecurityModeComplete - NA NA Integrity protection applied, but no
ciphering. Ciphering is applied after
completing the procedure.
SecurityModeFailure + NA NA Neither integrity protection nor ciphering
applied.
SidelinkUEInformation + - -
SystemInformation + + +
SystemInformationBlockType1 + + +
UEAssistanceInformation - - -
UECapabilityEnquiry + - -
UECapabilityInformation + - -
UEInformationRequest - - -
UEInformationResponse - - - In order to protect privacy of UEs,
UEInformationResponse is only sent from
the UE after successful security activation
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer - - - This message should follow
(CDMA2000) HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest
ULInformationTransfer + - -
ULInformationTransferMRDC - - -
WLANConnectionStatusReport - - -
A.7 Miscellaneous
The following miscellaneous conventions should be used:
- References: Whenever another specification is referenced, the specification number and optionally the relevant
subclause, table or figure, should be indicated in addition to the pointer to the References section e.g. as follows:
'see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6]'.
- UE capabilities: TS 36.306 [5] specifies that E-UTRAN should in general respect the UE's capabilities. Hence
there is no need to include statement clarifying that E-UTRAN, when setting the value of a certain configuration
field, shall respect the related UE capabilities unless there is a particular need e.g. particularly complicated cases.
ETSI
Annex B (normative):
Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling
B.1 Feature group indicators
This annex contains the definitions of the bits in fields featureGroupIndicators (in Table B.1-1) and
featureGroupIndRel9Add (in Table B.1-1a).
In this release of the protocol, the UE shall include the fields featureGroupIndicators in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability
and featureGroupIndRel9Add in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0. All the functionalities defined within the field
featureGroupIndicators defined in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a are mandatory for the UE (with exceptions for category
M1 and M2 UEs), if the related capability (frequency band, RAT, SR-VCC or Inter-RAT ANR) is also supported. For a
specific indicator, if all functionalities for a feature group listed in Table B.1-1 have been implemented and tested, the
UE shall set the indicator as one (1), else (i.e. if any one of the functionalities in a feature group listed in Table B.1-1 or
Table B.1-1a, which have not been implemented or tested), the UE shall set the indicator as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators that correspond to RATs not supported by the UE as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators, which do not have a definition in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a, as zero (0).
If the optional fields featureGroupIndicators or featureGroupIndRel9Add are not included by a UE of a future release,
the network may assume that all features pertaining to the RATs supported by the UE, respectively listed in Table B.1-1
or Table B.1-1a and deployed in the network, have been implemented and tested by the UE.
In Table B.1-1, a 'VoLTE capable UE' corresponds to a UE which is IMS voice capable and a 'MCPTT capable UE'
corresponds to a UE which supports MCPTT voice application as defined in TS 23.179 [73].
The indexing in Table B.1-1a starts from index 33, which is the leftmost bit in the field featureGroupIndRel9Add.
Table B.1-1: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of Definition Notes If indicated "Yes" the FDD/

indicator (description of the supported feature shall be TDD diff
(bit functionality, if indicator set to one) implemented and
number) successfully tested for
this version of the
specification
1 - Intra-subframe frequency hopping for - set to 1 by category Yes
(leftmost PUSCH scheduled by UL grant M1 and M2 UEs that
bit) - DCI format 3a (TPC commands for have implemented
PUCCH and PUSCH with single bit and successfully
power adjustments) tested "Aperiodic
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on CQI/PMI/RI reporting
PUSCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected on PUSCH: Mode 2-0
subband CQI without PMI – UE selected
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on subband CQI without
PUSCH: Mode 2-2 – UE selected PMI"
subband CQI with multiple PMI
2 - Simultaneous CQI and ACK/NACK on - If a category M1 or Yes
PUCCH, i.e. PUCCH format 2a and 2b M2 UE does not
- Absolute TPC command for PUSCH support this feature
- Resource allocation type 1 for PDSCH group, this bit shall be
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on set to 0.
PUCCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected
subband CQI without PMI
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on
PUCCH: Mode 2-1 – UE selected
subband CQI with single PMI
3 - 5bit RLC UM SN - can only be set to 1 Yes, if UE supports No
- 7bit PDCP SN if the UE has set bit VoLTE, MCPTT, or
number 7 to 1. both.
ETSI
Yes, if UE supports
SRVCC to EUTRAN
from GERAN.
ETSI
4 - Short DRX cycle - can only be set to 1 Yes

if the UE has set bit
number 5 to 1.
- not supported by
category M1 or M2
UE
5 - Long DRX cycle Yes No
- DRX command MAC control element
6 - Prioritised bit rate Yes No
7 - RLC UM - can only be set to 0 Yes, if UE supports No
if the UE does neither VoLTE, MCPTT, or
support VoLTE nor both.
MCPTT Yes, if UE supports
SRVCC to EUTRAN
from GERAN.
8 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA - can only be set to 1 Yes (except for category Yes
FDD or UTRA TDD CELL_DCH PS if the UE has set bit M1 and M2 UEs) for
handover, if the UE supports either only number 22 to 1 FDD, if UE supports
UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD UTRA FDD.
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA

FDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE
supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN
TDD
9 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to - related to SR-VCC Yes (except for category Yes
GERAN GSM_Dedicated handover - can only be set to 1 M1 and M2 UEs), if UE
if the UE has set bit supports SRVCC to
number 23 to 1 EUTRAN from GERAN.
10 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to Yes
GERAN (Packet_) Idle by Cell Change
Order
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to
GERAN (Packet_) Idle by Cell Change
Order with NACC (Network Assisted Cell
Change)
11 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to - related to SR-VCC Yes
CDMA2000 1xRTT CS Active handover - can only be set to 1
if the UE has sets bit
number 24 to 1
12 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to - can only be set to 1 Yes
CDMA2000 HRPD Active handover if the UE has set bit
number 26 to 1
13 - Inter-frequency handover (within FDD - can only be set to 1 Yes (except for category No
or TDD) if the UE has set bit M1 and M2 UEs), unless
number 25 to 1 UE only supports band
13
14 - Measurement reporting event: Event Yes (except for category No
A4 – Neighbour > threshold M1 and M2 UEs)
- Measurement reporting event: Event
A5 – Serving < threshold1 & Neighbour
> threshold2
15 - Measurement reporting event: Event - can only be set to 1 Yes for FDD, if UE Yes
B1 – Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN if the UE has set at supports only UTRAN
FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports least one of the bit FDD and does not
either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN number 22, 23, 24, 26 support UTRAN TDD or
TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1 or 39 to 1. GERAN or 1xRTT or
- even if the UE sets HRPD
- Measurement reporting event: Event bits 41, it shall still set
B1 – Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN bit 15 to 1 if
FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports measurement
both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and reporting event B1 is
has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, tested for all RATs
respectively supported by UE
- If a category M1 or
- Measurement reporting event: Event M2 UE does not
B1 – Neighbour > threshold for GERAN, support this feature
1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit group, this bit shall be
number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively set to 0.
ETSI
16 - Intra-frequency periodical - If a category M1 or Yes No

measurement reporting where M2 UE does not
triggerType is set to periodical and support this feature
purpose is set to reportStrongestCells group, this bit shall be
set to 0.
- Inter-frequency periodical
measurement reporting where
triggerType is set to periodical and
purpose is set to reportStrongestCells, if
the UE has set bit number 25 to 1
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement

reporting where triggerType is set to
periodical and purpose is set to
reportStrongestCells for UTRAN FDD or
UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either
only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD
and has set bit number 22 to 1

reportStrongestCells for UTRAN FDD or
UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both
UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has
set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively

reportStrongestCells for GERAN, 1xRTT
or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number
23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively.
NOTE: Event triggered periodical

reporting (i.e., with triggerType set to
event and with reportAmount > 1) is a
mandatory functionality of event
triggered reporting and therefore not the
subject of this bit.
17 Intra-frequency ANR features including: - can only be set to 1 Yes No
- Intra-frequency periodical if the UE has set bit
measurement reporting where number 5 to 1.
triggerType is set to periodical and - If a category M1 or
purpose is set to reportStrongestCells M2 UE does not
- Intra-frequency periodical support this feature
measurement reporting where group, this bit shall be
triggerType is set to periodical and set to 0.
purpose is set to reportCGI
18 Inter-frequency ANR features including: - can only be set to 1 Yes, unless UE only No
- Inter-frequency periodical if the UE has set bit supports band 13
measurement reporting where number 5 and bit
triggerType is set to periodical and number 25 to 1.
purpose is set to reportStrongestCells - If a category M1 or
- Inter-frequency periodical M2 UE does not
measurement reporting where support this feature
triggerType is set to periodical and group, this bit shall be
purpose is set to reportCGI set to 0.
ETSI
19 Inter-RAT ANR features including: - can only be set to 1 Yes

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement if the UE has set bit
reporting where triggerType is set to number 5 to 1 and the
periodical and purpose is set to UE has set at least
reportStrongestCells for GERAN, if the one of the bit number
UE has set bit number 23 to 1 22, 23, 24 or 26 to 1.
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement - even if the UE sets
reporting where triggerType is set to bits 33 to 37, it shall
periodical and purpose is set to still set bit 19 to 1 if
reportStrongestCellsForSON for UTRAN inter-RAT ANR
FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports features are tested for
either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN all RATs for which
TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1 inter-RAT
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement measurement
reporting where triggerType is set to reporting is indicated
periodical and purpose is set to as tested
reportStrongestCellsForSON for UTRAN
FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports
both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and
has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1,
respectively
reportStrongestCellsForSON for 1xRTT
or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number
24 or 26 to 1, respectively
reportCGI for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN
TDD, if the UE supports either only
UTRAN FDD or only UTRANTDD and
has set bit number 22 to 1
reportCGI for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN
TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN
FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit
number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively
reportCGI for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD,
if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26
to 1, respectively
ETSI
20 If bit number 7 is set to 0: - Regardless of what Yes No

- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 8x AM bit number 7 and bit
DRB number 20 is set to,
UE shall support at
If bit number 7 is set to 1: least SRB1 and SRB2
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 8x AM for DCCH + 4x AM
DRB DRB
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 5x AM - Regardless of what
DRB + 3x UM DRB bit number 20 is set
to, if bit number 7 is
NOTE: UE which indicate support for a set to 1, UE shall
DRB combination also support all support at least SRB1
subsets of the DRB combination. and SRB2 for DCCH
Therefore, release of DRB(s) never + 4x AM DRB + 1x
results in an unsupported DRB UM DRB
combination. - If flexibleUM-AM-
Combinations is
included the UE shall
support any
combination of RLC
UM and RLC AM
bearers as long as
the total number of
bearers is at most 8,
regardless of what
FGI20 indicates
21 - Predefined intra- and inter-subframe - If a category M1 or No
frequency hopping for PUSCH with M2 UE does not
N_sb > 1 support this feature
- Predefined inter-subframe frequency group, this bit shall be
hopping for PUSCH with N_sb > 1 set to 0.
22 - UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD - If a category M1 or Yes for FDD, if UE Yes
measurements, reporting and M2 UE does not supports UTRA FDD
measurement reporting event B2 in E- support this feature
UTRA connected mode, if the UE group, this bit shall be
supports either only UTRAN FDD or only set to 0.
UTRAN TDD
- UTRAN FDD measurements, reporting

and measurement reporting event B2 in
E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE
supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN
TDD
23 - GERAN measurements, reporting and - If a category M1 or Yes
measurement reporting event B2 in E- M2 UE does not
UTRA connected mode support this feature
group, this bit shall be
set to 0.
24 - 1xRTT measurements, reporting and - If a category M1 or Yes for FDD, if UE Yes
measurement reporting event B2 in E- M2 UE does not supports enhanced
UTRA connected mode support this feature 1xRTT CSFB for FDD
group, this bit shall be Yes for TDD, if UE
set to 0. supports enhanced
1xRTT CSFB for TDD
25 - Inter-frequency measurements and - A category M1 or M2 Yes, unless UE only No
reporting in E-UTRA connected mode UE shall set this bit to supports band 13
1 only if
NOTE: The UE setting this bit to 1 and ceMeasurements-r14
indicating support for FDD and TDD is supported.
frequency bands in the UE capability
signalling implements and is tested for
FDD measurements while the UE is in
TDD, and for TDD measurements while
the UE is in FDD.
ETSI
26 - HRPD measurements, reporting and - If a category M1 or Yes for FDD, if UE Yes

measurement reporting event B2 in E- M2 UE does not supports HRPD
UTRA connected mode support this feature
set to 0.
27 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA - related to SR-VCC Yes for FDD, if UE Yes
FDD or UTRA TDD CELL_DCH CS - can only be set to 1 supports VoLTE and
handover, if the UE supports either only if the UE has set bit UTRA FDD
UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD number 8 to 1 and
supports SR-VCC
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA from EUTRA defined
FDD CELL_DCH CS handover, if the UE in TS 24.008 [49]
supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN - If a category M1 or
TDD M2 UE does not
support this feature
set to 0.
28 - TTI bundling - If a category M1 or Yes for FDD Yes
M2 UE does not
set to 0.
29 - Semi-Persistent Scheduling - If a category M1 or Yes
M2 UE does not
set to 0.
30 - Handover between FDD and TDD - can only be set to 1 No
if the UE has set bit
number 13 to 1
31 - Indicates whether the UE supports the Yes No
mechanisms defined for cells
broadcasting multi band information i.e.
comprehending multiBandInfoList,
disregarding in RRC_CONNECTED the
related system information fields and
understanding the EARFCN signalling
for all bands, that overlap with the bands
supported by the UE, and that are
defined in the earliest version of TS
36.101 [42] that includes all UE
supported bands.
32 Undefined
NOTE: The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD.
ETSI
Table B.1-1a: Definitions of feature group indicators
ETSI

indicator (description of the supported feature shall be TDD diff
(bit functionality, if indicator set to one) implemented and
number) successfully tested for
this version of the
specification
33 Inter-RAT ANR features for UTRAN - can only be set to 1 Yes
(leftmost FDD including: if the UE has set bit
bit) - Inter-RAT periodical measurement number 5 and bit
reporting where triggerType is set to number 22 to 1.
reportStrongestCellsForSON
reportCGI
34 Inter-RAT ANR features for GERAN - can only be set to 1 Yes
including: if the UE has set bit
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement number 5 and bit
reportStrongestCells
reportCGI
35 Inter-RAT ANR features for 1xRTT - can only be set to 1 Yes
reportCGI
36 Inter-RAT ANR features for HRPD - can only be set to 1 Yes
reportCGI
37 Inter-RAT ANR features for UTRAN - can only be set to 1 Yes
TDD including: if the UE has set bit
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement number 5 and at least
reporting where triggerType is set to one of the bit number
periodical and purpose is set to 22 (for UEs
reportStrongestCellsForSON supporting only UTRA
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement TDD) or the bit
reportCGI
38 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA - can only be set to 1 Yes
TDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the if the UE has set bit
UE supports both UTRAN FDD and number 39 to 1
UTRAN TDD
39 - UTRAN TDD measurements, reporting - If a category M1 or Yes
and measurement reporting event B2 in M2 UE does not
E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE support this feature
supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN group, this bit shall be
TDD set to 0.
ETSI
40 - EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA - related to SR-VCC Yes

TDD CELL_DCH CS handover, if the - can only be set to 1
UE supports both UTRAN FDD and if the UE has set bit
UTRAN TDD number 38 to 1
41 Measurement reporting event: Event B1 - If a category M1 or Yes for FDD, unless UE Yes
– Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN M2 UE does not has set bit number 15 to
FDD, if the UE supports UTRAN FDD support this feature 1
and has set bit number 22 to 1 group, this bit shall be
set to 0.
42 - DCI format 3a (TPC commands for - If a category M1 or Yes
PUCCH and PUSCH with single bit M2UE supports this
power adjustments) feature group, this bit
shall be set to 1. For
a UE of all other
categories, this bit
shall be set to 0.
43 Undefined
44 Undefined
45 Undefined
46 Undefined
47 Undefined
48 Undefined
49 Undefined
50 Undefined
51 Undefined
52 Undefined
53 Undefined
54 Undefined
55 Undefined
56 Undefined
57 Undefined
58 Undefined
59 Undefined
60 Undefined
61 Undefined
62 Undefined
63 Undefined
64 Undefined
Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a
feature for which it indicates support within the FGI signalling.
Clarification for mobility from EUTRAN and inter-frequency handover within EUTRAN
There are several feature groups related to mobility from E-UTRAN and inter-frequency handover within EUTRAN.
The description of these features is based on the assumption that we have 5 main "functions" related to mobility from E-
UTRAN:
A. Support of measurements and cell reselection procedure in idle mode
B. Support of RRC release with redirection procedure in connected mode
C. Support of Network Assisted Cell Change in connected mode
D. Support of measurements and reporting in connected mode
E. Support of handover procedure in connected mode
All functions can be applied for mobility to Inter-frequency to EUTRAN, GERAN, UTRAN, CDMA2000 HRPD and
CDMA2000 1xRTT except for function C) which is only applicable for mobility to GERAN. Table B.1-2 below
summarises the mobility functions that are supported based on the UE capability signaling (band support) and the
setting of the feature group support indicators.
ETSI
Table B.1-2: Mobility from E-UTRAN
Feature GERAN UTRAN HRPD 1xRTT EUTRAN

Supported
Supported if if
Supported if Supported if
A. Measurements and cell CDMA2000 CDMA200 Supported for
GERAN band UTRAN band
reselection procedure in E- HRPD band 0 1xRTT supported
support is support is
UTRA idle mode support is band bands
indicated indicated
indicated support is
indicated
Supported
Supported if if
Supported if Supported if
B. RRC release with blind CDMA2000 CDMA200 Supported for
GERAN band UTRAN band
redirection procedure in E-UTRA HRPD band 0 1xRTT supported
support is support is
connected mode support is band bands
indicated indicated
indicated support is
indicated
C. Cell Change Order (with or
without) Network Assisted Cell
Group 10 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
Change) in E-UTRA connected
mode
D. Inter-frequency/RAT
measurements, reporting and
measurement reporting event Group 23 Group 22/39 Group 26 Group 24 Group 25
B2 (for inter-RAT) in E-UTRA
connected mode
Group 9
(GSM_connect Group 13
Group 8/38 (PS
ed handover) (within FDD or
E. Inter-frequency/RAT handover) or
Separate UE TDD)
handover procedure in E-UTRA Group 27/40 Group 12 Group 11
capability bit Group 30
connected mode (SRVCC
defined in TS (between FDD
handover)
36.306 [5] for and TDD)
PS handover
In case measurements and reporting function is not supported by UE, the network may still issue the mobility
procedures redirection (B) and CCO (C) in a blind fashion.
B.2 CSG support

In this release of the protocol, it is mandatory for the UE to support a minimum set of CSG functionality consisting of:
- Identifying whether a cell is CSG or not;
- Ignoring CSG cells in cell selection/reselection.
Additional CSG functionality in AS, i.e. the requirement to detect and camp on CSG cells when the "CSG whitelist" is
available or when manual CSG selection is triggered by the user, are related to the corresponding NAS features. This
additional AS functionality consists of:
- Manual CSG selection;
- Autonomous CSG search;
- Implicit priority handling for cell reselection with CSG cells.
It is possible that this additional CSG functionality in AS is not supported or tested in early UE implementations.
Note that since the above AS features relate to idle mode operations, the capability support is not signalled to the
network. For these reasons, no "feature group indicator" is assigned to this feature to indicate early support in Rel-8.
ETSI
Annex C (normative):
Release 10 AS feature handling
C.1 Feature group indicators
This annex contains the definitions of the bits in field featureGroupIndRel10.
In this release of the protocol, the UE shall include the field featureGroupIndRel10 in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability-
v1020-IEs. All the functionalities defined within the field featureGroupIndRel10 defined in Table C.1-1 are mandatory
for the UE, if the related capability (spatial multiplexing in UL, PDSCH transmission mode 9, carrier aggregation,
handover to EUTRA, or RAT) is also supported. For a specific indicator, if all functionalities for a feature group listed
in Table C.1-1 have been implemented and tested, the UE shall set the indicator as one (1), else (i.e. if any one of the
functionalities in a feature group listed in Table C.1-1 have not been implemented or tested), the UE shall set the
indicator as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators that correspond to RATs not supported by the UE as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators, which do not have a definition in Table C.1-1, as zero (0).
If the optional field featureGroupIndRel10 is not included by a UE of a future release, the network may assume that all
features, listed in Table C.1-1 and deployed in the network, have been implemented and tested by the UE.
The indexing in Table C.1-1 starts from index 101, which is the leftmost bit in the field featureGroupIndRel10.
Table C.1-1: Definitions of feature group indicators

indicator (description of the supported feature shall be TDD
functionality, if indicator set to one) implemented and diff
successfully tested
for this version of the
specification
101 - DMRS with OCC (orthogonal cover - if the UE supports two or No
(leftmost code) and SGH (sequence group more layers for spatial
bit) hopping) disabling multiplexing in UL, this bit
shall be set to 1.
- If a category 0 or 1bis UE
does not support this feature,
this bit shall be set to 0.
102 - Trigger type 1 SRS (aperiodic SRS) Yes
transmission (Up to X ports)
NOTE: X = number of supported layers

on given band
103 - PDSCH transmission mode 9 when - for Category 8 UEs, this bit Yes
up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are shall be set to 1.
configured and when not operating in
CE mode
104 - PDSCH transmission mode 9 for - if the UE does not support No
TDD when 8 CSI reference signal TDD, this bit is irrelevant
ports are configured and when not (capability signalling exists
operating in CE mode for FDD for this feature), and
this bit shall be set to 0.
- for Category 8 UEs, this bit
shall be set to 1.
ETSI
105 - Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
PUCCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected if indices 2 (Table B.1-1) and
subband CQI without PMI, when 103 are set to 1.
PDSCH transmission mode 9 is - For UEs capable of TDD-
configured FDD CA, this bit can be set
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on to 1 for both FDD and TDD if
PUCCH: Mode 2-1 – UE selected index 2 is set to 1 for both
subband CQI with single PMI, when FDD and TDD, and index
PDSCH transmission mode 9 and up 103 is set to 1 for at least
to 4 CSI reference signal ports are one of FDD and TDD duplex
configured modes.
ETSI
106 - Periodic CQI/PMI/RI/PTI reporting on - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
PUCCH: Mode 2-1 – UE selected if the UE supports PDSCH
subband CQI with single PMI, when transmission mode 9 with 8
PDSCH transmission mode 9 and 8 CSI reference signal ports
CSI reference signal ports are (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is
configured set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-
With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to
'supported') and if index 2
(Table B.1-1) is set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-
FDD CA, this bit can be set
to 1 for both FDD and TDD if
at least one of index 104 and
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set
to 1/'supported', and if index
2 is set to 1 for both FDD
and TDD.
107 - Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
PUSCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected if indices 1 (Table B.1-1) and
subband CQI without PMI, when 103 are set to 1.
PDSCH transmission mode 9 is - For UEs capable of TDD-
configured FDD CA, this bit can be set
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on to 1 for both FDD and TDD if
PUSCH: Mode 2-2 – UE selected index 1 is set to 1 for both
subband CQI with multiple PMI, when FDD and TDD, and index
PDSCH transmission mode 9 and up 103 is set to 1 for at least
to 4 CSI reference signal ports are one of FDD and TDD duplex
configured modes.
108 - Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
PUSCH: Mode 2-2 – UE selected if the UE supports PDSCH
subband CQI with multiple PMI, when transmission mode 9 with 8
PDSCH transmission mode 9 and 8 CSI reference signal ports
CSI reference signal ports are (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is
configured set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-
'supported') and if index 1
(Table B.1-1) is set to 1.
to 1/'supported', and if index
1 is set to 1 for both FDD
and TDD.
PUCCH Mode 1-1, submode 1 if the UE supports PDSCH
transmission mode 9 with 8
CSI reference signal ports
(i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is
set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-
'supported').
to 1/'supported'.
ETSI
PUCCH Mode 1-1, submode 2 if the UE supports PDSCH
transmission mode 9 with 8
CSI reference signal ports
(i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is
set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-
'supported').
to 1/'supported'.
111 - Measurement reporting trigger Event - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
A6 if the UE supports carrier
aggregation.
112 - SCell addition within the handover to - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
EUTRA procedure if the UE supports carrier
aggregation and the
handover to EUTRA
procedure.
113 - Trigger type 0 SRS (periodic SRS) - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
transmission on X Serving Cells if the UE supports carrier
aggregation in UL.
NOTE: X = number of supported
component carriers in a given band
combination
114 - Reporting of both UTRA CPICH - this bit can be set to 1 only No
RSCP and Ec/N0 in a Measurement if index 22 (Table B.1-1) is
Report set to 1.
115 - time domain ICIC RLM/RRM - If a category M1 or M2 UE Yes
measurement subframe restriction for does not support this feature
the serving cell group, this bit shall be set to
- time domain ICIC RRM measurement 0.
subframe restriction for neighbour cells
- time domain ICIC CSI measurement
subframe restriction
116 - Relative transmit phase continuity for - this bit can be set to 1 only Yes
spatial multiplexing in UL if the UE supports two or
more layers for spatial
multiplexing in UL.
117 Undefined
118 Undefined
119 Undefined
120 Undefined
121 Undefined
122 Undefined
123 Undefined
124 Undefined
125 Undefined
126 Undefined
127 Undefined
128 Undefined
129 Undefined
130 Undefined
131 Undefined
132 Undefined
feature for which it indicates support within the FGI signalling.
ETSI
Annex D (informative):
Descriptive background information
D.1 Signalling of Multiple Frequency Band Indicators (Multiple
FBI)
D.1.1 Mapping between frequency band indicator and multiple frequency
band indicator
This subclause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the E-UTRA frequency
bands in SystemInformationBlockType1 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.1-1. In this example:
- E-UTRAN cell belongs to band B90 and also bands B6, B7, B91, and B92.
- The freqBandIndicatorPriority field is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1.
- E-UTRAN uses B64 to indicate the presence of B90 in freqBandIndicator-v9e0.
- For the MFBI list of this cell, E-UTRAN uses B64 in MultiBandInfoList to indicate the position and priority of
the bands in MultiBandInfoList-v9e0.
- The UE, after reading SystemInformationBlockType1, generates an MFBI list with priority of B91, B6, B92, and
B7. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator-v9e0 IE it applies that frequency band.
Otherwise, the UE applies the first listed band in the MFBI list which it supports.
freqBandIndicator MultiBandInfoList (size 8)
B64 B64 B6 B64 B7
B90 B91 B92
freqBandIndicator-v9e0 MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 (size 8)
The band list at the

B91 B6 B92 B7
UE with priority
Figure D.1.1-1: Mapping of frequency bands to MultiBandInfoList/MultiBandInfoList-v9e0
D.1.2 Mapping between inter-frequency neighbour list and multiple

frequency band indicator
This subclause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the E-UTRA frequencies
signalled in SystemInformationBlockType5 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.2-1. In this example:
- E-UTRAN includes 4 frequencies (EARFCNs): the bands associated with f1 and f4 belong to bands lower than
64; the bands associated with f2 and f3 belong to bands larger than 64. The reserved EARFCN value of 65535 is
used to indicate the presence of ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0.
- The band associated with f1 has two overlapping bands, B1 and B2 (lower than 64); the band associated with f2
has one overlapping band, B91; the band associated with f3 has four overlapping bands B3, B4, B92, and B93;
the band associated with f4 does not have overlapping bands.
ETSI
- E-UTRAN includes 4 lists in both interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 and interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0 and

ensure the order of the lists is matching. Each list corresponds to one EARFCN and contains up to 8 bands. The
first list corresponds to f1, the second list corresponds to f2, and so on. The grey lists mean not including
MultiBandInfoList or MultiBandInfoList-v9e0, i.e. the corresponding EARFCN does not have any overlapping
frequency bands in MultiBandInfoList or MultiBandInfoList-v9e0.
Figure D.1.2-1: Mapping of EARFCNs to MultiBandInfoList/MultiBandInfoList-v9e0
D.1.3 Mapping between UTRA FDD frequency list and multiple frequency
band indicator
This subclause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the UTRA FDD
frequencies signalled in SystemInformationBlockType6 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.3-1. In this
example:
- E-UTRAN includes 4 UTRA FDD frequencies (UARFCNs).
- The bands associated with f1 and f4 have no overlapping bands. The band associated with f2 has two
overlapping bands, B1 and B2. The band associated with f3 has one overlapping band, B3.
- E-UTRAN includes 4 lists in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 with the first and fourth entry not including
MultiBandInfoList.
ETSI
Figure D.1.3-1: Mapping of UARFCNs to MultiBandInfoList
ETSI
Annex E (normative):
TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD
CA
feature/capability for which it indicates support within the FGI/capability signalling.
A UE that indicates support for TDD/ FDD CA:
- For the fields for which the UE is allowed to indicate different support for FDD and TDD, the UE shall support
the feature on the PCell and/or SCell(s), as specified in tables E-1, E-2 and E-3 in accordance to the following
rules:
- PCell: the UE shall support the feature for the PCell, if the UE indicates support of the feature for the PCell
duplex mode;
- SCell: the UE shall support the feature for SCell(s), if the UE indicates support of the feature for the SCell
duplex mode;
- Per serving cell: the UE shall support the feature for a serving cell if the UE indicates support of the feature
for the serving cell's duplex mode;
- All serving cells: UE shall support the feature if the UE indicates support of the feature for both TDD and
FDD duplex modes;
- For the fields where the UE is not allowed to indicate different support for FDD and TDD, the UE shall support
the feature for PCell and SCell(s) if the UE indicates support of the feature via the common FGI/capability bit.
Table E-1: Rel-8/9 FGIs for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed (from Annex B)
Index of Classification
indicator
1 Per serving cell
2 All serving cells
4 All serving cells
8 PCell
9 PCell
10 PCell
11 PCell
12 PCell
15 PCell
19 PCell
22 PCell
23 PCell
24 PCell
26 PCell
27 PCell
28 PCell
29 PCell
33 PCell
34 PCell
35 PCell
36 PCell
37 PCell
38 PCell
39 PCell
40 PCell
41 PCell
ETSI
Table E-2: Rel-10 FGIs for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed (from Annex C)
Index of Classification
indicator
102 Per serving cell
105 All serving cells
111 SCell
112 PCell
115 PCell
Table E-3: Rel-12 UE-EUTRA capabilities for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed
UE-EUTRA-Capability Classification
crossCarrierScheduling All serving cells
e-CSFB-1XRTT PCell
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT PCell
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT PCell
ePDCCH Per serving cell
e-RedirectionUTRA PCell
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD PCell
inDeviceCoexInd All serving cells
interFreqRSTD-Measurement PCell
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO PCell
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN PCell
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO PCell
mbms-Scell SCell
mbms-NonServingCell SCell
multiACK-CSIreporting PCell
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC Per serving cell
otdoa-UE-Assisted PCell
pmi-Disabling Per serving cell
rsrqMeasWideband Per serving cell
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH All serving cells
ss-CCH-InterfHandl PCell
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect PCell
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported All serving cells
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO PCell
ETSI
Annex F (normative):
UE requirements on ASN.1 comprehension
This subclause specifies UE requirements regarding the ASN.1 transfer syntax support i.e. the ASN.1 definitions to be
comprehended by the UE.
A UE that indicates release X in field accessStratumRelease shall comprehend the entire transfer syntax (ASN.1) of
release X, in particular at least the first version upon ASN.1 freeze. The UE is however not required to support
dedicated signalling related transfer syntax associated with optional features it does not support.
In case a UE that indicates release X in field accessStratumRelease supports a feature specified in release X+ N (i.e.
early UE implementation) additional requirements apply.
Cricitical extensions (dedicated signaling)
If the early implemented feature involves one or more critical extensions (i.e. case of dedicated signaling), the UE shall
comprehend the parts of the transfer syntax (ASN.1) of release X+ N that are related to the feature implemented early.
This in particular concerns the ASN.1 parts related to configuration of the feature. The UE obviously also has to support
the ASN.1 parts related to indicating support of the feature (in UE capabilities).
If configuration of an early implemented feature introduced in release X+ N involves a message or field that has been
critically extended, the UE shall support configuration of all features supported by the UE that are associated with sub-
fields of this critical extension. Apart from the early implemented feature(s), the UE need however not support
functionality beyond what is defined in the release the UE indicates in access stratum release.
Let's consider the example of a UE indicating value X in field accessStratumRelease that supports the features
associated with fields A1, A3 and A5 of InformationElementA (see ASN.1 below). The feature implemented early is
associated with field A5, and can only be configured by the –rX+N version of InformationElementA. In such case, the
UE should support configuration of the features associated with fields A1, A3 and A5 by the –rX+N version of
InformationElementA. If however one of the features was modified, e.g. the feature associated with fieldA3, E-UTRAN
should assume the UE only supports the feature according to the release it indicated in field accessStratumRelease (X).
I.e. UE is neither required to support the additional code-point (n80-vX+N0) nor the additional sub-field (fieldA3a).
InformationElementA-rX ::= SEQUENCE {
fieldA1-rX InformationElementA1-rX OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
fieldA2-rX InformationElementA2-rX OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
fieldA3-rX InformationElementA3-rX OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
InformationElementA-rX+N ::= SEQUENCE {

fieldA1-rX+N InformationElementA1-rX OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
fieldA2-rX+N InformationElementA2-rX OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
fieldA3-rX+N InformationElementA3-rX+N OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
fieldA4-rX+N InformationElementA4-rX+N OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
fieldA5-rX+N InformationElementA5-rX+N OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
InformationElementA3-rX+N ::= SEQUENCE {

fieldA1a-rX+N InformationElementA1a-rX OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
fieldA2a-rX+N ENUMERATED {n10, n20, n40,
n80-vX+N0} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
fieldA3a-rX+N InformationElementA3a-rX+N OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}
Non-cricitical extensions (broadcast signaling)
If the early implemented feature involves one or more non-critical extensions in broadcast signaling (i.e. system
information), the UE shall comprehend the parts of the transfer syntax (ASN.1) of release X+ N that are related to the
feature implemented early. The SIB(s) containing the release X+ N fields related to the early implemented features may
also include other extensions concerning releases from X upto X+N. The UE shall comprehend such intermediate fields
(but again is not required to support the functionality associated with these intermediate fields, in case this concerns
optional features not supported by the UE).
ETSI
Annex G (informative):
Change history
ETSI
Change history
Date TSG # TSG Doc. CR Rev Cat Subject/Comment New
version
12/2007 RP-38 RP-070920 - Approved at TSG-RAN #38 and placed under Change Control 8.0.0
03/2008 RP-39 RP-080163 0001 4 CR to 36.331 with Miscellaneous corrections 8.1.0
03/2008 RP-39 RP-080164 0002 2 CR to 36.331 to convert RRC to agreed ASN.1 format 8.1.0
05/2008 RP-40 RP-080361 0003 1 CR to 36.331 on Miscellaneous clarifications/ corrections 8.2.0
09/2008 RP-41 RP-080693 0005 - CR on Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications 8.3.0
12/2008 RP-42 RP-081021 0006 - Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications 8.4.0
03/2009 RP-43 RP-090131 0007 - Correction to the Counter Check procedure 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0008 - CR to 36.331-UE Actions on Receiving SIB11 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0009 1 Spare usage on BCCH 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0010 - Issues in handling optional IE upon absence in GERAN NCL 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0011 - CR to 36.331 on Removal of useless RLC re-establishment at RB release 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0012 1 Clarification to RRC level padding at PCCH and BCCH 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0013 - Removal of Inter-RAT message 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0014 - Padding of the SRB-ID for security input 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0015 - Validity of ETWS SIB 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0016 1 Configuration of the Two-Intervals-SPS 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0017 - Corrections on Scaling Factor Values of Qhyst 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0018 1 Optionality of srsMaxUppts 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0019 - CR for discussion on field name for common and dedicated IE 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0020 - Corrections to Connected mode mobility 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0021 - Clarification regarding the measurement reporting procedure 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0022 1 Corrections on s-Measure 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0023 1 R1 of CR0023 (R2-091029) on combination of SPS and TTI bundling for 8.5.0
TDD
RP-43 RP-090131 0024 - L3 filtering for path loss measurements 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0025 1 S-measure handling for reportCGI 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0026 1 Measurement configuration clean up 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0027 - Alignment of measurement quantities for UTRA 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0028 - CR to 36.331 on L1 parameters ranges alignment 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0029 - Default configuration for transmissionMode 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0030 - CR to 36.331 on RRC Parameters for MAC, RLC and PDCP 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0031 1 CR to 36.331 - Clarification on Configured PRACH Freq Offset 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0032 - Clarification on TTI bundling configuration 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0033 1 Update of R2-091039 on Inter-RAT UE Capability 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090133 0034 - Feature Group Support Indicators 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0036 - Corrections to RLF detection 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0037 - Indication of Dedicated Priority 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0038 2 Security Clean up 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0039 - Correction of TTT value range 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0040 - Correction on CDMA measurement result IE 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0041 1 Clarification of Measurement Reporting 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0042 - Spare values in DL and UL Bandwidth in MIB and SIB2 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0044 1 Clarifications to System Information Block Type 8 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0045 - Reception of ETWS secondary notification 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0046 1 Validity time for ETWS message Id and Sequence No 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0047 - CR for Timers and constants values used during handover to E-UTRA 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0048 - Inter-RAT Security Clarification 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0049 - CR to 36.331 on consistent naming of 1xRTT identifiers 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0050 - Capturing RRC behavior regarding NAS local release 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0051 - Report CGI before T321 expiry and UE null reporting 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0052 - System Information and 3 hour validity 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0053 1 Inter-Node AS Signalling 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0054 - Set of values for the parameter "messagePowerOffsetGroupB" 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0055 - CR to paging reception for ETWS capable UEs in RRC_CONNECTED 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0056 1 CR for CSG related items in 36.331 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0057 1 SRS common configuration 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0058 - RRC processing delay 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0059 - CR for HNB Name 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0060 3 Handover to EUTRA delta configuration 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0063 - Delivery of Message Identifier and Serial Number to upper layers for 8.5.0
ETWS
RP-43 RP-090131 0066 - Clarification on the maximum size of cell lists 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0067 - Missing RRC messages in 'Protection of RRC messages' 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0069 1 Clarification on NAS Security Container 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0071 - Extension of range of CQI/PMI configuration index 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0072 1 Access barring alleviation in RRC connection establishment 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090367 0077 6 Corrections to feature group support indicators 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0078 - CR from email discussion to capture DRX and TTT handling 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0079 1 Need Code handling on BCCH messages 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0080 - Unification of T300 and T301 and removal of miscallaneous FFSs 8.5.0
ETSI
RP-43 RP-090131 0084 1 Proposed CR modifying the code-point definitions of 8.5.0

neighbourCellConfiguration
RP-43 RP-090131 0087 2 Remove Redundant Optionality in SIB8 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0089 - Corrections to the generic error handling 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0090 - Configurability of T301 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0091 1 Correction related to TTT 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0095 - CR for 36.331 on SPS-config 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0096 2 CR for Deactivation of periodical measurement 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0099 2 SMC and reconfiguration 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0101 - TDD handover 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0102 - Corrections to system information acquisition 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0106 - Some Corrections and Clarifications to 36.331 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0109 - Clarification on the Maximum number of ROHC context sessions 8.5.0
parameter
RP-43 RP-090131 0110 - Transmission of rrm-Config at Inter-RAT Handover 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0111 1 Use of SameRefSignalsInNeighbor parameter 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0112 - Default serving cell offset for measurement event A3 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0114 - dl-EARFCN missing in HandoverPreparationInformation 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0115 - Cleanup of references to 36.101 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0117 - Correction to the value range of UE-Categories 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0122 1 Correction on RRC connection re-establishment 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0124 - Performing Measurements to report CGI for CDMA2000 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0125 - CDMA2000-SystemTimeInfo in VarMeasurementConfiguration 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0126 - UE Capability Information for CDMA2000 1xRTT 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0127 - CDMA2000 related editorial changes 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0128 - Draft CR to 36.331 on State mismatch recovery at re-establishment 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0129 1 Draft CR to 36.331 on Renaming of AC barring related IEs 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0130 2 Draft CR to 36.331 on Inheriting of dedicated priorities at inter-RAT 8.5.0
reselection
RP-43 RP-090131 0135 - Proposed CR to 36.331 Description alignment for paging parameter, nB 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0139 2 Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0141 1 Correction regarding Redirection Information fo GERAN 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0142 - Further ASN.1 review related issues 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0143 - Periodic measurements 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0144 1 Further analysis on code point "OFF" for ri-ConfigIndex 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0145 1 Adding and deleting same measurement or configuration in one message 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0147 - Corrections to IE dataCodingScheme in SIB11 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0148 - Clarification on Mobility from E-UTRA 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0149 - 36.331 CR related to "not applicable" 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0150 1 UE radio capability transfer 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0151 - CR to 36.331 on value of CDMA band classes 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0152 - Corrections to DRB modification 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0153 - Correction to presence condition for pdcp-config 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090131 0155 - TDD HARQ-ACK feedback mode 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090275 0157 - Corrections regarding use of carrierFreq for CDMA (SIB8) and GERAN 8.5.0
(measObject)
RP-43 RP-090321 0156 1 Sending of GERAN SI/PSI information at Inter-RAT Handover 8.5.0
RP-43 RP-090339 0158 - Clarification of CSG support 8.5.0
06/2009 RP-44 RP-090516 0159 - Octet alignment of VarShortMAC-Input 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0160 3 Minor corrections to the feature grouping 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0161 - Security clarification 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0162 1 Sending of GERAN SI/PSI information at Inter-RAT Handover 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0163 1 Correction of UE measurement model 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0164 - Restricting the reconfiguration of UM RLC SN field size 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0165 1 36.331 CR on Clarification on cell change order from GERAN to E-UTRAN 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0166 - 36.331 CR - Handling of expired TAT and failed D-SR 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0167 1 Proposed CR to 36.331 Clarification on mandatory information in AS- 8.6.0
Config
RP-44 RP-090516 0168 2 Miscellaneous small corrections 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0173 - Clarification on the basis of delta signalling 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0177 - CR on Alignment of CCCH and DCCH handling of missing mandatory field 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0180 2 Handling of Measurement Context During HO Preparation 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0181 - Clarification of key-eNodeB-Star in AdditionalReestabInfo 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0182 1 UE Capability Transfer 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0186 1 Clarification regarding mobility from E-UTRA in-between SMC and 8.6.0
SRB2/DRB setup
RP-44 RP-090516 0188 1 Correction and completion of specification conventions 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0195 2 RB combination in feature group indicator 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0196 1 CR for need code for fields in mobilityControlInfo 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090497 0197 - Alignment of pusch-HoppingOffset with 36.211 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090570 0198 - Explicit srb-Identity values for SRB1 and SRB2 8.6.0
RP-44 RP-090516 0199 - Removing use of defaultValue for mac-MainConfig 8.6.0
09/2009 RP-45 RP-090906 0200 - Proposed update of the feature grouping 8.7.0
ETSI
RP-45 RP-090906 0201 - Clarification on measurement object configuration for serving frequency 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0202 - Correction regarding SRVCC 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0203 - Indication of DRB Release during HO 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0204 1 Correction regarding application of dedicated resource configuration upon 8.7.0
handover
RP-45 RP-090906 0205 - REL-9 protocol extensions in RRC 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0206 - In-order delivery of NAS PDUs at RRC connection reconfiguration 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0207 - Correction on Threshold of Measurement Event 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0210 - Clarification on dedicated resource of RA procedure 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0213 1 Cell barring when MasterInformationBlock or SystemInformationBlock1 is 8.7.0
missing
RP-45 RP-090915 0218 - Security threat with duplicate detection for ETWS 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0224 - Clarification on supported handover types in feature grouping 8.7.0
RP-45 RP-090906 0250 1 Handling of unsupported / non-comprehended frequency band and 8.7.0
emission requirement
RP-45 RP-090906 0251 - RB combinations in feature group indicator 20 8.7.0
09/2009 RP-45 RP-090934 0220 1 Introduction of Per-QCI radio link failure timers (option 1) 9.0.0
RP-45 RP-090926 0222 - Null integrity protection algorithm 9.0.0
RP-45 RP-090926 0223 - Emergency Support Indicator in BCCH 9.0.0
RP-45 RP-090934 0230 2 CR to 36.331 for Enhanced CSFB to 1xRTT with concurrent PS handover 9.0.0
RP-45 RP-090934 0243 - REL-9 on Miscellaneous editorial corrections 9.0.0
RP-45 RP-090934 0247 - Periodic CQI/PMI/RI masking 9.0.0
RP-45 RP-090933 0252 - Introduction of CMAS 9.0.0
12/2009 RP-46 RP-091346 0253 1 (Rel-9)-clarification on the description of redirectedCarrierInfo 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0254 1 Adding references to RRC processing delay for inter-RAT mobiltiy 9.1.0
messages
RP-46 RP-091314 0256 - Alignment of srs-Bandwidth with 36.211 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091341 0257 5 Baseline CR capturing eMBMS agreements 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091343 0258 3 Capturing agreements on inbound mobility 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091314 0260 - Clarification of preRegistrationZoneID/secondaryPreRegistrationZoneID 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0261 - Clarification on NCC for IRAT HO 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091314 0263 - Clarification on P-max 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091314 0265 1 Clarification on the definition of maxCellMeas 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0266 - Correction of q-RxLevMin reference in SIB7 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0267 - Correction on SPS-Config field descriptions 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0268 1 correction on the definition of CellsTriggeredList 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091345 0269 - Correction relating to CMAS UE capability 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091314 0271 1 Feature grouping bit for SRVCC handover 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091314 0272 1 Correction and completion of extension guidelines 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091344 0273 - RACH optimization Stage-3 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091345 0274 - Stage 3 correction for CMAS 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0276 1 SR prohibit mechanism for UL SPS 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0277 - Parameters used for enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0281 - Correction on UTRAN UE Capability transfer 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0285 - Maximum number of CDMA2000 neighbors in SIB8 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091340 0288 1 Introduction of UE Rx-Tx Time Difference measurement 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0297 - Introduction of SR prohibit timer 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0298 - Remove FFSs from RAN2 specifications 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091343 0301 1 Renaming Allowed CSG List (36.331 Rel-9) 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0305 - Re-introduction of message segment discard time 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0306 1 Application of ASN.1 extension guidelines 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0309 1 Support for Dual Radio 1xCSFB 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0311 - Shorter SR periodicity 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091342 0316 - CR to 36.331 for Introduction of Dual Layer Transmission 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091343 0318 1 Draft CR to 36.331 on Network ordered SI reporting 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091346 0322 - UE e1xcsfb capabilities correction 9.1.0
RP-46 RP-091331 0327 1 Clarification on coding of ETWS related IEs 9.1.0
03/2010 RP-47 RP-100285 0331 - Clarification of CGI reporting 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0332 - Clarification on MCCH change notification 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0333 - Clarification on measurement for serving cell only 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0334 - Clarification on proximity indication configuraiton in handover to E-UTRA 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0335 - Clarification on radio resource configuration in handover to E-UTRA 9.2.0
procedure
RP-47 RP-100308 0336 - Clarification on UE maximum transmission power 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0337 - Correction to field descriptions of UE-EUTRA-Capability 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0338 - Correction to MBMS scheduling terminology 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0339 - Corrections to SIB8 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0340 - CR 36.331 R9 for Unifying SI reading for ANR and inbound mobility 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0341 1 CR to 36.331 for 1xRTT pre-registration information in SIB8 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0342 - CR to 36.331 on corrections for MBMS 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0343 1 CR to 36.331 on CSG identity reporting 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0344 2 CR to 36.331 on Optionality of Rel-9 UE features 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0345 1 CR to 36.331 on Service Specific Acces Control (SSAC) 9.2.0
ETSI
RP-47 RP-100308 0346 - Introduction of power-limited device indication in UE capability. 9.2.0

RP-47 RP-100305 0347 - Missing agreement in MCCH change notification. 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0348 1 Corrections related to MCCH change notification and value ranges 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0349 2 Prohibit timer for proximity indication 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0350 1 Proximity Indication after handover and re-establishment 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0351 - Specifying the exact mapping of notificationIndicator in SIB13 to PDCCH 9.2.0
bits
RP-47 RP-100308 0352 - Corrections out of ASN.1 review scope 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0353 - CR on clarification of system information change 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100285 0358 - Measurement Result CDMA2000 Cell 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100304 0361 - Correction on the range of UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0362 - Small clarifications regarding MBMS 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0363 - Introduction of REL-9 indication within field accessStratumRelease 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0364 - Extending mobility description to cover inbound mobility 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0365 1 Clarification regarding enhanced CSFB to 1XRTT 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0368 - Handling of dedicated RLF timers 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0370 1 Clarification on UE's behavior of receiving MBMS service 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0371 - MBMS Service ID and Session ID 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0372 1 Inclusion of non-MBSFN region length in SIB13 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100309 0374 1 CR to 36.331 for e1xCSFB access class barring parameters in SIB8 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0375 - Multiple 1xRTT/HRPD target cells in MobilityFromEUTRACommand 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0376 - Independent support indicators for Dual-Rx CSFB and S102 in SIB8 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100285 0378 - Clarification on DRX StartOffset for TDD 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0379 1 Miscellaneous corrections from REL-9 ASN.1 review 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0381 - Need codes and missing conventions 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0383 1 Introduction of Full Configuration Handover for handling earlier eNB 9.2.0
releases
RP-47 RP-100308 0385 - Clarification to SFN reference in RRC 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0390 - RSRP and RSRQ based Thresholds 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100189 0392 3 Redirection enhancements to GERAN 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0398 - Cell reselection enhancements CR for 36.331 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100307 0401 3 CR on UE-originated RLFreporting for MRO SON use case 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100309 0402 3 CR to 36.331 on Redirection enhancements to UTRAN 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100306 0403 2 Proximity status indication handling at mobility 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100305 0404 - Upper layer aspect of MBSFN area id 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0405 - Redirection for enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback with concurrent PSHO 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100301 0406 - Avoiding interleaving transmission of CMAS notifications 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100308 0407 1 Introduction of UE GERAN DTM capability indicator 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100381 0408 2 Introducing provisions for late ASN.1 corrections 9.2.0
RP-47 RP-100245 0411 - Correction/ alignment of REL-9 UE capability signalling 9.2.0
06/2010 RP-48 RP-100553 0412 - Clarification for mapping between warning message and CB-data 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0413 - Clarification of radio link failure related actions 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100554 0414 - Clarification on UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100553 0415 - Correction on CMAS system information 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100554 0416 1 Corrections to MBMS 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100536 0418 - Decoding of unknown future extensions 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0419 1 Miscellaneous small corrections and clarifications 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100551 0420 - Prohibit timer for proximity indication 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0421 - RLF report for MRO correction 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100546 0423 1 Missing UTRA bands in IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0424 - Correction on handling of dedicated RLF timers 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0431 1 Protection of RRC messages 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0433 - Handling missing Essential system information 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100551 0434 1 Clarification on UMTS CSG detected cell reporting in LTE 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0436 - Introducing provisions for late corrections 9.3.0
RP-48 RP-100556 0437 - Clarification regarding / alignment of REL-9 UE capabilities 9.3.0
09/2010 RP-49 RP-100845 0440 - Correction to 3GPP2 reference for interworking with cdma2000 1x 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0441 - Clarification on UL handover preparation transfer 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0442 1 Clarifications regarding fullConfiguration 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0443 - Clarifications regarding handover to E-UTRAN 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100854 0444 - Correction on the table of conditionally mandatory Release 9 features 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0445 - Corrections to TS36.331 on MeasConfig IE 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100853 0446 2 CR to 36.331 on clarification for MBMS PTM RBs 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0447 - Introduction of late corrections container for E-UTRA UE capabilities 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0448 - Renaming of containers for late non-critical extensions 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0452 - Clarifications Regarding Redirection from LTE 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100845 0456 - Description of multi-user MIMO functionality in feature group indicator table 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100845 0458 - Correct the PEMAX_H to PEMAX 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0460 - Clarification for feature group indicator bit 11 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-100851 0465 1 Clarification of FGI setting for inter-RAT features not supported by the UE 9.4.0
RP-49 RP-101008 0475 1 FGI settings in Rel-9 9.4.0
12/2010 RP-50 RP-101197 0483 - Clarification on Meaning of FGI Bits 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101197 0485 - Clarification regarding reconfiguration of the quantityConfig 9.5.0
ETSI
RP-50 RP-101210 0486 1 Corrections to the presence of IE regarding DRX and CQI 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101210 0493 - The field descriptions of MeasObjectEUTRA 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101197 0498 1 Clarification of FGI settings non ANR periodical measurement reporting 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101209 0500 - Corrections to RLF Report 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101206 0519 1 T321 timer fix 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101197 0524 - Restriction of AC barring parameter setting 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101210 0525 - Removal of SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE in UEInformationResponse 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101197 0526 1 Clarification regarding default configuration value N/A 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101431 0532 - Splitting FGI bit 3 9.5.0
RP-50 RP-101183 0476 4 36.331 CR on Introduction of Minimization of Drive Tests 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101293 0477 4 AC-Barring for Mobile Originating CSFB call 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101214 0478 - Addition of UE-EUTRA-Capability descriptions 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101214 0481 - Clarification on Default Configuration for CQI-ReportConfig 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101215 0487 - CR to 36.331 adding e1xCSFB support for dual Rx/Tx UE 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101227 0488 1 Introduction of Carrier Aggregation and UL/ DL MIMO 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101228 0489 1 Introduction of relays in RRC 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101214 0490 1 Priority indication for CSFB with re-direction 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101214 0491 - SIB Size Limitations 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101214 0513 - Combined Quantity Report for IRAT measurement of UTRAN 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101214 0527 1 UE power saving and Local release 10.0.0
RP-50 RP-101429 0530 1 Inclusion of new UE categories in Rel-10 10.0.0
03/2011 RP-51 RP-110282 0533 - 36331_CRxxx_Protection of Logged Measurements Configuration 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110294 0534 1 Stage-3 CR for MBMS enhancement 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0535 - Clean up MDT-related text 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0536 - Clear MDT configuration and logs when the UE is not registered 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0537 - Correction to the field description of nB 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0538 - CR on impact on UP with remove&add approach_2 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0539 - CR to 36.331 on corrections for MDT 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110290 0543 - Introduction of CA/MIMO capability signalling and measurement capability 10.1.0
signalling in CA
RP-51 RP-110282 0544 - MDT PDU related clarifications 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0545 - Correction on release of logged measurement configuration while in 10.1.0
another RAT
RP-51 RP-110289 0546 - Miscellaneous Corrections for CA Running RRC CR 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0547 1 Miscellaneous small clarifications and corrections 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110293 0548 4 Necessary changes for RLF reporting enhancements 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0549 1 Memory size for logged measurements capable UE 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0550 - Parameters confusion of non-CA and CA configurations 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110272 0553 - Presence condition for cellSelectionInfo-v920 in SIB1 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0554 1 Removal of MDT configuration at T330 expiry 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0556 1 Signalling aspects of existing LTE-A parameters 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0557 1 Some Corrections on measurement 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110291 0558 - Stored system information for RNs 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110291 0559 - Support of Integrity Protection for Relay 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110290 0561 2 Updates of L1 parameters for CA and UL/DL MIMO 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110291 0571 1 Note for Dedicated SIB for RNs 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110272 0579 - Correction to cs-fallbackIndicator field description 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0580 - Clarification to the default configuration of sCellDeactivationTimer 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0581 - Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331 on Carrier Aggregation 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0584 - Correction of configuration description in SIB2 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110265 0587 - Clarification of band indicator in handover from E-UTRAN to GERAN 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110285 0588 1 36331_CRxxxx Support of Delay Tolerant access requests 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110292 0590 - Update of R2-110807 on CSI measurement resource restriction for time 10.1.0
domain ICIC
RP-51 RP-110292 0591 - Update of R2-110821 on RRM/RLM resource restriction for time domain 10.1.0
ICIC
RP-51 RP-110290 0592 - Corrections on UE capability related parameters 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0596 - Validity time for location information in Immediate MDT 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0597 - CR to 36.331 adding UE capability indicator for dual Rx/Tx e1xCSFB 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0598 - Miscellaneous corrections to CA 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0599 - Further correction to combined measurement report of UTRAN 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0600 - Correction to the reference of ETWS 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110269 0602 1 Introduction of OTDOA inter-freq RSTD measurement indication procedure 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0603 - Correction of use of RRCConnectionReestablishment message for 10.1.0
contention resolution
RP-51 RP-110282 0604 - CR to 36.331 on MDT neighbour cell measurements logging 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110272 0609 - Minor ASN.1 corrections for the UEInformationResponse message 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0613 - Clarification regarding dedicated RLF timers and constants 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0615 - Release of Logged Measurement Configuration 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0616 - Some corrections on TS 36.331 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0623 - AC barring procedure clean up 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0624 - Counter proposal to R2-110826 on UE capabilities for MDT 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0628 1 UE information report for RACH 10.1.0
ETSI
RP-51 RP-110289 0629 2 Measurement on the deactivated SCells 10.1.0

RP-51 RP-110282 0632 1 Trace configuration paremeters for Logged MDT 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0635 - Clarification on stop condition for timer T3330 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110282 0637 - User consent for MDT 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0638 - Correction on the range of CQI resource index 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110272 0640 1 Small corrections to ETWS & CMAS system information 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110290 0641 1 UE capability signaling structure w.r.t carrier aggregation, MIMO and 10.1.0
measurement gap
RP-51 RP-110289 0642 1 Normal PHR and the multiple uplink carriers 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0643 1 Corrections to TS36.331 on SIB2 handling 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110280 0644 1 Adding a Power Management indication in PHR 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110289 0646 1 Clarification for CA and TTI bundling in RRC 10.1.0
RP-51 RP-110443 0648 1 Updates to FGI settings 10.1.0
06/2011 RP-52 RP-110836 0651 - Add MBMS counting procedure to processing delay requirement for RRC 10.2.0
procedure Section 11.2
RP-52 RP-110830 0653 - Add pre Rel-10 procedures to processing delay requirement for RRC 10.2.0
procedure Section 11.2
RP-52 RP-110847 0654 1 Addition of a specific reference for physical configuration fields 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0656 - Clarification of inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication procedure 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110830 0658 - Clarification of optionality of UE features without capability 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0660 - Clarification on the definition of maxCellBlack 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0661 - Clarification on upper layer requested connection release 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110850 0662 3 Clarification regarding eICIC measurements 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0663 - CR for s-measure handling 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110851 0664 1 CR on clarification of RLF Report in Carrier Aggregation 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110830 0669 - FGI bit for handover between LTE FDD/TDD 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0670 2 Further updates on L1 parameters 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0671 2 General error handling for extension fields 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110851 0672 2 Additional information for RLF report 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110843 0673 - Introduction of TCE ID for logged MDT 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110670 0674 4 Miscellaneous corrections (related to review in preparation for ASN.1 10.2.0
freeze)
RP-52 RP-110843 0675 - PLMN check for MDT logging 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0677 - UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0678 - Clarification on bandEUTRA-r10 and supportedBandListEUTRA 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110837 0679 - Updated value range for the Extended Wait Timer 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0680 1 Value range of DRX-InactivityTimer 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110828 0693 1 Correction for SR-VCC and QCI usage 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0694 - Restructuring of CQI-ReportConfig-r10 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0695 2 Correction on DL allocations in MBSFN subframes 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110850 0700 - Reference SFN for MeasSubframePattern 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110846 0701 - Clarifications to CA related field descriptions 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0702 - Corrections to codebookSubsetRestriction and SRS parameters 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110834 0704 - Corrections to the handling of ri-ConfigIndex for TM9 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110715 0710 2 UE capabilities for Rel-10 LTE features with eICIC measurement 10.2.0
restrictions as FGI (Alt.1)
RP-52 RP-110839 0713 - CR to 36.331 on redirected utra-TDD carrier frequency 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0714 - Explicit AS signalling for mapped PTMSI/GUTI 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0718 - Counter proposal for Updates of mandatory information in AS-Config 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110839 0719 - CR for Reconfiguration of discardTimer in PDCP-Config 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0723 - On the missing multiplicity of UE capability parameters 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110830 0735 - Radio frame alignment of CSA and MSP 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0740 - Reconfiguration involving critically extended IEs (using fullFieldConfig i.e. 10.2.0
option 2)
RP-52 RP-110839 0744 - Counter proposal to R2-112753 on CR to remove CSG Identity validity 10.2.0
limited to CSG cell
RP-52 RP-110839 0746 1 Increase of prioritisedBitRate 10.2.0
RP-52 RP-110847 0747 - CA and MIMO Capabilities in LTE Rel-10 10.2.0
09/2011 RP-53 RP-111297 0752 - TS36.331 Correction 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111297 0754 - maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions when no ROHC profile is supported 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111280 0757 - Correction to Subframe Allocation End in PMCH-Info 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111288 0761 - Correction on PUCCH configuration for Un interface 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111297 0762 - Miscellaneous corrections to 36.331 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111278 0764 2 36.331 correction on CSG identity validity to allow introduction of CSG 10.3.0
RAN sharing
RP-53 RP-111283 0770 2 AdditionalSpectrumEmissions in CA 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111297 0773 - CR to 36.331 on Small correction of PHR parameter 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111283 0775 2 Clarifications to P-max on CA 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111280 0784 - Clarification on for which subframes signalling MCS applies 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111283 0792 - Corrections in RRC 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111297 0793 - Replace the tables with exception list in 10.5 AS-Config 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111297 0796 - Corrections to the field descriptions 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111283 0798 - Configuration of simultaneous PUCCH&PUSCH 10.3.0
RP-53 RP-111297 0806 - Corrections to release of csi-SubframePatternConfig and cqi-Mask 10.3.0
ETSI
RP-53 RP-111272 0810 - GERAN SI format for cell change order&PS handover& enhanced 10.3.0
redirection to GERAN
RP-53 RP-111283 0811 - Corrections to PUCCH-Config field descriptions 10.3.0
12/2011 RP-54 RP-111711 0812 1 Clarification of PCI range for CSG cells 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111716 0813 - Clarifications to Default Radio Configurations 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111716 0814 1 Corrections to enhancedDualLayerTDD 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111716 0815 - Miscellaneous small corrections 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111716 0816 1 Correction on notation of SRS transmission comb 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111706 0823 1 36.331 CR SPS reconfiguration 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111716 0827 2 Clarification of list sizes in measurement configuration stored by UE 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111706 0835 - Clarification of the event B1 and ANR related FGI bits 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111714 0840 1 Clarification on MBSFN and measurement resource restrictions 10.4.0
RP-54 RP-111706 0845 - Clarification on parallel message transmission upon connection re- 10.4.0
establishment
03/2012 RP-55 RP-120326 0855 1 Limiting MBMS counting responses to within the PLMN 10.5.0
RP-55 RP-120321 0857 - CR to 36.331 on cdma2000 band classes and references 10.5.0
RP-55 RP-120326 0862 1 Clarification on MBSFN and measurement resource restrictions 10.5.0
RP-55 RP-120325 0871 - On SIB10/11 Reception Timing 10.5.0
RP-55 RP-120326 0875 1 Clarification on MBMS counting for uncipherable services 10.5.0
RP-55 RP-120325 0876 - Minor correction regarding limited service access on non-CSG-member 10.5.0
cell
RP-55 RP-120326 0894 - Time to keep RLF Reporting logs 10.5.0
RP-55 RP-120356 0895 1 Introducing means to signal different FDD/TDD Capabilities/FGIs for Dual- 10.5.0
xDD UE
RP-55 RP-120321 0899 - Clarification on SRB2 resumption upon connection re-establishment 10.5.0
(parallel message transmission)
RP-55 RP-120321 0900 1 Duplicated ASN.1 naming correction 10.5.0
06/2012 RP-56 RP-120805 0909 - SPS Reconfiguration 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120805 0912 1 Change in Scheduling Information for ETWS 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120807 0914 - Clarification of mch-SchedulingPeriod configuration 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120808 0916 1 Change in Scheduling Information for CMAS 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120814 0919 1 Introducing means to signal different REL-10 FDD/TDD Capabilities/FGIs 10.6.0
for Dual-xDD UE
RP-56 RP-120812 0920 1 Clarification on setting of dedicated NS value for CA by E-UTRAN 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120808 0931 - T321 value for UTRA SI acquisition 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120813 0957 1 Korean Public Alert System (KPAS) in relation to CMAS 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120812 0969 1 Introduction of supported bandwidth combinations for CA 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120734 0970 1 Introduction of multiple frequency band indicator 10.6.0
RP-56 RP-120825 0934 - Introduction of a new security algorithm ZUC 11.0.0
RP-56 RP-120813 0973 1 EU-Alert in relation to CMAS 11.0.0
09/2012 RP-57 RP-121371 0982 1 Introduction of EAB 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121381 0990 - Additional special subframe configuration related correction 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121423 1000 4 36.331 CR introducing In-Device Coexistence (IDC) 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121359 1008 - Voice support Capabilities 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121361 1013 - Differentiating UTRAN modes in FGIs 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121368 1022 1 Introduction of absolute priority based measurements and reselection in 11.1.0
CELL_FACH State in 36.331
RP-57 RP-121370 1024 - Introducing MDT enhancements for REL-11 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121349 1025 2 Introducing Carrier aggregation enhancements for REL-11 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121375 1026 - Introducing MBMS enhancements for REL-11 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121376 1052 2 Signaling support for CRS interference management in eICIC 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121395 1055 - CR on scell measurement cycle 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121395 1056 - CR on measurement report 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121378 1057 3 Introduction of 'Power preference indication' 11.1.0
RP-57 RP-121280 1060 - Correction for PUCCH/SRS Release 11.1.0
12/2012 RP-58 RP-121933 1063 - Correction related to differentiating UTRAN modes in FGIs 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121936 1065 - Processing delay for RRCConnectionReconfiguration 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121953 1066 2 Addition of the stage-3 agreements on IDC 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121951 1067 3 Carrier Aggregation Enhancement RAN1 parameters 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121957 1068 1 Clarification of SR period 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121957 1069 1 Clarification on HandoverCommand message 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121957 1070 - Clarification on mobility related issues 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121946 1071 1 Correction of the signaling for Uncertainty and Confidence 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121940 1072 2 Corrections to MBMS Service Continuity 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121940 1073 - CR to 36.331 on SIB15 acquisition 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121957 1074 1 Handling of 1xCSFB failure 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121957 1075 - Miscellaneous corrections 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121958 1076 1 RAN overload control using RRC connection Rejection 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121954 1077 - RRC support for CoMP in UL 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121951 1078 - Some clarification to Carrier aggregation enhancements 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121939 1079 1 Validity of EAB SIB and acquisition of SIB1 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121922 1085 - Clarification for Multiple Frequency Band Indicators feature 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121924 1089 1 Moving the TM5 capability 11.2.0
ETSI
RP-58 RP-121959 1093 1 CR to 36.331 on introducing ROHC context continue for intra-ENB 11.2.0
handover
RP-58 RP-121946 1100 - Correction on MDT multi-PLMN support 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121953 1102 - Clarification and alignment of handling of other configuration 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121970 1103 6 Introducing support for Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) operation 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121922 1105 2 Introducing further UE aspects regarding multi band cells 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121947 1120 - CR to 36.331 on additional information in RLF report for inter-RAT MRO 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121952 1125 1 Correction on Power preference indication 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121950 1127 1 SIB1 provisioning via dedicated signalling 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121936 1128 2 Measurement reporting of Scells 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121956 1129 1 Introduction of EPDCCH parameters in TS 36.331 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121961 1130 2 Introduction of Rel-11 UE capabilities 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121958 1131 - Introducion of wideband RSRQ measurements 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121958 1146 - Introduction of network sharing for CDMA2000 inter-working 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121960 1157 - Broadcast of Time Info by Using a New SIB 11.2.0
RP-58 RP-121957 1175 - GERAN measurement object at ANR 11.2.0
03/2013 RP-59 RP-130246 1182 2 Miscellaneous corrections from review preceeding ASN.1 freeze 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130243 1186 2 DL COMP capability related correction 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130231 1193 1 Mandatory supporting of B1 measurement to UMTS FDD (FGI bit 15) 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130241 1197 - Clarification on MBMS Service Continuity 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130241 1198 - IDC Problem Reporting 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130247 1210 - Corrections on definition of CSG member cell 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130237 1211 - Extension of FBI and EARFCN 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130228 1220 - Invalidation of ETWS with security feature 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130225 1224 - Invalid measurement configuration with different (E)ARFCN 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130241 1231 2 PPI and IDC indication upon handover 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130227 1235 1 Correcting further UE aspects regarding multi band cells 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130248 1236 1 Behaviour in case of excessive dedicated priority information 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130225 1241 - Clarification on EARFCN signalling in Mobility control info 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130241 1244 - IDC-SubframePattern length for FDD 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130249 1252 - Introduction of wideband RSRQ measurements in RRC_IDLE 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130240 1255 - Optional support of RLF report for inter-RAT MRO 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130233 1258 2 The presence of bandcombination for non-CA capable UEs 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130248 1259 - Correction for event A5 11.3.0
RP-59 RP-130332 1265 - Mandating the settings of FGI bit 14, 27 and 28 to true 11.3.0
06/2013 RP-60 RP-130805 1267 - Clarification on the redirection to UTRA-TDD frequency in case of CSFB 11.4.0
High Priority
RP-60 RP-130804 1269 1 Correction of wrong reference 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1270 - Clarification to support of deprioritisation feature 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1271 - Clarification on KASME key usage 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130808 1272 - Correction on multi-TA capability 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130808 1273 - MBMS interest indication upon handover/ re-establishment 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130808 1274 - Conditions RI reference inheriting CSI process (DL CoMP) 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130808 1275 - Clarification on NZP CSI-RS resource configuration for UE supporting 1 11.4.0
CSI process
RP-60 RP-130808 1276 - Corrections to field description of pdsch-Start-r11 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1277 - Need code corrections in Rel-11 RRC 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130808 1278 - Miscellanous small corrections 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1279 1 FDD/TDD diff column correction for FGI31 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130804 1282 - measCycleSCell upon SCell configuration 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1294 - Clarification on RRC Connection Reconfiguration with Critical Extension 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130802 1298 - Security key generation in case of MFBI 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130804 1303 1 Clarification on inclusion of non-CA band combinations 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1308 - CR on ROHC parameter configuration in Rel-11 RRC 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130804 1315 2 Clarification on UE CA capability 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130809 1321 - Updating 3GPP2 specification references 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130805 1323 - Clarification on the configuration of the extended PHR 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130805 1324 - Clarifications on SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 IE 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130808 1325 - MFBI impact on MBMS service continuity 11.4.0
RP-60 RP-130819 1329 1 MFBI aspects for dedicated signalling 11.4.0
09/2013 RP-61 RP-131311 1335 - Clarification on PhysCellIdRange 11.5.0
RP-61 RP-131311 1339 1 Correction on the first subframe of the measurement gap 11.5.0
RP-61 RP-131319 1340 1 Correction for MFBI in SIB15 and SIB6 11.5.0
RP-61 RP-131319 1343 - Clarification of MFBI impact on MBMS service continuity 11.5.0
RP-61 RP-131238 1344 2 Clarification of UE action for otherwise in conditions 11.5.0
RP-61 RP-131311 1348 - Corrections to the 3GPP2 specification references in 36.331 11.5.0
RP-61 RP-131318 1353 - Clarifications regarding the usage of "rlf-Cause" in case of handover failure 11.5.0
12/2013 RP-62 RP-131986 1366 - Introduction of capability bit for UTRA MFBI 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131984 1368 1 Addition of inter-frequency RSTD measurement capability indicator for 11.6.0
OTDOA
RP-62 RP-131989 1370 - Clarification on supportedBand 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-132003 1371 - Capturing mandatory/optional agreements on Rel-11 UE features 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131995 1372 - Clarification on otherwise behaviour 11.6.0
ETSI
RP-62 RP-131995 1373 - Corrections of the 3GPP2 references in TS 36.331 11.6.0

RP-62 RP-131991 1374 - measResultLastServCell for SON-HOF report 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131729 1375 1 Clarification to timeInfoUTC field in SIB16 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131991 1389 - Clarification on eRedirection to UMTS TDD with multiple UMTS TDD 11.6.0
frequencies
RP-62 RP-131995 1390 - Delta signalling for critical extension 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-132005 1391 - Capability signalling for CSI processes 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131991 1395 1 Clarifications on Measurement 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131984 1397 - Correction to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131984 1404 - Correction of Inter-frequency RSTD indication for multiple frequencies 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131993 1405 1 Enabling SRVCC from GERAN without forwarding UE-EUTRA-Capability 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131995 1409 1 System information and change monitoring procedure 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131991 1410 1 Correction on presence of codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 11.6.0
RP-62 RP-131998 1376 - Introducing UE support for inbound mobility to a shared CSG cell 12.0.0
RP-62 RP-132002 1378 2 Introduction of support of further DL MIMO enhancement 12.0.0
RP-62 RP-131988 1379 - CR for SSAC in CONNECTED 12.0.0
RP-62 RP-132002 1406 - Update of CMAS reference to E-UTRAN specific sections in TS23.041 12.0.0
03/2014 RP-63 RP-140359 1424 1 CR on introduction of Cell-specific time-to-trigger 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140346 1435 - UE autonomous modification of cellsTriggered upon serving cell addition/ 12.1.0
release
RP-63 RP-140359 1436 1 Introduction of T312 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140362 1439 1 Introduction of UE-supported EARFCN list in handover preparation 12.1.0
information for MFBI
RP-63 RP-140352 1442 - Correction of Connection Establishement Failure Report 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140356 1450 1 Clarification on the presence of TDD special subframe 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140359 1453 - Introduction of UE mobility history reporting (option 2) 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140340 1455 1 Clarification regarding need codes, conditions and ASN.1 defaults for 12.1.0
extension fields
RP-63 RP-140340 1456 - ASN.1 issue with inter-node signalling (AS-Config) 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140357 1457 1 Clarification for the SIB occurrence in a single SI message 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140364 1462 - New UE categories for DL 450Mbps class 12.1.0
RP-63 RP-140354 1463 - IoT indication for inter-band TDD CA with different UL/DL configuration 12.1.0
06/2014 RP-64 RP-140869 1471 - Removal of comment line from EUTRA-UE-Variables imports 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140871 1475 - Correction on measObjectList in VarMeasConfig 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140879 1477 - Minor correction inbound mobility to shared CSG cell 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140873 1478 - Clarificaton on precedence of SCell SI provided dedicately 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140887 1479 - Support of the enhancement for TTI bundling for FDD 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140885 1490 - Corrections on timer T312 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140885 1486 - Correction to the description of physCellIdRange in MeasObjectEUTRA 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140885 1506 - Corrections to UE mobility history information 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140873 1489 - ACK/NACK feedback mode on PUSCH 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140878 1556 - SIB15 enhancement for service availability information 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140888 1557 - Introduction of FDD/TDD CA UE capability 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140871 1545 - Clarification of E-UTRA MFBI signalling 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140892 1520 1 Extended RLC LI field 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140873 1517 1 Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability Signalling 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140873 1554 1 Allowing TDD/FDD split for FGI111 and FGI112 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140871 1551 1 Inter-RAT ANR capability signalling in FGI33 when UE supports UTRA 12.2.0
TDD only
RP-64 RP-140884 1495 1 Introduction of TDD eIMTA 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140885 1499 1 Minor Corrections to T312 12.2.0
RP-64 RP-140892 1510 1 Introduction of RRC Connection Establishment failure temporary Qoffset 12.2.0
handling
RP-64 RP-140849 1555 2 Introduction of UE capability for eMBMS reception on SCell and Non- 12.2.0
Serving Cell
09/2014 RP-65 RP-141494 1632 - FDD&TDD split for CA 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141505 1599 - UE capabilities for Hetnet mobility in TS 36.331 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141499 1584 - Introduction of UE eIMTA capabilities 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141511 1567 - Corrections to extended RLC LI field 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141511 1603 - TAI reporting of last serving cell 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141498 1630 1 Correction to Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability 12.3.0
Signalling
RP-65 RP-141496 1577 1 Clarification on double indication of SAI in SIB15 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141496 1597 - Clarification on MBMSCountingResponse 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141496 1623 - Clarification on the setting of SupportedBandCombination-v1130 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141489 1574 1 Correction of E-UTRAN UE capabilities description in 12.3.0
HandoverPreparationInformation message field descriptions
RP-65 RP-141507 1570 - Introducing MBSFN measurement by extension of logged measurements 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141510 1572 1 Introduction of ACB skip for MMTEL voice/video and SMS 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141496 1615 1 Clarification on determining MBMS frequencies of interest in 12.3.0
MBMSInterestIndication
RP-65 RP-141506 1579 1 Introduction of signaling support for low complexity UEs 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141499 1601 1 Rel-12 ASN.1 correction 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141511 1560 1 Introduction of shorter MCH scheduling period 12.3.0
ETSI
RP-65 RP-141493 1611 - Clarification for time-domain resource restriction pattern applicable to 12.3.0
neighbour cell RSRQ measurements
RP-65 RP-141511 1559 2 Correction to stop condition for "Chiba offset" 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141115 1636 - Mandating the FGI bit 31 to true 12.3.0
RP-65 RP-141618 1566 2 Connected mode procedures and RRC signaling of WLAN/3GPP Radio 12.3.0
Interworking for LTE
12/2014 RP-66 RP-142122 1643 - Clarification on WLAN interworking 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142122 1644 - Correction on handling of dedicated parameters during re-establishment 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142122 1645 - Corrections to WLAN/3GPP Radio Interworking for LTE 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142122 1646 - Reduction of possible values for WLAN backhaul rate thresholds in LTE 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1648 - PDCP SN size change during HO for RLC-UM mode bearers 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142124 1651 - Support of TTI bundling without resource allocation restriction for LTE 12.4.0
coverage enhancements for Rel-12
RP-66 RP-142123 1652 - Corrections to eIMTA capabilities 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1653 - ACB, ACB-skip, CSFB and SSAC signalling per PLMN 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142122 1642 1 Minor corrections regarding WLAN interworking 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142115 1659 - Correction of remaining TBD for Rel-10 FGIs 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142117 1663 - New UE categories for DL 600Mbps 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142135 1687 - Introduction of Dual Connectivity 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1697 1 Prohibit timer for SR 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142133 1666 - Support of 256QAM in TS 36.331 (per band 256QAM capability report) 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142128 1690 1 Introduction of increased number of frequencies to monitor 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1696 2 Introduction of extended RSRQ value range and new RSRQ definition 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142115 1650 1 Introduction of signalling for serving cell interruptions 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142123 1655 - Correction for p0-Persistent-SubframeSet2 Handling 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142134 1681 - Introduction of missing Rel-12 UE capabilities 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1647 1 Extended RLC LI field correction 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1656 - Outstanding Need OP for non-critical extension removal 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142140 1669 2 Clarification on statusReportRequired handling 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142131 1698 2 MCH BLER and RSRQ update for MBSFN MDT 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142130 1699 1 Optionality support of UE mandatory features for Category 0 UEs 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142123 1661 - Further Clarifications on eIMTA and eICIC 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142113 1686 1 UE capability for modified MPR behavior 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142132 1664 1 Support of Discovery Signals measurement in TS 36.331 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-142139 1670 2 RRC Parameters for NAICS 12.4.0
RP-66 RP-141979 1700 - UE capability signaling for WLAN/3GPP radio interworking 12.4.0
RP-66 - - - MCC editorial update 12.4.1
03/2015 RP-67 RP-150373 1737 - Clarification on the setting of measScaleFactor without 12.5.0
RP-67 RP-150371 1747 - Clarification on Measurement Configuration handling 12.5.0
RP-67 RP-150371 1765 - Clarification to usage of field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 in 12.5.0
dedicated uplink power control parameter signalling
RP-67 RP-150370 1751 - Clarification on CSI measurement subframe set 12.5.0
RP-67 RP-150368 1795 - The absence of supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 12.5.0
RP-67 RP-150370 1798 - Presence of codebookSubsetRestriction 12.5.0
RP-67 RP-150377 1768 2 Miscellaneous changes resulting from review for REL-12 ASN.1 freeze 12.5.0
RP-67 RP-150374 1770 2 Introduction of ProSe 12.5.0
06/2015 RP-68 RP-150921 1800 - Correction field description of networkControlledSyncTx 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1801 - Clarification on SCG reconfiguration 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1802 - Correction for aperiodic CSI trigger 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150920 1804 - Correction on handling of wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated upon leaving 12.6.0
RRC_CONNECTED
RP-68 RP-150921 1805 - Reconfiguration of SPS 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150916 1809 - CR on Aperiodic CSI Reporting for 1.4MHz cell 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1815 - Clarification on PDCP reconfiguration 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1816 - Correction to SCG change 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1817 - Minor corrections for PSCell configuration in DC 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1818 - CR on ROHC for split bearer 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1819 - Clarification on FDD/TDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD 12.6.0
CA
RP-68 RP-150921 1803 1 Correction to SCG and split bearer configuration 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1810 1 Clarifications on use of preconfigComm for direct communication 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1811 1 Miscellaneous corrections (a.o. Sidelink) 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1813 1 Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink transmission 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1814 1 Correction on field description on SL-TF-ResourceConfig 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150917 1806 1 Mandatory present of supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150923 1853 - Clarification on Cell barring for downlink only bands 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150917 1852 - Clarification regarding no MBMS sessions ongoing 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150917 1827 1 Correction to additionalSpectrumEmission 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150923 1820 4 Clarification on extended RSRQ range support 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150917 1838 - Restriction to CA capability signalling 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1823 - Clarification on PUCCH and SRS 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150926 1849 - Introduction of new DL UE categories 15&16 12.6.0
ETSI
RP-68 RP-150923 1824 - Clean-up corrections to TS 36.331 12.6.0

RP-68 RP-150918 1846 1 Correction to IDC signalling 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1822 1 Change of LCID upon DC-specific DRB reconfiguration 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1832 1 Correction to PHR format 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150921 1842 1 Correction on conditions for sidelink operation 12.6.0
RP-68 RP-150811 1834 2 Correction on the SL-TF-IndexPair values for ProSe Direct Discovery 12.6.0
09/2015 RP-69 RP-151443 1866 - Correction on UE band combinition capability 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151438 1869 - Correction on Restriction to CA capability signalling 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151443 1884 - The support of UL64QAM 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151442 1889 - Small corrections concerning RadioResourceConfig 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151441 1900 - Sidelink discovery related corrections 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151440 1905 2 Clarification of Beacon RSSI Encoding 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151439 1911 1 CR for IDC signalling enhancement for UL CA 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151440 1880 2 Clarification on cell selection sequence upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151438 1908 - Correction to additionalSpectrumEmission - Option 1 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151439 1879 1 Correction on the reference of EPDCCH 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151441 1891 1 Introducing general handling and guidelines concerning critical extensions 12.7.0
within a release
RP-69 RP-151443 1909 1 Applicability of longCodeState1XRTT for 1xRTT IRAT ANR 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151441 1912 1 Sidelink terminology alignment in TS 36.331 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151442 1906 2 Clarification for NAICS capability signalling 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151467 1861 2 Additional MIMO/CSI capability for intra-band contiguous CA 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151466 1887 2 Signalling for 4-layer MIMO with TM3 and TM4 12.7.0
RP-69 RP-151625 1914 2 Allowing NAICS with TM10 12.7.0
12/2015 RP-70 RP-152053 1916 - Correction on SCG release 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1932 - Clarification to SCG RLF timers and constants reconfiguration 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1933 - Correction to triggerQuantityCSI-RS 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1946 - Correction to NAICS field descriptions 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152055 1947 - Correction of need code definition terminology 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152050 1964 - Clarification on FDD/TDD difference for UL CA IDC indication 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152046 1975 - Correction to SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 IE 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1928 1 highPriorityAccess for MMTEL voice, MMTEL video and SMS 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1986 1 Correction to the support of Mobility State reporting 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152046 1971 1 MaxLayerMIMO in HandoverPreparationInformation 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152046 1987 - Correction to ASN.1 field names for 4-layer TM3/4 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1969 1 Correction on measurement identity autonomous removal in dual 12.8.0
connectivity
RP-70 RP-152053 1979 1 Clarification on tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152049 1919 2 Alternative new maximum transport block sizes for DL 64QAM and 12.8.0
256QAM in TM9/10
RP-70 RP-152050 1934 1 Some general RRC issues 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152055 1965 1 Correction on capability rsrq-OnAllSymbols 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152056 1931 2 Addition of establishment cause for mobile-originating VoLTE calls and 12.8.0
network indication in SIB2
RP-70 RP-152048 1927 2 CR to correct UE messages to be sent only after security activation 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152053 1973 3 Clarification of MCG 12.8.0
RP-70 RP-152113 1923 4 Enabling multiple NS and P-Max operation per cell 12.8.0
12/2015 RP-70 RP-152084 1917 - MCCH acquisition for 1.4MHz MBSFN 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152084 1937 - Paging optimization 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152084 1972 - White-list of cells for EUTRA measurement reporting 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152074 1920 1 Intdroduction of Dual Connectivity enhancements in Rel-13 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152078 1983 2 Introduction of Licensed-Assisted Access using LTE 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152075 1952 1 Extension of Frequency Priorities 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152075 1949 1 Introduction of RS-SINR measurements using non critical extension 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152079 1961 2 Introducing EBF FD MIMO parameters 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152081 1935 1 Removing SCG change restrictions regarding upon handover 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152066 1984 1 Introduction of Application specific Congestion control for Data 13.0.0
Communication in LTE
RP-70 RP-152071 1872 6 36331 CR for capturing B5C and SCell on PUCCH 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152073 1953 2 Introducing CRS interference mitigation on SCell 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152080 1939 3 Introduction of SC-PTM 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152082 1941 2 Introduction of Rel-13 MDT enhancements 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152075 1955 3 Introduction of load redistribution in RRC_IDLE 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152076 1988 - Introducing extended DRX 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152084 1957 3 Clarification on FGI bits setting for MCPTT 13.0.0
RP-70 RP-152072 1936 2 Introducing eSL 13.0.0
03/2016 RP-71 RP-160454 2001 2 eD2D changes resulting from review for ASN.1 freeze 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160468 2002 2 Miscellaneous changes resulting from review for ASN.1 freeze 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2005 1 Corrections and missing agreement on the eCA 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2006 2 corrections on RSSI measurment 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160457 2008 3 Introduction of LTE-WLAN Aggregation 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2010 2 Corrections on SC-PTM 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2016 - Support of extended RLC AM SN for SCG 13.1.0
ETSI
RP-71 RP-160470 2017 1 Miscellaneous corrections for SC-PTM 13.1.0

RP-71 RP-160519 2020 2 EBF/FD-MIMO changes related to remaining issues 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2022 1 Correction on the RRC signalling configuration for 4Tx MIMO 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160462 2039 2 Applicability of longCodeState1XRTT 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2040 1 Further clarifications on Rel-13 MDT enhancements 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2042 3 Capability for CA enhancement 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2043 1 Some corrections on CA enhancement 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160460 2048 1 The introduction of UE capability concerning extended E-UTRA frequency 13.1.0
priorities
RP-71 RP-160457 2051 2 Introduction of RAN controlled LTE-WLAN interworking 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160459 2054 4 Stage-3 text updates for bearer Identification within IPsec Tunnel and 13.1.0
IPsec establishment parameters
RP-71 RP-160459 2055 4 Introduction of LWIP UE capabilities 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160460 2061 1 UE capabilities for LAA 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2062 1 Minor corrections for CA enhancements 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2066 1 Maximum UL timing difference for DC 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2068 1 T321 for Category 0 UE 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160503 2069 3 Addition of low complexity UEs and coverage enhancement features 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160454 2070 2 eD2D Capability 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2072 1 SC-PTM corrections following ASN.1 review 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2074 1 Procedural clarification on PSCell change involving PSCell release 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160464 2075 2 Modification of network requested CA band combination retrieval for intra- 13.1.0
band non-contiguous CA
RP-71 RP-160470 2087 1 ANR in case of MFBI 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2090 - Clarification on the leftmost bit for the supportedCellGrouping 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2094 - Clarification on the value range of guaranteed power for the MeNB and 13.1.0
SeNB
RP-71 RP-160455 2096 - 36.331 CR on TM10 CRS-IM UE capability report signalling introduction 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160456 2097 2 Miscelanous corrections to TS 36.331 related to eDRX 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2098 - Guideline on handling of uplink spare values 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160465 2100 - In-Device Coexistence for UL CA change of victim system 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2101 - Clarification on initial RSSI measurement reporting 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2102 - Introduction of capability on PDSCH collision handling 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2103 1 Introduction of the extension of measObjectId range 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2105 1 The correction on the description of 5.5.4.1 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2106 - Introduction of sf60 DRX cycle 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160467 2109 1 Clarification on NAICS subset capability 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2110 - SC-PTM reception on non-Pcell 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160470 2111 - MBMS interest indication by SC-PTM capable UE 13.1.0
RP-71 RP-160460 2112 1 Additional Layer 1 capabilities for Rel-13 CA enhancements 13.1.0
06/2016 RP-72 RP-161080 2114 - Corrections to MTCe in TS 36.331 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2115 2 Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2116 1 Inter-node signalling 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2117 - Clarification on SC-PTM 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161076 2118 1 UE capability of an additional Rx and Tx requirement for a CA band 13.2.0
combination
RP-72 RP-161073 2125 - drb-identity change in full configuration 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2126 - Miscellaneous correction for sidelink 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2127 - Corrections for conditions of sidelink operation 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2130 1 Correction on conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink 13.2.0
communication
RP-72 RP-161080 2131 1 Corrections for sidelink communication transmission 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2132 1 Correction to WLAN measurements 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2133 1 Small corrections to LWIP 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2134 1 Small eSL related corrections 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2135 1 Alignment of RCLWI configuration 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2136 1 Configuration of LWA and LWIP upon handover 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2137 1 Introducing EBF/FD-MIMO capabilities 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161077 2140 - Clarification regarding IDC indication upon change of UL CA affecting 13.2.0
GNSS
RP-72 RP-161080 2143 3 Correction of periodic CSI reporting and clarification on p-C and CBSR 13.2.0
signalling
RP-72 RP-161080 2144 - CR on SI window combining for MTC 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2145 - Avoiding simultaneous configuration of LWA and DC for a UE 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2146 - Miscellaneous RRC corrections for LWA 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2147 1 Autonomous WLAN measurement ID removal 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2149 1 Correction to channel number range 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2150 - Correction of backhaul bandwidth description 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2151 1 Correction on frequency hopping signaling 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161075 2152 1 Support of CRS-Assistance signaling for the DL Control Channel IM 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161078 2154 - Correction on condition nonFullConfig in dual connectivity 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2159 1 Correction on system information handling in eMTC 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2160 1 Correction on essential system information missing 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2162 - Steering command during T350 13.2.0
ETSI
RP-72 RP-161080 2163 1 UE behaviours while configured with steeringCommandWLAN (release) 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161077 2166 1 Correction of IE name "systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated" 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2167 - Clarification of timer description for MCLD 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2169 - Clarification on the usage of threshold conditions for sidelink relay UE 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2170 - Corrections to LWA 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2171 - Variable Handling for RCLWI 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2174 1 Correction on configuration of PRACH and MPDCCH for RA procedure for 13.2.0
BL UEs or UEs in CE
RP-72 RP-161080 2175 - Clarification on LWA 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2176 1 Miscellaneous corrections 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2180 - Correction on FDD/TDD differentiation for Rel-13 capabilities 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2181 1 Correction on the definition of sc-mcch-duration 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2182 - System information acquisition for SC-PTM reception on non-Pcell 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2183 - Corrections on capability report for eCA 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2185 1 Corrections to RS-SINR configuration 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2186 1 UL UE Categories support for 64 QAM 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2188 1 Correction on SI update for eDRX 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2189 - Add the field description for mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2192 - WLAN measurements and user preference 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2193 1 Miscellaneous corrections resulting from REL-13 ASN.1 review 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2195 - Correction to eMTC message classes and logical channels 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2198 - Some eCA related corrections 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2199 1 PUCCH SCell corrections 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2200 1 Small corrections of timer description for Sidelink 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2201 - Clarification of use of extended timer values for UEs that support CE mode 13.2.0
B
RP-72 RP-161080 2202 2 Correction to UL SPS operation 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2203 1 UE Power Class in UE capability signaling 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2204 - Correction to FD-MIMO field descriptions 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2205 1 Miscellaneous eMTC corrections 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2206 - Further miscellaneous eMTC corrections 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2207 - Correction to Initial CE Level 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2209 2 Feature Group Indicators and UE capabilities for eMTC 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2210 2 CR to capture CIoT optimizations for non-NB-IoT UEs 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2211 - Valid subframes for FDD and TDD DL transmissions 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2216 1 Avoiding conflict between rel13 LWA/LWIP and rel12 RALWI 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161078 2220 - Clarification on the presence of ul-64QAM-r12 for DL-only bands 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2221 - Correction on keeping SCG upon inter eNB handove 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2222 - The granularity of LWAAP entity 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2223 - Clarification on WLAN measurment 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2224 - The handling of WLAN status monitoring 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2226 1 Clarification on the handover from the MeNB to the SeNB 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2230 1 Restricting Unattended Data Traffic 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161211 2231 7 Introduction of NB-IoTin 36.331 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2233 - Correction to T302 and T308 conflict issue 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2234 1 Various corrections to MTCe related ASN.1 code and field descriptions 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2235 - Clarification to field description for the timer T360 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2236 - Clarification to ordering of Rel13 Frequency priority lists 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2238 1 Introduction of LWIP counter 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2239 1 Clarification on EpdcchSetConfig for eMTC 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161080 2240 2 Skipping fallback "2DL + 1UL" CA in UE capability report in Rel 13 13.2.0
RP-72 RP-161270 2241 3 NAS timer settings for eMTC 13.2.0
09/2016 RP-73 RP-161758 2242 1 Correction to access barring checking for network sharing case 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161757 2244 1 Correction to LWIP and LWA 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161754 2245 2 Backward compatibility of CA band combination signalling 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2248 1 Correction on measurement reporting for WLAN 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2249 1 Correction on WLAN authentication 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2250 2 Corrections to simultaneous configuration of LWA, RCLWI and LWIP 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2253 - Correction on WLAN connection management 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2254 1 Corrections to TS36.331 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2258 2 Issue on resume procedure 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2262 - Corrections to NB-IoT in 36.331 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2263 - Cleanup of the NB-IoT ASN.1 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2266 3 Miscellaneous corrections to section 4 and 5 for NB-IoT 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161751 2268 3 Clarification to intra-band contiguous CA capabilities 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161759 2269 - Clarification on RRC processing delay for CIoT 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161759 2270 2 Supporting new UE Rx – Tx time difference mapping table 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2272 1 Alignment of procedure when handling up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161754 2273 1 Simplification of UE capability reporting procedure 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161752 2274 2 Corrections on system information acquisition for Sidelink discovery 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2275 1 Small corrections regarding (WLAN) measurement reporting 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2279 - Correction on cell reslection procedure while T300 is running 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2280 1 Correction on full configuration 13.3.0
ETSI
RP-73 RP-161758 2281 1 Correction on SRB addition and modification 13.3.0

RP-73 RP-161756 2282 1 Clarifications on RCLWI 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2283 1 Introduction of DelayTolerantAccess establishment cause in NB-IoT 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161762 2284 1 Maximum number of simultaneous UL PDCP delay measurements for 13.3.0
FeMDT
RP-73 RP-161762 2287 2 Clarification on DRX cycle used by the UE 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2288 1 Invalidation of stored system information in connected mode 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2289 1 Clarification on bit mapping of fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapLC and 13.3.0
fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapLC
RP-73 RP-161759 2290 - Correction on C-IoT optimizations for non-NB-IoT UE 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161749 2295 1 Clarification on timer handling for zero value 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161759 2299 - Measurement configuration during RRC resume in CIoT 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2301 1 Correction on UEPagingCoverageInformation 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161749 2305 1 DRB re-setup in Full Configuration 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2306 1 Rel-13 correction for eMTC parameter values 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161753 2307 1 CR on forwarding LAA measurement results for DC 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2309 1 Clarification on associationTimer 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2310 - Clarification on PDCP-Config and statusFeedback for LWA 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2311 1 Order of addition and removal of WLAN-Identifiers 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2313 - Multiple WLAN measurement objects on the same frequency 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2315 - Correction about eMTC frequency hopping parameters 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161753 2317 1 Handling of tdd-Config-r10 for LAA Scell 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161760 2318 1 Introduction of 1.2Gbps and 1.6Gbps UE categories in Rel-13 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2320 2 Extended T310 timer values for eMTC 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161761 2323 1 Introducing UE capability of Rel 13 CCH IM 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161761 2324 1 Introducing UE capability of CRS-IM for TM 1-9 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161827 2325 2 Continuous uplink transmission in eMTC 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2328 1 Correction on PUSCH repetition numbers for CE Mode A 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2329 - Frequency hopping configuration for paging 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2334 2 Reservation of RA resources in NB-IoT 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161754 2336 1 Extended PHR corrections 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161756 2337 1 Corrections for LWA/LWIP 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161762 2338 3 Correction on 12/16-port CSI-RS resource configuration for FD-MIMO 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161755 2339 2 Corrections in Rel-13 eMTC SI acquisition 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2342 - Correction of downlink gap applicability for NB-IoT 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161751 2344 1 Indication of the maxLayersMIMO 13.3.0
RP-73 RP-161758 2346 - nrs-Power signaling for NB-IoT non-anchor carrier 13.3.0
09/2016 RP-73 RP-161746 2261 1 Introducing V2V to TS 36.331 14.0.0
RP-73 RP-161745 2340 1 Introduction of enhanced LAA for LTE 14.0.0
RP-73 RP-161747 2341 - Introduction of L2 Latency reduction techniques 14.0.0
12/2016 RP-74 RP-162318 2362 - Clarification on the RRC connection resume procedure 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2364 1 Clarification on AS-Config 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162316 2366 1 Corrections to LWA release 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162327 2373 1 Signalling of LWIP aggregation 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162318 2375 1 Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162317 2377 - Clarification on valid value range of codebookConfigNx fields 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162321 2378 - Miscellaneous corrections to eLAA 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162311 2381 - FDD&TDD diff for mbms-AsyncDC 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162316 2386 - Corrections to WLAN status monitoring 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2389 - Clarification to the security mode command procedure for NB-IoT 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162318 2391 - Clarification on UE power class 2 indication 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162312 2394 - Correction on UE behavior in Paging procedure 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2396 - Corrections to NB-IoT SystemInformationBlockType2 handling 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2398 1 Data available for transmission 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162315 2400 1 Correction on Downlink power allocation for SC-PTM 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162328 2402 - Corrections on V2V in TS 36.331 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2403 - Correction on field description of up/cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162327 2404 - Extension of PollByte 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162317 2407 - Clarification on Rel-13 CCH-IM UE capability 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162317 2411 - Configuration of DMTC for neighbour and serving cells in LAA carrier 14.1.0
frequency
RP-74 RP-162314 2413 - Clarification on uplink carrier frequency 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2415 - NB-IoT RRC Processing Delays 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2420 1 Correction of connection suspension related aspects 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162317 2422 - Clarification regarding on CSI-RS resource configuration for FD-MIMO 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162316 2424 - Clearing of measurements upon reporting WLAN unavailability 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2428 - Minor changes regarding UE category 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162309 2435 1 Correction of NOTE 3 in UE-EUTRA-Capability related to multiple CA- 14.1.0
MIMO-ParametersDL/UL
RP-74 RP-162311 2441 1 Clarification on reporting of the plmn-IdentityList 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162317 2446 2 Correction on SSTD Measurement Reporting 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162322 2448 1 Introduce Enhancements for High Speed in 36.331 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162312 2451 - System information update for eDRX UEs 14.1.0
ETSI
RP-74 RP-162317 2453 1 Correction on ACDC handling 14.1.0

RP-74 RP-162328 2457 1 Correction and Clarification to TS 36.331 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2459 1 Correction to frequecy hopping configuration 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2461 - Correction to non-anchor carrier configuration 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162329 2462 1 UE capabilities for Latency Reduction 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162311 2466 1 Conrrections on sidelink pre-configurations and default configurations 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162317 2469 - Minor corrections for Rel-13 eD2D 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162324 2471 3 Introduction of SRS switching for LTE 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162325 2473 1 Introduction of MUST 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2474 - Clarification on system information acquisition for NB-IoT 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2476 - Editorial correction for NB-IoT 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2478 - Acknowledgement delay of RRCConnectionRelease message in NB-IoT 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162320 2484 - Introduction of new UL category in Rel-13 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162327 2485 - Addition of eCall over IMS Indication in SIB1 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2488 - DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter for MPDCCH 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2490 - RSRP threshold when only CE level 0 is used 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2492 - Correction on fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2495 - Correction to presence of uplink frequency hopping interval parameter 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162315 2497 1 Correction to SC-PTM scheduling period start offset 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162316 2504 - Correction to WLAN measurement configuration 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162328 2509 1 Introducing Shorter Resource Reservation Periodicities for V2X 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2519 1 Acknowledgement delay of RRCConnectionRelease message for eMTC 14.1.0
UEs
RP-74 RP-162314 2525 - Correction on channel bandwidth definition for NB-IoT 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162316 2534 1 Clarifications on empty WLAN identifiers 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162316 2542 1 Clarifications on empty WLAN identifiers in Mobility Set for RCLWI 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162350 2546 - timeInfoUTC in SIB16 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162313 2547 - Clarification on fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162321 2548 2 Introduction of capabilities for eLAA 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162309 2552 - Clarification on prioritization of multiple Pmax values 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162329 2553 - CR on RV setting with UL skipping 14.1.0
RP-74 RP-162314 2555 1 Correction of default physical channel configuration for NB-IoT 14.1.0
ETSI
03/2017 RP-75 RP-170639 2559 2 A Signalling of 1Rx UE category 14.2.0

RP-75 RP-170636 2560 1 B Introducing Rel-14 FeMTC into RRC 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170643 2563 1 F Correction on V2X sidelink communication in TS 36.331 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170668 2565 1 B Introduction of a new special subframe configuration 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170652 2576 1 A Providing SIB1-BR via dedicated RRC signalling 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170641 2577 1 B Introduction of eDECOR 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170636 2578 1 B Introduction of SC-PTM for feMTC and NB-IoT enhancements 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170629 2580 1 B Introducing RRC parameters for eFD-MIMO (REL-14) 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170657 2582 1 A Indication of S1-U data transfer 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170650 2585 1 A Addition of extended EARFCNs in SCGFailureInformation message 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170652 2587 - A Clarification on the configuration of the extended values for nB 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170652 2589 - A Clarification on the support of FGI 42 for category M1 UE 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170656 2591 1 A Miscellaneous corrections to NB-IoT 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170643 2592 1 F Corrections to resource reservation period for V2X 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170651 2598 - A Correction on the initiation of WLAN connection status report 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170654 2600 - A Correction on longDRX-CycleStartOffset 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170643 2601 2 F Correction and Clarification to TS 36.331 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170653 2603 2 A Correction on mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170636 2613 3 B FeMTC UE CE mode and maximum PDSCH/PUSCH BW preference 14.2.0
indication
RP-75 RP-170635 2615 2 B Introduce V2X in TS 36.331 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170643 2616 2 F Introduce a new parameter for V2X resource reselection 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170656 2622 2 A Extension of QRxLevMin value range 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170655 2624 - A Clarification on prioritization of multiple Pmax values 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170637 2625 2 B Introduction of NB-IoT Enhancements other than Multicast 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170651 2627 1 A Corrections to WLAN status monitoring 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170642 2635 1 B Introduction of data inactivity timer 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170654 2637 - A Correction of reference to GERAN specification 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170652 2641 1 A IOT indication for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH/PUSCH frequency hopping 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170632 2642 3 B Introducing 256QAM in UL 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170654 2644 - A Correction CIoT cell indications to UE NAS 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170633 2645 1 B Introduction of FeMBMS to 36.331 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170643 2646 1 F Corrections to the exceptional pool 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170653 2651 2 A New S-criteria for enhanced coverage in idle mode 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170651 2655 - A Corrections in UE capability reporting 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170642 2660 2 C Functional modification of retrieving different UE capabilities for a fallback 14.2.0
band combination
RP-75 RP-170638 2663 2 B Introduction of Voice and Video enhancements for LTE 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170654 2665 1 A The support of UL 64QAM 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170645 2666 1 F Miscellaneous Corrections on SRS Switching 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170646 2667 1 B Introduction of SRS switching capability for LTE 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170652 2671 - A Clarification for pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13 for CE mode B 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170643 2673 - F Correction on the preconfigured power control parameter for V2X sidelink 14.2.0
communication
RP-75 RP-170653 2675 2 A Correction of pusch-hoppingOffset 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170628 2676 3 B Introduction of Enhanced LTE-WLAN Aggregation (eLWA) 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170651 2678 - A Need behaviour of availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170644 2685 1 B Addition of geographical location reporting in 36.331 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170630 2689 3 B Introduction of mobility enhancement solutions in RRC 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170651 2694 - A Clarification on data handling for LWA bearer 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170634 2696 2 B CR for introduction of NCSG and per CC measurement gap 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170634 2697 1 B CR for introduction of NCSG, short measurement gaps and configuration 14.2.0
of CC measurement gap
RP-75 RP-170321 2698 - F Correction to PRACH resource configuration for high speed scenario 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170807 2701 1 A Feature optionality for Cat.1bis UE 14.2.0
RP-75 RP-170656 2703 - A Extension of timer T311 14.2.0
RP-75 Fixed ASN.1 syntax check error ("PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-14" -> "PLMN- 14.2.1
IdentityList-MBMS-r14")
RP-75 Updated the version number on the cover sheet 14.2.2
06/2017 RP-76 RP-171226 2705 2 F Correction to exceptional pool usage in TS 36.331 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171237 2706 1 F Support eDECOR for NB-IoT 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171231 2709 1 F Correction on UE capabilities for eLAA 14.3.0
RP-75 RP-171243 2711 3 A Correction on WLAN connection status report monitoring for LWIP 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171236 2712 3 F Correction on eLWA 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171225 2713 2 B Introduction of new Transport Block Size for DL 256QAM 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171236 2714 2 F UE capabilities for eLWA 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171227 2715 2 B Introducing a new SL master information block for V2X sidelink 14.3.0
communication
RP-76 RP-171236 2720 2 F Clarifications to eLWA 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171247 2728 2 B Introduction of a new UL UE category for 300Mbps with 64QAM 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171425 2872 3 F Miscellaneous general corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 14.3.0
review
RP-76 RP-171223 2734 2 F Introduction of SFN indication in handover message 14.3.0
ETSI
RP-76 RP-171224 2737 1 F Correction to SIB-Type-NB 14.3.0

RP-76 RP-171233 2741 5 F Clarification of intra-frequency applicability of makeBeforeBreak HO 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171224 2745 3 F Correction to the value range of ce-AuthorisationOffset 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171224 2746 2 C Introduction of Overload Control for Control plane data only 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2748 2 F SC-MCCH information change notification for FeMTC and NB-IoT 14.3.0
enhancements
RP-76 RP-171223 2749 1 F Alignment of the parameter names for SC-PTM DRX for SC-MCCH and 14.3.0
SC-MTCH
RP-76 RP-171233 2752 3 F Corrections to RACH-less handover and SCG change 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171222 2759 7 F Corrections to per-CC measurement gap configuration and add the 14.3.0
support for UE reporting of numFreqEffectiveReduced when frequencies
are configured for reduced measurement performance
RP-76 RP-171233 2760 1 F Corrections to make before break mobility 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171243 2768 2 F Clarification regarding requesting fallback combinations with different 14.3.0
capabilities
RP-76 RP-171226 2771 1 F Leap second change for DFN timing 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171244 2773 1 A Correction to RACH CE level info list 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2775 2 C CE mode configuration/deconfiguration without handover 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171227 2791 3 F Correction on V2X Rx pool for inter-frequency configuration in 36.331 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171248 2795 1 A Entry-Level UE Support UL 64QAM 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171235 2797 1 F FDD TDD difference for VoLTE capability 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171242 2804 1 A Setting of FGI 107 and 108 in case of TDD-FDD CA 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171226 2813 1 F Correction of RRCConnectionReconfiguration reception for V2X 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171227 2820 - F CR on V2X miscellaneous RRC corrections 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171224 2823 2 B Introduction of RRC connection re-establishment for NB-IoT control plane 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171243 2826 - A Miscellaneous corrections to CA enhancements 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171244 2828 2 A Clarification to MIB repetitions 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171243 2830 3 A LAA/WiFi sharing indiction 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171225 2831 - B Enable Uplink-Only RoHC operations 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2833 1 A Clarification on contention based random access for NB-IoT 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2836 - A Editorial correction on ab-Barring parameter 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2842 - F Correction to FGI 25 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2844 1 F Correction to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2845 2 B Introduction of enhanced RLM reporting 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2848 1 A Correction on the UE AS context handling 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2849 1 A Correction on attach without PDN connectivity 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171233 2851 1 F Miscellaneous RRC corrections on mobility enhancement 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2853 1 A Clarification on logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer for NB-IOT 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2854 2 F Correction to SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH configuration without delta 14.3.0
configuration
RP-76 RP-171230 2869 1 F Correction of SRS switching 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2870 2 F Miscellaneous feMTC corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 14.3.0
review
RP-76 RP-171237 2871 - F Miscellaneous eDECOR corrections and clarifications resulting from 14.3.0
ASN.1 review
RP-76 RP-171221 2873 1 F Miscellaneous feMBMS corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 14.3.0
review
RP-76 RP-171221 2874 1 B UE capabilities for feMBMS 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171224 2876 1 F Long DRX values with regular wake-up cycle – Option 1 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171244 2879 - A Correction on terminology of SI for eMTC 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2882 1 F Correction on the descritption of ce-srsEnhancement for FeMTC 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2883 2 B Measurement gap sharing for FeMTC intra- and inter-frequency 14.3.0
measurement
RP-76 RP-171223 2884 1 F Minor correction in TS 36.331 for feMTC 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2885 2 F Corrections on reconfiguration between CE mode and normal mode in 14.3.0
eMTC
RP-76 R2-1705852 2887 1 F Clarification regarding eFD-MIMO configuration (REL-14) 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171235 2889 1 F Correction of issues related to ASN.1 review for eVoLTE 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171230 2890 1 F Merging of retuningTimeBandPairList with regular supported BC 14.3.0
capabilites (ASN.1 review issue S.059)
RP-76 RP-171222 2891 - F Consistent gap pattern configuration for serving cells 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171407 2903 2 B Introduction of UE capability for V2X in 36.331 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171227 2905 1 F Correction on V2X behavior in 36.331 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171246 2912 2 B EUTRAN sharing enhancement 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171244 2919 - A Clarification on additionalSpectrumEmission for eMTC 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2920 - A Clarification on additionalSpectrumEmission for NB-IoT 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171224 2927 - F Correction to CarrierConfigDedicated-NB 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171224 2929 2 F Miscellaneous NB-IoT corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 14.3.0
review
RP-76 RP-171245 2931 2 A Extension of SIntraSearchP value range 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171223 2932 - F Maximum PDSCH/PUSCH BW preference indication handling for 14.3.0
handover
RP-76 RP-171225 2938 3 F Revert PDCP state variable HFN and SN back to the values used in the 14.3.0
source cell
ETSI
RP-76 RP-171236 2942 1 F ASN.1 corrections for eLWA 14.3.0

RP-76 RP-171241 2943 - A Clarification on UE capability and early feature support 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171243 2944 - A Clarification regarding EBF-FDMIMO configuration (REL-13) 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171245 2945 1 A Generic clarification of "first bit" as leftmost bit 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171229 2948 - B Introduction of UE capabilities for high speed 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171229 2949 - F Correction of high speed 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171227 2950 - F CR on reduction of SIB21 size 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171244 2952 1 A Configuration of preamble groups for CE levels and preamble groups A/B 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171244 2954 1 A Extension of RSRP range for eMTC 14.3.0
RP-76 RP-171169 2958 - C FeMBMS/unicast-mixed carrier flag in measurement object 14.3.0
09/2017 RP-77 RP-171919 2807 4 A Correction to PUCCH-ConfigDedication 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 2961 2 F Correction on SPS assistance information in TS 36.331 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 2977 1 F Miscellaneous correction to V2X in TS 36.331 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 2978 2 B Introduction of new NS values for V2X sidelink communication 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171918 2980 3 A Adding abstract syntax notation one chapter of sidelink pre-configuration. 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 2983 1 F Correction on TTI bundling for TDD configurations 2 and 3 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171911 2984 2 F Corrections on the use of plmn-IdentityList in field descriptions 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 2985 2 F RRC Connection Re-establishment for Control Plane CIoT EPS 14.4.0
Optimization
RP-77 RP-171919 2989 - A Clarification that DL only bands are not supported in NB-IoT 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 2990 1 F Cleanup for NB-IoT Enhancements 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 2992 2 A Clarification on SI repetition pattern 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 2993 2 F CR on conditon for RRC connection establishment and condition for 14.4.0
sidelink UE information for V2X sidelink communication
RP-77 RP-171913 2994 2 F Correction on RACH-less SeNB Change 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 2995 - F Corrections on eVoLTE 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 2997 2 F Corrections to random selection for P2X related V2X sidelink 14.4.0
communication
RP-77 RP-171916 3002 2 A additionalSpectrumEmission extension 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 3008 1 F Correction of field descriptions for recommendedBitRate and 14.4.0
recommendedBitRateQuery
RP-77 RP-171919 3014 2 A RRM Measurement Clarification on Discovery Signals for LAA 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171919 3018 - A Correction in PUSCH Config description 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3022 - F Cat-M1 indication by Cat-M2 UE 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 3025 1 A Clarification on the freqHoppingParametersDL during handover 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 3027 1 A Clarification on rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList during handover 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3028 - F Clarification on systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 3030 2 A Clarification on Bandwidth Reduced operation 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 3036 - F Correction for connEstFailOffset 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171911 3040 - F Clarification on LWIP aggregation 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3041 1 F Correction to eLAA configuration 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 3042 2 C Packet Reordering for Sidelink 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 3044 1 A Corrections on TS 36.331 for Rel-13 MTC 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3047 - F Corrections on Bandwidth preference indication for Rel-14 MTC 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3048 1 F Corrections on TS 36.331 for Rel-14 MTC 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 3051 2 F Clarification on NCSG UE capability 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 3052 1 F Corrections to UL 256 QAM capability field descriptions 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171914 3054 1 F Clarification on per CC measurement gap 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 3055 1 C Introduction of RLC UM support for LWA 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171919 3057 - A Correction on eCA with Dual Connectivity 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3059 - F Clarification of the PTAG value for the RACH-less handover 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 3063 1 A Clarification on number of RACH CE levels vs number of RSRP thresholds 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 3064 1 F Correction to contention free random access 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171913 3065 2 C Introduction of Release Assistance Indication 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171920 3067 2 A TM9 capabilities in CE mode 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171915 3068 1 F Introduction of interference randomisation in NB-IoT 14.4.0
RP-77 RP-171919 3070 - A Clarification on PUCCH SCell change 14.4.0
12/2017 RP-78 RP-172615 2968 5 F Cleaning up CQI and CSI-RS-related configurations (related to Rel-14 14.5.0
ASN.1 review issue N.099)
RP-78 RP-172615 2982 8 B Introduction of the overheating indication 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3037 4 F Target cell optional PBCH repetition status indication 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172624 3046 3 A Corrections on paging monitoring in RRC_CONNECTED in Rel-13 eMTC 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172721 3071 3 B Introduction of DL 2Gbps Category 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3072 3 F Correction to Inter-frequency reception for V2X sidelink communication 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3073 4 F CR on SIB21 reading 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172622 3081 2 A UE capabilities for Tx antenna selection 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3084 3 F Transmission of P2X sidelink communication in Exceptional Pool 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3085 2 F Correction on SubframeBitmap Configuration in Band 47 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3088 1 F Correction on SRS switching capabilities field description 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3090 2 F Clarification on Interference Randomisation in NB-IoT in 36.331 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3091 1 F MUST capability 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172624 3096 4 A Corrections on field description of cellSelectionInfoCE for eMTC 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3107 2 F Correction to UE capabilities 14.5.0
ETSI
RP-78 RP-172623 3108 1 A Define requirement for reception of number of simultaneous SC-PTM 14.5.0
services
RP-78 RP-172616 3110 3 B Signaling of NCSG Support for Inter-F Measurement 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172623 3112 2 A Clarification on csi-RS-ConfigNZPId 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3113 4 F Correction to UE-Capability-NB extension and provision for late rel-13 14.5.0
corrections
RP-78 RP-172624 3120 1 F Alignment of FGI4 (Short DRX) for Cat M1 and M2 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3127 - F UE capability for support of SRS enhancements without support of comb 4 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172624 3129 1 F MBSFN subframes for target cell during handover to CE cell 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172615 3132 3 C Reject of unprotected redirect to GERAN 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3135 2 F Correction to actions related to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication 14.5.0
message
RP-78 RP-172616 3137 1 F Clarification on srs-UpPtsAdd in SRS coverage enhancement 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3138 1 F Scheduling information of SIB1-BR when skipping MIB during HO 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172624 3140 1 A Introducing a definition for the term UE in CE 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3153 2 F NRS-CRS power offset configuration for NB-IoT 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3154 3 C Introduction of relaxed monitoring in NB-IoT 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3157 1 F Successful acknowledgement of RRCConnectionRelease 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172624 3160 1 A TM6 capabilities in CE mode 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3169 1 F Correction on the field description of ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3175 1 F Small corrections to CarrierConfigDedicated, T322 and t-reordering default 14.5.0
configuration
RP-78 RP-172617 3176 1 F Correction to random access power control in 36.331 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172616 3180 1 B Introduction of a new configuration for ssp10 with less CRS 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172617 3184 - F Correction on zone configuration in transmission pool selection 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172622 3190 - A DCI monitoring subframes for eIMTA 14.5.0
RP-78 RP-172623 3194 - F SFN desynchronizaion between eNB and eDRX UE 14.5.0
12/2017 RP-78 RP-172614 3115 3 B Introducing support for NR, changes relevant for NSA 15.0.0
01/2018 Removed ASN.1 errors to make it pass the syntax check 15.0.1
03/2018 RP-79 RP-180491 3208 2 F Miscellaneous corrections from review in preparation for ASN.1 freeze 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180443 3217 - A Correction on SRS carrier switching 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180443 3222 - A Correction to field description for HARQ-ACK delay for Rel-14 MTC 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180445 3224 1 A Correction to RRCConnectionReestablishment message in 36.331 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180448 3245 2 A Introduction of LTE DL 1.4Gbps Category 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180442 3256 1 A Correction to handling of p-Max procedure for high-power UEs 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180446 3263 2 A Correction on Override of the highPriorityAccess Establishment Cause by 15.1.0
the mo-VoiceCall value
RP-79 RP-180442 3267 1 A Different power class support for band combinations 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180444 3272 1 A Clarifications on V2X resource selection in the absence of positioning 15.1.0
information
RP-79 RP-180446 3274 1 A Correction to GERAN redirection without security 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180441 3277 1 A Correction to pucch-ConfigDedicated for fallback configuration 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180446 3279 2 A Signalling for reading shared PLMN information from non-CSG cells 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180443 3282 - A Clarification to PUCCH Configuration for LAA SCells 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180441 3296 2 A Clarification on the NPRACH starting subcarrier partitioning for multi-tone 15.1.0
Msg3 transmission
RP-79 RP-180443 3297 2 A Introduction of support of relaxed monitoring for BL and CE UE 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180444 3301 1 A Correction on Sl-offsetIndicator for the sidelink resource pool 15.1.0
RP-79 RP-180441 3306 - A RRC Corrections for RRC Resume 15.1.0
06/2018 RP-80 RP_181230 3293 2 A Removal of the FDD/TDD diff restriction for crs-InterfHandl IE 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181171 3303 5 C Qualcomm Incorporated, Gemalto N.V 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181235 3307 3 A Small correction on PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181234 3312 2 A Correction on SPS assistance information in TS 36.331 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181233 3324 1 F Successful acknowledgement of RRCConnectionRelease for BL and CE 15.2.0
UE
RP-80 RP-181230 3357 2 A Correction for IDC hardware sharing problems 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181234 3360 2 A Corrections to syncOffsetIndicator Configuration 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181236 3365 3 A Correction on UE capabilities 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181231 3370 1 A Clarification on ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported when 15.2.0
bandParameterList-v1380 is included
RP-80 RP-181216 3386 3 F Miscellaneous EN-DC related corrections 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181229 3394 1 F Handling of Pmax for PC2 and uplink intra-band contiguous CA capable 15.2.0
UEs
RP-80 RP-181236 3396 1 A Correction for support of alternative TBS indices 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181233 3399 1 A Clarification on RACH-less configuration release 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181233 3426 - A Clarification on RRC reconfiguration without handover for switching EC to 15.2.0
NC
RP-80 RP-181233 3427 - A Correction on extended RSRP measurement reporting for BL UE or UE in 15.2.0
CE
RP-80 RP-181232 3430 1 A Correction to handling of p-Max procedure for high-power UEs 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181236 3433 - A Clarification on cellIdentity for shortMAC-I 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181236 3439 2 A Introduction of DL Channel Quality reporting 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181235 3441 1 A Introduction of serving cell idle mode measurements reporting in 36.331 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181235 3442 1 A Correction to T310 timer description and editorials 15.2.0
ETSI
RP-80 RP-181234 3454 1 A Corrections to CBR Measurement Report Triggering 15.2.0

RP-80 RP-181224 3466 1 A Correction on delta-RxLevMinCE1 15.2.0
RP-80 RP-181234 3468 1 A Introduce the short value of sc-mcch repetition period and sc-mcch 15.2.0
modification period out of 'br-BCCH-Config-r14'.
RP-80 RP-181233 3470 - A Merged CR: UE capabilities for handling of multiple numerologies in 15.2.0
FeMBMS, SRS carrier switching, and advanced CSI in FD-MIMO
RP-80 RP-181416 3406 2 A Corrections to additionalSpectrumEmission extension 15.2.0
RP-80 Added <CR> to UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1520-IEs ASN.1 structure to make 15.2.1
it pass the syntax
RP-80 Corrects ASN.1 consistency problems between releases 13, 14 and 15. 15.2.2
09/2018 RP-81 RP-181953 3144 3 B Introduction of QoE Measurement Collection for LTE 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181951 3178 6 B Introduce assistance information for local cache 36.331 CR 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181939 3186 8 B Introducing support for NR, changes only relevant for SA 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182130 3202 9 B Introduction of shortened TTI and processing time for LTE 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181955 3211 7 B Introduction of DEFLATE based UDC Solution 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181960 3226 10 B Enhancement of SRS antenna switching in TS 36.331 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181947 3227 6 B Support of 1024QAM in TS 36.331 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181964 3251 6 B Introduction of further enhancements to CoMP 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181945 3333 8 B Introduction of further NB-IoT enhancements other than EDT in TS 36.331 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181949 3341 6 B Introduction of time reference provision 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182000 3342 7 B Introduction of Bluetooth and WLAN measurement collection in MDT 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181960 3343 5 B Running 36.331 CR for HSDN 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181944 3389 4 B Introduction of EDT for eMTC and NB-IoT enhancements 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182081 3390 5 B Introduction of Rel-15 eMTC enhancements (other than EDT) 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182006 3391 8 B Signalling for euCA (Enhancing LTE CA Utilization) 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182146 3397 3 B Advanced CSI CBSR CBSR parameter and related capability for FD- 15.3.0
MIMO
RP-81 RP-181960 3407 1 B Avoiding FGI20 limitation 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182119 3408 6 B Implementing network-based CRS interference mitigation 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181992 3423 5 B Introduction of eV2X in TS 36.331 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181962 3436 2 A Correction on the field description of enable256QAM 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-182005 3437 7 B Introduction of Release-15 Aerial functionality 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181961 3445 1 A Clarification to Security mode failure in NB-IoT 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181958 3446 2 B Introduction of increased number of E-UTRAN data bearers 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181952 3450 3 B Addition of broadcast of positioning assistance data 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181960 3453 4 B Control Plane latency reduction 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181946 3473 4 B Introduce feLAA in TS 36.331 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181949 3474 3 B Introduction of Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication for LTE 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181950 3475 2 B Capture NR agreements into 36.331 for E-UTRA connected to 5GC 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181939 3481 1 F Miscellaneous EN-DC related corrections 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181961 3489 - A Correcting a typo in aperiodicCSI-Trigger 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181945 3491 2 F Correcting inconsistent ASN.1 for NB-IoT 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181963 3497 1 A Correction to RRC Connection Re-establishment for the control plane 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181960 3499 1 B Introduction of modulation enhancements 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181961 3502 1 A Radio resource configuration handling when resuming a suspended RRC 15.3.0
connection
RP-81 RP-181962 3516 1 A Correction to the description of UE capability for V2X sidelink 15.3.0
communication
RP-81 RP-181962 3518 - A Correction on the duplex mode configuration for Rx pool 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181960 3523 1 C Introduction of Geofencing information in CMAS 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181962 2531 - A Correction on V2X TX pool selection 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181962 3533 1 A CR on Clarification of Configuring codebookConfigNx for Rel-15 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181962 3538 - A Clarification for the asynchronous HARQ with the LTE mobility 15.3.0
enhancements
RP-81 RP-181962 3539 - A Correction for Zoning 15.3.0
RP-81 RP-181960 3541 - B UE UL categories for 1024QAM 15.3.0
ETSI
History
Document history
V15.2.1 June 2018 Publication
V15.2.2 September 2018 Publication
V15.3.0 October 2018 Publication
ETSI

Ts 136331v150300p

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationNbiot

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ts 136331v150300p

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ts 136331v150300p

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ETSI TS 136 331 V15.3.

650 Route des Lucioles

Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16

Siret N° 348 623 562 00017 - NAF 742 C

The present document can be downloaded from:

Intellectual Property Rights

Modal verbs terminology

5.2.2.21 Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType14 ................................................................. 60

5.3.5.3 Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the mobilityControlInfo by the

5.3.11.1a Early detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED .................................................. 147

5.5.2.7 Reporting configuration addition/ modification .................................................................................. 174

5.6.3 UE capability transfer ............................................................................................................................... 212

5.6.16.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 236

5.8a.3.2 Initiation .............................................................................................................................................. 252

– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ................................................................................................................... 293

– LWA-Configuration ............................................................................................................................. 453

– CellSelectionInfoCE ............................................................................................................................ 550

– MeasIdleConfig ................................................................................................................................... 578

6.5 PC5 RRC messages ........................................................................................................................................ 724

– CarrierFreq-NB .................................................................................................................................. 770

– VarWLAN-MobilityConfig .................................................................................................................. 809

10.3 Inter-node RRC information element definitions ........................................................................................... 840

Annex A (informative): Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1 ...........................................................856

A.7 Miscellaneous ................................................................................................................................................. 872

Annex B (normative): Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling ..........................................................873

Annex C (normative): Release 10 AS feature handling ..................................................................884

Annex D (informative): Descriptive background information .........................................................888

Annex E (normative): TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA ............891

x the first digit:

1 presented to TSG for information;

2 presented to TSG for approval;

3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.

The scope of the present document also includes:

- For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.

[1] 3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".

[10] 3GPP TS 22.011: "Service accessibility".

[20] 3GPP TS 45.005: "Radio transmission and reception".

[27] 3GPP TS 23.003: "Numbering, addressing and identification".

[28] 3GPP TS 45.008: "Radio subsystem link control".

[37] 3GPP TS 23.041: "Technical realization of Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)".

[38] 3GPP TS 23.038: "Alphabets and Language".

[43] 3GPP TS 45.005: "GSM/EDGE Radio transmission and reception".

[46] 3GPP TS 25.223: "Spreading and modulation (TDD)".

[50] 3GPP TS 45.010: "Radio subsystem synchronization".

[54] 3GPP TS 36.355: "LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP)".

[62] 3GPP TS 22.146: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Stage 1".

[64] IS-GPS-200F: "Navstar GPS Space Segment/Navigation User Segment Interfaces".

[65] 3GPP TS 25.307: "Requirement on User Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent

[68] 3GPP TS 23.303: "Proximity-based services (ProSe); Stage 2".

[70] 3GPP TS 24.333: "Proximity-services (ProSe) Management Objects (MO)".

[75] 3GPP TS 23.402: "Architecture enhancements for non-3GPP accesses; Stage-2".

[77] 3GPP TS 22.101: "Service aspects; Service principles".

[81] 3GPP TS 37.340: "NR; Multi-connectivity; Overall description; Stage-2".

[86] 3GPP TS 33.501: "Security Architecture and Procedures for 5G System".

[87] 3GPP TS 38.306: "NR; UE Radio Access Capabilities".

[88] 3GPP TS 38.213: "NR; Physical layer procedures".

[89] 3GPP TS 38.215: "NR; Physical layer measurements".